JP2020006076A5 - - Google Patents
Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- JP2020006076A5 JP2020006076A5 JP2018132312A JP2018132312A JP2020006076A5 JP 2020006076 A5 JP2020006076 A5 JP 2020006076A5 JP 2018132312 A JP2018132312 A JP 2018132312A JP 2018132312 A JP2018132312 A JP 2018132312A JP 2020006076 A5 JP2020006076 A5 JP 2020006076A5
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- game
- symbol
- special
- executed
- ball
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 2377
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2255
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 653
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 615
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 480
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 472
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 422
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 383
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 316
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 259
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 254
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 111
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 67
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 67
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 55
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 51
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 45
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 39
- 230000001550 time effect Effects 0.000 description 31
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000008450 motivation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000004397 blinking Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001151 other effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 102100029952 Double-strand-break repair protein rad21 homolog Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101100086368 Homo sapiens RAD21 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002730 additional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003625 skull Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010011469 Crying Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000209094 Oryza Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000872198 Serjania polyphylla Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- OMFRMAHOUUJSGP-IRHGGOMRSA-N bifenthrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(C)=C1COC(=O)[C@@H]1[C@H](\C=C(/Cl)C(F)(F)F)C1(C)C OMFRMAHOUUJSGP-IRHGGOMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009194 climbing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002845 discoloration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005357 flat glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000014617 hemorrhoid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
Description
ๆฌ็บๆใฏใใใใณใณๆฉใซไปฃ่กจใใใ้ๆๆฉใซ้ขใใใใฎใงใใใ The present invention relates to a gaming machine represented by a pachinko machine.
ใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใฏใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็นๅฎใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใงใใใใซๅฝใใ้ๆ็ญใฎ็นๅ ธไปไธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใใฎใๆๆกใใใฆใใใ It has been proposed that game machines such as pachinko machines allow the game to be given special benefits such as hit games by entering a game ball into a specific entrance or a specific area during a hit game. There is.
ใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃๅไธใๆฑใใใใฆใใใ In such gaming machines, it is required to improve the interest of gaming.
ๆฌ็บๆใฏใไธ่จไพ็คบใใๅ้ก็น็ญใ่งฃๆฑบใใใใใซใชใใใใใฎใงใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ The present invention has been made to solve the above-exemplified problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of gaming.
ใใฎ็ฎ็ใ้ๆใใใใใซ่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ ธใไปไธๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้้ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใซๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใ In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is variable and variable between a first state in which a gaming ball can enter and a second state in which a gaming ball is more difficult to enter than the first state. The ball-entry means, the variable control means for changing the variable ball-in means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period based on the establishment of the execution condition, and the gaming ball entering the variable ball-in means. The variable ball-entry means is variably controlled by the variable control means, which has a specific area through which the ball can pass and a privilege-giving means capable of granting a privilege based on the ball entering the specific area. According to the setting information discriminating means capable of discriminating the setting information of the case and the setting information discriminated by the setting information discriminating means, the gaming ball that has entered the variable ball-entry means easily passes through the specific area. It has a switching means capable of switching between a third state and a fourth state that is more difficult to pass than the third state.
่ซๆฑ้ ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ ธใไปไธๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้้ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใซๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใ According to the gaming machine according to claim 1, a variable ball-entry means that can be changed into a first state in which a game ball can enter and a second state in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state. A variable control means that changes the variable ball entry means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period based on the establishment of the execution condition, and a specific area through which the gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass. And a privilege granting means capable of granting a privilege based on the ball entering the specific area, and setting information when the variable ball entering means is variably controlled by the variable control means. A third state in which a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball-entry means easily passes through the specific area according to the discriminable setting information discriminating means and the setting information discriminated by the setting information discriminating means, and a third state thereof. It has a fourth state, which is more difficult to pass than the third state, and a switching means capable of switching to.
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
ไปฅไธใๆฌ็บๆใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใคใใฆใๆทปไปๅณ้ขใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใใฆใๆฌ็บๆใใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉ๏ผไปฅไธใๅใซใใใใณใณๆฉใใจใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฉ็จใใๅ ดๅใฎไธๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅณไธ้ ๅใซ่จญใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆง้ ใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใๅณ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆไธ้ ๅใซ่จญใใใใ็นๆฎๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆง้ ใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ้ขๅณใงใใใ Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 87, as a first embodiment, an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as โpachinko machineโ) 10 will be described. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIGS. FIG. 6 to FIG. 9 are schematic views schematically showing the structure of the Fuden winning device 640 provided in the lower region, and FIGS. 6 to 9 show a special variable winning device provided in the upper left region of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. 10 is a schematic view schematically showing the structure of 65, and FIG. 10 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฅ็ฉๅฝข็ถใซ็ตใฟๅใใใๆจๆ ใซใใๅคๆฎปใๅฝขๆใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฅๅไธใฎๅคๅฝขๅฝข็ถใซๅฝขๆใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใๅคๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏๆใใใใใซๆญฃ้ข่ฆ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅทฆๅดใฎไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใใใฎใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅดใ้้ใฎ่ปธใจใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃ้ขๆๅๅดใธ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. It is provided with an inner frame 12 that is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) in order to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅคๆฐใฎ้ใ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใๆใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่ฃ้ขๅดใใ็่ฑๅฏ่ฝใซ่ฃ ็ใใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใ็๏ผ้ๆ็๏ผใๆตไธใใใใจใซใใๅผพ็้ๆใ่กใใใใใชใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข้ ๅ๏ผ้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผใซ็บๅฐใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ็บๅฐใใใ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข้ ๅใพใง่ชๅฐใใ็บๅฐใฌใผใซ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผ็ญใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใๅฐใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅคๆฐใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having entry ports 63, 64, 640 and the like into which a large number of nails and balls can enter is detachably attached to the inner frame 12. A ball game is performed by a ball (game ball) flowing down in front of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 21) that launches a ball into the front area (game area) of the game board 13, and a ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a in the front area of the game board 13. A launch rail (not shown) that guides the aircraft to is installed. The contents of a large number of entrances provided on the game board 13 will be described later with reference to FIG.
ๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใใใฎๆญฃ้ขไธๅดใ่ฆใๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎไธๅดใ่ฆใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏๆใใใใใซๆญฃ้ข่ฆ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅทฆๅดใฎไธไธ๏ผใซๆใซ้ๅฑ่ฃฝใฎใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใใใฎใใณใธ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใๅดใ้้ใฎ่ปธใจใใฆๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผๅใณไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃ้ขๆๅๅดใธ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆฏๆใใใฆใใใใชใใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ใจๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ ใจใฏใใทใชใณใ้ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉด๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ็จใฎ้ตใๅทฎใ่พผใใงๆๅฎใฎๆไฝใ่กใใใจใงใใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใ On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to the upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinges 19 are provided is used as an opening / closing axis for the front frame. The 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface. The lock of the inner frame 12 and the lock of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.
ๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ฃ ้ฃพ็จใฎๆจน่้จๅใ้ปๆฐ้จๅ็ญใ็ตใฟไปใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ็ฅไธญๅคฎ้จใซใฏ็ฅๆฅๅๅฝข็ถใซ้ๅฃๅฝขๆใใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ๏ผๆใฎๆฟใฌใฉในใๆใใใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใใฎใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใซ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ The front frame 14 is formed by assembling decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two flat glass sheets is arranged on the back surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.
ๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃ้ขๅดใธๅผตใๅบใใฆไธ้ขใ้ๆพใใ็ฅ็ฎฑ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ณ็ใ่ฒธๅบ็ใชใฉใๆๅบใใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ้ขใฏๆญฃ้ข่ฆ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅณๅดใซไธ้ๅพๆใใฆๅฝขๆใใใใใฎๅพๆใซใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅ ฅใใใ็ใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใธใจๆกๅ ใใใใใพใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซใฏใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใฎในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใใในใผใใผใชใผใใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใใใใๅ ดๅใชใฉใซใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆไฝใใใใ In the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with the upper surface open so as to project toward the front side, and prize balls, rental balls, and the like are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to be inclined downward to the right side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 21) by the inclination. Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the effect content of the super reach. NS.
ๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎๅจๅฒ๏ผไพใใฐใณใผใใผ้จๅ๏ผใซๅ็จฎใฉใณใ็ญใฎ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๆใๆๅฎใฎใชใผใๆ็ญใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆใ็น็ฏๅใฏ็นๆป ใใใใจใซใใ็บๅ ๆ ๆงใๅคๆดๅถๅพกใใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใๅฝนๅฒใๆใใใ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅจ็ธใซใฏใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็ญใฎ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใๅ ่ตใใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใใใใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใฉใณใ็ญใฎๆผๅบใฉใณใใจใใฆๆฉ่ฝใใๅคงๅฝใใๆใใชใผใๆผๅบๆ็ญใซใฏๅ ่ตใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏใ็นๆป ใซใใฃใฆๅ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็น็ฏใพใใฏ็นๆป ใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใๆจใๆใใฏๅคงๅฝใใไธๆญฉๆๅใฎใชใผใไธญใงใใๆจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใพใใๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅทฆไธ้จใซใฏใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็ญใฎ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใๅ ่ตใใ่ณ็ใฎๆใๅบใไธญใจใจใฉใผ็บ็ๆใจใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใช่กจ็คบใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change and control the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. Illuminations 29 to 33 having a light emitting means such as an LED are provided on the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and each illumination unit 29 to 33 lights up by lighting or blinking the built-in LED at the time of jackpot or reach production. Or, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is in progress or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is built in, and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying when the prize ball is being paid out and when an error occurs is provided.
ใพใใๅณๅดใฎ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผไธๅดใซใฏใๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใ่ฆ่ชใงใใใใใซ่ฃ้ขๅดใใ้ๆๆจน่ใๅใไปใใฆๅฐ็ช๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๆญฃ้ขใฎ่ฒผ็ในใใผใน๏ผซ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ่ฒผไปใใใ่จผ็ด็ญใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใจใใใฆใใใใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใใใ็ ใณใใใใ้ธใๅบใใใใซใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅจใใฎ้ ๅใซใฏใญใ ใกใใญใๆฝใใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่่ฃฝใฎใกใใญ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ Further, on the lower side of the illuminated portion 32 on the right side, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, and a sticking space K1 on the front of the game board 13 (FIG. The certificate stamp or the like attached to (see 2) can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more glitter, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin, which is chrome-plated, is attached to a region around the illuminated portions 29 to 33.
็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใซใฏใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅบฆๆฐ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็่ฒธใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ฟๅดใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅดๆนใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใซใผใใฆใใใ๏ผ็่ฒธใใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซ็ดๅนฃใใซใผใ็ญใๆๅ ฅใใ็ถๆ ใง่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใจใใใฎๆไฝใซๅฟใใฆ็ใฎ่ฒธๅบใ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅบฆๆฐ่กจ็คบ้จ๏ผ๏ผใฏใซใผใ็ญใฎๆฎ้กๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใ้ ๅใงใใใๅ ่ตใใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใฆๆฎ้กๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆๆฎ้กใๆฐๅญใง่กจ็คบใใใใ็่ฒธใใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใซใผใ็ญ๏ผ่จ้ฒๅชไฝ๏ผใซ่จ้ฒใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ่ฒธๅบ็ใๅพใใใใซๆไฝใใใใใฎใงใใใใซใผใ็ญใซๆฎ้กใๅญๅจใใ้ใใซใใใฆ่ฒธๅบ็ใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใซไพ็ตฆใใใใ่ฟๅดใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใซใผใใฆใใใใซๆฟๅ ฅใใใใซใผใ็ญใฎ่ฟๅดใๆฑใใ้ใซๆไฝใใใใใชใใใซใผใใฆใใใใไปใใใซ็่ฒธใ่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใ็ดๆฅ่ฒธใๅบใใใใใใณใณๆฉใใใใใ็พ้ๆฉใงใฏ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฆใจใชใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้จๅใซ้ฃพใใทใผใซ็ญใไปๅ ใใฆ้จๅๆงๆใฏๅ ฑ้ใฎใใฎใจใใฆใ่ฏใใใซใผใใฆใใใใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉใจ็พ้ๆฉใจใฎๅ ฑ้ๅใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ A ball lending operation unit 40 is arranged below the window unit 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which balance information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the balance is displayed as numerical value as balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded on the card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present on the card or the like. Will be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. A pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine, does not require a ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 is not required. A decorative sticker or the like may be added to the installation portion of the above to make the component configuration common. It is possible to standardize pachinko machines and cash machines that use card units.
ไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใใไธ็ฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใใชใใฃใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใใใฎไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใไธ้ขใ้ๆพใใ็ฅ็ฎฑ็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใธๆใก่พผใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๆไฝใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใ In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface in the central portion thereof. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive the ball into the front of the game board 13 is arranged.
ๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้งๅใ่จฑๅฏใใใใใฎใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๆผไธๆไฝใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใฏ็ใฎ็บๅฐใๅๆญขใใ็บๅฐๅๆญขในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝ้๏ผๅๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใ้ปๆฐๆตๆใฎๅคๅใซใใๆคๅบใใๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใชใฉใๅ ่ตใใใฆใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๅณๅใใซๅๅๆไฝใใใใจใใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใใใจๅ ฑใซๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆตๆๅคใๅๅๆไฝ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใใใฎๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆตๆๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅผทใ๏ผ็บๅฐๅผทๅบฆ๏ผใง็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใใซใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ฃใณ้ใง้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใธ็ใๆใก่พผใพใใใใพใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆไฝใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็บๅฐๅๆญขในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใจใชใฃใฆใใใ Inside the operation handle 51, there is a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball launch unit 112a, a launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball during the pressing operation period, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. It has a built-in variable resistor (not shown) that detects the amount of dynamic operation (rotation position) by the change in electrical resistance. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the amount of rotation operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor is changed. The ball is launched with a strength corresponding to (launch intensity), whereby the ball is driven into the front of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.
ไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขไธๆน้จใซใฏใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ็ใไธๆนใธๆๅบใใ้ใซๆไฝใใใใใฎ็ๆใใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ๆใใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธๆใๅณๆนๅใซไปๅขใใใฆใใใใใฎไปๅขใซๆใใฆๅทฆๆนๅใธในใฉใคใใใใใใจใซใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใๅบ้ขๅฃใ้ๅฃใใฆใใใฎๅบ้ขๅฃใใ็ใ่ช็ถ่ฝไธใใฆๆๅบใใใใใใฎ็ๆใใฌใใผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใฏใ้ๅธธใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅบใใใ็ใๅใๅใ็ฎฑ๏ผไธ่ฌใซใๅไธก็ฎฑใใจ็งฐใใใ๏ผใ็ฝฎใใ็ถๆ ใง่กใใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๆนใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๆนใซใฏ็ฐ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ A ball pulling lever 52 for operating the ball stored in the lower plate 50 when the ball stored in the lower plate 50 is discharged downward is provided in the lower portion of the front surface of the lower plate 50. The ball pulling lever 52 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened, and the bottom opening is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is usually performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as "Senryobako") for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. An operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower plate 50 as described above, and an ashtray 53 is attached to the left side of the lower plate 50.
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆญฃ้ข่ฆ็ฅๆญฃๆนๅฝข็ถใซๅๅๅ ๅทฅใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซใ็ๆกๅ ็จใฎๅคๆฐใฎ้๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ้ขจ่ปใฎไปใใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใ็ตใฟไปใใฆๆงๆใใใใใฎๅจ็ธ้จใๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅใไปใใใใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ้้ๆงใฎๆจน่ๆๆใใใชใใใใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใใใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ้ขๅดใซ้ ่จญใใใๅ็จฎๆง้ ไฝใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฆ่ชใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๅฝขๆใใใใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใซใผใฟๅ ๅทฅใซใใฃใฆใใผในๆฟ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ฒซ้็ฉดใซ้ ่จญใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใใใฟใใใณใฐใใธ็ญใซใใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 has a base plate 60 machined into a substantially square shape in the front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for ball guidance, a windmill, rails 61, 62, and general inserts. It is configured by assembling a ball opening 63, a special drawing ball opening 64, 640, a variable winning device 65, a V winning device 650, a normal symbol starting port (through gate) 67, a variable display device unit 80, etc., and the peripheral portion thereof is inside. It is attached to the back surface side of the frame 12 (see FIG. 1). The base plate 60 is made of a light-transmitting resin material, and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structures arranged on the rear surface side of the base plate 60 from the front side thereof. The general entry slot 63, the special drawing entry slot 64, the general electric winning device 640, the V winning device 65, the variable winning device 650, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in the through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is installed and fixed from the front side of the game board 13 with tapping screws or the like.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขไธญๅคฎ้จๅใฏใๆญฃ้ขๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ้ใใฆๅ ๆ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใไปฅไธใซใไธปใซๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ The front central portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 2.
้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใซใฏใๅธฏ็ถใฎ้ๅฑๆฟใ็ฅๅๅผง็ถใซๅฑๆฒๅ ๅทฅใใฆๅฝขๆใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๆค็ซใใใใใฎๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅดไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซๅธฏ็ถใฎ้ๅฑๆฟใงๅฝขๆใใๅๅผง็ถใฎๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใๆค็ซใใใใใใฎๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅคๅจใๅฒใพใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใจใฌใฉในใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใซใใๅๅพใๅฒใพใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใซใฏใ็ใฎๆๅใซใใ้ๆใ่กใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅฝขๆใใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใงใใฃใฆ๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฌใผใซ้ใ็นใๆจน่่ฃฝใฎๅค็ธ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใใๅบ็ปใใฆๅฝขๆใใใ้ ๅ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญใ้ ่จญใใใ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๆตไธใใ้ ๅ๏ผใงใใใ An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in 1 is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the front outer periphery of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) surround the front and back, so that the front of the game board 13 is surrounded by a ball. A game area in which the game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is the area in front of the game board 13 that is partitioned by the two rails 61 and 62 and the resin outer edge member 73 that connects the rails (a winning opening or the like is arranged and fired). This is the area where the rails flow down.
๏ผๆฌใฎใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใ็บๅฐใใใ็ใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผไธ้จใธๆกๅ ใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ ใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธ้จ๏ผใซใฏๆปใ็้ฒๆญข้จๆ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใไธๆฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใธๆกๅ ใใใ็ใๅๅบฆ็ๆกๅ ้่ทฏๅ ใซๆปใฃใฆใใพใใจใใฃใไบๆ ใ้ฒๆญขใใใใๅคใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎๅณไธ้จ๏ผใซใฏใ็ใฎๆๅคง้ฃ็ฟ้จๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ่ฟใใดใ ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใๆๅฎไปฅไธใฎๅขใใง็บๅฐใใใ็ใฏใ่ฟใใดใ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝใใฃใฆใๅขใใๆธ่กฐใใใคใคไธญๅคฎ้จๅดใธ่ทณใญ่ฟใใใใ The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 9) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide passage. Will be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball. Is dampened and bounced back toward the center.
่ฟใใดใ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆไธๅดใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆใฎๆจน่๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณ๏ผใซใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผ้ๆ้ ๅใๅฝขๆใใ้ขใจใฏๅๅฏพๅดใฎ้ข๏ผใซ่ฆใใใใใใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ็บๅฐใใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ก็ชใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ A first symbol display device 37 is provided on the upper left side of the return rubber 69. The first symbol display device 37 is arranged so as to be covered with the back surface (the surface opposite to the surface forming the game region) of the game board 13 formed of transparent resin (for example, ABS). It is configured so that the fired ball does not collide with the first symbol display device 37.
ใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใงใใ่คๆฐใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคๅใณ๏ผใปใฐใกใณใ่กจ็คบๅจใๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใง่กใใใๅๅถๅพกใซๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใใใฎใงใใใไธปใซใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใไฝๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้ก๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใ่จญใใใฐ่ฏใใ The first symbol display device 37 is provided with a first symbol display device 37 including a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display. The first symbol display device 37 displays according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 21), and mainly displays the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display device 37 is configured to operate when the ball enters (wins) the special figure entry port 64. That is, the first symbol display device 37 is a display means for showing the lottery result of the lottery (special figure lottery) executed when the ball enters the special figure entry port 64. In the present embodiment, since the pachinko machine 10 having one type of special symbol is used, the result of one type of special symbol lottery is displayed on the first symbol display device 37. For example, the special symbol is displayed. If the pachinko machine 10 has two types (first special symbol and second special symbol), the first symbol display device 37 may be provided with a display area corresponding to each special symbol type.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ็ญ๏ผใฎไฝใใงใใใใ็น็ฏ็ถๆ ใซใใ็คบใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใๅคๅไธญ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบไธญ๏ผใงใใใๅฆใใ็น็ฏ็ถๆ ใซใใ็คบใใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅณๆใไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅณๆใๅคใๅณๆใงใใใใ็น็ฏ็ถๆ ใซใใ็คบใใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็น็ฏ็ถๆ ใซใใ็คบใใจๅ ฑใซใ๏ผใปใฐใกใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใใจใฉใผ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไธๆ็ใซๅๆญข๏ผไธญๆญ๏ผใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็น็ฏ็ถๆ ใซใฆ็คบใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ่คๆฐใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฏใใใใใใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็บๅ ่ฒ๏ผไพใใฐใ่ตคใ็ทใ้๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใๆงๆใใใใใฎ็บๅ ่ฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซใใใๅฐใชใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใงใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ็จฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบๅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็บๅ ๆๆฎต๏ผ๏ผใปใฐใกใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใฎ็บๅ ่ฒใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซใใๅ็จฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅ็จฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่ญๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆงๆใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็บๅ ๆๆฎตใ็น็ฏใใฆใใๆ้ใจๆถ็ฏใใฆใใๆ้ใจใฎ้ทใ๏ผ็นๆป ๆ ๆง๏ผใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใๅ็จฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, the first symbol display device 37 indicates which of the gaming states (for example, normal state, time saving state, etc.) of the pachinko machine 10 is in the game state (for example, normal state, time saving state, etc.) by the LED, and the special symbol (first symbol) fluctuates. Whether or not it is medium (during dynamic display to stop and display the combination of symbols to show the lottery result) is indicated by the lighting state, and the stopped symbol corresponds to the jackpot that is advantageous to the player or is disadvantageous. Whether the symbol corresponds to the jackpot or the symbol is off is indicated by the lighting state, the number of reserved balls is indicated by the lighting state, and the number of rounds during the jackpot and the error are displayed by the 7-segment display device. In addition, it is possible to indicate in the lit state that the fluctuation of the special symbol is temporarily stopped (interrupted). The plurality of LEDs are configured so that the emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of the respective LEDs are different, and the combination of the emission colors can suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. In the present embodiment, the various gaming states are notified by the combination of the emission colors of the light emitting means (7-segment display device), but any configuration is sufficient as long as the player can identify the various gaming states. For example, various gaming states may be notified by varying the length (blinking mode) of the period in which the light emitting means is lit and the period in which the light emitting means is turned off.
ๅฐใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใฃใใใจใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ่กใใใใใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใๅฆใใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ่กใใใใใงใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจๅคๅฎใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็นๅ ธ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery (lottery of special symbols) is performed when a ball is entered (winning) in the special drawing entrance 64. Then, in the lottery of the special symbol, a winning or not judgment (big hit lottery) of whether or not it is a big hit is performed. Here, based on the determination that the jackpot has been won, the jackpot game in which the player is in a privileged gaming state is executed.
ๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ใๅฎนๆใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใงๅคใใฎ่ณ็ใ็ญๆ้ใง็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใๅพใซ๏ผๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ้ฃใ้้็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้๏ผใจใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆๆ้ใจใ๏ผใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใๆฌกใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฎๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้้็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใคใณใฟใผใใซๆ้ใจใๆๅพใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใจใใใใชใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใ When the jackpot game is executed, the special winning opening 650a of the variable winning device 650 is in an open state where the ball can be easily won, and by making the specific winning opening 650a win the ball, many winning balls are awarded for a short period of time. The game that can be acquired at is executed. This jackpot game is executed (when) after the lottery result of the special symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed display), and is executed for an opening period (for example, 1 second) of a predetermined time (for example, a specific winning opening of the variable winning device 650). A predetermined period (a period in which a closed state is set in which it is difficult for a ball to enter the 650a), a round game period in which an open state is set, and a predetermined period from the end of one round game period to the start of the next round game. From the period (for example, 0.5 seconds), the interval period in which the closed state is set, and the ending period in which the closed state is set for a predetermined period (for example, 2 seconds) after the end of the last round game period. The jackpot game period is set.
ใใฎใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใๅพใซใใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆ็ใไปปๆใฎๆนๅใซๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใๆบๅใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅๆปใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใฎใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้ใใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆ้ใจใใฆ็จใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by setting the opening period after the lottery result of the special symbol indicating the jackpot winning is stopped and displayed (confirmed display), the ball is set at the timing when the specific winning opening 650a is opened during the jackpot game. Since it is possible to prepare for firing in any direction, the jackpot game can be smoothly performed. Further, since this opening period can be used as a period for notifying the player of the game content of the jackpot game this time, it is possible to provide an easy-to-understand game.
ใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ็ตๆ้ใจใใฆใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใๆๅพใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใ็ดๅพใใใๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใซๅใใฆใ็ใไปปๆใฎๆนๅใซๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใใๆบๅใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎๅใๆฟใใๅๆปใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, by setting the ending period as the final period of the jackpot game, it is possible to prevent the lottery of a new special symbol from being executed immediately after the end of the last round game, so that after the jackpot game is completed. Since it is possible to prepare for launching the ball in an arbitrary direction for the game to be executed, it is possible to smoothly switch the game.
ใชใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๆ้๏ผใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้ใใฉใฆใณใๆ้ใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใซใคใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆ็นใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ้ทใใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใจใฏ็ฐใชใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใไปใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใใชใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใไบๅใซๆกๅ ใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Regarding the length of each period (opening period, round period, ending period) of the jackpot game that is executed when the jackpot is won in the special symbol lottery, the game status at the time of winning the jackpot and the type of jackpot won A different length may be set according to the above. For example, when a jackpot is won in which a game content different from the game content at the time of winning the jackpot is set as the game content executed after the jackpot game is completed, the game content is set. The ending period of the jackpot game (for example, 10 seconds) is set to be longer than the ending period of other jackpot games (for example, 2 seconds), and the jackpot game ends for the player during the ending period. It is preferable to configure the effect of guiding the content of the game to be executed later in advance so that it can be executed. As a result, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
ไธๆนใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใจใๅไธใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใไปใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ็ญใใชใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅน็่ฏใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, if a jackpot is won in which the game content at the time of winning the jackpot and the game content executed after the jackpot game is the same, the ending period (for example, 1 second) of the jackpot is set to that of another jackpot game. It is preferable to set it so that it is shorter than the ending period (for example, 2 seconds). As a result, the player can be made to play the game efficiently.
ใพใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใจใๅฎ้ใซๅคๅฅใใๆงๆใ็จใใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆ็นใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใไบใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใฎ่ฆๅฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆใๅๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใไบใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใฐ่ฏใใ Further, without using a configuration for actually discriminating between the game content at the time of winning the jackpot and the game content executed after the jackpot game is completed, for example, based on the type of jackpot won and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. Therefore, the game state to be set after the jackpot game is completed may be defined in advance, and the ending period of each jackpot game may be set in advance according to the defined contents.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Although a specific description will be described later, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, a game to be executed by the player when the game state is a normal state (a low probability state of a special symbol, a low probability state of a normal symbol). It is configured to be different from the game to be executed by the player in the time saving state (low probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol), and is in the time saving state than the game to be executed in the normal state. It is configured so that the game to be executed is more advantageous to the player (the jackpot game is easier to be executed).
ใคใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใฎใปใใใๆขใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใใใ้ทใใชใใใใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใใซใใใไบใ่ฆๅฎใใใๅ ๅฎนใซๅพใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ ใใงใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ฉใใๆ้ใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ In other words, the ending period of the jackpot game, in which the jackpot is won with the normal state set and the time saving state is set after the end of the jackpot game executed based on the jackpot winning, the time saving state is already set. The content (operation scenario) of the jackpot game is specified so that it will be longer than the ending period of the jackpot game in which the jackpot is won in the state of being present and the time saving state is set again after the end of the jackpot game executed based on the jackpot winning. You should keep it. Thereby, the ending period of the period suitable for the player can be set only by executing the jackpot game according to the predetermined contents.
ใชใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไปฅๅคใฎๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซไบใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้ใใใคใณใฟใผใใซๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅไธใงใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใฉใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใ ใใงใฏ็กใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใคใใฆใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, it may be specified in advance that the period other than the ending period is different depending on the type of the winning jackpot and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot, and the opening period and the interval period may be different. Further, even if the types of jackpots won are the same, the length of each period during the jackpot game may be different depending on the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. As a result, it is possible to make the player interested not only in which jackpot type the jackpot was won (the lottery result of the special symbol) but also the game state at the time of the jackpot winning, and the interest of the game is improved. be able to.
ใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคๅฎใ่กใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๅคๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใไปไธใใใ๏ผ๏ผฒๆ็ญๅคงๅฝใใใจใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅพใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ็ญๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ็ญๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ๏ผใ็จๆใใใฆใใใ Furthermore, if a jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery, the jackpot type is also determined. Although a detailed explanation will be described later, as the jackpot type to be determined, the number of rounds of the jackpot game is 4 and a time saving state (low probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol) is given after the jackpot game is completed. As a 4R time-saving jackpot, a jackpot type with a different duration of the time-saving state (after the time-saving state is set, the time-saving jackpot continues until the special symbol lottery is executed four times without winning the jackpot (time-saving jackpot). (4 times) and a time-saving jackpot (15 times), in which the time-saving state continues until the special symbol lottery is executed 15 times without winning the jackpot.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏๅคใใจๅคๅฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใๅคใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๅคงๅฝใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใๅฐใชใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎใฟ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ็นๅ ธ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅคๅ็ตไบๅพใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใจใใฆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใ๏ผใ็คบใใใใ ใใงใชใใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๅณๆใ็คบใใใใ In the present embodiment, if the big hit is not won in the special symbol lottery, it is determined that the player is out of the game, and the player is not given a privilege. However, the lottery is not limited to this, for example, the big hit lottery. In some cases where it is determined that the lottery result is not the above-mentioned jackpot, the player is given less privilege than the above-mentioned jackpot (for example, the privilege of opening the V winning device 65 only for one round). It may be configured so that the winning game is executed. The first symbol display device 37 not only indicates whether or not the lottery result is a big hit (whether or not it is a small hit) as a stop symbol after the end of the fluctuation, and if it is a big hit, the jackpot type. The design corresponding to is shown.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใฎไฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใไฝ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใไฝ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไปฅไธใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจ็งฐใ๏ผใงใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใไฝ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไปฅไธใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจ็งฐใ๏ผใงใใใ In the present embodiment, either the "normal state" or the "time saving state" is set as the game state. In the normal state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is set to a low probability (1/100), and the hit probability of the normal symbol is set to a low probability (1/1000). It is called the low probability state of the normal symbol), and in the time saving state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is set to the low probability (1/100), and the hit probability of the normal symbol is set to the high probability (300/1000). It is a gaming state (hereinafter referred to as a low-probability state of a special symbol and a high-probability state of a normal symbol).
ใใใงใใ๏ผ๏ผฒๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผใใจใฏใๆๅคงใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใๅ้ๆพใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใจใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Here, "4R jackpot (4 times of time reduction)" means a jackpot game in which the maximum number of rounds is 4 rounds (a jackpot game in which the variable winning device 650 is opened for 4 rounds), followed by a time reduction state (low probability state of a special symbol). , A big hit that can be shifted to a high probability state of a normal symbol), and a time saving state in which the number of time saving times is 4 is set after the big hit game is completed.
ใ๏ผ๏ผฒๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใใจใฏใๆๅคงใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใๅ้ๆพใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใจใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใ "4R jackpot (15 times of time reduction)" is a jackpot game with a maximum number of rounds of 4 rounds (a jackpot game that opens the variable winning device 650 for 4 rounds), followed by a time reduction state (low probability state of special symbol, normal symbol). It is a big hit that can be shifted to the high probability state of), and a time saving state in which the number of time saving times is 15 times is set after the big hit game is completed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅพใๆๅฎใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใจใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใฎใงใใใใคใพใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใจใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใ๏ผๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใจใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใ๏ผๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, after the time saving state is set, when a predetermined end condition (time saving end condition) is satisfied, the game state is configured to shift from the time saving state to the normal state, and the time saving described above is performed. The number of times indicates a time saving end condition. In other words, the number of time reductions of 4 times is a condition for ending the time reduction when the special symbol lottery is executed 4 times (the 4th special symbol change is stopped and displayed) without winning the jackpot after the time reduction state is set. Is established, and the number of time reductions of 15 times means that the time reduction is performed when the special symbol lottery is executed 15 times (the 15th special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed) without winning the jackpot after the time reduction state is set. It is stipulated that the termination condition is satisfied.
ๅณใกใใ๏ผ๏ผฒๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผใใฎใปใใใใ๏ผ๏ผฒๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใใใๆ็ซใๆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผฒๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผฒๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใใฎใปใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใๆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใ That is, since "4R jackpot (4 times of time reduction)" is a jackpot type in which the time reduction end condition that is easier to be established is specified than "4R jackpot (15 times of time reduction)", "4R jackpot (4 times of time reduction)" ) โ,โ 4R jackpot (15 times in a short time) โis a jackpot type in which the time saving state is easy to continue, and is a jackpot type that is advantageous to the player.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใซ้ขใใๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใไปฅๅคใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅฎใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใ็นๅฎใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผไพใใฐใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, as a time saving end condition for ending the time saving state, a condition regarding the number of special symbol lottery during the time saving state (time saving number of times) is defined, but other configurations are provided as the time saving ending condition. It may be used, for example, a time saving end condition that is satisfied when the result of the special symbol lottery is other than a big hit and the number of times that is a specific lottery result (specific deviation) reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times). Or, a time saving end condition that is satisfied when a predetermined time (for example, 100 seconds) has elapsed since the time saving state is set, or a specific ball entry port (for example, a general ball entry port) during the time saving state. The end condition that is satisfied when the number of balls entered in 63a) reaches a predetermined number (for example, 5) may be set.
ๅณ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎๅทฆไธๆนๅดใซใฏใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซใใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใ่ณ็ใจใใฆๆใๅบใใใ่คๆฐใฎๅทฆไธ่ฌๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใพใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎไธญๅคฎ้จๅใซใฏใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใชใฌใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจๅๆใใใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใๆถฒๆถใใฃในใใฌใค๏ผไปฅไธๅใซใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใใจ็ฅใ๏ผใงๆงๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎ้้ใใใชใฌใจใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใงๆงๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅจใๅฒใใใใซใใฆใใปใณใฟใผใใฌใผใ ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. On the lower left side of the game area formed on the surface of the game board 13, a plurality of left general entry ports 63a are provided so that 10 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls enter. Further, a variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is a liquid crystal display that displays the variation of the third symbol while synchronizing with the variation display of the first symbol display device 37, triggered by the entry of a ball into the special symbol entry port 64 (starting prize). The normal symbol (second symbol) is variably displayed triggered by the passage of a sphere through the third symbol display device 81 composed of (hereinafter simply abbreviated as "display device") and the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67. A second symbol display device (not shown) composed of LEDs is provided. Further, in the variable display device unit 80, a center frame 86 is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผ๏ผใคใณใใตใคใบใฎๅคงๅใฎๆถฒๆถใใฃในใใฌใคใงๆงๆใใใใใฎใงใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅถๅพกใใใใใจใซใใใไพใใฐๅทฆใไธญๅใณๅณใฎ๏ผใคใฎๅณๆๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅๅณๆๅใฏ่คๆฐใฎๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅณๆๅๆฏใซ็ธฆในใฏใญใผใซใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซไผดใฃใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใใฎใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใซๅฟใใ่ฃ ้ฃพ็ใช่กจ็คบใ่กใใใฎใงใใใใชใใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซไปฃใใฆใไพใใฐใชใผใซ็ญใ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 15-inch size liquid crystal display, and by controlling the display contents by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 21), for example, the left, middle, and right 3 Two symbol columns are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol), and these third symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row, and the third symbol is variably displayed (moving) on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. (Display). In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed by the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 21), whereas the first symbol display device 37 displays the first symbol. A decorative display is performed according to the display of the device 37. In addition, instead of the display device, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the third symbol display device 81.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใๆฏใซ่กจ็คบๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใฎใโใใฎๅณๆใจใรใใฎๅณๆใจใๆๅฎๆ้ไบคไบใซ็น็ฏใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใฎใงใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใใจใๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใใใใฎๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๅพใซใโใใฎๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๅพใซใรใใฎๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใ The second symbol display device displays a symbol "โ" and a symbol "x" as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) each time the sphere passes through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67. It is a variable display that lights up alternately for a predetermined time. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if it is a winning, the symbol "โ" is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation display of the second symbol. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is a failure, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variation display of the third symbol.
ใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๆๅฎๅณๆ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใโใใฎๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎๆ้ใ ใไฝๅ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the pachinko machine 10, when the variation display in the second symbol display device is stopped at a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, the symbol โโโ), the electric accessory 640a attached to the general electric winning device 640 is used for a predetermined time. It is configured so that a hit game (a game per hit in a normal figure) that is in an operating state (open state) is executed.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซใใใๆ้ใฏใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅใณใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใซ้ขใใใๅธธใซไธๅฎ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใใใใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซใใใๆ้๏ผๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎใปใใ้ทใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ทๆ้ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใฆใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใซใ้ขใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใชใๆ้ใ้ทๆ้่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is always constant (3 seconds) regardless of the result of the normal symbol lottery and the probability state (low probability state, high probability state) of the normal symbol. .. With this configuration, for example, in order to make it difficult to execute the game per normal symbol during the low probability state (normal state) of the normal symbol, the time required for the fluctuation display of the normal symbol (normal symbol fluctuation time) is reduced. In the pachinko machine 10 configured so that the time is longer in the normal state than in the time saving state, the normal symbol hit game (normal symbol hit game) is difficult to be executed from the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) to the normal symbol. When the game state shifts to the time-saving state (high probability state of the normal symbol) in which the winning game is easily executed, the long-time normal symbol fluctuation executed during the normal state (more disadvantageous to the player than during the time-saving state). It shifts to the time saving state during the execution of the game), and even though the time saving state is set, the period during which the normal symbol lottery during the time saving state is not executed is set for a long time. It can be suppressed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจ็กใใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅณใกใ็ใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๆ้๏ผใ็ตใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ้ๅธธๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๆ้๏ผใ็ตใฆใ๏ผ็งใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆ็ญๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ In the present embodiment, the game content (opening pattern of the electric accessory 640a) of the game per normal figure to be executed is different between the normal state and the time saving state without changing the fluctuation time of the normal symbol. ing. Specifically, the game per game performed during the time saving state is more advantageous to the player than the game per game performed during the normal state, that is, the ball is activated by special electric power. It is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the mouth 643. Specifically, when the normal state is set, after an opening period of 4.1 seconds (a closing period of the electric accessory 640a), an opening period of 0.1 seconds is set. When a normal game per game is executed and a time saving state is set, a 3 second opening period is set after an opening period of 0.1 seconds (a closing period of the electric accessory 640a). A winning game (a game per time saving game) is executed.
ใใฎใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใฎใปใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by executing the game per normal symbol in which the period during which the electric accessory 640a is open is different according to the probability state of the normal symbol, the time is shorter than the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol). The state (high probability state of the normal symbol) can make it easier for the ball to be won in the normal electric winning device 640 during the game per normal figure.
ใใใซใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใใใๆ็ญๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎใปใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใไธใคใใใจใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใไธใคใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as will be described in detail later, in the present embodiment, the ratio of the balls that have won the general electric winning device 640 during the game per game in the normal state and the time saving state is entered into the special electric operating port 643. It is configured to be different. Specifically, the ball that won the Fuden winning device 640 during the time-saving Fuzu game is better than the ball that won the Fuden winning device 640 during the normal game per game that is executed during the normal state. It is configured so that the ball can easily enter the special electric actuating port 643. With this configuration, when the normal state is set, it is difficult to make the ball win the prize-winning device 640, and even if the ball wins the prize-winning device 640, the special electric operating port 643 When it is difficult to enter the ball and the time saving state is set, it is easy to make the ball win the general electric winning device 640, and when the general electric winning device 640 wins, the ball is moved to the special electric operation port 643. It can be made easier to enter the ball.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็บๅฐใใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใพใงใฎ่คๆฐใฎ้็จใซใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใ่จฑๅฎนใใ็ถๆ ใจใ่ฆๅถใใ็ถๆ ใจใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใฆใใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใฎใๆใใใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ขบๅฎใซ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, in a plurality of processes until the launched ball enters the special electric actuating port 643, a state of allowing the ball to enter the special electric actuating port 643 and a state of restricting the ball entering the special electric actuating port 643 are set. Since it is variable according to the game state to be played, the ease of entering the ball into the special electric actuating port 643 can be surely changed according to the game state to be set.
ๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅไธ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็้้ใ็บ็ใ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅฐ้ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ้ ๅใซ่จญใใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพๅถๅพกใใใใใใๆ็ญๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ้ๅธธๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใฆใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใพใ่ใใใฃใใ As described above with reference to FIG. 2, in the present embodiment, the game method that is advantageous to the player is the same regardless of whether the game state is set to the normal state or the time saving state is set (the game method is the same). It is configured to be a left-handed game). In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, the lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is established even in the normal state (the ball passes through the through gate 67), and the lottery for the normal symbol is executed. Then, as a result of the ordinary symbol lottery, if a winning is won, the electric accessory 640a provided in the game area where the ball launched by the left-handed game can reach is open-controlled, so that the time-saving normal symbol game is used. However, it is difficult to win a ball in the Fuden winning device 640. During a normal game per game, there is a risk that the ball will win the Fuden winning device 640.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใงๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใง้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆงๆใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใพใฃใใจใใฆใใใใฎ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if a ball wins the general electric winning device 640 during the game per game executed in the normal state, the winning ball goes to the special electric operating port 643. It is configured so that it is difficult to enter the ball. With this configuration, in the pachinko machine 10 having a configuration in which the game is executed by the same game method in the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) and the time saving state (high probability state of the normal symbol). Even if a ball enters the general electric winning device 640 during the normal state, it is possible to prevent the ball from entering the special electric actuating port 643.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผๆฎๅณ้ซ็ขบไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅขใใใชใฉใใใฎไปใฎๆนๆณใ็จใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซใใใๆ้ใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใใใไธๅฎใจใใฆใใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซใใใๆ้ใใๆฎๅณ้ซ็ขบไธญใซใใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใ็ญใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใใใไธๅฎใซใใฆใใใใใใพใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใ้ๆพๅๆฐใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใใใไธๅฎใซใใฆใใใใ In the present embodiment, the same fluctuation time (3 seconds) is set as the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol in the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) and the time saving state (high probability state of the normal symbol). However, the game state is not limited to this, for example, there are a case where the game state is a low probability state (normal state) of the normal symbol and a case where the normal symbol is a high probability state (time saving state). In the high probability state (time saving state) of, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol may be shorter. In addition, in the high probability state of the normal symbol (during the high probability of the normal symbol), other methods such as increasing the opening time and the number of times of opening the electric accessory 640a for each hit are used to increase the hit probability of the normal symbol. If the high-probability state of the normal symbol is set to a state in which the ball is easier to enter the general electric winning device 640 than the low-probability state of the normal symbol, the time required for the fluctuation display of the second symbol is set regardless of the game state. It may be constant. On the other hand, when the time required for the variation display of the second symbol is set shorter than the normal state during the high accuracy of the normal figure, the hit probability may be constant regardless of the game state, or one hit. The opening time and the number of times of opening of the electric accessory 640a may be made constant regardless of the gaming state.
ๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผๅทฆๅด้ ๅ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ็ตใฟไปใใใใ้ๆ็คใซ็บๅฐใใใ็ใฎใใกใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎๆฎใฉ๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใฎๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใใฐใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใจใใฆใโใใฎๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใใฐใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใจใใฆใรใใฎๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใ The normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 is assembled to the game board 13 in the left side area (left side area) of the variable display device unit 80, and flows down the left side area of the game board 13 among the balls fired on the game board. Most of the spheres (about 100%) are configured to pass through. When the ball passes through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery of the second symbol, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a winning, the symbol "โ" is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display, and the winning lottery is performed. If the result is incorrect, the symbol "x" is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display.
็ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๅๆฐใฏใๅ่จใงๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไฟ็ใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅคงไฟ็ๆฐๅใฎ๏ผใค่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซๅทฆๅณๅฏพ็งฐใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ The number of times the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 is held up to once in total, and the number of held balls is displayed on the second symbol holding lamp 84 described above. The second symbol holding lamp 84 is provided at one-third of the maximum number of holding lamps, and is symmetrically arranged below the third symbol display device 81.
ใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆ่คๆฐใฎใฉใณใใฎ็น็ฏใจ้็น็ฏใๅใๆใใใใจใซใใ่กใใใฎใฎไปใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใไฝฟ็จใใฆ่กใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไฟ็ใฉใณใใฎ็น็ฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใง่กใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ใฎ้้ใซๅฏพใใๆๅคงไฟ็็ๆฐใฏ๏ผๅใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใชใใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตใฟไปใๆฐใฏ๏ผใคใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใ่คๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใค๏ผใงใใฃใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตใฟไปใไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๆนใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใไพใใฐใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๆนใงใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎๆฎใฉใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไธ้จใฎ็ใฎใฟใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ The variation display of the second symbol is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37a, 37b and the third. It may be performed by using a part of the symbol display device 81. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of reserved balls for the passage of balls at the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 is not limited to one, and may be set to two or more times (for example, eight times). Further, the number of assembly of the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 is not limited to one, and may be a plurality (for example, two). Further, the assembly position of the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 is not limited to the left side of the variable display device unit 80, and may be, for example, the right side of the variable display device unit 80. Further, in the present embodiment, most of the balls flowing down the left side region of the game board 13 by the left-handed game are configured to pass through the through gate 67, but the present invention is not limited to this, and only some of the balls flow down. It may be configured to pass through the through gate 67.
ๆฌกใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ้จใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใซใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใใใๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใ้้็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใช้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผไธใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎใใกๅทฆๅด้ ๅ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใใๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ใใ็ฎๆใซ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไป่จญใใใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใใ็ด๏ผ็ใฎ๏ผ็ใฎๅฒๅใงๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใงใใใฐๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใชไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฐ้๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, the configuration of the Fuden winning device 640, which is in an open state when a winner is won in a normal symbol lottery, will be described. As shown in FIG. 2, the Fuden winning device 640 is provided below the variable display device unit 80, and has an open state that allows a ball to win a prize inside the variable display device unit 80 and a closed state that makes it harder to win a prize than the open state. The electric accessory 640a, which can be changed according to the state, is electrically driven to the place where the ball flowing down the left side area (the area on the left side of the front view from the variable display device unit 80) of the game area formed on the game board 13 reaches. An accessory 640a is attached. In the present embodiment, the balls launched by the left-handed game reach the general electric winning device 640 at a rate of one ball of about three balls (if the electric accessory 640a is in the open state, the general electric winning device 640 is reached. It is configured to reach a winning position).
้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๅธธใ้้็ถๆ ใ็ถญๆใใฆใใใใฎใงใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไบใๅฎใใใใๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๆๅฎๆ้้ๆพ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ็ถๆ ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The electric accessory 640a is normally maintained in a closed state, and when a normal symbol lottery is won, the electric accessory 640a is variably operated to an open state for a predetermined period in a predetermined variable pattern. A game is executed per game. That is, in the present embodiment, the player is configured to be able to provide the player with a state in which the ball can easily win the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 by winning the game by the ordinary symbol lottery and executing the game per game.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซๅฏ่ฝใซใ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใซใ๏ผใไธใคใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, by continuously executing the left-handed game, the lottery opportunity of the normal symbol can be established (the ball can pass through the through gate 67), and the normal symbol can be passed. It is configured so that a ball can be won in the Fuden winning device 640, which is opened when the player wins the lottery. Furthermore, it is configured so that a lottery opportunity for a special symbol can be established by a left-handed game. In addition, the variable winning device 650, which is variably operated by the jackpot game executed when the jackpot is won in the special symbol lottery, is also arranged at a position where the ball fired by the left-handed game can win.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๅธธใซๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใง้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใๅคๆดใใใ็ ฉใใใใไธใใใใจใ็กใใในใ ใผใบใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the player can always play the game with the same game method (left-handed game) regardless of the game state, so that it is troublesome for the player to change the game method. The game can be played smoothly without giving.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใใใณๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆตๅ ฅใใๆตใใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๆตใใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ Here, with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5, the configuration of the Fuden winning device 640 and the flow of the winning balls in the Fuden winning device 640 will be described in detail. FIG. 3 is a schematic view schematically showing the internal configuration of the Fuden winning device 640, and FIG. 4 is a schematic showing the flow of the winning balls in the Fuden winning device 640 flowing into the out port 644. FIG. 5 is a schematic view showing a flow in which a winning ball enters the special electric operating port 643 in the general electric winning device 640.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใง้ๆพๅไฝใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใจใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ In the present embodiment, the lottery of the normal symbol is executed when the ball passes through the through gate 67, and when the winning is won in the lottery of the normal symbol, the electric accessory 640a is opened in a predetermined variable pattern. A game is executed per normal figure. Then, when the electric accessory 640a is changed to the open state in this game per game, the ball is in a state where it can win a prize in the normal electric winning device 640.
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใๅฅๆฉใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆตๅ ฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ฃ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ่ชๅฐๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ฃ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ่ชๅฐๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซๆๅฎใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅฏๅคใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใพใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฏใ็ๆค็ฅใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๆค็ฅใใใ๏ผๅใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใ่จๆธฌๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผๅใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆ็นใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซ่ณ็๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใๆใๅบใใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 3, a second movable valve 642 is provided in the Fuden winning device 640. The second movable valve 642 is a second flow path that communicates a ball that flows into the normal power winning device 640 and flows down the first flow path 641a to the special electric operation port 643 when the game is executed. The first state that can be guided to 641b and the second state that can be guided to the third flow path 641c that communicates with the out port 644 are configured to be variable in a predetermined variable pattern. Further, the balls that have won the Fuden winning device 640 are detected by the ball detection sensor 640s, and the number of winning balls to the Fuden winning device 640 in one game per game can be measured. Although detailed description will be omitted, in the present embodiment, when the number of balls that have won the prize-winning device 640 in one game per game reaches a predetermined number (for example, 10), that time point It is configured so that the game is completed per game. In the present embodiment, the prize balls (4 pieces) are paid out when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643, and the prize balls are not paid out when the ball enters the out port 644. ing.
ใใฎๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็ๆตใใ่ฆ่ชใงใใใใใซ้้ๆงใๆใใใขใฏใชใซๆจน่ใงใซใใผไฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใซใใผไฝใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅใไปใใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็ๆตใใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฆ่ชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆฅฝใใพใใใใจใใงใใใ The cover body of the Fuden winning device 640 is formed of a transparent acrylic resin so that the player can visually recognize the ball flow in the Fuden winning device 640, and the cover body is attached to the game board 13. ing. Therefore, since the player can visually recognize the flow of the ball in the Fuden winning device 640, the player can enjoy the behavior of the ball winning the Fuden winning device 640.
ๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏ้จๅดใๅๅใฎๅบ้จใจใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใ้้็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใใใฎ้้็ถๆ ใใใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้้็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ็ดใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ็ด็ทไธใใใๅทฆๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎ่ฆ็นใงๅทฆๅด๏ผใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใ็ชๅบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏ้จใฎไธๆนไฝ็ฝฎใซ้้็ถๆ ใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้้็ถๆ ใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใจๆฅ่งฆใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ ดๆใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ The electric accessory 640a provided in the Fuden winning device 640 is provided with the upper end side of the second partition wall 640k2 as the base of rotation, and is in a closed state in which it is difficult for the ball to win the Fuden winning device 640 (FIG. 3) and an open state (see FIG. 4) in which the ball is more likely to win a prize in the general electric winning device 640 than in the closed state. As shown in FIG. 3, the electric accessory 640a in the closed state is configured to be housed in the general electric winning device 640, and specifically, on the left side (specifically, on the vertical line of the second partition wall 640k2). The tip of the first partition wall 640k1 is configured to protrude from the left side from the viewpoint of FIG. 3), and the closed electric accessory 640a is configured to fit below the tip of the first partition wall 640k1. ing. With this configuration, it is possible to make it difficult for the closed electric accessory 640a to come into contact with the ball fired by the left-handed game, so that it is difficult to cause a situation in which the electric accessory 640a is damaged. can.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็นใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ขบ็๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใฎใๆใ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใง้ๆพๅถๅพกใใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใซใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Although a detailed explanation will be described later, in the present embodiment, a ball that has won a prize in the Fuden winning device 640 wins a prize in the special electric operating port 643 according to the game state set at the time when the game is executed. It is configured so that the probability of winning (easiness of winning) is different. Specifically, it is executed in the normal state by differentiating the period from the execution of the game per normal figure to the opening control of the electric accessory 640a in a predetermined opening pattern (opening period per normal figure). The ball that won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 in the game per Fuzu is more in the special electric operating port 643 than the ball that won in the Fuden winning device 640 in the game per Fuzu that is executed during the time saving state. It is structured so that it is difficult to win a prize.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใง้ๆใ่กใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใปใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๆงๆใซใใฃใฆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใใๅฏพ็ญใซๅ ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใใๅฏพ็ญใๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๆๅถใใๆงๆใ่คๆฐๆฎต้ใง่จญใใใใจใซใใใใใ็ขบๅฎใซๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment in which the game is played by the same game method (left-handed game) in both the normal state and the time-saving state, the ball is moved to the special electric operating port 643 during the normal state. It is possible to suppress winning a prize. Further, in the present embodiment, the game per game performed in the normal state is more difficult for the ball to win in the game per game than the game played in the time saving state in the game. Is configured to be executed. With this configuration as well, it is possible to prevent the ball from winning a prize in the special electric actuating port 643 during the normal state. That is, in the present embodiment, in addition to the measure that makes it more difficult for the ball to win in the Fuden winning device 640 during the normal state than in the time saving state, when the ball wins in the Fuden winning device 640 during the normal state. Has a measure to make it more difficult for the ball to win the special electric operation port 643 than when the ball wins in the general electric winning device 640 during the time saving state. As described above, by providing the configuration for suppressing the winning of the ball to the special electric actuating port 643 in the normal state in a plurality of stages, the suppression can be performed more reliably.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ใฎ็ๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตใใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใๅคๆดใใใ็ ฉใใใใไธใใชใใใใซใใใใใซใๅธธๆๅทฆๆใก้ๆใง้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใ้้ใ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ่ใใใฃใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 4, a ball flow when a ball wins a prize in the normal electric winning device 640 in a game per game executed when a normal state is set will be described. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the flow of a ball that has won a prize in the Fuden winning device 640 in a game per Fuzu in a normal state. In the present embodiment, in order not to give the player the trouble of changing the game method, the game can always be executed in the left-handed game. Therefore, even in the normal state, which is a low probability state of the normal symbol, when the lottery opportunity of the normal symbol is established (the ball passes through the through gate 67) and the game per normal symbol is executed, the normal symbol winning device There was a risk that the ball would win within 640.
ๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใซๆฏในใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใฏใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใงๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใไฝ็ขบ็ใงใฏใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใพใๅฏ่ฝๆงใใใฃใใ That is, in the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol), the ball is won in the general electric winning device 640 as compared with the time saving state (high probability state of the normal symbol) in which the ball is easily won in the general electric winning device 640. Although it is difficult to make the game state, in the present embodiment, the same game method (left-handed game) is executed in the normal state and the time saving state, so that there is a low probability, but the general electric winning device 640 is in the normal state. There was a possibility that the ball would win a prize inside.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใจใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๆไพใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ As described above, the Fuden winning device 640 is provided with a special electric operating port 643 that triggers the execution of the winning game (game per character) that opens the V winning device 65, and the ball can be played during the normal state. When the ball enters the special electric actuating port 643 and the game per character is executed, there is a problem that the player who is playing the game in the normal state is provided with an excessively advantageous game.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใ๏ผๆๅใซ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใ๏ผใพใงใฎๆ้ใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ชๅฐๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ถญๆใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฎใฟ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the rate at which the ball that has won the Fuden winning device 640 in the normal state enters the special electric operating port 643 and the ball that has won the Fuden winning device 640 in the time saving state are the special electric. It is configured so that the rate of entering the ball into the operating port 643 is different from that of the ball. Specifically, when the game per game is executed in the normal state, the electric accessory 640a is in the open state after the game per game is started, as compared with the case where the game per game is executed in the time saving state. The second movable valve 642, which moves based on the start of the game per game, is set to a long period until it becomes (the first open state), and the ball that has won the prize in the normal electric winning device 640 is out. It is configured so that the ball can win the Fuden winning device 640 only at the timing of maintaining the state in which it can be guided to the mouth 644).
ใคใพใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใ็ใฎๆตไธๆ้ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ่จญ่จใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซใชใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ่จญ่จ๏ผใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใใจใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๆไพใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, as shown in FIG. 4, when the ball wins the prize-winning device 640 during the game per game executed in the normal state, the flow period of the ball is designed to be about 0.5 seconds. A ball flows down the flow path 641a, is guided to the third flow path 641c by the second movable valve 642 located in the second state, and enters the out port 644 (reaches the second movable valve 642). The period from when the ball enters the out port 644 is designed to be about 0.3 seconds). With this configuration, even if a ball wins in the general electric winning device 640 during the normal state, it is possible to prevent the ball from entering the special electric operating port 643, so that the game in the normal state can be prevented. It is possible to prevent the player who is performing the game from being provided with an excessively advantageous game.
ใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใใใซใใใใใฎ็นๆฎใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญ่จ่ช็ฑๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in order to prevent the ball from entering the special electric operating port 643 during the normal state, the ball is prevented from winning the general electric winning device 640 by the game per game performed during the normal state. Since it is not necessary to use a special configuration, the degree of freedom in designing the game board 13 can be increased.
ใใใซใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ้ๅงๆ๏ผใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ้ๅงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพ๏ผใใใๆฉใใไพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅไฝใใฆใใ้ไธญใซ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใ็กใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฏๅคๅไฝไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใจใๆฅ่งฆใใฆใใพใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใง็่ฉฐใพใใ็บ็ใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ ้ใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as will be described in detail later, in the game per game executed in the normal state, the timing of changing the second movable valve 642 to the second state (at the start of the game per game) is the electric accessory. The game per normal figure was started earlier than the timing when the 640a was opened (4.1 seconds after the start of the game per normal figure), for example, the second movable valve 642 was located in the first state. Even so, the ball does not reach the second movable valve 642 while the second movable valve 642 is variably operating. With this configuration, the second movable valve 642 during variable operation and the ball that won the prize-winning device 640 come into contact with each other, causing a ball jam in the prize-winning device 640. , It is possible to prevent the situation where the second movable valve 642 breaks down.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่ณ็ใจใใฆ๏ผๅใฎ็ใๆใๅบใใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใๅคใใฎๆฐใฎ่ณ็๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใๆใๅบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใใๅคใใฎ่ณ็ใ็นๅ ธใจใใฆไปไธใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๅฐใชใ่ณ็ใซๅ ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใฏไปไธใใใชใ๏ผใใ้ฃใ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็นๅ ธใจใใฆไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไฝใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when a ball enters the special electric operation port 643 provided in the general electric prize winning device 640, four balls are paid out as prize balls and the ball enters the out port 644. The prize ball is not paid out when the ball is thrown, but the prize ball is not limited to this. For example, when the ball enters the out port 644, the ball enters the special electric operation port 643. It may be configured so that a larger number of prize balls (for example, 10 pieces) are paid out than in the case of the above. With this configuration, it is possible to change the privilege given to the player based on the lottery of ordinary symbols according to the game state. Specifically, in the state where the normal state is set, more prize balls are given to the player as a privilege than in the time saving state, and in the state where the time saving state is set, the player is given more prize balls. In addition to less prize balls than in the normal state, it is possible to give as a privilege a game per character that is not (difficult to be) given in the normal state. Therefore, regardless of which game state is set, the player can be interested in the lottery result of the normal symbol.
ใพใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใใงๅไธๆฐใฎ่ณ็๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใๆใๅบใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใฎใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ใฎๆฐใซใใฃใฆไฝใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกใงใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅพใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฆใใๆฝ้ธใงๆฑบๅฎใใใฆใใใใใซๆใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ๆค็ฅใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใ่ณ็๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใๆใๅบใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใ่ณ็ใใใกๆฉใๆใๅบใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the same number of prize balls (4 pieces) may be paid out depending on whether the ball enters the special electric operation port 643 or the ball enters the out port 644. , It is preferable to configure it so that it is difficult to tell whether the ball that has won the Fuden winning device 640 has entered the special electric operating port 643 or the out port 644. As a result, the player cannot know which entry port (special electric operation port 643, out port 644) the ball has entered depending on the number of prize balls paid out. After making the device 640 win the ball, it is possible to execute an effect that makes it seem that the winning game (game per character) for opening the V winning device 65 is executed or not is determined by lottery. It can be done, and the effect of production can be enhanced. Further, in this case, it is preferable to configure the ball detection sensor 640s to pay out the prize balls (4 pieces) when the ball is detected. The prize ball given to the player can be paid out as soon as possible based on.
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใธใจไฝ็ฝฎใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ็ซฏๅดใจ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ฅไธฆ่กใจใชใใใฎ้ใซ็ๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใธใจไฝ็ฝฎใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใๅใๆญขใใ้ใซใใใฎ่กๆใง็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅคใซ่ทณใญ่ฟใฃใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 4, when the electric accessory 640a is positioned in the open state, the tip side of the first partition wall 640k1 and the electric accessory 640a are substantially parallel to each other, and a spherical flow path is formed between them. Therefore, when the electric accessory 640a located in the open state receives the ball, it is possible to prevent the ball from bouncing out of the general electric winning device 640 due to the impact.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ใฎ็ๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตใใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผๆๅใซ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ญใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ชๅฐๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ถญๆใใฆใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 5, a ball flow when a ball wins a prize in the Fuden winning device 640 in a game per game executed when a time saving state is set will be described. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing the flow of a ball that has won a prize in the Fuden winning device 640 in a game per Fuzu in a time-saving state. As shown in FIG. 5, when the game per game is executed during the time saving state, the electric accessory 640a is performed after the game per game is started, rather than the game per game executed during the normal state. Since the period until the open state (first open state) is set to be short, the second movable valve 642 can guide the ball that has won the prize in the general electric winning device 640 to the special electric actuating port 643. The electric accessory 640a is opened at the timing when the state) is maintained.
ใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซใฏ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ้ฃ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใ๏ผๆตไธๆ้ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ่จญ่จ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใๅณ็คบใใชใๆค็ฅๆๆฎต๏ผ่ฟๆฅใปใณใต๏ผใๆค็ฅใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใ Therefore, when the ball that has won the Fuden winning device 640 flows down the first flow path 641a and reaches the second movable valve 642 (0.5 seconds after the ball wins the Fuden winning device 640). Since the second movable valve 642 is located in the first state, the second flow path 641b communicating with the first flow path 641a flows down (the flow-down period is designed to be about 0.2 seconds), and a special electric current is provided. Enter the operation port 643. Then, a game per accessory that opens the V winning device 65 is started based on the detection of the ball entering the special electric actuating port 643 by a detecting means (proximity sensor) (not shown).
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธ๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎ่ฆ็นใงๅ็ดไธๆนๅใซๆตไธ๏ผใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆฅ่งฆใ้ฃใใชใไฝ็ฝฎใพใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ ป็นใซๆฅ่งฆใใฆใใพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ ้ใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ใๅฐ้ใใใใพใงใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใฆใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใพใงใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใใๅ็ฎใใๅค๏ผใจใชใใ As shown in FIG. 5, when the second movable valve 642 is located in the first state, the ball flowing down the first flow path 641a (flowing down vertically downward from the viewpoint of FIG. 5) is the second movable valve 642. The second movable valve 642 is configured to be variable to a position where it is difficult to make contact with the valve. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball from coming into frequent contact with the second movable valve 642 and causing the second movable valve 642 to fail. Although a detailed explanation will be described later, when the game per game is executed during the time saving state, the electric accessory 640a is opened 0.1 seconds after the game per game is started. The ball is ready to win a prize in the electric winning device 640. Therefore, the shortest period from the execution of the game per game to the arrival of the ball at the position of the second movable valve 642 is 0.6 seconds (the electric accessory 640a is open after the game per game is started). It is a total value of 0.1 seconds until the result becomes, and 0.5 seconds until the ball winning the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 reaches the second movable valve 642).
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจๅๆใซๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใฎๅฏๅคๅไฝๆ้๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใใใซ่ฆใใๆ้๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใ๏ผ็งๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใ็ดๅใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใใๅฏๅคๅไฝไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ใจใๆฅ่งฆใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ The second movable 642 operates variably at the same time as the game per game is started, and the variable operation period (the period required to change from the first state to the second state (from the second state to the first state)). Is configured to be 0.1 seconds. Further, since the second movable valve 642 is variably operated 1 second after the electric accessory 640a is closed in the game per game, the electric accessory 640a is changed to the closed state. The second movable valve 642 is changed when a period (1 second) that is twice the period (0.5 seconds) until the ball that has won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 reaches the second movable valve 642 has elapsed. It is configured to work. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the second movable valve 642, which is in the variable operation, to come into contact with the ball even in the game for hitting a normal figure, which is executed in the time saving state.
ๅณ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๆน๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎ่ฆ็นใงๅทฆๆน๏ผใซใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ทไฝ็ใชๆงๆใๅใณใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. On the left side of the variable display device unit 80 (left side from the viewpoint of FIG. 2), a V winning device 65 is provided so that a ball launched by a left-handed game and flowing down the left side region can win a prize. Here, with reference to FIGS. 6 to 9, the specific configuration of the V winning device 65 and the flow of the winning balls in the V winning device 65 will be described. In the present embodiment, when a ball enters the special electric operating port 643 provided in the general electric winning device 640, a game per character that opens the V winning device 65 is executed. ing. Then, the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed by winning a ball in the V winning opening 165 provided in the V winning device 65.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฅๆฉใ่คๆฐ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ฃฝใใฎๆฅใชใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, in addition to the execution opportunity of the big hit game (special figure big hit game) that is established when the big hit is won by the lottery of the special symbol, when the ball wins the specific winning opening (V winning opening 165). It has an opportunity to execute a jackpot game (V jackpot game) that is established. In this way, by providing a plurality of opportunities for executing the jackpot game, it is possible to provide the player with a game that does not get tired of.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใใใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใ้้็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใช้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ใๅพใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใ First, the configuration of the V winning device 65 will be described with reference to FIG. The V-winning device 65 is provided with an opening / closing door 65a that can be changed into an open state in which the ball is easy to win and a closed state in which the ball is harder to win than the open state. The opening / closing door 65a is provided at a position (see FIG. 2) where a ball flowing down the left side region of the game board 13 can reach, and is changed to an open state when a game per accessory is executed.
๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใฎ้ใฎ็ฉบ้ใซๅฝขๆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฐ้ใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ขใซใฏ็ใ๏ผๅ่ฒฏ็ๅฏ่ฝใช่ฒฏ็้จใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆๅใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ่ฒฏ็้จใซไธๆ็ใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใซใฏ่ฒฏ็ใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ใ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใใใจใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๆค็ฅใใใใใฎ็ๆค็ฅใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ๆค็ฅใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ใๆค็ฅใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ๆฐใ่จๆธฌใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใซๅฏพใใ่ณ็ๆๅบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎใใใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ดๅพใซๆตไธใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ๆค็ฅใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ฆๅฎๆฐไปฅไธใฎ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ่ณ็ใ้ๆ่ ใซๅณๅบงใซไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใ In the V winning device 65, a first flow path 65b through which a ball passing through the open / close door 65a in the open state flows down is formed in a space between the first partition wall 65k1 and the second partition wall 65k2, and the first flow thereof. A storage valve 66a is provided at a position where a ball flowing down the road 65b (flowing period 0.5 seconds) reaches. A storage portion capable of storing one ball is formed on the upper surface of the storage valve 66a so that the ball that first wins the V winning device 65 during the game per accessory is temporarily stored in the storage portion. It is configured. Further, a storage sensor 65s is provided above the storage valve 66a so that it can detect that the sphere is stored in the storage portion. Further, a ball detection sensor 65s2 for detecting a winning ball in the V winning device 65 is provided on the upstream side of the first flow path 65b, and the ball detection sensor 65s2 detects the ball. The number of balls that have won the V winning device 65 during the winning game is measured, and the prize ball payout control for the winning balls is executed. In this way, by providing the ball detection sensor 65s2 at a position where the balls that have won the V winning device 65 flow down immediately afterwards, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a specified number of balls or more are won in the V winning device 65. At the same time, it is possible to immediately give the player a prize ball during the game per character.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ้ฃ้ใใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆตๅดใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ดๆฅๆตๅ ฅใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใๅพ็ถใฎ็ใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็ใจๆฅ่งฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จใธใจๆๅบใใใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธ๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ็ๆๅบ็ต่ทฏใๆตไธใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จใธใจๆๅบใใใใ Further, a second flow path 65c is formed so as to communicate with the first flow path 65b, and a first out port 163a is provided on the downstream side of the second flow path 65c. As shown in FIG. 6, in the second flow path 65c, the spheres that have flowed down the first flow path 65b do not directly flow into the first flow path, but the spheres are stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a. Subsequent spheres that have flowed down the path 65b come into contact with the spheres stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a and are guided to the second flow path 65c. The first out port 163a provided on the downstream side of the second flow path 65c is an entry port for discharging the ball that has entered the ball to the outside of the pachinko machine 10, and flows down the second flow path 65c ( After a flow period of 0.1 seconds), the ball that has entered the first out port 163a flows down a ball discharge path (not shown) and is discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ฒ่กใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ๏ผใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ๅฏ่ฝใช่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใใใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใ้ฃใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใจใใซๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใ้ฃ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใๅใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏๅดใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใฎ้ใฎ็ฉบ้ใซๅฝขๆใใใๅน ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผใใชใฎๅ็ดๆนๅใซ็ด็ท็ถใซๅฝขๆใใใๆต่ทฏใงใใใ Although a detailed description will be described later, the storage valve 66a has a storage state in which balls can be stored according to the progress of the game per character (corresponding to an operation scenario in which the game per character is executed), and a storage state thereof. It is configured to be variably operated to the release state where it is more difficult to store the ball than the state. When the storage valve 66a is located in the released state, the first flow path 65b and the third flow path 65d communicate with each other and are stored in a ball flowing down the first flow path 65b or in a storage portion of the storage valve 66a. The existing sphere flows down the third flow path 65d. The third flow path 65d is a flow path formed in a space between the lower end side of the first partition wall 65k1 and the third partition wall 65k3 and having a width of about 15 mm in a straight line in the vertical direction.
็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆตๅดใ่จใไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซไบใๅฎใใใใๅฏๅใใฟใผใณใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใๅใๆญขใๅฏ่ฝใช่ชๅฐไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ชๅบไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใๅใๆญขใไธๅฏ่ฝใช้้ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅๆฒกไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใจใใซๅฏๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้งๅๅถๅพกใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ้้ปใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใใ้้ฟใใ้้ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅๆฒกใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใธใจๅฏๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ้ปๆฐใ้ฎๆญใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ชๅบใใ่ชๅฐไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใใ็ชๅบใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใธใจๅฏๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ A first movable valve 66b is arranged at a position facing the downstream side of the third flow path 65d. The first movable valve 66b has a movable pattern predetermined when the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10, and has a guide position (protruding position) capable of receiving a ball flowing down the third flow path 65d. It is configured to be movable at a passing position (buried position) where the ball flowing down the third flow path 65d cannot be received. Specifically, it is configured to be movable according to the operation of the first movable valve solenoid 209d which is connected to the input / output port 205 of the main control device 110 and is driven and controlled by the main control device 110, and is the first movable. When the valve solenoid 209d is set to ON (when energized), the first movable valve 66b moves to a passing position (a position buried in the game board 13) for retracting from the V winning device 65, and the first When the movable valve solenoid 209d is set to off (when electricity is cut off), the first movable valve 66b moves to an induction position (a position protruding from the game board 13) protruding into the V winning device 65. It is configured as follows.
่ชๅฐไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ชๅบไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎไธ้ขใ็ใๆตไธๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ขใฎไธๆต็ซฏๅดใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅใใฆไธใๅพๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ชๅฐไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ชๅบไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ขใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใใจใซใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎไธๆตๅดใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๆตไธใใ็๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅๆงใซใๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จใธใจๆๅบใใใใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใฏๅณ็คบใใชใ็ๆๅบ็ต่ทฏใๆตไธใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จใธใจๆๅบใใใใ The first movable valve 66b located at the induction position (protruding position) is configured so that a ball can flow down the upper surface thereof, and as shown in FIG. 6, the downstream end side of the upper surface of the first movable valve 66b is the fourth flow. It is configured to incline downward toward the road 65e. Therefore, the sphere (flowing period 0.2 seconds) that has flowed down the third flow path 65d with the first movable valve 66b located at the induction position (protruding position) has a fourth flow path on the upper surface of the first movable valve 66b. It will flow down toward 65e. A second out port 163b is provided on the downstream side of the fourth flow path 65e, and a ball flowing down the fourth flow path 65e (flowing period 0.2 seconds) enters the second out port 163b. Similar to the first out port 163a described above, the second out port 163b is an entry port for discharging the ball that has entered the ball to the outside of the pachinko machine 10, and enters the second out port 163b. The ball flows down a ball discharge path (not shown) and is discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10.
ไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ้ฃ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆตๅดใซใฏ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅพใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใง็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ On the other hand, in the state where the first movable valve 66b is located at the passing position, the third flow path 65d and the fifth flow path 65f communicate with each other and flow down the third flow path 65d (flow period 0.2). Seconds) flow into the fifth flow path 65f (flowing period 0.1 seconds). A V winning opening 165 is provided on the downstream side of the fifth flow path 65f. The V winning opening 165 is a winning opening that can be an opportunity to execute the jackpot game, and when the ball wins the V winning opening 165 in a state where the jackpot game is not executed, the jackpot game is executed.
ๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ็ใ้้ใๅพใๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ้คใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใจใใ้ฃ้ใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅณ๏ผใงใฏๅ็ดๆนๅใซ็ด็ท็ใซ่จญใใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใไธ็ซฏๅดใใไธ็ซฏๅดใซๅใใฆๅณ๏ผใฎ่ฆ็นใงๅณไธๆนๅใธใจๅพใใฆใๅณใกใ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏๅดๆนๅใซๅใใฆใฎๅปถ้ท็ทไธใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅณๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผใฎ่ฆ็นใงๅณๅด๏ผใจใชใใใใซ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 6, a first out port 163a and a second out port 163b are provided in the V winning device 65. With this configuration, the ball that has won the V winning device 65 when the storage valve 66a is in the storage state can pass through the flow path (third flow) through which the ball can pass when the storage valve 66a is in the release state. It is possible to reliably prevent the inflow into the road 65d, the fourth flow path 65e, and the fifth flow path 65f). Not limited to the configuration of the present embodiment, for example, the first out port 163a is eliminated, the second flow path 65c and the fourth flow path 65e are communicated with each other, and the storage valve 66a is in the storage state. , The ball flowing down the second flow path 65c may be configured to enter the second out port 163b. In this case, in FIG. 6, the third partition wall 65k3 provided linearly in the vertical direction is tilted from the upper end side to the lower end side in the lower right direction from the viewpoint of FIG. 6, that is, the lower end side of the partition wall 65k3. It is preferable to provide the fourth partition wall 65k4 so that the extension line in the direction is on the right side (right side from the viewpoint of FIG. 6). With this configuration, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a sphere that has flowed down the second flow path 65c flows into the fifth flow path 65f.
ใใฎใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฅๆฉใ๏ผใคใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใใใใไปฅ้ใๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใๅบๅใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ่ชฌๆใใ้ใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใใจใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใ็งฐใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, there are two triggers for executing the jackpot game, that is, the case where the jackpot game is executed when the jackpot is won by the lottery of the special symbol, and the case where the ball is V during the bonus game. A jackpot game may be executed when a prize is won in the winning opening 165. Hereinafter, when the jackpot game is explained by dividing the execution opportunity, the jackpot game executed when the player wins the V winning opening 165 is also referred to as a V jackpot game.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใง็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ๏ผๅใฎ็ใฎใฟใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใ้ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็จผๅ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅฆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, the V winning device 65 of the present embodiment is in an open state in which balls can be won by executing the game per accessory, and only one ball stored in the storage valve 66a is in the third flow path. The ball is configured to flow down the 65d, and the ball wins the V winning opening 165 according to the operating status of the first movable valve 66b when the ball flowing down the third flow path 65d reaches the first movable valve 66b. It is configured to determine whether or not.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่ชๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใๆ้๏ผ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใๆ้๏ผใ๏ผ็งใซๅฏพใใฆใ้้ไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใๆ้๏ผ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใๆ้๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใๅฏๅใใฟใผใณใงๅธธๆๅฏๅใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใฏใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใ Although a detailed explanation will be described later, the time at which the first movable valve 66b is located at the induction position (the time during which the ball cannot win the V winning opening 165) is 5 seconds, whereas the time at which the first movable valve 66b is located at the passing position (time). Since the ball is constantly moving in a movable pattern in which the time during which the ball can win the V winning opening 165) is 0.5 seconds, the rate at which the ball flowing down the third flow path 65d wins the V winning opening 165 is , Approximately 1/11.
ใพใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่คๆฐๅใฎ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใใ็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใจใชใใใใซ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฒๅใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, even if a plurality of balls are won by the V winning device 65 in one game per accessory, the storage valve 66a controls the operation so that the number of balls flowing down the third flow path 65d is one. Therefore, when the game per character is executed 11 times, the ratio is such that one big hit game is executed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ๆตใใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๅๆ้๏ผ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใงใใๆ้๏ผใซใใใ็ๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใใกใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็ๆตใใ็คบใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใใพใงใฎ้ใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ไธญใซ่คๆฐใฎ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆๅใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใๆฌก็นใงๅ ฅ่ณใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผใจๅฝๆฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9, the contents of the ball flow that has won the V winning device 65 during the execution of the game per accessory will be described. First, with reference to FIG. 7, the ball flow in the first half period (the period in which the storage valve 66a is in the storage state) of the game per accessory will be described. FIG. 7 is a schematic view showing a ball flow in the V winning device 65 when the storage valve 66a is in the storage state in the game per accessory. Although detailed description will be described later, the storage valve 66a is configured to be operated and controlled so as to be in the storage state from the time when the game per accessory is executed until the V winning device 65 is closed. ing. Then, when a plurality of balls win the V winning device 65 while the storage valve 66a is in the storage state, the first winning ball P1 is stored in the storage portion formed in the storage valve 66a, and the next prize is won. The sphere P2 comes into contact with the sphere P1 stored in the storage valve 66a, flows down the second flow path 65c, and enters the out port 163a.
ใใฎใใใซใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผไปฅๅคใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็๏ผไพใใฐใ็๏ผฐ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ จใฆใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ่คๆฐใฎ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆป็ใใใใจใ็กใใใพใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใฆใใ๏ผ้้็ถๆ ใซใใใใใใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ๏ผใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใ่งฃ้คใใใใใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใใ็ๆฐใ็ขบๅฎใซ๏ผๅใซใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ As described above, when the storage valve 66a is in the storage state, all the winning balls (for example, the balls P2) other than the balls P1 stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a are configured to enter the out port 163a. Therefore, a plurality of balls do not stay in the V winning device 65. Further, the storage valve 66a is released once after the V opening / closing door 65a of the V winning device 65 is closed (after the operation control for closing the door 65a is executed). It is possible to reliably reduce the number of balls flowing down the third flow path 65d to one in the game per door.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฎใๆใใๅฏๅคใใใใจใ็กใใใใๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ฌๅนณใช้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the ease of winning the ball to the V winning opening 165 can be changed according to the timing of winning the ball to the V winning device 65 during the game per character and the number of winnings. Since there is no such thing, it is possible to provide a fair game to all players.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใ้ใฎ็ๆตใ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅพๅๆ้๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใใกใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ็ๆตใใ็คบใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใใๆฐใใช็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใๅพใซใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ๏ผๅณใงใฏ็น็ทใง่กจ็คบ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใจใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ชๅฐไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใใใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใไธใๅพๆใ่ปขๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 8, the contents of the ball flow (the latter half period of the game per accessory) when the storage valve 66a shifts from the storage state to the release state will be described. FIG. 8 is a schematic view showing a ball flow when the storage valve 66a shifts from the storage state to the release state in the game per accessory. As shown in FIG. 8, after the V opening / closing door 65a is closed and a new ball cannot win the V winning device 65, the storage valve 66a is released (indicated by a dotted line in the figure). When the transition occurs, the ball P1 (see FIG. 7) stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a flows down the third flow path 65d. In the state shown in FIG. 8, since the first movable valve 66b is located at the induction position, the ball P1 rolls the downward inclination formed on the upper surface of the first movable valve 66b and passes through the fourth flow path 65e. It flows down and enters the second out port 163b.
ไธๆนใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็๏ผฐ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎ็ๆตใใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใใกใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ็ๆตใใ็คบใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ On the other hand, when the ball P1 (see FIG. 7) stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a flows down the third flow path 65d and reaches the first movable valve 66b, the first movable valve 66b passes through the passage position. The ball flow when the ball is located in the above will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a schematic view showing a ball flow when the storage valve 66a shifts from the storage state to the release state in the game per accessory. As shown in FIG. 9, when the ball flowing down the third flow path 65d reaches the first movable valve 66b and the first movable valve 66b is located at the passing position, the fifth flow path 66f is used. It flows down and wins a prize at the V winning opening 165.
ๅณ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซใฏใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๅพใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใใชใณใจใชใใใใฎ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃในใคใใใฎใชใณใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงๅคงๅฝใใใฎๆฝ้ธใใชใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใใพใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅ ธใจใใฆ๏ผๅใฎ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใฎใใกใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใฎๅฒๅใง็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. Below the variable display device unit 80, a special drawing entry port 64 into which a ball can enter is arranged. When a ball enters the special drawing entrance 64, the special drawing entrance switch (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the game board 13 is turned on, which is caused by the turning on of the special drawing entrance switch. A big hit lottery is performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 21), and a display according to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37a. In addition, when a ball enters the special figure entry port 64, four prize balls are paid out as a privilege. In the present embodiment, out of the balls launched by the left-handed game, about 1 in 15 balls can enter the special drawing entry port 64.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ้ขๅดใซใฏใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใไธปใซๅใใใใฆใใใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅบๆฟ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆญ่ผใใใฆใฆใใใๅใใใฆใใใๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅบๆฟ๏ผ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ้ปๆบๅบๆฟ๏ผ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆญ่ผใใใฆใฆใใใๅใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 10, the control board units 90 and 91 and the back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the rear surface side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.
่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไฟ่ญทใซใใผ้จใๅฝขๆใใ่ฃใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผใจๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใใใๅใใใฆใใใใพใใๅๅถๅพกๅบๆฟใซใฏใๅๅถๅพกใๅธใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใๅ็จฎๆฉๅจใจใฎ้ฃ็ตกใใจใใใผใใๅ็จฎๆฝ้ธใฎ้ใซ็จใใใใไนฑๆฐ็บ็ๅจใๆ้่จๆฐใๅๆใๅณใๅ ดๅใชใฉใซไฝฟ็จใใใใฏใญใใฏใใซใน็บ็ๅ่ทฏ็ญใใๅฟ ่ฆใซๅฟใใฆๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใ In the back pack unit 94, the back pack 92 forming the protective cover portion and the payout unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for contacting various devices, a random number generator used for various lottery, and for time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit, etc. is installed as needed.
ใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซใผใใฆใใใๆฅ็ถๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ็ดใใใฆใใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใฏในใใผในใจ่ฉฒใใใฏในใใผในใฎ้ๅฃ้จใ่ฆใใใใฏในใซใใผใจใๅใใฆใใใใใฎใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใไบใใซ้ฃ็ตใใใฆใๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅๅบๆฟใๅ็ดใใใใ The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the launch control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.
ใพใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใๅฐๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ๅฐไธ่ฝใซ้ฃ็ต๏ผใใใๆง้ ใซใใ้ฃ็ต๏ผใใฆใใใใพใใใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใฎ้ฃ็ต้จใซใฏใใใใฏในใใผในใจใใใฏในใซใใผใจใซไบใฃใฆๅฐๅฐใทใผใซ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ่ฒผ็ใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฐๅฐใทใผใซใฏใ่ๆงใช็ด ๆใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฐใใใใใซๅฐๅฐใทใผใซใๅฅใใใใจใใใใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ก็ใซ้ๅฐใใใใจใใใจใใใใฏในใใผในๅดใจใใใฏในใซใใผๅดใจใซๅๆญใใใใใใฃใฆใๅฐๅฐใฆใใใๅใฏๅฐๅฐใทใผใซใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใงใๅบๆฟใใใฏใน๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅฐใใใใใฉใใใ็ฅใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (payout control device 111 and launch control device 112), the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit (not shown) so as not to be opened (caulking structure). (Consolidated by). Further, a sealing sticker (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. This sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is to be peeled off in order to open the board boxes 100 and 102, or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are used. Cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.
ๆๅบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ฃใใใฏใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธ้จใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆไธๆนใซ้ๅฃใใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ้ฃ็ตใใไธๆตๅดใซๅใใฆ็ทฉใใใซๅพๆใใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅดใซ็ธฆๅใใซ้ฃ็ตใใใใฑใผในใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฑใผในใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไธๆต้จใซ่จญใใใใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆๅฎใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใใ็ใฎๆๅบใ่กใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅใใฆใใใใฟใณใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆใใผใซใฎๅณถ่จญๅใใไพ็ตฆใใใ็ใ้ๆฌก่ฃ็ตฆใใใๆๅบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฟ ่ฆๅๆฐใฎ็ใฎๆใๅบใใ้ฉๅฎ่กใใใใใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒใฟใณใฏใฌใผใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฏๅใไปๅ ใใใใใฎใใคใใฌใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใไปใใใใฆใใใ The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the uppermost portion of the back pack unit 94 and opened upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side and a payout device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and paying out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 21) are provided. ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the required number of balls is appropriately paid out by the payout device 133. A vibrator 134 for adding vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.
ใพใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๅฏๅคๆตๆๅจใฎๆไฝใคใพใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ถๆ ๅพฉๅธฐในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ้จใฎ็่ฉฐใพใ็ญใๆๅบใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ๆใซ็่ฉฐใพใใ่งฃๆถ๏ผๆญฃๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใฎๅพฉๅธฐ๏ผใใใใใซๆไฝใใใใๆไฝใคใพใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใฎ็บๅฐๅใ่ชฟๆดใใใใใซๆไฝใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆ็ถๆ ใซๆปใใใๅ ดๅใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซๆไฝใใใใ Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the launch control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to clear the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 21). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใ็คบใใใญใใฏๅณใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 21 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.
ไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ่ฉฒ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จๆถใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กใซ้ใใฆๅ็จฎใฎใใผใฟ็ญใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎใปใใๅฒ่พผๅ่ทฏใใฟใคใๅ่ทฏใใใผใฟ้ๅไฟกๅ่ทฏใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎๅ่ทฏใๅ ่ตใใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใ่กจ็คบ็ตๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใฃใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่ฆใชๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built in. In the main control device 110, the MPU 201 is used to perform main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as a jackpot lottery, display settings in the first symbol display devices 37a and 37b and the third symbol display device 81, and a lottery of display results in the second symbol display device. To execute.
ใชใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใฎใตใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅฏพใใฆๅไฝใๆ็คบใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ฉฒใตใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใธๅ็จฎใฎใณใใณใใใใผใฟ้ๅไฟกๅ่ทฏใซใใฃใฆ้ไฟกใใใใใใใใใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใตใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใธไธๆนๅใซใฎใฟ้ไฟกใใใใ In order to instruct the operation of the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device in only one direction.
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ็จฎใจใชใขใใซใฆใณใฟใใใฉใฐใฎใปใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใฌใธในใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆปใๅ ็ชๅฐใชใฉใ่จๆถใใใในใฟใใฏใจใชใขใจใๅ็จฎใฎใใฉใฐใใใณใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญใฎๅคใ่จๆถใใใไฝๆฅญใจใชใข๏ผไฝๆฅญ้ ๅ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใใชใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆญๅพใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใผใฟใไฟๆ๏ผใใใฏใขใใ๏ผใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใฟใฏใใในใฆใใใฏใขใใใใใใ The RAM 203 includes various areas, counters, flags, a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags, counters, I / O, and the like. It has a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..
ๅ้ปใชใฉใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใจใใใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆ๏ผๅ้ป็บ็ๆใๅซใใไปฅไธๅๆง๏ผใฎในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใใๅใฌใธในใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใไธๆนใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ๏ผๅ้ป่งฃๆถใซใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใๅซใใไปฅไธๅๆง๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๆธใ่พผใฟใฏใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅๅคใฎๅพฉๅธฐใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญ๏ผใใณใในใซใใซๅฒ่พผ็ซฏๅญ๏ผใซใฏใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅๅใใใใจใๅ้ปๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๅณๅบงใซๅฎ่กใใใใ When the power supply is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power failure (including the time when the power failure occurs; the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power on due to power failure elimination; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (not shown) when the power is cut off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed in the start-up process (not shown) at the time of turning on the power. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured so that a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is the MPU201. When input to, the NMI interrupt process (not shown) as the power failure process is immediately executed.
ไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไฟ็ใฉใณใใๆฅ็ถใใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้็ถๆ ใจ้็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎ้้ๆใ้้้งๅใใใใใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆใ้้้งๅใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฏๅค้งๅใใใใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฏๅค้งๅใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅค้งๅใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใใฎไปใฎๅ็จฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้งๅใใใใใใฎใใฎไปใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ็ญใใใชใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใใใใซๅฏพใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใๅถๅพกไฟกๅทใ้ไฟกใใใ An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37a and 37b, the second symbol display device, and the second symbol hold lamp are connected to the input / output port 205. Further, when the jackpot game is executed, the specific winning opening solenoid 209a for driving the opening / closing door for changing the specific winning opening 650a of the variable winning device 650 between the open state and the closed state, and the V winning device 65 The V winning port solenoid 209b for opening and closing the opening / closing door, the storage solenoid 209c for variably driving the storage valve 66a provided in the V winning device 65, and the first movable unit provided in the V winning device 65. The first movable valve solenoid 209d for variably driving the valve 66b, the second movable valve solenoid 209e for variably driving the second movable valve 641 provided in the general electric winning device 640, and various other devices are driven. A solenoid 209 composed of a solenoid 209z or the like is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input / output port 205.
ใพใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใในใคใใ็พค๏ผๅๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใในใคใใใใ็ใ็นๅฎไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใในใคใใ็ญ๏ผใใใชใๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใไฟกๅทใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Further, the input / output port 205 includes various types of switches (switches for detecting that a ball has entered each entry port, switches for detecting that the ball is located at a specific position, etc.), which are not shown. The switch 208 and the RAM erasing switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply device 115 are connected, and the MPU 201 is variously based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch circuit 253. Execute the process.
ๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใฆ่ณ็ใ่ฒธๅบ็ใฎๆๅบๅถๅพกใ่กใใใฎใงใใใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ็ญใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏใกใขใช็ญใจใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rented balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 211, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.
ๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใฌใธในใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆปใๅ ็ชๅฐใชใฉใ่จๆถใใใในใฟใใฏใจใชใขใจใๅ็จฎใฎใใฉใฐใใใณใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญใฎๅคใ่จๆถใใใไฝๆฅญใจใชใข๏ผไฝๆฅญ้ ๅ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆญๅพใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใผใฟใไฟๆ๏ผใใใฏใขใใ๏ผใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใฟใฏใใในใฆใใใฏใขใใใใใใใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซใใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅๅใใใใจใๅ้ปๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๅณๅบงใซๅฎ่กใใใใ The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as, I / O, etc. are stored. The RAM 213 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured so that the power failure signal SG1 is input from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.
ๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใใใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใพใใๅณ็คบใฏใใชใใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ใๆคๅบใใใใใฎ่ณ็ๆคๅบในใคใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใชใใ่ฉฒ่ณ็ๆคๅบในใคใใใฏใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใชใใ An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the launch control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting the paid out prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.
็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใฎๆ็คบใใชใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝ้ใซๅฟใใ็ใฎๆใกๅบใๅผทใใจใชใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณใๅใใฆใใใใใฎ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณใฏใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆดใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้งๅใ่จฑๅฏใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใซ่งฆใใฆใใใใจใใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๆคๅบใใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎ็บๅฐๅๆญขในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใ๏ผๆไฝใใใฆใใชใใใจ๏ผใๆกไปถใซใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅๆไฝ้๏ผๅๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใๅฑ็ฃใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้ใซๅฟใใๅผทใใง็ใ็บๅฐใใใใ The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch the ball, the launch strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. .. The ball launching unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are allowed to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on condition that the launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the ball is off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited in response to the rotation operation amount (rotation position) of the handle 51, and the ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the operation amount of the operation handle 51.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ็คบใใชใในใใผใซใชใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฎๅบๅใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็น็ฏใใใณๆถ็ฏใฎๅบๅใๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผใไบๅๆผๅบใจใใฃใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ็ญใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏใกใขใช็ญใจใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ The audio lamp control device 113 is an audio output in an audio output device (speaker, etc. not shown) 226, an output of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (illumination units 29 to 33, indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, and a variation effect (variation). It controls the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as the display) and the advance notice effect. The arithmetic unit MPU 221 has a ROM 222 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 221 and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎไป่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใใใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใใฎไป่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๆผๅบ็จใฎ้งๅๅฝน็ฉใๅไฝใใใใใใฎๅ็จฎ้งๅใขใผใฟใๅซใพใใใ An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. A main control device 110, a display control device 114, an audio output device 226, a lamp display device 227, other devices 228, a frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively. The other device 228 includes various drive motors for operating the driving accessory for the effect provided in the pachinko machine 10.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅ็จฎใฎใณใใณใ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใ็ญ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใๆฑบๅฎใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใณใใณใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใ็ญ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้็ฅใใใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅ ฅๅใ็ฃ่ฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใใในใผใใผใชใผใๆใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใใใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆ็คบใใใในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคๆดๅพใฎในใใผใธใซๅฟใใๅพ้ข็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใในใใๅคๆดๅพใฎในใใผใธใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใๅพ้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใใใใงใๅพ้ข็ปๅใจใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใไธป่ฆใช็ปๅใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅพ้ขๅดใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎใใจใงใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ็จฎใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใ The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). Further, the voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be changed or the super reach can be changed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the effect content of the time. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information about the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114 in order to display the rear image corresponding to the changed stage on the third symbol display device 81. .. Here, the rear surface image is an image displayed on the rear surface side of the third symbol, which is a main image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to a command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณ็คบใใชใๆผๅบ็จใฎๅฝน็ฉใ้งๅใใใใใใซใใฎไป่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅฝน็ฉ้งๅใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๆไฝๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ณๅฃฐใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใใใใฎ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๆไฝๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็บๅ ๆ ๆงใงใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅ ใใใใใใฎใฉใณใๅบๅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, a character driving command is transmitted to the other device 228 in order to drive the accessory for the effect (not shown), and the operation content for the frame button 22 is supported. Set an audio output command to output audio to the audio output device 226, or set a lamp output command to make the lamp display device 227 emit light in a light emitting mode corresponding to the operation content of the frame button 22. It may be configured as.
ใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ่กจใใณใใณใ๏ผ่กจ็คบใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซๅใใใฆใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ณๅฃฐใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใพใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็น็ฏใใใณๆถ็ฏใๅถๅพกใใใ Further, the voice lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) indicating the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. Based on the display command received from the display control device 114, the voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice corresponding to the display content according to the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the voice output device 226, and also outputs the voice corresponding to the display content. The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled according to the display content.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใชใฉใฎ่กจ็คบใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใใพใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ้็ฅใใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ้ฉๅฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใใฆ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใๅบๅใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใจ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅใจใใใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the display control device 114, the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81 are connected, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the third symbol variation effect of the third symbol display device 81 and the like are performed. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs voice from the voice output device 226 according to the display content indicated by this display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.
้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้จใซ้ปๆบใไพ็ตฆใใใใใฎ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ้ป็ญใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใ็ฃ่ฆใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ้ปๆบ็ต่ทฏใ้ใใฆใๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅฏพใใฆๅใ ใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅไฝ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใใใใฎๆฆ่ฆใจใใฆใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅค้จใใไพ็ตฆใใใไบคๆต๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใๅใ่พผใฟใๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎในใคใใใใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใฎใฝใฌใใคใใใขใผใฟ็ญใ้งๅใใใใใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใใญใธใใฏ็จใฎ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใใฏใขใใ็จใฎใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใชใฉใ็ๆใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงๅใณใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅฏพใใฆๅฟ ่ฆใช้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใ The power supply device 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power failure due to a power failure, and a RAM erasing switch 122 (see FIG. 10). It has an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the required operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volt AC supplied from the outside, and has a voltage of 12 volt for driving various switches such as various switches 208, a solenoid such as a solenoid 209, and a motor. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to each control device 110 to 114 and the like.
ๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใใใฎๅ่ทฏใงใใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๆๅคง้ปๅงใงใใ็ดๆตๅฎๅฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ็ฃ่ฆใใใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใๆชๆบใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ป๏ผ้ปๆบๆญใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญ๏ผใฎ็บ็ใจๅคๆญใใฆใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅบๅใซใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็ใ่ช่ญใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใชใใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ดๆตๅฎๅฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใๆชๆบใซใชใฃใๅพใซใใใฆใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใซๅ ๅใชๆ้ใฎ้ใๅถๅพก็ณปใฎ้งๅ้ปๅงใงใใ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใฎๅบๅใๆญฃๅธธๅคใซ็ถญๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใซๅฎ่กใๅฎไบใใใใจใใงใใใ The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251 and determines that a power failure (power cutoff, power supply cutoff) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volt. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time for executing the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆผไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใใใฎๅ่ทฏใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใใใใฎๆๅบๅๆๅใณใใณใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใ The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting the RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control device 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 10) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. It transmits to the device 111.
ๆฌกใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใใณ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใคใณใใตใคใบใฎๆถฒๆถใใฃในใใฌใคใงๆงๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅถๅพกใใใใใจใซใใใไพใใฐไธใไธญๅใณไธใฎ๏ผใคใฎๅณๆๅ๏ผ๏ผฌ๏ผใ๏ผฌ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใ่ฃ ้ฃพๅณๆ๏ผใฏใใ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใฎๆฐๅญใๆจกใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใไปใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎไธปๅณๆใซใใใใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใ Next, the display contents of the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 19. 11A and 11B are schematic views schematically showing the display contents of the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment. The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a 15-inch size liquid crystal display, and by controlling the display contents by the display control device 114 described later, for example, three symbol rows (upper, middle, and lower) ( L1 to L3) are displayed (see FIG. 11B). The decorative symbol (decorative symbol that fluctuates in response to the variable display of the third symbol (special symbol) displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81) has identification information that imitates the numbers โ0โ to โ9โ. It is composed of 10 kinds of main symbols.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธปๅณๆใๆฐๅญใๆจกใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ็จฎ้กใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็จใใฆๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใๅ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็จใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ่ฆ่ฆ็ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใๅใใๆใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใๅไธใฎไธปๅณๆใๆใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ตใใฃใๅพใซๅคงๅฝใใใ็บ็ใใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅณๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใ In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main symbol is formed by using different types of display modes according to the identification information imitating a number. In this way, by using the display mode corresponding to each identification information, it is possible to visually notify the player of the lottery result of the special symbol, so that the player can play an easy-to-understand game. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the lottery result by the main control device 110 described later is a big hit, the same main symbols are aligned (for example, "777"), and the variation display is performed, and the variation display is performed. It is configured so that a jackpot will occur after the game is over. That is, the third symbol is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 as a symbol for showing the lottery result of the special symbol by the main control device 110.
ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฏใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎใใใใ๏ผใคใฎๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผบ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่ฆๅฎใฎ้ ๅบใง่กจ็คบใใใใๅณใกใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใซใฏใๆฐๅญใฎๆ้ ใพใใฏ้้ ใซไธปๅณๆใ้ ๅใใใๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผๆฏใซๅจๆๆงใใใฃใฆไธไธๆนๅใธในใฏใญใผใซใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใ In the main display area Dm, three symbol rows Z1, Z2, and Z3 on the left, middle, and right are displayed. In each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the above-mentioned third symbols are displayed in a specified order. That is, the main symbols are arranged in the ascending or descending order of the numbers in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are periodically scrolled in the vertical direction to perform variable display.
ใใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฏใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใซๅฝขๆใใใ๏ผใคใฎๆๅนใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใๆใใฆใใใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๆๅนใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผไธใซๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅไธใฎไธปๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผใงๆใฃใฆๅๆญขใใใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅ็ปใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Then, as shown in FIG. 11A, the main display area Dm has one effective line L1 formed in the left-right direction, and the first symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are stopped and displayed. If the three symbols are aligned and stopped on the effective line L1 with a combination of jackpot symbols (in the first embodiment, the same combination of main symbols), a jackpot moving image is displayed as a jackpot.
ใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๆ ๆงใฏใไธ่จใฎใใฎใซ้ๅฎใใใใใจใฏใชใไปปๆใงใใใๅณๆๅใฎๆฐใๅณๆๅใซใใใๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๆนๅใๅๅณๆๅใฎๅณๆๆฐใชใฉใฏ้ฉๅฎๅคๆดๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใๅณๆใฏไธ่จใซ้ใใใใใจใฏใชใใไพใใฐๅณๅฝขใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ็ญใฎ็ปๅใจๆฐๅญใจใ็ตใฟๅใใใๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใใฆๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใ้ ๅใๅฏๅคใใใๆงๆใซใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใง็นๅฎใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใๅฐใใใใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชใ้ฃใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎ้ ้จ๏ผใธใจ็งปๅใใใใใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใใซใใฆใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไธๆฆๅๆญข๏ผไปฎๅๆญข๏ผใใใๅๅบฆๅคๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ The mode of the variable display of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81 is not limited to the above, and is arbitrary, such as the number of symbol rows, the direction of the variable display of the symbols in the symbol row, and each symbol. The number of symbols in the column can be changed as appropriate. Further, the symbol that is variablely displayed by the third symbol display device 81 is not limited to the above, and for example, a symbol that combines an image such as a figure or a character and a number may be configured as the third symbol. Further, the area in which the third symbol is variablely displayed may be changed. For example, when a specific effect is executed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81, the variable display area of the third symbol may be changed. It is difficult for the player to understand whether or not the third symbol is fluctuating by making the size smaller or moving the variable display area to a position where it is difficult for the player to see (for example, a corner of the display screen). You may try to do it. Further, during the period in which the special symbol is fluctuating, the fluctuation of the third symbol may be temporarily stopped (temporarily stopped) and then changed again.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆใใใฎใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆใใใฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใฉใฎใใใช็นๅ ธใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the third symbol corresponding to the fluctuation of the special symbol is configured to be variablely displayed (dynamically displayed), but the third symbol corresponding to the fluctuation of the normal symbol is not limited to this. May be configured to be variable display (dynamic display). In this case, the player determines whether the variation display of the third symbol executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 corresponds to the variation of the special symbol or the variation of the normal symbol. It may be configured to notify incomprehensible. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult to understand what kind of privilege is given to the player according to the result of the variable display of the third symbol executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจใใๅ ฑใซๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผ้ๆ่ ใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใใๆณจ่ฆใใๅดใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใใจ่ฏใใไธๆนใๅคๅใใฆใใๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใๅใใๆใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, if the pachinko machine 10 is configured so that both the variation display corresponding to the variation of the special symbol (lottery) and the variation display corresponding to the variation of the normal symbol (lottery) can be executed, the game content to be executed ( The target of the third symbol may be switched according to the game state). For example, in the normal state, the variation display of the third symbol corresponding to the variation (lottery) of the special symbol is executed, and the time saving state is executed. The inside may be configured to execute the variation display of the third symbol corresponding to the variation (lottery) of the normal symbol. In this case, it is preferable to display the third symbol in a variable manner according to the symbol type in which the lottery advantageous to the player (the lottery on the side where the player pays more attention to the lottery result) is executed. On the other hand, the display mode and the display area of the third symbol may be different so as to correspond to the type of the fluctuating symbol. This makes it possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฏใๅคงใใใฏไธไธใซ๏ผๅๅฒใใใไธๅดใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใใใไปฅๅคใฎไธๅดใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไบๅๆผๅบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใใใณไฟ็็ๆฐใชใฉใ่กจ็คบใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 11A, the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 is roughly divided into upper and lower halves, and the lower two-thirds are the main display area Dm for variable display of the third symbol, and the rest. The upper 1/3 of is a sub-display area Ds for displaying the advance notice effect, the character, the number of reserved balls, and the like.
ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฏใๅทฆใปไธญใปๅณใฎ๏ผใคใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใใฆใใใใใฎ๏ผใคใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใใใ๏ผใคใฎๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผบ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่ฆๅฎใฎ้ ๅบใง่กจ็คบใใใใๅณใกใๅๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผใซใฏใๆฐๅญใฎๆ้ ใพใใฏ้้ ใซไธปๅณๆใ้ ๅใใใๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผๆฏใซๅจๆๆงใใใฃใฆไธใใไธใธใจในใฏใญใผใซใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใ็นใซใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏไธปๅณๆใฎๆฐๅญใ้้ ใซ็พใใใใใซ้ ๅใใใไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผๅใณๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏไธปๅณๆใฎๆฐๅญใๆ้ ใซ็พใใใใใซ้ ๅใใใฆใใใ The main display area Dm is divided into three display areas Dm1 to Dm3 on the left, middle, and right, and three symbol columns Z1, Z2, and Z3 are displayed in the three display areas Dm1 to Dm3, respectively. In each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the above-mentioned third symbols are displayed in a specified order. That is, the main symbols are arranged in the ascending or descending order of the numbers in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are periodically scrolled from top to bottom to perform variable display. In particular, in the left symbol row Z1, the numbers of the main symbols appear in descending order, and in the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3, the numbers of the main symbols appear in ascending order.
ใพใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใ๏ผบ๏ผๆฏใซไธใปไธญใปไธใฎ๏ผๆฎตใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธญๆฎต้จใๆๅนใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๆฏๅใฎ้ๆใซ้ใใฆใๅทฆๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผโๅณๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผโไธญๅณๆๅ๏ผบ๏ผใฎ้ ใซใๆๅนใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผไธใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบ็ถๆ ใฏๆไฝ๏ผ็ง้ไฟๆใใใใใใฎใใใซใๅๆญขใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใไธๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใใๅฆใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใ๏ผใ่ฆ่ฝใจใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅๆญขๆใซๆๅนใฉใคใณ๏ผฌ๏ผไธใซๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅไธใฎไธปๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผใๆใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใใ็ขบๅฎใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅ็ป๏ผใชใผใใใณใฐๆผๅบ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Further, in the main display area Dm, the third symbol is displayed in the upper, middle, and lower three rows for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. The middle part of this main display area Dm is set as the effective line L1, and the third symbol stops on the effective line L1 in the order of the left symbol row Z1 โ the right symbol row Z3 โ the middle symbol row Z2 in each game. Is displayed. This stop display state is held for at least 1 second. By displaying the stopped 3rd symbol for a certain period of time (1 second or more) in this way, whether or not the player is a combination of the 3rd symbols corresponding to the jackpot (the lottery result of the special symbol is a jackpot). It is possible to prevent overlooking (whether or not there is). Further, if the combination of jackpot symbols (in the present embodiment, the combination of the same main symbols) is aligned on the effective line L1 when the third symbol is stopped, the jackpot is confirmed, the jackpot game is started, and the jackpot movie (opening effect). ) Is displayed.
ใพใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใๅคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตใฟๅใใใงใใฃใฆใไฟ็็ใๅญๅจใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ็ง้ใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅพใซใไฟ็็ใซๅบใฅใๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใใใใชใใ่คๆฐใฎไฟ็็ใๅญๅจใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ้็ใซๆใๅคใๅ ฅ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฟ็็ใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใ In addition, if the combination of the third symbols displayed as stopped is a combination corresponding to the detachment and there is a reserved ball, after the stop display (confirmed display) for 1 second, the variable display corresponding to the lottery based on the reserved ball is displayed. Is started. If there are a plurality of reserved balls, the lottery is executed based on the reserved balls corresponding to the oldest incoming balls in time.
ไธๆนใไฟ็็ใๅญๅจใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตใฟๅใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ๏ผ็ง้ๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใฏใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใใใใพใใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆฐใใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใใขๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆ็ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ้ฃ็ถใใฆ็บๅฐใใใฆใใใซใ้ขใใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใ็กใใจใใ็ถๆณใฏ็จใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ็ถ็ถใใๅ ดๅใฎๅคใใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ่พใใใใจใงใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ๆใๅ จใ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใซ่ตทๅ ใใใใใฃใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๆ็นใงใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใชใใจๅคๆญใใใใขๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใใซใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใจใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใใใใขๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบใฎๆ็กใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅฎนๆใซๅคๆญใใใใจใใงใใใไธๆนใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅใซ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆฐใใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๆฐใใชๅ ฅ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใ On the other hand, if the third symbol of the combination corresponding to the removal of the special symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) for 1 second in the state where the holding ball does not exist, the state in which the third symbol is stopped and displayed continues thereafter. .. This state continues until a predetermined time (for example, 15 seconds) elapses or a new game ball enters the special figure entry port 64. Then, when a predetermined time (for example, 15 seconds) has elapsed since the third symbol was stopped and displayed, a demonstration effect indicating that the game is not being executed is displayed. It is rare that the player does not enter the special figure entry port 64 even though the player has continuously fired the game ball for a predetermined time (for example, 15 seconds), and the third symbol is stopped. In many cases where the displayed state continues for a predetermined time (for example, 15 seconds), it is due to the fact that the pachinko machine 10 has not played the game at all because the player has quit the game. Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a predetermined time (for example, 15 seconds) has elapsed from the stop display of the third symbol, it is determined that the player is not playing the game, and the demonstration effect is started. do. Thereby, the player who is going to select the pachinko machine 10 to start the game can easily determine whether or not the game is being performed based on the presence or absence of the display of the demonstration effect. On the other hand, if a new game ball enters the special figure entry port 64 before the predetermined time (for example, 15 seconds) elapses, the variation display of the third symbol corresponding to the new entry is displayed. Will be executed.
ๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฏใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใใใไธๆนใซๆจช้ทใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใซๅทฆๅณๆนๅใซ๏ผใคใฎๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซ็ญๅบๅใใใฆใใใใใฎใใกใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกๅคๅใๆชๅฎ่กใงใใ้ๆ็๏ผไฟ็็๏ผใฎๆฐใงใใไฟ็็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใ้ ๅใงใใใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใใใณ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฏใไบๅๆผๅบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใ้ ๅใงใใใ The sub-display area Ds is provided horizontally above the main display area Dm, and is further divided into three small areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the left-right direction. Of these, the small area Ds1 is an area for displaying the number of reserved balls, which is the number of game balls (reserved balls) that have not been changed among the game balls entered in the special figure entry port 64 and the through gate 67. The small areas Ds2 and Ds3 are areas for displaying the advance notice effect image.
ๅฎ้ใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎไธปๅณๆใๅ่จ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใใใฆใฏใๅณใฎๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซๅ็ปใ่กจ็คบใใใ้ๅธธใใๅคงๅฝใใใธ้ท็งปใๆใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใไธญๅคฎใฎๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๅธธใฏใๆๅฎใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใญใไปใใๅฐๅนด๏ผใๆๅฎๅไฝใใใๆใจใใฆๆๅฎๅไฝใจใฏๅฅใฎ็นๅฅใชๅไฝใใใใใๅฅใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใ็พๅบใใ็ญใใฆไบๅๆผๅบใ่กใใใใ On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 11B, a total of nine main symbols of the third symbol are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub-display area Ds, the moving image is displayed in the small area Ds3 on the right, suggesting to the player that the transition to the jackpot is easier than usual. In the central small area Ds2, a predetermined character 710 (a boy with a headband in this embodiment) usually performs a predetermined action, and sometimes a special action different from the predetermined action or another character performs a predetermined action. A notice will be produced by appearing.
ไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅๆฐใฏๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็คบใใใใใพใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅๆฐใฏๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็คบใใใใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏใไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็ใซใคใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใไฟ็็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณใกใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผ็ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผ็ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใพใใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผ็ใงใใใๅณใกใไฟ็็ใๅญๅจใใชใใใจใ็คบใใใชใใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใกใๅทฆๅๅใซใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใกใๅณๅๅใซใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไพใงใฏใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅๅใซ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไธๆนใงใๅณๅๅใซใฏไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ๏ผใคใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใใฎใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ใ๏ผใคๅญๅจใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ใฏ๏ผๅใจใชใฃใฆใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใฆใใใ On the other hand, if a ball enters the special symbol entry port 64 while the variable display is being performed on the third symbol display device 81 (first symbol display device 37), the maximum number of times the ball can be entered is four. It is held, and the number of held balls is shown by the first symbol display device 37 and also in the small area Ds1 of the sub-display area Ds. Further, when the ball enters the through gate 67, the number of times the ball is entered is held up to once, and the number of held balls is indicated by the first symbol display device 37 and also in the small area Ds1 of the sub-display area Ds. .. In the small area Ds1, one reserved ball number symbol is displayed for each reserved ball number symbol, and the reserved ball number is displayed according to the display number of the reserved ball number symbol. That is, when one reserved ball number symbol is displayed in the small area Ds1, it indicates that the reserved ball number is one, and when four reserved ball number symbols are displayed, the reserved ball number is Indicates that it is 4 balls. When the reserved ball number symbol is not displayed in the small area Ds1, it indicates that the reserved ball number is 0, that is, there is no reserved ball. In the small area Ds1, the left half displays a reserved ball number symbol indicating the number of reserved balls based on the entry into the special figure entry port 64, and the right half of the small area Ds1 is through. It is configured to display a reserved ball number symbol indicating the number of reserved balls based on the entry into the gate 67. In the example of FIG. 11B, four reserved ball number symbols are displayed in the left half of the small area Ds1, while no reserved ball number symbols are displayed in the right half, so that the special symbol is displayed. There are four reserved balls, but the number of reserved balls with a normal symbol is zero.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฏใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฏใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใๆๅคงไฟ็็ๆฐใฏใใใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใชใใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใๅใฏใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบใซไปฃใใฆใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใซๆฐๅญใงใๆใใฏใ๏ผใคใซๅบ็ปใใใ้ ๅใไฟ็็ๆฐๅใ ใ็ฐใชใๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ่ฒใ็น็ฏใใฟใผใณ๏ผใซใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟ็็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใใชใใใฎใจใใฆใใใใๆดใซใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใซใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใไฟ็ใฉใณใใๆๅคงไฟ็ๆฐๅใฎ๏ผใค่จญใใ็น็ฏ็ถๆ ใฎไฟ็ใฉใณใใฎๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใไฟ็็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใใใฎใจใใฆใใใใ In the present embodiment, the ball entering the special figure entry port 64 is held up to 4 times, and the ball entering the through gate 67 is held up to 1 time. However, the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to this, and may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). Further, instead of displaying the number of reserved balls symbol in the small area Ds1, the number of reserved balls is different by a number in a part of the third symbol display device 81, or the area divided into four is different by the number of reserved balls. (For example, a color or a lighting pattern) may be displayed. Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display device 37, the number of reserved balls may not be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Further, the variable display device unit 80 may be provided with four hold lamps indicating the number of hold balls for the maximum number of hold balls, and the number of hold balls may be displayed according to the number of hold lamps in the lit state.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใฏใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธๆนใซๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆ ๆงใงๅฝขๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธๆนใซๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใๅฏๅคๅฝขๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่ฆใใ ใใงใ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใธ็งป่กใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใๅฎนๆใซๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใใจใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใจใใฃใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆณจ่ฆใใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใๅฐใใใใใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใ้่กจ็คบใซใใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the display screen shown with reference to FIG. 11, the sub-display area Ds is formed above the main display area Dm, but the display area may be formed in other modes, for example, the main display. Sub-display regions Ds may be formed below the region Dm. Further, in this case, it is preferable to variably form the display area of the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 according to the set gaming state. As a result, the player can easily grasp that the game has changed to a different game state only by looking at the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. Further, a state in which the player is made to pay attention to the display mode of the main display area Dm, such as a state in which the variable display of the third symbol indicating that the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit and the expectation is high is executed. Then, the display area of the sub-display area Ds may be reduced, or the sub-display area Ds may be hidden.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใฎๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ
ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ
๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใซ้ใใใพใง๏ผไบใๅฎใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใง๏ผ็ถ็ถใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅฎ่กใใใใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<Regarding the production content of the third symbol display device 81 in the first embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 12 to 19, the contents of the effect executed by the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, when a jackpot is won in a special symbol lottery (special symbol lottery), a time saving state (low probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol) is set after the jackpot game is completed. This time saving state is continued until the lottery of the special symbol reaches the specified number of times (until the end condition of the predetermined time saving state is satisfied), and when the lottery of the special symbol is executed the specified number of times, the ending condition of the time saving state is executed. Is established and the normal state is set.
ๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใจๆฏในใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The time saving state is a state in which a high probability state of the normal symbol is set, and compared to the case where the game state is the normal state, the open state in which the ball can enter the normal electric winning device 640 by the game per game is open. It is configured to be easy to set.
ใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใจๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Then, when the ball is won by hitting the normal symbol and the ball enters the special electric operation port 643 in the general electric winning device 640, the game per character is executed, and the ball is inserted into the V winning opening 165 provided in the V winning device 65. A game is executed to win a prize.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎ็ขบ็ใงในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใฆใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใใใจใงๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใใซ่จญ่จใใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Here, in the present embodiment, the game ball launched aiming at the left side region of the game board 13 is configured to pass through the through gate 67 with a probability of 100%. Then, in the lottery of the normal symbol executed when the game ball passes through the through gate 67, if the time saving state is set, it is designed to win with a probability of 3/10, and the normal symbol is designed to win. If the player wins the lottery, the game per game in which the electric accessory 640a is open is executed.
ๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใใฎๆฎใฉใง๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Most of the per-figure games that are executed during the time-saving state (about 100%) by continuously executing the left-handed game, the period (3 seconds) in which the ball can be won by the Fuden winning device 640. ) A game per game is executed in which the electric accessory 640a is opened.
ใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆฎใฉใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฒๅใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๅฅๆฉใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the game per game performed during the time saving state, most of the balls winning the Fuden winning device 640 are configured to enter the special electric actuating port 643, and the balls enter the special electric actuating port 643. A game per character is executed when the ball is hit. Then, when the game per character is executed, the V winning device 65 is opened, and the balls that have won the V winning device 65 win the V winning opening 165 at a rate of about 1/11, and the V winning opening 165. The jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed when the ball wins a prize.
ใคใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใใจใงๅคงๅฝใใใ็ใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใฎใปใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใใงใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏ็น้ป้ๆใซใใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๆๆใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใชใใ In other words, during the time saving state, rather than executing a game aiming for a big hit by lottery of a special symbol (special figure game), a game aiming for a big hit by winning a game ball (V prize) in the V winning opening 165 (special electric train) Since the game) can be made easier to execute the jackpot game, the player executes the game while hoping for a V prize (V jackpot game) by the character-per-feature game in the special electric game.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ป้ๆใจใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใ้้ใใใใใ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใฃใฆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใฃใฆ้ๆ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใฆใใใจใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่กใ้ๆ๏ผใจใ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่กใ้ๆ๏ผใจใใฎไธกๆนใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, in order to make the general electric winning device 640 win the ball as a special electric game (to allow the ball to pass through the through gate 67 that triggers the execution of the normal symbol lottery), the left area of the game board 13 It is necessary to shoot a ball aiming at. Further, in the present embodiment, when the game (left-handed game) is executed aiming at the left side area of the game board 13, the ball also enters the special figure entry port 64, so that the special figure can be achieved during the time saving state. Both the figure game (a game in which a special symbol is drawn) and the special electric game (a game in which a normal symbol is drawn) are executed.
็นๅณ้ๆใใใ็น้ป้ๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใจใชใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅณ้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใซ้ใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๅณใกใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ็ต้ใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใธ็งป่กใใใจใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใซใ็น้ป้ๆใซใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅบๆฌ็ใช้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใ The time saving state in which the special electric game is more advantageous to the player than the special figure game is the time until the special symbol lottery executed by the special figure game reaches the specified number of times (that is, the fluctuation of the special symbol for the specified number of times). Since it is configured to continue until the time) elapses, when the game state shifts to the time saving state, the fluctuation time of the special symbol that triggers the end of the time saving state and the transition to the normal state elapses. , Executing the game while expecting a V prize by the special electric game is the basic game method in the time saving state in the present embodiment.
ใใฎๆ็ญ้ๆใฎ็ถๆ ใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใไผใใในใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๆงใ ใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ่ฉณใใใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๆใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใขใผใใธใจ็งป่กใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใใใๆงใ ใชๆผๅบใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใฎ็ฐก็ฅๅใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใจ็งฐใใ In order to convey the state of the time-saving game to the player in an easy-to-understand manner, the third symbol display device 81 executes various effects. Details will be described later with reference to FIGS. 12 to 19, but when the jackpot game is executed and the jackpot ends, the V rush mode for indicating that the game state is a time-saving state that is advantageous to the player is entered. And notifies that the time saving state has been set. Then, various effects during the V rush will be described. Hereinafter, for the sake of simplification of the explanation, the time saving state will be referred to as "V rush".
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ็ตใฉใฆใณใใ็ตไบใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใๅงใพใใ๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็คบใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใขใผใใซ็งป่กใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใใใใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใฒใใใใจใใใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใ First, the jackpot ending screen displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 12A. FIG. 12A is a diagram showing an example of the ending screen of the jackpot (game). When the final round of the jackpot game is completed, as shown in FIG. 12A, the characters "V rush will start after the jackpot ends !!" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds of the third symbol display device 81. , It is shown to the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the player shifts to the V rush mode indicating that the time saving state is set after the jackpot game is completed. Then, in the main display area Dm, a comment is displayed that the remaining time reduction period mode 801 for indicating the period for which the time reduction state set after the end of the jackpot game continues is "40 seconds" and "V rush period 40 seconds get". Will be done.
ใใใงใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใซ้ใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๅณใกใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ่จใใๆ้๏ผใ็ต้ใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ่จใใๅ่จๆ้ใฎ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Here, the display contents of the remaining time short-term mode 801 will be described. In the present embodiment, as described above, as the end condition of the time saving state, the end condition that is satisfied when the number of lottery of the special symbol reaches the specified number of times (for example, 4 times) is set. Therefore, the time saving state is continued until the time until the lottery of the special symbol reaches the specified number of times (that is, the total time of the fluctuation time of the special symbol for the specified number of times) elapses. In the remaining time reduction period mode 801, a display mode indicating the total time obtained by totaling the fluctuation times of the special symbols until the end condition of the time reduction state is satisfied is displayed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใๅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใๆๅคงใง๏ผๅใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใๆๅคงใง๏ผๅใ่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ถๆณใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ถๆณใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๆฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใใ็จใใฆๅๅณๆใฎ็ถๆณใ่ชฌๆใใฆใใใ Next, the holding status of each symbol in the state shown in FIG. 12 (a) will be described with reference to FIG. 12 (c). FIG. 12 (c) is a schematic diagram showing a holding status of each symbol when the display screen shown in FIG. 12 (a) is displayed. In the present embodiment, a maximum of four reserved symbols for special symbols and a maximum of one reserved memory for ordinary symbols can be stored. In FIG. 12 (c), the running special figure th0 for explaining the status of the special symbol change during execution and the special figure 1st hold th1 to special for explaining the winning information of the special symbol stored in hold are shown. FIG. 4 hold th4, running normal symbol fh0 for explaining the status of execution normal symbol fluctuation, and normal figure 1 hold fh1 for explaining the winning information of the normal symbol stored in hold. The situation of each symbol is explained using.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็ใ๏ผใค่ฒฏใพใฃใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใคใพใใไปๅใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎๆฎๆ็ญๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใใใคใพใง็ถใใใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ FIG. 12C shows a state in which four special symbol reservations in which a fluctuation pattern of 10 seconds is set are stored in the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 4th hold th4. That is, the period of the time saving state this time is set to 40 seconds, which is the total value of the fluctuation times for four special symbol lottery times. Therefore, the character "40 seconds" is displayed in the remaining time short period display mode 801 for indicating the duration of the gaming state which is advantageous for the player, and it is possible to inform in an easy-to-understand manner how long the V rush period lasts. can.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ ทไฝ็ใช็งๆฐใง่กจ็คบใใใใๆงๆใใใใ็ถ็ถๆ้ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅใใใใฎใงใใใฐใใใใคใณใธใฑใผใฟใชใฉใ็จใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใใใฉใใฉใๆใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the duration of the V rush, which is advantageous to the player, is displayed in a specific number of seconds as shown in the remaining time reduction period display mode 801. As long as the remaining period of the game can be known, the player may be notified by using an indicator or the like. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a game with a feeling of excitement to the player.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใจใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅ จใฆใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใซ็ชๅ ฅใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆ็นใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใจใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎใใกไธ้จใฎใฟ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใ่ฟฝๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12A, the remaining time short period mode 801 is displayed in a display mode showing all of "40 seconds" calculated as the duration of the V rush. Not limited to, at the time of notifying that the V rush is entered, only a part (for example, 30 seconds) of the value calculated as the duration of the V rush (for example, 40 seconds) is notified. However, the value corresponding to the unreported portion (for example, 10 seconds) may be additionally notified during the execution of the V rush.
ใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฒๅพๆธใฎ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็๏ผใฎใใกใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใงใใใฐใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ็ฎๅคใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ชๅ ฅๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใจใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใๅคใฎไธ้จใฎใฟใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ In this case, for example, when the number of time reductions is set to 4, the fluctuation time of the special symbols corresponding to the three special symbol reservations among the four acquired special symbol reservations (special symbol reservation) is added up. In the case of the above value, that is, in the case of FIG. 12 (c), "30 seconds", which is the total value of the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 3rd hold th3, may be displayed at the time of entering the V rush. With such a configuration, it is possible to simplify the process for notifying only a part of the value calculated as the duration of the V rush.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใซๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ็พๅจใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใ้ฃใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใใไฝๅๅใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅ็ฎๅคใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅใ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 12A, in the present embodiment, the duration of the V rush is displayed by adding up the fluctuation times of a plurality of special symbol lottery executed until the time saving state ends. ing. Further, in order to make it difficult for the player to grasp the current number of reserved special figures, the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is configured not to display the display mode for indicating the number of reserved special figures. As a result, it is possible for the player to make it difficult for the player to understand how many values of the remaining time short period mode 801 displayed as the duration of the V rush are the total value of the fluctuation time corresponding to the number of special figure reservations. In addition, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand the fluctuation time of each special symbol lottery.
ใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใจใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใจใง็ฐใชใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซใใฃใฆใ็นๅณไฟ็ๅ ใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๅ ใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใๅฆใ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๅใซๆๆกใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, for example, even in the pachinko machine 10 in which different fluctuation time fluctuation patterns are set depending on whether the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit or not, depending on the display mode of the remaining time short period mode 801. It is possible to prevent the player from grasping the lottery result in the special figure hold (whether or not the winning information corresponding to the big hit winning is included in the special figure hold) in advance.
ใพใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎไฝใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็คบใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็๏ผๅๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅ็ฎๅค๏ผใใใๅฐใชใๆ้ใงใใฃใฆใไธใคใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใฆใใใใจใซๅฏพใใๆๅพ ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, for example, when the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit, the fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 50 seconds is selected, and when the lottery result of the special symbol is out of order, the fluctuation time is 10 seconds, 20 seconds. A pachinko machine 10 configured to select either a second or 30 second fluctuation pattern, the special figure first hold th1 is "10 seconds", the special figure second hold th2 is "30 seconds", and special When the third hold th3 in FIG. 3 is "20 seconds" and the fourth hold th4 in the special figure is "10 seconds", "50 seconds" is displayed as the display mode of the remaining time shortening period mode 801 indicating the duration of the V rush. It is good to configure it to be displayed. With this configuration, the period is shorter than the duration of the V rush, "90 seconds" (the total value of the fluctuation times for four special figure reservations), and it is executed during the time saving state. It is possible to give the player a sense of expectation that the big hit is won in the special symbol lottery (the first special symbol lottery in the short time is the big hit and the fluctuation time is set to 50 seconds).
ใคใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใๅ จๆ้ใงใฏ็กใใไธ้จใฎๆ้ใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใๆงๆไปฅๅคใซใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ๏ผๅ็ฎใๅคใๅคๅ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงใๆ็ญ๏ผๅ็ฎใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงใใใจ้ๆ่ ใซๆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใคใพใใๅฎ้ใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็คบใๅคใใใๅฐใใใไธใคใๅฐใชใใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใง้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใจใๅคใๅคๅใง้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใจใใ็ตใฟๅใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฎๅบใใใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใฐ่ฏใใ That is, when displaying only a part of the period instead of the entire period in which the V rush continues, the value corresponding to the fluctuation time (50 seconds) set when the jackpot is won as described above is displayed. In addition to the configuration, for example, in a display mode of "60 seconds" that makes the player think that the first time reduction is a deviation fluctuation (variation time 10 seconds) and the second time reduction is a jackpot fluctuation (variation time 50 seconds). It may be configured to display the remaining time short period mode 801. That is, a value that is smaller than the value indicating the duration of the actual V rush and is calculated when at least the fluctuation time that can be selected by the jackpot fluctuation and the fluctuation time that can be selected by the deviation fluctuation are combined is displayed. Just do it.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ็ฒๅพๆธใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้ๆ่ ใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆ่ชใ้ฃใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง่กจ็คบใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็พๅจ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the acquired number of special figure reservations is not displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, but the display is not limited to this and is used to indicate the number of special figure reservations. The aspect may be displayed. Even in this case, the number of special figure reservations currently acquired for the player can be known by displaying the display mode for indicating the number of special figure reservations in a display mode in which it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the contents. It can be difficult.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ้ๅง็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ็ตไบใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ้ๅงใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใง็คบใใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใๆ็นใซใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ็คบใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใงใใฃใ็นๅณไฟ็ใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใธใจใทใใใใใพใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใใใทใใใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใใใใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆฐใใซ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใ็กใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฉบใฎ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใฆใใใๆฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซไฟ็ใ่ฒฏใพใฃใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ Next, the V rush start screen displayed on the third symbol display device 81 will be described with reference to FIG. 12B. FIG. 12 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display mode in which the ending period of the jackpot ends and V rush is started, and FIG. 12 (d) shows the display screen shown in FIG. 12 (b). It is a figure which showed the state of each symbol in the case where it is displayed. That is, FIG. 12B shows a display screen at the time when the special figure hold shown in the special figure first hold th1 starts to fluctuate at the ending of the big hit, and the special figure is shown at the ending of the big hit. The special figure hold, which was the first hold th1, is shifted to the running special figure th0, the special figure 2 hold th2 is the special figure 1 hold th1, and the special figure 3 hold th3 is the special figure 2 hold. On th2, the special figure 4th hold th4 is a display screen in a state of being shifted to the special figure 3rd hold th3, respectively. Further, since the V rush is started, there is no new ball entering the special figure entry port 64, and the special figure 4th hold th4 is in an empty state. Then, as shown in the running normal figure fh0, the lottery of the normal symbol has also started to fluctuate, and the hold is accumulated in the first hold fh1 of the normal figure (see FIG. 12 (d)).
๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ้ๅงใใใใจใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ็พๅจใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใ้ๆ็ถๆณๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใจใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๆจชใซใฏใใใใใๆจกใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธญใใไฝใใๅใๅบใใใจใใฆใใใใใซๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใๅคๅไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใ When the V rush is started, the characters "V rush in progress" are displayed in the main display area Dm as a game status notification mode indicating that the current period is the V rush period. Then, next to the main display area Dm, a character 810 imitating a rabbit is dynamically displayed as if it is trying to take something out of the bag 810a. This indicates that the normal symbol is changing.
ใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธญๅคฎใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฅๆฉใพใงใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใๅบฆใซใใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซ่กจ็คบใใใ้ๆ่ ใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ้ฒ่กใใฆใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, in the center of the main display area Dm, a timer 812 for indicating the remaining period of the V rush period, which is advantageous to the player, is displayed. The timer 812 displays a value obtained by adding up the fluctuation times for the specified number of times of the special symbol until the end of the time saving state. In FIG. 12B, the number of lottery of special symbols in the time saving state is defined as 4 times, and the fluctuation time of the running special figure th0 is 10 seconds, and the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 3 The timer 812 shows "40.0 seconds", which is the total value of the fluctuation times up to the hold th3. The timer 812 is displayed so that the value is subtracted each time the fluctuation time of the special figure th0 during execution is subtracted, so that the player can easily understand that the period of V rush is in progress. can.
ใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใฟใคใใ๏ผใซใชใใจ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ตไบ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฏใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใฆ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅคใฎๅคไฝ็ถๆณใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใซใใๆๅฉๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๆฎๆ้๏ผใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "V rush ends when the timer reaches 0 !!" are displayed, and when the value of the subtracted timer 812 becomes 0, the V rush ends. This is informed to the player. As described above, during the V rush period, the player executes the game for the purpose of inserting the ball into the V winning opening 165. Therefore, the player can easily understand the period (remaining period) until the advantageous period ends by visually recognizing the displacement state of the value displayed on the timer 812.
ใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅทฆไธใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผ้ฃ็ฎใใฎๆๅญใ็คบใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๅฝใใ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใชใใพใพไฝๅ็ฎใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใงใใใใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎไธใซ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใง็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎใใใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใฆใใๅๆฐใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใใง็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆ่ ่ช่บซใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ้ๆๅฑฅๆญดใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎๅฉไพฟๆงใๅไธใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, the character "1st station" is shown in the upper left display area HR1 of the main display area Dm, the jackpot is won from the normal state (so-called first hit), and after the V rush is started, the game state is changed. It shows how many V rush periods it is without shifting to the normal state. Further, "0pt" is displayed in the display area HR2 shown below the display area HR1, and the number of prize balls won by the jackpot won during the V rush period is displayed. In this way, by displaying the number of times the V rush continues in the display area HR1 and the number of prize balls acquired by the jackpot during the V rush in the display area HR2, the player can display the number of prize balls acquired by the jackpot during the V rush at the player's own timing. The game history can be confirmed, and the convenience of the game can be improved.
ใพใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใใใใๅณๆใๅคๅ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใช่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็พๅจใ็นๅณใจๆฎๅณใจใฎๅคๅไธญใงใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใ Further, the V rush fluctuation region 811 is displayed in the main display area Dm, and the symbols fluctuate (dynamically display) in the left region 811a, the middle region 811b, and the right region 811c of the V rush fluctuation region 811, respectively. The display mode is displayed. In the V rush fluctuation region 811, information for suggesting the gaming situation during the V rush to the player is displayed. FIG. 12B shows that the special figure and the normal figure are currently changing, and the V rush period has passed by the V rush fluctuation region 811.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใ้ๆพใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 13A, a display screen when a normal figure is won during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 13 (a) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a normal figure is won during V rush, and FIG. 13 (c) is a diagram showing the display screen shown in FIG. 13 (a). It is a figure which showed the state of each symbol in the case of. In the present embodiment, as described above, when the lottery of the ordinary symbol is won, the electric accessory 640a attached to the general electric winning device 640 is opened so that the game ball can enter.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใใใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅณไธใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ้ๅงๆใซใฏ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ่ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไฝใใๆขใใฆใใใญใฃใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฝ้ธใ็นๅ ธใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใงใใใใฉใใญใผใใฎๆๅญใๆธใใใใใฑใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใๅบใใขใใกใผใทใงใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅณไธใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฝ้ธใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ้ปใใฅใผใซๅ ฅใใฐ๏ผถ็ฒๅพใใฃใณใน๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏ้ปใใฅใผใ็ใฃใฆ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ็่งฃใงใใใฎใงใๆญฃใใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๆกๅ ใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใใณใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใในใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใจใชใใ As shown in FIG. 13 (c), the running normal figure hold fh0 is indicated by โโฏโ indicating that the player has won the lottery of the normal symbol. Then, in the upper right of the main display area Dm, the character 810 who was looking for something from the bag 810a at the start of the V rush (see FIG. 12B) won the lottery of the normal symbol and got the privilege. An animation for taking out the ticket 810b on which the characters "lucky", which is a notification mode for showing, is written, is displayed. Then, in the display area HR3 at the lower right of the main display area Dm, an image schematically showing the Fuden winning device 640 is displayed, and a lottery of ordinary symbols is won, and the electric accessory 640a is open. It is displayed in. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "V acquisition chance if you enter the electric chew !!" are displayed. From these display contents, the player can understand that the game is executed aiming at the electric chew, so that the correct game method can be guided to the player. That is, the display mode of the display area HR3 and the display mode of the sub-display area Ds described above are guidance notification modes for guiding the content of the game to be executed to the player.
ใพใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝไธญๅคฎใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅคใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎใๅคๅๆ้ใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใฎๅ็ฎใใๅคใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ้ๅงๆ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฏ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใชใใฃใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใไฟ็ใใใฆใใใใใใใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใจใชใใใใใใฎ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฏๅ็ฎใใใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ Further, the timer 812 displayed in the center of the main display area Dm displays 30.9 seconds as its value. In the game situation of FIG. 13A, the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation during execution shown in the special figure th0 during execution is 0.9 seconds, and the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 3rd hold th3. The special drawing lottery up to is the period of V rush. Therefore, the total value of 30.9 seconds is displayed on the timer 812. In addition, in FIG. 13A, the special figure 4th hold th4 which was not stored at the start of the V rush (see FIG. 12B) is held, but this is the specified number of times of the V rush. Since the special drawing lottery is executed after the period has elapsed, the fluctuation time of the special drawing 4th hold th4 is not added up. Therefore, "-" is shown in the fourth reserved th4 of the special figure (see FIG. 13 (c)).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 13B, a display screen when an accessory is hit during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 13 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a game per character is executed during V rush, and FIG. 13 (d) is a diagram showing the display screen shown in FIG. 13 (b). It is a figure which showed the state of each symbol in the case where it is displayed. In the present embodiment, as described above, when the game ball wins the special electric operating port 643 in the general electric winning device 640, the V opening / closing door 65a attached to the V winning device 65 is opened. The game is executed.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใง็คบใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซใใฃใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซไฟ็ใใใฆใใไฟ็็ใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใทใใใใใฆใใใใใใฆใใใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผใใ็คบใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใใๅๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงไธญๆญ๏ผไปฎๅๆญข๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ FIG. 13 (b) is a display screen when a game ball wins a prize in the special electric operating port 643 in the general electric winning device 640 according to the normal drawing shown in FIG. 13 (a). In FIG. 13 (a), the holding ball held in the first holding th1 of the special figure is shifted to the running special figure th0 in FIG. 13 (b). Then, the remaining fluctuation time is 9.9 seconds, and a question mark indicating that the fluctuation is temporarily stopped is shown (see FIG. 13 (d)). In the present embodiment, when a character-per-character game or a jackpot game is executed, the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation during execution is interrupted (temporarily stopped) until each per-game is completed. doing.
ใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงใฏใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจๅ ฑใซๆธๅฐใใฆใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใฎๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบใใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใๆ้๏ผๅณใกใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๆ้๏ผใงไธญๆญ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใซใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใ๏ผณ๏ผด๏ผฏ๏ผฐ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใจใไธญๆญใใใฆใใใใจใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ่กจ็คบใใใใ็ใ๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใจๅ ฑใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ Then, in the main display area Dm, the subtraction display of the value of the timer 812, which has decreased with the fluctuation time of the special figure up to FIG. 13A, is changed (subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol change). Is interrupted and displayed at the time when is interrupted (that is, the time when the special electric operation port 643 is won). Further, the character "STOP !!" is displayed to indicate that the subtraction display of the timer 812 is interrupted. From these display contents, the player can grasp that the lapse of the V rush period is interrupted. Then, in the display area HR3, the V winning device 65 in a state where the V opening / closing door 65a is opened is schematically displayed, and is displayed together with the characters "Aim !!".
ใใใซใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพใใฆใใใใจ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใง็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใณใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใฎๆฉ่ฝใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใในใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใฎๆฉ่ฝใจใใๆใใใใฎใจใชใใ As a result, the player can understand by visually recognizing the third symbol display device 81 that the V opening / closing door 65a of the V winning device 65 is open (the game per character is being executed). can. That is, the display mode of the display area HR3 and the display mode of the sub-display area Ds in FIG. 13B are the function of the game status notification mode for notifying the player of the game status during the V rush, and the accessory. It has a function of a guidance notification mode for guiding a player to a game to be performed during a hit game.
ใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใซใ๏ผถใใฎๆๅญใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆ่ฌใชใผใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใชใใใใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใ๏ผถใซๅ ฅใใฐๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใๅฐใใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใจใใๆๅพ ๆใใใกใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the V rush fluctuation region 811, the character "V" is stopped and displayed in the left region 811a and the right region 811c, and is displayed in a so-called reach display mode. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "Big hit if you enter V !!" are displayed, and according to these display contents, the player can make the V winning opening 165 win the game ball soon. You can play the game with the expectation that you can do it.
ใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธ่ฌ็ใช้ๆใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใงใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผใงใฏใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่คๆฐใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใฎ่คๆฐใฎๅณๆๅใฎใใกใไธใฎๅณๆๅใ้คใใไปใฎๅณๆๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎ็ตๅใใจใชใใชใผใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใๅไธใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใพใใชใผใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, as shown in FIG. 11B, a general game in the pachinko machine 10, that is, a game in which a lottery of a special symbol is executed and the lottery result is expected to be a big hit (special). In the figure game), a plurality of identification information (each symbol dynamically displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (third symbol)) for showing the lottery result is variablely displayed in a plurality of columns (for example, three columns) (for example, three columns). A reach display mode (for example, a combination of the same identification information) in which the other symbol rows other than one symbol row among the plurality of symbol rows are a combination of identification information for indicating a jackpot winning. ) Is stopped and displayed, the reach effect that raises the expectation of winning a big hit is executed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงใฏ็กใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅบ็นใซๆงใ ใช้็จใ็ตใฆๆ็ต็ใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใจใชใใใใ็น้ป้ๆใฎๅ ทไฝ็ใช้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใ็่งฃใ้ฃใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ่ค้ใช้ๆๆงใๆใใ็น้ป้ๆใฎ้ฒ่ก็ถๆณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๅ็จฎ้็จ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ้ ๅใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใๅณๆ๏ผๆๅญ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใใใใ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใฎใใใชๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏ็น้ป้ๆใซใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใช้ๆๅ ๅฎนใๆๆกใใชใใจใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ The game (special electric game) executed in the time saving state (V rush) in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is not a special symbol lottery, but a V prize is finally obtained through various processes based on the normal symbol lottery. Since the game is a game in which a jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed by winning a ball in the mouth 165, there is a problem that it is difficult for the player to understand the specific game content of the special electric game. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the left region 811a of the V rush fluctuation region 811, the middle The variable display mode of the symbol (character) that is variablely displayed (dynamically displayed) in each area of the area 811b and the right area 811c is such that the effect mode is executed as if the special figure game is being executed. It is configured. With this configuration, the player can grasp each display mode displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 without grasping the specific game content in the special electric game. It is possible to provide an easy-to-understand game to a person.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใไปไธใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 14A, a V winning screen during the game per accessory during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 14 (a) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a game ball wins a prize in the V winning opening 165 and a big hit is given during a game per character during V rush, and FIG. 14 (c) is shown. ) Is a diagram showing each symbol state when the display screen shown in FIG. 14A is displayed. In the present embodiment, as described above, when the game per character is executed during the V rush and the ball is won in the V winning opening 165 during the game per character (when the V is won), the jackpot game ( V jackpot game) is given.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใง็คบใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใฆใใใใใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๆฎใใใพใพไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏไปๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅ ใฎไฟ็ใงใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฏใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎๆฎๆ้ใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใง็คบใใๆ็นใใๅคใใใใจ็กใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจใชใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ FIG. 14A is a display screen when a ball wins a prize in the V winning opening 165 during the game per character shown in FIG. 13B. As described above, since the fluctuation of the special symbol is interrupted during the game per character, the running special symbol th0 is temporarily stopped with the fluctuation time remaining at 9.9 seconds. The special figure 1st hold th1 and the special figure 2nd hold th2 are held within the specified number of times of the V rush this time, and the fluctuation time is set to 10 seconds each. Therefore, the remaining period of the V rush period is "29.9 seconds" unchanged from the time point shown in FIG. 13 (b) (see FIG. 14 (c)).
ใใใฆใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้๏ผใฎ้ๆธ็ฎใใใชใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ็ฎ็ซใใชใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใใฟใคใ ในใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ Then, when it is confirmed that the ball wins a V and the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed, the subtraction of the V rush period is not subtracted during the predetermined period (big hit game period). The display mode of "29.9 seconds" displayed by the timer 812 shown in 13 (b) is displayed in the display area HR4 which is less conspicuous than the timer 812. "Time stock 29.9 seconds" is displayed in the display area HR4.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณใฎไปฎๅๆญขไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅณๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๅ้็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, when a V prize (V jackpot game) occurs during the temporary stop of the special figure, the special symbol lottery executed after the temporary stop of the special figure change is completed is executed this time. It is configured so that the time saving state continues until the time saving number of times set according to the jackpot type of the jackpot game is executed. That is, the information (number of time reductions) for satisfying the time reduction end condition is not updated (subtracted) due to the interrupted special symbol variation (restart special symbol variation) executed after the jackpot game ends.
ใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซใ็นๅณไฟ็๏ผๅๅใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใใๆฌกใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใจใชใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ้ๆใ่กใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใง่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅ็ชๅ ฅๆ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถๆ๏ผใฎใปใใใๅ้็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๅใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅ็ชๅ ฅๆใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใๆไพใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใใใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the state shown in FIG. 14 (c), when the number of time reductions of 4 is set after the jackpot game is completed, the special figure is held during the remaining period (9.9 seconds) of the special symbol change during the interruption 4 The value obtained by adding up the special figure fluctuation times for each piece is the duration of the next V rush. With this configuration, the special figure game is performed in the normal state, and the big hit game (V big hit game) is performed during the V rush against the time saving state (at the time of the first V rush entry) set by winning the big hit. In the time saving state (when V rush continues) that is executed and set again after the jackpot game ends, the V rush duration can be set longer by the fluctuation time (remaining fluctuation time) of the restart special figure fluctuation. It is possible to make it easier to provide a V rush that is advantageous to the player when the V rush is continued than when the V rush is first entered. Therefore, it is possible to make the player play the game while expecting the V rush to continue.
ใชใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅ็ชๅ ฅๆใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซไปใฎๆๆณใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธ๏ผใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธ๏ผใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅ็ชๅ ฅๆใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถๆใฎใปใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ตๆใจใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไปๅ ไพกๅคใไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ It should be noted that other methods may be used to set a time saving state that is more advantageous to the player when the V rush is continued than when the V rush is first entered. For example, the execution condition of the jackpot game is satisfied during the normal state. (A big hit is won in a special drawing lottery), and a time saving state is set after the big hit game ends, and a big hit game execution condition is satisfied in the time saving state (V prize in the special electric game), and the time saving after the big hit game ends. It may be configured so that a different fluctuation pattern is selected as the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol depending on the case where the state is set. Specifically, the execution condition of the jackpot game is established during the normal state (special figure lottery). (Winning a big hit) and the time saving state is set after the big hit game ends, the execution condition of the big hit game is established in the time saving state (V prize in the special electric game), and the time saving state is set after the big hit game ends. It is preferable to configure so that a fluctuation pattern having a long fluctuation time is more easily selected when the fluctuation pattern is performed. With this configuration, it is possible to make it easier to lengthen the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation executed during the time saving state when the V rush is continued than when the V rush is first entered. As a result, the V rush is performed. Can be extended in duration. Therefore, since it is possible to add value to the player who has continued the V rush, it is possible to increase the player's willingness to play.
ไธๆนใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใจใฏๅๅฏพใฎๆ่กๆๆณใจใใฆใๅ้็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กใซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅ็ชๅ ฅๆใฎใปใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถๆใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ้ๅฐใซ็ถ็ถใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใคใคใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็น้ป้ๆใซใฆไธๅบฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, as a technical idea opposite to that of the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the information (number of time reductions) for satisfying the time reduction end condition is updated (subtracted) by executing the restart special figure change. Alternatively, it may be configured so that the special symbol fluctuation with a longer fluctuation time is more likely to be executed when the V rush first enters than when the V rush continues. By configuring in this way, while suppressing the excessive continuation of the V rush, the V rush is performed without executing the jackpot game (V jackpot game) even once in the special electric game executed during the V rush. Can be suppressed from the end of the game and the decrease in motivation to play.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎไธญๆญใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็ตไบๅพใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅคงใใชๅฝฑ้ฟใไธใใๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆ่ ใใ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใๅฆใใ้ธๆใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใคใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ใใใ้ทใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใใฎ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็ใ้ๆใ้ธๆใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ใใใ็ญใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใชใ้ๆใ้ธๆใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, as in the present embodiment, when the interruption timing of the special figure change during execution has a great influence on the length of the duration of the V rush after the end of the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is used. In a state where it is possible to interrupt the special figure change (for example, a state in which a normal hit game is won), it is configured to notify the player of information for indicating the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure change during execution. , The player may be configured to be able to choose whether or not to interrupt the special figure variation. That is, when the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation during execution is longer than the predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), a game for interrupting the special figure fluctuation (special electric operation port 643 during the game per normal figure). (A game in which a ball is won and a game per character is executed) is executed, a game aiming for a V prize is selected, and the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation during execution is shorter than a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds). In some cases, it may be configured so that it is possible to select a game that does not interrupt the fluctuation of the special figure.
ใพใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใใฎๆ็นใงไฟ็ใใใฆใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆฌกใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎไบใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใใฎๆ้ใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ๏ผจ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใงใๆฌกใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใซในใใใฏใใใๆ้ใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, when a jackpot game (V jackpot game) is given by V winning, the fluctuation time of the special symbol that was temporarily stopped and the special symbol within the specified number of times of the V rush that was held at that time The fluctuation time is configured to be displayed as a preset period of the next V rush. Then, the time is configured to be displayed in the H display area HR4 of the main display area Dm. Therefore, the player can confirm the period stocked in the next V rush by confirming the display area HR4.
ใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏๅคๅใใฆใใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใ๏ผถใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ใซใใ๏ผถใใฎๆๅญใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๅใใใฆใ๏ผถ๏ผถ๏ผถใใจๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบๅใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใใใงใจใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใใใใ็คบใใฆใใใ Then, in the V rush fluctuation region 811 for indicating the gaming state during the V rush of the main display region Dm, โVโ is stopped and displayed in the middle region 811b that was fluctuating in FIG. 13 (b). Then, since the character "V" is stopped and displayed in the left region 811a and the right region 811c when the accessory hit is executed, the left region 811a, the middle region 811b, and the right region 811c are combined to form "VVV". A notification mode suggesting that the jackpot was won is displayed. In addition, the characters "Congratulations on the big hit !!" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. With these display contents, it is shown to the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the game ball is won in the V winning opening 165 and the big hit is given during the winning of the character.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซ้ๆๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใชใฉใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆใๆฎต้็ใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏ๏ผถๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฆ่ชใใใจใ้ๆๆฎต้ใใฉใฎๆฎต้ใชใฎใใ็ฌๆใซๅคๆญใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๅคใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅๆญขใใใๆๅญใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใ้ๆ่ ใ็นๅ ธใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฎใชใใใใใๅฝใใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใชใฉใจ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๆๅญใ่คๆฐ่กจ็คบใใใใใๆงๆใใใใจใงใใใใใชใจใผใทใงใณใฎใใๆผๅบใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the V rush fluctuation region 811 stops and displays the left region 811a and the right region 811c when the accessory hit is executed, and the middle region 811b is displayed when the V prize is won during the bonus hit. It is configured to stop and display, but it is not limited to this, the left area 811a when winning a normal figure, the right area 811c when a character hit is executed, and the middle area when V is won. 811b may be configured to be stopped and displayed. In this way, by configuring the stepwise effect to be executed when the game condition is satisfied, the player can instantly determine which stage the game stage is when he / she visually recognizes the V fluctuation region 811. can. Therefore, more information can be provided to the player. Further, the characters to be stopped may be displayed as "hits" or "V winning" as long as they are intended to indicate that a big hit is given and the player can acquire the privilege. By configuring the characters indicating the jackpot to be displayed in this way, it is possible to provide the player with a more varied effect.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใฎๅคใ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใงใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 14B, an off-screen during the accessory hit during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 14B is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when a game ball does not win a prize in the V winning opening 165 during the winning of a character during the V rush. In the present embodiment, the change of the special symbol that has been executed is temporarily stopped when it is executed per character, but if the V prize cannot be won during the character hit, the temporary stop is performed. The change of the special symbol that had been there is resumed.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใ๏ผถๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใใใจใ็คบใใรใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฃใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผถร๏ผถใใจใใๅคใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใชใใฃใใใจใ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใ FIG. 14 (b) is a display screen when the game ball does not win the V winning opening 165 after the winning of the accessory is executed in FIG. 13 (b). In the V fluctuation region 811 indicating the game status during the V rush in the main display region Dm, the character "x" indicating that the V prize was not won is displayed in the middle region 811b. Therefore, in the V rush fluctuation region 811, an out-of-order display mode of "V x V" is displayed. As a result, the player can understand that the game ball could not be won in the V winning opening 165 during the hit of the character this time.
ใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใๅ้๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅๅ้๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใจใใซๅใณๆธๅฐใๅงใใใใใใซใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใๆ้ๅ ใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใใฆ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใชใใใฐใชใใชใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใงใใใ Then, in the main display area Dm, the characters "Resume !!" are displayed to indicate that the fluctuation of the special figure that has been temporarily stopped is resumed. Then, the display mode for indicating the remaining period of the V rush shown by the timer 812 starts to decrease again with the resumption of fluctuation of the special figure shown in the running special figure th0 (see FIG. 14D). This makes it easy for the player to understand that the game must be executed with the aim of winning the V prize within the time indicated by the timer 812.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๆใใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅๅบฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 15A, the jackpot ending screen during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 15A is a diagram showing an example of a display screen of the jackpot ending during V rush, and FIG. 15C is a diagram when the display screen shown in FIG. 15A is displayed. It is a figure which showed the situation. In the present embodiment, if a jackpot is won or a V prize is won during the V rush period, the V rush period (time reduction state) is set again.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจๅๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใงใใฃใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใจใใฆ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใใฟใคใ ในใใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใจใใฆๅ ็ฎใใใฆใใชใใฃใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ฎๅบใใใใ FIG. 15 (a) is a diagram showing the ending screen of the jackpot given from the V prize shown in FIG. 14 (a). As described above, when a big hit is given during the V rush, the fluctuation time between the temporarily stopped running special figure th0 and the special figure 2nd hold th2 which was the specified number of times in the previous V rush period. The total value of is displayed as the time stock, and the characters "time stock 29.9 seconds" are displayed in the display area HR4. Then, in the special figure hold corresponding to the special figure 3rd hold th3 in FIG. 15 (c), that is, in the V rush before the jackpot game is executed, the special figure is not added as the V rush period (time saving period). Figure Hold fluctuation time is calculated.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆใซใๅๅบฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใฏๅคงๅฝใใไธญใซไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใใไปไธใใใ็นๅณใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใใๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใซใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅณใกใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใๅๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๆขใซใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ็ฎ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๅใณ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๅ่จ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅ็ฎใใ็งๆฐใใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใจใใฆๆขใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใใใฆใใ็งๆฐใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆ็นใซใใใฆๆฐใใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใซๅ ็ฎๅฏ่ฝใชๅคใจใใฆ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใใใ As described above, when a big hit is given during the V rush, the V rush is set again at the end of the big hit game. During the V rush period, a value is set that is the sum of the remaining time of the change of the special figure that was temporarily stopped during the big hit and the change time of the number of lottery of the special figure given by the big hit type. In FIG. 15A, as shown in the display area HR4, the time stock is 29.9 seconds, that is, the remaining period of the interrupted special figure fluctuation (9.9 seconds) and the previous V rush. The total number of seconds of the special figure hold fluctuation time (20 seconds in total) corresponding to the special figure 1st hold th1 and the special figure 2nd hold th2 that have already been additionally displayed on the timer 812 is already displayed as the time stock. With respect to the number of seconds stocked in this time, the fluctuation time of the special figure hold (15 seconds) corresponding to the special figure 3rd hold th3 as a value that can be newly added to the V rush period at the end of the jackpot game. Is added.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใไพใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ๏ผๅใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใ็คบใใฆใใใใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใจใใฆไฟ็ใใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฏ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใง๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็๏ผๅๅ๏ผใงใใใใใใใจ๏ผๅๅใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใไปๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใจใใฆใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ็ฎ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ็ฎ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅณไฟ็ใ๏ผๅใใ็กใใใ๏ผ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็นๅณไฟ็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎใฟใๅ ็ฎ่กจ็คบใใใใ In the example shown in FIG. 15A, the ending screen of the jackpot game in which the time reduction of 4 times is given after the end of the jackpot game is shown, and the special figure hold held as the time stock is the special figure No. 2. Since it is up to hold th2 (for two special figure hold), the fluctuation time of two more special figure hold can be additionally displayed on the timer 812 as the current V rush period, but in FIG. 15 (a) , Since there is only one special figure hold that can be additionally displayed on the timer 812 (because the special figure hold is not stored in the special figure 4 hold th4), the variation of the special figure hold corresponding to the special figure 3 hold th3. Only the time is added and displayed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใใใฎๆ็นใงใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใไปๅไปไธใใใๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใซ่ถณใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใพใงใซไฟ็่จๆถใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใใใฟใคใ ในใใใฏใฎๅคใซไธไนใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆไธไนใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผง๏ผฅ๏ผดใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใๆ้ใใใใซๅปถ้ทใใใใจใใๅใณใๅพใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใไธไนใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซๆๅฉๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใจใใๆๅพ ๆใๆใกใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใฎๆผๅบใซใใๆณจ็ฎใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใ In the present embodiment, when a jackpot is given during the V rush and the number of special figures held at that time is not enough for the specified number of time reductions (V rush) given this time (the number of time reductions), It is configured to execute an effect of adding the fluctuation time corresponding to the special figure hold stored by the end of the jackpot game to the value of the time stock. In FIG. 15A, the special figure 3rd hold is performed. The characters "+15 seconds GET" are displayed in the additional period display mode 802 in correspondence with the special figure hold in which the 15-second deviation variation pattern shown in th3 is executed. This gives the player the joy of further extending the period of benefit to the player. Further, in the present embodiment, since the effect of adding the V rush period is executed during the ending period of the jackpot game, it is expected that the advantageous period will be extended at the ending period of the jackpot game. Since the game can be executed while holding the game, it is possible to draw more attention to the production during the big hit.
ใพใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ๏ผๅ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผ้ฃ็ฎใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใใง็ฒๅพๅบๆฅใ่ณ็ๆฐใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฐใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎใใใซใ้ๆ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชใใใใไฝ็ฝฎใซ่กจ็คบใใๅคงๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅ ธใๅพใใใณใซใใฎๅคใๅขๅ ใใใใจใงใใใๆบ่ถณๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, the character "second station" indicating that the V rush was continued twice was displayed in the display area HR1 of the main display area Dm, and the display area HR2 was obtained by a big hit during the V rush. The number of prize balls "670P" is displayed. In this way, the game result is displayed at a position that is easy for the player to see, and the value is increased each time the jackpot is executed and the privilege is obtained, so that the player can be more satisfied. Then, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "V rush continuation" indicating that the V rush has been set again are displayed. This allows the player to easily understand that the V-rush, which is advantageous to the player, continues.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎใฟใคใไธไนใ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎใฟใคใไธไนใ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซๆฐใใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใใๅคงๅฝใใๅใซใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใฎๆ้ๅคใงใใฃใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎไธไนใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๆใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไฟ็ใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใ่ฒฏใพใใพใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใๆฐใใซๅขๅ ใใไฟ็็ๆฐๅใฎไธไนใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 15B, the timer addition screen during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 15B is a diagram showing an example of the display contents of the timer addition screen during V rush. As described above, in the present embodiment, the special symbol hold that is newly won at the jackpot ending executed during the V rush, and the fluctuation time of the special symbol that was outside the specified number of times of the V rush before the jackpot Perform additional production. Then, if the number of reserved balls for the specified number of V rushes is not held at the end of the jackpot, the number of balls held for the specified number of V rushes is newly increased during the V rush period until the reserved number of special figures is accumulated. Performs an additional effect for the number of reserved balls.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใใ้ๆใ้ฒ่กใใๆฐใใซ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅใๅ้ใใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใซใฏใๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใไฟ็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใใฎๅคใๅ็ฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็งใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ FIG. 15 (b) is a diagram showing a display screen when the game progresses from the ending of the jackpot shown in FIG. 15 (a) and the game ball newly wins the special figure entry ball 64. FIG. 15D is a diagram showing each symbol state when the display screen shown in FIG. 15B is displayed. In the main display area Dm, a variation display mode indicating that the period of V rush has elapsed in the V rush variation area is displayed. In FIG. 15B, as shown in FIG. 15D, the running special figure th0 resumes the fluctuation, the remaining fluctuation time becomes 3.2 seconds, and the special figure 1st hold th1 and the special figure 2nd hold. Holds in which 10 seconds are set as the fluctuation time are stored in th2. Then, the special figure third hold th3 is a state in which a hold ball having a fluctuation time of 15 seconds is stored. Therefore, the timer 812 displayed in the main display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81 displays "38.2" seconds, which is the sum of these values.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใจใใฆๆฐใใช็นๅณไฟ็๏ผๅๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใไธไนใๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใๆฐใใช็นๅณไฟ็ใ๏ผๅใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใฟ๏ผใงใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌกใซๆฐใใช็นๅณไฟ็ใ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็ฒๅพใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใไธไนใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, the state of FIG. 15A is a state in which the fluctuation time for two new special figure reservations can be added as the V rush period, but only one new special figure reservation has been acquired. It is a state (only the special figure 3rd hold th3). In this case, as shown in FIG. 15B, when a new special figure hold is acquired next time, the fluctuation time of the acquired special figure hold is additionally displayed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏ่ฟฝๅ ๅ ฅ่ณใใใฃใใใจใ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฐใใช็นๅณไฟ็ใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไปๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใซ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅ ็ฎใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉๆ้ๅปถ้ทใ็คบใใใใฎใใฑใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆใใฆใใๆงๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅพใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆฎๆ้ใซไปๅ่ฟฝๅ ๅ ฅ่ณใใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅ ็ฎใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฎๅคใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใฟใคใไธไนใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใๅปถ้ท๏ผ่ฟฝๅ ๏ผใใใใใจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆใใใ Specifically, it is shown that there was an additional prize in the special figure 4th hold th4, and a fluctuation time of 20 seconds is set for this new special figure hold. Therefore, an effect in which 20 seconds are added to the current V rush period is executed. Then, the character 810 displayed in the main display area Dm throws the ticket 810b for indicating the extension of the advantageous period to the player to the timer 812 for indicating the remaining period of the V rush after the V rush period is added. The state of being displayed is displayed. After this effect is executed, the fluctuation time of the special figure added this time is added to the remaining period of the V rush to the remaining period displayed on the timer 812, and the value "58.2 seconds" is added to the timer 812. Is displayed. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "Add timer !!" are displayed to inform in an easy-to-understand manner that the V rush period has been extended (added).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ตไบ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ Next, the V rush end screen displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 16A. FIG. 16A is a diagram showing an example of a display screen showing the end of V rush, and FIG. 16C is a state of each symbol when the display screen shown in FIG. 16A is displayed. It is a figure which showed. In the present embodiment, if the game ball is not won in the V winning opening 165 during the V rush period, or if the jackpot is not won in the special symbol lottery, the V rush period ends. The game state shifts to the normal state.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใไปๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคใใงๅๆญขใใใใจใ็คบใใรใใฎ่กจ็คบใ็คบใใใฆใใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงไฟ็็ใฏ่ฒฏใพใฃใฆใใใใใใใใฎไฟ็็ใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅคใฎไฟ็็ใงใใใใชใใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅคๅใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใๆฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๆฎๅณไฟ็็ใ่ฒฏใพใฃใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 16 (c), the display of โxโ indicating that the execution special figure th0f, which is the final fluctuation of the V rush this time, has stopped due to the deviation is shown. Hold balls are accumulated from the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 3rd hold th3, but these hold balls are hold balls outside the specified number of times of V rush. It should be noted that the running normal figure fh0 is in a fluctuating state, and the normal figure first hold fh1 normal figure hold ball is accumulated.
ใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผถ๏ผง๏ผฅ๏ผดร๏ผใใจใใไปๅไฝๅ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใใใใฉใใ็คบใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใ๏ผฐ๏ผง๏ผฅ๏ผดร๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใใไปๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใใงใ่ณ็๏ผ็นๅ ธ๏ผใใฉใใ ใ็ฒๅพใงใใใใ็คบใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใไปๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๆๅฉๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใฃใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ตไบใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใฃใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, in the main display area Dm, a character "VGET x 2" indicating how many times the V rush has been continued is displayed, and further, a prize ball ("PGET x 1500", which is a big hit during this V rush, is displayed. Characters are displayed to indicate how much you have earned (privilege). As a result, the player informs the game result of this V rush in an easy-to-understand manner. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "V rush end" for notifying that the advantageous period has ended are displayed. With these display modes, it is possible to inform the player that the V rush period has ended in an easy-to-understand manner.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใ Next, the V rush extension screen will be described with reference to FIG. 16 (b). FIG. 16B is a diagram showing an example of a display screen showing that the period of V rush has been extended, and FIG. 16D is a case where the display screen shown in FIG. 16B is displayed. It is a figure which showed each symbol situation in.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใไบใๅฎใใใใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใฏใ็ฌ็ซใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ็ตไบ้้๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใ็ดๅ๏ผใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใๅพ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅพ๏ผใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใๅ ดๅใใใใ In the present embodiment, the V rush effect is executed when the time saving state is set. Then, the time saving state is configured to end when the special symbol change of a predetermined number of times is completed. Specifically, when the time reduction number of times is set to 4, when the fourth special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) after the time reduction state is set, the time reduction state is terminated and the normal state is restored. It is configured to migrate to. Here, since the lottery (variation) of the special symbol and the lottery (variation) of the normal symbol are executed independently, the final fluctuation of the special symbol in the short time state is stopped just before the end of the V rush period. If the game per game is executed immediately before the display), it may be possible to execute the game per character after the time saving state ends (after the transition to the normal state).
ใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใจใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใซใ้ขใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใไบๆ ใฏ็บ็ใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใๅฐๆใใใฆใใพใ่ใใใฃใใใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใๆใใฏใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใๅปถ้ทใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In this case, if the V rush effect is ended at the timing when the game state shifts from the time saving state to the normal state, a situation occurs in which the game per character is started even though the V rush effect is finished. There was a risk that the player would be confused. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the game per normal figure is executed at the end timing of the V rush period (the final fluctuation stop timing of the special symbol in the time saving state), until the game per normal figure ends. Alternatively, the V rush effect is extended until the game per character, which is executed by the game per game, is completed. As a result, the V rush effect can be executed corresponding to the special electric game period aiming at the V jackpot game, so that the player can easily understand the effect.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใใโใใฎๆๅญใ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคใใงๅๆญขใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใรใใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคๅใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๅณใกใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ถ็ถใใใฆใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใฆใใใ Specifically, as shown in FIG. 16 (d), the state in which the character "โ" indicating that the player has won the running normal figure tf0 is shown, that is, the final change in the time saving state during the game per normal figure. When the special symbol fluctuation is stopped display (stop display is displayed with "x" indicating that the running special symbol th0 is stopped due to deviation), the third symbol is displayed as shown in FIG. 16 (b). In the main display area Dm of the device 81, the left area 811a, the middle area 811b, and the right area 811c of the V rush fluctuation area 811 for showing the gaming situation during the V rush are displayed in a fluctuating state. That is, it suggests to the player that the V rush is continuing.
ใใใฆใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅณใฎๅคๅใๅ จใฆ็ตไบใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใชใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅใฎไธๆนใซใฏใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅปถ้ทไธญใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใฃใใจๆใฃใฆใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใๅปถ้ทใใใฆใใใใจใ็ฅใใๆใใฌๅใณใๅพใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใฉในใใใฃใณใน๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใไปๅใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใใง็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใชใใใฐใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใใ้ๆ่ ใฏๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, the timer 812 displays "00.0 seconds" indicating that all the fluctuations of the special figure for the specified number of times in the time saving state have been completed. However, the characters "V rush is being extended" are displayed above the main display area. By displaying in this way, the player can get an unexpected joy by knowing that the V rush that he thought has ended has been extended. Then, the characters "Last Chance !!" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. The player can easily understand that the V rush ends.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๅปถ้ท่กจ็คบไธญใซ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใจๅๆงใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆใใฉในใใใฃใณใน๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใใฐ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใใใฉในใใใฃใณใน๏ผ๏ผใใจ่กจ็คบใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใจๅไธใฎ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใง็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใ In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 16B, that is, when the ball is inserted into the special electric operation port 643 during the extension display of the V rush, the game per character is the same as during the normal V rush period. Is executed. In this case, the display screen during the game per character shown in FIG. 13B is displayed, and the characters "Last Chance !!" are continuously displayed in the sub-display area Ds. As a result, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the V rush period will end if the ball does not win the V winning opening 165 in this game per character. Then, when the ball wins the V winning opening 165 in the character-hit game displayed as "Last chance !!", the same V jackpot game as during the normal V rush period is executed. On the other hand, when the ball does not win the V winning opening 165, the V rush end screen shown in FIG. 16A is displayed after the game per accessory is completed.
ไปฅไธใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่ก็ถๆณใงใฏ็กใใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใจใใฆไธ้ฃใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใ็ตไบ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅพใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฌกใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ตไบ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใจใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใจ่ฏใใ As described above with reference to FIGS. 16A and 16B, in the present embodiment, the period during which the special electric game can be executed is set as the V rush period, not the transition state of the game state. It is configured to perform a V-rush effect. With this configuration, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand effect. The display timing of the end screen indicating the end of the V rush period shown in FIG. 16A is not limited to after the final change of the special symbol in the V rush period is stopped and displayed, for example, the final change of the special symbol. The display is started when the remaining period of is reached a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), the final fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped and displayed, and the display of the end screen is terminated at the timing when the next special symbol fluctuation is started. It may be configured as follows. In this case, the V rush period displayed on the timer 812 may be calculated as the period until the end screen of the V rush is displayed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใฃใๅพใซใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็จใใฆ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไพใใฐใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใๆ็นใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ถๆณใไบๅๅคๅฅใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใๅพใๆ้ๅ ใซใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจไบๅๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใไธๆฆ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใๅพใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ตไบ็ป้ขใๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใซใ็ตไบ็ป้ขใๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใ็จใใใใจใงใ็ตไบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅพใซใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใๆฎใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพใพใงๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใใพใพ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ้ใใชใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใ็คบใๆ้ใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅพใพใงๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใฆใใ็นๆฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใ้ๅธธใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใซๅบๅใใใฆ็ฎก็ๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นๆฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใไปไธใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๅธธใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใซใใฃใจใใฆ่ณ็ใๆฎใฉๅพใใใจใๅบๆฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใไธๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใพใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆ็นใงๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใๅปถ้ท็ป้ข่กจ็คบใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅฏๅคใใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, after the value of the timer 812 becomes 0, the end screen can be displayed for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), so that the player can see the game result during the V rush period. Can be notified in an easy-to-understand manner. In addition, when such a configuration is used, for example, at the time of displaying the end screen of V rush, the lottery status of the normal symbol is determined in advance, and the normal figure is within the period during which the end screen of V rush can be displayed. If it is determined in advance that the winning game will be executed, the extension screen shown in FIG. 16B may be displayed at the timing of displaying the end screen of the V rush, or the game may be terminated once. After displaying the screen, the end screen may be switched to the extension screen when the game per game is executed. In this way, by using the configuration to switch the end screen to the extension screen, it is possible to leave the possibility of aiming for the V jackpot game even after the end screen is displayed, so the player is expected to the end. It is possible to play the game with a feeling. In this embodiment, in the state where the extension screen shown in FIG. 16B is displayed, the normal state is set as the game state. When such a configuration is used, for example, a jackpot game that is more advantageous to the player when the V jackpot game is executed during the normal state is executed than when the V jackpot game is executed during the time saving state. It is good to configure it so that it is done. As a result, the period in which the extension screen is displayed is a period indicating that the V rush period is about to end, and also indicates a period in which an advantageous jackpot game can be executed. Therefore, it is possible to make the player who is playing the game during the V rush period play the game with a sense of expectation until the end. In addition, in this case, the state in which the normal state is set as the game state is divided into a special normal state in which the V rush period is extended and a normal normal state, and is configured to be manageable. Is set so that a jackpot game that is advantageous to the player is given only when is set, and if the V jackpot game is executed during the normal normal state, a prize ball can be almost obtained as a penalty. Instead, it is preferable to configure the disadvantageous jackpot game in which the normal state is set to be executed after the jackpot game is completed. Further, not limited to this, for example, if the display condition of the extension screen is satisfied at the time when the final fluctuation of the special symbol during the V rush period is stopped and displayed, the time saving state is not terminated and the extension screen is displayed. It may be configured to end the time saving state when the end condition of is satisfied. As a result, the timing at which the time saving state ends can be changed, so that it is difficult for the player to know at what timing the time saving state ends.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใฎ็นๆฎ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใฎ็นๆฎ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใๅๅบฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจๅคๅๆ้ใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซไฟ็็ๅ ใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅฝใใๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใไฟ็็ใใใใฐใๆๅฎๆ้ใฎ็ต้ๅพใซๅฟ ใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 17A, a special screen at the end of the jackpot game displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 17A is a diagram showing an example of a display screen of a special screen at the end of a jackpot game, and FIG. 17C is a case where the display screen shown in FIG. 17A is displayed. It is a figure which showed each symbol situation. In the present embodiment, as described above, when the jackpot game is executed during the V rush, the period of the V rush is set again based on the number of reserved balls and the fluctuation time of the special symbol after the end of the jackpot game. However, if there is a reserved ball in the reserved ball that has a fluctuation time of 200 seconds at the end of the jackpot game, a heaven mode effect indicating that the jackpot will always be won after a predetermined period of time is executed is executed. ..
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅฝใใๅคๅใไฟ็ใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใง็คบใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใฎๅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใพใใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅคๅไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใๆฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใซใฏใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฎ่กใใใไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใฆใใใ FIG. 17A is a display screen when the hit fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 200 seconds is suspended at the ending of the jackpot game. As shown in FIG. 17 (c), the holding status of each symbol at the ending of the jackpot game shown in FIG. 17 (a) is being executed. Since the special symbol th0 is in the jackpot game, the special symbol is changed. Not. In addition, "โ" indicating that the running normal figure fh0 is changing is shown, and it is shown that the normal figure 1st hold fh1 is stored. Then, it is shown that the holding ball in which the deviation variation pattern of 10 seconds is executed is stored in the special figure first holding th1 and the special figure second holding th2, respectively.
ใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅฝใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฎ่กใใใไฟ็็ใ็คบใใใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่ฉณใใใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅฝใใใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผไปฅไธใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใจ็งฐใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใฎ็นๆฎๅฝใใใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใพใง๏ผๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญ๏ผใฏใ็น้ป้ๆใซใใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใชใใฆใใๅฟ ใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพๅๅบฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใใใๅฎๅฟใใฆ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏไฟ็็ใใใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฏใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใ Then, in the third reserved th3 of the special figure, a reserved ball on which the hit fluctuation pattern for 200 seconds is executed is shown. In this embodiment, as will be described in detail later, as a variation pattern of the special symbol during the time-saving game (during V rush), when the hit / fail judgment result is a hit, the variation time is a long variation per 200 seconds (hereinafter, special). (Called a hit) may be executed. Further, in the jackpot (big hit A, jackpot B) won in the special symbol lottery, a time saving state is set after the jackpot game is completed. Therefore, until the fluctuation of this special hit stops (during heaven mode), even if the player cannot win the V winning opening 165 in the special electric game, the big hit game that is won by the special hit always wins the big hit. Since the V rush period is set again after the game is completed, the special electric game can be executed with peace of mind. As shown in FIG. 17 (c), the special figure 4th hold th4 indicates that there is a hold ball, but since the jackpot game is executed in the special figure 3 hold th3, the special figure 3 hold Since it is set as the period of V rush set after the end of the jackpot game executed by the reserved ball of th3, the fluctuation time is indicated by "-".
ใใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใใใฆใไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใใใใจใ็คบใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใ็ชๅ ฅใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใใไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใฏ่กจ็คบใใใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฉใใญใผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ฌฌ๏ผใฉใใญใผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใ่ถ ใฉใใญใผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๆใไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใฏ่กจ็คบใใใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฉใใญใผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ฌฌ๏ผใฉใใญใผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆณใ็นๆฎใช็ถๆณใงใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใจใใๆๅพ ๆใๆใคใใจใใงใใใใใใใใชใใ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฉใใญใผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ฌฌ๏ผใฉใใญใผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ็นๆฎใช้ๆ็ถๆณใงใใใใจใ็คบๅใใใใใฎ็นๆฎ้ๆ็ถๆณ็คบๅๆ ๆงใจใชใใ Then, as shown in FIG. 17A, when there is a special hit in the hold at the ending of the big hit game, it is indicated that there is a special hit in the hold in the main display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81. The characters "Enter heaven mode" are displayed. In addition, the first lucky character 820a and the second lucky character 820b, which are not displayed when the game state is the normal state or during the V rush where there is no special hit in the hold, are displayed. In addition, the characters "super lucky !!" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. In this way, the first lucky character 820a and the second lucky character 820b, which are not displayed in the normal state or during the V rush where there is no special hit in the hold, are displayed, so that the player can play a special situation. You can have a sense of expectation that it may be, and you can continue the game with excitement. That is, the first lucky character 820a and the second lucky character 820b are special game situation suggestion modes for suggesting that the current game situation is a special game situation for the player.
ใพใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธญๅคฎใซใฏใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจๆธใใใ็นๆฎๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ็นๆฎๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใง็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅณใกใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใฎๆ้ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใใใคใพใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๆฎ้ๆๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๆฎ้ๆๆ้ๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใจใชใใใใฃใฆใใใฎ็นๆฎๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคใฏใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใพใงใฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใใใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคใๅ็ฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใงใใใ Further, in the center of the main display area Dm, a special period display mode 803 written as "220 seconds" is displayed. As the value displayed in the special period display mode 803, the time until the fluctuation of winning the special hit in the special symbol lottery stops, that is, the value set as the period of the heaven mode is displayed. That is, it is a special game period notification mode for indicating the special game period to be executed from now on. Therefore, the value displayed in the special period display mode 803 is the sum of the fluctuation time of 200 seconds for the special hit and the fluctuation time for the number of reserved balls until the special hit is won. In FIG. 17C, a fluctuation time of 10 seconds is set for each of the special figure 1st hold th1 and the special figure 2nd hold th2. Further, since the fluctuation time per special figure shown in the special figure 3rd hold th3 is 200 seconds, "220 seconds" is the sum of the fluctuation time values from the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 3rd hold th3. , The period during which the heaven mode is set.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใฎๆ้ใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใๆงๆใใใใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฏใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ้คใใจๆๅคงใงใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๆ้ทใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฎ่กใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่ถ ใใๆฅต็ซฏใซ้ทใๆ้ใ็นๆฎๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฟ ใๅๅบฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใฏ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใๅฎๅฟใใฆ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ The period of the time saving state (V rush) in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured to notify the player on the third symbol display device 81 at the ending of the jackpot game, but the variation time of the special symbol in the time saving game state. Is configured to execute a fluctuation pattern in which a maximum fluctuation time of 50 seconds is set as the longest fluctuation time excluding 200 seconds, which is a special hit fluctuation (see FIG. 25 (c)). Therefore, as shown in FIG. 17A, the player understands that when an extremely long time exceeding 200 seconds is displayed in the special period display mode 803, the time saving state is always set again. You can play special electric games with peace of mind.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซใไฟ็็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅใใใใใๅคๅฅใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใๆงๆใใใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใฏใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใไพใใฐใไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซใฏใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใๆงๆใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๆใซใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๆ้ๅปถ้ทใใใฃใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ตใใฃใฆใใพใฃใใใจๆใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใใ็ช็ถ้ทใๆ้ๅปถ้ทใใใใจใใๆใใฌๅใณใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใไธใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, it is determined whether there is a special hit fluctuation in the reserved ball at the ending of the jackpot game, and if there is a special hit, the player is notified at the ending of the jackpot game. However, the notification mode is not limited to this. For example, if there is a special hit in the hold, at the ending of the big hit, it is configured to notify the time until the special hit fluctuation is executed, and when the special hit fluctuation starts, it is "200 seconds". The player may be notified that the period has been extended. With this configuration, it is possible to give the player the unexpected joy that the period of V rush, which seems to have ended, is suddenly extended for a long period of time.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญใฎ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆใซไฟ็็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็นๆฎๅฝใใใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใจ็งฐใใ้ๆ่ ใๅฎๅฟใใฆ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๆ้ใจใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใซ็งป่กใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ฒ่กใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใงใใใ Next, the screen in the heaven mode displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 17 (b). FIG. 17 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen in the heaven mode, and FIG. 17 (d) shows each symbol state when the display screen shown in FIG. 17 (b) is displayed. It is a figure. In the present embodiment, when there is a special hit in the reserved ball at the ending of the big hit, the time until the fluctuation of the special hit stops is called heaven mode, and the player can execute the special electric game with peace of mind. It is configured so that it can be done for a period of time. FIG. 17B is an example of a display screen when the game situation progresses after shifting to the heaven mode shown in FIG. 17A.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใซ็งป่กใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผ้ฃ็ฎใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ่จญใใใใฆใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใซ็งป่กใใฆใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธๆนใซใฏใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๆ่ ใ็ฌๆใซๅคๆญใงใใใใ็คบใใฆใใใใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใจๅๆงใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅณ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ้ ๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใ็น้ป้ๆใ้ฒ่กใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใจๅๆงใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅณไธใซใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธญใใไฝใใๆขใใฆใใใขใใกใผใทใงใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใฎใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 17B, the display area HR1 of the main display area Dm indicates that the game state is the 10th V rush period after the transition from the normal state to the time saving state (V rush). The characters "10th station" are displayed. Then, in the display area HR2 provided below the display area HR1, the characters "6000 pt" indicating the number of prize balls acquired by the jackpot game executed after the transition to the V rush are displayed. The characters "in heaven mode" are displayed above the main display area Dm, indicating that the player can instantly determine the current gaming state. Further, as in the case of V rush, the V rush fluctuation area 811 is displayed, and a lottery of ordinary symbols is executed in each area of the left area 811a, the middle area 811b, and the right area 811c, and the special electric game progresses. A variable display mode indicating that the display is performed is shown. Further, as in the case of V rush, an animation in which the character 810 is searching for something in the bag 810a is displayed in the upper right of the main display area Dm. This indicates that the lottery of ordinary symbols is being executed.
ใใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใๆฎใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใงใฏใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใฆใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใไฟ็็ใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใฆใใใใฎใงใใใใใฃใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใฎๆฎๆ้ใฏใใใฎๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใใใพใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏไฟ็็ใๅญๅจใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใฎๆ้ๅคใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงใใใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฏใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใๆฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ถๆณใงใใใ Then, as shown in FIG. 17D, in the executing special figure th0, the change of the special symbol with the remaining fluctuation time of 30 seconds is executed. In the game situation shown in FIG. 17 (c), the execution special figure th0 shows that the hold ball on which the special hit shown in the special figure 3 hold th3 is executed has started to fluctuate. Therefore, the remaining period of the heaven mode executed in FIG. 17B is 30 seconds, which is the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure th0 during execution. Further, although it is shown that the reserved balls exist in the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 3rd hold th3, since it is a special figure lottery executed outside the period of the heaven mode in which it is executed. , The fluctuation time is indicated by "-". Further, in the running normal figure fh0, "โ" indicating that the normal figure lottery is being executed is shown, and the reserved ball is also stored in the normal figure first hold fh1.
ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅใใใฆๆธ็ฎใใใใใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใฏ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใงใใใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใฟใคใ๏ผใงใใใใจใใใใใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆฎๆ้ใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใใจๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็คบๅใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็คบๅใใใใใฎ็คบๅๆผๅบๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใ The timer 812 of the main display area Dm is displayed so as to be subtracted according to the remaining period of the fluctuation of the special figure th0 during execution. As shown in FIG. 17 (d), since the remaining fluctuation time of the running special figure th0 is th0, the character โ30.0 secondsโ is displayed on the timer 812 (see FIG. 17 (b)). .. In addition, the characters "Timer 0 may be good" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds, and the player is informed that the jackpot is won when the value of the remaining period displayed on the timer 812 becomes 0. Suggests. That is, in the sub-display area Ds, a suggestion effect notification mode for suggesting the future game situation to the player is displayed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅฝใใๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใงใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญใฎไธ้จใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใขใผใใจๅไธใจใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใจๅๆงใซใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใๅบๆฌ็ใช้ๆๆนๆณใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๆกๅ ใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅใใๆใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, a part of the display mode in the heaven mode, which is the period until the special hit is won and the winning symbol is stopped, is configured to be the same as the V rush mode. With this configuration, it is a basic game method that is advantageous for the player to execute the special electric game during the heaven mode as well as during the V rush and to make the V winning opening 165 win the game ball. It is possible to inform the player of something. Therefore, an easy-to-understand game can be provided to the player.
ใชใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฏใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใๅฐ็จใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆผๅบใฎ็จฎ้กใซๅน ใๆใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใๆดใซ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ The display mode is not limited to this, and may be configured to execute an effect dedicated to the heaven mode. With such a configuration, it is possible to give a wide range of types of production, and it is possible to further enhance the production effect.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใฎใใฃใณในๆผๅบ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใฎใใฃใณในๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใใฃใณในๆผๅบใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 18A, the chance effect screen during the winning combination displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 18 (a) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen of a chance effect during hitting an accessory, and FIG. 18 (c) is a diagram when the display screen shown in FIG. 18 (a) is displayed. It is a figure which showed the symbol situation. In the present embodiment, as described above, when a player wins a hit of a normal symbol and a game ball wins a prize in the special electric actuating port 643, a prize hit is executed, and a V prize in the V prize device 65 is executed during the execution of the prize hit. A big hit is given when a game ball wins in the mouth 165. In FIG. 18 (a), from the game situation shown in FIG. 13 (b), the timing at which the game ball is likely to win in the V winning opening 165 during the winning of the character is set as a chance effect and the player is notified.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใงใใใใใๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผใใ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใพใงใฎๅไฟ็็ใฏใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใฏใใๅคๅใ็คบใใฆใใใใพใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็พๅจๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ๅคใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใงใใใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฏใโใใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏไฟ็ใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 18 (c), the holding status of each symbol in FIG. 18 (a) indicates that the fluctuation is temporarily stopped because the execution special figure th0 is hitting the accessory. It is shown. Then, each of the reserved balls from the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 2nd hold th2 shows a deviation variation of 10 seconds. Further, since the special figure third hold th3 is a special figure fluctuation executed outside the period of the currently executed V rush, the fluctuation time indicates โ-โ. Further, the special figure No. 4 hold th4 indicates that it is not held. Then, the running Fuzu fh0 is indicated by "โ" indicating that the Fuzu lottery was won.
ใใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅ็ป้ขใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ๆ็ใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใใใใใฆใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผ็งใฎๆ้ใฎใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆตไธใใใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎๅ ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆ็ใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ Then, FIG. 18A is a notification screen for notifying the player that the game ball is likely to win the V winning opening 165 during the winning of the accessory shown in FIG. 13B. In the present embodiment, as described above, the game ball that has won a prize in the V winning device 65 during the winning of the accessory is stored in the storage valve 66a. The storage valve 66a is configured to be in an open state so that the game ball flows down the third flow path 65d (see FIG. 7) for 1.5 seconds out of the period of 3 seconds. Then, in the first movable valve 66b arranged above the V winning opening 165, the game ball is sent to the V winning opening 165 for 0.5 seconds out of 5.5 seconds regardless of the gaming state. It is configured to be in an open state so that it can flow down the road (see FIG. 27 (a)).
ใคใพใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใซใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใฃใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ็งไปฅๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซใชใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ็งไปฅๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใพใใใซๅผท่ชฟๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใฎๅคงใใฃใณใน๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใคใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๅผท่ชฟๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใจใชใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใๆใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ That is, in order to win a game ball in the V winning opening 165, after the storage valve 66a is opened, the game ball flowing down the third flow path 65d is set to the open state while the first movable valve 66b is set to the open state. It is necessary to enter the ball into the V winning opening 165. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether the first movable valve 66b is in the open state within 2 seconds after the storage valve 66a is set in the open state, and the first movable valve 66b is in the open state within 2 seconds. When it is determined that this is the case, as shown in FIG. 18A, the emphasis mode 811z is displayed around the V rush fluctuation region 811 displayed in the main display region Dm. Then, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "V prize-winning great chance !!" are displayed. That is, the emphasis mode 811z is a timing notification mode for notifying the player of the timing at which the player is likely to shift to an advantageous gaming state. With this configuration, the player can understand the timing at which the V prize is likely to be won, and the game can be easily executed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใๆใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅผท่ชฟ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎใณใกใณใใซใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใใ่ฆชๅใช้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the timing at which the V prize is likely to be won is notified by the highlighting mode 811z or the comment of the sub-display area Ds, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the timing at which the V prize is difficult to be won is also notified. You may. With such a configuration, a more kind game can be provided to the player.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅๆญข็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ไธญใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฝ้ธใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใใใฃใฆใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใงใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใไฟใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 18B, a normal drawing stop screen during V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 18 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the lottery of ordinary symbols is stopped during the period of V rush, and FIG. 18 (d) is a diagram showing an example of the display screen shown in FIG. 18 (b). It is a figure which showed the state of each symbol when is displayed. In the present embodiment, as described above, during the V rush (time saving state), the lottery of the normal symbol is won, the special electric operation port 643 is made to win the game ball, and the special electric game aiming at the V prize is executed. , It will be the most advantageous game method for the player. Therefore, if the lottery of the normal symbols is not executed during this V rush, the special electric game cannot be executed, so that the third symbol display device 81 executes the effect of urging the launch of the game ball.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅคๅไธญใงใใใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใซใฏใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎๅคใๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใฏใไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฏๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใซใๆฎ้็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใ As shown in FIG. 18 (d), the holding status of each symbol during the V rush of FIG. 18 (a) indicates that the running special figure th0 is changing and the remaining fluctuation time is 2 seconds. ing. Further, each of the special figure 1st hold th1 and the special figure 2nd hold th2 stores a holding ball on which the deviation fluctuation for 10 seconds is executed. The special figure 3rd hold th3 and the special figure 4th hold th4 are states in which the hold ball is not stored. Therefore, the remaining period of the V rush shown in FIG. 18B is 22.2 seconds, which is the sum of the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure th0 being executed and the fluctuation time of the special figure 1st hold th1 and the special figure 2nd hold th2. Is. Then, in the running normal figure fh0, "-" indicating that the normal figure lottery is not executed is shown. Further, normally, the reserved ball is not stored in the first reserved fh1.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆงใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใซๅๆญขใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใฏไธๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใคใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅบๆฌ็ใช้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฏๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ฉ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใใฎใพใพ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใๆฎ้ๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใซใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใฃใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎๅฅๆฉใจใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๅฎ่กใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฏๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใจใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใฏใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆณใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใไฟใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ As shown in FIG. 18D, when the lottery of the normal symbol is stopped without being executed during the V rush, the electric accessory 640a attached to the normal winning device 640 is not set to the open state. , It is impossible to put a game ball into the special electric actuating port 643. In other words, the special electric game, which is the basic game method during the V rush, cannot be executed, and the special figure lottery is executed. Therefore, when the special figure lottery for the specified number of times is hunted, the V rush is performed as it is. Will end. Further, in the present embodiment, in order to insert the game ball into the special drawing ball entry port 64 or the normal winning device 640, a left-handed game in which the game ball is launched aiming at the left side area of the game board 13 is executed. It is necessary, and when the left-handed game is executed, the game ball is 100% passed through the through gate 67, which triggers the lottery of the normal symbol. That is, the game situation in which the special figure lottery shown in FIG. 18B is executed but the normal drawing lottery is not executed is a situation in which the game ball is not fired. Therefore, in the third symbol display device 81, an effect of urging the player to launch the game ball is executed.
ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎใๆ้ใ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใซๅใใใฆๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใใใใซ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใฆใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ๏ผถๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅทฆ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๆใใไธญ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใใฃใใๅณ้ ๅใซใฏใใฆใใจๅใใใฆใๆใฃใฆใใจใใๆๅญใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆกๅ ใใฆใใใขใใกใผใทใงใณใซใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบใใใฆใใใใคใพใใ๏ผถๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญฆๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใชใฃใฆใใใ The characters "V rush in progress" are displayed in the main display area Dm, and "22.2 seconds" indicating the remaining period of V rush is displayed in the timer 812 so as to be subtracted according to the passage of time. doing. From these display contents, the player can easily understand that the V rush game is being executed and the remaining period thereof is decreasing. Further, in the V fluctuation area 811 in which the fluctuation display was executed when the lottery of the normal symbol was executed, the left area 811a was "hit", the middle area 811b was "tsu", and the right area was "tsu". The characters "hit" together with "te" are shown to the player by the animation guided by the character 810. That is, the V fluctuation region 811 is a warning display mode for indicating to the player that the lottery for the normal symbol has not been executed and that the V rush has ended.
ใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใฆใใ ใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใงใใชใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใพใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฏๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใใฎใพใพ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใชๆ้ใจใชใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใ่ญฆๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใๆใใฌๅฝขใงๆๅฉๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, the characters "Please start the game" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. By these display contents, it is possible to notify the player that the lottery of the normal symbol has not been executed and the special electric game cannot be executed, and since the special figure lottery has been executed, the player can keep it as it is. It is possible to warn that the V rush period, which is a favorable period, will end. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from unexpectedly ending the advantageous period.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็บๅฐใไฟใๆผๅบใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใคใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไผใใใใฎใงใใใฐใใใใ๏ผท๏ผก๏ผฒ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผงใใชใฉๅฑ้บใ็คบใๆๅญใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ จไฝใซ่กจ็คบใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใๆใใใฆใใพใๆใใใใใใจใใใ่ญฆๅใใใใจใใงใใใ The effect of promoting the launch of the game ball described above is not limited to this display mode. That is, it suffices as long as it conveys to the player that the lottery of ordinary symbols has not been executed, and characters indicating danger such as "WARNING" may be displayed on the entire third symbol display device 81. With such a configuration, it is possible to warn the player that there is a risk of loss.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ็นๅณๅๆญข็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใใใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ้ใๅคๅฅใใใฆใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใใคใพใง็ถใใใๆๅพ ใใใใใใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 19A, the special figure stop screen during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 19 (a) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the lottery of special symbols is not executed during the V rush, and FIG. 19 (c) is a diagram showing an example of the display screen shown in FIG. 19 (a). It is a figure which showed the state of each symbol when is displayed. In the present embodiment, as described above, the time saving state (V rush) continues until the lottery of the special symbol is executed for the specified number of times, and the value obtained by adding up the fluctuation times for the specified number of times is defined as the V rush. It is configured to notify the player as a period. Therefore, when the lottery of the special symbol is not executed, since the specified period is not determined, the player is expected to expect how long the V rush will last.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ้ๆ็ถๆณใฎๅไฟ็ๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใฏใๅฎ่กไธญ็นๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใไฟ็็ใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใไธๆนใๅฎ่กไธญๆฎๅณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใโใใ็คบใใใใฆใใใๆฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 19 (c), the hold status of each hold symbol of the game status shown in FIG. 19 (a) is that the special figure th0 during execution has a "-" indicating that the lottery of the special symbol is not executed. It is shown. Further, the special figure 1st hold th1 to the special figure 4th hold th4 indicate that the hold ball is not stored. On the other hand, the running Fuzu fh0 is indicated by "โ" indicating that the Fuzu lottery is being executed, and the Fuzu 1st hold fh1 is also stored.
ใใฎใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใๆงใซใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใพใ่ฆๅฎๆ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใ๏ผถๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใโโโใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใใคใพใง็ถใใใใญใใญใใจใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ่ฆๅฎๆ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบๅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธใฃใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฏๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใงใใฆใใใใจใ็่งฃใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใชใใพใพ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใงใใใจใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆณใใใคใพใง็ถใใใ้ๆ่ ใใใใใใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ็คบๅๅ ฑ็ฅๅ ๅฎนใจใชใฃใฆใใใ In this way, when the special symbol lottery is not executed during the V rush, the special electric game can be executed until the special symbol lottery for a predetermined number of times is executed. As shown in FIG. 19A, the timer 812 displays the characters "??? seconds" indicating that the lottery for the special symbol has not been executed and the specified period has not been reached. Further, in the V fluctuation area 811, a fluctuation display of "โโโ" indicating that the lottery of the normal symbol is being executed is displayed. Then, in the sub-display area Ds, a notification mode for suggesting that the specified period of V rush, which is "how long it lasts, is throbbing", has not been reached is displayed. According to these display contents, the player is in a state where the remaining period of the V rush is not reduced because the lottery of the special symbol is not executed, but the lottery of the normal symbol is executed, so that the special electric game can be executed. I can understand that. With this configuration, the player can execute the game while being excited about how long the advantageous game situation for the player, that is, the special electric game can be executed without the V rush period elapses. That is, the display content shown in FIG. 19A is a suggestion notification content for indicating to the player that the state is advantageous.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ใใชใใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธๅบฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใฃใใใใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆฌกใซ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆ้ใๅพฉๆดปใใใใใชๅพฉๆดปๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏ็ตไบใใฆใใพใฃใใใจๆใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใๅพฉๆดปใใใใใซๆใใๆใใฌๅใณใๅพใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, as described above, when the reserved ball of the special symbol disappears during the V rush period, it is notified once that the V rush period has ended, and then the game ball is sent to the special figure entrance 64. You may perform a revival effect as if the period of V rush was revived when the ball entered. With this configuration, the player feels that the V rush period, which seems to have ended, has been revived, and can obtain unexpected joy.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆ็ถๆณใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๆ้ใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใฎๆ็ญๆ้๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 19B, the lucky time screen during the V rush displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 19 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a lucky time screen during V rush, and FIG. 19 (d) shows each symbol status when the display screen shown in FIG. 19 (b) is displayed. It is a figure shown. In the present embodiment, as described above, when the V jackpot game is executed during the time saving state (V rush), the remaining time of the special symbol change during interruption and the time saving number (4) set after the end of the V jackpot game. The special symbol fluctuation time for (times) is set as a time saving period (V rush period) after the end of the V jackpot game.
ใใฃใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็นใซใใใฆไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใใใฐ้ทใใปใฉใๆฌกๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใงใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็จใใฆ่กจ็คบ๏ผๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใฆใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฏ่กจ็คบใใฆใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๆฏใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ้ทใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใๅฟ ่ฆใใใฃใใ Therefore, the longer the remaining period of the special symbol change that is interrupted at the time when the V jackpot game is executed, the longer the next V rush period can be. However, on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, the V rush period is displayed (subtracted display) using the display mode of the timer 812, but the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is not displayed. Each time the special symbol change is interrupted, the player needs to play the game while expecting that the remaining period of the special symbol change being executed is long.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๆจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฌกๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the length of the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution satisfies the predetermined condition, the effect for notifying the player to that effect is executed. Specifically, when the remaining period of the special symbol change is longer than a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), or the remaining period of the special symbol change being executed is longer than the fluctuation time of the next executed special symbol change. It is configured so that a lucky time effect can be executed when is long. With this configuration, if a game per V is executed during the lucky time, the next V rush period can be lengthened, so that the player can enthusiastically play the game. Can be done.
ใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ็ชๅ ฅใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ้ทใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅทฎๅใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็งๆฐใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผ็งใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใ When the lucky time effect is executed, the characters "lucky time rush" are displayed in the main display area Dm, and "10 seconds" is displayed as the period display mode 851. On the display screen shown in FIG. 19B, a lucky time effect indicating that the remaining period of the special symbol variation being executed is longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation to be executed next is executed. As shown in FIG. 19 (d), when the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is 20 seconds and the fluctuation time of the special symbol change to be executed next is 10 seconds, the difference is 10 Seconds are displayed in period display mode 851. The number of seconds displayed in this period display mode 851 is subtracted and displayed in correspondence with the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation, and when 0 seconds is displayed, the lucky time effect ends.
ใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ไธญใฎ็นๅ ธใ้ๆ่ ใซๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใฏใใฃใณในใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ๆชๆบ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็งๆชๆบ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๆจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบใจใใฆใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใใใฎใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๆฌกใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใๆใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, in the sub-display area Ds, a comment "A chance to hit a character during the lucky time" is displayed as a guidance display mode for guiding the privilege during the lucky time to the player. As a result, the player can be motivated to play the game during the lucky time. Although detailed illustration is omitted, in the present embodiment, when the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is less than a predetermined time (for example, less than 5 seconds), an effect capable of notifying the player to that effect. Unlucky production is also feasible. That is, if the V jackpot game is executed when this unlucky effect is executed, the player can be made aware that the V rush period to be set next is likely to be shortened. ..
ใใฎใใใซใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซๅใใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบไธญใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฏๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใใใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใพใง็น้ป้ๆใ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใใ้ทใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใใใ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ By executing the unlucky effect in this way, in order for the player to execute the V jackpot game for the time being during the V rush period, the special electric game is actively executed even during the unlucky effect, or the V rush period. Will be subtracted, but it will be possible to select whether to aim for a longer V rush period after the end of the V jackpot game without performing the special electric game until the unlucky production is completed, and the interest of the game will be improved. Can be improved.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใๆฝ้ธใงๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๆไฝ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใจใใฆ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฟใใฆๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่ถใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ซ็ขบ็ใงใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the above-mentioned lucky time effect and unlucky effect are executed when the fluctuation time of the special symbol satisfies the predetermined condition, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the predetermined condition is satisfied. In that case, it may be configured to determine whether or not to execute the effect by lottery, or whether or not to execute the effect is determined based on the operation result of the operation means (frame button 22) that can be operated by the player. It may be configured to do so. Further, the execution frequency of the effect may be changed according to the length of the period that can be displayed as a lucky time effect or an unlucky effect, and if the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution exceeds 50 seconds, it is high. It may be configured so that the lucky time effect is executed with a probability.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆ้ใใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใจ็กใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๆๆกใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใไบๆธฌใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 19B, during the period in which the lucky time effect is being executed, the period that is advantageous to the player is notified to the player by using the period display mode 851. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the period display mode 851 may not be displayed and only the display mode indicating that the lucky time is displayed may be displayed. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to grasp the degree of advantage, so that it is possible to provide the enjoyment of predicting the length of the V rush period set after the end of the V jackpot game.
ใใใซใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใจใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ็ฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅไธญใฏใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, as an execution condition of the lucky time effect or the unlucky effect, the remaining period of the V rush period, that is, the total period of the special symbol fluctuation until the end of the time saving state is a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or more. It may be provided as an execution condition, or may be configured so that the lucky time effect or the unlucky effect is not executed during the final change of the special symbol during the V rush period.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎ้ท็งปใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎ้ท็งปๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎๆตใใ็คบใใ้ท็งปๅณใงใใใ
<About the transition of the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the transition content of the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment will be described. FIG. 20 is a transition diagram showing the flow of the gaming state set by the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใ๏ผใคใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first embodiment, as game states, a normal state (low probability state of special symbol, low probability state of normal symbol), time saving state (low probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol), and 2 Two game states can be set, and regardless of the game state, the time saving state is set after the jackpot game is completed, and the time saving end condition (for example, a special symbol lottery wins the jackpot during the time saving state). It is configured so that the normal state is set when the condition (condition that is satisfied when the execution is executed a predetermined number of times (4 times)) is satisfied.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆไฝใใใใจๅคๅฅใใ้ใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจใชใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใใใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใใฎๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ First, a case where a normal state is set as a game state will be described. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, a state in which a process is executed when it is determined that the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 10) is operated in the initial state (the start-up process of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 54)). ), The normal state is set as the game state. Since this normal state is a low-probability state of the normal symbol, it is difficult to win a ball in the general electric winning device 640 (it is more difficult to win a prize than the high-probability state of the normal symbol). A left-handed game for inserting a ball into the mouth 64 is executed.
ใใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใๆใใฏๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใฎไฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผใๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผใๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In this normal state, if a jackpot is won in a special symbol (special figure) lottery (special figure lottery), either jackpot A or jackpot B is set as the jackpot type, and the jackpot game is executed. NS. A detailed explanation will be described later with reference to FIG. 24. ) โIs set, andโ jackpot B (4R (round), time saving 15 times) โis set as the jackpot type at a rate of 1%.
ใคใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ่จญๅฎใใๆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใฎใปใใใ่จญๅฎใใ้ฃใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใใใๆ็ซใๆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใซๅ ใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใจใชใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, if a jackpot is won during the normal state, the time saving state is set after the jackpot game ends, and the ending condition of the time saving state differs depending on the set jackpot type. ing. Specifically, the jackpot type (big hit A) that is easy to set is configured to set the time saving end condition that is easier to be established than the jackpot type (big hit B) that is difficult to set. With this configuration, in addition to the game aiming to win a big hit in a special drawing lottery for a player who is playing a game in a normal state, the set big hit type is a big hit type (big hit B) that is advantageous to the player. ) Can be played while expecting to be.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบ๏ผๆผๅบ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใๆๆกใใใใจใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใไบๆธฌใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใชใใๆใใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใใ็ฎ็ซใใชใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Although detailed description is omitted, while the normal state is set, dynamic display (effect display) for showing the lottery result of the special figure lottery is executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. By grasping the dynamic display mode (effect mode) executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, the player can predict the result of the special figure lottery being executed. .. Further, as described above, since the low probability state of the normal symbol is set in the normal state, it is difficult for the ball to win the prize in the general electric winning device 640 by the lottery of the normal symbol (general drawing lottery). , The effect display for suggesting the result of the normal drawing lottery to the player is not executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, or the dynamic display mode for suggesting the result of the special drawing lottery is more than It is configured to be executed in an inconspicuous display mode.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ใฏใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใไธปใจใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ่ฆ่ฆ็ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, during the period when the normal state is set, the player is given an effect that is executed based on the result of the special figure lottery rather than an effect that is executed based on the result of the special figure lottery. Since it is possible to gaze at it, it is possible to visually grasp that a game (special figure game) mainly composed of a special figure lottery is executed during the normal state. Therefore, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
ใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆใใชใใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ฎๆใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใฎใปใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ฎๆใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, when the time saving state (low probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol) is set after the jackpot game is completed, the general electric winning device 640 is likely to be opened based on the general symbol lottery, and the general symbol is easily opened. The game (special electric game) aiming at the big hit game (V big hit game) in the character hit game executed by inserting the ball into the special electric operation port 643 based on the lottery is the big hit game based on the special figure lottery. It is configured to be more advantageous to the player than the game aiming at (special figure jackpot game) (special figure game).
ใใฎใใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ่ ใ็ใในใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใงใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใซๆฉๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็นๅณ้ๆใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็นๅณ้ๆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ่ ใๅฎ่กใในใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ่คๆฐ่จญใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๅฎ่กใในใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this way, by making the execution trigger of the jackpot that the player should aim at differ according to the set game state, it is possible to cause the player to execute a different game according to the set game state. It is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the game at an early stage. In this embodiment, the special figure game aiming at the special figure lottery is configured to be more advantageous to the player than the special electric game aiming at the normal figure lottery during the normal state, and the special electric machine aiming at the special figure lottery during the time saving state. By configuring the game to be more advantageous to the player than the special figure game aiming at the special figure lottery, the content of the game to be executed by the player differs depending on the game state, but it is limited to this. There are no special symbol types (1st special symbol, 2nd special symbol), and the type of special symbol corresponding to the special symbol lottery to be executed by the player is different according to the set game state. For example, when the normal state is set, the first special figure game aiming at the special figure lottery of the first special symbol is the second special figure game aiming at the special figure lottery of the second special symbol. When a game state different from the normal state (for example, a time saving state) is set so as to be more advantageous to the player, the second special figure game aiming at the special figure lottery of the second special symbol is the first. It may be configured to be more advantageous to the player than the first special figure game aiming at the special figure lottery of the special symbol.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใใๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏๅคใใๆฏใซ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฏๅคใใใ็ ฉใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธใ็กใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผๅทฆๅด้ ๅ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅทฆๅด้ ๅใซ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆงๆใจใใฆใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๅณๅด้ ๅใซ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆงๆใจใใฆใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆใใฏๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผไธๆน้ ๅ๏ผใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as described above with reference to FIG. 2, the game board is such that the same game method (left-handed game) is executed regardless of whether the special figure game is executed or the special electric game is executed. By configuring 13, it is configured so as not to give the player the trouble of changing the game method every time the game state changes, but the game is not limited to this, and the game is played according to the set game state. The method may be configured to be different. For example, in the normal state, a left-handed game (a game aiming at a game area (left side area) formed on the left side of the variable display device unit 80) is executed, and the time is shortened. May be configured to execute a right-handed game (a game aimed at a game area (right area) formed on the right side of the variable display device unit 80). In this case, as a configuration for executing the special drawing game in the left side region, a special drawing entrance 64 is provided, and as a configuration for executing the special electric game in the right side region, a through gate 67, a general electric winning device 640, V It is preferable to provide the winning device 65 and to provide the variable winning device 650 which is opened as a big hit game in the game area (lower area) where the ball flowing down the left side area or the right side area can reach.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฏๅคใใใๆฅฝใใใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the game method (left-handed game, right-handed game) can be different depending on the game content (special figure game, special electric game) that the player mainly executes. Therefore, it is possible to provide the fun of changing the game method.
ใพใใใใฎใใใซใ้ๆ่ ใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใในใ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณๆใกใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, in this way, when the game method (left-handed game, right-handed game) is different depending on the game content (special figure game, special electric game) to be mainly executed by the player, the player is executed. It is configured to execute a guidance notification (for example, a "right-handed" display mode displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81) for guiding a game method (left-handed game, right-handed game) to be played. Then it is good.
ใใใซใ้ๆ่ ใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆใใฏๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผไธๆน้ ๅ๏ผใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใจใงใ็นๅณ้ๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใ็น้ป้ๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใๅฅๆฉใซ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฏๅคใใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใๅๆปใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Furthermore, when the game method (left-handed game, right-handed game) is changed according to the game content (special figure game, special electric game) mainly executed by the player, the ball flowing down the left side area or the right side area arrives. By providing a variable winning device 650 that is opened as a big hit game in a possible game area (lower area), even if the big hit game is executed based on the special figure game, the big hit game is executed based on the special electric game. Even in the case where the game is performed, it is not necessary to change the game method when the jackpot game is executed, and the game can be smoothly performed.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซ้ขใใใใจ็กใ็ฌ็ซใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ถๆณใซ้ขใใใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Returning to FIG. 20, the description will be continued. In the present embodiment, the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times of the special symbol lottery). In addition, the lottery for ordinary symbols (general symbol lottery) is configured to be independently feasible without being involved in the lottery for special symbols (special symbol lottery). That is, the execution opportunity of the general drawing lottery is configured to be established regardless of the situation of the special drawing lottery.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใไธญๆญใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใไธญๆญใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, in the present embodiment, when a ball wins a prize in the special electric operating port 643 provided in the special symbol variation (special symbol variation) general electric winning device 640 and the game per character is executed, the special during execution is executed. It is configured to suspend the symbol fluctuation, and when the game per character is completed, the suspended special symbol fluctuation is restarted. In addition, when the ball wins the V winning opening 165 and the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed during the bonus game, when the jackpot game ends, the interrupted special symbol change is resumed. It is configured to let you.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใๅพใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใใพใงใซใๅณใกใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใซใๆฐๅคใใฎ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซไพใ็คบใใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅณใกใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๅ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ตไบใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใจใซใชใใ In the present embodiment configured in this way, when the time saving state is set, until the ending condition of the time saving state (time saving ending condition) that can be satisfied based on the special drawing lottery is satisfied, that is, a predetermined number of times. By the time the special drawing lottery (for example, four times) is executed, a special electric game aiming at a large number of V jackpot games is executed. To give a specific example, when four special figure fluctuations are set as the time saving end condition, the period until the fourth special figure lottery ends, that is, for each of the four special figure lottery. When the fluctuation time of 10 seconds is set, the time saving state set this time will continue until 40 seconds later (the timing when the fourth special drawing lottery ends).
ใใฎๅ ดๅใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใซ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใ In this case, as shown in FIG. 12A, when there are four special figure reservations at the end of the big hit game, "40 seconds" is set as the period until the time saving state set after the end of the big hit game ends. Is displayed.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅฎ้ใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใจใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใฆใใไธญๆญๆ้ใจใใๅ็ฎใใๆ้ใจใชใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใไธญๆญๆ้ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ใ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใฏใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซใใฃใฆๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅๅพใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไธญๆญๆ้ใๆญฃ็ขบใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใชใใ Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation during execution is not subtracted while the character hit game or the jackpot game (V jackpot game) in the time saving state is being executed. Therefore, the period in which the time reduction state is actually set is the total period of the special figure fluctuation time until the time reduction end condition is satisfied and the interruption time in which the subtraction of the special figure fluctuation time is interrupted. Become. As described above, the interruption time during which the subtraction of the special figure fluctuation is interrupted corresponds to the period during which the hit game (game per character, game per jackpot) is executed, and the execution period of the hit game is the game of the player. Since the length of the period varies depending on the content, it is not possible to accurately notify the player of the interruption time.
ใใฃใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ่กจ็คบใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆธ็ฎใๅ้ใใใใพใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้๏ผใฎๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Therefore, in the present embodiment, the remaining time (special figure fluctuation time) until the end of the time saving state is displayed (see FIG. 13A), and when the subtraction of the special figure fluctuation time is interrupted, the subtraction is performed. Is configured to display a display mode (see FIG. 13B) for indicating that the subtraction display of the remaining time (special figure fluctuation time) until the end of the time saving state is interrupted until is restarted. doing.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๆฎๆ็ญๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใจใๅฎ้ใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงๆ้ใจใใ็ธ้ใใใใจ็กใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the display content of the display mode (remaining time saving period display mode 801 of FIG. 12A) indicating the period until the time saving state displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 ends. It is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game without any difference between the period until the time saving state is actually completed.
ๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฏใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎ็ขบ็ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๅฝใใ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใซๆฏในใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ถ็ถใใฆๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ๏ผๅใฏๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The normal symbol lottery (normal symbol lottery) executed during the time saving state (high probability state of the normal symbol) is configured so that the probability of winning is about 33%, and the normal state (low probability of the normal symbol). Compared to the winning probability (1%) of the ordinary symbol lottery (general drawing lottery) executed during the state), it is configured to be easier to win per ordinary symbol. Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of 3 seconds is set as the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol regardless of the set gaming state. Therefore, by continuously executing the left-handed game during the time saving state, the game per game is executed about once every 10 seconds, and the normal electric winning device 640 is configured to be in the open state.
ๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใๆใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅ ฅ็ใๆใ๏ผใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใจ็ฅๅไธๅๆฐใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅณ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉ้ๆใซใใใฆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบ็ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5, when the game per game is executed during the time saving state, the ball winning the prize-winning device 640 is likely to enter the special electric operating port 643 ( It is configured so that it is easier to enter the ball than the game per game that is executed in the normal state), and it is possible to execute the game per character that is approximately the same number of times that the game per game is executed. .. Then, as described above with reference to FIGS. 6 to 9, the probability that the ball wins the V winning opening 165 in one character game and the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed is about 1/11. It is configured to be.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ๏ผๅใฎๅฒๅใงใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใฃใณในใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅพใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผใๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใคใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฟ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธๆฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็น้ป้ๆใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ็ถใใ้ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็กใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใฆ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the first embodiment, the game per character that gives a chance to win the ball in the V winning opening 165 is executed at a rate of about once every 10 seconds in the time saving state. .. If the result of the game per character is that the ball can be won in the V winning opening 165 (if it is a V prize), after the game per character, the jackpot game (the jackpot type is the jackpot C jackpot game (10R (10R) Round), time reduction 4 times)) are executed, and the time reduction state is set again after the jackpot game is completed. That is, when the V jackpot game (the jackpot game executed by making the ball win the V winning opening 165) is executed during the time saving state, the time saving state is always set after the jackpot game is completed. doing. Therefore, once the time saving state is set, the time saving state does not end as long as the jackpot game is continuously executed in the special electric game, so that the player can be made to execute the special electric game with a sense of expectation. can.
ใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็น้ป้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใไธญๆญใใฆใใ็นๅณๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใฎๅ้ใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใซใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใ็นๅณๅคๅใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, as will be described in detail later, when the jackpot game is executed by the special electric game, the interrupted special figure fluctuation will be resumed after the end of the jackpot game. It is configured so that the number of special figure lottery (special figure change) for satisfying the time saving end condition is not updated due to the figure change. That is, after the special figure change after resumption is completed, the time saving state continues until the special figure change is executed four times.
ใคใพใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผๅๅใใจใชใใฎใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ญๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผๅๅใใจใชใใ That is, when the remaining period of the special figure fluctuation is a long time (for example, 30 seconds), the character-per-character game is executed, and when the V jackpot game is executed by the character-per-character game, it is set after the jackpot game. When the period of the time saving state is "30 seconds + 4 special figure fluctuations", while the remaining period of the special figure fluctuation is a short time (for example, 0.5 seconds), the game per character Is executed, and when the V jackpot game is executed by the bonus game, the period of the time saving state set after the jackpot game is "0.5 seconds + 4 special figure fluctuations".
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ต้ๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆฉใๅฎ่กใใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใฎใงใฏ็กใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใชใใ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ With this configuration, it is advantageous for the player to execute the V jackpot game earlier when the special electric game aiming at the V jackpot game is executed during the time saving state in which the end condition is satisfied based on the elapsed time. Instead, it is possible for the player to take advantage of the V jackpot game being executed in a state where the remaining period of the special figure fluctuation during execution is long. Therefore, even if the V jackpot game is not executed after a predetermined period has passed since the time saving state was set, it is possible to make the player continue to play the game with a sense of expectation. It will be possible.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซๅ้ใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใซๆดๆฐใใใ็นๅณๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซๅ้ใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใซๆดๆฐใใใ็นๅณๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใๆดๆฐใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ้ทใใปใฉใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใชใใ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ In this embodiment, the number of time reductions (the number of special map fluctuations updated to satisfy the time reduction end condition) is not updated (subtracted) based on the special figure fluctuation restarted after the jackpot ends. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of time reductions (the number of special map fluctuations updated to satisfy the time reduction end condition) may be updated based on the special figure fluctuation restarted after the jackpot ends. .. Even in this configuration, the longer the special figure fluctuation period (remaining fluctuation period) after resumption, the more advantageous the player can be. Therefore, a predetermined period has elapsed since the time reduction state was set. Even when the V jackpot game is not executed in the state, it is possible to continuously play the game while giving the player a sense of expectation.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใใฃใๅ ดๅ๏ผ้๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใง็นฐใ่ฟใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Returning to FIG. 20, the description will be continued. If the game result of the game per character executed during the time saving state is that the ball cannot be won in the V winning opening 165 (in the case of non-V winning), the special electric game is repeated until the time saving state ends. Is executed.
ใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆฐๅใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใใๅคๅฅใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๆใใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๆ็ญ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ้ทใๆ้ๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ใใใๆ้ๅ ใง็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไปๅ ไพกๅคใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, when the special symbol change (special figure change) ends in the time saving state, it is determined whether the time saving end condition is satisfied, that is, whether the special figure change for the number of times set as the time saving end condition is completed. , When the time saving end condition is satisfied, the game state shifts to the normal state, and the special figure game is executed. On the other hand, if the time saving end condition is not satisfied, the following special figure change is executed. A detailed explanation will be described later with reference to FIG. 25 (c), but in the present embodiment, as a variation pattern of the special figure lottery executed in the time saving state, the result of the special figure lottery is won (1/100). In the case of, a fluctuation pattern in which a fluctuation time of 50 seconds or 200 seconds is set is selected, and if the result of the special drawing lottery is incorrect (99/100), a fluctuation time of 10 seconds to 50 seconds is set. It is configured so that the fluctuation pattern to be performed is selected. That is, the big hit is won by the special figure lottery executed until the time saving end condition is satisfied (when the time saving 4 times is set as the time saving end condition, the special figure lottery executed after the big hit game ends). In this case, it is configured so that it is easier to continue the time saving state for a long period of time. Further, if a big hit is won by a special drawing lottery during the time saving state, the time saving state is set again after the big hit game is completed. Therefore, it is possible to provide the player with the added value when the big hit is won by the special drawing lottery within the limited period in which the time saving state is set, so that the interest of the game can be improved.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใซ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๅ ใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎ็นๆฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ In the present embodiment, when it is determined that there is jackpot information in which the fluctuation time of 200 seconds is set in the hold storage of the special symbol acquired at the end of the jackpot game, a special for notifying that fact. It is configured to execute the effect (see FIG. 17 (a)).
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆ็ซใๆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใๆ็ซใ้ฃใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ็ตไบใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใซใชใใใใ็นๅณๅคๅๅๆฐใฎๅขๅ ๅใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ญๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใใใจใใงใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซใใฃใฆใใๆ็ญๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as the end condition of the time reduction state set after the end of the big hit game, it is possible to set a time reduction end condition (time reduction 4 times) that is easy to be established and a time reduction end condition (time reduction 15 times) that is difficult to be established. It is configured in. Here, if the time reduction of 15 times is set, the time reduction state will continue until the 15th special figure lottery executed during the time reduction state is completed. The time saving period can be lengthened, the probability of winning a big hit during the time saving state can be increased, and the time saving period can be further lengthened by the long-term fluctuation pattern set at the time of winning the big hit.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใใๅ จใฆๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใง้ๆใ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใชใ็ถๆณใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใซ้ขใใใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใใปใฉ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is allowed to play the game by the same game method (left-handed game) during the normal state, the time saving state, and the jackpot game. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the special drawing lottery is not executed during the time saving state. In the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol fluctuation is configured to be selected regardless of the number of reserved special symbols (the number of reserved special symbols). If it is set, it is preferable to configure it so that the larger the number of reserved special figures, the easier it is to select the fluctuation pattern in which the longer fluctuation time is set.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆฎต้๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใไธ้๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใใใใจๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in the stage before the time saving state is set (for example, during the jackpot game), the game can be enthusiastically performed in order to reach the upper limit (4) of the number of special figure reservations. .. In addition, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a state in which the special figure change is not executed (a state in which the time saving end condition is not satisfied) during the time saving state.
ใใใซใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใใใฆใๅณใกใๆๅฎๅๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ต็ใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใๆงๆใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใ๏ผไธญๆญใใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฏ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผ็ๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ้็ต้็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใจใใๆใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกไฝใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใๅใณใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใฏใๆฐใใชๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใฏใๆฐใใชๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, although detailed description is omitted, in the present embodiment, during the period in which the time saving state is set, that is, in the period until the predetermined number of special symbol fluctuations (special symbol fluctuations) are completed, the normal symbol is used. It is configured to execute a lottery and finally execute a special electric game in which the V winning opening 165 in the V winning device 65 wins a ball. The V-winning device 65 is configured so that the ball can be easily won during the game per character, and the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation is not subtracted (interrupted) during the game per character. Further, the game per character has a plurality of end conditions, and specifically, it is established when the number of balls that have won the V winning device 65 during the game per character reaches a predetermined number (3). The first end condition (ball winning end condition) and the second end condition (time elapsed end condition) that are satisfied when the elapsed period from the execution of the game per character reaches a predetermined period (3 seconds). , And is configured to end the game per character when either the first end condition or the second end condition is satisfied. In addition, during the period of change of the normal symbol and the execution period of the game per normal symbol, the lottery of the new normal symbol (the lottery of the normal symbol) is not executed, but the ball goes to the special electric activation port 643 during the game per normal symbol. During the period when the prize is won and the game per character is being executed, a new general drawing lottery can be executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใงใ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใชใใใใๅคใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใใฆ็น้ป้ๆใ่กใใใใใใใใชใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซใใใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใชใๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้๏ผใจใใฃใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใชใๆ้ใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ก้งใซๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ใจใชใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชไธๅฉๆ็ญๆ้ใจใชใใ In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, by executing the game per character during the time saving state, the special electric game aims to execute more games per character while interrupting the fluctuation of the special figure. Will be done. However, the period during which the normal symbol is changed until the lottery result of the normal symbol is stopped and displayed, or the period during which the ball cannot be won by the general electric winning device 640 during the execution period of the game per normal symbol (electric accessory 640a). The period during which the game cannot be executed per character, such as (the period during which is closed), is a period during which the fluctuation time of the special symbol in the time-saving state is unnecessarily subtracted, which is disadvantageous to the player during the time-saving state. It will be a disadvantageous time period.
ใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใๆฎๅณ็ญๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใๆฎๅณ้ทๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใไธๅฉๆ็ญๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใใซใๆฎๅณ็ญๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใซใชใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใฏ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใใ๏ผๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธๅฉๆ็ญๆ้ใจใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎไธญๆญๆ้ใจใใ้่คใใๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใซใใใไธๅฉๆ็ญๆ้ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, for example, as the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol set in the time saving state, the normal chart short fluctuation pattern with a short fluctuation time (variation time 3 seconds) and the normal chart length fluctuation pattern with a long fluctuation time (variation time 15 seconds) When is configured to be selectable, the game is played while expecting that the normal figure short fluctuation pattern is selected so that the above-mentioned disadvantageous time saving period is shortened. Further, when a configuration in which the special figure fluctuation is interrupted (the process of subtracting the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation is interrupted) is used during the execution period of the game per character as in the present embodiment, the disadvantageous time is shortened. By lengthening the period in which the period and the suspension period of the special symbol fluctuation overlap, it is possible to prevent the fluctuation time of the special symbol from being subtracted during the disadvantageous time saving period.
ใใใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎไธๅฉๆ็ญๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ๅ ฅ่ณใซใใฃใฆ็ตไบใใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใๆ้็ต้ใซใใฃใฆ็ตไบใใใใปใใ่ฏใใใจใไฟใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใๅใไธๅฉๆ็ญๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in order to shorten the disadvantageous time saving period in the time saving state, when the game per character is executed in the time saving state, the remaining time of the fluctuation of the normal map during execution is determined, and the remaining time is a predetermined time (for example). If it is longer than 10 seconds), it is preferable to execute an effect that encourages the game to be ended by the passage of time, instead of ending the game per character by winning a ball. With this configuration, the period of execution of the game per character can be lengthened, and the period of disadvantageous time can be shortened.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใ็คบใใใญใใฏๅณใงใใใ
<About the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 21 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.
ไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผใใใใใคใณใณใจใใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆญ่ผใใใฆใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ่ฉฒ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จๆถใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กใซ้ใใฆๅ็จฎใฎใใผใฟ็ญใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎใปใใๅฒ่พผๅ่ทฏใใฟใคใๅ่ทฏใใใผใฟ้ๅไฟกๅ่ทฏใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎๅ่ทฏใๅ ่ตใใใฆใใใใชใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใฎใตใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅฏพใใฆๅไฝใๆ็คบใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ฉฒใตใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใธๅ็จฎใฎใณใใณใใใใผใฟ้ๅไฟกๅ่ทฏใซใใฃใฆ้ไฟกใใใใใใใใใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใตใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใธไธๆนๅใซใฎใฟ้ไฟกใใใใ The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built in. In order to instruct the operation of the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device in only one direction.
ไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใใใใณใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใจใใฃใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่ฆใชๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅถๅพกใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใใใใณใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใ่กใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงไฝฟ็จใใใใ In the main control device 110, a special symbol lottery, a normal symbol lottery, a display setting in the first symbol display device 37, a display setting in the second symbol display device 83, and a display setting in the third symbol display device 81. The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as is executed. The RAM 203 is provided with various counters for controlling these processes. Here, with reference to FIG. 22, a counter and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 22 is a schematic view schematically showing a counter or the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110. These counters and the like are used for a special symbol lottery, a normal symbol lottery, a display setting on the first symbol display device 37, a display setting on the second symbol display device 83, and a display setting on the third symbol display device 81. It is used in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform such as.
็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใใใๅคใใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซไฝฟ็จใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค่จญๅฎใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใจใใ็จใใใใใ To set the display of the special symbol lottery and the display of the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, the first random number counter C1 used for the special symbol lottery and the jackpot type of the special symbol are selected. The first hit type counter C2 used for, the stop type selection counter (not shown) used for selecting the out-of-order stop type in the special symbol, and the first random number counter C1 used for setting the initial value. 1 The initial value random number counter CINI1 and the fluctuation type counter CS1 used for selecting the fluctuation pattern are used.
ใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็จใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค่จญๅฎใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใจใใ็จใใใใใใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟใฏใๆดๆฐใฎ้ฝๅบฆใๅๅๅคใซ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅคใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใชใฃใฆใใใ Further, the second random number counter C4 is used for the lottery of the ordinary symbol, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the second random number counter C4, and the variation used for selecting the variation pattern of the ordinary symbol. The type counter CS1 and is used. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0.
ๅใซใฆใณใฟใฏใไพใใฐใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฎ่ก้้ใงใใ๏ผใใช็ง้้ใงๆดๆฐใใใใพใใไธ้จใฎใซใฆใณใฟใฏใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงไธๅฎๆใซๆดๆฐใใใฆใใใฎๆดๆฐๅคใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ้ ๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซ้ฉๅฎๆ ผ็ดใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใจใใใชใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅใณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ Each counter is updated, for example, at intervals of 2 milliseconds, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), and some counters are updated irregularly in the main process (see FIG. 55). Then, the updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 203. The RAM 203 is provided with a special symbol holding ball storage area 203a corresponding to a ball entering the special symbol entry port 64 consisting of four holding areas (holding first to fourth areas), and the special symbol holding ball is provided. In the storage area 203a, the values of the first random number counter C1, the first hit type counter C2, the stop type selection counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 are set in accordance with the timing of entering the special figure entry port 64. Each is stored.
ใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใ Then, when the start condition (variation condition) of the special symbol is satisfied, various values stored in the hold first area of the special symbol hold ball storage area 203a are shifted to the special symbol execution area, and various stored values are stored. Special symbol variation based on the value is started.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้กไปฅไธ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใใฆไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผใจใฏ็ฐใชใๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใใฆไปใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, a configuration in which one type of special symbol is used is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and two or more types of special symbols may be provided. In this case, for example, in order to establish the lottery condition of one special symbol type (for example, the first special symbol) based on the ball entering the special symbol entry port 64 (first entry slot), the first 1 Each value described above is stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area, and the ball enters a ball opening (for example, the second entry) different from the special symbol entry 64 (first entry). In order to establish the lottery conditions for other special symbol types (for example, the second special symbol) based on the above, each value described above is set in the second special symbol holding ball storage area different from the first special symbol holding ball storage area. It may be configured to store.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใๅใ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆปใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, when the start condition (variation condition) of the first special symbol or the start condition (variation condition) of the second special symbol is satisfied, the holding first area of the special symbol holding ball storage area of the corresponding special symbol type is satisfied. The various values stored in may be shifted to the special symbol execution area, and the special symbol variation based on the various stored values may be started. With this configuration, even in the pachinko machine 10 using a plurality of special symbol types, each special symbol variation can be smoothly executed.
ใใใซใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ใใใซๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 having a plurality of special symbol types (first special symbol, second special symbol), the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol are executed at the same time (in parallel). It may be configured to be possible, and in this case, if each special symbol holding ball storage area (first special symbol holding ball storage area, second special symbol holding ball storage area) is configured to have a special symbol execution area. good. As a result, when the start condition of each special symbol is satisfied, the next special symbol change can be promptly executed.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคใใฎใฟใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใใใๅฐใชใ็นๅ ธ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นๅ ธ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธๅฏ่ฝใชๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใๆฉไผใ่จญใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใ่จญใใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the lottery result of the special symbol is configured to be only a big hit and a miss, but the lottery result is not limited to this, for example, in a part of the case where the lottery result of the special symbol is a miss. It may be configured so that a player can win a small hit that can be given less privilege (a privilege different from that when the jackpot is won) than when the jackpot is won. With this configuration, even if the jackpot is not won, it is possible to provide an opportunity to give the player a privilege, so that the interest of the game can be improved. In this case, when a small hit type counter is provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, the value of the acquired small hit type counter can be stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area, and the special symbol lottery is executed. It may be configured to be referred to.
ๅ ใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กๅ ๅฎนใจใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กๅ ๅฎนใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงๆใซ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฐใใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถญๆใใใพใพๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, when it is configured so that a small hit can be won by a special symbol lottery, for example, the transition content of the gaming state based on the big hit winning and the transition content of the gaming state based on the small hit winning are configured to be different. For example, when a big hit is won, the game state is shifted to the normal state at the start of the big hit game, and a new game state can be set after the big hit game is completed based on the set big hit type. When the small hit is won, the small hit game may be executed while maintaining the game state at the time of the small hit winning, and the game state may not be changed even after the small hit game is completed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝ้ธใใๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กใฎๆ็กใใ็งป่กๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใใชใจใผใทใงใณใซๅฏใใ ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to provide a wide variety of games because it is possible to make the transition of the game state and the content of the transition different depending on the winning type (big hit, small hit). can.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใใใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็๏ผ็ใฎ้้๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅใณๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ Further, the RAM 203 of the present embodiment is provided with a normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b corresponding to entry (passing of a ball) into the through gate 67 composed of one holding area (holding first area). In the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b, each value of the second random number counter C4 and the normal symbol variation type counter CS2 is stored in accordance with the timing of entering the through gate 67.
ใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใ Then, when the start condition (variation condition) of the normal symbol is satisfied, various values stored in the hold first area of the normal symbol hold ball storage area 203b are shifted to the normal symbol execution area, and various stored values are stored. Normal symbol variation based on the value is started.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅใซใฆใณใฟใซใคใใฆ่ฉณใใ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใๆๅฎใฎ็ฏๅฒ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใๅใๅพใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ็นใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผๅจใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๆ็นใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅคใๅฝ่ฉฒ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใจใใฆ่ชญใฟ่พผใพใใใ Next, each counter will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The first random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 399), reaches a maximum value (for example, 399 in the case of a counter capable of taking a value of 0 to 399), and then becomes 0. It is configured to return to. In particular, when the first random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the first random number counter C1.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจๅไธ็ฏๅฒใงๆดๆฐใใใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆๆงๆใใใใๅณใกใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใๅใๅพใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใใพใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒใฎใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๆฏใซ๏ผๅๆดๆฐใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใง็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใ Further, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the first random number counter C1. That is, for example, when the first random number counter C1 is a loop counter capable of taking a value of 0 to 399, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter in the range of 0 to 399. The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once for each execution of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 55).
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ๆฏใซ๏ผๅ๏ผๆดๆฐใใใ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ The value of the first random number counter C1 is updated periodically (once for each timer interrupt process in this embodiment), and the special symbol of the RAM 203 is held at the timing when the ball enters the special figure entry port 64. It is stored in the sphere storage area 203a. The value of the random number that becomes the jackpot of the special symbol is set by the first random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110, and the value of the first random number counter C1 is the first random number table. If it matches the value of the random number that becomes the jackpot set by 202a, it is determined to be the jackpot of the special symbol.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฅใใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใผใใซใงใใใ Here, the first random number table 202a will be described with reference to FIG. 23 (b). FIG. 23B is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the first random number table 202a. The first hit random number table 202a is a table in which a random number value (determination value) determined to be a big hit is defined in a special symbol lottery.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅคๅฎๅคใๆๅฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๆๅฎ็ฏๅฒใฎๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฎใใกใ๏ผใ๏ผใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใจใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅค๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใๅคใใฎๅคๅฎๅคใจใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, in the first random number table 202a, the determination value determined to be a big hit is defined within a predetermined range, and the determination value in the predetermined range is defined. As shown in FIG. 23 (b), among the values of the first random number counter C1, "0 to 3" is defined as the jackpot determination value, and the other values ("4 to 399") are determined to be out of order. It is specified as a value.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใๅไธใฎ็ขบ็ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใๆงใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎ๏ผ็จฎ้กใๆใใฏใ๏ผ็จฎ้กไปฅไธใซใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ถๆ ใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ถๆ ใจใใ็ตใฟๅใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆๅคงใง๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆฏใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅ็ดใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ถๆ ใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎใใใซ๏ผ็จฎ้กไปฅไธ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซใใๅ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same regardless of the gaming state, but the probability is not limited to this, and the jackpot probability is configured to differ depending on the gaming state. You may. Further, in that case, the jackpot probability of the special symbol may be set to two types, a high probability state and a low probability state, or three or more types. In this case, for example, the jackpot probability of the special symbol may be different for each of a maximum of four types of gaming states set by combining the state of the special symbol and the state of the normal symbol. You may simply make it possible to set three or more types of special symbol states such as a high probability state, a normal probability state, and a low probability state, and set different jackpot probabilities for each state.
ใชใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใๅฐๅฝใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใจๅฐๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใจใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใจๅฐๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฐใชใๅฆ็ใงๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ๏ผใคใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅฐๅฝใใใจใซ้่คใใฆๅฝ้ธใใฆใใพใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, when the lottery result of the special symbol is configured so that the "small hit" can be won, the value of the first random number counter C1 corresponding to the "small hit" is specified in the first random number table 202a. It should be configured. With this configuration, the big hit lottery and the small hit lottery of the special symbol can be executed by the same process, so that the main control is compared with the case where the big hit lottery and the small hit lottery are executed by different processes. The processing load of the device 110 can be reduced. Further, in one special symbol lottery, it is possible to prohibit the winning of a big hit and a small hit in duplicate.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใๆๅฎใฎ็ฏๅฒ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใๅใๅพใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐใๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ๆฏใซ๏ผๅ๏ผๆดๆฐใใใ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใ The first hit type counter C2 determines the display mode of the first symbol display device 37 when a special symbol is a big hit, and adds one by one within a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 99). It is configured to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value (for example, 99 in the case of a counter that can take a value from 0 to 99). The value of the first hit type counter C2 is updated periodically (once for each timer interrupt process in this embodiment), and the RAM 203 is special at the timing when the ball enters the special figure entry port 64. It is stored in the symbol holding ball storage area 203a.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒใฎใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ็จใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ The value of the first hit type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of 0 to 99. In the present embodiment, the acquired value of the first hit type counter C2 is used to refer to the first hit type selection table 202c to determine the jackpot type when a jackpot is won. Here, the contents of the first type selection table 202c will be described with reference to FIG. 24.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ็นๅณๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใใๆใใฆใใใ FIG. 24A is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the first type selection table 202c. As shown in FIG. 24A, the first hit type selection table 202c includes a special figure jackpot type selection table 202c1 and a V winning opening 165, which are referred to when a jackpot is won in a special symbol lottery. It has a V jackpot type selection table 202c2, which is referred to when a ball wins a prize (V prize).
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใใใฎ็นๅณๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใฎใงใใใ First, the contents of the special figure jackpot type selection table 202c1 will be described with reference to FIG. 24 (b). FIG. 24B is a schematic diagram showing the contents specified in the special figure jackpot type selection table 202c1. As described above, the special figure jackpot type selection table 202c1 is a data table for selecting the jackpot type to be set when the jackpot is won in the special symbol lottery, and is set to the value of the acquired first hit type counter C2. Different jackpot types are specified accordingly.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใซใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, "big hit A" is defined in the range where the value of the first hit type counter C2 is "0 to 98", and "big hit B" is defined in the value of "99". There is.
ใใใงใๅๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅใณใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅ ๅฎน๏ผใฉใฆใณใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅไฝๅ ๅฎน๏ผ้ๆพใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผใๆ็ณปๅใซ่ฆๅฎใใ้ๆพๅไฝใทใใชใชใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซไบใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใ Here, the contents of the jackpot game executed corresponding to each jackpot type and the contents of the game state set after the jackpot game is completed will be described. In the present embodiment, the opening operation content (round game content) of the jackpot game executed according to each jackpot type, that is, the operation content (opening timing,) for the movable member (variable winning device 650) executed during the jackpot game. The opening operation scenario in which the number of times of opening) is specified in time series is stored in advance in various operation scenario tables 202e included in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110.
ใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๆพๅไฝใทใใชใชใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎๅฎ่กไธญใทใใชใชๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใทใใชใชใๅฎ่กไธญใทใใชใชๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใจใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏ๏ผใซใใทใใชใชๅ ๅฎนใๆดๆฐใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใฎใทใใชใชๅ ๅฎนใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, the open operation scenarios corresponding to the jackpot types set when the jackpot is won are read from the various operation scenario tables 202e and stored in the running scenario storage area (not shown) in the RAM 203 of the main controller 110. Will be done. When the open operation scenario is stored in the executing scenario storage area (not shown), the scenario content is updated every time the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main controller 110 is executed (every 4 milliseconds). In the jackpot control process (see S1804 in FIG. 56) that executes control during the jackpot game, the current scenario content is discriminated and the process based on the discriminant result is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใไธใคใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅถๅพกใซใใฃใฆ่คๆฐใฎๅฏๅ้จๆใๅฏๅใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅๅฏๅ้จๆใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใๆ็ณปๅใซ่ฆๅฎใใ้ๆพๅไฝใทใใชใชใ็จใใใใจใซใใใ่คๆฐใฎๅฏๅ้จๆใซๅฏพใใๅไฝๅถๅพกใไธๅ ็ฎก็ใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅๅฏๅ้จๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅฅๅใซๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใๅๅฏๅ้จๆใฎๅไฝใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ฉๆญฃใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใจใจใใซใไธใคใฎๅฏๅ้จๆใซไธๅ ทๅใ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใใใไปใฎๅฏๅ้จๆใซๅฏพใใๅไฝๅฆ็ใๅๆปใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, for example, when a plurality of movable members are moved by one open operation control, a plurality of movable members can be moved by using an open operation scenario in which the operation contents of each movable member are defined in chronological order. It is possible to centrally manage the operation control for. Therefore, as compared with the case where the operation control is executed separately for each movable member, the operation timing of each movable member can be set appropriately, and the other movable member can be moved when a defect occurs in one movable member. The operation process for the member can be smoothly executed.
ใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆใฉใฆใณใๆฐ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎ้ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใใใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใจใฏใ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ๏ผ๏ผ็ๅ ฅ่ณใใใๆใใฏใ้ๆพๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฎ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆพใใใ้ๆใฎใใจใงใใใใคใพใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใฏใๆๅคงใง๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใชใใ "Big hit A" is a big hit type in which the number of rounds (the number of times the round game is executed) is 4 rounds as the big hit game, and the big hit game in which the variable winning device 650 is opened for 4 rounds is executed. This round game is a game in which the first attacker 650 is continuously opened until the ball wins 10 balls in the variable winning device 650 or the opening period elapses 30 seconds. That is, in the "big hit A" in which the round game of four rounds is executed, it is a big hit game in which a maximum of 40 balls can be won by the variable winning device 650.
ใใใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใจใใฆใๆ็ญ๏ผๅใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใง๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใพใง๏ผใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Further, "Big hit A" is defined so that a time saving state (low probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol) is set after the end of the big hit game, and "time saving 4" is defined as a period during which the time saving state continues. "Times", that is, the time saving period until it is executed 4 times without winning a big hit in the special symbol lottery during the time saving state (until the result of the 4th special symbol lottery is stopped (confirmed display)) is specified. Has been done.
ใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆใฉใฆใณใๆฐ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎ้ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใจใใฆใๆ็ญ๏ผ๏ผๅใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใพใง๏ผใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ "Big hit B" is a big hit type in which the number of rounds (the number of times the round game is executed) is 4 rounds as the big hit game, and the big hit game in which the variable winning device 650 is opened for 4 rounds is executed. Then, it is stipulated that the time saving state (low probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol) is set after the jackpot game is completed, and the time saving state is "15 times of time saving", that is, the time saving. A short period of time is specified until the game is executed 15 times without winning a big hit in the special symbol lottery during the state (until the result of the 15th special symbol lottery is stopped and displayed (confirmed display)).
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฟ ใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใซใฏๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใซใฏๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, when a big hit is won by a lottery of a special symbol, a big hit game of 4 rounds is always executed, and a time saving state is set after the big hit game is completed. Then, when the set jackpot type is "big hit A" (99% when the jackpot is won), the number of time reductions is "4 times", and when it is "big hit B" (1% when the jackpot is won). It is configured so that the number of time reductions "15 times" is set.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ฎๆใ้ๆ๏ผใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅบ็นใจใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใใจใงๅคงๅฝใใใ็ฎๆใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใ้ฃใ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใ้ฃใ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใใฎใปใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใ In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the jackpot is higher than the special figure game (a game in which a ball is inserted into the special figure entry port 64 and a big hit is aimed at by a special symbol lottery) in the normal state during the time saving state. It is configured so that a special electric game (a game aiming for a big hit by making a ball win (V prize) in the V winning opening 165 based on a lottery of a normal symbol) is executed so that the game can be easily executed. It is configured so that the time saving state is more advantageous to the player. Therefore, "big hit B", which is a game state that is advantageous to the player and is difficult to end (it is difficult to satisfy the end condition of the time saving state), is a jackpot type that is more advantageous to the player than "big hit A". ..
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ จใฆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใงๅไธใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๆฐใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ จใฆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, when a big hit is won in a special symbol lottery, the same number of rounds of big hit games are executed in all big hits, but the selection is not limited to this. A different number of round games may be playable depending on the type of jackpot. Further, in the present embodiment, when a big hit is won by a lottery of a special symbol, the time saving state is set after the big hit game is completed for all the big hits, and the number of time saving (time saving end condition) is set according to the big hit type. Although it is configured to be different, it is not limited to this, and a jackpot type in which the time saving state is set at the end of the jackpot game and a jackpot type in which the normal state is set are provided according to the selected jackpot type. You may.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใซใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the V jackpot type selection table 202c2 will be described with reference to FIG. 24 (c). FIG. 24C is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the V jackpot type selection table 202c2. The V jackpot type selection table 202c2 is a data table in which the game content of the jackpot game (V jackpot game) executed when the ball wins the V winning opening 165 (V winning) is defined. Specifically, "big hit C" is defined in the entire range in which the value of the first hit type counter C2 is "0 to 99".
ใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆใฉใฆใณใๆฐ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎ้ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใจใใฆใๆ็ญ๏ผๅใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใง๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใพใง๏ผใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ This "big hit C" is a big hit type in which the number of rounds (the number of times the round game is executed) is 10 rounds as the big hit game, and the big hit game in which the variable winning device 650 is opened for 10 rounds is executed. .. Then, it is stipulated that the time saving state (low probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol) is set after the jackpot game is completed, and the time saving state is "4 times of time saving", that is, the time saving. A short period of time is specified until the game is executed four times without winning a big hit in the special symbol lottery during the state (until the fourth special symbol lottery result is stopped and displayed (confirmed display)).
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆใงๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆใงๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎใปใใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธ้๏ผ่ณ็ๆฐ๏ผใฎ้ขใงใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the jackpot game executed based on the V prize (the jackpot executed in the special electric game) is rather than the jackpot game executed based on the special figure lottery (the jackpot game executed in the special figure game). The game) is configured so that a jackpot game with a larger number of rounds is executed. That is, in terms of the amount of benefits (number of prize balls) given during the jackpot game, the game state in which the time is shortened is more advantageous to the player than in the normal state.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใฃใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆใซๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, it is configured to acquire the value of the first hit type counter C2 based on the ball winning the special electric operation port 643, and is executed based on the V winning during the game per character. In the jackpot game (V jackpot game), the V jackpot type is selected based on the value of the first hit type counter C2 acquired when the ball is won in the special electric operating port 643, which triggered the execution of the V prize-winning bonus game. It is configured to be executed based on the jackpot type selected with reference to Table 202c2.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้ก๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎใฟใงใใใใใไฝใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใๅไธๅ ๅฎนใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆ่คๆฐใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่คๆฐใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใ่จญใใใใฎ่คๆฐใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใฎใใก็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใฎๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this embodiment, since there is only one type of jackpot (big hit C) defined in the V jackpot type selection table 202c2, the same content is used regardless of which winning game is played. The jackpot game is executed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of jackpot types may be specified in the V jackpot type selection table 202c2 according to the acquired value of the first hit type counter C2. Further, a plurality of special electric actuating ports may be provided in the general electric winning device 640, and the jackpot type may be set corresponding to the special electric actuating port in which the ball has won a prize among the plurality of special electric actuating ports. Further, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is acquired based on the fact that the ball wins the V winning opening 165 while the game per character is being executed, and the value of the acquired first hit type counter C2 is used. It may be configured to select the jackpot type based on.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆ็นใๆใใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆ็นใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆ็นใๆใใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆ็นใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบ้้๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใฎๅๆญข็ดๅ๏ผใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใๅพใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ป้ๆใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใ้ฃใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the game state after the end of the big hit game is selected regardless of the game state set at the time when the big hit is won or when the ball wins the V winning opening 165. However, the game state is not limited to this, and the game state set after the jackpot game ends can be changed according to the game state set at the time when the jackpot is won or when the ball wins the V winning opening 165. In this case, for example, just before the end of the time saving state (immediately before the stop of the final fluctuation of the special symbol in the time saving state), the game per normal figure is executed, and the normal after the time saving state ends. It is difficult to satisfy the time saving end condition after the end of the big hit game only when the V prize is won during the winning game that is executed in the state where the state is set, that is, when the V prize is won in the special electric game during the normal state. A time saving state (for example, a time saving state in which the number of time saving times is 20 times) may be set.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ็จฎ้กใฏ๏ผ็จฎ้กใจใใใใใใใซ้ใใใ๏ผ็จฎ้กไปฅไธใงใใใใใ๏ผ็จฎ้กไปฅไธ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใ็น้ป้ๆใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใจใงใๅไธใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ้ๅปใซ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กๅ ๅฎน๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๅ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ้ธๆๅฒๅใ็จฎ้กใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅปใฎ้ๆๅฑฅๆญด๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฑฅๆญด๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๅปใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฑฅๆญดใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฌกๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใๆใซ่จญๅฎใใๆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅๅฏ่ฝใช็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆใ็ถ็ถ็ใซ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the number of types of jackpots is three, but the number of types is not limited to two, or two or less, or four or more types may be provided. Further, the same jackpot type may be set depending on whether the jackpot is won in the special symbol lottery or the V prize is won in the special electric game. Further, the selection ratio and type of the jackpot type selected this time may be different based on the information regarding the jackpot type selected in the past (for example, the jackpot game content and the transition content of the game state). .. With this configuration, the player can be interested in the past game history (big hit history). Further, in this case, it is preferable to execute a suggestion effect that can suggest the jackpot type that is likely to be set at the next jackpot based on the past jackpot history to the player. This makes it easier for the player to play the game continuously.
ๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใใใใ็ญๆ้ๅคใใ้ทๆ้ๅคใใใใผใใซใชใผใใในใผใใผใชใผใ็ญใฎๅคงใพใใช่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๆฑบๅฎใฏใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆฑบๅฎใงใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใซใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎใชใผใ็จฎๅฅใ็ดฐใใชๅณๆๅคๅๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๅๆดๆฐใใใๅฝ่ฉฒใกใคใณๅฆ็ๅ ใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใงใ็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใๅฐใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใใใๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใไธใคๆฑบๅฎใใไนฑๆฐๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใฆใใใ The variation type counter CS1 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 198, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 198). The fluctuation type counter CS1 determines a rough display mode (variation time) such as so-called short-time deviation, long-time deviation, normal reach, and super reach. Specifically, the determination of the display mode is the determination of the fluctuation time of the symbol variation. Based on the fluctuation time determined by the variation type counter CS1, the reach type and the detailed symbol variation mode of the third symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81 are determined by the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114. NS. The value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated once each time the main process (see FIG. 55) described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the main process. The fluctuation pattern selection table 202d (see FIG. 25) storing a random number value for determining one fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation from the value (random number value) of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is provided in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110. Has been done.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็จใใใใ้ๅธธ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็จใใใใๆ็ญ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซ็จใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, the contents of the variation pattern selection table 202d will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 25A is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the variation pattern selection table 202d. As shown in FIG. 25 (a), the variation pattern selection table 202d includes a normal table 202d1 used in a state where the normal state is set as the game state, and a time reduction used in the state where the time saving state is set. The table 202d2 is specified. Although the details will be described later, in the present embodiment, since the data table used for selecting the fluctuation pattern is different according to the gaming state, the fluctuation pattern (variation time) selected according to the gaming state is different. be able to.
ๆฌกใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅใใผใใซใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผๅณใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ้ๅธธ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใ Next, the detailed contents of each table defined in the variation pattern selection table 202d will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 (b) and 25 (c). FIG. 25B is a schematic view showing the contents specified in the normal table 202d1 in a schematic diagram. The normal table 202d1 is a data table that is referred to when the normal state is set as the game state, and the fluctuation time is longer when the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit than when it is out of the game. It is stipulated that the fluctuation pattern of is easy to select.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅฝใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใฆใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅฝใใใใผใใซใชใผใๅ็จฎใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅฝใใในใผใใผใชใผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใๅฝใใในใผใใผใชใผใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ่ชฌๆใ็ฐก็ฅๅใใใใใซใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจ็คบใใฆใใใใๅฎ้ใซใฏใไบใๅฎใใใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใฎใงใใใใคใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅฝใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใฆใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅๅพใใๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎไฝใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใ Specifically, as shown in FIG. 25 (b), the lottery result of the special symbol (special figure) is "big hit (hit)", and the value of the variable type counter CS1 is in the range of "0 to 50". Various types of normal reach per 20 seconds of fluctuation time are defined in association with each other, and super reach per 20 seconds of fluctuation time is defined in the range of "51 to 198". In FIG. 25 (b), in order to simplify the explanation of the fluctuation pattern of the hit superreach, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is shown as "60 seconds to 120 seconds" in the range of "51 to 198". Actually, predetermined fluctuation times (for example, fluctuation time 60 seconds, fluctuation time 100 seconds, fluctuation time 120 seconds) are defined in the range of the values of the corresponding fluctuation type counter CS1. That is, when the lottery result of the special symbol is "big hit (hit)" and the value of the acquired fluctuation type counter CS1 is in the range of "51 to 198", "60 seconds to" corresponding to the acquired value. A fluctuation pattern in which any fluctuation time of "120 seconds" is set is set.
ใพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใๅคใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใฎ็ญๅคใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคใใใผใใซใชใผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคใในใผใใผใชใผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใชใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใๅคใใใงใใฃใฆใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ็คบใใๅ ๅฎนใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅฝใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใจๅไธใฎ็ฎ็ใงใใใใใฎ่ชฌๆใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใฎใงใใใ If the lottery result is "out of", the value of the variation type counter CS1 is defined in the range of "0 to 179" with a short deviation of 8 seconds in the variation time, and is in the range of "180 to 194". The fluctuation time is defined in association with the deviation normal reach of 20 seconds, and the deviation time of 60 seconds to 120 seconds is associated with the deviation super reach in the range of "195 to 198". The contents shown in the range of "195 to 198" when the lottery result is "out of order" and the value of the variable type counter CS1 is "195 to 198" have the same purpose as the case where the above-mentioned lottery result is "big hit (hit)". Yes, it is a simplification of the explanation.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใใ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็จฎ้กใๅไธใซใใๅๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฎใฟใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใ้ซใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ทใใชใใฐใชใใปใฉใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใซ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, regardless of the result of the special symbol lottery executed in the normal state, the types of variable times that can be selected are the same, and only the ratio at which each variable time is selected is different. ing. Then, when the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit (hit), the ratio of selecting a longer fluctuation time is higher than when it is a miss. Therefore, the longer the special symbol fluctuation during execution is, the higher the expectation of winning the jackpot can be increased. Therefore, when the special symbol fluctuation with a long fluctuation time is executed, the player can wait until the fluctuation time elapses. Can be prevented from getting bored with the game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใใปใฉ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใชใๆ้ใ้ ป็นใซ็บ็ใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, that is, in the present embodiment, as the fluctuation time set for the special symbol lottery executed in the normal state, the smaller the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol, the longer the fluctuation time is set. It is configured to be done. With such a configuration, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a period in which the lottery of the first special symbol is not executed frequently occurs. Further, when the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, a short fluctuation time is set, so that the ball enters the special figure entrance 64 with the number of reserved balls reaching the upper limit. It is possible to suppress the situation where the ball is thrown.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใใ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็จฎ้กใๅไธใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๆๆกใใใใจใซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๅใซใฐใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅฝใใ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใฎใฟ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใฎใฟ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใไธ้จ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the length of the variable time to be set is set by configuring so that the types of variable time that can be selected are the same regardless of the result of the special symbol lottery executed in the normal state. By grasping it, it is possible to prevent the lottery result of the special symbol from being revealed to the player in advance, but it is not limited to this, and the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit (hit). The fluctuation time selected only in the case or the fluctuation time selected only in the case of deviation may be partially settable.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใจใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As shown in FIG. 25 (b), in the present embodiment, the variation pattern is selected based on the lottery result (win / fail determination result) of the special symbol and the acquired value of the variation type counter CS1. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the variation pattern may be selected based on the jackpot type set when the jackpot is won.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญใใใใๆ็ญ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏๆ็ญ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใใใณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใจใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the time saving table 202d2 provided in the variation pattern selection table 202d will be described with reference to FIG. 25 (c). FIG. 25 (c) is a schematic view schematically showing the contents specified in the time saving table 202d2. As shown in FIG. 25 (c), in the time saving table 202d2, the symbol type, the lottery result, the value range of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern are defined in association with each other.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใใๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใๅฝใใใทใงใผใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใๅฝใใใญใณใฐใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใพใใใๅคใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใทใงใผใๅคใ๏ผกใใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใทใงใผใๅคใ๏ผขใใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใทใงใผใๅคใ๏ผฃใใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใญใณใฐๅคใ๏ผกใใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใซใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใญใณใฐๅคใ๏ผขใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, as shown in FIG. 25 (c), when the winning / failing judgment result (lottery result) is "hit (big hit)", the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 fluctuates in the range of "0 to 99". A "hit short" with a time of 50 seconds is specified, and a "hit long" with a fluctuation time of 200 seconds is specified in the range of "100 to 198". Further, in the case of "off", the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined in the range of "0 to 149", and the fluctuation time of 10 seconds is defined as "short deviation A", and the value is in the range of "150 to 169". A "short out B" with a fluctuation time of 15 seconds is specified, a "short out C" with a fluctuation time of 20 seconds is specified in the range of "170 to 189", and a fluctuation time is specified in the range of "190 to 196". "Long deviation A" of 30 seconds is specified, and "long deviation B" with a fluctuation time of 50 seconds is specified in the value of "197,198".
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใจใฏ็ฐใชใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใจใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใจใงใ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็จฎ้กใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใฎใปใใใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใใใ้ทใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the time saving state, unlike the normal state, the type of variable time that can be selected differs depending on whether the lottery result of the special symbol is a hit or a miss. , The fluctuation time that can be selected when the jackpot is won is longer than the fluctuation time that can be selected when the jackpot is missed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅบ็นใซ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅบใฅใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, as described above, the period in which the time saving state is set becomes the gaming state advantageous to the player, and in the time saving period, the special electric game is executed based on the lottery of the ordinary symbol. Further, as the end condition (time reduction end condition) of the time reduction state, an end condition (time reduction number of times) based on the number of fluctuations (lottery number) of the special symbol is set.
ใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๅๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎไปๅ ไพกๅคใจใใฆ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใใ้ใใใๆ้ๅ ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆๅฉใช้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, if a long fluctuation time is selected as the special symbol variation executed during the time saving state, the period in which the time saving state, which is a gaming state advantageous to the player, is set can be lengthened. Then, in the special symbol lottery executed during the time saving state, for example, when the time saving four times is set, the big hit (1 /) is obtained in the four special symbol lottery executed after the time saving state is set. In the case of 100), a fluctuation pattern with a long fluctuation time is selected as the added value. With this configuration, if a jackpot of a special symbol is won within a limited period of time saving, it is possible to provide a more advantageous game to the player, so that the player can play enthusiastically. Can be done.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใซๆๅคงใง๏ผๅใฎๅทฎใ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคใๅคๅใ้ธๆใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, even if the lottery result of the special symbol is out of order, a difference of up to 5 times is provided in the fluctuation time selected as "10 to 50 seconds", so that the out-of-variation of the longer fluctuation time is selected. The game can be played while expecting the player to be played.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบ็ป้ขใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใ็คบใใใใฎๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใงใใฃใฆใๆขใซ็ฒๅพๆธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ใซๅซใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12A, the remaining time saving period mode 801 for showing the length of the time saving state period (V rush period) is displayed on the end screen of the jackpot game. The remaining time reduction period mode 801 is within the range until the time reduction end condition is satisfied, and the variation time determined in advance based on the winning information included in the special symbol hold that has already been acquired. Is configured to display the total value of.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็งๆฐใใ่คๆฐๅใฎๅคใๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใชใฎใใใใใจใ๏ผๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใชใฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, whether the number of seconds displayed as the remaining time short-term mode 801 is a display mode in which the fluctuation times of a plurality of deviation fluctuations are totaled, or a display corresponding to the fluctuation time of one jackpot fluctuation. It is possible to provide the enjoyment of letting the player predict whether or not it is a mode.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผๅจใใๅ ดๅใใใฎๆ็นใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅคใๅฝ่ฉฒ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใจใใฆ่ชญใฟ่พผใพใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๆฏใซใไพใใฐๅฎๆ็ใซๆดๆฐใใใ็ใๆฎ้ๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใใๆใซๅๅพใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใ Returning to FIG. 22, the description will be continued. The second random number counter C4 is configured as a loop counter in which, for example, 1 is added in order in the range of 0 to 999, the maximum value (that is, 999) is reached, and then the counter returns to 0. Further, when the second hit random number counter C4 makes one round, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the second hit random number counter C4. In the present embodiment, the value of the second random number counter C4 is updated periodically, for example, for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), and it is detected that the ball has passed through the normal start port (through gate) 67. At that time, it is acquired and stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b of the RAM 203.
ใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใใพใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็ๆ็จใจใใใฎไฝ็ขบ็ๆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็ใฎ้ซใ้ซ็ขบ็ๆ็จใจใฎ๏ผ็จฎ้กใซๅใใใใใใใใใซๅซใพใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใๅฝใใใจใชใไนฑๆฐใฎๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็ๆใจๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็ๆใจใงใๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็ใๅคๆดใใใใ Then, the value of the random number that is the hit of the normal symbol is set by the second hit random number table 202b stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device, and the value of the second hit random number counter C4 is the second hit random number table 202b. If it matches the value of the random number that becomes the hit set by, it is determined that the hit is a normal symbol (second symbol). Further, the second hit random number table 202b is divided into two types, one for the low probability time of the normal symbol and the other for the high probability time where the probability of hitting the normal symbol is higher than that of the low probability time, and each of them is included. The number of random numbers that will be big hits is set differently. By making the number of random numbers to be hit different in this way, the probability of being hit is changed between the low probability of the normal symbol and the high probability of the normal symbol.
ใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฎๅคใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The contents specified in the second random number table 202b will be described with reference to FIG. 23 (c). FIG. 23 (c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the second random number table 202b. As shown in FIG. 23 (c), in the case of the low probability state of the normal symbol, the value of the acquired second random number counter C4 is "0", and the normal symbol hit is defined, and the normal symbol is in the high probability state. In some cases, the acquired second random number counter C4 is defined in the range of "0 to 299".
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝ็ขบ็ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใใงๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใไธๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ซ็ขบ็ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, when the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol (1/1000) is set to the low probability. As a result, in the present embodiment in which the same game method (left-handed game) is executed in the normal state, which is a low-probability state of the normal symbol, and the time-saving state, which is the high-probability state of the normal symbol, during the normal state. Since it is possible to make it difficult to win a prize per game, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a game per game is executed in a normal state and a ball wins in the game winning device 640. On the other hand, when the high probability state of the normal symbol is set, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol (300/1000) is set to the high probability. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the execution of the game per game based on the winning of the normal symbol in the time saving state.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใ้ฃใใใไธใไธใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใใใใใซใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, as described above, in the game per game performed in the normal state, it becomes difficult for the ball to win the prize in the game per game performed in the time saving state. Further, even if a ball wins the general electric winning device 640 in the normal state, it is difficult for the winning ball to enter the special electric actuating port 643. That is, in the present embodiment, it is difficult to win a prize per game in the normal state, and even if the player wins the game, the ball wins the prize device 640 during the game per game. Further, even if the ball wins the general electric winning device 640, it is difficult for the winning ball to win the special electric actuating port 643.
ใใฎใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใพใงใฎ่คๆฐใฎ้็จ๏ผ๏ผใคใฎ้็จ๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใใใ้ๆใ้ฒ่กใใ้ฃใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, in a plurality of processes (three processes) from the execution of the lottery of the normal symbol to the winning of the ball to the special electric operating port 643, it is difficult to advance the game in the normal state than in the time saving state. With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably prevent the ball from winning a prize in the special electric actuating port 643 and the game per character being executed, triggered by the lottery of the ordinary symbol executed in the normal state.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผใคใฎ้็จใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใ่ฆๅถใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใจๅไธใฎ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ญใๆ้ใงๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจใใฆใใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผใคใฎ้็จใซใใใ่ฆๅถใซใใฃใฆใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ่ฆๅถใใฆใใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, instead of restricting the winning of the ball to the special electric actuating port 643 based on the fact that the lottery of the normal symbol is executed during the normal state in the above-mentioned three processes, the normal state Even in the middle, a short fluctuation time (3 seconds, which is the same as in the time reduction state) is set as the fluctuation time of the normal symbol. In other words, even if it is configured so that the lottery of ordinary symbols can be easily executed in a short period of time, the ball is restricted from winning the special electric actuating port 643 by the regulation in the above three processes, so that it is in the normal state. It is possible to reliably prevent the ball from winning the special electric operation port 643 in the wake of the lottery of the ordinary symbol executed in 1 and the game per character.
ใใฎใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅใๆฟใใใฟใคใใณใฐใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กใฟใคใใณใฐใ่ทจใใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใซใ้ขใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใชใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆ้็ฎก็ใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๅฎใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใๆๅนใซ็จใใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by setting the fluctuation time of the normal symbol in the normal state to be short, the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) is set at the timing when the game state is switched, for example, when the time reduction state is set after the jackpot game is completed. ) The normal symbol variation of the long fluctuation time executed during is executed across the transition timing of the game state, and even though the special symbol variation in the time saving state is started, the normal symbol in the time saving state is started. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the lottery cannot be executed. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, in the pachinko machine 10 in which the time saving state is managed for a period of time, it is possible to provide the player with a game (special electric game) that effectively uses the limited time saving period.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผใคใฎ้็จ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ฅ่ณ็๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใ่ฆๅถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ๏ผใคไปฅไธใฎ้็จใซใใใฆ่ฆๅถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใชใๅ ดๅใฏใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็นๅ ธ๏ผไพใใฐใ่ณ็๏ผใไปไธใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใๅคใใฎ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, in this embodiment, the above-mentioned three processes (the winning probability of the normal symbol, the winning rate of the ball to the general electric winning device 640 in the game per normal symbol, and the ball winning the general electric winning device 640 are the special electric actuating port 643. In the winning rate), it is configured to regulate the winning of the ball to the special electric operating port 643 in the normal state, but it is not limited to this, and it is configured to regulate in the process of two or less. You may. Further, in the present embodiment, when the ball that has won the prize in the general electric winning device 640 does not win in the special electric operating port 643, the ball is entered in the out opening 644 so that the player is not given a privilege (for example, a prize ball). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, when a ball enters the out port 644, more prize balls are paid out than when a ball enters the special electric operating port 643. You may.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๆๅถใใชใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฐใชใ็นๅ ธ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅ ธใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นๅ ธ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไปๅ ไพกๅคใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, while suppressing the ball from winning the special electric operating port 643 during the normal state, a different privilege (privilege to execute a game per character) when winning the general electric winning device 640 Since it is possible to give the player a privilege different from that of the above, it is possible to provide the player with an unexpected game. In addition, it is possible to provide the player with the added value when the normal symbol is won in the state where the low probability state of the normal symbol is set.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจๅไธ็ฏๅฒใงๆดๆฐใใใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆๆงๆใใ๏ผๅค๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๆฏใซ๏ผๅๆดๆฐใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใง็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใ The second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the second random number counter C4 (value = 0 to 999), and is updated once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39). At the same time, it is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 55).
ใใฎใใใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ็จฎใ ใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบ็ตๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใฃใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่ฆใชๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, the RAM 203 is provided with various counters and the like, and in the main control device 110, the jackpot lottery and the display on the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 are displayed according to the values of the counters and the like. It is possible to execute the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as setting and lottery of display results in the second symbol display device 83.
ๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง้ ใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใคใพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๅๆดๆฐใใใๅฝ่ฉฒใกใคใณๅฆ็ๅ ใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใงใ็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆฑบๅฎใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅๅพใใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ็จใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The normal figure variation type counter CS2 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of 0 to 198, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 198). The value of the normal map variation type counter CS2 is updated once each time the main process (see FIG. 55) described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the main process. Then, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is determined by the value of the normal symbol variation type counter CS2. Specifically, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is determined by using the acquired value of the normal symbol variation type counter CS2.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅณ็คบใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใๅ็จฎใใผใฟใใผใใซ็ญใๆใใฆใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ Returning to FIG. 21, the description will be continued. The ROM 202 has various data tables and the like defined corresponding to the various counters shown in FIG. 22. Here, the contents of the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 23 (a). FIG. 23A is a schematic view schematically showing the contents of the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๅฐใชใใจใๆใใฆใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅณ็คบใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใ่ชฌๆใใ้ใซไธ่ฟฐใใใใใใใฎ่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ As shown in FIG. 23A, the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment includes a first random number table 202a, a second random number table 202b, a jackpot type selection table 202c, and a variation pattern selection table. It has at least 202d and various operation scenario tables 202e. The first hit random number table 202a, the second hit random number table 202b, the jackpot type selection table 202c, and the variation pattern selection table 202d have been described above when the various counters shown in FIG. 22 are described, and thus the description thereof will be omitted. ..
ๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝๅถๅพกใ็ฎก็ใใๅ็จฎๅฏๅ้จๆใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใไบใๆ็ณปๅใง่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใๆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฏๅ้จๆใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใ้ใซ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฏๅ้จๆใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใ้ใซใใใฎๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎใใกใไปๅใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกๆกไปถใจๅ่ดใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใซไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใใฆใ๏ผใใช็ง้้ใงๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ่จๆถใจใชใขใซ่จๆถใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅไฝใง๏ผๆดๆฐใใใๆดๆฐๅพใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใจใชใขใซๅฏๅ้จๆใๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๅๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซใฏใๅฏๅ้จๆๆฏใซ่จญใใใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใๅฏๅ้จๆใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใ๏ผใคใฎใคใใณใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅไฝใง่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผใคใฎใคใใณใๅ ใง่คๆฐใฎๅฏๅ้จๆใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใคใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซใซใฏใ่คๆฐใฎๅฏๅ้จๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅไฝๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The various operation scenario tables 202e are data tables having operation scenarios in which the operation contents of various movable members whose operation control is managed by the main control device 110 are defined in time series in advance, and are used in the control process of the main control device 110. , It is read out when the operation of the movable member is controlled. In the present embodiment, when controlling the operation of the movable member, an operation scenario that matches the current operation control condition is read from the various operation scenario tables 202e, and the read operation scenario is temporarily stored in the storage area of the RAM 203. Remember. Then, in the main process (see FIG. 55) executed at intervals of 4 milliseconds, the contents of the operation scenario stored in the storage area are periodically updated (in units of 4 milliseconds) to correspond to the updated values. When there is an operation scenario in which the movable member is variably operated in the area, the operation control based on the operation scenario is executed. Further, each operation scenario table is not provided for each movable member, but is set for each event (big hit game, game per normal figure, game per accessory) that controls the operation of the movable member. Therefore, in the operation scenario table corresponding to an event (for example, a game per normal figure) in which it is necessary to control the operation of a plurality of movable members in one event, the operation control contents to be executed for the plurality of movable members are defined. Has been done.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใๆใใฆใใใ Here, the contents of various operation scenario tables 202e will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 28. FIG. 26A is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of various operation scenario tables 202e. As shown in FIG. 26 (a), the various operation scenario tables 202e include a jackpot operation scenario table 202e1, an accessory per action scenario table 202e2, a normal figure per operation scenario table 202e3, and a first movable valve scenario table 202e4. ing.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใพใง๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใพใง๏ผใฎๆ้๏ผใใฉใฆใณใๆ้๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๆๅคงๆ้๏ผใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใ็ตไบใใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็ถไบๆ้๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅจๆ็๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๅคใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใ First, the contents of the operation scenario table 202e2 per accessory will be described with reference to FIG. 26 (b). FIG. 26B is a schematic diagram schematically showing various contents defined in the operation scenario table 202e2 per accessory. The bonus-per-feature motion scenario table 202e2 is a data table in which the bonus-per-feature scenario in which the operation content during the bonus-per-feature game is set is defined, and the opening period of the bonus-per-feature game (the bonus-per-feature game is started). The period from then until the V winning device 65 is opened (until the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to ON), the round period (the maximum period during which the V winning device 65 is opened), and the ending period (V winning device 65). The grace period from the end of the opening period of the game to the end of the storage solenoid 209c and the setting of the storage solenoid 209c to off) is specified, and is set when the game per accessory is started, and is periodic (main processing of the main control device 110). The operation control corresponding to the value of the scenario counter (not shown) in which the value is incremented by 1 is executed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใซใปใใใใใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผใใซใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใจใใฆใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใจๅๆใซ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ฒฏ็้จใซ็ใ่ฒฏ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใธใจ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฏๅใใใใใใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅ ็ฎใใใฆใใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใๆฌกใใงใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผถใขใฟใใซใผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็จใใฆ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใ็ดๅพใซๅขใใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๆขใซ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใฆใใใใใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใพใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ Specifically, when the game per character is started, the value of the scenario counter is set to "1". Since the scenario counter "1" defines an operation scenario in which the storage solenoid 209c is set to ON as a corresponding operation scenario, the storage solenoid 209c is set to ON at the same time as the start of the game per accessory, and the storage valve is set to ON. The storage valve 66a is moved so that the ball can be stored in the storage portion formed on the upper surface of the 66a. Then, the value of the scenario counter is added every 4 milliseconds, and the scenario counter "25", that is, the opening period is ended 0.1 seconds after the game per character is started, and then the scenario counter of the scenario counter. When the value becomes "26", the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to ON, and the V opening / closing door 65a (V attacker) is opened. That is, in the present embodiment, the storage valve 66a is configured to be changed to the storage state by using the period from the start of the game per accessory to the opening state of the V winning device 65. With this configuration, even if the ball vigorously wins the V winning device 65 immediately after the V winning device 65 is opened, the storage valve 66a is already at the timing when the V winning device 65 is opened. Is variable to the storage state, it is possible to reliably prevent the ball from passing through the storage valve 66a and winning the V winning opening 165.
ๆฌกใใงใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผถใขใฟใใซใผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผถใขใฟใใซใผ๏ผใฎ้้ๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กๅพใๅณใกใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้้็ถๆ ๏ผใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Next, at the timing when the value of the scenario counter is "375", that is, at the timing when 1.6 seconds have passed since the game per accessory was started, the V winning opening solenoid 209b was set to off, and the V opening / closing door 65a (V) was set. A scenario for closing the attacker) is specified. Then, after executing the closing control of the V opening / closing door 65a (V attacker), that is, at the timing when the value of the scenario counter is "376", the ending period of the game per accessory is set, and the storage solenoid 209c is set to off. It is stipulated to be. Then, the closed state (ending period) of the game per accessory is set until the value of the scenario counter reaches "750".
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใๅพใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅพใซใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงๆใๆใใฏ็ตไบๆใซใใใฆใไธๆธฌใฎไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใฆใใพใใๆๅณใใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the game per accessory executed in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the V winning device 65 is configured to open after the storage valve 66a is shifted to the storage state. Then, the scenario is defined so that the storage solenoid 209c is set to off after the timing of closing the V winning device 65 (scenario counter โ375โ). With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent an unexpected situation from occurring at the start or end of the character-per-character game, and to prevent the character-per-character game from being executed at an unintended timing.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใทใใชใชใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใ้ใไบใๅฎใใใใๅไฝใใฟใผใณใงๅฏๅใใใใใซๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใใใฎใงใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆดๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 will be described with reference to FIG. 27 (a). FIG. 27A is a schematic diagram showing the contents of the scenario defined in the first movable valve scenario 202e4. The operation of the first movable valve 66b of the present embodiment is controlled so as to move in a predetermined operation pattern while the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10, and the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10. In this case, the operation of the first movable valve 66b is set by the start-up process of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 54) (see S1715 in FIG. 54). Then, the value of the scenario counter is updated (1 addition) by the processing executed every 4 milliseconds in the main processing (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝ็ถๆ ใจใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใช๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฐ้ฃ็ถๆ ใจใฎไฝใใใฎ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณๅฐ้ฃใช็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใจใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 27 (a), the first movable valve 66b in the present embodiment has a V winning possible state in which a ball can be won in the V winning opening 165 and a ball in the V winning opening 165. It is configured to be located in any of the states where it is difficult to win a V prize. In the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4, the first movable valve solenoid 209d is turned on for the value of the scenario counter in the range of "1" to "1500" (the ball wins the V winning opening 165 of the first movable valve 66b). An operation scenario in which the first movable valve solenoid 209d is turned off (a state in which the ball is difficult to win the V winning opening 165 in the first movable valve 66b) is defined.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ็งใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใไธ้ๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฌกใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ้ใซใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใธใจๅใๆฟใใไปฅ้ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใๆญใใใใพใง็นฐใ่ฟใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๅบใฅใๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, the value of the scenario counter is in the range of "1" to "1250", that is, the first movable valve solenoid 209d is off until 5 seconds have passed since the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 was set. , The value of the scenario counter is in the range of "1251" to "1500", that is, the first movable valve solenoid 209d is turned on for 5 seconds to 5.5 seconds after the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 is set. The operation scenario is specified so that it is set. Then, when the value of the scenario counter reaches the upper limit value "1500", the value of the scenario counter is switched from "1500" to "1" when the next main process (see FIG. 55) is executed. After that, the operation control based on the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 is repeatedly executed until the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใ่จฑๅฎนใ็ฆๆญขใใใใใฎๅฏๅค้จๆใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใ ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใซๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฉใณใใ ใชใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ใๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ขบ็ใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใฉใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใๅ จใฆใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first movable valve 66b, which is a variable member for allowing or prohibiting the winning of a ball into the V winning opening 165, is used for 5.5 seconds for only 0.5 seconds. It is configured to variably operate so as to switch to a state in which the ball can be won in the V winning opening 165. As a result, when a ball arrives at the first movable valve 66b at a random timing, the probability that the ball passes through the first movable valve 66b and wins the V winning opening 165 is 1/11. It is configured. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand which game per character the ball wins in the V winning opening 165, and it is possible to enthusiastically play the game in all the games per character.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่คๆฐๅใฎ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๅฐ้ใๅพใ็ใฎๆฐใ๏ผๅใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็๏ผ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ขบ็๏ผใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if a plurality of balls win the V winning device 65 during one game per accessory, the number of balls that can reach the first movable valve 66b is large. It is configured to be one. As a result, the jackpot probability (probability that the ball wins the V winning opening 165) in the game per character is about 1/11, so that the player is prevented from being provided with the jackpot game excessively. be able to.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใจใใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใๅธธๆๅไธใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใไบใๅฎใใใใฆใใๅไฝใใฟใผใณใงๆใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใชใๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใชใณๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจ่ฆๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅไฝใใฟใผใณใจใใชใๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใชใณๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใชใๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใชใณๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจ่ฆๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅไฝใใฟใผใณใจใใ้ ใซ่จญๅฎใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the operation content of the first movable valve 66b is configured so that the same operation content is always set during the period when the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10, but the operation content is limited to this. It does not have to be a predetermined operation pattern. For example, a first operation pattern defined as an off period (5.5 seconds) and an on period (0.5 seconds) of the first movable valve solenoid 209d, and Set the operation scenario to set the second operation pattern defined as the off period (3 seconds), the on period (0.2 seconds), the off period (2 seconds), and the on period (0.3 seconds) in order. You may.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใๅไธใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ็นฐใ่ฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใ่จๆธฌๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฎ่จๆธฌๆๆฎตใซใใ่จๆธฌ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฐใชใๅไฝใทใใชใชใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ่จๆธฌๆๆฎตใฎ่จๆธฌ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ่จๆธฌ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใใ๏ผๆ้ไปฅๅ ใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใใ๏ผๆ้ใ๏ผๆ้๏ผ๏ผๅ็ญ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟใ้ๅธธใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใฎๅฒๅใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใฎๅฒๅใซๅฏพใใฆ้ซใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฎใฎๆ้ใ ใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎๆ้ใ็ฎๆใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the same operation scenario is repeatedly set after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. It is also possible to provide a measuring means for measuring the elapsed time from the beginning and to switch to a different operation scenario based on the measurement result by the measuring means. In this case, only when the measurement result of the measuring means is a specific measurement result (for example, within 1 hour after the power is turned on, 3 hours to 3 hours and 10 minutes after the power is turned on, etc.), the first operation scenario is higher than the normal operation scenario. The ratio of the period during which the movable valve solenoid 209d is set to be on may be higher than the ratio of the period during which the movable valve solenoid 209d is set to be off. With this configuration, it is possible to facilitate the execution of the jackpot game (V jackpot game) during the time-saving game for a specific period, and it becomes possible for the player to play the game aiming at that period. Can improve the operation of.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฎใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ตไบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใๅๆ็ถๆ ๏ผใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ้ๅงใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใฎ้ๆฐใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๆธกใฃใฆ้ฃ็ถใใฆๅคใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๅธธใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใฎๅฒๅใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใฎๅฒๅใซๅฏพใใฆ้ซใใชใ็นๆฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใฆใใใฎ็นๆฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใไธๆฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใใฎๅพใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้็ถ็ถใใฆ่จญๅฎใใ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็นๆฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the control content of the operation scenario may be different depending on the game situation. For example, the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 is set to the initial state (scenario counter) at the timing when a specific jackpot game is executed and the timing when the game ends. It may be configured to start from the value "1"), or the result of the special symbol lottery may be continuously deviated over a predetermined number of times (for example, 300 times which is the reciprocal of the jackpot probability of the pachinko machine 10). In this case, a special operation scenario is set in which the ratio of the period in which the first movable valve solenoid 209d is set to be on is higher than the ratio of the period in which the first movable valve solenoid 209d is set to be off, as compared with the normal operation scenario. It may be configured as. Then, once this special operation scenario is set, the time saving state is set after that, and it is preferable to configure the setting so that the time saving state is continuously set for a period until the time saving state ends. As a result, the player can be made to continue playing the game by setting the special motion scenario. In this case, it is preferable to provide a notification means for notifying the player that the special operation scenario has been set. With this configuration, it is possible to inform the player that a special motion scenario is set in an easy-to-understand manner.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใใฟใผใณใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใๆ็นใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใ Next, the contents of the operation scenario table 202e3 per normal figure will be described with reference to FIG. 27 (b). FIG. 27B is a schematic diagram showing the contents specified in the operation scenario table 202e3 per normal diagram. The operation scenario table 202e3 per normal figure is a data table in which the operation pattern of the game per normal figure executed when the game is won in the ordinary symbol lottery is stored, and at the time when the game per normal figure is started. An operation scenario corresponding to the set gaming state is set.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, in the normal-figure-per-figure scenario table 202e3, the normal-use per-figure scenario 202e31, which defines the motion scenario of the per-figure game to be executed in the normal state, and the normal-use per-figure scenario 202e31, which are executed in the time-saving state, are executed. The scenario 202e32 for shortening the working hours, in which the operation scenario of the game per normal figure is specified, is specified.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใทใใชใชๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใ๏ผ็ขบๅฎใใ๏ผๆ็นใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใงใใใ Here, the contents of the scenario 202e31 per normal drawing will be described with reference to FIG. 27 (c). FIG. 27 (c) is a schematic diagram showing the contents of the scenario defined in the scenario 202e31 per normal drawing. In this normal symbol hit scenario 202e31, when it is determined in the normal symbol variation processing (see S106 of FIG. 48) that the gaming state at the time when the winning normal symbol variation is stopped (determined) is the normal state ( S1118: No) of FIG. 48 is an operation scenario to be set.
้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใจใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตไธๅ ใๆฏใๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใจใใใใใใใชใณใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In the scenario 202e31 for normal use, the normal electric solenoid for controlling the operation of the electric accessory 640a of the general electric prize device 640 with respect to the value of the scenario counter in the range of "1" to "1050", and the general electric prize device. An operation scenario for setting the second movable valve solenoid 209e, which controls the operation of the second movable valve 642 that distributes the flow destination of the ball that has won the prize to 640, to on and off, respectively, is defined.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฏใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใ๏ผ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ถ็ถใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใณ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณ๏ผ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, after the value of the scenario counter is set in the range of "1" to "1025", that is, after the scenario 202e31 per solenoid is set (after the game per solenoid in the normal state is executed) 4 Until 1 second elapses, the normal electric solenoid is off (the electric accessory 640a is closed), the second movable valve solenoid 209e is off (the ball is allowed to flow down to the out port 644), and then. The value of the scenario counter is in the range of "1026" to "1050", that is, for 0.1 seconds between 4.1 seconds and 4.2 seconds after the scenario 202e31 per normal drawing is executed, the solenoid solenoid is operated. An operation scenario is defined so that the second movable valve solenoid 209e is turned on (a state in which the electric accessory 640a is open) and the second movable valve solenoid 209e is turned on (a state in which the ball flows down to the special electric actuating port 643).
ใคใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้้็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๆ็นใงใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใธใจๅฏๅคใใฆใใใใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, when the game per game is executed in the normal state, the game per game in the closed state (4.1 seconds) and the open state (0.1 seconds) is executed. Further, even if the ball wins the prize-winning device 640 in the open state for 0.1 seconds, the position where the second movable valve 643 causes the winning ball to flow down to the out port 644 at that time (see FIG. 4). Since it is variable to, it is possible to reliably prevent the ball from winning the special electric actuating port 643.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใทใใชใชๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใ๏ผ็ขบๅฎใใ๏ผๆ็นใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 28, the contents of the time-saving general map per scenario 202e32 will be described. FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram showing the contents of the scenario defined in the scenario 202e32 for time saving. In this time-saving normal symbol hit scenario 202e32, when it is determined in the normal symbol variation processing (see S106 of FIG. 48) that the gaming state at the time when the winning normal symbol variation is stopped (determined) is the normal state ( S1118: Yes) of FIG. 48 is an operation scenario to be set.
ๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใจใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตไธๅ ใๆฏใๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใจใใใใใใใชใณใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Scenario 202e32 for time saving, scenario counter value is in the range of "1" to "1025", the electric solenoid that controls the operation of the electric accessory 640a of the general electric prize device 640, and the general electric prize device 640. An operation scenario for setting the second movable valve solenoid 209e, which controls the operation of the second movable valve 642 that distributes the flow destination of the winning ball, to on and off, respectively, is defined.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฏใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณ๏ผ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใฎ๏ผ็ง้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใณ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใ็ถ็ถใใฆใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฏใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณ๏ผ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใไธ้ๅคใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใ๏ผ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, the value of the scenario counter is in the range of "1" to "25", that is, after the scenario 202e31 per solenoid is set (after the game per solenoid in the normal state is executed), it is 0. .Until 1 second elapses, the normal electric solenoid is set to off (the electric accessory 640a is closed) and the second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to on (the state in which the ball flows down to the special electric operation port 643). After that, the value of the scenario counter is in the range of "26" to "775", that is, for 3 seconds between 0.1 second and 3.1 seconds after the scenario 202e32 per solenoid for time saving is set. The normal electric solenoid is set to on (the electric accessory 640a is in the open state), the second movable valve solenoid 209e is continuously set to on, and the value of the scenario counter is in the range of "776" to "1024", that is, The solenoid is off (the electric accessory 640a is closed) and the second movable valve solenoid 209e is on until 3.1 to 4.1 seconds have passed since the scenario 202e32 was set. (The state in which the ball is allowed to flow down to the solenoid actuating port 643) is set, and when the value of the scenario counter reaches "1025", that is, the upper limit value specified in the scenario 202e32 per time-saving solenoid, the second movable is possible. The operation scenario is defined so that the valve solenoid 209e is turned off (a state in which the ball flows down to the out port 644).
ใคใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ญๆ้ใฎ้้็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใ็ตใฆใๅณๅบงใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใ๏ผ็ง้ๅฎ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, when the game per game is executed in the short time state, the opening operation of the electric accessory 640a in the game per game is immediately executed for 3 seconds after a short closed state (0.1 seconds). Will be done. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the prize in the prize-winning device 640 than in the game per game in the normal state.
ใใใซใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the time saving scenario 202e32, the position where the second movable valve 643 can win the ball to the special electric actuating port 643 during the period when the ball can win the prize device 640 (FIG. 5). Since it is possible to set (see), it is possible to make it easier for the ball to win a prize in the special electric actuating port 643 during the game per game.
ๅ ใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใๅไธใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใๅไฝๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ็ตฑไธๅใใใใจใใงใใๅฏๅค้จๆใๅถๅพกใใๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ฅๅใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, the above-mentioned scenario per normal map 202e31 and scenario 202e32 per time-saving general map are based on the operation scenario because the operation scenario for the second movable valve solenoid 209d is defined to be the same. The operation control contents can be unified, and the process of controlling the variable member can be simplified.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฏใๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใชใไธ้ๅคใพใงๆดๆฐใใใๆ็ซใใๆกไปถ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใไธ้ๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ้ๅธธใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๅ ใซๆ็ซใใใใใซๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใธใจไธๆญฃใซ็ใๅคง้ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Although detailed explanation is omitted, the game per game includes a time end condition (a condition in which the scenario per game is updated to the upper limit) and a prize device for the game. The winning end condition that is established when the number of winning balls to 640 reaches the upper limit value (for example, 5) is set. When playing a normal game, the winning end condition is set so that the time end condition is satisfied first. Thereby, for example, in the game per game, it is possible to suppress the act of illegally winning a large number of balls into the prize-winning device 640.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅณ็คบใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใฎใปใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใฌใธในใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆปใๅ ็ชๅฐใชใฉใ่จๆถใใใในใฟใใฏใจใชใขใจใๅ็จฎใฎใใฉใฐใใใณใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญใฎๅคใ่จๆถใใใไฝๆฅญใจใชใข๏ผไฝๆฅญ้ ๅ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ Returning to FIG. 21, the description will be continued. In addition to the various counters shown in FIG. 22, the RAM 203 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags and counters, I / O, and the like. It has a work area (work area) in which the value of is stored.
ใชใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆญๅพใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใผใฟใไฟๆ๏ผใใใฏใขใใ๏ผใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใฟใฏใใในใฆใใใฏใขใใใใใใ The RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..
ๅ้ปใชใฉใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใจใใใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆ๏ผๅ้ป็บ็ๆใๅซใใไปฅไธๅๆง๏ผใฎในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใใๅใฌใธในใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใไธๆนใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ๏ผๅ้ป่งฃๆถใซใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใๅซใใไปฅไธๅๆง๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๅใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๆธใ่พผใฟใฏใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆธใ่พผใพใใๅๅคใฎๅพฉๅธฐใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญ๏ผใใณใในใซใใซๅฒ่พผ็ซฏๅญ๏ผใซใฏใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅๅใใใใจใๅ้ปๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅณๅบงใซๅฎ่กใใใใ When the power supply is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power failure (including the time when the power failure occurs; the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power on due to power failure elimination; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. The writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (see FIG. 55) when the power is cut off, and the restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed in the start-up process (see FIG. 54) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured so that a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is the MPU201. When input to, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 53) as the power failure process is immediately executed.
ใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใฎไปใกใขใชใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใฆใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 29, the RAM 203 includes a special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, a normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b, a special symbol holding ball number counter 203c, a normal symbol holding ball number counter 203d, a winning number counter 203e, and an operation. Counter group 203f, game state storage area 203g, time saving counter 203h, jackpot flag 203i, time saving end flag 203j, accessory hit flag 203k, special figure temporary stop flag 203m, special figure fluctuation time counter 203n, V flag 203p, other memory area It has 203z.
็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ้ๅๆฐ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผๅ๏ผใพใงใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ่จๆถใใใใใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ The special symbol holding ball storage area 203a stores various counter values acquired based on the ball entering the special symbol entry port 64 (starting prize) up to the maximum number (4 in this embodiment). It is a storage area for doing.
็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ้ๅงใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใใทใใใใฆ่จๆถใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ The special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is a storage area for storing various counter values for starting the variable display of the special symbol, and when the special symbol stops fluctuating, the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a When various counter values are stored in the storage area, the various counter values are shifted and stored in the storage area.
็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใฎๆคๅบใซไผดใฃใฆใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใก๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใใใใ่จๆถใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใ The special symbol holding ball storage area 203a and the special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) are the first random number counter C1 and the first hit type acquired from the counter buffer (see FIG. 22) when the start winning prize is detected. The values of the counter C2 and the variation type counter CS1 are stored respectively. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has entered the special figure entry port 64 (starting prize) in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), each counter C1 to C2, CS1 is detected from the counter buffer. Is acquired and stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๅฎ่ก้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎ็ญใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅค๏ผใฎใใกใไธใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใทใใใจใฏใไธใฎ้ ๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅฅใฎ้ ๅใธ็งปๅใใใใใจใ็คบใใ When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the special symbol variation (lottery), the MPU 201 executes a process such as a jackpot lottery and a display setting of the first symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81. Of the data corresponding to each start winning prize (counters C1 to C2, CS1 values) stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a described above, the data corresponding to one starting winning prize is used as the special symbol holding ball. Shift to the execution area. The shift in the present embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.
ๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎ้้๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๆคๅบใซไผดใฃใฆใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใก๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใ่จๆถใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใ็ใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใใๆๅคง๏ผๅๅใพใง่จๆถ๏ผไฟ็๏ผใงใใใใใซใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใขใๆใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธ้้๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใ้ ใซไฟ็็ใฎใใผใฟใใใใผใฟใ็ฉบใใฆใใไฟ็ใจใชใขใฎๅ ใๆถๅใใใ้ ๅบใฎๆฉใไฟ็ใจใชใขใใ้ ใซ่จๆถใใใใ The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b is each of the second random number counter C4 and the normal symbol variation type counter CS2 acquired from the counter buffer (see FIG. 22) when the ball passes through the through gate 67 (starting prize) is detected. A storage area where values are stored. When the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 detects that the sphere has passed through the through gate 67 (starting prize) in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), the value of the second random number counter C4 is obtained from the counter buffer. , The value of the normal symbol variation type counter CS2 is acquired and stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b. The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b has one holding area so that the data (values of the counters C4 and CS2) corresponding to one start winning can be stored (held) up to once. In the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b, the data of the holding balls in the order of passing through the through gate 67 (starting prize) is stored in order from the holding area in which the data is vacant, in the order of being digested earlier. ..
ใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่ก้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใฎ่จญๅฎ็ญใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ็ งใในใใใผใฟ๏ผใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ In addition, when it is detected that the normal symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is the execution start timing of the fluctuation display effect of the normal symbol based on the start winning prize, each counter value is stored and the winning lottery of the normal symbol is performed. It is a memory for storing data (values of counters C4 and CS2) to be referred to in processing such as setting a display (variation pattern) of the first symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81.
ใชใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่ก้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎ็ญใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใฎใใกใไธใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใใใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใธใทใใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใทใใใจใฏใไธใฎ้ ๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅฅใฎ้ ๅใธ็งปๅใใใใใจใ็คบใใ When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variation display effect of the normal symbol, the above-mentioned normal symbol is held in order to execute processing such as a winning lottery and a display setting of the second symbol display device 83. Of the data corresponding to each start winning prize stored in the ball storage area 203b (value of the random number counter C4 per second, value of the general figure variation type counter CS2), the data corresponding to one start winning prize is usually used. Shift to the symbol hold ball execution area (not shown). The shift in the present embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎๆ็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๆคๅบใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๅพ ๆฉๅๆฐ๏ผใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใง่จๆฐใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๅๆๅคใจใใฆใผใญใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๆคๅบใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๆฏใซใใใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใพใง๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใใไธๆนใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใใ The first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c, based on the winning of the special symbol entry port 64 detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) that is periodically executed every 2 milliseconds. 1 This is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of standbys) of the variable display effect (variable display effect performed by the third symbol display device 81) performed by the symbol display device 37 up to four times. The special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is set to zero as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (see S1701 in FIG. 54). Then, each time the starting prize is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value of 4. On the other hand, the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is decremented by 1 each time the variation display effect is executed.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผๅณใกใไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใฏใ็น็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๆคๅบใใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใๆฏใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใใงใใใ Further, the value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c (that is, the number of reserved balls) is set in the special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a based on the ball entering the special symbol entry port 64 (starting prize). When the counter value is stored, the voice lamp control device 113 is notified by the special symbol hold ball number command output from the main control device 110. The special symbol reserved ball number command is a command transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 each time the start winning is detected and the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is incremented by 1.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใๅๅพใใใไธ่จใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใใใฎๅ็ งใใผใฟใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ่กใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๅใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใ When each value of the counters C1 to C2 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer is stored in the special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown), the MPU 201 has a special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown). The data stored in (1) is referred to in the special symbol fluctuation start processing (see S205 in FIG. 41), a jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data, and the fluctuation pattern and stop type corresponding to the lottery result are determined. do. In the first symbol display device 37, the fluctuation display is performed based on the determined fluctuation pattern and stop type under the control of the main control device 110.
ใพใใใใใงๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๅใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้็ฅใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใ้็ฅใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ่กใใใใ Further, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type determined here are notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by the special figure fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command. Then, under the control of the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs the variation display effect based on the variation pattern and the stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.
ๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎๆ็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๆคๅบใใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้๏ผไปฅไธใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใจ็งฐใ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๅพ ๆฉๅๆฐ๏ผใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใง่จๆฐใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จๆถใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใฎๅ่จใ่จๆถใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๅๆๅคใจใใฆใผใญใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๆคๅบใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๆฏใซใๆๅคงๅคใพใง๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใไธๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The normal symbol hold ball number counter 203d allows the ball to pass through the through gate 67 detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) that is periodically executed every 2 milliseconds (hereinafter referred to as "starting prize"). This is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of standbys) of the variable display performed by the second symbol display device 83 up to one time based on the above. The normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is a counter that stores the total number of reserved balls stored based on the fact that the ball has passed through the through gate 67. Zero is set as the initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (see S1701 in FIG. 54). Then, each time the starting prize is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value (see S1204 in FIG. 49). On the other hand, the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is decremented by 1 each time the fluctuation display of the normal symbol is executed (see S1105 in FIG. 48).
ๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆฐใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆฐใใซใฆใณใใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๆคๅบๅฃ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใจๆคๅบใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใฆๆดๆฐใใใใไธๆนใ๏ผใคใฎใฉใฆใณใใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅๆฐ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅค๏ผใจๆๅบใใใๅๆฐ๏ผๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใซ่จญใใใใ็ใฎ้้ๆฐใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใ็ดฏ็ฉใใๅๆฐ๏ผใจใไธ่ดใใฆใใใๅคๅฅใใใๅพใซใๅๆๅคใงใใใ๏ผใใซใชใปใใใใใใใชใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅคใฏใ้ปๆบๆญๆใซใฏใใใฏใขใใใใใใใพใใๅๆๅใใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The winning number counter 203e is a counter for counting the number of balls that have won the V winning device 65 and the number of balls that have won the specific winning opening 650a of the variable winning device 650 during the round game in the game per character. Specifically, it is added and updated one by one based on the detection that the ball has passed through the detection port (not shown) provided in the V winning device 65. On the other hand, when one round is completed, the number of winning V winning devices 65 (value of the winning number counter 203e) and the number of ejected balls (the number of balls passing through each winning opening) can be detected. After it is determined whether or not the number of detection results of the above is the same as the cumulative number of detection results, the initial value is reset to "0". The value of the winning number counter 203e is backed up when the power is turned off. In the initialized state, it is set to 0.
ๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎ้ฒ่ก็ถๆณใ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆดๆฐ๏ผใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใทใใชใชใฎใใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎไฝใใใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใใฆใใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ The operation counter group 203k is a counter for measuring (updating) the progress of various set operation scenarios, and is composed of scenario counters corresponding to each of the scenarios stored in the various operation scenario tables 202e. When any of the operation scenarios in the various operation scenario tables 202e is set, the counter value update process is performed every 4 milliseconds in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main controller 110. Is executed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใทใใชใชใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใใทใใชใชใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใใทใใชใชใฏๅๆใซๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใทใใชใชใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅๆใซๅฎ่กใๅพใใทใใชใชใฎไธ้ๆฐๅใฎใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใ่จญใใฆๅ ด่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใซ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใๆฐใใชๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใๆชไฝฟ็จใฎใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟ็จฎๅฅใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใ่จญๅฎใใ่จญๅฎใใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใซๅฏพใใฆใใฉใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใง็จใใใใ็คบใใใใฎไฝฟ็จๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จญๅฎใใไฝฟ็จๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใใซใไฝฟ็จๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใฆใไปใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ็จฎๆงๆใจๅๆงใซใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใๆญใใใ็ถๆ ใงใ่จๆถใใใๆ ๅ ฑใไฟๆๅฏ่ฝใชใใใฏใขใใๆฉ่ฝใๆใใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใๅไฝๅถๅพกไธญใซๅ้ป็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใๆญใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ปๆบๅพฉๆงๅพใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๅ้ปๅใฎ็ถๆ ใใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ In the present embodiment, the scenarios stored in the various operation scenario tables 202e may be executed in duplicate. For example, a scenario related to a game per game and a scenario related to a game per character are configured to be executable at the same time. Therefore, the scenario counters are provided corresponding to the scenarios stored in the various operation scenario tables 202e, but the scenario counters are not limited to this, and scenario counters for the maximum number of scenarios that can be executed at the same time may be provided. In this case, when a type is provided for the scenario counter and a new operation scenario is set, an unused scenario counter type is determined, a scenario counter is set based on the determination result, and the set scenario counter is used. The usage information for indicating which operation scenario to use may be set, and the usage information set in the storage means of the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 may be set. Further, it is preferable that the storage means in which the usage information is set has a backup function capable of holding the stored information even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, as in the case of various configurations of the other RAM 203. .. With this configuration, even if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure or the like during operation control based on the operation scenario, the operation control after the power is restored can be continued from the state before the power failure. Is possible.
้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใไธๆ็ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎ่จๆถ้ ๅใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จๆถใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จๆถใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จๆถใใใใ The game state storage area 203g is a storage area for temporarily storing the currently set game state, and is a game state corresponding to the game state (setting status of the time reduction counter 203h) set after the jackpot game ends. Is memorized. Specifically, the normal state is stored when the value of the time saving counter 203h is 0, and the time saving state is stored when the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0.
ใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใๅฝใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใ็จฎๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ Further, in the state where the jackpot game or the game per character is executed, the hit game state (big hit state, the game state per character) indicating that each hit game is being executed is executed. The type information indicating the jackpot type corresponding to the jackpot game is also stored. In addition, it is configured to store information during the game per game, which indicates that the game per game is being executed.
ใใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏๅบๅใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใ Then, a state command is set based on the information stored (stored) in the game state storage area 203g, and the state command is output to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 receives the output state command and temporarily stores it in the subordinate state setting area 223g.
ใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๆ ๅ ฑใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใๆญใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใไฟๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใๅ ฅใใ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The information stored in the game state storage area 203g is configured to be able to retain the information even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, and is executed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. In the start-up process (see FIG. 54), a state command corresponding to the information stored in the game state storage area 203g is set.
ใใใซใใใๅ้ป็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใๆญใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure or the like, the voice lamp control device 113 can determine the current gaming state.
ๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใใใฎๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใชใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅบฆใช็นๅ ธใไปไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ The time saving counter 203j is a counter for indicating a state in which the high probability state of the normal symbol is set, and a value corresponding to the case where the high probability state of the normal symbol is set is set. After the jackpot game is completed, the time reduction counter 203j is set with a value corresponding to the winning jackpot type (S1914, 1915 in FIG. 56). Then, when the jackpot game is won, it is cleared to 0. As a result, since the high probability state of the normal symbol is not set during the jackpot game, it is possible to prevent the player from being given an excessive privilege during the jackpot game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใปใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฌกๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, when the high probability state of the normal symbol is set, the value of the time saving counter 203j is set, the value of the time saving counter 203j is subtracted based on the special symbol lottery (variation), and the time saving counter 203j is added. When the value of is 0, the time saving state ends and the state shifts to the normal state, but it is not limited to this, for example, until the next jackpot game is executed, it is normal. It may be configured so that the high probability state of the symbol continues. In this case, "10000" may be set as the value of the time reduction counter 203j.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆกไปถใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใฎๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใๆกไปถใฎใฟใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใใฃใฆๆ็ซใๅพใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใๅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๆฎๅคใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๆฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, only the condition for subtracting the value of the time saving counter 203j based on the number of special symbol lottery (variation) is the condition for ending the time saving state and the condition for subtracting the value of the time saving counter 203j. However, the value of the time saving counter 203j is subtracted when an end condition that can be satisfied by the processing contents of various processes executed by the main control device 110 is satisfied. You may. Specifically, when the lottery result of each symbol lottery executed in the state where the high probability state of the ordinary symbol is set becomes a predetermined lottery result (for example, special out-of-order winning), or when the ordinary symbol lottery Even when the result is a predetermined lottery result (for example, winning per special drawing), the value of the time saving counter 203j may be subtracted, or when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643. May be configured to subtract the value of the time saving counter 203j.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใคๆธ็ฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่คๆฐใพใจใใฆ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็พ็ถใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ้ขใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใซใชใใใใซๆธ็ฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใใคใพใง็ถ็ถใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, in the present embodiment, the value of the time saving counter 203j is subtracted by 1, but a plurality of values of the time saving counter 203j are collectively combined according to the type of the satisfied end condition (for example, 2). It may be configured to be subtracted, or it may be configured to subtract so that the value of the time saving counter 203j becomes "0" regardless of the current value of the time saving counter 203j. With such a configuration, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand how long the time saving state will continue, and it is possible to make the player interested in the game during the time saving state.
ใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๆกไปถใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ ใใงใฏ็กใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the condition for ending the time saving state may be different depending on the content of the condition for setting the time saving state (big hit type). As a result, not only the player can be made to execute the jackpot game, but also the jackpot type corresponding to the executed jackpot game can be made interested, and the interest of the game can be improved. ..
ๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฉใฐใงใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใจใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The jackpot flag 203i is set to on when the value of the acquired first hit random number counter C1 is determined to be a jackpot at the start of fluctuation based on the ball entering the special figure entry port 64. It is a flag to be set. In addition, it is set to off when the jackpot game is completed.
ๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ญใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใๅณใกใไปๅใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใซใชใปใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The time saving end flag 203h is a flag for indicating that the time saving end condition is satisfied, and is set to be turned on when the time saving end condition is satisfied. The time saving end flag 203h has a value of 1 in the time saving counter 203h in the special symbol fluctuation start processing (see S205 in FIG. 41) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, that is, the special symbol fluctuation this time is in the time saving state. It is set to ON when it is determined that it is the final fluctuation of (see S311 in FIG. 41). Then, it is referred to in the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S208 in FIG. 45) (see S802 in FIG. 45), and when it is determined that it is on, the value of the time saving counter 203j is reset to "0" and the time saving state is changed. The process for terminating is executed (see S803 in FIG. 45), and the process is set to off (see S804 in FIG. 45).
ใพใใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅไธญ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ In addition, when the ball wins the V winning opening 165 and the V jackpot game is executed during the special symbol change (during the final change in the time saving state) executed while the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON. Is also set to off (see S1508 in FIG. 52).
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆธ็ฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฅๆฉใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the subtraction process of the time saving counter 203h is executed at the fluctuation start timing of the special symbol, and the end processing for determining the time saving end is executed at the fluctuation stop timing of the special symbol. There is. Then, when the special symbol change is interrupted by the character-hit game during the special symbol change and the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed triggered by the character-hit game, the time saving end flag 203h is turned off. It is configured to be set.
ใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅ้ใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆธ็ฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ้ๆใซๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆธ็ฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๆ็นใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Therefore, for example, even if the V jackpot game is executed with the time saving end flag 203h set to ON and the special symbol variation that was interrupted after the jackpot game ends is resumed, the restarted special symbol variation It is possible to prevent the time saving state from ending at the fluctuation stop timing. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the subtraction process of the time saving counter 203h is executed at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol, the subtraction process of the time saving end flag 203h may be executed when the special symbol variation is restarted. There is no. Therefore, when the time saving state is set after the jackpot game ends, the process of subtracting the value of the time saving counter 203j is executed from the time when the next special symbol change after the restarting special symbol change ends. ..
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใ้ทใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใฎใฟๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆดๆฐใใใๅฆ็ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใจใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆๅฎๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆดๆฐใใใๅฆ็ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใจใใฆใ่ฏใใ With such a configuration, it is possible to make the player play a game for a longer time in a set time saving state, and it is possible to increase the player's motivation to play. In the present embodiment, the process of updating the time saving state only for the final fluctuation of the time saving state is defined as the time when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped. However, the value of the time saving counter 203j is, for example, a predetermined value (for example, 2). ), The process of updating the time saving state may be set when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped.
ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใไธใคใใฎๆ็นใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The bonus-per-feature flag 203k is a flag for indicating that the bonus-per-feature game is executed, and is set to be turned on when the bonus-per-feature game is executed. This character-per-character flag 203k is turned on when the ball that has won the general electric prize-winning device 640 during the game per character has won the special electric operating port 643 and the game per character has not been executed at that time. (See S1307 in FIG. 50). Then, in various processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, it is referred to when determining whether or not the game per character is in progress, and is set to off when the game per character ends. In this embodiment, when the accessory per item flag 203k is set to ON, the special symbol variation is interrupted.
็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใๅๆญขใใๆ้ใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใๅๆญขใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆญขใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใๅ้ใใใใใฎใงใใใ The special figure temporary stop flag 203m is a flag indicating a period for stopping the update (subtraction) of the fluctuation time of the special figure, and when it is set to on, the update (subtraction) of the fluctuation time is stopped and turned on. When it is set to off from the set state, the update (subtraction) of the stopped fluctuation time is restarted.
ใใฎ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญข๏ผไธญๆญ๏ผใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญข๏ผไธญๆญ๏ผใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ This special symbol temporary stop flag 203m is for indicating that the special symbol fluctuation is temporarily stopped (suspended), and is set to ON when the special symbol fluctuation is temporarily stopped (suspended). It is a thing. In this embodiment, when a ball is won in the special electric actuating port 643, the game per character can be executed, and when the game per character is executed, the change of the special symbol being executed stops. It is configured to be done.
็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๅคใใปใใใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซๅคใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใงใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ The special symbol fluctuation time counter 203n is a counter for measuring the fluctuation time of the special symbol, and the fluctuation time corresponding to the fluctuation pattern selected in the special symbol fluctuation pattern selection process (see S307 in S6 of FIG. 43). Is set (see SS509 in FIG. 43). Then, the value is updated (subtracted) every time the special symbol variation executing process (see S206 in FIG. 44) is executed. Whether or not the value is 0 is determined by the special symbol variation processing (see S104 in FIG. 40) (see S204 in FIG. 40). Here, when it is determined that the value of the special symbol fluctuation time counter 203a is 0 (S204: No in FIG. 40), the special symbol fluctuation stop processing for stopping the changing special symbol (see S287 in FIG. 45). ) Is executed.
ใใใซใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๆใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใจใใชใใ Further, the special figure variation time counter 203n is configured so that when a bonus game or a jackpot game is executed, the process for subtracting the value is interrupted. Therefore, the value of the special figure fluctuation time counter 203n is not subtracted during the game per accessory or during the big hit game.
๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎๅพใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The V flag 203p is a flag for indicating that the ball has won the V winning opening during the game per character, and is set to be turned on when the ball wins the V winning opening during the game per character. Is to be done. The setting status of the V flag 203p is referred to in the accessory hit control process (see S1805 in FIG. 58) (see S2008 in FIG. 58), and when it is set to ON, the jackpot game (V jackpot game) starts. It is set (see S2010 in FIG. 58). After that, it is set to off (see S2011 in FIG. 58).
ใใฎไปใกใขใชใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๆใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใใฎไปใฎใใผใฟใใใซใฆใณใฟใใใฉใฐ็ญใ่จญๅฎ๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใใ In the other memory area 203z, other data necessary for the game, counters, flags, and the like are set (stored).
ๅณ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆไฟ็ใฉใณใใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ่พบใ่ปธใจใใฆๅๆนๅดใซ้้้งๅใใใใใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้้งๅใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใใใใฎ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้งๅใใใใใฎใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผใใฎไปใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใชใฉใใใชใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใใใใซๅฏพใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใๅถๅพกไฟกๅทใ้ไฟกใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 is provided with the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the first symbol display device 37, the second symbol display device 83, the second symbol hold lamp, and the lower side of the opening / closing plate 650b of the specific winning opening 650a. The specific winning opening solenoid 209a for opening and closing the front side, the V winning opening solenoid 209b for opening and closing the opening and closing door 65a of the V winning device 65, and the storage valve 66a provided in the V winning device 65. The storage solenoid 209c for driving, the first movable valve solenoid 209d for driving the first movable valve 66b, and the second movable valve solenoid 209e for driving the second movable valve 643 in the Fuden winning device 640. A solenoid 209 including a solenoid (other solenoid 209z) for driving the electric accessory 640a is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input / output port 205.
ใพใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใในใคใใ็พคใใปใณใต็พค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝขๆใใใ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็ใๆค็ฅใใ่ฒฏ็ใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ็ญ๏ผใชใฉใใใชใๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใไฟกๅทใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Further, the input / output port 205 is connected to a switch group or a sensor group (for example, a storage sensor 65s for detecting a ball stored in a storage portion formed in the storage valve 66a in the V winning device 65), etc., which is not shown. The various switches 208 and the RAM erase switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply device 115 are connected, and the MPU 201 is connected to the signal output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253. Perform various processes based on this.
ๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใฆ่ณ็ใ่ฒธๅบ็ใฎๆๅบๅถๅพกใ่กใใใฎใงใใใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ็ญใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏใกใขใช็ญใจใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rented balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 211, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.
ๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใฌใธในใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆปใๅ ็ชๅฐใชใฉใ่จๆถใใใในใฟใใฏใจใชใขใจใๅ็จฎใฎใใฉใฐใใใณใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญใฎๅคใ่จๆถใใใไฝๆฅญใจใชใข๏ผไฝๆฅญ้ ๅ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆญๅพใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใผใฟใไฟๆ๏ผใใใฏใขใใ๏ผใงใใๆงๆใจใชใฃใฆใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใฟใฏใใในใฆใใใฏใขใใใใใใใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซใใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅๅใใใใจใๅ้ปๆๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅณๅบงใซๅฎ่กใใใใ The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as, I / O, etc. are stored. The RAM 213 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured so that the power failure signal SG1 is input from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 53) as the power failure process is immediately executed.
ๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบใขใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใใใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใพใใๅณ็คบใฏใใชใใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ใๆคๅบใใใใใฎ่ณ็ๆคๅบในใคใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใชใใ่ฉฒ่ณ็ๆคๅบในใคใใใฏใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใชใใ An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the launch control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting the paid out prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.
็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใฎๆ็คบใใชใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ่ปขๆไฝ้ใซๅฟใใ็ใฎๆใกๅบใๅผทใใจใชใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใ็็บๅฐใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณใๅใใฆใใใใใฎ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใใใณ้ป็ฃ็ณใฏใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆดใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้งๅใ่จฑๅฏใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใซ่งฆใใฆใใใใจใใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๆคๅบใใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎๆใกๆญขใในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใ๏ผๆไฝใใใฆใใชใใใจ๏ผใๆกไปถใซใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ็บๅฐใฝใฌใใคใใๅฑ็ฃใใใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆไฝ้ใซๅฟใใๅผทใใง็ใ็บๅฐใใใใ The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch the ball, the launch strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. The ball launching unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are allowed to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the operation handle is detected by the touch sensor 51a that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited in response to the amount of rotation of 51, and the ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ็คบใใชใในใใผใซใชใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฎๅบๅใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็น็ฏใใใณๆถ็ฏใฎๅบๅใๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผใไบๅๆผๅบใจใใฃใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใๆผ็ฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ็ญใ่จๆถใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏใกใขใช็ญใจใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ The audio lamp control device 113 is an audio output in an audio output device (speaker, etc. not shown) 226, an output of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (illumination units 29 to 33, indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, and a variation effect (variation). It controls the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as the display) and the advance notice effect. The arithmetic unit MPU 221 has a ROM 222 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 221 and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใขใใฌในใในๅใณใใผใฟใในใงๆงๆใใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใใใใใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. A main control device 110, a display control device 114, an audio output device 226, a lamp display device 227, a frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅ ฅๅใ็ฃ่ฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใใในใผใใผใชใผใๆใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใใใใใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใใพใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆ็คบใใใในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคๆดๅพใฎในใใผใธใซๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใในใใๅคๆดๅพใฎในใใผใธใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใใใใงใ่้ข็ปๅใจใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใไธป่ฆใช็ปๅใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ่้ขๅดใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎใใจใงใใใ The voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be changed, or at the time of super reach. The audio output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 are controlled so as to change the content of the effect, and the display control device 114 is instructed. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information about the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114 in order to display the rear image corresponding to the changed stage on the third symbol display device 81. .. Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใๅ็จฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใฎ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใจใฉใผใๅคๅฎใใใใฎใจใฉใผใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅซใใฆใจใฉใผใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅไฟกใใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฏๅใจใฉใผ๏ผใซๅฟใใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ ๆป็กใ่กจ็คบใใใๅถๅพกใ่กใใใใ The voice lamp control device 113 determines an error according to a command from the main control device 110 and the status of various devices connected to the voice lamp control device 113, and displays and controls an error command including the type of the error. It is transmitted to the device 114. The display control device 114 controls the third symbol display device 81 to display an error message image according to the error type (for example, vibration error) indicated by the received error command without delay.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใๅฐใชใใจใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 30A, at least the variation pattern selection table 222a and the operation scenario table 222b are stored in the ROM 222 of the voice lamp control device 113.
ๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ็จใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใฉๅคใใใชใผใๅคใใใชใผใๅ็จฎ็ญ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็จฎๅฅใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅๅพใใ้ธๆ็จใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซใใใๅคๅๆ้ใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ็จฎๅฅ็ญใฎๅคงใพใใชๆ ๅ ฑใฏๅณๅฎใใคใคใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅค็จฎๅคๆงใฎๅคๅๆ ๆงใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง็ญใ้ ป็นใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใงใใ้ๆ่ ใๆฉๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใไธๅ ทๅใๆๅถใงใใใ In the variation pattern selection table 222a, variation patterns of each variation pattern type (out of alignment, out of reach, various reach, etc.) are set in counter values for selection of variation patterns (not shown). The voice lamp control device 113 selects a detailed fluctuation pattern based on the fluctuation pattern type indicated by the fluctuation pattern command received from the main control device 110, the hit / fail determination result, and the acquired counter value for selection. As a result, the voice lamp control device 113 can select a wide variety of fluctuation modes while strictly observing rough information such as the fluctuation time and the type of fluctuation pattern. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the same variable display mode and the like from being frequently displayed, and it is possible to suppress a problem that the player gets bored at an early stage.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็จฎๅฅใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅๅพใใ้ธๆ็จใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใงไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใใๅฆใใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณ้ๆ๏ผใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when the game state is the normal state, a variation effect in which the third symbol is variablely displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is executed in response to the special symbol variation to be executed. .. In this variation effect, the detailed variation pattern is determined based on the variation pattern type indicated by the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110, the hit / fail determination result, and the acquired counter value for selection. By visually recognizing the variation effect executed by the third symbol display device 81, the game (special symbol game) can be performed while predicting whether or not the special symbol variation this time is a big hit.
ไธๆนใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซ๏ผถๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ฎๆใ็น้ป้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆผๅบ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๆงใ ใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใชใใใชใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅฐใใ่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ On the other hand, when the time saving state is set, the variable effect for showing the result of the special symbol lottery is not executed by the third symbol display device 81, and the special electric game aiming at the game per V triggered by the lottery of the normal symbol. It is configured so that an effect (V rush effect) for guiding the game content of the game is executed. Therefore, in the variation pattern selection table 222a, various variation patterns are defined as the variation patterns to be referred to when the gaming state is the normal state, and the variation patterns to be referred to when the time saving state is defined. No. When the third symbol is displayed smaller on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 in the time saving state, the variation pattern type indicated by the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110 is used. It is sufficient to configure so as to specify only the variation display mode corresponding to (variation time).
ๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ็จฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅฏพใใๅไฝๅถๅพกใฎ็ถๆณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆๆกใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใจๅไธใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใใๅฝขๆใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใๅไฝๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๆดๆฐๅไฝใจๅๆใใใใใซๆดๆฐๅถๅพกใใใใ The operation scenario table 222b is a data table for grasping the status of operation control for various devices executed on the main control device 110 side on the voice lamp control device 113 side, and is various types of ROM 202 of the main control device 110. It is formed from the same data table as the operation scenario table 202e. This operation scenario table 222b is used when setting an operation scenario corresponding to the received command when a command indicating the start of operation control (for example, a command indicating the start of a winning game) is received from the main control device 110 side. Referenced. The operation scenario set here is updated and controlled so as to be synchronized with the update operation on the main control device 110 side.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅไฝๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใณใใณใใฎใฟใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใๅบๅใใใ ใใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅ็จฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎๅไฝ็ถๆณใไปๅพใฎๅไฝๅฑ้ใๅฎนๆใซๆๆกใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๆใใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎ้ฒๆ็ถๆณใใณใใณใ่จญๅฎใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใจๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, only the command indicating the start of operation control is output from the main control device 110 side, and the operation status and future operation development of various devices can be easily grasped on the voice lamp control device 113 side. It becomes possible. In the present embodiment, the operation scenario table 222b is provided on the voice lamp control device 113 side for the purpose of reducing the processing load on the main control device 110 side, but the main control device 110 is not limited to this. The progress status of various operation scenarios of the various operation scenario table 202e may be set as a command and output to the voice lamp control device 113 side.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใณใใณใ่จๆถ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใฎไปใกใขใชใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ Next, the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 30 (b). As shown in FIG. 30B, the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 includes a command storage area 223a, a winning information storage area 223b, a special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c, a special symbol fluctuation start flag 223d, and a stop type selection flag. 223e, effect counter 223f, slave state setting area 223g, look-ahead counter 223h, time saving period counter 223i, unreported period storage area 223j, unreported hold number storage area 223k, interruption flag 223m, special hit flag 223n, extension flag 223p, V A rush flag 223q, a fluctuation time counter 223r, a notified pending number storage area 223s, and other memory areas 223z are provided at least.
ใณใใณใ่จๆถ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใ้ ๅใงใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใฏใใชใณใฐใใใใกใงๆงๆใใใ๏ผฆ๏ผฉ๏ผฆ๏ผฏ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผฉ๏ฝ ๏ผฆ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผฏ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๆนๅผใซใใฃใฆใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๆธใใ่กใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅฆ็่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใณใใณใ่จๆถ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎใใกใๆๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใณใใณใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใใฎใณใใณใใ่งฃๆใใใฆใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใ The command storage area 223a is an area in which various commands output from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 are temporarily stored until processing for the commands is executed. Specifically, it is composed of a ring buffer, and data is read and written by a FIFO (First In First Out) method. When the command determination process (see FIG. 61) of the voice lamp processing device 113 is executed, the command stored first among the unprocessed commands stored in the command storage area 223a is read out, and the command determination process performs the command determination process. , The command is parsed and processing is performed according to the command.
ๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผใคใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใจใ๏ผใคใฎใจใชใข๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๆใใฆใใใใใใใฎๅใจใชใขใซใฏใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซใใใไฟ็็ใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ็ญใๅคๅ้ๅงๅใซ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅคๅฅใงใใใ The prize information storage area 223b has one execution area and four areas (first area to fourth area) for special symbols, and each of these areas stores prize information. NS. Based on the information stored in the winning information storage area 223a, the lottery result of the reserved ball or the like can be determined by the voice lamp control device 113 before the start of fluctuation.
็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆไฟ็ใใใฆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๅพ ๆฉๅๆฐ๏ผใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใง่จๆฐใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใ The special symbol reservation ball number counter 223c is a variation effect (variation display) performed by the first symbol display device 37 (and the third symbol display device 81), similarly to the special symbol reservation ball number counter 203c of the main control device 110. Therefore, it is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of standbys) of the fluctuation effect held in the main control device 110 up to four times. That is, the number of reserved balls corresponding to the special symbol is set based on the reserved ball number command output from the main control device 110.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ดๆฅใขใฏใปในใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆไฟ็็ๆฐใใซใฆใณใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฆใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็ฎก็ใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ As described above, the voice lamp control device 113 cannot directly access the main control device 110 to acquire the value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c stored in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110. Therefore, the voice lamp control device 113 counts the number of reserved balls based on the reserved ball number command transmitted from the main control device 110, and the special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c manages the reserved ball number. It has become.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซใใฃใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใๅใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ็ฎๅพใพใใฏๆธ็ฎๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ็คบใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใ Specifically, in the main control device 110, when the number of reserved balls in the variable display is added by entering the special figure entry port 64, or in the main control device 110, the variable display in the special symbol is executed. When the number of reserved balls is subtracted, a hold ball number command indicating the value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c after addition or subtraction is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅๅพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซๅพใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใฎใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅๆใใใชใใใใใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใใจใใงใใใ When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the hold ball number command transmitted from the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 acquires the value of the special symbol hold ball number counter 203c of the main control device 110 from the hold ball number command, and specially It is stored in the symbol reserved ball number counter 223c. In this way, the voice lamp control device 113 updates the value of the special symbol hold ball number counter 223c according to the hold ball number command transmitted from the main control device 110, so that the special symbol hold ball number counter of the main control device 110 is updated. The value can be updated while synchronizing with 203c.
็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใฏใไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบใซ็จใใใใใๅณใกใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใซๅฟใใฆใใใฎใณใใณใใซใใ็คบใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆ ผ็ดๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใในใใ่กจ็คบ็จไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใ The value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c is used for displaying the reserved ball number symbol. That is, the voice lamp control device 113 stores the number of reserved balls indicated by the command in the special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c in response to the reception of the reserved ball number command, and also stores the stored special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c. In order to notify the display control device 114 of the value of, a display hold ball number command is transmitted to the display control device 114.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใใใฎใณใใณใใซใใ็คบใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใฎๅคใๅณใกใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคๅใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๅถๅพกใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅๆใใชใใใใใฎๅคใๅคๆดใใใใๅพใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใฎๆฐใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅๆใใใชใใใๅคๅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไฟ็ใใใฆใใไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใๆญฃ็ขบใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ When the display control device 114 receives this display hold ball number command, the value of the hold ball number indicated by the command, that is, the number of hold balls corresponding to the value of the special symbol hold ball number counter 223c of the voice lamp control device 113. Is displayed in the sub-display area Ds1 (see FIG. 11B) of the third symbol display device 81, and the drawing of the image is controlled. As described above, the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c is changed while synchronizing with the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c of the main control device 110. Therefore, the number of reserved sphere symbols displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can also be changed while synchronizing with the value of the special symbol reserved sphere number counter 203c of the main control device 110. Therefore, the third symbol display device 81 can accurately display the number of reserved balls for which the variable display is reserved.
็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซๅๆๅคใจใใฆใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้็ฅใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใใชใใใใจใใซใชใใใใใ The special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is set to off as an initial value when the power is turned on, and is set to on when a special figure fluctuation pattern command for notifying the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol output from the main controller 110 is received. .. On the other hand, it is turned off when the variable display is set in the third symbol display device 81.
็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใ้็ฅใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใใชใใใใจใใซใชใใใใใ The special figure stop type selection flag 223e is set to on when a stop type command for notifying the variable stop type of the special symbol output from the main control device 110 is received. On the other hand, it is turned off when the variable display is set in the third symbol display device 81.
ๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ้ธๆใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใฎ้ธๆ็ญใซไฝฟ็จใใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒใง็นฐใ่ฟใๆดๆฐใใใใใชใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใฆๆดๆฐใใใใ The effect counter 223f is a counter used for selecting a variation pattern, selecting various effects, and the like, and is repeatedly updated in the range of 0 to 98. It should be noted that each time the main process is executed, one is added and updated.
ๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใผใฟใซใใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใณใใณใใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใฆใใใใฏใขใใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ In the slave state setting area 223g, data corresponding to the state command output from the main control device 110 is set. The current gaming state can also be determined by the voice lamp control device 113 based on the data set in the slave state setting area 223g. The state setting command is output from the main control device 110 even when the power is turned on, and the backed up game state can be determined by the voice lamp control device 113.
ๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎใใกใๅคๅๆ้ใๅ ่ชญใฟใใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใใปใใใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅ ่ชญใฟใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใ้ขใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใๅฐ็จใฎๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ The look-ahead counter 223h is a counter for measuring the number of special figure reservations whose variable time is pre-read among the number of time reductions set as the time reduction state, and is the number of time reductions set when the time reduction state is set. The value corresponding to is set, and is subtracted according to the number of special figure reservations for which the look-ahead of the fluctuation time is executed. Then, it is referred to when the value of the time saving period counter 223i, which will be described later, becomes 0, and when the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is not 0, the special symbol change is executed even in the time saving state. , A process for displaying a dedicated effect (see FIG. 19A) is executed.
ๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ็คบใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎ่คๆฐๅใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใ็ดฏ็ฉใใๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ็ งใๆธ็ฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The time saving period counter 223i is a counter indicating the time (special symbol fluctuation time) of the special symbol change until the time saving state ends, and a plurality of counters until the special symbol change that satisfies the end condition of the time saving state ends. The value obtained by accumulating the special figure fluctuation time is set. The value of the time saving period counter 223i is referenced and subtracted in the effect update process (S4111 in FIG. 72) executed every 1 millisecond in the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control process 113 (FIG. 60). See S5303 and S5304 of 72).
ๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็คบใๅคใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใซใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใ้ใซ็จใใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใจๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใง้ๆใ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ้ๅงใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใไธ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The value indicated by the time reduction period counter 223i is used when setting the display mode of the timer 812 to indicate the remaining period of the V rush in the V rush effect executed during the time reduction state (see FIG. 12 (c)). .. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the game is configured to be played by the same game method (left-handed game) as in the normal state, the jackpot game, and the time saving state, and is set after the jackpot game is completed. At the timing when the time saving state is started, the value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c is configured to easily reach the upper limit (4).
ใใฃใฆใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใฏใใใฎๆ็นใง็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผๅๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็ดฏ่จๅค๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Therefore, on the ending screen of the jackpot game (see FIG. 12 (a)) in which the number of time reductions is set to 4 times, the special symbol holding information acquired at that time (the special symbol stored in the winning information storage area 223b) is displayed. Based on the winning information), the fluctuation time until the end of the time saving state (cumulative value of the fluctuation time for four special figure fluctuations) is displayed.
ใชใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅคใๅคใงใใฃใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๆ็นใง็ฒๅพใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ใฎๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใใฆใๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฒๅพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๆ้ใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใ Even if the number of time reductions is larger than the upper limit (4) of the special symbol reservation number counter 223c, or even if the time reduction number of times is set to 4, the number of special symbol reservations at the end of the jackpot game ( If the number of special symbol reservations) has not reached 4, the value of the time reduction counter 223i is set according to the special symbol reservation information acquired at that time, and the time reduction period is determined from the value of the look-ahead counter 223h. The number of special symbol reservations added to the counter 223i is subtracted. Then, when new special symbol reservation information is acquired, the special symbol fluctuation time is added to the time saving period counter 223i based on the acquired special symbol reservation information, and the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is subtracted.
ๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅคๅๆ้ใๅ ็ฎๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใๅณใกใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใซใ้ขใใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ็ฎใงใใชใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใไธๆ็ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใจใชใขใงใใใ The unreported period storage area 223j is in a state where the fluctuation time can be added to the time saving period counter 223i, that is, when the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is 1 or more, the winning command is received even though the winning command is received. When the value of the special symbol fluctuation time according to the included special symbol hold information cannot be added to the time saving period counter 223i (for example, during a big hit game or a character-per-feature game), the special symbol hold information included in the received winning command This is an area that temporarily stores the special map fluctuation time according to the above.
ใใฎๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅค๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้๏ผใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ใๅ ็ฎๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ่ชญใฟๅบใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ็ฎใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญๆ้ใๅ ็ฎๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใๅฆใใซ้ขใใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใ้ใซใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ ใใง่ฏใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ The value (special figure fluctuation time) stored in the unreported period storage area 223j is read out when the time saving period can be added, and is referred to when adding to the time saving period counter 223i. With this configuration, regardless of whether or not the time saving period can be added, when a winning command is received, it is only necessary to execute the process of reading the special figure fluctuation time included in the winning command. The processing load of the voice lamp control device 113 can be reduced.
ๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใฎๆฐใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใไธๆ็ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ญๆ้ใๅ ็ฎๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ่ชญใฟๅบใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใ The unannounced hold number storage area 223k is a storage area for temporarily storing the number of winning commands in which the special figure fluctuation time is stored in the above-mentioned unannounced period storage area 223j, that is, the number of special symbol hold balls. Therefore, it is read when the time saving period can be added, and the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is subtracted according to the read value.
ไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใชใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใ The interruption flag 223m is a flag for indicating that the value of the time saving period counter 223h is not subtracted, and the state in which the value of the time saving period counter 223h is not subtracted, that is, the character hit game and the jackpot game are executed. If this is the case, it will be set to on.
็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใ๏ผใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใไฟ็่จๆถๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The special hit flag 223n is a flag set to be turned on when the winning information indicating the special hit (โbig hit Bโ) is included in the special symbol stored on hold. This special hit flag 223n is set to on when it is determined in the jackpot end processing (see S4914 in FIG. 69) that the winning information indicating the special hit is included in the hold storage (see S5013 in FIG. 69). ).
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆ็นใง็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใๅญๅจใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใฎใฟใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใซใ็นๅณไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใใๅญๅจใใฆใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบ๏ผๅคฉๅฝใขใผใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ In the present embodiment, if there is a special hit in the special symbol hold acquired at the end of the jackpot game, only the period until the special symbol change corresponding to the special hit ends is shortened during the V rush. It is configured to be displayed as a period, and further, an effect (heaven mode) for notifying the player that a special hit exists in the special figure hold is executed (Fig.). 17 (a)).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใฎ็ต้ๅพ๏ผใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใไบๅใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎๅฟใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆ็ญๆ้ใจใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๆ็นใซใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใซใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไฝ็งๅพใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใฎๆ็ญๆ้ไธญ๏ผ็นๆฎๅฝใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ไธญ๏ผใซใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใไฝๅๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใๆฅฝใใพใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, after a predetermined period of time has elapsed (after a short period of time when it is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81), the jackpot game (the jackpot won by the special figure lottery) is given to the player. Since it is possible to notify in advance that the game) will be executed, the player can be made to play the game with peace of mind. Further, in the present embodiment, when the heaven mode is set, the period until the end of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation corresponding to the special hit is notified as a time saving period, so that the jackpot The remaining period for a short period of time at the time of the game (special hit) can be set to 0 seconds. Therefore, since it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner how many seconds the jackpot game will be executed, the V jackpot will be performed during the short time period of the heaven mode (during the period until the jackpot game of special hit is executed). The game can be played while entertaining how many times the game can be played.
ใใใซใๅคฉๅฝใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆ็ญๆ้ใจใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใใใๅพใซ็ฒๅพใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใงใใชใใใใซใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญๆ้ใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๆฎต้ใง็นๆฎๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใใใจใไบๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Furthermore, when the heaven mode is set, the period until the end of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation corresponding to the special hit is notified as a shortened time period, so that the special hit is supported. It is possible to prevent the player from determining in advance the special figure fluctuation time corresponding to the special figure hold acquired after the figure hold. As a result, for example, when the jackpot game corresponding to the special hit is executed at the stage where the time saving period is 10 seconds remaining, the player knows in advance that the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation to be executed next is 10 seconds. It is possible to prevent the player from being grasped and the motivation to play is reduced.
ๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใจใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใๆใใฆใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The extension flag 223p is a flag for indicating that the game per normal figure is executed at the timing when the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied, and the game per normal figure is executed at the timing when the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied. If so, it is set to on. In the present embodiment, as the operation scenario of the game per normal figure, the scenario 202e31 for the normal game corresponding to the game per game in the normal state and the time-saving normal game corresponding to the game per game in the time saving state It has scenarios 202e32, and is configured to variably set the game content of the game per game based on the game state set at the execution timing of the game per game.
ใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบ้้ใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฎใใใช็ถๆ ใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใขใผใใ็คบใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใพใงๅปถ้ทใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็ใในใๆ้๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, for example, when the game per game is executed just before the end of the time saving state, the game per game in the time saving state may be executed even after the game state shifts to the normal state. When such a state occurs, it is configured to execute an effect in which the end timing of the V rush effect indicating the game mode in the time saving state is extended to the end timing of the game per normal drawing (FIG. 16). (C). As a result, it is possible to inform the player of the period in which the V prize should be aimed (V rush period) in an easy-to-understand manner.
๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใ็ถ็ถใใฆใชใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใซใใใๅ็จฎ็ดฏ็ฉๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ฒๅพๆฐใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฎ็ฒๅพ็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใฎ็ฎๅบๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๆ้ใๅฎนๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ The V rush flag 223q is a flag for indicating that it is a V rush period, and is set to on when a big hit is won in a special symbol lottery (special symbol lottery) in a normal state, and is a condition for ending the time saving state. Is set to off when is satisfied. The V rush flag 223q is configured to be continuously turned on even when a jackpot game is executed during a short time period (during V rush). As a result, it is possible to easily set the period for which various cumulative information (information for indicating the number of acquired V jackpot games and the number of acquired balls during the V rush period) to be calculated in the V rush period is to be calculated.
ๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ็ งใๆธ็ฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใๅพใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซ็จใใใใใ The fluctuation time counter 223r is a counter for measuring the fluctuation time of the special symbol, and when the fluctuation pattern command of the special symbol is received, the fluctuation time corresponding to the received fluctuation pattern command is set, and the voice lamp control is performed. It is referenced and subtracted in the effect update process (S4111 in FIG. 72) executed every 1 millisecond in the main process (see FIG. 60) of the process 113 (see S5303 and S5304 in FIG. 72). The value of the fluctuation time counter 223h is referred to when determining the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution at the timing when the special symbol change can be interrupted, and is used to set a different effect mode according to the remaining period. Be done.
ๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆขใซๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅ ็ฎใใๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใฃใฆใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใ้ใซใๆดๆฐใใใๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใใฆใๆฐใใชๆ็ญๅๆฐใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆใซใใใฆใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใจใงใๆฐใใชๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆขใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๆ็ญๆ้ใๆฐใใซๅ ็ฎ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใใซ็จใใใใใ The notified pending number storage area 223s is an area for storing the special figure reserved number corresponding to the fluctuation time already added to the value of the time saving period counter 223i, and the value of the unannounced pending number storage area 223k is updated. At that time, the updated value is stored, and the value is subtracted when the special symbol change is completed. Then, at the end of the jackpot game in which a new time reduction number is set, a new time reduction state is set by subtracting the value stored in the notified pending number storage area 223s from the value set in the look-ahead counter 223h. In this case, the number of special symbol holding balls already notified as the remaining period of the time saving state is subtracted, and the number of special symbol holding balls that can be newly added and displayed in the time saving period is made to correspond to the value of the look-ahead counter 223h. Used for.
ใใฎไปใกใขใชใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏไธ่ฟฐใใใใผใฟไปฅๅคใฎใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ ๅใจใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝฟ็จใใใใฎไปใซใฆใณใฟๅคใชใฉใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใฆใใใใใฎ้ ๅใงใใใ The other memory area 223z is provided as an area for storing data other than the above-mentioned data, and is an area for temporarily storing other counter values and the like used by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the effect of suggesting the variation time corresponding to the special figure hold acquired in the normal state to the player is not executed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the normal state is not limited to this. The effect mode may be changed according to the contents of the special drawing reservation.
ไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅ่จใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่ถใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฅๆฐใฎๆฐๅญใใใ็ฎใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ For example, the stop type of the special symbol (combination of the third symbol indicating the jackpot) may be variably set based on the fluctuation time corresponding to the acquired special symbol hold, and the total fluctuation time of the special symbol hold may be set. When a big hit is won in a state where it exceeds 100 seconds, a combination of third symbols in which odd numbers are stopped and displayed in doublets may be displayed.
ใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆ็กใซๅ ใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ท็ญใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, the display mode of the reserved symbol displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 in the normal state is variably set based on the length of the fluctuation time in addition to the presence or absence of the jackpot winning by the special symbol lottery. You may.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใซ็ชๅ ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฒๅพๆธใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅบใฅใๅคๅๆ้ใๅ จใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฒๅพๆธใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅบใฅใๅคๅๆ้ใฎไธ้จใฎใฟใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใใใจใซใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใชใ้ๆๆงใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, when the V rush is entered, all the fluctuation times based on the acquired special figure hold are notified, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example, the acquired special figure. It may be configured to notify the player of only a part of the fluctuation time based on the hold, or the duration of the V rush (the period until the end of the time saving state) by the player operating the operation means. The game playability in which the fluctuation time of the special symbol for indicating the above is not notified may be selectably configured.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใซๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐๅใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅใ ใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณไฟ็ใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง่กจ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅฝ่ฉฒ็นๅณไฟ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ้ๆ่ ใๅคงใพใใซๆๆกใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, it is configured to add up and notify the fluctuation time corresponding to a plurality of special figure fluctuations executed until the time saving end condition is satisfied, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is not limited to each. It may be configured so that the operator can identify the variable time corresponding to the special figure hold. In this case, for example, the display mode of the special figure hold corresponding to the special figure change executed until the time saving end condition is satisfied is displayed in a display mode imitating a character, and according to the type of the displayed character. It may be configured so that the player can roughly grasp the length of the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation corresponding to the special figure hold.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅพใซๅฟ ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใ็นๅฎใฎๅฒๅใง่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใชใ่ใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญ๏ผใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅฆใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๆ็นใง็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๅพใซๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, since the time saving state, which is a gaming state advantageous to the player, is always set after the jackpot game is executed, the V rush flag is set when the jackpot game is executed. However, for example, when the time saving state and the normal state are set at a specific ratio after the jackpot game ends, the jackpot game is executed. Even so, there is a risk that the time saving state will not be set after the jackpot game is completed. In this case, after the end of the jackpot game (during the ending period of the jackpot game), whether or not the time reduction state is set after the end of the jackpot game is determined based on the set jackpot type, and the time reduction state is set. If it is determined that, it can be changed after holding the special figure acquired at that time.
ๆฌกใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใฃใผใใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the content of the game executed in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment triggered by the ordinary symbol lottery will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 and 32. FIG. 31 is a timing chart showing the flow of the game when the game per normal figure is executed in the normal state, and FIG. 32 is a timing chart of the game when the game per normal figure is executed in the time saving state. It is a timing chart showing the flow.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ้ ใง้ฒ่กใๅพใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใจ็กใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 31, the flow of the game when the game per normal figure is executed in the normal state will be described. In the present embodiment, when a winning game is won in a lottery of ordinary symbols, a game (special electric game) that can proceed in the order of a game per game, a game per character, and a big hit game (V big hit game) can be executed. It is configured. That is, the jackpot game can be executed without drawing a special symbol.
ใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅถๅพกใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใพใงใซ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฆใใใใฎๅพ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ็ตใฆใ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ใ็ตใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใใ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ First, in the normal state, if a winner is won by a normal symbol lottery, a game per normal figure is executed based on the scenario 202e31 per normal figure (see FIG. 27 (c)), and the general electric winning device 640 is open-controlled. Will be done. In the game per game executed in the normal state, as shown in FIG. 27 (c), it takes 4 seconds (t1) from the start of the game per game to the opening of the electric accessory 640a. Then, after an open state of 0.1 seconds (t2) and a closed state of 1 second (t3), the game per game is completed. Then, for 4 seconds (t4) from the start timing of the game per normal figure, the second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to turn on so that the ball can win a prize in the special electric operation port 643. After that, the second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to off so that the ball is guided to the out port 644.
ใใฃใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใธๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใใไธใคใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใซใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใ็ใ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใจใใงๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจใใฆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ป้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆไพใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the game per game executed in the normal state, it is difficult for the ball to win in the Fuden winning device 640, and even if the ball wins, the winning ball is guided to the out opening 644. It will be. As a result, it is possible to reliably prevent the ball from winning a prize in the special electric actuating port 643 during the normal state and executing the game per accessory. With this configuration, the time saving state in which the special figure game aiming at the execution of the jackpot game is executed by the lottery of the special symbol and the special electric game aiming at the execution of the jackpot game by the lottery of the normal symbol are executed. Even if it is configured to execute the same game method in the middle and the middle, it is possible to suppress the execution of the jackpot game by the special electric game during the normal state and to provide the player with the jackpot game excessively. It can be suppressed.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใใจใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใชใไบๆ ใ้ฒๆญขใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใจใๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎใฟใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, since the special symbol lottery is executed a predetermined number of times (4 times or 15 times) in the time saving state, the time saving state is terminated, so that the special symbol lottery is performed during the time saving state. Need to be prevented from not being executed. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the same game method is executed in the normal state, the jackpot game state, and the time saving state, the game in which only the lottery of the normal symbol is executed during the time saving state is performed. It can be suppressed from being done.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎไธ้จใซใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the operation content of the game per normal figure is set so as to prohibit the execution of the special electric game during the normal state, but the operation content is not limited to this, and for example, the game is executed during the normal state. A part of the game per game to be played may be configured so that the same operation scenario as the game per game executed during the time saving state is selected. As a result, the player can be made to play an unexpected game.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ็กใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็กใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅใณใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฐใใชๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฎๅณๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใๆ้ใๅธธๆ้งๅใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใซ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใๅไฝใใฟใผใณใง้งๅใใใฆใใใ Returning to FIG. 31, the description will be continued. As described above, when the game per game is executed in the normal state, the ball that has won the special electric winning device 640 does not win the special electric operating port 643, so that the ball to the special electric operating port 643 The winning game is not executed, and the winning game in which the V winning device 65 is opened and the jackpot game in which the variable winning device 650 is opened are not executed. , A new normal symbol change (normal figure change) is executed based on the end of the game per normal figure. Since the operation scenario in which the first movable valve 66b (FIG. 31 (h)) is constantly driven during the period when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on is set, the first movable valve 66b (FIG. 31 (h)) is set regardless of whether or not the game per accessory is executed. , The operation pattern is based on the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 (see FIG. 27A).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 32, among the flow of the game when the game per normal figure is executed in the time saving state, the flow of the game when the big hit game (V big hit game) is executed will be described. ..
ใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅถๅพกใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใพใง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฆใใใใฎๅพ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ็ตใฆใ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ใ็ตใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใใ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใ็ใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ First, in the time saving state, when the winning is won by the ordinary symbol lottery, the game per drawing based on the scenario 202e32 (see FIG. 28) for saving time is executed, and the winning device 640 is open-controlled. In the game per game executed during the time saving state, as shown in FIG. 28, it takes 0.1 seconds (t1) from the start of the game per game to the opening of the electric accessory 640a. After that, after an open state for 3 seconds (t2) and a closed state for 1 second (t3), the game per game is completed. Then, for 4 seconds (t4) from the start timing of the game per normal figure, the second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to turn on so that the ball can win a prize in the special electric operation port 643. After that, the second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to off so that the ball is guided to the out port 644.
ใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใธๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ๏ผใไธใคใๅ ฅ่ณ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ๏ผใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the game per game executed in the short time state, the ball is easy to win in the normal electric winning device 640 (it is easier to win the game than the game per game in the normal state), and the winning ball is operated by special electric power. It is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the mouth 643 (it is easier to win a prize than a game per game in a normal state). As a result, in the game per game that is executed during the time saving state, it is possible to facilitate the winning of the ball to the special electric actuating port 643 and to facilitate the game per character.
็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๅณ็คบใใชใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณในใคใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ใฎ้้๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใๆค็ฅใใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใๅฅๆฉใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ ๆฉๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅพใซใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใๅฅๆฉใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใใซ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใคใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใๆ้ใซใใใฆใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ็ถญๆใใใใใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่คๆฐใฎ็ใๅฐ้ใๅพใชใใใใซใใใใจใใงใใใ The ball winning the special electric operation port 643 and the passing (winning) of the ball are detected by the special electric operation port winning switch (FIG. 32 (e)) (not shown), and the function of opening the V winning device 65 with the detection result as a trigger. A hit game is executed. When the game per accessory is started, the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to ON for 1.5 seconds (t6) in order to open the V opening / closing door 65a after the waiting period of 0.1 seconds (t5) has elapsed. After that, a per-feature game in which the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to off is executed for 1.4 seconds (t7). Further, with the start of the game per accessory, the storage solenoid 209c is set to ON in order to position the storage valve 66a in the storage state for 1.6 seconds (t8). That is, during the period in which the ball can win the V winning device 65 by the game per character, the storage valve 66a is maintained in the stored state (see FIG. 7). It is possible to prevent a plurality of balls from reaching the V winning opening 165.
ใใใฆใๆ้๏ฝ๏ผใฎ็ต้ๅพใซ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ๏ผๅใฎ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใใซไบคไบใซๅใๆฟใใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ้งๅใใใฆใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฆ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใงใใใฐ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใงใใใฐ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใๅณ็คบใใชใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณในใคใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ใฎ้้ใๆค็ฅใใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใใ Then, when the storage solenoid 209c is set to off after the lapse of the period t8, one ball stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a flows down toward the first movable valve 66b. The first movable valve 66b is driven based on the first movable valve operation scenario 202e4 so as to alternately switch between a closed state for 5 seconds (t10) and an open state for 0.5 seconds (t9), and is stored. When the ball stored in the valve 66a reaches the first movable valve 66a, if the first movable valve 66b is in the closed state, the ball flows down toward the second out port 163b, and the first movable valve 66b If is open, the ball flows down toward the V winning opening 165. When a ball wins in the V winning opening 165, the passage of the ball is detected by a V winning switch (FIG. 32 (i)) (not shown), and a jackpot game (V jackpot game) is started based on the detection result.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใ๏ผใไธใคใๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ๏ผใไธใคใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the game per game is executed during the time saving state, it is easier to make the prize device 640 win the ball (compared to the game per game in the normal state). (Easy to win a prize), and when the winning ball executes a game per game that is easy to win in the special electric operation port 643, and the game per game is executed during the normal state, the normal electric winning device 640 is used. It is difficult to win a ball (it is harder to win a prize than a game per game in a short time state), and even if the ball wins the Fuden winning device 640, the winning ball goes to the special electric operation port 643. It is configured to perform a game per game that is difficult to win.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ถ็ถ็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็นๅฅๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆๆนๆณใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆๆนๆณใจใใๅไธใซใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบ็ใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใไธๆญฃใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ่ก็บ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฟๅใซ็ใ็ฃ็ณใงๆญขใใฆใใใ้ๆพใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ่ก็บ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฌๅนณใช้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in order to continuously execute the special symbol fluctuation during the time saving state, a game method aiming at the special entrance 64 which is a lottery trigger for the special symbol and a through which is a lottery trigger for the normal symbol. Even when the game method aiming at the gate 67 is the same, the probability that the game per character is executed can be greatly different depending on the game state. In addition, in the game per game in the normal state, the act of illegally making the ball win the prize in the prize-winning device 640 (for example, the ball is stopped by a magnet in the vicinity of the electric accessory 640a, and the ball is adjusted to the opening timing. Even if the winning ball is executed, it is possible to prevent the winning ball from winning the special electric actuating port 643, so that the player can be provided with a fair game.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใๆใใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ ใใงใฏ็กใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎไฝใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใงๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใๅคๆดใใใ็ ฉใใใใๆใใใใใใจ็กใๅๆปใซ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, not only the game for establishing the lottery opportunity for the special symbol or the lottery opportunity for the normal symbol, but also the game per normal figure, the game per character, and the big hit game are all executed by the left-handed game. Therefore, the game can be smoothly performed without causing the player to feel the hassle of changing the game method.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผใไบๅๆผๅบใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the display control device 114 changes the display (variation) of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81. It controls the production) and the advance notice production. Details of the display control device 114 will be described later.
้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้จใซ้ปๆบใไพ็ตฆใใใใใฎ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ้ป็ญใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใ็ฃ่ฆใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ็คบใใชใ้ปๆบ็ต่ทฏใ้ใใฆใๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅฏพใใฆๅใ ใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅไฝ้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใใใใใฎๆฆ่ฆใจใใฆใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅค้จใใไพ็ตฆใใใไบคๆต๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใๅใ่พผใฟใๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎในใคใใใใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใฎใฝใฌใใคใใใขใผใฟ็ญใ้งๅใใใใใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใใญใธใใฏ็จใฎ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใใฏใขใใ็จใฎใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใชใฉใ็ๆใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงๅใณใใใฏใขใใ้ปๅงใๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใซๅฏพใใฆๅฟ ่ฆใช้ปๅงใไพ็ตฆใใใ The power supply device 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power failure due to a power failure, and a RAM erasing switch 122 (see FIG. 10). It has an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the required operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volt AC supplied from the outside, and has a voltage of 12 volt for driving various switches such as various switches 208, a solenoid such as a solenoid 209, and a motor. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to each control device 110 to 114 and the like.
ๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ป็ญใฎ็บ็ใซใใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใใใฎๅ่ทฏใงใใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๆๅคง้ปๅงใงใใ็ดๆตๅฎๅฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ็ฃ่ฆใใใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใๆชๆบใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ป๏ผ้ปๆบๆญใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญ๏ผใฎ็บ็ใจๅคๆญใใฆใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅบๅใซใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็ใ่ช่ญใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใชใใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ดๆตๅฎๅฎ๏ผ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใ๏ผ๏ผใใซใๆชๆบใซใชใฃใๅพใซใใใฆใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใซๅ ๅใชๆ้ใฎ้ใๅถๅพก็ณปใฎ้งๅ้ปๅงใงใใ๏ผใใซใใฎ้ปๅงใฎๅบๅใๆญฃๅธธๅคใซ็ถญๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใซๅฎ่กใๅฎไบใใใใจใใงใใใ The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251 and determines that a power failure (power cutoff, power supply cutoff) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volt. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time for executing the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 53).
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆผไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใใใฎๅ่ทฏใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ ฅๅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใใใฏใขใใใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใใใใใฎๆๅบๅๆๅใณใใณใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใ The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting the RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control device 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 10) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. It transmits to the device 111.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกไพใซใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใ็คบใใใญใใฏๅณใงใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅ
ฅๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใ
<About the electrical configuration of the display control device in the first embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration of the display control device 114 in the first control example will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 to 38. FIG. 33 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the display control device 114. The display control device 114 includes the MPU 231, the work RAM 233, the character ROM 234, the resident video RAM 235, the normal video RAM 236, the image controller 237, the input port 238, the output port 239, and the bus lines 240 and 241. have.
ๅ ฅๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅๅดใซใฏ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใๆฅ็ถใใใๅ ฅๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใซใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใใพใใๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅๅดใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ The output side of the voice lamp control device 113 is connected to the input side of the input port 238, and the MPU 231, the work RAM 233, the character ROM 234, and the image controller 237 are connected to the output side of the input port 238 via the bus line 240. .. A resident video RAM 235 and a normal video RAM 236 are connected to the image controller 237, and an output port 239 is connected via the bus line 241. Further, a third symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 239.
ใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ขบ็ใใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใงๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ็ฐใชใๅฅๆฉ็จฎใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใๅณๆๆงๆใๅ จใๅใไปๆงใฎๆฉ็จฎใใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅ ฑ้้จๅๅใใใณในใไฝๆธใๅณใใใฆใใใ Even if the pachinko machine 10 is a different model in which the lottery probability of winning a special symbol and the number of prize balls paid out in one special symbol jackpot are different, the symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Since there are models with exactly the same configuration, the display control device 114 is made into a common component to reduce costs.
ไปฅไธใงใฏใๅ ใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใๆฌกใใงใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ In the following, the MPU 231, the character ROM 234, the image controller 237, the resident video RAM 235, and the normal video RAM 236 will be described first, and then the work RAM 233 will be described.
ใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ่ตใใฆใใใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅฝไปคใณใผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใใงใใใใใใฎๅฝไปคใณใผใใซๅพใฃใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅ๏ผๅ้ปใใใฎๅพฉ้ปใๅซใใไปฅไธใๅใใ๏ผ็ดๅพใซใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใใใใใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใฎใทในใใ ใชใปใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใใฆใงใขใซใใฃใฆ่ชๅ็ใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใๅฝไปคใณใผใใใใงใใใใใๅบฆใซใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎๅคใ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใใใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟใฎ่จญๅฎๅฝไปคใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎ่จญๅฎๅฝไปคใซใใๆ็คบใใใใใคใณใฟใฎๅคใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใใใ First, the MPU 231 controls the display content of the third symbol display device 81 based on the display fluctuation pattern command output from the voice lamp control device 113 based on the fluctuation pattern command of the main control device 110. The MPU 231 has a built-in instruction pointer 231a, reads an instruction code stored at the address indicated by the instruction pointer 231a, fetches the instruction code, and executes various processes according to the instruction code. Immediately after the MPU 231 is turned on (including recovery from a power failure; the same applies hereinafter), a system reset can be applied from the power supply device 115, and when the system reset is released, the instruction pointer 231a Is automatically set to "0000H" by the hardware of the MPU231. Then, each time the instruction code is fetched, the value of the instruction pointer 231a is added by one. When the MPU 231 executes an instruction pointer setting instruction, the pointer value instructed by the setting instruction is set in the instruction pointer 231a.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใงไฝฟ็จใใใๅ็จฎใฎๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใฏใๅพๆฅใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎใใใซๅฐ็จใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใ่จญใใฆ่จๆถใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใ Although details will be described later, in the present embodiment, the control program executed by the MPU 231 and various fixed value data used in the control program are provided with a dedicated program ROM like a conventional game machine. It is stored in the character ROM 234 provided for storing the image data to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81, instead of storing the data.
่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐ้ข็ฉใงๅคงๅฎน้ๅใๅณใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใงใชใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ็ญใๅๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ็ญใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ็ญใ่จๆถใใๅฐ็จใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้จๅ็นๆฐใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๅๆธใงใใใปใใ้จๅๆฐๅขๅ ใซใใๆ ้็บ็็ใฎๅขๅ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Although details will be described later, the character ROM 234 is composed of a NAND flash memory 234a capable of increasing the capacity in a small area. As a result, not only the image data but also the control program and the like can be sufficiently stored. If the control program or the like is stored in the character ROM 234, it is not necessary to provide a dedicated program ROM for storing the control program or the like. Therefore, the number of parts in the display control device 114 can be reduced, the manufacturing cost can be reduced, and the increase in the failure occurrence rate due to the increase in the number of parts can be suppressed.
ไธๆนใงใไธ่ฌ็ใซ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใชใฏใ็นใซใฉใณใใ ใขใฏใปในใ่กใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใ้ ใใชใใจใใๅ้ก็นใใใใไพใใฐใ่คๆฐใฎใใผใธใซ้ฃ็ถใใฆไธฆใใ ใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใ่กใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ๏ผใใผใธ็ฎไปฅ้ใฎใใผใฟใฏ้ซ้่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใๆๅใฎ๏ผใใผใธ็ฎใฎใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซใฏใใขใใฌในใๆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅบๅใใใใพใงใซๅคงใใชๆ้ใ่ฆใใใใพใใ้ฃ็ถใใฆใใชใใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅบฆใซๅคงใใชๆ้ใ่ฆใใใใใฎใใใซใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใชใฏใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซไฟใ้ๅบฆใ้ ใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ดๆฅใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆงๆใใๅฝไปคใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซๆ้ใใใใๅ ดๅใ็บ็ใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆ้ซๆง่ฝใฎใใญใปใใตใ็จใใฆใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใๆชๅใใใฆใใพใใใใใใใใ On the other hand, in general, NAND flash memory has a problem that the read speed becomes slow, especially when random access is performed. For example, when reading data arranged consecutively on a plurality of pages, the data on the second and subsequent pages can be read at high speed, but an address is specified for reading the data on the first page. It takes a long time to output the data. Further, when reading non-continuous data, it takes a long time to read the data. As described above, since the speed of reading the NAND flash memory is slow, if the MPU 231 is configured to directly read the control program from the character ROM 234 and execute various processes, it takes time to read the instructions constituting the control program. Even if a high-performance processor is used as the MPU 231, the processing performance of the display control device 114 may be deteriorated.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใทในใใ ใชใปใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใใพใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใๅ็จฎใใผใฟใฎไธๆ่จๆถ็จใซ่จญใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใซ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใ้ซ้ใงใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๆธใใ่กใใใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ ๆปใชใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆงๆใใๅฝไปคใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ซใๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใไฟใคใใจใใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๅคๆงๅใ่ค้ๅใใใๆผๅบใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the system reset of the MPU 231 is released, first, the control program stored in the NAND flash memory 234a of the character ROM 234 is transferred to the work RAM 233 provided for temporary storage of various data. And store it. Then, the MPU 231 executes various processes according to the control program stored in the work RAM 233. Since the work RAM 233 is configured by a DRAM (Dynamic RAM) as described later and data is read / written at high speed, the MPU 231 can read out the instructions constituting the control program without delay. Therefore, high processing performance can be maintained in the display control device 114, and diversified and complicated effects can be easily executed by using the third symbol display device 81.
ใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใกใขใชใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ดๆฅใขใฏใปในใใใใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใใใพใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพ่ฟฐใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใ The character ROM 234 is a memory that stores the control program executed in the MPU 231 and the image data displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and is connected to the MPU 231 via the bus line 240. The MPU 231 directly accesses the character ROM 234 after the system reset is released via the bus line 240, and transfers the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the character ROM 234 to the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233. An image controller 237 is also connected to the bus line 240, and the image controller 237 transfers the image data stored in the character storage area 234a2 described later of the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 connected to the image controller 237. Transfer to the normal video RAM 236.
ใใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใขใธใฅใผใซๅใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใ The character ROM 234 is configured by modularizing a NAND flash memory 234a, a ROM controller 234b, a buffer RAM 234c, and a NOR flash memory 234d.
๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใกใคใณใฎ่จๆถ้จใจใใฆ่จญใใใใไธๆฎ็บๆงใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅคง้จๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใใใใฎๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ็ญ๏ผใฎใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใๅฐใชใใจใๆใใใ The NAND flash memory 234a is a non-volatile memory provided as a main storage unit in the character ROM 234, and stores most of the control programs executed by the MPU 231 and fixed value data for driving the third symbol display device 81. It has at least a second program storage area 234a1 to be stored and a character storage area 234a2 to store data of an image (character or the like) to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใงใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใชใฏใๅฐใใช้ข็ฉใงๅคงใใช่จๆถๅฎน้ใๅพใใใ็นๅพดใๆใใฆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎนๆใซๅคงๅฎน้ๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉใซใใใฆใไพใใฐ๏ผใฎใฌใใคใใฎๅฎน้ใๆใค๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใจใใฆใๅคใใฎ็ปๅใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ่่ถฃใใใ้ซใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใๅคๆงๅใ่ค้ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, the NAND flash memory has a feature that a large storage capacity can be obtained in a small area, and the character ROM 234 can be easily increased in capacity. As a result, in this pachinko machine, for example, by using a NAND flash memory 234a having a capacity of 2 gigabytes, many images can be stored in the character storage area 234a2 as images to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. can. Therefore, in order to further enhance the interest of the player, the image displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be diversified and complicated.
ใพใใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใ็ถๆ ใงใๆดใซใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใใๅพๆฅใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎใใใซๅฐ็จใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใ่จญใใฆ่จๆถใใใใใจใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้จๅ็นๆฐใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๅๆธใงใใใปใใ้จๅๆฐๅขๅ ใซใใๆ ้็บ็็ใฎๅขๅ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the NAND flash memory 234a can store a large amount of image data in the character storage area 234a2, and further store the control program and fixed value data in the second program storage area 234a1. In this way, it is provided to store the image data to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 without storing the control program and the fixed value data by providing a dedicated program ROM as in the conventional game machine. Since it can be stored in the character ROM 234, the number of parts in the display control device 114 can be reduced, the manufacturing cost can be reduced, and the increase in the failure occurrence rate due to the increase in the number of parts can be suppressed.
๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใๅถๅพกใใใใใฎใณใณใใญใผใฉใงใใใไพใใฐใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไผ้ใใใใขใใฌในใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ็ญใใ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใ The ROM controller 234b is a controller for controlling the operation of the character ROM 234. For example, the corresponding data from the NAND flash memory 234a or the like is based on the address transmitted from the MPU 231 or the image controller 237 via the bus line 240. Is read out and output to the MPU 231 or the image controller 237 via the bus line 240.
ใใใงใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎๆง่ณชไธใใใผใฟใฎๆธใ่พผใฟๆใซใจใฉใผใใใ๏ผ่ชคใฃใใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใพใใใใใ๏ผใๆฏ่ผ็ๅคใ็บ็ใใใใใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใใงใใชใไธ่ฏใใผใฟใใญใใฏใ็บ็ใใใใใใใใใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใผใฟใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ฌ็ฅใฎ่ชคใ่จๆญฃใๆฝใใใพใใไธ่ฏใใผใฟใใญใใฏใ้ฟใใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๆธใใ่กใใใใใใซๅ ฌ็ฅใฎใใผใฟใขใใฌในใฎๅคๆใๅฎ่กใใใ Here, due to the nature of the NAND flash memory 234a, a relatively large number of error bits (bits in which incorrect data are written) are generated when writing data, or a defective data block in which data cannot be written occurs. Or something. Therefore, the ROM controller 234b is known to perform known error correction on the data read from the NAND flash memory 234a, and to avoid reading and writing data to the NAND flash memory 234a while avoiding defective data blocks. Performs data address translation.
ใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใใจใฉใผใใใใๅซใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใผใฟใซๅฏพใใฆ่ชคใ่จๆญฃใ่กใใใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใใจใใฆใใ่ชคใฃใใใผใฟใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ่กใฃใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็จฎ็ปๅใ็ๆใใใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Since the ROM controller 234b performs error correction on the data read from the NAND flash memory 234a including the error bit, even if the NAND flash memory 234a is used as the character ROM 234, it is based on the incorrect data. It is possible to suppress the processing by the MPU 231 and the generation of various images by the image controller 237.
ใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ่ฏใใผใฟใใญใใฏใ่งฃๆใใใใใฎไธ่ฏใใผใฟใใญใใฏใธใฎใขใฏใปในใๅ้ฟใใใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅใ ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็ฐใชใไธ่ฏใใผใฟใใญใใฏใฎใขใใฌในไฝ็ฝฎใ่ๆ ฎใใใใจใชใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎใขใฏใปในใๅฎนๆใซ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎใขใฏใปในๅถๅพกใ่ค้ๅใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, since the defective data block of the NAND flash memory 234a is analyzed by the ROM controller 234b and access to the defective data block is avoided, the MPU 231 and the image controller 237 have different defective data in each NAND flash memory 234a. Access to the character ROM 234 can be easily performed without considering the address position of the block. Therefore, even if the NAND flash memory 234a is used for the character ROM 234, it is possible to suppress the complicated access control to the character ROM 234.
ใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใผใฟใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใใกใจใใฆ็จใใใใใกใขใชใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฒใๆฏใใใใขใใฌในใๆๅฎใใใใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใๅซใ๏ผใใผใธๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใญใญใใคใ๏ผใฎใใผใฟใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๆญใใใใใใฆใใปใใใใใฆใใชใใใฐใใใฎๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใๅซใ๏ผใใผใธๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใญใญใใคใ๏ผใฎใใผใฟใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไธๆฆใปใใใใใใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ ฌ็ฅใฎ่ชคใ่จๆญฃๅฆ็ใๆฝใใไธใงใๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใ The buffer RAM 234c is a memory used as a buffer for temporarily storing the data read from the NAND flash memory 234a. When an address assigned to the character ROM 234 from the MPU 231 or the image controller 237 via the bus line 240 is specified, the ROM controller 234b contains one page (for example, 2 kilobytes) including data corresponding to the specified address. It is determined whether or not the data of is set in the buffer RAM 234c. If it is not set, one page (for example, 2 kilobytes) of data including the data corresponding to the specified address is read from the NAND flash memory 234a (or NOR flash 234d) and temporarily set in the buffer RAM 234c. do. Then, the ROM controller 234b performs known error correction processing, and then outputs the data corresponding to the designated address to the MPU 231 and the image controller 237 via the bus line 240.
ใใฎใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผใใณใฏใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใ๏ผใใณใฏๅฝใใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใผใธๅใฎใใผใฟใใปใใใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไพใใฐใไธๆนใฎใใณใฏใซใใผใฟใใปใใใใ็ถๆ ใฎใพใพไปๆนใฎใใณใฏใไฝฟ็จใใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใผใฟใๅค้จใซๅบๅใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใๅซใ๏ผใใผใธๅใฎใใผใฟใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธๆนใฎใใณใฏใซ่ปข้ใใฆใปใใใใๅฆ็ใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใไปๆนใฎใใณใฏใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅบๅใใๅฆ็ใจใใไธฆๅใใฆๅฆ็ใใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซใใใๅฟ็ญๆงใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ The buffer RAM 234c is composed of two banks, and data for one page of the NAND flash memory 234a can be set per bank. As a result, the ROM controller 234b can output the data of the NAND flash memory 234a to the outside by using the other bank while the data is set in one bank, or can be designated by the MPU 231 or the image controller 237. The process of transferring one page of data including the data corresponding to the assigned address from the NAND flash memory 234a to one bank and setting it, and the data corresponding to the address specified by the MPU 231 or the image controller 237 to the other. The process of reading from the bank and outputting to the MPU 231 and the image controller 237 can be processed in parallel. Therefore, it is possible to improve the responsiveness in reading the character ROM 234.
๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใตใใฎ่จๆถ้จใจใใฆ่จญใใใใไธๆฎ็บๆงใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฃๅฎใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใซใใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใๆฅตใใฆๅฐๅฎน้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใญใญใใคใ๏ผใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซๆๅใซๅฎ่กใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธ้จใๆ ผ็ดใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ The NOR type ROM 234d is a non-volatile memory provided as a sub storage unit in the character ROM 234, and has an extremely smaller capacity (for example, 2 kilobytes) than the NAND type flash memory 234a for the purpose of complementing the NAND type flash memory 234a. ). Among the control programs stored in the character ROM 234, the NOR type ROM 234d is the first program not stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the NAND flash memory 234a, specifically, the MPU 231 after the system reset is released. At least a first program storage area 234d1 for storing a part of the boot program to be executed is provided.
ใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ตทๅใใใใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใงใใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ใใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซ็ถๆ ใจใใใใจใใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใณใฏๅ๏ผๅณใกใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใผใธๅ๏ผใฎๅฎน้ใฎ็ฏๅฒใงใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใในใๅฝไปคใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎๅฝไปค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใใผใธใฎๅฎน้ใ๏ผใญใญใใคใใงใใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใผใ๏ผ๏ผใฏใผใ๏ผ๏ผใใคใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝไปค๏ผใๆ ผ็ดใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฝไปคๆฐใฏใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใณใฏๅใฎๅฎน้ไปฅไธใซๅใพใฃใฆใใใฐใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไปๆงใซๅใใใฆ้ฉๅฎ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใใใใ The boot program is a control program for activating the display control device 114 so that various controls for the third symbol display device 81 can be executed, and the MPU 231 first executes this boot program after the system reset is released. As a result, various controls can be made available in the display control device 114. The first program storage area 234d1 should be processed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released within the capacity range of one bank of the buffer RAM 234c (that is, one page of the NAND flash memory 234a) in this boot program. A predetermined number of instructions (for example, if the capacity of one page is 2 kilobytes, 1024 words (1 word = 2 bytes) of instructions) are stored. The number of boot program instructions stored in the first program storage area 234d1 may be less than or equal to the capacity of one bank of the buffer RAM 234c, and is appropriately set according to the specifications of the display control device 114. There may be.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทในใใ ใชใปใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใใใผใใฆใงใขใซใใฃใฆๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฆ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใไธๆนใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใใจใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใฎใใณใฏใซใปใใใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผๅฝไปคใณใผใ๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใ When the system reset is released, the MPU 231 sets the value of the instruction pointer 231a to "0000H" by hardware and specifies the address "0000H" indicated by the instruction pointer 231a to the bus line 240. It is configured. On the other hand, when the ROM controller 234b of the character ROM 234 detects that the address "0000H" is specified for the bus line 240, the ROM controller 234b stores the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 of the NOR type ROM 234d in one bank of the buffer RAM 234c. Is set to, and the corresponding data (instruction code) is output to MPU231.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅใๅใฃใๅฝไปคใณใผใใใใงใใใใใจใใใฎใใงใใใใๅฝไปคใณใผใใซๅพใฃใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจใจใใซใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใ ใๅ ็ฎใใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฆ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฎใใใใใใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆใ็คบใใขใใฌในใงใใ้ใๅ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธญใใใๅฏพๅฟใใใขใใฌในใฎๅฝไปคใณใผใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅบๅใใใ When the MPU 231 fetches the instruction code received from the character ROM 234, it executes various processes according to the fetched instruction code, adds only one instruction pointer 231a, and assigns the address indicated by the instruction pointer 231a to the bus line 240. To specify. Then, the ROM controller 234b of the character ROM 234 is selected from the programs previously set in the buffer RAM 234c from the NOR type ROM 234d while the address specified by the bus line 240 is an address indicating the program stored in the NOR type ROM 234d. , The instruction code of the corresponding address is read from the buffer RAM 234c and output to the MPU 231.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใในใๅฝไปคใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎๅฝไปคใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฎใฏใๆฌกใฎ็็ฑใซใใใๅณใกใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆๅใฎ๏ผใใผใธ็ฎใฎใใผใฟใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซใใใฆใใขใใฌในใๆๅฎใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅบๅใใใใพใงใซๅคงใใชๆ้ใ่ฆใใใใจใใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช็นๆใฎๅ้กใใใใ Here, in the present embodiment, instead of storing all the control programs in the NAND flash memory 234a, among the boot programs, a predetermined number of instructions from the instructions to be processed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released are NOR type ROM 234d. It is stored in for the following reasons. That is, as described above, the NAND flash memory 234a is peculiar to the NAND flash memory in that it takes a long time from the designation of the address to the output of the data in reading the data on the first page. There's a problem.
ใใฎใใใช๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใจใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅใซๅฎ่กใในใๅฝไปคใณใผใใใใงใใใใใใใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผๅฝไปคใณใผใ๏ผใๅซใ๏ผใใผใธๅใฎใใผใฟใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใชใใใฐใชใใใใใใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆง่ณชไธใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎใปใใใซๅคๅคงใชๆ้ใ่ฆใใใใจใซใชใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใฆใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝไปคใณใผใใๅใๅใใพใงใซๅคใใฎๅพ ใกๆ้ใๆถ่ฒปใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ตทๅใซใใใๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใฎใงใ็ตๆใจใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใๅณๅบงใซ้ๅงใใใชใใใใใใใใจใใๅ้ก็นใ็ใใใ When all the control programs are stored in such a NAND flash memory 234a, the address "0000H" is specified from the MPU 231 via the bus line 240 in order to fetch the instruction code to be executed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released. If so, the character ROM 234 must read one page of data including the data (instruction code) corresponding to the address "0000H" from the NAND flash memory 234a and set it in the buffer RAM 234c. Then, due to the nature of the NAND flash memory 234a, it takes a long time to set the buffer RAM 234c from the reading thereof. Therefore, the MPU 231 specifies the address "0000H" and then gives an instruction corresponding to the address "0000H". It consumes a lot of waiting time to receive the code. Therefore, it takes a long time to start the MPU 231. As a result, there is a problem that the control of the third symbol display device 81 in the display control device 114 may not be started immediately.
ใใใซๅฏพใใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใฏ้ซ้ใซใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใกใขใชใงใใใฎใงใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใในใๅฝไปคใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎๅฝไปคใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅณๅบงใซ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผๅฝไปคใณใผใ๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใฆใใ็ญใๆ้ใงใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝไปคใณใผใใๅใๅใใใจใใงใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ตทๅใ็ญๆ้ใง่กใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆ ผ็ดใใฆใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใๅณๅบงใซ้ๅงใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, since the NOR type ROM is a memory capable of reading data at high speed, a predetermined number of instructions from the instruction to be processed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released are stored in the NOR type ROM 234d among the boot programs. By doing so, when the address "0000H" is specified from the MPU 231 via the bus line 240 after the system reset is released, the character ROM 234 immediately stores the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 of the NOR type ROM 234d in the buffer RAM 234c. The corresponding data (instruction code) can be output to the MPU 231 by setting to. Therefore, the MPU 231 can receive the instruction code corresponding to the address "0000H" in a short time after designating the address "0000H", and the MPU 231 can be started in a short time. Therefore, even if the control program is stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the control of the third symbol display device 81 in the display control device 114 can be started immediately.
ใใฆใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅณใกใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใ้คใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใง็จใใใใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ๏ผไพใใฐใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใชใฉ๏ผใใๆๅฎ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใผใธๅใฎๅฎน้๏ผใใคใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใใใใซใใญใฐใฉใใณใฐใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใพใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใปใใใใใฆใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใณใฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใใใณใฏใไฝฟ็จใใชใใใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๆ ผ็ดใใใ The boot program includes a control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the NAND flash memory 234a, that is, a control program excluding the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 of the NOR type ROM 234d. , The fixed value data (for example, display data table, transfer data table, etc., which will be described later) used in the control program is stored in the program storage area of the work RAM 233 by a predetermined amount (for example, the capacity of one page of the NAND flash memory 234a). It is programmed to transfer to 233a or the data table storage area 233b. Then, in the MPU 231, first, the boot program in the first program storage area 234d1 sets the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 according to the boot program read from the first program storage area 234d1 after the system reset is released. While using a bank different from the bank of the buffer RAM 234c, a predetermined amount is transferred to and stored in the program storage area 233a.
ใใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใณใฏๅใซ็ธๅฝใใๅฎน้ใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใฎใงใๅ ้จใในใฎใขใใฌในใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๆๅฎใใใใใจใๅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใใๅ ดๅใใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใฎใใณใฏใซใฎใฟใปใใใใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธๆนใฎใใณใฏใซใปใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆฎใใใพใพใไปๆนใฎใใณใฏใไฝฟ็จใใฆใใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใใใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅๅบฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใ็ดใใจใใฃใๅฆ็ใไธ่ฆใงใใใฎใงใใใผใๅฆ็ใซไฟใๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, since the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 has a capacity corresponding to one bank of the buffer RAM 234c as described above, the address of the internal bus is designated as "0000H". When the boot program in the first program storage area 234d1 is set in the buffer RAM 234c in response to the above, the boot program is set in only one bank of the buffer RAM 234c. Therefore, when transferring the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 to the program storage area 233a according to the boot program in the first program storage area 234d1, the first program set in one bank of the buffer RAM 234c The transfer process can be executed using the other bank while leaving the boot program in the storage area 234d1. Therefore, since it is not necessary to reset the boot program in the first program storage area 234d1 to the buffer RAM 234c after the transfer process, the time required for the boot process can be shortened.
็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใจใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซใใญใฐใฉใใณใฐใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ When the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 transfers the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount, the instruction pointer 231a is transferred to the program storage area 233a. It is programmed to set to the first predetermined address. As a result, after the system reset is released, when the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 is transferred to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount by the MPU 231, the instruction pointer 231a is set to the first predetermined program storage area 233a. Set to the address.
ใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกๆๅฎ้ใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใๅณใกใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅฝไปคใใงใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅฝไปคใใงใใใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใชใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใซใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใ้ซ้ใซ่ชญใฟๅบใๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆฎใฉใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ซ้ใซๅฝไปคใใใงใใใใใใฎๅฝไปคใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, when a predetermined amount of programs among the control programs stored in the second program storage area 234a1 are stored in the program storage area 233a, the MPU 231 reads the control program stored in the program storage area 233a and reads the control program stored in the program storage area 233a. Various processes can be executed. That is, the MPU 231 does not read the control program from the NAND flash memory 234a having the second program storage area 234a1 and fetch the instruction, but reads the control program transferred to the work RAM 233 having the program storage area 233a and fetches the instruction. Then, various processes will be executed. As will be described later, since the work RAM 233 is composed of the DRAM, the read operation is performed at high speed. Therefore, even when most of the control programs are stored in the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the MPU 231 can fetch the instructions at high speed and execute the processing for the instructions.
ใใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅซใพใใฆใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆๅฎ้ใ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใ่ปข้ใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธญใซใใใฎๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅซใพใใใใใซใใญใฐใฉใใณใฐใใใฆใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใจใใฆๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซใใญใฐใฉใใณใฐใใใฆใใใ Here, the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 includes the remaining boot programs that are not stored in the first program storage area 234d1. On the other hand, the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 has the remaining boot programs in the control program transferred from the second program storage area 234a1 by a predetermined amount to the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233. It is programmed to be included, and the instruction pointer 231a is set with the start address of the remaining boot program stored in the program storage area 233a as the first predetermined address.
ใใใซใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๅพใใใฎ่ปข้ใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅซใพใใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅฎ่กใใใ As a result, the MPU 231 transfers the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount by the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1, and then transfers the control program. Run the rest of the boot program included in the control program.
ใใฎๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใงใฏใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใฆใใชใๆฎใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใง็จใใใใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟ๏ผไพใใฐใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใชใฉ๏ผใๅ จใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใๆๅฎ้ใใคใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใฏใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใพใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆๅพใงใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใจใใฆใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใใใใผใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใ่จญๅฎใใใ In this remaining boot program, the remaining control program that has not been transferred to the program storage area 233a and the fixed value data used in the control program (for example, the display data table and the transfer data table described later) are all stored in the second program. A process of transferring a predetermined amount from the area 234a1 to the program storage area 233a or the data table storage area 233b is executed. Further, at the end of the boot program, the instruction pointer 231a is set to the second predetermined address in the program storage area 233a. Specifically, as this second predetermined address, the initial setting process (see S6002 in FIG. 73) executed after the boot process (see S6001 in FIG. 73) stored in the program storage area 233a by the boot program is completed. Set the start address of the program corresponding to.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใๅ จใฆใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใฏใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใใใใฆใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆๅพใพใงๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใซ่จญๅฎใใใไปฅๅพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใใใจใชใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ็จใใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ By executing the remaining boot program, the MPU 231 transfers all the control programs and fixed value data stored in the second program storage area 234a1 to the program storage area 233a or the data table storage area 233b. Then, when the boot program is executed to the end by the MPU 231, the instruction pointer 231a is set to the second predetermined address, and thereafter, the MPU 231 is transferred to the program storage area 233a without referring to the NAND flash memory 234a. Various processes are executed using the control program.
ใใฃใฆใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๆฎใฉใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใ้ซ้ใช๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใ่กใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ซใๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใไฟใคใใจใใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๅคๆงๅใ่ค้ๅใใใๆผๅบใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, even when most of the control programs are stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the control programs are transferred to the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233 after the system reset is released. As a result, the MPU 231 can read a control program from a work RAM configured by a DRAM having a high read speed and perform various controls. Therefore, high processing performance can be maintained in the display control device 114, and diversified and complicated effects can be easily executed by using the third symbol display device 81.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใซใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใในใๅฝไปคใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎๅฝไปคใๆ ผ็ดใใฆใใใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใคใใฆใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ็ขบๅฎใซใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฅตใใฆๅฐๅฎน้ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ ใใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ตทๅใ็ญๆ้ใง่กใใใจใใงใใใใใซใชใใฎใงใใใฎ็ญๆ้ๅใซไผดใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใณในใๅขๅ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as described above, instead of storing all the boot programs in the NOR type ROM 234d, a predetermined number of instructions are stored from the instruction to be processed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released, and the remaining boot programs are stored. Even if the program is stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the NAND flash memory 234a, the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 can be reliably transferred to the program storage area 233a. Therefore, the character ROM 234 can start the MPU 231 in a short time only by adding an extremely small capacity NOR type ROM 234d, so that the cost increase of the character ROM 234 due to the shortening of the time can be suppressed. Can be done.
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใใใฎๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใๆๅฎใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใธใฟใซไฟกๅทใใญใปใใต๏ผ๏ผค๏ผณ๏ผฐ๏ผใงใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบใฅใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใไธๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใจๅ ฑใซใไปๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซใใใฆๅ ใซๅฑ้ใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใจ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใจใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅ่กจ็คบๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผใฎไธญใงไธฆๅๅฆ็ใใใ The image controller 237 is a digital signal processor (DSP) that draws an image and displays the drawn image on the third symbol display device 81 at a predetermined timing. The image controller 237 draws an image for one frame based on the drawing list (see FIG. 38) described later transmitted from the MPU 231, and draws one frame of the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c described later. The image drawn in the buffer is expanded, and the image information for one frame previously expanded in the other frame buffer is output to the third symbol display device 81 to display the image on the third symbol display device 81. .. The image controller 237 performs the image drawing process for one frame and the image display process for one frame in the image display time for one frame in the third symbol display device 81 (20 milliseconds in this embodiment). Process in parallel in.
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅ็ดๅๆๅฒ่พผไฟกๅท๏ผไปฅไธใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใใจ็งฐใ๏ผใ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใๆคๅบใใๅบฆใซใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌกใฎ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๆ็คบใใใใใฎๆ็คบใซใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌกใฎ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅ ใซๆ็ปใซใใฃใฆๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ The image controller 237 transmits a vertical synchronization interrupt signal (hereinafter, referred to as โV interrupt signalโ) to the MPU 231 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process of an image for one frame is completed. Each time the MPU 231 detects this V interrupt signal, it executes a V interrupt process (see FIG. 75 (b)) and instructs the image controller 237 to draw an image for the next frame. In response to this instruction, the image controller 237 executes the drawing process of the image for the next one frame, and also executes the process of displaying the image developed by the drawing on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใฎใใใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใซไผดใฃใฆ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็ปๆ็คบใ่กใใฎใงใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็้้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผๆฏใซใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๆ็คบใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅใๅใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆใใชใๆฎต้ใงใๆฌกใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๆ็คบใๅใๅใใใจใใชใใฎใงใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป้ไธญใงๆฐใใช็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใ่กจ็คบไธญใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซใๆฐใใชๆ็ปๆ็คบใซไผดใฃใฆ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, the MPU 231 executes the V interrupt process in response to the V interrupt signal from the image controller 237, and gives a drawing instruction to the image controller 237. Therefore, the image controller 237 performs the image drawing process and display. An image drawing instruction can be received from the MPU 231 at every processing interval (20 milliseconds). Therefore, in the image controller 237, since the drawing instruction of the next image is not received at the stage where the drawing processing and the display processing of the image are not completed, the drawing of a new image may be started in the middle of drawing the image. It is possible to prevent the image from being expanded in accordance with a new drawing instruction in the frame buffer in which the image information being displayed is stored.
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใใๆ็ปใชในใใซๅซใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ The image controller 237 also executes a process of transferring image data from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236 based on the transfer instruction from the MPU 231 and the transfer data information included in the drawing list.
ใชใใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ่กใใใใๅณใกใๆ็ปใฎ้ใซๅฟ ่ฆใจใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใใใฎๆ็ปใ่กใใใๅใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใ The drawing of the image is performed using the image data stored in the resident video RAM 235 and the normal video RAM 236. That is, the image data required for drawing is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236 based on the instruction from the MPU 231 before the drawing is performed.
ใใใงใไธ่ฌ็ใซ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใชใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใฎๅคงๅฎน้ๅใๅฎนๆใซใใไธๆนใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใใใฎไปใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผใในใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใ๏ผฅ๏ผฅ๏ผฐ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใชใฉ๏ผใจๆฏใใฆ้ ใใใใใซๅฏพใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใกไธ้จใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใซๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็คบใใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใไธๆธใใใใใใจใชใๅธธ้งใใใใใใซๅถๅพกใใใใ Here, in general, the NAND flash memory facilitates a large capacity of the ROM, but the read speed is slower than that of other ROMs (mask ROM, EEPROM, etc.). On the other hand, in the display control device 114, the MPU 231 instructs the image controller 237 to transfer a part of the image data stored in the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 after the power is turned on. It is configured to do. Then, as will be described later, the image data stored in the resident video RAM 235 is controlled so as to be resident without being overwritten.
ใใใซใใใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใๅพใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝฟ็จใใชใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใใฐใ็ปๅๆ็ปๆใซ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซใใใๆ้ใ็็ฅใงใใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๅณๅบงใซ่กใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, after the transfer of the image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 is completed after the power is turned on, the image controller 237 draws the image while using the image data resident in the resident video RAM 235. Processing can be performed. Therefore, if the image data used for the drawing process is resident in the resident video RAM 235, it is not necessary to read the corresponding image data from the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed at the time of image drawing. The time required for reading the data can be omitted, and the image can be drawn immediately and the drawn image can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
็นใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ ป็นใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅพใๅณๅบงใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้งใใใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไฝใใใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๅฟ็ญๆงใ้ซใไฟใคใใจใใงใใใ In particular, since the resident video RAM 235 is resident with image data of images that are frequently displayed and image data of images that should be displayed immediately after the display is determined by the main control device 110 or the display control device 114. Even if the character ROM 234 is composed of the NAND flash memory 234a, the responsiveness until some image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained high.
ใพใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๅธธ้งใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ่กใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๆ็ปใ่กใใใๅใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็คบใใใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใซ็จใใใใๅพใไธๆธใใซใใฃใฆๅ้คใใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใฏใใใใฎใฎใ็ปๅๆ็ปๆใซใฏใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซใใใๆ้ใ็็ฅใงใใใฎใงใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๅณๅบงใซ่กใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, when drawing an image using non-resident image data in the resident video RAM 235, the display control device 114 is required for drawing from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 before the drawing is performed. The MPU 231 is configured to instruct the image controller 237 to transfer the image data. As will be described later, the image data transferred to the normal video RAM 236 may be deleted by overwriting after being used for drawing the image, but at the time of drawing the image, the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed Since it is not necessary to read the corresponding image data from the character ROM 234 configured by the above and the time required for the reading can be omitted, the image can be drawn immediately and the drawn image can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. can.
ใพใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใๅคงๅฎน้ใฎๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จๆใใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใฃใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใณในใๅขๅคงใๆใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, by storing the image data in the normal video RAM 236, it is not necessary to make all the image data resident in the resident video RAM 235, so that it is not necessary to prepare a large-capacity resident video RAM 235. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in cost due to the provision of the resident video RAM 235.
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใญใใฏๅใฎๅฎน้ใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใญใญใใคใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใฆใใใ The image controller 237 has a buffer RAM 237a composed of 132 kilobytes of SRAM, which is the capacity of one block of the NAND flash memory 234a.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใๆ็ปใชในใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซใใฃใฆ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่กใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซใฏใ่ปข้ใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใจๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผใ่ปข้ๅ ใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใใซ่ปข้ใใใใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๅใณ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅซใพใใใใชใใๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌในใซไปฃใใฆใ่ปข้ใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใผใฟใตใคใบใๅซใใฆใใใใ The image data transfer instruction given by the MPU 231 to the image controller 237 based on the transfer instruction or the transfer data information of the drawing list includes the start address (storage source start address) of the character ROM 234 in which the image data to be transferred is stored. The end address (final address of the storage source), transfer destination information (information indicating whether to transfer to the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236), and the beginning of the transfer destination (resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236). Contains the address. The data size of the image data to be transferred may be included instead of the final address of the storage source.
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใฎๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใขใใฌในใใ๏ผใใญใใฏๅใฎใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆไธๆฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆชไฝฟ็จๆใซใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใใใฆใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซใใ็คบใใใๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใใๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌในใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅ จใฆ่ปข้ใใใใพใงใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใ The image controller 237 reads data for one block from a predetermined address of the character ROM 234 and temporarily stores the data in the buffer RAM 237a according to various information of the transfer instruction, and when the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236 is not used, the buffer RAM 237a The image data stored in is transferred to the resident RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236. Then, the process is repeatedly executed until all the image data stored in the storage source final address is transferred from the storage source start address indicated by the transfer instruction.
ใใใซใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆ้ใใใใฆ่ชญใฟๅบใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใไธๆฆใใฎใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใฎๅพใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ญๆ้ใง่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใ้ใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใง้ทๆ้ๅ ๆใใใใฎใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใซใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ๆใใใใใจใงใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใซใใใใฎใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝฟ็จใงใใใ็ตๆใจใใฆๅฟ ่ฆใชๆ้ใพใงใซ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ่กจ็คบใ้ใซๅใใชใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, the image data read from the character ROM 234 over time is temporarily stored in the buffer RAM 237a, and then the image data is transferred from the buffer RAM 237a to the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236 in a short time. Can be done. Therefore, while the image data is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236, the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236 is prevented from being occupied for a long time by the transfer of the image data. be able to. Therefore, since the resident video RAM 235 and the normal video RAM 236 are occupied by the transfer of the image data, those video RAMs 235 and 236 cannot be used for the image drawing process, and as a result, the image can be drawn by the required time. , It is possible to prevent the display on the third symbol display device 81 from being missed.
ใพใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฏ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใธใฎ่ปข้ใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่กใใใใฎใงใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใซๆชไฝฟ็จใงใใๆ้ใๅฎนๆใซๅคๅฎใใใใจใใงใใๅฆ็ใฎๅ็ดๅใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ Further, since the transfer of the image data from the buffer RAM 234c to the resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236 is performed by the image controller 237, the resident video RAM 235 and the normal video RAM 236 perform image drawing processing and display the third symbol. The period during which the display process on the device 81 is unused can be easily determined, and the process can be simplified.
ๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ปข้ใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅไธญใไธๆธใใใใใใจใใชใไฟๆใใ็ถใใใใใซ็จใใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใปใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ The resident video RAM 235 is used so that the image data transferred from the character ROM 234 is retained without being overwritten during the power-on, and when the power is turned on, the main image area 235a, the rear image area 235c, and the character design area are used. In addition to 235e and an error message image area 235f, at least a variable image area 235b when the power is turned on and a third symbol area 235d are provided.
้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใพใงใฎ้ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ ๅใงใใใใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใๆคๅบใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ ๅใงใใใ The main image area 235a at power-on is used as the main image at power-on to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 between the time the power is turned on and the time when all the image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 is stored. This is the area that stores the corresponding data. Further, in the variable image area 235b when the power is turned on, the player starts the game while the main image when the power is turned on is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the ball entering the special figure entry port 64 is detected. This is an area for storing image data corresponding to a fluctuating image when the power is turned on, which displays the lottery result performed by the main control device 110 by a fluctuating effect.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบไพ็ตฆใ้ๅงใใใใจใใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ้ไฟกใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ When the power supply is started from the power supply unit 251 of the MPU 231, the image data corresponding to the power-on main image and the power-on fluctuation image is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the power-on main image area 235a. A transfer instruction is transmitted to the controller 237 (see S6003 and S6004 in FIG. 73).
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅ็ดๅพใซใใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ ผ็ดใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ปข้ใใฆใใ้ใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅใ่ชฌๆใใ่ชฌๆๅณใงใใใ Here, a variation image when the power is turned on will be described with reference to FIG. 34. FIG. 34 shows the power-on displayed by the third symbol display device 81 while the display control device 114 is transferring the image data to be stored in the resident video RAM 235 from the character ROM 234 immediately after the power is turned on. It is explanatory drawing explaining the time image.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅ็ดๅพใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใใจใ็ถใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใในใๆฎใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ใใใใใฎๆฎใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใ่กใใใฆใใ้ใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใ Immediately after the power is turned on, the display control device 114 transfers the image data corresponding to the power-on main image and the power-on variable image from the character ROM 234 to the power-on main image area 235a and the power-on variable image area 235b. Subsequently, the remaining image data to be stored in the resident video RAM 235 is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235. While the remaining image data is being transferred, the display control device 114 uses the image data previously stored in the main image area 235a at power-on, and the main image at power-on shown in FIG. 34 (a). The image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใฎใจใใๅคๅ้ๅงใฎๆ็คบใณใใณใใงใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใซใ็ป้ขใซๅใใฃใฆๅณไธใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใโใๅณๆใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใโใๅณๆใจๅไฝ็ฝฎใซใรใๅณๆใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใใๅคๅๆ้ไธญใไบคไบใซ็นฐใ่ฟใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใณ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กใใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคๆญใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ็ปๅใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅพใซไธๅฎๆ้่กจ็คบใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ็ปๅใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅพใซไธๅฎๆ้่กจ็คบใใใใ At this time, when the display fluctuation pattern command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 is received based on the fluctuation pattern command from the main control device 110 which is the instruction command for starting the fluctuation, the display control device 114 displays FIG. 34 (b). On the display screen of the main image when the power is turned on, as shown in FIG. At the same position as the symbol, the image of the โxโ symbol that fluctuates when the power is turned on is displayed alternately and repeatedly during the fluctuation period. Then, from the display variation pattern command and the display stop type command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on the variation pattern command from the main control device 110 and the stop type command, the lottery performed by the main control device 110 is performed. Judging the result, if it is a "big hit of a special symbol", the image shown in FIG. 34 (b) is displayed for a certain period of time after the variation effect is stopped, and if it is "out of the special symbol", it is shown in FIG. 34 (c). The displayed image is displayed for a certain period of time after the fluctuation effect is stopped.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ใใใใพใงใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ่กใใใๆ็คบใใใใใใซใใใๆฎใใฎๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใฆใใ้ใ้ๆ่ ใใใผใซ้ขไฟ่ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซใๆ้ใใใใฆๆฎใใฎๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ๆ่ ็ญใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใไฝใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ่ช่ญใงใใใฎใงใๆฎใใฎๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใพใงใฎ้ใๅไฝใๅๆญขใใฆใใชใใใใจใใฃใไธๅฎใๆใคใใจใชใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅฎไบใใใพใงๅพ ๆฉใใใใจใใงใใใ The MPU 231 uses the image data stored in the main image area 235a at power-on to the image controller 237 until all the image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 is transferred to the resident video RAM 235. Instructs to draw the main image when the power is turned on. As a result, while the remaining image data to be resident is transferred to the resident video RAM 235, the player or the person concerned with the hall can confirm the main image at power-on displayed on the third symbol display device 81. can. Therefore, the display control device 114 transfers the remaining resident image data from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 over time while displaying the main image at power-on on the third symbol display device 81. be able to. Further, since the player or the like can recognize that some processing is being performed while the main image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 when the power is turned on, the image to be resident in the remaining resident video RAM 235. Until the data is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235, wait until the transfer of the image data to the resident video RAM 235 is completed without worrying that the operation has stopped. Can be done.
ใพใใ่ฃฝ้ ๆใฎๅทฅๅ ด็ญใซใใใๅไฝใใงใใฏใซใใใฆใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซใใฃใฆๅ้กใชใๅไฝใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใใจใใใใซ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใๆดใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใใใจใซใใๅไฝใใงใใฏใฎๅน็ใๆชๅใใใใจใๆๅถใงใใใ Further, even in the operation check in a factory or the like at the time of manufacturing, the main image at the time of turning on the power is immediately displayed on the third symbol display device 81, so that the operation of the third symbol display device 81 is started without any problem by turning on the power. Further, by using the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed for the character ROM 234, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the operation check efficiency.
ใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใๆคๅบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅใณ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ็ปๅใไบคไบใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใ็จใใฆ็ฐกๅใชๅคๅๆผๅบใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎ็ฐกๅใชๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใฃใฆ็ขบๅฎใซๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใใใจใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, if the player starts the game while the main image at power-on is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 and the ball is detected at the special figure entry port 64, the fluctuating image at power-on The power-on fluctuation image is drawn using the image data corresponding to the power-on fluctuation image resident in the area 235b, and the images shown in FIGS. 34 (b) and (c) are alternately displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The MPU 231 instructs the image controller 237 to be displayed. As a result, it is possible to perform a simple fluctuation effect using the fluctuation image when the power is turned on. Therefore, the player can confirm that the lottery has been surely performed by the simple variation effect even while the main image at the time of turning on the power is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆฎต้ใงใใใงใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅๆผๅบ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใๆคๅบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅณๅบงใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, since the image data corresponding to the power-on fluctuation effect image is already resident in the power-on fluctuation image area 235b at the stage when the power-on main image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, the power is turned on. If a ball is detected in the special symbol entry port 64 while the hour main image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, the corresponding variation effect is immediately displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Can be done.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ ๅใงใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅใจใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅใฎใใกใ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใๅ่้ข็ปๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใ่ชฌๆใใ่ชฌๆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใ่กไธญในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผกใซๅฏพใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใๆฃฎในใใผใธใใใๅทในใใผใธใใใใใณใ็ฉบในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผขใ๏ผคใซๅฏพใใฆใใใใ็คบใใใใฎใงใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใๅณถในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผฅใซๅฏพใใฆ็คบใใใใฎใงใใใ Returning to FIG. 33, the description will be continued. The rear image area 235c is an area for storing image data corresponding to the rear image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Here, with reference to FIG. 35, the back image and the range of the back image stored in the back image area 235c among the back images will be described. FIG. 35 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the four types of rear images and the range of the rear image stored in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235 for each rear image, and FIG. 35 (a) is an explanatory diagram showing " FIG. 35 (b) shows the back surface A corresponding to the "city stage" and the back surfaces B to D corresponding to the "forest stage", the "river stage", and the "sky stage", respectively. .. Further, FIG. 28 is shown with respect to the back surface E corresponding to the โisland stageโ.
ๅ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผคใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใใใๆฐดๅนณๆนๅใซ้ทใ็ปๅใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็จๆใใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ปๅใๆฐดๅนณๆนๅใซๅทฆใใๅณใธในใฏใญใผใซใใใชใใ่้ข็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใใใใชใใ As shown in FIG. 35, as the rear image corresponding to each of the rear surfaces A to D, an image longer in the horizontal direction than the display area displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is prepared in the character ROM 234. The image controller 237 draws an image so that the rear image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 while scrolling the image horizontally from left to right.
ๅ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผคใซ็จๆใใใ็ปๅ๏ผไปฅไธใใในใฏใญใผใซ็จ็ปๅใใจ็งฐใใ๏ผใฏใใใใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใใณไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎใจใใใง่้ข็ปๅใ้ฃ็ถใใใใใซ็ปๅใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใฆใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใใใณไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใฎๆฐดๅนณๆนๅใฎๅน ๅใฎ็ปๅใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใซใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅพใซใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใฎ้ใซใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซในใ ใผใบใชใคใชใใใง่้ข็ปๅใในใฏใญใผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ The images prepared on the back surfaces A to D (hereinafter, referred to as "scrolling images") are configured so that the back image is continuous at the positions a and c. The image between the position c and the position d and the image between the position a and the position a'are composed of an image corresponding to the width of the display area in the horizontal direction, and the image between the position c and the position d. Is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 as a display area, and then the image between the position a and the position a'is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 as a display area. The back image is scrolled and displayed in a simple connection.
่้ข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ่้ข็จฎๅฅใฎๅคๆดใๆฑบๅฎใใใในใใผใธใใ่กไธญในใใผใธใใใๆฃฎในใใผใธใใใๅทในใใผใธใใใพใใฏใ็ฉบในใใผใธใใซๅคๆดใใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎใพใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใฎ้ใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใฎ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใใใใใฆใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใจใจใใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใในใฏใญใผใซ็จ็ปๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅทฆใใๅณใซ็งปๅใใใ้ ๆฌกใใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใๆดใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใๅใณ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใฎ็ปๅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใใๅทฆๆนๅใซๅใใฃใฆๆตใใใใใซใในใ ใผใบใชใคใชใใใง็นฐใ่ฟใในใฏใญใผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ When the back type change is decided based on the back type selection table (not shown) and the stage is changed to "city stage", "forest stage", "river stage", or "empty stage", MPU231 First, the area between the position a and the position a'of the corresponding rear image is set as the initial position of the display area, and the image controller 237 is controlled so that the image of the initial position is displayed on the third symbol display device 81. .. Then, with the passage of time, the display area is moved from left to right with respect to the scroll image, and the image controller 237 is controlled so that the display area is sequentially displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and further, the display area is displayed. When the area reaches the image between the position c and the position d, the image controller 237 is controlled so that the display area is displayed again as the image from the position a to the position a'on the third symbol display device 81. Therefore, the third symbol display device 81 can repeatedly scroll and display the image between the positions a and c in a smooth connection so as to flow toward the left.
ไธๆนใ่้ข๏ผฅใซใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฏใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใจใจใใซใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผโใปใปใปใฎ้ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ่้ข๏ผฅใฏใๅณถใซใใณใใๅฑฑใฎ็ปๅใจใๅฑฑใฎใตใใจใซๅบใใ็ ๆตใฎ็ปๅใจใๅณถใๅฒใๆตทใฎ็ปๅใจใใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใใไฝ็ฝฎใๅบๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใไธๆนใๅฑฑใฎไธใซๅบใใ็ฉบใฎ็ปๅใฏใใใฎ่ฒ่ชฟใๆ้็ต้ใจใจใใซๅคๅใใใ On the other hand, the rear image on the back surface E is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the order of (a) โ (b) โ (c) โ (a) โ ... With the passage of time. Specifically, on the back surface E, the image of the mountain towering over the island, the image of the sandy beach spreading at the foot of the mountain, and the image of the sea surrounding the island are displayed in a fixed position. It is displayed on the display device 81. On the other hand, the color tone of the sky image spreading on the mountain changes with the passage of time.
ในใใผใธใใๅณถในใใผใธใใซๅคๆดใใใใจใ่้ข๏ผฅใฎๅๆ่้ข็ปๅใจใใฆใๆใใใ็คบใใชใฌใณใธ่ฒใฎ็ฉบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใจใจใใซ็ฉบใฎ่ฒ่ชฟใใชใฌใณใธ่ฒใใๅพใ ใซ้ฎฎใใใช้่ฒใซๅคๅใใฆใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใๆผใ็คบใ้ฎฎใใใช้่ฒใฎ็ฉบใ่กจ็คบใใใใๆฌกใซใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใจใจใใซ็ฉบใฎ่ฒ่ชฟใ้ฎฎใใใช้่ฒใใๅพใ ใซ้ป่ฒใซๅคๅใใฆใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใๅคใ็คบใ้ป่ฒใฎ็ฉบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅพใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใจใจใใซ็ฉบใฎ่ฒ่ชฟใ้ป่ฒใใๅพใ ใซ็ฝใฟใฏใใๆดใซใชใฌใณใธ่ฒใซๅคๅใใใใใใฆใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใๆใใ็คบใ่้ข็ปๅใซๆปใ็นฐใ่ฟใ่้ข็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใ When the stage is changed to the "island stage", an orange sky indicating the sunrise is displayed as the initial rear image of the back E. Then, with the passage of time, the color tone of the sky gradually changes from orange to bright blue, and after a predetermined time has passed, a bright blue sky indicating daytime is displayed. Next, the color tone of the sky gradually changes from bright blue to black with the passage of time, and after a predetermined time elapses, a black sky indicating night is displayed. After that, with the passage of time, the color tone of the sky gradually begins to turn white from black and then changes to orange. Then, after a lapse of a predetermined time, the repeated back image returning to the back image showing the morning glow is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ๆฌกใใงใๅ่้ข็ปๅใซใใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅๆในใใผใธใงใใ่กไธญในใใผใธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผกใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใฎ่้ข๏ผกใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅ จใฆๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใ้ๅธธใๅๆในใใผใธใงใใใ่กไธญในใใผใธใใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใพใในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใซ้ๆใ่กใใใๅ ดๅใๅคใใฎใงใๅค้ ปๅบฆใง่กจ็คบใใใใ่กไธญในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผกใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅ จใฆ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใใใจใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎใใผใฟใขใฏใปในๅๆฐใๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, in each back image, the range of the back image stored in the back image area 235c will be described. As shown in FIG. 35A, the back surface A corresponding to the city stage, which is the initial stage, has the entire range of the back surface A, that is, the back surface of the resident video RAM 235 in which all the image data corresponding to the position a to the position d are recorded. It is stored in the image area 235c. Normally, the game is played without changing the stage while the initial stage "city stage" is displayed, so the image data on the back A corresponding to the frequently displayed "city stage" is displayed. By making all of them resident in the rear image area 235c, the number of data accesses to the character ROM 234 can be reduced. Therefore, the processing load on the display control device 114 can be reduced.
ไธๆนใใๆฃฎในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผขใใๅทในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผฃใใใใณใ็ฉบในใใผใธใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผคใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใใฎ่้ขใฎไธ้จ้ ๅใๅณใกใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใพใใๅณถในใใผใธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅธธ้งใใใใ On the other hand, the back surface B corresponding to the "forest stage", the back surface C corresponding to the "river stage", and the back surface D corresponding to the "empty stage" are a part of the back surface as shown in FIG. 35 (b). That is, only the image data corresponding to the image between the position a and the position b is stored in the back image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235. Further, the image data corresponding to the back surface E corresponding to the island stage is stored and resident in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235 during the start-up process after the power is turned on.
ใใใงใๅณๅบงใซ่้ข็ปๅใๅคๆดใใใใใซใฏใๅ จใฆใฎ่้ข็ปๅใซใคใใฆๅ จ็ฏๅฒใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใใใจใ็ๆณ็ใงใใใใใใฎใใใซใใใจๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆ้ๅธธใซๅคงใใชๅฎน้ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใ็จใใชใใใฐใชใใใใณในใใฎๅขๅคงใซใคใชใใใใใใใใใ Here, in order to change the rear image immediately, it is ideal to make the entire range of image data resident in the resident video RAM 235 for all the rear images, but if this is done, the resident video RAM 235 will be resident. As a result, a very large capacity RAM must be used, which may lead to an increase in cost.
ใใใซๅฏพใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใในใใผใธใๅคๆดใใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅบๅฎใใใใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใๅซใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใฆใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใฆใใๅคๅ้ๅงๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใในใใผใธใฎๅคๆดใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅณๅบงใซใใฎ่้ข๏ผขใ๏ผคใฎๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใพใใๆ้็ต้ใจใจใใซในใฏใญใผใซ่กจ็คบใพใใฏ่ฒ่ชฟใๅคๅใใใชใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่้ข๏ผขใ๏ผคใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ้จ็ฏๅฒใฎ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฎใงใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จๆถๅฎน้ใฎๅขๅคงใๆๅถใงใใใณในใใฎๅขๅคงใๆใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10, the initial position of the rear image displayed first when the stage is changed is fixed in the range from the position a to the position a', and the position is from the position a including the initial position. Since the image data corresponding to the image between b is stored in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235, the fluctuation starts even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed. When the stage change is decided by the lottery at the time, the initial position of the back side B to D is immediately displayed as the third symbol by using the image data resident in the back side image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235. It can be displayed on the device 81, and can be displayed while scrolling or changing the color tone with the passage of time. Further, since only the image data corresponding to a part of the range of images is stored in the back surfaces B to D, it is possible to suppress an increase in the storage capacity of the resident video RAM 235 and suppress an increase in cost.
ใพใใ่้ข๏ผขใ๏ผคใฏใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใๅพใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅทฆใใๅณใซๅใใฆในใฏใญใผใซใใใฆใใ้ใซใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ๅฎไบใงใใใใใซใใใฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ฏๅฒใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ฏๅฒใในใฏใญใผใซใใใ้ใซไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใงใใใฎใงใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ฏๅฒใในใฏใญใผใซใใใๅพใ้ ๆปใชใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่้ข็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ็ฏๅฒใในใฏใญใผใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, on the back surfaces B to D, after the image at the initial position is displayed, the range from the position a to the position b is directed from left to right using the image data resident in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235. While scrolling, the range from the position a to the position b is set so that the image data corresponding to the image from the position b'to the position d can be completely transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal RAM 236. As a result, the image data from the position b'to the position d can be transferred to the normal video RAM 236 while scrolling the range from the position a to the position b, so that the image data stored in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235 can be transferred. After scrolling the range from position a to position b using the image data corresponding to the rear image stored in the normal video RAM 236 without delay, the range from position b'to position d is scrolled to the third position. It can be displayed on the symbol display device 81.
ๅๆงใซใ่้ข๏ผฅใฏใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใๅพใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซใๆฎใใฎ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใๅฎไบใงใใใใใซใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ็ฏๅฒใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซๆฎใใฎ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใงใใใฎใงใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅธธ้งใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใๅพใ้ ๆปใชใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่้ข็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใๆฎใใฎ็ปๅใๆ้็ต้ใจใจใใซใ้ ๆฌกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Similarly, on the back surface E, after the image at the initial position is displayed, the image data of the remaining images is displayed while the image data is displayed using the image data resident in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235. The range of image data is set so that the transfer from the character ROM 234 to the normal RAM 236 can be completed. As a result, the image data corresponding to the remaining images can be transferred to the normal video RAM 236 while the image is being displayed, so that the image is displayed using the image data resident in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235. Then, using the image data corresponding to the back image stored in the normal video RAM 236 without delay, the remaining images can be sequentially displayed on the third symbol display device 81 with the passage of time.
ใชใใ่้ข๏ผขใ๏ผฅใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅฐ็จใฎใตใใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใใซใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅฐ็จใฎใตใใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่้ข็ปๅใใผใฟใใไปใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใซใใฃใฆไธๆธใใใใใใจใใชใใฎใงใ่้ข็ปๅใ็ขบๅฎใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the back surfaces B to E, the image data stored in the normal video RAM 236 is stored in a sub area dedicated to the back image provided in the image storage area 236a (see FIG. 33) of the normal video RAM 236. As a result, the back image data stored in the sub area dedicated to the back image is not overwritten by other image data, so that the back image can be reliably displayed.
ใพใใ่้ข๏ผขใ๏ผคใซใใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใจใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใจใงใฏใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้่คใใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใพใงใฎ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆฌกใใงใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใใใฎ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซในใ ใผใบใชใคใชใใใง่้ข็ปๅใในใฏใญใผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใ Further, in the backs B to D, the image data stored in the back image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235 and the image data stored in the normal video RAM 236 correspond to the images between the positions b'and b. Image data to be stored is duplicated and stored. Then, under the control of the image controller 237 by the MPU 231, the image up to the position b is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 using the image data stored in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235, and then the normal video is displayed. By displaying the image from the position b'on the third symbol display device 81 using the image data stored in the RAM 236, the rear image is scrolled and displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in a smooth connection. ing.
ๆดใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใใจใๆฌกใใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝโใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ฝใฎ้ใฎ็ปๅใใๅทฆๆนๅใซๅใใฃใฆๆตใใใใใซใในใ ใผใบใชใคใชใใใง็นฐใ่ฟใในใฏใญใผใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the MPU 231 uses the image data of the normal video RAM 236 to control the image controller 237 so that the image between the position c and the position d is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 as a display area. The MPU 231 uses the image data in the rear image area 235c of the resident video RAM 235 to control the image controller 237 so that the image between the position a and the position a'is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 as a display area. do. As a result, the third symbol display device 81 can be repeatedly scrolled and displayed with a smooth connection so that the image between the positions a and c flows toward the left.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅธธ้งใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใงใใใ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใฎๆฐๅญใไปใใไธ่ฟฐใฎ๏ผ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎไธปๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้งใใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคๅๆผๅบใ่กใๅ ดๅใ้ไธใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ด ๆฉใๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใ็บ็ใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใซใ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๅๆผๅบใๅณๅบงใซ้ๅงใใใชใใใใช็ถๆ ใ็บ็ใใใฎใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Returning to FIG. 33, the description will be continued. The third symbol area 235d is an area for resident the third symbol used in the variation effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81. That is, in the third symbol area 235d, image data corresponding to the above-mentioned 10 types of main symbols with numbers "0" to "9", which are the third symbols, is resident. As a result, when performing a variation effect on the third symbol display device 81, it is not necessary to read the image data from the character ROM 234 one by one. Therefore, even if the NAND flash memory 234a is used for the character ROM 234, the third symbol display device 81 You can start the variable effect quickly. Therefore, even though the variation effect is started in the first symbol display device 37 after the ball enters the special symbol entry port 64 or the second entry port 640, the third symbol display device In 81, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a state in which the variation effect is not immediately started.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใใ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใฎๆฐๅญใไปใใใฆใใชใไธปๅณๆใจใใฆใๆจ็ฎฑใจใใฃใๅพๆนๅณๆใใใชใไธปๅณๆใใๅพๆนๅณๆใจใใใช๏ผ้ขจๅๆท๏ผใใซใกใใ็ญใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๆจกใใไปๅฑๅณๆใจใใใชใไธปๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้งใใใใใใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใไธใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใๅๆญขใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใฆใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซไผดใๆฌกใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใชใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใขๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใใใใใซใใใใใขๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใใฎใใขๆผๅบใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใใฆๆฐๅญใฎไปใใใฆใใชใไธปๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใๆฐๅญใฎไปใใใฆใใชใไธปๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅฝ่ฉฒใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใใข็ถๆ ใซใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ่ช่ญใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the third symbol area 235d, as the main symbols without the numbers "0" to "9", the main symbol consisting of the rear symbol such as a wooden box, the rear symbol and the character such as the furoshiki, the helmet, etc. Image data corresponding to the main symbol consisting of the attached symbol imitating the above is also resident. These image data are used for the demonstration effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 when the next variation effect accompanying the start winning is not started even after a predetermined time has elapsed after one variation effect is stopped. Be done. As a result, when the demo effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, the main symbol without a number is displayed as the third symbol in the demo effect. Therefore, the player can easily recognize that the pachinko machine 10 is in the demo state by visually recognizing the main symbol without numbers from the display image of the third symbol display device 81.
ใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใงไฝฟ็จใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ ๅใงใใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใๅฐๅนดใใใ่ไบบใใใๅฐๅฅณใใใฏใใใจใใๆงใ ใชใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใซใใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅธธ้งใใใใใจใซใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใๅคๆดใใๅ ดๅใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆฐใใซ่ชญใฟๅบใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซไบใๅธธ้งใใใฆใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๆๅฎใฎ็ปๅใๆ็ปใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใใซใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใๅณๅบงใซๅคๆดใใใใจใใงใใใ The character symbol area 235e is an area for storing image data corresponding to the character symbols used in various effects displayed on the third symbol display device 81. In this pachinko machine 10, various characters such as "boy", "old man", and "girl" are displayed according to various effects, and the data corresponding to these is displayed in the character design area 235e. By being resident, when the display control device 114 changes the character symbol based on the content of the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the display control device 114 does not newly read the corresponding image data from the character ROM 234, but is resident. By reading the image data resident in the character symbol area 235e of the video RAM 235 in advance, the image controller 237 can draw a predetermined image. As a result, it is not necessary to read the corresponding image data from the character ROM 234, so that the character symbol can be changed immediately even if the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow reading speed is used for the character ROM 234.
ใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใจใฉใผใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ ๅใงใใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไพใใฐใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅใไปใใใใๆฏๅใปใณใต๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฎๅบๅใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆฏๅใๆคๅบใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฏๅใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใใฎไปใฎใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ใๆคๅบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆใใใฎใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ใใใฎใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅใจๅ ฑใซ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้็ฅใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใใใฎๅไฟกใใใจใฉใผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ The error message image area 235f is an area for storing image data corresponding to an error message displayed when an error occurs in the pachinko machine 10. In the pachinko machine 10, for example, when vibration is detected by the voice lamp control device 113 from the output of a vibration sensor (not shown) attached to the back surface of the game board 13, the voice lamp control device 113 causes a vibration error. The display control device 114 is notified by an error command. Further, even when the occurrence of other errors is detected by the voice lamp control device 113, the voice lamp control device 113 notifies the display control device 114 of the occurrence of the error together with the error type by an error command. When the display control device 114 receives an error command, the display control device 114 is configured to display an error message corresponding to the received error on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใงใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใฏใ้ๆ่ ใฎไธๆญฃ้ฒๆญขใใจใฉใผใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ่ ใฎไฟ่ญทใฎ่ฆณ็นใใใใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ใจใปใผๅๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๆฑใใใใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใๅ็จฎใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใไบใๅธธ้งใใใฆใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅไฟกใใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไบใๅธธ้งใใใฆใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธ็ปๅใๅณๅบงใซๆ็ปใงใใใใใซใชใฃใฆใใใใใใซใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๆฌกใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆใใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใๅฏพๅฟใใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใๅณๅบงใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, from the viewpoint of preventing fraud of the player and protecting the player against the error, the error message is required to be displayed almost at the same time as the occurrence of the error. In the pachinko machine 10, image data corresponding to various error messages is resident in advance in the error message image area 235f, so that the display control device 114 determines the error message of the resident video RAM 235 based on the received error command. By reading out the image data resident in the image area 235f in advance, each error message image can be immediately drawn by the image controller 237. As a result, it is not necessary to read the image data corresponding to the sequential error message from the character ROM 234. Therefore, even if the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed is used for the character ROM 234, the corresponding error message is sent after receiving the error command. It can be displayed immediately.
้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใผใฟใ้ๆไธๆธใใใๆดๆฐใใใใใใซ็จใใใใใใฎใงใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ The normal video RAM 236 is used so that the data is overwritten and updated at any time, and at least an image storage area 236a, a first frame buffer 236b, and a second frame buffer 236c are provided.
็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใกใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่คๆฐใฎใตใใจใชใขใซๅๅฒใใใฆใใใใตใใจใชใขๆฏใซใใใฎใตใใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ็จฎๅฅใไบใๅฎใใใใฆใใใ The image storage area 236a is an area for storing image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 among the image data necessary for drawing an image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The image storage area 236a is divided into a plurality of sub-areas, and the type of image data stored in the sub-area is predetermined for each sub-area.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใกใใใฎๅพใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใงๅฟ ่ฆใจใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญใใใใใตใใจใชใขใฎใใกใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ็จฎๅฅใๆ ผ็ดใในใๆๅฎใฎใตใใจใชใขใซ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็คบใใใใใใใซใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆ็คบใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไปใใฆใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎใใใๆๅฎใฎใตใใจใชใขใซใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใ Of the image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235, the MPU 231 collects the image data required for subsequent image drawing from the character ROM 234 to the sub-area provided in the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236. , Instruct the image controller 237 to transfer the type of the image data to a predetermined sub-area to be stored. As a result, the image controller 237 reads the image data instructed by the MPU 231 from the character ROM 234, and transfers the read image data to a designated predetermined sub-area of the image storage area 236a via the buffer RAM 237a.
ใชใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๆ็คบใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎๆ็ปใชในใใฎไธญใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่กใใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๆ็คบใจใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใจใใๆ็ปใชในใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใ ใใง่กใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใไฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ The image data transfer instruction is given by including the transfer data information in the drawing list described later in which the MPU 231 instructs the image controller 237 to draw the image. As a result, the MPU 231 can give an image drawing instruction and an image data transfer instruction only by transmitting the drawing list to the image controller 237, so that the processing load can be reduced.
็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใใฎใใใใกใงใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆ็คบใซๅพใฃใฆๆ็ปใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใไธๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซๆธใ่พผใใใจใซใใฃใฆใใใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎไธๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใฆใใ้ใไปๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใใๅ ใซๅฑ้ใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ้งๅไฟกๅทใจๅ ฑใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ้ไฟกใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฎ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ The first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c are buffers for developing an image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The image controller 237 writes an image for one frame drawn according to the instruction from the MPU 231 to the frame buffer of either the first frame buffer 236b or the second frame buffer 236c, thereby writing one frame in the frame buffer. While expanding the image and expanding the image in one frame buffer, the image information for one frame previously expanded is read from the other frame buffer, and the drive signal is transmitted to the third symbol display device 81. By transmitting the image information, the third symbol display device 81 is executed to display the image for one frame.
ใใฎใใใซใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใคใ่จญใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซๆ็ปใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใชใใใๅๆใซใไปๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใใๅ ใซๅฑ้ใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by providing two frame buffers, the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c, the image controller 237 expands the image for one frame drawn in one frame buffer and simultaneously expands the image. The image for one frame previously expanded can be read from the other frame buffer, and the read image for one frame can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใใไบคไบใซๅ ฅใๆฟใใฆๆๅฎใใใใ Then, the frame buffer that expands the image for one frame and the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame in order to display the image on the third symbol display device 81 are used for drawing the image for one frame. Every 20 milliseconds to complete, the MPU 231 alternately specifies one of the first frame buffers 236b and the second frame buffer 236c, respectively.
ๅณใกใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใฆใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅพใซใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใใซใใใๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใช็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใ That is, at a certain timing, the first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame, and the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. When the drawing process and the display process are executed, the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame 20 milliseconds after the drawing process for the image for one frame is completed, and the image for one frame is expanded. The first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer from which the image information of the above is read. As a result, the image information of the image previously expanded in the first frame buffer 236b can be read out and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, a new image is expanded in the second frame buffer 236c. NS.
ใใใฆใๆดใซๆฌกใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅพใซใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใใซใใใๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใช็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใไปฅๅพใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใใไบคไบใซๅ ฅใๆฟใใฆๆๅฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กใใชใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅไฝใง้ฃ็ถ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, after the next 20 milliseconds, the first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame, and the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. Will be done. As a result, the image information of the image previously expanded in the second frame buffer 236c can be read out and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, a new image is expanded in the first frame buffer 236b. NS. After that, one of the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c is used every 20 milliseconds for the frame buffer that expands the image for one frame and the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. By alternately alternating and specifying, it is possible to continuously perform the display processing of the image for one frame in units of 20 milliseconds while performing the drawing processing of the image for one frame.
ใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กๆใซไฝฟ็จใใใใฏใผใฏใใผใฟใใใฉใฐใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใฎใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ปใชในใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฐใชใใจใๆใใฆใใใ The work RAM 233 is a memory for storing the control program and fixed value data stored in the character ROM 234, and temporarily storing the work data and flags used when executing various control programs by the MPU 231. It is composed. The work RAM 233 includes a program storage area 233a, a data table storage area 233b, a simple image display flag 233c, a display data table buffer 233d, a transfer data table buffer 233e, a pointer 233f, a drawing list area 233g, a time counting counter 233h, and a storage image data discrimination. It has at least a flag 233i, a drawing target buffer flag 233j, a rear image change flag 233w, a rear image discrimination flag 233x, a demo display flag 233y, and a confirmation display flag 233z.
ใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใทในใใ ใชใปใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใฆใๅ จใฆใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใจใไปฅๅพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ็จใใฆๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใ้ซ้ใซ่ชญใฟๅบใๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ซใๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใไฟใคใใจใใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๅคๆงๅใ่ค้ๅใใใๆผๅบใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ The program storage area 233a is an area for storing the control program executed by the MPU 231. When the system reset is released, the MPU 231 reads the control program from the character ROM 234, transfers it to the work RAM 233, and stores it in the program storage area 233a. Then, when all the control programs are stored in the program storage area 233a, the MPU 231 subsequently executes various controls using the control programs stored in the program storage area 233a. As described above, since the work RAM 233 is composed of the DRAM, the read operation is performed at high speed. Therefore, even when the control program is stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the display control device 114 can maintain high processing performance, and the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained. Can be used to easily perform diversified and complicated productions.
ใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใ่กจ็คบใใใไธใฎๆผๅบใซๅฏพใใๆ้็ต้ใซไผดใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ่จ่ผใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใจใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใ่กจ็คบใใใไธใฎๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใกๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใชใใณใซ่ปข้ใฟใคใใณใฐใ่ฆๅฎใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใจใๆ ผ็ดใใใ้ ๅใงใใใ The data table storage area 233b is a display data table in which display contents to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 with the passage of time are described and display data for one effect to be displayed based on a command from the main control device 110. This is an area in which the transfer data information of the image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 and the transfer data table that defines the transfer timing among the image data used in one effect displayed by the table are stored.
ใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใ้ๅธธใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใฎไธ็จฎใจใใฆ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใใฆใๅ จใฆใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใจใไปฅๅพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใๅถๅพกใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใ้ซ้ใซ่ชญใฟๅบใๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๅ็จฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ซใๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใไฟใคใใจใใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๅคๆงๅใ่ค้ๅใใใๆผๅบใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ These data tables are usually stored as a kind of fixed value data in the second program storage area 234a1 provided in the NAND flash memory 234a of the character ROM 234, and according to the boot program executed by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released. , These data tables are transferred from the character ROM 234 to the work RAM 233 and stored in the data table storage area 233b. Then, when all the data tables are stored in the data table storage area 233b, the MPU 231 subsequently controls the display of the third symbol display device 81 using the data table stored in the data table storage area 233b. As described above, since the work RAM 233 is composed of the DRAM, the read operation is performed at high speed. Therefore, even when various data tables are stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the display control device 114 can maintain high processing performance, and the third symbol display device can be used. By using 81, it is possible to easily execute a diversified and complicated production.
ใใใงใๅ็จฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงๆฏใซ๏ผใคใใค็จๆใใใใใฎใงใไพใใฐใๅคๅๆผๅบใใชใผใใใณใฐๆผๅบใใฉใฆใณใๆผๅบใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใใใขๆผๅบใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็จๆใใใฆใใใ Here, the details of various data tables will be described. First, one display data table is prepared for each effect mode displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on a command from the main control device 110. For example, a variable effect and an opening effect. , Display data tables corresponding to round production, ending production, and demo production are prepared.
ๅคๅๆผๅบใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใฆ้ๅงใใใๆผๅบใงใใใใชใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใไพใใฐใๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๅคใใงใใใฐใๅคใใ็คบใๅๆญขๅณๆใๆ็ต็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใไธๆนใใใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใฎใใใใใงใใใฐใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็คบใๅๆญขๅณๆใๆ็ต็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใงๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ช่ญใงใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆไปไธใใใ้ๆไพกๅคใๅฎนๆใซๅคๆญใใใใจใใงใใใ The variation effect is an effect started by the third symbol display device 81 when a display variation pattern command is received from the voice lamp control device 113. When the display variation pattern command is received, the display stop type command indicating the stop type of the variation effect is also received. For example, when the variation effect is started, if the stop type of the variation effect is out of order, the stop symbol indicating the deviation is finally displayed as a stop, while the stop type of the variation effect is jackpot A and jackpot B. If any of the above, the stop symbol indicating each jackpot is finally displayed as a stop. The player can recognize the jackpot type by visually recognizing the stop symbol in this variation effect, and can easily determine the game value given according to the jackpot type.
ใชใผใใใณใฐๆผๅบใฏใใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใธ็งป่กใใฆใ้ๅธธๆใซใฏ้้ใใใฆใใๅคง้ๆพๅฃใ็นฐใ่ฟใ้ๆพใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใงใใใใฉใฆใณใๆผๅบใฏใใใใใ้ๅงใใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใงใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฏใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใงใใใ The opening production is a production for notifying the player that the pachinko machine 10 will shift to the special gaming state and the large opening that is normally closed will be repeatedly opened, and the round production will start from now on. This is an effect for notifying the player of the number of rounds to be played. The ending effect is an effect for notifying the player of the end of the special gaming state.
ใชใใใใขๆผๅบใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใไธใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใๅๆญขใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใฆใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซไผดใๆฌกใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใชใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใงใใใใ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใใฎๆฐๅญใไปใใใฆใใชใไธปๅณๆใใใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่้ข็ปๅใฎใฟใๅคๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใขๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใใใผใซ้ขไฟ่ ใใๅฝ่ฉฒใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใฆใใชใใใจใ่ช่ญใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, the demo effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 when the next variation effect accompanying the start winning is not started even after a predetermined time has elapsed from the stop of one variation effect. The third symbol consisting of the main symbols without the numbers "0" to "9" is stopped and displayed, and only the back image is changed. If the demonstration effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, the player or the person involved in the hall can recognize that the pachinko machine 10 is not playing a game.
ใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใใชใผใใใณใฐๆผๅบใใฉใฆใณใๆผๅบใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใใใณใใขๆผๅบใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใ๏ผใคใใคๆ ผ็ดใใใใพใใๅคๅๆผๅบ็จใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใผใณใใใฐใ๏ผๅคๅๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใซ๏ผใใผใใซใๅ่จใง๏ผ๏ผใใผใใซใ็จๆใใใใ In the data table storage area 233b, one display data table corresponding to the opening effect, the round effect, the ending effect, and the demo effect is stored. Further, as the variation display data table, which is a display data table for variation effect, if there are 32 patterns of variation effect patterns to be set, one table is prepared for one variation effect pattern, for a total of 32 tables.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎใใกใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผใ๏ผๅไฝใจใใฆ่กจใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใใใฎๆ้ใซ่กจ็คบใในใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผๆ็ปๅ ๅฎน๏ผใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ฆๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the display data table will be described with reference to FIG. 36. FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a variable display data table among the display data tables. The display data table should be displayed at the time corresponding to the address represented by the time (20 milliseconds in this embodiment) in which the image for one frame is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 as one unit. The content (drawing content) of the image for one frame is defined in detail.
ๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใซใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๆงๆใใ่กจ็คบ็ฉใงใใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎๅบงๆจใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใๅ้ๆๅคใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฃใใในใใฉใคใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ็ปใใใใใใฎๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In the drawing content, the type of sprite is specified for each sprite that is a display object that constitutes an image for one frame, and the display position coordinates, enlargement ratio, rotation angle, and translucency are specified according to the type of sprite. Drawing information for causing the third symbol display device 81 to draw a sprite, such as a value, ฮฑ blending information, color information, and filter designation information, is defined.
ในใใฉใคใใฎ็จฎๅฅใฏใ่กจ็คบใในใในใใฉใคใใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎๅบงๆจใฏใใใฎในใใฉใคใใ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผไธใฎๅบงๆจใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใๆกๅคง็ใฏใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใฆไบใ่จญๅฎใใใๆจๆบ็ใช่กจ็คบใตใคใบใซๅฏพใใๆกๅคง็ใๆๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใฎๆกๅคง็ใซๅพใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใใในใใฉใคใใฎๅคงใใใ็นๅฎใใใใใชใใๆกๅคง็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใใๅคงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎในใใฉใคใใๆจๆบ็ใชๅคงใใใใใๆกๅคงใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๆกๅคง็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๆชๆบใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎในใใฉใคใใๆจๆบ็ใชๅคงใใใใใใ็ธฎๅฐใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใ The sprite type is information for identifying the sprite to be displayed. The display position coordinates are information for specifying the coordinates on the third symbol display device 81 on which the sprite should be displayed. The enlargement ratio is information for designating the enlargement ratio with respect to a standard display size preset for the sprite, and the size of the sprite displayed according to the enlargement ratio is specified. If the magnification is greater than 100%, the sprite will be enlarged and displayed, and if the magnification is less than 100%, the sprite will be smaller than the standard size. Is displayed.
ๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใฏใในใใฉใคใใๅ่ปขใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฎๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใๅ้ๆๅคใฏใในใใฉใคใๅ จไฝใฎ้ๆๅบฆใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใๅ้ๆๅคใ้ซใใปใฉใในใใฉใคใใฎ่้ขๅดใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใ้ใใฆ่ฆใใใใใซ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใฏใไปใฎในใใฉใคใใจใฎ้ใญๅใใๅฆ็ใ่กใๅ ดๅใซ็จใใใใๆข็ฅใฎฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐไฟๆฐใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใฏใ่กจ็คบใในใในใใฉใคใใฎ่ฒ่ชฟใๆๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใใใใฆใใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใๆๅฎใใใในใใฉใคใใๆ็ปใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใฆๆฝใในใ็ปๅใใฃใซใฟใๆๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใ The rotation angle is information for specifying the rotation angle when the sprite is rotated and displayed. The translucency value is for specifying the transparency of the entire sprite, and the higher the translucency value, the more the image displayed on the back side of the sprite can be seen through. The ฮฑ-blending information is information for identifying a known ฮฑ-blending coefficient used when performing a superposition process with another sprite. The color information is information for designating the color tone of the sprite to be displayed. Then, the filter designation information is information for designating an image filter to be applied to the sprite when drawing the designated sprite.
ๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใๅใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใจใใฆใ๏ผใคใฎ่้ข็ปๅใ๏ผๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใใใฎ็ปๅใซใใใฆๅ ใฎๅทฎใ่พผใฟใชใฉใ่กจ็พใใใจใใงใฏใใๅฐๅนด็ปๅใๆๅญใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใจใใฃใๅในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑใใใขใใฌในๆฏใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใชใใใจใใงใฏใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใฏใใใฎใใฌใผใ ใซ่กจ็คบใในใๅ ๅฎนใซๅใใใฆใ๏ผใคๅใฏ่คๆฐ่ฆๅฎใใใใ In the variable display data table, one back image, nine third symbols (symbol 1, symbol 2, ...), and light in the image are drawn contents for one frame defined corresponding to each address. Drawing information for each sprite, such as an effect that expresses the insertion of a character, and a character used for various effects such as a boy image and characters, is defined for each address. In addition, one or a plurality of information about the effect and the character is defined according to the content to be displayed in the frame.
ใใใงใ่้ข็ปๅใฏใ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ป้ขๅ จไฝใซๅบๅฎใใใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใๅ้ๆๅคใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใใใณใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใๆ้็ต้ใซๅฏพใใฆไธๅฎใจใใใใฎใงใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใงใใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใฎใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎ่้ข็จฎๅฅใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆ้ธๆใใใฆใใในใใผใธ๏ผใ่กไธญในใใผใธใใใๆฃฎในใใผใธใใใๅทในใใผใธใใใ็ฉบในใใผใธใใใๅณถในใใผใธใใฎใใใใ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผฅใฎใใใใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใ็นๅฎใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใใพใใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใฏใ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ็นๅฎใใๅ ดๅใใฉใฎ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใ็นๅฎใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅใใใฆ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใ Here, the display position of the rear image is fixed to the entire screen of the third symbol display device 81, and the enlargement ratio, the rotation angle, the translucent value, the ฮฑ blending information, the color information, and the filter designation information are displayed with respect to the passage of time. Since it is constant, only the back type, which is information for specifying the type of the back image, is specified in the variable display data table. This back type is the back A to E corresponding to the stage selected by the player (one of "city stage", "forest stage", "river stage", "sky stage", and "island stage"). Information is described that specifies whether to display one of them or to display a rear image different from the rear images A to E. Further, as the back surface type, when specifying to display a back image different from the back images A to E, information for specifying which back image is to be displayed is also described.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่้ข็จฎๅฅใซใใฃใฆใ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผฅใฎใใใใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ็นๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผฅใฎใใกๆฝ้ธใซใใๆฑบๅฎใใใในใใผใธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใจใใฆ็นๅฎใใใพใใใใฎใใฌใผใ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่กจ็คบใในใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใๆ้็ต้ใซๅใใใฆ็นๅฎใใใไธๆนใ่้ข๏ผกใ๏ผฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ็นๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใใ่กจ็คบใใใในใ่้ข็ปๅใ็นๅฎใใใ When it is specified that any of the back surfaces A to E is to be displayed by the back surface type, the MPU 231 specifies the back image corresponding to the stage determined by lottery among the back surfaces A to E as a drawing target. In addition, the range of the back image to be displayed for the frame is specified according to the passage of time. On the other hand, when it is specified to display a back image different from the back images A to E, the back image to be displayed is specified from the back type.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใจใใฆ่้ข็จฎๅฅใฎใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใใซไปฃใใฆใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใจใใใฎ่้ข็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎใฉใฎ็ฏๅฒใ่กจ็คบใในใใใ็คบใไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใจใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใซใใฆใใใใใใฎไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใไพใใฐใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฏๅฒใฎ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใงใใฃใฆใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใใฌใผใ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่กจ็คบใในใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใใไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใซใใ็คบใใใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฏๅฒใฎ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎใใใ In the present embodiment, the case where only the back type is specified as the drawing content of the back image in the display data table will be described. Instead, the back type and the range of the back image corresponding to the back type will be described. It may be specified as the position information indicating whether or not to be displayed. This position information may be, for example, information indicating the elapsed time since the back image of the range corresponding to the initial position is displayed. In this case, the MPU 231 specifies the range of the back image to be displayed with respect to the frame based on the elapsed time from the display of the back image of the range corresponding to the initial position indicated by the position information.
ใพใใไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป๏ผใใใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใงใใฃใฆใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใใฌใผใ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่กจ็คบใในใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใใ่กจ็คบ็จใใผใฟใใผในใซๅบใฅใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป๏ผใใใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใๆฎต้ใง่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎไฝ็ฝฎใจใไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใซใใ็คบใใใ่ฉฒ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป๏ผใใใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎใใใ Further, the position information may be information indicating the elapsed time from the start of drawing the image (or the display of the third symbol display device 81) based on the display data table. In this case, the MPU 231 displayed the range of the rear image to be displayed for the frame at the stage when the drawing of the image (or the display of the third symbol display device 81) was started based on the display database. It is specified based on the position of the back image and the elapsed time from the start of drawing (or the display of the third symbol display device 81) of the image indicated by the position information.
ๆดใซใไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฏๅฒใฎ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใใใณ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป๏ผใใใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใฎใใใใใ็คบใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใใใใใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใใใณไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใจใจใใซใใใฎไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใฎ็จฎๅฅๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไพใใฐใๅๆไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฏๅฒใฎ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใใผใฟใใผในใซๅบใฅใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป๏ผใใใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใจใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใใฎไปใไฝ็ฝฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใงใฏใชใใ่กจ็คบใในใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใๆ ผ็ดใใใใขใใฌในใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใงใใฃใฆใใใใ Further, the position information is information indicating the elapsed time from the display of the rear image in the range corresponding to the initial position and the drawing of the image based on the display data table (or the third symbol display device 81) according to the rear type. It may indicate any of the information indicating the elapsed time since the start of the display), and the type information of the position information (for example, the range corresponding to the initial position) together with the back type and the position information. It is information indicating the elapsed time since the back image is displayed, or information indicating the elapsed time since the drawing of the image based on the display database (or the display of the third symbol display device 81) is started. Information indicating the above) may be specified as the drawing content of the back image. In addition, the position information may not be information indicating the elapsed time, but may be information indicating an address in which the range of the rear image to be displayed is stored.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใใใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใใใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใฏใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใซไปใใใๆฐๅญใฎๅทฎๅใ่กจใๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็ดๆฅ็นๅฎใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใ็นๅฎใใใฎใฏใๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบใฏใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใใใณไปๅ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฟใใฆๅคใใใใใงใใใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใใพใงใฎๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใงใฏใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใใใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผใคๅใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใใ In the third symbol (design 1, symbol 2, ...), the symbol type offset information is described as the symbol type information for specifying the third symbol to be displayed. This offset information is information representing the difference between the numbers attached to each third symbol. The offset information is specified instead of directly specifying the type of the third symbol. The display of the third symbol in the variation effect is the stop symbol of the variation effect that was performed immediately before and the variation effect that is performed this time. This is because it changes according to the stop symbol, and in the symbol offset information from the start of the fluctuation to the elapse of a predetermined time, the offset information from the stop symbol of the fluctuation effect performed immediately before is described. As a result, the variation effect is started from the stop symbol in the previous variation effect.
ไธๆนใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใใใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใใใใซใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅฎใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใงๅๆญขใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, after a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the fluctuation, the offset from the stop symbol set according to the stop type command (display stop type command) received from the main control device 110 via the voice lamp control device 113. Describe the information. As a result, the variation effect can be stopped at the stop symbol corresponding to the stop type designated by the main control device 110.
ใชใใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใซใฏๅบๆใฎๆฐๅญใไปใใใฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผใคๅใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใๅคๅๅณๆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅฎใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใซไปใใใๆฐๅญใง็ฎก็ใใใพใใใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใซไปใใใๆฐๅญใฎๅทฎๅใง่กจใใใจใซใใใใใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใใๅฎนๆใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ Since each third symbol is assigned a unique number, the fluctuation symbol in the previous variation effect and the stop symbol according to the stop type specified by the main control device 110 can be selected as the third symbol. By managing with the numbers attached to and expressing the offset information by the difference of the numbers attached to each third symbol, the third symbol to be easily displayed can be specified from the offset information.
ใพใใๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใซใใใฆใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใใไปๅ่กใใใฆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅใๆฟใใใใๆๅฎๆ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ซ้ใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ใจใชใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ซ้ใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฆ่ชไธ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใฎใงใใใฎ้ใซใๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใใไปๅ่กใใใฆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅใๆฟใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๆฐๅญใฎ้ฃ็ถๆงใ้ๅใใฆใใใใฎๆฐๅญใฎ้ฃ็ถๆงใฎ้ๅใใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ช่ญใใใชใใใใซใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the symbol offset information, the third symbol fluctuates at high speed for a predetermined time during which the offset information of the stop symbol of the fluctuation effect performed immediately before is switched to the offset information of the stop symbol of the fluctuation effect performed this time. It is set to be the displayed time. While the third symbol is fluctuating at high speed, the third symbol is invisible to the player. Therefore, during that time, the stop symbol of the fluctuation effect performed immediately before the symbol offset information is displayed. By switching from the offset information to the offset information of the stop symbol of the fluctuation effect that is being performed this time, even if the continuity of the numbers of the third symbol is interrupted, the player is prevented from recognizing the interruption of the continuity of the numbers. be able to.
่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซใฏใใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใ๏ผณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎไพใงใฏใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ผ๏ผจใ๏ผใซใฏใใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใใใใฆใใ๏ผณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใจใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใใขใใฌในใจใฎ้ใฎๅใขใใฌในใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใในใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใ The start address "0000H" of the display data table is described with "Start" information indicating the start of the data table, and the final address of the display data table ("02F0H" in the example of FIG. 37) is the data table. "End" information indicating the end of is described. Then, for each address between the address "0000H" in which the "Start" information is described and the address in which the "End" information is described, the drawing content corresponding to the effect mode to be specified in the display data table is obtained. Is described.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็ญใซๅฟใใฆใไฝฟ็จใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ้ธๅฎใใใใฎ้ธๅฎใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅๆๅใใใใใใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใๅบฆใซใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็คบใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใๆฌกใซๆ็ปใในใ็ปๅๅ ๅฎนใ็นๅฎใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใไฝๆใใใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใจใงใใใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๆ็คบใ่กใใใใใซใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐใซๅพใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใใใ้ ใซๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใ็นๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใใใ้ใใฎ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใ The MPU 231 selects a display data table to be used according to a command (for example, a display variation pattern command) transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command or the like from the main control device 110, and selects the selected display. The data table is read from the data table storage area 233b, stored in the display data table buffer 233d, and the pointer 233f is initialized. Then, the pointer 233f is added by 1 each time the drawing process for one frame is completed, and in the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d, based on the drawing content defined by the address indicated by the pointer 233f, the pointer is then added. The image content to be drawn is specified, and a drawing list (see FIG. 33) described later is created. By transmitting this drawing list to the image controller 237, a drawing instruction for the image is given. As a result, the drawing contents are specified in the order specified in the display data table according to the update of the pointer 233f, so that the image as specified in the display data table is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใฎใใใซใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็ญใซๅฟใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใในใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅคๆดใใใฎใงใฏใชใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ฉๅฎ็ฝฎใๆใใใจใใๅ็ดใชๆไฝใ ใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใๆผๅบ็ปๅใๅคๆดใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, in the display control device 114, the display control device 114 responds to a command (for example, a display variation pattern command) transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command or the like from the main control device 110. Instead of changing the program to be executed by the MPU 231, the effect image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be changed by a simple operation of replacing the display data table with the display data table buffer 233d as appropriate. ..
ใใใงใๅพๆฅใฎใใใณใณๆฉใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบ็ปๅใๅคๆดใใๅบฆใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ตทๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใๆผๅบ็ปๅใฎๅค็จฎๅคๆงๅใซไผดใฃใฆ่ค้ใใค่จๅคงๅใใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎ่ตทๅใๅฎ่กใฎๅฆ็ใซๅคๅคงใช่ฒ ่ทใใใใใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅฆ็่ฝๅใๅถ้ใจใชใฃใฆใๅถๅพกๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบ็ปๅใฎๅคๆงๅใซ้็ใ็ใใฆใใพใใใใใใใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ฉๅฎ็ฝฎใๆใใใจใใๅ็ดใชๆไฝใ ใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใๆผๅบ็ปๅใๅคๆดใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฝๅใซ้ขไฟใชใใๅค็จฎๅคๆงใชๆผๅบ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, when the program executed by the MPU 231 is started every time the effect image displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed like the conventional pachinko machine, the effect image becomes diversified. Since a large load is applied to the complicated and enormous processing of starting and executing a program, the processing capacity of the display control device 114 may be limited, and the diversification of controllable production images may be limited. there were. On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10, the effect image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be changed by a simple operation of appropriately replacing the display data table with the display data table buffer 233d. A wide variety of effect images can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 regardless of the processing capacity of the control device 114.
ใพใใใใฎใใใซๅๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็จๆใใ่กจ็คบใในใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใกใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใฎ่จญๅฎใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใคๆ็ปใชในใใไฝๆใใใใจใใงใใใฎใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กใใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใไบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใงใใใใใใซๅฏพใใใใใณใณๆฉใจใใฃใ้ๆๆฉใ้คใใฒใผใ ๆฉใชใฉใงใฏใใฆใผใถใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆใใฎๅ ดใใฎๅ ดใง่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅคใใใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใไบๆธฌใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใชๅๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆใใใใใจใฏใงใใชใใใใฎใใใซใๅๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็จๆใใ่กจ็คบใในใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใกใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใฎ่จญๅฎใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใคๆ็ปใชในใใไฝๆใใๆงๆใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กใใใๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใไบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใๆงๆใงใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅใใฆๅฎ็พใงใใใใฎใงใใใ Further, in this way, a display data table is prepared corresponding to each effect mode, a display data table buffer is set according to the effect mode to be displayed, and a drawing list is drawn frame by frame according to the set data table. This can be created because, in the pachinko machine 10, the effect to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is determined in advance based on the result of the lottery performed based on the start winning prize. On the other hand, in game machines other than game machines such as pachinko machines, the display contents change on the spot based on the user's operation, so the display contents cannot be predicted. It is not possible to have a display data table corresponding to the effect mode. In this way, a display data table is prepared corresponding to each effect mode, a display data table buffer is set according to the effect mode to be displayed, and a drawing list is created frame by frame according to the set data table. This configuration can only be realized based on the configuration in which the pachinko machine 10 determines in advance the effect mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on the result of the lottery performed based on the start winning prize.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใๆผๅบๆฏใซ็จๆใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ็จๆใใใใใฎใงใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใกใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใชใใณใซใใฎ่ปข้ใฟใคใใณใฐใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, the details of the transfer data table will be described with reference to FIG. 37. FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a transfer data table. The transfer data table is prepared corresponding to the display data table prepared for each effect, and as described above, among the sprite image data used in the effect specified by the display data table, it is resident. The transfer data information for transferring the image data not resident in the video RAM 235 from the character ROM 234 to the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236 and the transfer timing thereof are defined.
ใชใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๅ จใฆๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใฐใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏ็จๆใใใฆใใชใใใใใซใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅฎน้ๅขๅคงใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ If all the sprite image data used in the effect specified in the display data table is stored in the resident video RAM 235, the transfer data table corresponding to the display data table is not prepared. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in the capacity of the data table storage area 233b.
่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใใใฎใขใใฌในใง็คบใใใๆ้ใซ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟ๏ผไปฅไธใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใจ็งฐใ๏ผใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใๅใณใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใ่ฉฒๅฝ๏ผใใใใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใซใใใฎๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใซใใใฎ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใใใฎ่ปข้้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ The transfer data table corresponds to the address specified in the display data table, and the transfer data information of the sprite image data (hereinafter referred to as "transfer target image data") for which transfer should be started at the time indicated by the address. (Corresponding to the addresses "0001H" and "097H" in FIG. 37). Here, the transfer start timing of the transfer target image data is set so that the image data corresponding to the predetermined sprite is stored in the image storage area 236a by the time the drawing of the predetermined sprite is started according to the display data table. In the transfer data table, the transfer data information of the image data to be transferred is defined in correspondence with the address corresponding to the transfer start timing.
ไธๆนใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใง็คบใใใๆ้ใซใ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใชใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใชใใใจใๆๅณใใ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใ่ฉฒๅฝ๏ผใ On the other hand, if there is no transfer target image data to start transfer at the time indicated by the address specified in the display data table, there is no transfer target image data to start transfer corresponding to that address. Null data is defined (corresponding to the address "0002H" in FIG. 37).
่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใจๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผใๅใณใ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅซใพใใใ The transfer data information includes the start address (storage source start address) and end address (storage source final address) of the character ROM 234 in which the transfer target image data is stored, and the start address of the transfer destination (normal video RAM 236). Is included.
ใชใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใจๅๆงใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใ๏ผณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎไพใงใฏใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ผ๏ผจใ๏ผใซใฏใใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใใใใฆใใ๏ผณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใจใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใใขใใฌในใจใฎ้ใฎๅใขใใฌในใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใในใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใ As with the display data table, "Start" information indicating the start of the data table is described in "0000H", which is the start address of the transfer data table, and the final address of the transfer data table (in the example of FIG. 37, in the example of FIG. 37). In "02F0H"), "End" information indicating the end of the data table is described. Then, for each address between the address "0000H" in which the "Start" information is described and the address in which the "End" information is described, the transfer data information of the image data to be transferred that should be specified in the transfer data table. Is described.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็ญใซๅฟใใฆใไฝฟ็จใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ้ธๅฎใใใจใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅญๅจใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐๆฏใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็คบใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใ็นๅฎใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใไฝๆใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใฎๆ็นใซใใใฆ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅๅพใใฆใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใไฝๆใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ When the MPU 231 selects a display data table to be used according to a command (for example, a display variation pattern command) transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command from the main control device 110, the display data table is displayed. If there is a transfer data table corresponding to, the transfer data table is read from the data table storage area 233b and stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e of the work RAM 233 described later. Then, each time the pointer 233f is updated, the drawing content defined at the address indicated by the pointer 233f is specified from the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d, and a drawing list (see FIG. 33) described later is created. At the same time, the transfer data information of the image data of the predetermined sprite to be transferred at that time is acquired from the transfer data table stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e, and the transfer data information is added to the created drawing list. to add.
ไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎไพใงใฏใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๅฝ่ฉฒใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใฆไฝๆใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ฟฝๅ ใใฆใใใฎ่ฟฝๅ ๅพใฎๆ็ปใชในใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใไธๆนใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใงใใๅ ดๅใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใชใใจๅคๆญใใ็ๆใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใซใๆ็ปใชในใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใ For example, in the example of FIG. 37, when the pointer 233f becomes โ0001Hโ or โ097Hโ, the MPU 231 creates the transfer data information specified at the address in the transfer data table based on the display data table. It is added to the drawing list, and the added drawing list is transmitted to the image controller 237. On the other hand, when the pointer 233f is "0002H", since the Bull data is defined at the address "0002H" of the transfer data table, it is determined that there is no transfer target image data to start the transfer, and the data is generated. The drawing list is transmitted to the image controller 237 without adding the transfer data information to the drawing list.
ใใใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎใฎใตใใจใชใขใซ่ปข้ใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Then, when the transfer data information is described in the drawing list received from the MPU 231, the image controller 237 transfers the transfer target image data from the character ROM 234 to a predetermined sub-area of the image storage area 236a according to the transfer data information. Execute the process to be performed.
ใใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใซใใใฎๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎใฎใขใใฌในใซๅฏพใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใซใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใๆ็ปใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๅฟ ใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใใใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ Here, as described above, in the transfer data table, the image data corresponding to the predetermined sprite is stored in the image storage area 236a by the time the drawing of the predetermined sprite is started according to the display data table. Since the transfer data information of the image data to be transferred is specified for a predetermined address, the image data is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the image storage area 236a according to the transfer data information specified in the transfer data table. When drawing a predetermined sprite according to the display data table, the image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 necessary for drawing the sprite can be stored in the image storage area 236a without fail. Then, using the image data stored in the image storage area 236a, a predetermined sprite can be drawn based on the display data table.
ใใใซใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใฆใใ้ ๆปใชใ่กจ็คบใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใไบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงๆๅฎใใใๅในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใชใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่จ่ผใซใใฃใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๅธธ้งใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใๅฎนๆใซไธใค็ขบๅฎใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the image required for display can be read in advance from the character ROM 234 and transferred to the normal video RAM 236 without delay. While drawing the image of each sprite specified in the data table, the corresponding effect can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Further, according to the description in the transfer data table, only the non-resident image data in the resident video RAM 235 can be easily and surely transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236.
ใพใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็ญใซๅฟใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง็จใใใใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๆๆใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ขบๅฎใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10, the display control device 114 receives display data in response to a command (for example, a display variation pattern command) transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command or the like from the main control device 110. As the table is set in the display data table buffer 233d, the transfer data table corresponding to the display data table is set in the transfer data table buffer 233e. The data can be reliably transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 at a desired timing.
ใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟๆฏใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใใใใซใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใใซใใใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซ็ฎก็ใใใพใใๅถๅพกใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใใใฎ่ปข้ใซไฟใๅฆ็ใๅฎนๆใซ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใในใใฉใคใๅไฝใงใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅถๅพกใใใใจใซใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎนๆใซใใคใคใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅถๅพกใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่ปข้ใซใใใ่ฒ ่ทใฎๅขๅคงใๅน็ใใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the transfer data table, the transfer data information is defined so that the image data is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 for each image data corresponding to the sprite. As a result, the transfer of the image data can be managed and controlled for each sprite, so that the processing related to the transfer can be easily performed. Then, by controlling the transfer of the image data from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 in sprite units, it is possible to control the transfer of the image data in detail while facilitating the processing. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently suppress an increase in the load applied to the transfer.
ใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใจๅๆงใฎใใผใฟๆง้ ใๆใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใใใฎใขใใฌในใง็คบใใใๆ้ใซ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใใใๅใซใ็ขบๅฎใซใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใซใ่ปข้้ๅงใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใๆ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใฆใใๅค็จฎๅคๆงใชๆผๅบ็ปๅใๅฎนๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the transfer data table has the same data structure as the display data table, and is associated with the address specified in the display data table, and the transfer of the transfer target image data to be started at the time indicated by the address is transferred. Since the data information is specified, the image data of a predetermined sprite is surely stored in the normal video RAM 236 before the image data of a predetermined sprite is used based on the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d. As described above, since the transfer start timing can be instructed, even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, a wide variety of effect images can be easily displayed on the third symbol display device 81. be able to.
็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅ๏ผ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใๅพใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ็ปๅ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใฎๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใๅ จใฆใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฎต้ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅไปฅๅคใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The simple image display flag 233c indicates whether or not to display the power-on images (main image at power-on and variable image at power-on) shown in FIGS. 34 (a) to 34 (c) on the third symbol display device 81. It is a flag to indicate. The simple image display flag 233c is set after the image data corresponding to the main image at power-on and the variable image at power-on is transferred to the main image area 235a at power-on or the variable image area 235b at power-on of the resident video RAM. , MPU231 is set to on in the main process (see FIG. 73) (see S6005 in FIG. 73). Then, in order to display an image other than the image at the time of power-on on the third symbol display device 81 at the stage where all the resident target image data is stored in the resident video RAM 235 by the resident image transfer process of the image transfer process, It is set to off (see S7605 in FIG. 85 (b)).
ใใฎ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใๆคๅบใใๆฏใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅ็ งใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใณ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใใซๅฟใใฆใ็จฎใ ใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใณ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ This simple image display flag 233c is referred to in the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 each time a V interrupt signal transmitted from the image controller 237 is detected (see S6301 in FIG. 75 (b)), and is simplified. When the image display flag 233c is on, the simple command determination process (see S6308 in FIG. 75 (b)) and the simple display setting process (see FIG. 75B) so that the image at power-on is displayed on the third symbol display device 81. 75 (b) see S6309) is executed. On the other hand, when the simple image display flag 233c is off, the command determination is made so that various images are displayed according to the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on the command from the main control device 110 or the like. The processing (see FIGS. 76 to 81) and the display setting processing (see FIGS. 82 to 84) are executed.
ใพใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธญใง๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅ็ งใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใชใๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใใใใๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ Further, the simple image display flag 233c is referred to in the transfer setting process executed by the MPU 231 in the V interrupt process (see S7501 in FIG. 85 (a)), and the simple image display flag 233c is turned on. Executes the resident image transfer setting process (see FIG. 85 (b)) for transferring the resident image data from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 because the resident image data that is not stored in the resident video RAM 235 exists. When the simple image display flag 233c is off, the normal image transfer setting process (see FIG. 86) for transferring the image data required for the drawing process from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 is executed.
่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ็ญใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใใใใกใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅคๆญใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ธๅฎใใฆใใใฎ้ธๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใชใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใฎใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๆฏใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ็ปๅๆ็ปใฎๆ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ่จ่ผใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ๆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใ The display data table buffer 233d stores a display data table corresponding to an effect mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in response to a command or the like transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command or the like from the main control device 110. It is a buffer to do. The MPU 231 determines an effect mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on a command or the like transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113, and displays a display data table corresponding to the effect mode from the data table storage area 233b. It is selected and the selected display data table is stored in the display data table buffer 233d. Then, the MPU 231 adds the pointer 233f by one, and based on the drawing content defined by the address indicated by the pointer 233f in the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d, the image controller 237 is used for each frame. A drawing list (see FIG. 33), which will be described later, is generated in which the contents of instructions for drawing an image are described. As a result, the third symbol display device 81 displays the effect corresponding to the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใชใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใฎใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๆฏใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ็ปๅๆ็ปใฎๆ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ่จ่ผใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ๆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใ The MPU 231 adds the pointer 233f one by one, and based on the drawing content defined by the address indicated by the pointer 233f in the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d, the image for the image controller 237 is obtained for each frame. A drawing list (see FIG. 38), which will be described later, is generated in which drawing instructions are described. As a result, the effect corresponding to the display data table is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ็ญใซๅฟใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใใใใกใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆ ผ็ดใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ธๅฎใใฆใใใฎ้ธๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใชใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆ็จใใใใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅ จใฆๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็จๆใใใฆใใชใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใชใใใจใๆๅณใใ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใใ The transfer data table buffer 233e is a transfer data table corresponding to the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d in response to a command or the like transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command or the like from the main control device 110. It is a buffer for storing. The MPU 231 selects a transfer data table corresponding to the display data table from the data table storage area 233b in accordance with storing the display data table in the display data table buffer 233d, and transfers the selected transfer data table. It is stored in the data table buffer 233e. If all the sprite image data used in the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d is stored in the resident video RAM 235, the transfer data table corresponding to the display data table is not prepared. Therefore, the MPU 231 clears the contents by writing the Full data which means that the transfer target image data does not exist in the transfer data table buffer 233e.
ใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใชใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใฎใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผๅณใกใ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๆฏใซ็ๆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ็ปๅๆ็ปใฎๆ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ่จ่ผใใๅพ่ฟฐใฎๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ Then, the MPU 231 defines the transfer data information of the transfer target image data defined at the address indicated by the pointer 233f in the transfer data table stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e while adding the pointer 233f one by one. If (that is, if the Null data is not described), the transfer data information is added to a drawing list (see FIG. 38) described later that describes the instruction content for drawing an image to the image controller 237 generated for each frame. to add.
ใใใซใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎใฎใตใใจใชใขใซ่ปข้ใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใซใใใฎๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎใฎใขใใฌในใซๅฏพใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใซใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใๆ็ปใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๅฟ ใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, when the transfer data information is described in the drawing list received from the MPU 231, the image controller 237 shifts the image data to be transferred from the character ROM 234 to a predetermined sub-area of the image storage area 236a according to the transfer data information. Execute the process to transfer. Here, as described above, in the transfer data table, the image data corresponding to the predetermined sprite is stored in the image storage area 236a by the time the drawing of the predetermined sprite is started according to the display data table. The transfer data information of the image data to be transferred is specified for a predetermined address. Therefore, when drawing a predetermined sprite according to the display data table by transferring the image data from the character ROM 234 to the image storage area 236a according to the transfer data information defined in the transfer data table, it is necessary to draw the sprite. Image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 can always be stored in the image storage area 236a.
ใใใซใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใฆใใ้ ๆปใชใ่กจ็คบใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใไบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงๆๅฎใใใๅในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใชใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่จ่ผใซใใฃใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๅธธ้งใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใๅฎนๆใซไธใค็ขบๅฎใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the image required for display can be read in advance from the character ROM 234 and transferred to the normal video RAM 236 without delay. While drawing the image of each sprite specified in the data table, the corresponding effect can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Further, according to the description in the transfer data table, only the non-resident image data in the resident video RAM 235 can be easily and surely transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236.
ใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅใใใใกใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใณ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใใใใฏ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅๅพใในใใขใใฌในใๆๅฎใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆ ผ็ดใใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธๆฆ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใใใใใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งใใจใซ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใคๅ ็ฎใใใใ The pointer 233f is an address to acquire the transfer data information of the corresponding drawing contents or transfer target image data from the display data table and transfer data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d and the transfer data table buffer 233e, respectively. Is for specifying. The MPU 231 temporarily initializes the pointer 233f to 0 in accordance with the display data table being stored in the display data table buffer 233d. Then, the display setting process of the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 based on the V interrupt signal transmitted from the image controller 237 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process of the image for one frame is completed (FIG. 75 (b). ), The pointer update process (see S7205 in FIG. 84) is executed, and the value of the pointer 233f is added one by one.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใใใชใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐใ่กใใใๆฏใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็คบใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใ็นๅฎใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใไฝๆใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใฎๆ็นใซใใใฆ่ปข้ใ้ๅงใในใๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅๅพใใฆใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใไฝๆใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ Each time the pointer 233f is updated, the MPU 231 specifies the drawing content defined by the address indicated by the pointer 233f from the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d, and describes a drawing list described later. (See FIG. 38) is created, and the transfer data information of the image data of the predetermined sprite to be transferred at that time is acquired from the transfer data table stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e, and the transfer data is acquired. Add the information to the created drawing list.
ใใใซใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅคๆดใใใ ใใงใๅฎนๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅคๆดใใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฝๅใซ้ขใใใใๅค็จฎๅคๆงใชๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, the effect corresponding to the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d is displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Therefore, the effect to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be easily changed only by changing the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d. Therefore, a wide variety of effects can be displayed regardless of the processing capacity of the display control device 114.
ใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใง็จใใใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๅฟ ใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใฆใใ้ ๆปใชใ่กจ็คบใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใไบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงๆๅฎใใใๅในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใชใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่จ่ผใซใใฃใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๅธธ้งใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใๅฎนๆใซไธใค็ขบๅฎใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ If the transfer data table stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e is stored, the sprite is drawn by the corresponding display data table based on the transfer data table. Image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 used for drawing can always be stored in the image storage area 236a. As a result, even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the image required for display can be read in advance from the character ROM 234 and transferred to the normal video RAM 236 without delay. While drawing the image of each sprite specified in the data table, the corresponding effect can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Further, according to the description in the transfer data table, only the non-resident image data in the resident video RAM 235 can be easily and surely transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236.
ๆ็ปใชในใใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅใณใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ๆใใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ็คบใใๆ็ปใชในใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใจใชใขใงใใใ The drawing list area 233g is an image controller that draws an image for one frame generated based on the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d and the transfer data table stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e. This is an area for storing the drawing list instructed to 237.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ปใชในใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆ็ปใชในใใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๆ็คบใใๆ็คบ่กจใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใฎ็ปๅใงไฝฟ็จใใ่้ข็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใใจใใงใฏใ๏ผใจใใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใจใฉใผๅณๆ๏ผใจใใฃใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ่จ่ฟฐใใใใฎใงใใใใพใใๆ็ปใชในใใซใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฎใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใใใใใฆ่จ่ฟฐใใใใ Here, the details of the drawing list will be described with reference to FIG. 38. FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the drawing list. The drawing list is an instruction table for instructing the image controller 237 to draw an image for one frame, and as shown in FIG. 38, a back image used in the image of one frame and a third symbol (designs 1,). Symbol 2, ...), Effect (Effect 1, Effect 2, ...), Character (Character 1, Character 2, ..., Number of reserved balls Design 1, Number of reserved balls Symbol 2, ..., Error Detailed drawing information (detailed information) of the sprite is described for each sprite such as (design). In addition, transfer data information for transferring predetermined image data from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 to the image controller 237 is also described in the drawing list.
ๅในใใฉใคใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใในใใฉใคใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ฉ๏ผใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใใฎใขใใฌในใจใ่จ่ฟฐใใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใใใณใขใใฌในใซใใฃใฆๆๅฎใใใใกใขใช้ ๅใใใๅฝ่ฉฒในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅๅพใใใใพใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซใฏใ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎๅบงๆจใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใๅ้ๆๅคใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใใใณใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ็จฎใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฝ่ฉฒในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใซใใ็ๆใใใๆจๆบ็ใช็ปๅใซๅฏพใใๆกๅคง็ใซๅฟใใฆๆกๅคง็ธฎๅฐๅฆ็ใๆฝใใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใซๅฟใใฆๅ่ปขๅฆ็ใๆฝใใๅ้ๆๅคใซๅฟใใฆๅ้ๆๅๅฆ็ใๆฝใใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆไปใฎในใใฉใคใใจใฎๅๆๅฆ็ใๆฝใใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆ่ฒ่ชฟ่ฃๆญฃๅฆ็ใๆฝใใใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใซใใๆๅฎใใใๆนๆณใงใใฃใซใฟใชใณใฐๅฆ็ใๆฝใใไธใงใ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎๅบงๆจใซ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎใซๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๆฝใใฆๅพใใใ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใใใใใฆใๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใใซๅฑ้ใใใใ The detailed drawing information (detailed information) of each sprite includes information indicating the RAM type (resident video RAM 235 or normal video RAM 236) in which the image data of the corresponding sprite (display object) is stored, and the information thereof. The address is described, and the image controller 237 acquires the image data of the sprite from the memory area specified by the RAM type and the address. Further, the detailed drawing information (detailed information) includes display position coordinates, enlargement ratio, rotation angle, translucent value, ฮฑ blending information, color information, and filter specification information. A standard image generated from the image data of the sprite read from the video RAM is subjected to enlargement / reduction processing according to the enlargement ratio, rotation processing according to the rotation angle, and translucent according to the translucent value. Performs conversion processing, synthesizes with other sprites according to ฮฑ blending information, performs color tone correction processing according to color information, and performs filtering processing according to the filter specification information by the method specified by that information. After that, the image obtained by performing various processes on the display position indicated by the display position coordinates is drawn. Then, the drawn image is expanded by the image controller 237 into either the first frame buffer 236b or the second frame buffer 236c specified by the drawing target buffer flag 233j.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใจใใใฎไปใฎๆ็ปใในใ็ปๅใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผไพใใฐใไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใไฟ็็ปๅใใใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ใ้็ฅใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใชใฉ๏ผใจใซๅบใฅใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใซ็จใใใใๅ จในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ็ๆใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซไธฆใณๆฟใใใใจใซใใฃใฆๆ็ปใชในใใไฝๆใใใ The MPU 231 is a display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d. Based on the image and the warning image that notifies the occurrence of an error), detailed drawing information (detailed information) for all sprites used for drawing one frame of image is generated, and the detailed information is generated for each sprite. Create a drawing list by sorting.
ใใใงใๅในใใฉใคใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใฎใใกใในใใฉใคใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ฉ๏ผใฎใใผใฟใฎๆ ผ็ด๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใจใขใใฌในใจใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใในใใฉใคใ็จฎๅฅใใใใฎไปใฎ็ปๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใใ็นๅฎใใใในใใฉใคใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ๆใใใใๅณใกใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใจใชใขใๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใตใใจใชใขใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใในใใฉใคใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ผ็ด๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใจใขใใฌในใจใๅณๅบงใซ็นๅฎใใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๆ็ปใชในใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฎนๆใซๅซใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, among the detailed information of each sprite, the storage RAM type and address of the sprite (display object) data are the sprite type specified in the display data table and the sprite type specified from the contents of other images. Generated accordingly. That is, for each sprite, the area of the resident video RAM 235 in which the image data of the sprite is stored or the sub area of the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236 is fixed, so that the MPU 231 depends on the sprite type. Therefore, the storage RAM type and address in which the image data of the sprite is stored can be immediately specified, and such information can be easily included in the detailed information of the drawing list.
ใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅในใใฉใคใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใฎใใกใใใฎไปใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎๅบงๆจใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใๅ้ๆๅคใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใใใณใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซใคใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใใใฎใพใพใณใใผใใใ Further, the MPU 231 is defined in the display data table for other information (display position coordinates, enlargement ratio, rotation angle, translucent value, ฮฑ blending information, color information and filter designation information) among the detailed information of each sprite. Copy those information as it is.
ใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใ็ๆใใใซใใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎไธญใงใๆใ่้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใในใในใใฉใคใใใๅ้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใในใในใใฉใคใ้ ใซไธฆใณๆฟใใฆใใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ่จ่ฟฐใใใๅณใกใๆ็ปใชในใใงใฏใๆๅใซ่้ข็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ฟฐใใใๆฌกใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใใจใใงใฏใ๏ผใจใใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐๅณๆ๏ผ๏ผใปใปใป๏ผใจใฉใผๅณๆ๏ผใฎ้ ใซใใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ฟฐใใใใ Further, when generating the drawing list, the MPU 231 rearranges the sprites to be arranged on the back side to the sprites to be arranged on the front side in the image for one frame, and detailed drawing information for each sprite. Describe (detailed information). That is, in the drawing list, detailed information corresponding to the back image is first described, and then the third symbol (design 1, symbol 2, ...), effect (effect 1, effect 2, ...), character. Detailed information corresponding to each sprite is described in the order of (character 1, character 2, ..., Number of reserved balls symbol 1, number of reserved balls symbol 2, ..., error symbol).
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่จ่ฟฐใใใ้ ็ชใซๅพใฃใฆใๅในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซใใฎๆ็ปใใใในใใฉใคใใไธๆธใใซใใฃใฆๅฑ้ใใฆใใใๅพใฃใฆใๆ็ปใชในใใซใใฃใฆ็ๆใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใซใใใฆใๆๅใซๆ็ปใใในใใฉใคใใๆใ่้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใๆๅพใซๆ็ปใใในใใฉใคใใๆใๅ้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใใใ The image controller 237 executes the drawing process of each sprite in the order described in the drawing list, and expands the drawn sprites in the frame buffer by overwriting. Therefore, in the image for one frame generated by the drawing list, the sprite drawn first can be arranged on the backmost side, and the sprite drawn last can be arranged on the frontmost side.
ใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใใใณๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌในใจใใใฎ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใในใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญใใใใใตใใจใชใขใฎๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใใๆ็ปใชในใใฎๆๅพใซ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใซใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใฐใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใฎ้ ๅ๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใใใณๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌในใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใ้ ๅ๏ผใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญใใใใๆๅฎใฎใตใใจใชใข๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ใขใใฌใน๏ผใซใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใ Further, when the transfer data information is described in the transfer data table stored in the transfer data table buffer 233e at the address indicated by the pointer 233f, the MPU 231 describes the transfer data information (character in which the transfer target image data is stored). The storage source start address and storage source final address in ROM 234 and the storage destination start address of the sub-area provided in the image storage area 236a to store the transfer target image data) are added to the end of the drawing list. If the drawing list includes this transfer data information, the image controller 237 will image from a predetermined area (the area indicated by the storage source start address and the storage source final address) of the character ROM 234 based on the transfer data information. The data is read out, and the image data to be transferred is transferred to a predetermined sub-area (storage destination address) provided in the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236.
่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใใซใฆใณใใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไธใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆ ผ็ดใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ็คบใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๆ้ใใผใฟใฏใๆผๅบๆ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅ่กจ็คบๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผใงๅฒใฃใๅคใงใใใ The timekeeping counter 233h is a counter that counts the effect time of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 by the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d. The MPU 231 stores one display data table in the display data table buffer 233d, and sets time data indicating the effect time of the effect displayed based on the display data table. This time data is a value obtained by dividing the effect time by the image display time for one frame (20 milliseconds in this embodiment) in the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅบฆใซใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใใคๆธ็ฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎ็ตๆใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใใจใๅคๆญใใๆผๅบ็ตไบใซๅใใใฆ่กใในใ็จฎใ ใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Then, the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 based on the V interrupt signal transmitted from the image controller 237 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process and the display process of the image for one frame are completed (FIG. 75 (b). ) Is executed, the timekeeping counter 233h is decremented by 1 (see S7207 in FIG. 82). As a result, when the value of the timekeeping counter 233h becomes 0 or less, the MPU 231 determines that the effect displayed by the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d has ended, and performs the effect in accordance with the end of the effect. Perform various processes that should be performed.
ๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใชใๅ จใฆใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใฆใใใใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใๅฆใใ่กจใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใ The stored image data discrimination flag 233i stores the image data corresponding to the sprite in the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236 for all the sprites whose corresponding image data is not resident in the resident video RAM 235. It is a flag indicating the storage state indicating whether or not it is present.
ใใฎๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎไธญใง๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ๆใใใใใใใง็ๆใใใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅ จใฆใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใชใใใจใ็คบใใใชใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The stored image data discrimination flag 233i is generated by the initial setting process (see S6002 in FIG. 74) executed by the MPU 231 in the main process when the power is turned on. The stored image data determination flag 233i generated here is set to "off" indicating that the stored state for all sprites is not stored in the image storage area 236a.
ใใใฆใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใไธใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซ่กใใใใใใฎๆดๆฐใงใฏใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใไธใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใชใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใพใใใใฎไธใฎในใใฉใคใใจๅใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใตใใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใจใซใชใฃใฆใใใใฎไปใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใไธใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆๅฟ ใๆชๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใจใชใใฎใงใใใฎไปใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ Then, the stored image data discrimination flag 233i is updated when a transfer instruction of the transfer target image data corresponding to one sprite is set in the normal image transfer setting process (see FIG. 86) executed by the MPU 231. It is said. In this update, the storage state corresponding to one sprite for which the transfer instruction is set is set to "on" indicating that the corresponding image data is stored in the image storage area 236a. Further, the image data of the other sprites that are to be stored in the sub-area of the same image storage area 236a as the one sprite is always in the unstored state by storing the image data of the one sprite. Therefore, set the storage state corresponding to other sprites to "off".
ใพใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใ้ใซใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑกใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๆขใซ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๆญใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑกใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใใใงใใใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใชใใใฐใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎใตใใจใชใขใซ่ปข้ใใใใไธๆนใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑกใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใณใใงใใใฐใๆขใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใไธญๆญขใใใใใใซใใใ็ก้งใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ใใใใฎใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้จใซใใใๅฆ็่ฒ ๆ ใฎ่ปฝๆธใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใใฉใใฃใใฏใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the MPU 231 refers to the stored image data determination flag 233i when transferring the image data of the sprite whose image data is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236, and of the sprite to be transferred. It is determined whether or not the image data is already stored in the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236 (see S7713 in FIG. 86). If the storage state corresponding to the sprite to be transferred is "off" and the corresponding image data is not stored in the image storage area 236a, a transfer instruction for the image data is set (see S7714 in FIG. 86). , The image controller 237 is made to transfer the image data from the character ROM 234 to a predetermined sub-area of the image storage area 236a. On the other hand, if the storage state corresponding to the sprite to be transferred is "on", the corresponding image data is already stored in the image storage area 236a, so the transfer process of the image data is stopped. As a result, it is possible to suppress unnecessary transfer from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236, reduce the processing load on each part of the display control device 114, and reduce the traffic on the bus line 240. can.
ๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผใคใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธญใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆ็ปใใใ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผไปฅไธใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใจ็งฐใ๏ผใๆๅฎใใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใฎๆ ๅ ฑใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใจๅ ฑใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The drawing target buffer flag 233j is referred to as a frame buffer (hereinafter, "drawing target buffer") that expands the image drawn by the image controller 237 from the two frame buffers (first frame buffer 236b and second frame buffer 236c). When the drawing target buffer flag 233j is 0, the first frame buffer 236b is specified as the drawing target buffer, and when it is 1, the second frame buffer 236c is specified. Then, the information of the designated drawing target buffer is transmitted to the image controller 237 together with the drawing list (see S7802 in FIG. 87).
ใใใซใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใใๆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกไธใซๅฑ้ใใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใพใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใจๅๆไธฆๅ็ใซใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใจใฏ็ฐใชใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใใๅ ใซๅฑ้ๆธใฟใฎๆ็ป็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ้งๅไฟกๅทใจๅ ฑใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ปข้ใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ As a result, the image controller 237 executes a drawing process of expanding the image drawn based on the drawing list on the designated drawing target buffer. Further, the image controller 237 reads out the previously expanded drawing image information from the frame buffer different from the drawing target buffer in parallel with the drawing process, and displays the image with the drive signal for the third symbol display device 81. By transferring the information, the display process of displaying the image on the third symbol display device 81 is executed.
ๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใๆ็ปใชในใใจๅ ฑใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใๆดๆฐใใใใใใฎๆดๆฐใฏใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅ่ปขใใใใใจใซใใใๅณใกใใใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผใใซใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่กใใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใ้ไฟกใใใๅบฆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎ้ใงไบคไบใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใๆ็ปใชในใใฎ้ไฟกใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅบฆใซ่กใใใใ The drawing target buffer flag 233j is updated in accordance with the drawing target buffer information being transmitted to the image controller 237 together with the drawing list. This update is performed by inverting the value of the drawing target buffer flag 233j, that is, setting it to "1" if the value is "0" and "0" if the value is "1". Is done by. As a result, the drawing target buffer is alternately set between the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c each time the drawing list is transmitted. Further, the drawing list is transmitted by the V interrupt executed by the MPU 231 based on the V interrupt signal transmitted from the image controller 237 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process and the display process of the image for one frame are completed. It is performed every time the drawing process of the process (see S6306 in FIG. 75 (b)) is executed.
ๅณใกใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใฆใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅพใซใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใใซใใใๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใช็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใ That is, at a certain timing, the first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame, and the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. When the drawing process and the display process are executed, the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame 20 milliseconds after the drawing process for the image for one frame is completed, and the image for one frame is expanded. The first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer from which the image information of the above is read. As a result, the image information of the image previously expanded in the first frame buffer 236b can be read out and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, a new image is expanded in the second frame buffer 236c. NS.
ใใใฆใๆดใซๆฌกใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅพใซใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใใซใใใๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใช็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใไปฅๅพใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใใไบคไบใซๅ ฅใๆฟใใฆๆๅฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กใใชใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅไฝใง้ฃ็ถ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, after the next 20 milliseconds, the first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame, and the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. Will be done. As a result, the image information of the image previously expanded in the second frame buffer 236c can be read out and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, a new image is expanded in the first frame buffer 236b. NS. After that, one of the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c is used every 20 milliseconds for the frame buffer that expands the image for one frame and the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. By alternately alternating and specifying, it is possible to continuously perform the display processing of the image for one frame in units of 20 milliseconds while performing the drawing processing of the image for one frame.
่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅคๆดใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅคๆดใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐๅคๆดใ่กใใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใพใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่้ข็ปๅใฎๅคๆดๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ้ใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๆผๅบใขใผใๅคๆดใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใ The rear image change flag 233w is a flag for determining whether or not to change the type of the rear image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. If the back image change flag 233w is on, it means that the type of the back image is changed, and if it is off, it means that the change is not performed. The rear image change flag 233w is set to on when the rear image change command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 is received (see S7001 in FIG. 81 (a)). Further, the rear image change flag 233w is referred to in the normal image transfer setting process (see S7709 in FIG. 86), and is set to off when the rear image change process is executed (see S7710 in FIG. 86). As a result, the rear image corresponding to the rear image change command and the effect mode change command received from the voice lamp control device 113 can be displayed.
่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎใใฉใฐใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใใคใใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅใใใใซๅฏพใใฆๅ่้ข็จฎๅฅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใกใใใใใใฎใใใใใชใณใงใใใฐใใใฎใชใณใฎใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใ็พๅจใฎ่้ข็จฎๅฅใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใๆๅณใใใไพใใฐใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ๏ผใใใ็ฎใใชใณใงใใใฐใ่้ข๏ผกใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใๆๅณใใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎใณใใณใใซใใ้็ฅใใใ่้ข็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎ้ใไปใฎใใใใฏๅ จใฆใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใๅฎนๆใซ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ่้ข็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ The rear image discrimination flag 233x is a flag indicating the set rear image type. This flag is composed of, for example, 1 byte, and each back type is associated with each bit. If any bit of the back image discrimination flag 233x is on, it means that the back type corresponding to the on bit is set as the current back type. For example, if the 0th bit of the rear image discrimination flag 233x is on, it means that the rear surface A is set. When the rear image change command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 is received, the bit corresponding to the rear image notified by the command is set to on for the rear image discrimination flag 233x (FIG. 81 (a). ) S7002). At this time, all other bits are set to off. With this back image discrimination flag 233x, the currently set back type can be easily specified.
ใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใขๆผๅบไธญใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐใใขๆผๅบไธญใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐใใขๆผๅบไธญใงใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใใใฎใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซไปฅๅคใฎไปใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใ็พๅจใใใขๆผๅบไธญใงใใใๅฆใใๅฎนๆใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ The demo display flag 233y is a flag indicating whether or not the demonstration is being produced. If the demo display flag 233y is on, it means that the demonstration is being produced, and if it is off, it means that the demonstration is not being produced. This demo display flag 233y is set to on when the demo display data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d in the display setting process (see FIG. 82) (see S7221 in FIG. 82), and the demo display data table is set. It is set to off when other display data tables other than are set for the display data table buffer 233d (S6505 in FIG. 77 (a), S6705 in FIG. 78 (a), S6805 in FIG. 78 (b). , See S6905 in FIG. 79). With this demo display flag 233y, it is possible to easily determine whether or not the demonstration is currently being produced.
็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใใงใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใจใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๅพใซๅๆญขๅณๆใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใๆผๅบใ็คบใใใใฎ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบไธญใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบไธญใงใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซไปฅๅคใฎไปใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใฎ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบไธญใงใใใๅฆใใๅฎนๆใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ The confirmation display flag 233z is a flag indicating whether or not the confirmation display effect is being executed. Here, the final display effect indicates an effect of stopping and displaying (confirming display) the stop symbol for a predetermined period (for example, 1 second) after the fluctuation pattern. If the confirmation display flag 233z is on, it means that the confirmation display effect is in progress, and if it is off, it means that the confirmation display effect is not in progress. The confirmation display flag 233z is set to on when the confirmation display data table is set to the display data table buffer 233d in the display setting process (see FIG. 82) (S7214 in FIG. 82), and is other than the confirmation display data table. It is set off when another display data table is set for the display data table buffer 233d (S6505 in FIG. 86 (a), S6705 in FIG. 78 (a), S6805 in FIG. 78 (b), FIG. See S6905 of 79). With this confirmation display flag 233z, it is possible to easily determine whether or not the confirmation display effect is currently in progress.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็
งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฏๅคงๅฅใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ
ฅใซไผดใ่ตทๅใใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใจใใใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใจใๅฎๆ็ใซ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ฝ็ง้้ใง๏ผ่ตทๅใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธใฎๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅ
ฅๅใซใใ่ตทๅใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใใใใ่ชฌๆใฎไพฟๅฎไธใใฏใใใซใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใ่ชฌๆใใใใฎๅพใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใจใกใคใณๅฆ็ใจใ่ชฌๆใใใ
<Regarding the control process executed by the main control device in the first embodiment>
Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 39 to 58. The processing of the MPU 201 is roughly divided into a start-up process that is started when the power is turned on, a main process that is executed after the start-up process, and a timer that is started periodically (at intervals of 2 ms in this embodiment). There are an interrupt process and an NMI interrupt process that is activated by inputting a power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. For convenience of explanation, the timer interrupt process and the NMI interrupt process are first described, and then the start-up process is performed. And the main process will be explained.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฎๆๅฆ็ใงใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ่ณในใคใใใฎ่ชญใฟ่พผใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใๅ็จฎในใคใใใฎ็ถๆ ใ่ชญใฟ่พผใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฝ่ฉฒในใคใใใฎ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฎใใฆๆคๅบๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆค็ฅๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใไฟๅญใใใ FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The timer interrupt process is, for example, a periodic process executed every 2 milliseconds. In the timer interrupt process, first, the process of reading various winning switches is executed (S101). That is, the state of various switches connected to the main control device 110 is read, the state of the switch is determined, and the detection information (winning detection information) is saved.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S102). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (399 in the present embodiment), it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (999 in this embodiment), it is cleared to 0 and the updated value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2. Is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 203.
ๆดใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใใใใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใใใใใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ Further, the first hit random number counter C1, the first hit type counter C2, and the second hit random number counter C4 are updated (S103). Specifically, the first per random number counter C1, the first per type counter C2, and the second per random number counter C4 are each added by 1, and their counter values are the maximum values (399, 99, respectively in the present embodiment, respectively). When it reaches 999), it clears to 0 respectively. Then, the updated values of the counters C1, C2, and C4 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 203.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใชใฉใ่จญๅฎใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใซไผดใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ Next, in addition to the process for displaying on the first symbol display devices 37a and 37b, the special symbol variation process for setting the variation pattern of the third symbol by the third symbol display device 81 is executed (S104). After that, a start winning process is executed when the ball enters the special figure entry port 64 (starting winning) and the ball enters the Fuden winning device 640 (starting winning) (S105). The details of the special symbol variation process and the start winning process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 40 to 47.
ๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ใฎ้้ใซไผดใในใซใผใฒใผใ้้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅใณใในใซใผใฒใผใ้้ๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใในใซใผใฒใผใ้้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพใฏใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅฐใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ๅฆ็ใใใใณ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพใฏใๆฌกใใงใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใๅฎๆ็ใซๅฎ่กใในใใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใชใใ็บๅฐๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใณใใซ๏ผ๏ผใซ่งฆใใฆใใใใจใใฟใใใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๆคๅบใใไธใคใ็บๅฐใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎ็บๅฐๅๆญขในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใฆใใชใใใจใๆกไปถใซใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใฎใชใณ๏ผใชใใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฆ็ใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใใชใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ใฎ็บๅฐๆ็คบใใใใ After the start winning process is executed, the normal symbol variation process, which is a process for displaying on the second symbol display device, is executed (S106), and the through is caused by the passage of the ball at the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67. The gate passage process is executed (S107). The details of the normal symbol variation processing and the through-gate passage processing will be described later with reference to FIGS. 48 and 49. After executing the through gate passing process, the special electric start port winning process is executed (S108), and then the V inlet passing process (S109) and the V passing process (S110) are executed. The details of the special electric start port winning process, the V inlet passing process, and the V passing process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 50 to 52. After executing the V-passing process, the firing control process is then executed (S111), and other processes that should be executed periodically are executed (S112) to end the timer interrupt process. In the launch control process, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the launch stop switch 51b for stopping the launch is not operated. It is a process to determine whether to turn on / off the firing. The main control device 110 instructs the launch control device 112 to launch the ball when the launch of the ball is on.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ็จฎๅคๅฎ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใ่กใใๆๅฎใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฏ่ฝใซๅถๅพกใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใไปฅไธใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 40, a special symbol variation process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing this special symbol variation processing (S104). The special symbol variation processing (FIGS. 40, S104) performs various determinations (hit / fail determinations) and determinations on the special symbol based on the acquired counter values, and the determined variation display mode is performed by predetermined control. 1 The symbol display device 37 can be controlled to enable variable display, and the third symbol display device 81 can be used to set various commands for executing the variable display effect of the third symbol and the fourth symbol. Control is executed to display the stop display in the display mode indicating the determination result). Hereinafter, the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 40, S104) will be described.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใๆใใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใๆใใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใ In the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 40, S104), first, it is determined whether the game is during the jackpot game (during the jackpot) or during the game per character (during the character hit) (S201). Here, based on the information stored in the game state storage area 203g, it is determined whether the current game is a big hit game (during a big hit) or a game per character (during a character hit).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใไธญๅใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปฎๅๆญขใใใฆใใ็นๅณใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S201, when it is determined that the jackpot is being hit or the accessory is being hit (S201: Yes), then it is determined whether the special figure temporary stop flag 203m is set to ON (S202) and turned ON. If it is determined that the setting is set to (S202: Yes), the display of the first symbol display device 83 corresponding to the temporarily stopped special figure is updated (S203), and this process is terminated. On the other hand, in the process of S202, if it is determined that the special figure temporary stop flag 203m is not set to ON (S202: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ใใใงใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๆ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎไปฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Here, the special figure temporary stop flag 203m is set to be on when the game per character is executed. In the present embodiment, while the game per character is being executed, the fluctuation time set in the fluctuation display (special symbol fluctuation display) for showing the lottery result of the special symbol is not updated (subtracted). During that period, the temporary stop display mode for indicating that the variable display of the special symbol is temporarily stopped is displayed on the first symbol display device 83.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใซไผดใฃใฆๅฎ่กไธญใงใใฃใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆถๆป ใใฆใใพใฃใใจ้ๆ่ ใซไธไฟกๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใฏใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็น็ฏใๆถ็ฏใ็นฐใ่ฟใ็นๆป ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใ่ฏใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใ็นๆป ้้ใ้ ใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็น็ฏใๆถ็ฏใ็นฐใๆฟใใ็นๆป ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ่คๆฐ่ฒใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไปฎๅๆญขไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟ่กจ็คบใใๅพใๅฐ็จ่ฒใ็จใใ็นๆป ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, it is possible to notify the player that the variable display of the special symbol that was being executed with the start of the game per character is temporarily stopped. It is possible to prevent the player from being distrusted when the special symbol fluctuation of is extinguished. As a display mode for indicating that the variable display of the special symbol is temporarily stopped, for example, a display mode for indicating that the normal variable display is in progress (for example, lighting at intervals of 0.2 seconds, The display mode may be the same as the blinking display mode in which the lights are repeatedly turned off, or the display mode in which the blinking interval is slower than the display mode for indicating that the variable display is in progress (for example, the lights are turned on and off repeatedly at 0.5 second intervals). Flashing display mode) may be used. Further, when the display mode of the first symbol display device 83 is configured to be able to display a display mode of a plurality of colors, a blinking display mode using a dedicated color that can be displayed only during a temporary stop is used. Is also good.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใๆใใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the processing of S201, when it is determined that the present is not in the big hit or in the accessory hit (S201: No), the value of the special figure fluctuation time counter 203n is larger than 0, that is, the special symbol. Is in the variable display (S204). When it is determined that the variation of the special symbol is being displayed (the value of the special symbol variation time counter 203n is larger than 0) (S204: Yes), the processing during execution of the special symbol variation is executed (S206).
ใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅค๏ผๆดๆฐ๏ผใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ฉณใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใ In this special symbol variation executing process (S206), a process for changing (updating) the variation display mode of the special symbol displayed on the first symbol display device 83 during the period during which the special symbol is fluctuating is executed. Will be done. This special symbol variation execution processing (S206) will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 44.
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๆดๆฐใใใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, when the processing of S206 is completed, it is next determined whether or not the value of the special symbol fluctuation time counter 203n updated in the special symbol fluctuation executing processing (S206) is 0 (S207), and the processing of S207 is performed. If it is determined that the special symbol fluctuation time counter 203n is 0 (S207: Yes), the special symbol fluctuation stop processing is executed (S208), and then this processing is terminated.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S208), when the fluctuation time specified for the special symbol being displayed in variation has elapsed, a process of stopping the variation display with a symbol indicating the lottery result of the special symbol is executed. The details of this special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S208) will be described later with reference to FIG. 45. If it is determined in the process of S207 that the special figure fluctuation time counter 203n is not 0 (S207: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็นๅณๅคๅไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใฎๅคๅฅใจใๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใ่กใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ฉณใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S204, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation time counter 203n is not larger than 0 (0) (S204: No), that is, when it is determined that the current is not in the special figure fluctuation, it is determined. Next, the special symbol change start process is executed (S205). In this special symbol change start processing (S205), processing for executing a new lottery (variation) of the special symbol is performed, and it is determined whether or not the new lottery (variation) can be executed. , When a new lottery (variation) can be executed, a process of performing a new lottery (variation) is executed. This special symbol variation start processing (S205) will be described in detail later with reference to FIGS. 41 to 43. After executing the special symbol change start process (S205), this process ends.
ไปฅไธใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆงๆใซใใใฆใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ๅ ใง็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ้ ๆปใชใๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๅๆปใช้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above with reference to FIG. 40, in the present embodiment, in the configuration in which the lottery (variation) of the special symbol can be executed, the variation processing related to the special symbol (S204 to S208) within one special symbol variation processing. Is configured to run. Therefore, when a new lottery (variation) can be executed for the special symbol, the variation processing can be executed without delay, and a smooth game can be provided.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the special symbol variation start process (S205), which is one of the special symbol variation processes (FIGS. 40 and S104), will be described with reference to FIG. 41. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing this special symbol change start processing (S205).
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the special symbol fluctuation start processing (S205 in FIG. 41), first, the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball counter 203c is acquired (S301), and the value (N1) of the acquired special symbol reserved ball counter 203c is 0. It is determined whether it is larger (S302). If it is determined that the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is 0 (S302: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball counter 203c is larger than 0 (S302: Yes), the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball counter 203c is subtracted by 1 (S303).
ใใใฆใๆธ็ฎๅพใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขๅดใซ้ ใซใทใใใใใๅฆ็ใ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโๅฎ่กใจใชใขใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใจใใฃใๅ ทๅใซๅใจใชใขๅ ใฎใใผใฟใใทใใใใใ Then, a hold ball number command indicating the number of hold balls after subtraction is set (S304), and the data stored in the hold areas 1 to the hold area 4 of the special symbol hold ball storage area 203a are sequentially transferred to the execution area side. The process of shifting is performed (S305). More specifically, the data in each area is shifted such as hold area 1 โ execution area, hold area 2 โ hold area 1, hold area 3 โ hold area 2, hold area 4 โ hold area 3.
ๆฌกใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใทใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ็จใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใๅฆใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใ Next, the special symbol jackpot determination process is executed (S306). The details of this special symbol jackpot determination process (S306) will be described later with reference to FIG. 42, but the value of the first random number counter C1 shifted to the special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is used. , Executes a jackpot determination as to whether or not it is a jackpot based on the set game state.
ๆฌกใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ฉณใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ธๆใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, the special symbol variation pattern selection process is executed (S307). The special symbol variation pattern selection process (S307) will be described in detail later, but the variation pattern is based on the result of the hit / fail determination based on the value of the variation type counter CS2 stored in the special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown). Is a process for selecting based on each counter value.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅพใๆฌกใใงใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ After executing the process of S307, it is then determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (S308). If it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is 0 (S308: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (S308: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (S309). If it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not 1 (S309: No), the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted by 1 (S310), and then this process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (S309: Yes), the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON (S311), and then this process is terminated.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ้ๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใจ็กใใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๅ็ งใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใปใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใซ็น้ป้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the process for updating the number of time reductions at the fluctuation start timing of the special symbol is executed in the time reduction state, and when the current special symbol variation is the final variation in the time reduction state, the number of hours Is configured to execute the process of setting the time saving end flag 203j on without updating. The details will be described later, but the setting status of the time reduction end flag 203j is referred to when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped, and when the time reduction end flag 203j is set to on when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped, the time reduction counter 203h The value is set to 0 and the time saving state is terminated. Then, when the special electric game executes the game per character during the fluctuation of the special symbol and the V jackpot game is started, the process of setting the time saving end flag 203j to off is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅไธญใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใใใฆใไธญๆญใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใใฎๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็กใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ้ๆใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใจใ็กใใ With this configuration, for example, if the special symbol change is interrupted based on the execution of the V jackpot game during the final variation of the special symbol in the time saving state, the interruption is performed after the jackpot game is completed. The special symbol change corresponding to the remaining period of the special symbol change that has been performed is restarted, but when the special symbol change after the restart is displayed as stopped, the time saving end flag 203j is set to off. The time saving state never ends. Further, when the special symbol change is restarted, the special symbol change start process (see S205 in FIG. 41) is not executed, so that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not subtracted.
ใใใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅ ็ฎใใๆ้ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅ ็ฎใใใๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ้ทใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, when the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed during the time saving state, the special symbol change during the interruption during the time saving number of times (4 times) corresponding to the jackpot type (big hit C) corresponding to the jackpot game. The period obtained by adding the remaining period of is set as the time saving period in which the time saving state is set. Therefore, the special figure game is executed in the normal state, and the special electric game is executed in the time saving state rather than the duration of the time saving state set when the big hit is won in the special symbol lottery, and the ball goes to the V winning opening 165. When the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed by winning the prize, it is easier to lengthen the duration of the time saving state which is advantageous to the player because the remaining period of the interrupted special symbol change is added. Can be done.
ๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ้ทใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, when the time saving state is set again based on the game in the time saving state, the duration of the set time saving state is longer than when the time saving state is set based on the game in the normal state. Since it can be facilitated, it is possible to enthusiastically play the game while expecting the player to set a more advantageous gaming state.
ใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใใๅฎ่กใใๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ้ๆใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใจใฏ็กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใๆๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅคง้ๆไพใใใใจใใงใใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ Further, when a configuration for executing the process for updating the time reduction number and the process for ending the time reduction state is used at the start timing of the change of the special symbol, the special symbol change occurs when the special symbol change is restarted. Since the start process (see S205 in FIG. 41) is not executed, the value of the time saving counter 203h is not subtracted, but the gaming state during the fluctuation period of the last special symbol change in the time saving state becomes the normal state. There was a problem that the game in the time saving state could not be provided to the player as much as possible.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใใ็ฐใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ้ๆใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใจ็กใใไธใคใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใๆๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๆๅคง้ๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the process for updating the time reduction number and the process for ending the time reduction state are configured to be executable at different timings. Specifically, it is configured to execute a process for updating the time reduction number at the fluctuation start timing of the special symbol, and to execute a process for ending the time reduction state at the fluctuation stop timing of the special symbol. .. With this configuration, the time reduction number is not updated when the special symbol change is restarted, and the time reduction state can be set as the game state during the change period of the last special symbol change in the time reduction state. , It is possible to provide the player with the maximum amount of games in a short time state.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the process for ending the time saving state is executed at the timing when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the start condition of the next special symbol variation is not limited to this. Is established, and the process of S305 is executed and the process of S306 is executed in the period until the next special symbol change lottery is executed, for example, in the special symbol change start process (see S205 in FIG. 41). It may be configured to execute the process for terminating the time saving state at the timing before it is executed.
ใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎ็ฎก็ใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๅ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใจใ็คบใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใจใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ็ฎก็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, although a detailed description will be described later, in the present embodiment, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured to manage the number of remaining time reductions in the time reduction state. That is, the time reduction set this time is set based on the reception of information indicating the game state (information indicating that the time reduction state is set, information indicating the number of time reductions) included in the state command set at the end of the jackpot game. By storing the state information and updating the remaining time reduction number based on the reception of the special symbol fluctuation pattern command indicating that the special symbol fluctuation is started, the voice lamp control device 113 side of the game in the time reduction state. It is configured to manage the situation.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใจ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใชใใฆใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ็ฎก็ใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in the control process of the main control device 110, a command for indicating the number of remaining time reductions and a command for indicating the final fluctuation of the time reduction state (the time reduction end flag 203j is set to ON). The voice lamp control device 113 can manage the game situation in the time saving state and set the effect mode corresponding to the current game situation without setting. Therefore, the control process in the main control device 110 can be simplified.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 42, a special symbol jackpot determination process (S306), which is one process of the special symbol variation start process (S205 in FIG. 41), will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing this special symbol jackpot determination process (S306).
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฎใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the special symbol jackpot determination process (S306 in FIG. 42), first, each counter value stored in the special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is acquired (S401). Then, based on the first random number table 202a (see FIG. 23B), it is determined whether or not the value of the first random number counter C1 acquired in the process of S401 matches the jackpot determination value, and the lottery is performed. The result (determination result) is acquired (S402).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใใใใซๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆ็กใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถ๏ผ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ After finishing the processing of S402, next, it is determined whether the lottery result of this time is a big hit (S403), and if it is determined to be a big hit (S403: Yes), a big hit is shown to indicate a big hit of a special symbol. Flag 203i is set to on (S404). In the present embodiment, the jackpot flag 203i is configured to be able to store (set) information indicating whether or not the jackpot has been won.
ใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, the lottery result of the special symbol is set as a jackpot (S405), and the jackpot symbol of the special symbol to be displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is set based on the acquired value of the hit type counter C2 (S406). End the process. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S403 that the result of the lottery this time is not a big hit (S403: No), a special symbol off symbol is set in the first symbol display device 37 (S407), and this process ends.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the special symbol variation pattern selection process (S307), which is one of the special symbol variation start processes (S205 in FIG. 41), will be described with reference to FIG. 43. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing this special symbol variation pattern selection process (S307).
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใใฎๅคๅฎใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใงๅคๅฅใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใ In the special symbol variation pattern selection process (S307 in FIG. 43), first, in the special symbol jackpot determination process (S306 in FIG. 42), whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol is a jackpot, that is, the jackpot of the special symbol is set. It is determined whether or not it is done (S501). Here, the determination as to whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the jackpot flag 203i is turned on for the special symbol. The jackpot flag 203i is set to ON in the process of S404 in the above-mentioned special symbol jackpot determination process (see FIG. 42).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใๅๅพใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆฝไผ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S501, when it is determined that the jackpot of the special symbol is set (S501: Yes), the jackpot type selection table 202c (see FIG. 24) and the acquired first hit type counter C2 The jackpot type is determined based on the value (S502). Next, the value of the variation type counter CS2 stored in the special symbol execution area is acquired (S503), and the current game state (normal state, latent state, probability change) corresponding to the information stored in the game state storage area 203g is acquired. The variation pattern selection table 202d corresponding to the state) is read out (S504).
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง้ธๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ Then, a variation pattern is selected based on the value of the variation type counter CS2 acquired in the process of S503 and the variation pattern selection table 202d read in the process of S504 (S505), and based on the variation pattern selected in the process of S505. Then, the special figure fluctuation pattern command is set (S506). The special symbol variation pattern command set here includes information indicating the lottery result of the special symbol lottery and the variation time of the special symbol, and is an external output process (FIG. 55) of the main process (FIG. 55) of the main control device 110. It is output to the voice lamp control device 113 in (see S1801 in FIG. 55).
ๆฌกใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใ็คบใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๅคใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใฏใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใๅๆญขๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅณใกใใชใผใๅคใใใใชใผใใซใชใใชใๅคใใจใใฃใๅคงใพใใช็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ Next, a special symbol stop type command indicating the stop symbol of the special symbol is set (S507), the fluctuation start of the special symbol is set on the first symbol display device 37 (S508), and the fluctuation time of the selected fluctuation pattern is shown. The value is set to the value of the special figure fluctuation time counter 203n (S509), and this process is terminated. The special symbol stop type command set in the process of S507 includes information indicating the type of the stop symbol indicating the result of the special symbol change this time, that is, the rough type such as the out-of-reach or the out-of-reach. It is output to the audio lamp control device 113 in the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 55) of the main process (FIG. 55) of the main control device 110.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใ๏ผๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S501, when it is determined that the lottery result of the special symbol is out of order (that is, the jackpot flag 203i for the special symbol is off) (S501: No), the processing of S502 is skipped and S503 is skipped. Move to the processing of.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the special symbol variation executing process (S206), which is one process of the special symbol variation process (S104 in FIG. 40), will be described with reference to FIG. 44. FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing the special symbol variation execution processing (S206). In this special symbol variation executing process (S206), a process for updating the variation time of the special symbol variation being executed is executed.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the special symbol change execution processing (S206), first, it is determined whether or not the special symbol temporary stop flag 203m is set to ON (S701).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅๅ้ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the processing of S701 that the special figure temporary stop flag 203m is set to on (S701: Yes), the special figure fluctuation restart command is set (S702), and the special figure temporary stop flag 203m is turned off. It is set (S703), the value of the special symbol fluctuation time counter 203n is subtracted by 1 (S704), the display of the special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 is updated (S705), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, in the special symbol variation processing (see S104 of FIG. 40) executed by the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) executed every 2 milliseconds, the special symbol variation execution process (see FIG. 44). (Refer to S206 of FIG. There is. Therefore, for example, when a fluctuation time of 30 seconds is set as the fluctuation time of the special symbol, "15000" is set as the value of the special symbol fluctuation time counter 203n, and the value is decremented by 1 every 2 milliseconds. It is configured as follows.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure temporary stop flag 203m is not set to ON in the processing of S701 (S701: No), the processing of S702 and S703 is skipped and the process proceeds to the processing of S704.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็พๅจใ็นๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S208), which is one of the special symbol variation processing (S104 in FIG. 40), will be described with reference to FIG. 45. FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing this special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S208). This special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S208) is executed when it is determined that the value of the special symbol fluctuation time counter 203n is "0" at present, that is, when the fluctuation time of the special symbol (special symbol) has elapsed. It is a process.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจใใพใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใงๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใชใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคงๅฝใใไธญ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฝ้ธ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จๆถใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๆฝ้ธ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใ่จๆถใใใใ When the special symbol fluctuation stop process (S208 in FIG. 45) is executed, it is first determined whether the jackpot flag 203i is set to ON (S801). When it is determined that the jackpot flag 203i is set to ON (S801: Yes), then the jackpot scenario won by this special symbol variation is set (S806), and the jackpot flag 202i and the time reduction counter 203h are set. The value is reset (S807), information indicating that the current game state is in the big hit (during the big hit game) is stored in the game state storage area 203 g (S808), and the process proceeds to S809. The game state storage area 203g is configured to be able to store the game state (normal state, time saving state) related to the lottery game and the game state related to the winning game, and by executing the process of S808, a big hit is won. The game state (normal state, time saving state) related to the lottery game at the timing of the game and the game state indicating that the jackpot is being hit are stored.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆ็นใงใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to determine the game state set at the timing when the jackpot is won at the end of the jackpot game.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅๅคๅๅๆญขใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S801, when it is determined that the jackpot flag 203i is set to off, that is, when the result of the special symbol lottery this time is out of order (S801: No), then the time saving end flag It is determined whether or not 203j is set to ON (S802). When it is determined that the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON (S802: Yes), that is, when it is determined that the special symbol fluctuation stopped this time is the final fluctuation in the time saving state, the time saving counter 203h Is reset to 0 (S803), the time saving end flag 203j is set to off (S804), and information indicating that the current gaming state is the normal state is stored in the gaming state storage area 203g (S805). The process proceeds to S809. If it is determined in the process of S802 that the time saving end flag 203j is set to off (S802: No), the processes of S803 to S805 are skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S809.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ขบๅฎๅๆญขใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็คบใใใใใฎ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S809, a special symbol confirmation command for instructing the voice lamp control device 113 to confirm and stop the special symbol is set (S809), and the special symbol that is variablely displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is displayed. The process of stopping the variable display of (S810) is executed, and this process is terminated.
ใใฎใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฝ้ธ้ๆ๏ผ็ตๆใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ As described above, in the special symbol variation stop process (S208), the process (S809, S810) of stopping the variation display with the symbol indicating the result of the lottery (lottery game) of the special symbol is executed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฎๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็คบใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๅ ดๅใจใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใจใ็พๅบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใๆฅใซๆธ็ฎ๏ผ็ตไบ๏ผใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ทๅผตๆใฎใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when a ball wins a prize in the special electric operation port 643 and the game per character is executed, the special symbol change during execution is interrupted, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, based on the result of a predetermined determination executed when a ball wins a prize in the special electric actuating port 643, the special symbol fluctuation during execution may be discarded instead of being interrupted. With this configuration, it is possible to show the case where the special symbol fluctuation indicating the duration of the time saving state is interrupted and the case where it is discarded, so that the duration of the time saving state is suddenly subtracted ( It is possible to end), and it is possible to perform a tense effect on the player.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใๅคๅฅใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไฟ็ไธ้ๅๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅคง๏ผๅ๏ผใพใงใๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 46, a start winning process (S105), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 39) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing this start winning process (S105). The start winning process (S105 in FIG. 46) determines whether or not a ball has entered the special figure entry port 64 (starting prize), and if the start winning is won, the maximum number of reserved balls (at the special figure entry port 64). This is a process of storing each of the acquired counter values in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a (up to 4).
ใพใใไฟ็็ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใใใ่จๆถใใใใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใไบๅใซๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็ญใไบๆธฌใใๅฆ็๏ผๆ่ฌใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใไปฅไธใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ Further, when each counter value acquired based on the reserved sphere is stored in the special symbol reserved sphere storage area 203a, the counter value is stored in each of the special symbol reserved sphere storage area 203a. A process (so-called look-ahead process) for predicting a hit / fail determination result, a selected fluctuation pattern, or the like is executed in advance. Hereinafter, the start winning process (S105 in FIG. 46) will be described.
ๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็ใๅงๅๅฃใงใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็ๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใๆคๅบใใใ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใฃใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅๅพใใๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๆชๆบใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the start winning process (S105 in FIG. 46), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has entered the special drawing entry port 64, which is the starting opening (starting winning) (S901). Here, the ball enters the ball detection switch (not shown) provided in the special figure entry port 64. When it is determined that the ball has entered the special symbol entry port 64 (there was a start prize) (S901: Yes), the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is acquired (S902). It is determined whether the acquired value (N1) is less than 4 (S903).
ใคใพใใ็พๆ็นใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใไฟ็ๅๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใ๏ผๅใใใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใ๏ผๅณใกใไฟ็ๅๆฐใไธ้ๅคใพใง่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใๅๅพใใๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๆชๆบใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅงๅๅฃใฎไฟ็ๅๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ้็ฅใใใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ That is, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls for the special figure entry port 64 is less than the upper limit of four at the present time (that is, whether or not the number of reserved balls is stored up to the upper limit). When it is determined that the acquired value (N1) is less than 4 (S903: Yes), the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is added by 1 (904) to the voice lamp control device 113. The number of reserved balls command for notifying the number of reserved balls (the number of reserved lottery rights of special symbols) of the starting port is set (S905).
ใใใฆใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผๅๅพใใฆ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใขใฎๅฏพๅฟใใไฟ็็ๆฐใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใซๅใ ไฟ็๏ผๆ ผ็ด๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Then, each value of various counter values (random number counter C1 per first, type counter C2 per first, variable type counter CS1) is read (acquired) from the counter buffer, and the special symbol holding ball execution area of RAM 203 is supported. Each is held (stored) in the storage area of the number of reserved balls to be held (S906).
ๆฌกใซใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฐใใซ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ็ญใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฐใใซ่จๆถใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ็ญใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฐใใชๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถ๏ผๆ ผ็ด๏ผใใใฆใใๅ จใฆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใซๅฏพใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ็ญใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Next, the look-ahead process is executed (S907), and then the main process is terminated. This look-ahead process (S907) will be described later with reference to FIG. 47, but the hit / fail determination result, the fluctuation pattern to be determined, the stop type, etc. are newly stored from each counter value stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a. Is executed. In the present embodiment, it is configured to execute a process of determining a hit / fail judgment result, a determined fluctuation pattern, a stop type, etc. based on each newly stored counter value, but the present embodiment is limited to this. Without, for example, when there is a new start prize, the hit / fail judgment result, the fluctuation pattern to be determined, and the stop type are all stored (stored) in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a. It may be configured to execute the process of discriminating such as.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๆ ผ็ดใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใๆฐใใซ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when new information (winning information) is stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, that is, when the special symbol lottery right is newly acquired, the special symbol lottery right (winning information) is obtained. ) Is determined in advance, but is not limited to this, for example, when the ball passes through the through gate 67, or according to the lottery result of the normal symbol, the lottery right of the special symbol (winning information). It may be configured to determine the contents of the above in advance.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ็พๆ็นใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใไฟ็ๅๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Further, when it is determined in the process of S901 that the ball has not entered the special figure entry port 64 (S901: No), or in the process of S903, the number of reserved balls for the special figure entry port 64 is the upper limit at present. When it is determined that the value is (S903: No), the process of adding the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is skipped, and this process is terminated.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใไธ้ๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซไปๅ ไพกๅคใไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ้ใซ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is added, the look-ahead process (S907) based on the added winning information (winning information) is executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, when it is determined in the processing of S903 that the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203c is the upper limit number (4) (S903: No), that is, The look-ahead process (S907) may be executed when a ball is inserted into the special symbol entry port 64 while the number of reserved balls of the special symbol has reached the upper limit. As a result, even when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol has reached the upper limit, the player can continuously play the game in order to execute the look-ahead process. In addition, since it is possible to add value when a ball is put into the special symbol entry port 64 while the number of reserved balls of the special symbol has reached the upper limit, the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is the upper limit. It is possible to prevent the player's motivation to play from decreasing when the ball enters the special figure entry port 64 while reaching.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, a look-ahead process (S907), which is a process of the start winning process (S105 in FIG. 46), will be described with reference to FIG. 47. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing this look-ahead process (S907).
ๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๆฐใใซ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใผใฟใๅ ่ชญใฟไฟ็่จๆถใจใชใขใฎ็ฉบใใฆใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใฎใใกใๅ ฅ่ณ้ ๅบใใใฃใจใๅฐใใใจใชใขใซ่จๆถใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the look-ahead processing (S907 of FIG. 47), first, various counter values are obtained from the storage area newly stored in the special symbol reservation storage area 203a, that is, the first random number counter C1, the first type counter C2, and the variable type counter. Each value of CS1 is read out (S1001). Then, the read data is stored in the area having the smallest winning order among the vacant storage areas of the look-ahead hold storage area (S1002).
ๆฌกใซใๆฐใใซๅ ่ชญใฟไฟ็่จๆถใจใชใขใซ่จๆถใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคๅฎใใใใชใใใใใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใจใฎไธกๆนใๅคๅฅใใใใใใใฏใๆฐใใชไฟ็่จๆถใ็บ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชไฟ็๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ่จๆถใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใจใไปๅๆฐใใซไฟ็ใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใซใฏใฟใคใ ใฉใฐใ็บ็ใใใใจใใใไปๅๆฐใใซไฟ็ใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใไบๆธฌใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใ ใใใงใใใ Next, the hit / fail determination result is determined based on each counter value newly stored in the look-ahead hold storage area. Here, both the winning / failing determination when the special symbol is in the low probability state and the winning / failing determination when the special symbol is in the high probability state are determined. This is because the jackpot judgment is executed based on the timing when a new hold storage occurs (the timing when a new hold (winning information) is stored in the special symbol hold storage area 203a) and the winning information newly held this time. Since there is a time lag with the timing, it is difficult to predict the game state (probability state of the special symbol) set at the timing when the jackpot judgment based on the newly held winning information is executed. Is.
ๆฌกใซใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆกไปถ๏ผๆฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, it is determined whether or not the hit / fail determination result is a big hit (S1003). If it is determined that the determination result is a jackpot (S1003: Yes), a winning command indicating the conditions for winning the jackpot (game state set at the time of lottery) and the jackpot type when winning is set (S1004). After that, this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคใใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined that the determination result in the process of S1003 is not a big hit (S1003: No), a winning command indicating a loss is set (S1005), and then this process is terminated.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฐใชใๆๅณใๆใใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅ ใใๅ ฑ้ๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่ชญใฟๅบใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎๅคใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใง่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใๆฌๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅบๅใใใใ Here, the winning command set in the process of S1004 or S1005 is, in addition to the above-mentioned information for indicating the winning / failing determination result (information having a different meaning based on the winning / failing determination result), as common information of S1001. It is set including information for indicating the values of various counter values read by the process. Then, the winning command set in this process is output to the voice lamp control device 113 by the external output process (S1801) executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใไฟ็็ใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆ๏ผไพใใฐใไฟ็็ใฎ่ฒใ้ๅธธใจใฏ็ฐใชใ่ฒใงๅฏๅคใใฆ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใใใๅคๅ้ๅงๅใซไบๅๅณๆ็ญใ่กจ็คบใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใใใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใงใใใ When the winning command is received, the voice lamp control device 113 changes the display mode of the holding ball based on various information included in the winning command (for example, the color of the holding ball is changed to a different color from the usual one). It is possible to execute an effect (pre-reading effect) of displaying (variably) or displaying a notice symbol or the like before the start of the change to suggest the winning / failing judgment result to the player.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ๏ผใค๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใใใชใใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่คๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใจใๅคๅฅใใๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅคๅฎๅค๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใใฎๅคๅฎๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this embodiment, since there is only one probability state of the special symbol (low probability state of the special symbol), the information to be set in the winning command (win / fail judgment result) can be set regardless of the gaming state. For example, in a gaming machine having a plurality of probability states of a special symbol (high probability state of a special symbol, low probability state of a special symbol), a hit / fail judgment result in the case of a high probability state of a special symbol and a low probability of the special symbol. It may be configured to discriminate from the hit / fail judgment result in the case of the state and set the winning command based on the result of each judgment, or even if the special symbol is in the high probability state, it is in the low probability state. Also, a determination value (value of the random number counter C1 per first hit) determined to be a jackpot may be defined, and a winning command indicating a jackpot of a special symbol may be set only when the determination value is read out.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใจใไบๅๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใใจใซใชใใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the winning command indicating the jackpot is output to the voice lamp control device 113 only when it is determined in advance that it is a specific jackpot, so that the look-ahead effect is not executed. It is possible to have a sense of expectation of winning a big hit against fluctuations.
ใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใฆใใไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใ้ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆญฃ็ขบใซๅคๅฅใใฆใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ้ธๆใไฟ็็ๆฐใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅคๅ้ๅงๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใไธๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงๅคๅฅใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๅ ่ชญใฟใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎไฟ็็ใๅคๅ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฎๅคๅ้ ๅบใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใใใใจใงๅคๅ้ๅงๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใงใใใ Further, the game state when the special symbol lottery is performed based on the hold memory (winning information) stored (stored) in the special symbol hold storage area 203a is accurately determined, and the winning / failing determination is made based on the game state. May be configured to execute. In this case, the selection of the fluctuation pattern is not variable depending on the number of reserved balls, but can be determined by configuring so that a constant fluctuation pattern is selected regardless of the number of reserved balls at the start of fluctuation. When the look-ahead is executed, the game state at the start of the fluctuation can be determined by determining the fluctuation order until the reserved ball starts to fluctuate based on the information stored in the reservation.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใไบๅใซไบๆธฌใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใซๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใไบๆธฌใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when a new hold storage (winning information) is stored (stored) in the special symbol hold storage area 203a, a look-ahead process based on the prize-winning information is executed, and whether or not the result is correct in the look-ahead process. A configuration in which the determination is predicted in advance is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and in the look-ahead processing of the main control device 110, the winning information (holding storage) newly stored (stored) in the special symbol holding storage area 203a is used. Information indicating the content (each counter value) may be set as a winning command, and the winning / failing determination result may be predicted based on the information included in the winning command received on the voice lamp control device 113 side.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่งฃๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใฎไบๆธฌ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅ ทไฝ็ใชๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใฎไบๆธฌ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ก้งใชๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ก้กใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๆญฃใซๅๅพใใใฆใใพใไธๅ ทๅใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With such a configuration, the processing load of the main control device 110 can be reduced. Further, when the voice lamp control device 113 executes a process of determining whether or not to execute the look-ahead effect and determines that the look-ahead effect is to be executed, the information included in the winning command received from the main control device 110 is input. It is preferable to configure it for analysis (prediction of success / failure judgment result). As a result, when the look-ahead effect is not executed, the specific look-ahead process (prediction of the hit / miss determination result) is not executed, so that it is possible to suppress the execution of unnecessary control in the pachinko machine 10. In addition, it is possible to suppress a problem that the player illegally obtains the result of the pre-reading process executed untitled.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใชใฉใๅถๅพกใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 48, a normal symbol variation process (S106), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing this normal symbol variation processing (S106). The normal symbol variation process (S106) is a process for controlling the variation display of the second symbol (ordinary symbol), the opening time of the electric accessory 640a, and the like.
ใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใไป็พๅจใใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅฝใใไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅฝใใไธญใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใฆใใ๏ผๅฝใใๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใฆใใ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅถๅพกใใชใใใฆใใๆไธญใพใง๏ผๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใง๏ผใๅซใพใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In this normal symbol variation processing (S106 of FIG. 48), first, it is determined whether or not the normal symbol (second symbol) is currently being hit. (S1101). As for the hitting of the normal symbol (second symbol), the opening / closing control of the electric accessory 640a is performed after the display indicating the hit is made on the second symbol display device 83 (after the hit symbol is stopped and displayed). Includes up to the middle (until the winning game is over). If it is determined that the normal symbol (second symbol) is hit (S1101: Yes), this process ends as it is.
ไธๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅฝใใไธญใงใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใฏ็กใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๆฐใใชๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal symbol (second symbol) is not hit (S1101: No), it is determined whether the ordinary symbol of the second symbol display device 83 is being displayed in a variable manner (S1102). When it is determined that the fluctuation display of the normal symbol is not in progress, that is, it is determined that a new normal symbol fluctuation (lottery) can be executed (S1102: No), then the normal symbol reservation ball number counter 203d is used. The value (M) is acquired (S1103), and it is determined whether the value is larger than 0 (S1104).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใคใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆฐใใชๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๆกไปถ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใซ็จใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใใใจ๏ผใๆ็ซใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ็จใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใ If it is determined in the process of S1104 that the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is 0 (S1104: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the normal symbol reserved ball counter 203d is larger than 0 (S1104: Yes), the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball counter 203d is subtracted by 1 (S1105). That is, if it is determined in the process of S1104 that the condition for executing a new normal symbol change (the winning information used for the normal symbol change is stored on hold) is satisfied, it is stored on hold. In order to execute the normal symbol variation using the winning information, the value of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is subtracted by 1.
ๆฌกใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใฟใใทใใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขๅดใซ้ ใซใทใใใใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็๏ผโๅฎ่กใจใชใขใจใใฃใๅ ทๅใซๅใจใชใขๅ ใฎใใผใฟใใทใใใใใใใผใฟใใทใใใใๅพใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Next, the data stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203b is shifted (S1106). In the process of S1106, the data stored in the normal symbol hold 1 to the normal symbol hold 4 of the normal symbol hold ball storage area 203b is sequentially shifted to the execution area side. More specifically, the data in each area is shifted in the order of normal symbol hold 1 โ execution area. After shifting the data, the value of the second random number counter C4 stored in the normal symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is acquired (S1107).
ๆฌกใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ซ็ขบ็ๆ็จใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไฝ็ขบ็ๆ็จใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Next, when it is determined whether or not the time saving counter 203h is on, that is, whether or not the current state is in the high probability state of the normal symbol (S1108), and it is determined that the time saving counter 203h is set to on. (S1108: Yes) acquires a hit / fail judgment result (lottery result) based on the hit judgment value of the second hit random number table 202b (see FIG. 23C) for high probability, and proceeds to the process of S1111. On the other hand, when it is determined that the time saving counter 203h is off (S1108: No), the hit / fail judgment result is based on the hit judgment value of the second hit random number table 202b (see FIG. 23C) for the low probability time. Is acquired (S1110), and the process proceeds to the process of S1111.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใไปๅใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝใใๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใใใโใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ็จใใฆๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆฑบๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใไปๅใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผๅคใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคใๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใใใรใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the processing of S1111, it is determined whether or not the current normal symbol variation (lottery) is a hit (S1111), and if it is determined to be a hit (S1111: Yes), the display mode of "โ" at the time of hit is determined. The display mode is set (S1112), and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is determined based on the normal map fluctuation pattern using the value of the normal map variation type counter (S1114). On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S1111 that the current normal symbol variation (lottery) is not a hit (a miss) (S1111: No), the display mode of "x", which is the display mode at the time of the miss, is set. Then, the process proceeds to the process of S1114 described above (S1113).
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๅธธใซๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ๏ผ็งใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅใๆฟใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธ่ฌ็ใซ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅใๆฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใซใ้ขใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใชใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time is always set to 3 seconds regardless of the set gaming state. With this configuration, at the timing when the game state is switched, specifically, from the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) in which a long fluctuation time is generally easy to be set, the time reduction in which a short fluctuation time is easy to be set. At the timing of the end of the jackpot game where the game state is switched to the state (high probability state of the normal symbol), the normal symbol fluctuation with a long fluctuation time is executed, and even though the time reduction state is set, the time reduction state is in progress. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the normal symbol lottery is not executed.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใซๅบใฅใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตฑไธใใใใใจใงๆผๅบใใผใฟใฎ้ใๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the special electric game (V rush) aiming at the big hit game (V big hit game) is executed in the time saving state (V rush). ) Is configured so that the effect based on the ordinary symbol lottery is also displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. In this way, when performing an effect based on the ordinary symbol lottery (variation), the amount of effect data can be reduced by unifying the variation time.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจใใฆใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใ่จใฃใฆ้ๆใ่กใใกใชใใใ็ใใชใใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, even if the game per game is executed in the normal state and the ball wins the prize device 640, the special electric actuating port 643 that triggers the game per character is reached. It is configured so that it is difficult for the ball to win a prize. Therefore, even if it is configured so that only the same fluctuation time (3 seconds) is set, it is possible to eliminate the merit of playing the game by measuring the execution timing of the game per normal figure.
ใชใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ่จญๅฎๆนๆณใซใคใใฆใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใๆฎๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใๅๅพใใๆๅฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ The method of setting the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is not limited to the configuration of the present embodiment, and the fluctuation time may be different depending on the game state, or the fluctuation time may be different depending on the number of reserved balls. The fluctuation time may be different according to the acquired predetermined value. For example, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation is set to the probability state (high probability state, low probability state) of the set normal symbol. ) And the value of the normal symbol holding ball number counter 203d (normal symbol holding number), it may be configured to be variably set based on. Further, the ease of entering the ball into the general electric winning device 640 may be different depending on the set fluctuation time of the normal symbol.
ใใฎใใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ๅ ทๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใฎใๆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅฎนๆใซๅฏๅคใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆงใ ใช้ๆๆงใๅตใๅบใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by configuring the ball to enter the Fuden winning device 640 according to the length of the set fluctuation time of the normal symbol, the ball entering the Fuden winning device 640 can be changed. Since the ease of entering the ball can be easily changed according to the game state, various playability can be created.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1102, when it is determined that the normal symbol (second symbol) is not in the variable display (S1102: No), the fluctuation time of the normal symbol executed in the second symbol display device 83 has elapsed. If it is determined whether or not the process has been performed (S1115) and it is determined that the fluctuation time has not elapsed (S1115: No), the present process is terminated as it is.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใไปๅใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใโใๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็น็ฏ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใไธๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใรใๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็น็ฏ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่จญๅฎใ่กใใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S1115 that the fluctuation time has elapsed (S1115: Yes), then the stop display of the second symbol display device 83 is set (S1116). In the process of S1116, when the lottery of the ordinary symbol this time is a win, the second symbol display device 83 is set so that the โโฏโ symbol is stopped and displayed (lighted up). On the other hand, when the lottery of the normal symbol is missed, the "x" symbol is stopped and displayed (lit) on the second symbol display device 83. That is, the setting for stopping and displaying the display mode set in the process of S1112 or S1113 described above is performed.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ตไบใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๆใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใๅๆญขๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็น็ฏ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใ When the stop display is set by the process of S1116, the variation display in the second symbol display device 83 ends, and the stop symbol (second symbol) is the second in the display mode set in the process of S1112 or the process of S1113. A stop display (lighting display) is displayed on the symbol display device 83.
ๆฌกใซใไปๅใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฏๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฏๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใๅญๆณฃใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผๅคใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, it is determined whether or not the lottery result of the ordinary symbol this time is a win (S1117). When it is determined that the lottery result of the ordinary symbol this time is a hit (S1117: Yes), a process for setting the opening / closing control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a is executed. On the other hand, if it is determined that the lottery result of the normal symbol of child crying is not a hit (it is a mistake) (S1117: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ๆฌกใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใจๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, the opening / closing control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a in the present embodiment will be described. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, based on the probability state (high probability state, low probability state) of the normal symbol set at the timing of determining the validity of the normal symbol (timing of processing S1108 to S1111). Probability of the normal symbol set at the timing of executing the hit / fail judgment of the normal symbol and setting the opening control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a (the timing when it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed in the processing of S1115). It is configured to set the opening control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a based on the state (high probability state, low probability state).
ๅณใกใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๆฝ้ธๅฆ็๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๆฝ้ธๅฆ็๏ผใจใ็ฌ็ซใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๆฝ้ธๅฆ็๏ผใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใๅฏๅคใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๆฝ้ธๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซไธฆ่กใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๆฝ้ธๅฆ็๏ผใฎ็ตๆใซใใฃใฆใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใ็บ็ใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the variation processing related to the normal symbol (lottery process) and the variation process related to the special symbol (lottery process) are configured to be executed independently, and further, the variation process related to the special symbol (lottery process). Based on the result of the lottery process), the probability state (high probability state, low probability state) of the normal symbol is configured to be variable. Therefore, depending on the result of the variation processing (lottery process) related to the special symbol that is executed in parallel during the period when the variation process (lottery process) related to the normal symbol is executed, the normal symbol is at the timing of determining the validity of the normal symbol. At the timing when the high-probability state of the electric accessory 640a is set and the opening control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a is set, the low-probability state of the normal symbol may be set.
ใใฎใใใช็ถๆณใซใใใฆใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใพใใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใญใณใฐ้ๆพ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ In such a situation, for example, the opening control mode (opening) of the electric accessory 640a is based on the probability state (high probability state, low probability state) of the normal symbol set at the timing of determining the validity of the normal symbol. If the pattern) is set, the electric accessory 640a is opened for a long time (the opening pattern is executed when the high probability state of the normal symbol is set) while the low probability state of the normal symbol is set. ) There was a problem.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใง้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the present embodiment, the probability state (high probability state, low probability state) of the normal symbol at the timing of setting the opening control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a is determined, and the electric combination is based on the determination result. It is configured to set the opening control mode (opening pattern) of the object 640a. As a result, the electric accessory 640a can be opened in an opening pattern according to the set gaming state.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็พๅจใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏ็กใ๏ผใชใใงใใ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใชๅไฝใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S1117, when it is determined that the lottery result of the current ordinary symbol is a hit (S1117: Yes), then, in order to determine the probability state (high probability state, low probability state) of the current ordinary symbol. In addition, when it is determined whether the time saving counter 203h is on (S1118) and the time saving counter 203h is not on (off), that is, when it is determined that the present is a low probability state of a normal symbol (S1118: No), set the scenario operation per normal map (S1119).
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใชๅไฝใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the process of S1118, when it is determined that the time saving counter 203h is set to ON (S1118: Yes), the scenario operation per time saving normal figure is set (S1120).
ๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅถๅพก้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, the opening / closing control start of the electric accessory 640a is set based on the scenario set in the processing of S1119 or S1120 (S1121), and this processing is completed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๅฏๅใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใไธใคๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๅฏๅใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅถๅพกๆ ๆง๏ผ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใญใณใฐ้ๆพใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this embodiment, the opening control mode of the electric accessory 640a that executes the hit / fail judgment of the normal symbol based on the probability state of the normal symbol at the timing of the hit / fail judgment of the normal symbol and moves it in the hit game of the normal symbol. The opening pattern of the electric accessory 640a is set based on the probability state of the normal symbol at the timing of setting the (opening pattern), but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the pass / fail judgment of the normal symbol is performed. The high-probability state of the normal symbol is set at the timing, and the high-probability state of the normal symbol is also set at the timing of setting the opening control mode (opening pattern) of the electric accessory 640a to be moved by the hit game of the normal symbol. The electric accessory 640a may be configured to be opened for a long time only when the electric accessory 640a is opened, or the opening pattern of the electric accessory 640a is set based on the gaming state set at the timing of determining whether or not the normal symbol is correct. It may be configured to be set.
ใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใฆใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใช็ญ๏ผใฏใใใใใๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ Further, although detailed explanation is omitted, various information (results of the ordinary symbol lottery, the fluctuation time of the ordinary symbol fluctuation, the scenario per ordinary symbol, etc.) determined in the ordinary symbol variation processing (see S106 in FIG. 48) are shown. , Commands indicating the contents of various information are set, and are output to the voice lamp control device 113 in the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 55) of the main process (FIG. 55) of the main control device 110.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใในใซใผใฒใผใ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฌๅฆ็ใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ใฎ้้ใฎๆ็กใๅคๆญใใ็ใฎ้้ใใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็คบใๅคใๅๅพใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 49, the through gate passing process (S107) executed in the first embodiment is executed. This process is executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), determines whether or not the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67, and if the ball has passed, the second hit. This is a process for acquiring the value indicated by the random number counter C4 and storing it in the execution area.
ในใซใผใฒใผใ้้ๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็ใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ใฎ้้ใ๏ผๅใฎใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใใฃใฆๆคๅบใใใใใใฆใ็ใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅงๅๅฃ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใจๅคๅฎใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใใใฎๅๅพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใใ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใชใใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the through gate passing process (S107 in FIG. 49), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 (S1201). Here, the passage of the ball at the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 is detected over three timer interrupt processes. Then, when it is determined that the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67 (S1201: Yes), the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is acquired (S1202), and then , It is determined whether the value (M) of the acquired normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is not larger than 1 (whether the reserved ball number of the normal symbol has not reached the upper limit value) (S1203).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ๏ผไธ้ๅคใฎ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใซ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผญ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the process of S1203 that the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is larger than 1 (it is 1 of the upper limit value) (S1203: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball counter 203d is not larger than 1 (0) (S1203: Yes), the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball counter 203d is 1. (S1204), set the normal symbol hold ball number command (command for indicating the value (M) of the normal symbol hold ball number counter 203d) (S1205), and set the value of the second random number counter C4 to the normal symbol. It is stored in the reserved ball storage area 203b (S1206), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฆใใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅฎใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใ้ๆพใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 50, the special electric start port winning process (S108) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a special electric start port winning process (S108) executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39). As shown in FIG. 2, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment has a special electric operating port 643 in the general electric winning device 640, and by causing the ball to win a prize in the special electric operating port 643, the V winning device 65 can be obtained. It is configured to execute a game per character that is released by a predetermined variable pattern. In this special electric start port winning process (S108), various processes are executed when a ball wins a special electric operating port 643.
็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๅณใกใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใใ็ใๆค็ฅใใใใจใ็คบใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใใ๏ผใใใฆใใใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the special electric start opening winning process (S108) is executed, first, it is determined whether the special electric start winning, that is, whether the game ball has won the special electric operating port 643 (S1301). In the process of S1301, it is determined whether or not a detection signal indicating that the ball has been detected is output (whether or not) from the detection switch (not shown) capable of detecting the winning ball in the special electric actuating port 643. In the process of S1301, if it is determined that the game ball has not won a prize in the special electric operation port 643 (S1301: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ไธๆนใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใจใงใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ๅคใซ้ๆ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใไธๆญฃใซ้ๆ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป่จญใใใ้จๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅ ทๅใ็บ็ใใฆใใๅ ดๅใ่ฟ ้ใซๅค้จใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, when it is determined that the game ball has won a prize in the special electric operation port 643 (S1301: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the game is currently hit by a normal symbol (S1302). If it is determined that the current symbol is not in the hit game (S1302: No), the ball cannot win the special electric operation port 643, so an error command is set (S1309), and then this process is performed. To finish. By performing the process of S1309, a state in which the game ball wins the special electric activation port 643 outside the normal game period, that is, a game in which the game ball is illegally won the special electric operation port 643 is performed, or It is possible to quickly notify the outside when a defect has occurred in the member (for example, the electric accessory 640a, the second movable valve 642) attached to the special electric actuating port 643.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็พๅจใ็น้ปไฝๅไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็น้ปไฝๅไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ็พๅจใ็น้ปไฝๅไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็พๅจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the process of S1302, if it is determined that the current symbol is in the hit game (S1302: Yes), then it is determined whether the special electric power is in operation (the character is in the game) (S1303). If it is determined that the special electric power is currently being operated (during the game per character) (S1303: Yes), the new game per character cannot be executed, so this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the current is not in the special electric operation (during the game per accessory) (S1303: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the present is in the change of the special symbol (S1304). When it is determined that the special symbol is currently changing (S1304: Yes), the special symbol temporary stop flag 203m is set to ON (S1305), the special symbol temporary stop command is set (S1306), and the accessory. The hit flag 203k is set to ON (S1307), and the process proceeds to S1308.
ๅณใกใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใใใใซ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ That is, when it is determined in the process of S1304 that the special symbol is currently changing, the processes of S1305 and S1306 are executed in order to interrupt the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol change during execution. As a result, when the game per character is executed, the special symbol change during execution is interrupted. Further, the temporary stop command set in the process of S1307 is output to the voice lamp control device 113 in the external output process (see S1801 of FIG. 55) of the main process (FIG. 55) of the main control device 110.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1304, when it is determined that the special symbol is not currently changing (S1304: No), the process of S1305 and S1306 is skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S1307. In the process of S1308, a special electric operation command is set (S1308), and then this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๆญฃๅธธใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใฎใงใใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ๆๆฎตใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซใใๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆๆฎตใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใ As described above, the special electric start opening winning process (S108) is based on the special electric starting port winning process (S108), when the ball wins the special electric operating port 643, the determination processing means for determining whether the winning is a normal winning, and the winning. A means for determining whether or not a new game per character can be executed, and a process for a special symbol change (a process for interrupting the special symbol change during execution, and a new special symbol change is not executed during the game per character It has a means for executing the process of performing the game, and a means for executing the game per character.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the V inlet passing process (S109) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to FIG. 51. FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing a V inlet passing process (S109) executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39).
๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใ่ฒฏ็ใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใชใณใงใใใใๅคๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฒฏ็ใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ่ฒฏ็ใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ่ฒฏ็ใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฎใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ้ๆพๆ้ไธญใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ้ๆพๆ้ไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ้ๆพๆ้ไธญใงใฏใชใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใชใใซใ้ขใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใงใใใฎใงใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the V inlet passage process (S109), it is first determined whether the storage sensor 65s (see FIG. 6) is on (S1401), and if the storage sensor 65s is not on (storage sensor 65s01: No), this process is performed as it is. finish. On the other hand, when it is determined that the storage sensor 65s is on (S1401: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the V winning opening is open, that is, the game is being played per accessory (S1402). In the process of S1402, if it is determined that the V winning opening is open (during a game per winning combination) (S1402: Yes), a V entrance passage command is set (S1403), and this process is terminated. If the V winning opening is not open (S1402: No), it means that the game ball has entered the V winning device 65 even though the game is not being played per character, so an error command is set (S1404). ), End this process.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใณใใณใใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใณใใณใ้ไฟก็จใฎใชใณใฐใใใใกใซ่จๆถใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใใซใฆใณใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใซๅบใฅใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ The V inlet passage command set in the process of S1403 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is stored in the external output process (S1801) of the main process (see FIG. 55) executed by the MPU 201. , Is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the V entrance passage command, the voice lamp control device 113 counts the game balls that have passed through the V entrance, and transmits a command for executing the effect based on the V entrance passage to the display control device 114. As a result, it is possible to execute the effect during the game per accessory based on the ball entering the V winning device 65.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the V-passing process (S110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to FIG. 52. FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing a V-passing process (S110) executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39).
๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ๏ผถ้้ใใใใๅณใกใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็พๅจใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใใ When the V-passing process (S110) is executed, first, it is determined whether the V-passing has occurred, that is, whether the game ball has won the V winning opening 165 (S1501), and the game ball has won the V winning opening 165. If it is determined that there is no such case (S1501: No), this process is terminated as it is. When it is determined that the game ball has won the V winning opening 165 (S1501: Yes), then it is determined whether the current V valid period is in effect (S1502). In the process of S1502, it is determined that the period in which the operation scenario related to the game per character is set is in the V valid period, and in other cases, it is determined that the operation scenario is not in the V valid period.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็พๅจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผถ้้ๆๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅๅคใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผถใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the processing of S1502, if it is determined that the V valid period is in progress (S1502: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the current game is being played per character (S1503), and if it is being played per character. (S1503: Yes), the jackpot type value at the time of passing V corresponding to the game per character this time is acquired (S1504), the V flag corresponding to the jackpot type is set to ON (S1505), and the value of the time saving counter 203h is set. It is set to 0 (S1506), and the process proceeds to S1507.
ใคใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฐใใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ That is, in the processes of S1504 to S1506, the process for executing the jackpot game is executed based on the fact that the game ball wins the V winning opening 165 during the game per character. On the other hand, in the processing of S1503, when it is determined that the game is not in the winning game (S1503: No), it is not necessary to perform a new processing for executing the big hit game, so the processing of S1504 to S1506 is skipped. Then, the process proceeds to S1507.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใไปใฎใณใใณใใจๅๆงใซ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ไฟกใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆผๅบใซๆๅใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซ็ถใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใจๅๆงใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ In the process of S1507, a V-pass command is set (S1507), and this process is terminated. The V-pass command set here is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 in the same manner as other commands set in the control process of the main control device 110. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the V-pass command, for example, when the V-pass command is received during the game per character, the effect during the V rush executed during the game per character is successful, and the combination Following the hit-and-miss game, an effect is performed to indicate that the big-hit game is executed. Further, when the V-passing command is received during the jackpot game, the same effect as when the V-passing command is received during the winning game is executed.
ไธๆนใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผถใใฃใฌใณใธใซๅคฑๆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆฎๅฟตๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฎๅฟตๆผๅบใใใฎๅพฉๆดปๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใ On the other hand, if the V-passing command is not received at the predetermined timing during the game per character, a disappointing effect is executed to indicate that the V-challenge has failed, and the V-passing command is issued at the predetermined timing during the jackpot game. If it is not received, the revival effect from the unfortunate effect is executed, and the player is notified that the jackpot game will be continuously executed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใ๏ผใฎใฟใ่จญๅฎใใๆงๆใ็คบใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผถ้้้ใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ใฏใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใๆป็ใใใฆใใ้ๆ็๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใ ใใงใใใใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆ็ก๏ผๅๆฐ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใๅๆฐๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใ็ไบ๏ผใขใฆใ้ซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้้ใๆค็ฅใใๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใจใใ่จญใใๅๆฐๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅๆฐๅใฎ้ๆ็ใๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใซใใๆค็ฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผถ้้้ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ้ฉๅใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆใ็จใใใใจใงใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใง้ๆ็ใ่ฉฐใพใฃใใใจใ่ฟ ้ใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, only a command (V passing command) for indicating that the game ball has won a prize is set in the V winning opening 165, but the game ball does not win in the V winning opening 165. It may be configured to set a command (for example, a V non-passing command) for indicating that. In this case, for example, in the present embodiment, since the only game balls that can be entered in the V winning opening 165 are the game balls (for example, one) that are retained by the storage valve 66a, they are stored in the storage valve 66a. A number determination means for determining the presence / absence (number) of existing game balls and a detection means for detecting the passage of the game balls to the hemorrhoid 2 out height 163b are provided, and the number of game balls determined by the number determination means is provided. Is detected by the detection means, the above-mentioned V non-passing command may be set. As a result, the voice lamp control device 113 can perform an appropriate effect, and the effect of the effect can be enhanced. Further, by using the above-described configuration, it is possible to quickly determine that the game ball is clogged in the V winning device 65.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใจใงใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ๅคใซ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใไธๆญฃใซ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป่จญใใใ้จๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธๅ ทๅใ็บ็ใใฆใใๅ ดๅใ่ฟ ้ใซๅค้จใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1502, if it is determined that the current period is not in the V valid period (S1502: No), an error command is set (S1508), and this process is terminated. By performing the processing of S1508, a state in which the game ball wins the V winning opening 165 outside the V valid period, that is, when a game in which the game ball is illegally won the V winning opening 165 is performed, or the V winning When a defect of a member (for example, V opening / closing door 65a, storage valve 66a, first movable valve 66b) attached to the port 165 has occurred, it can be quickly notified to the outside.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใจใชใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซใๅณใกใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅธธใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใใฐใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎใฟใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ๏ผถใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅพใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฏๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจ็กใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 26B, the operation scenario is defined so that the timing at which the ball can win the V winning opening 165 in the game per character is the ending period of the game per character. Therefore, the processing of S1506 to S1508 is executed by the V passing processing (S110), that is, it is configured to be executed at the timing when the ball wins the V winning opening 165. Without limitation, for example, if the operation scenario of the game per character is specified so that the ball can always win the V winning opening 165 during the game per character, the V passing process (S110) , Only the process of S1505 is executed, and the processes of S1506 to S1508 are executed as the processes to be executed when the V flag is set in the accessory per control process (see S1805 of FIG. 58). Good to configure. As a result, even if the ball wins the V winning opening 165 immediately after the character hit game is executed, the time saving state can be continued until the big hit game is started, which gives the player a sense of discomfort. You can play the game without any problems.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใใใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใๅณใกใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใจใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซๅบๅใใใใใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅถๅพกใไธญๆญใใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใฎ่จญๅฎใจใใฆใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, the NMI interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG. 53. FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing an NMI interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure or the like. By this NMI interrupt processing, the power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main controller 110. Then, the MPU 201 interrupts the control during execution and starts the NMI interrupt processing, stores the power interruption occurrence information in the RAM 203 (S1601) as a setting of the power interruption occurrence information, and ends the NMI interrupt processing. do.
ใชใใไธ่จใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใๆๅบ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใๅๆงใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใๅณใกใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใจใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซๅบๅใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅถๅพกใไธญๆญใใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใฎใงใใใ The above NMI interrupt process is also executed in the payout launch control device 111, and the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 213 by the NMI interrupt process. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control during execution. Then, the NMI interrupt process is started.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใๅ ดๅใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 54, the start-up process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 when the power is turned on to the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing this start-up process.
ใใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎใชใปใใใซใใ่ตทๅใใใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซไผดใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไพใใฐใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใซไบใๆฑบใใใใๆๅฎๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฌกใใงใใตใๅดใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใฎๅจ่พบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใๅไฝๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใซใชใใฎใๅพ ใคใใใซใใฆใจใคใๅฆ็๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใฏใปในใ่จฑๅฏใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ This start-up process is started by resetting when the power is turned on. In the start-up process (FIG. 54), first, the initial setting process associated with the power-on is executed (S1701). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, a weight process (1 second in the present embodiment) is executed in order to wait for the control device on the sub side (peripheral control device such as the voice lamp control device 113 and the payout control device 111) to be in an operable state. (S1702). Then, the access of the RAM 203 is permitted (S1703).
ใใฎๅพใฏใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๅใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎๅฆ็ใๆญฃๅธธใซ็ตไบใใชใใฃใๅฏ่ฝๆงใใใใฎใงใใใฎๅ ดๅใใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ After that, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 10) provided in the power supply device 115 is turned on (S1704), and if it is turned on (S1704: Yes), the process shifts to S1712. On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S1704: No), it is determined whether or not the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1705), and if it is not stored (S1705: No). Since there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power cutoff did not end normally, the process is also shifted to S1712 in this case as well.
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ็ฎๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฎๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใๆญฃๅธธใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็ฎๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใซไฟๅญใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใชใใใฐใใใใฏใขใใใใใใใผใฟใฏ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใใชใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญ้ ๅใขใใฌในใซใใใใใงใใฏใตใ ๅคใงใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใซไปฃใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใฎใจใชใขใซๆธใ่พผใพใใใญใผใฏใผใใๆญฃใใไฟๅญใใใฆใใใๅฆใใซใใใใใฏใขใใใฎๆๅนๆงใๅคๆญใใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ If the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1705: Yes), the RAM determination value is calculated (S1706), and if the calculated RAM determination value is not normal (S1707: No), that is, the calculated RAM If the determination value does not match the RAM determination value saved when the power is cut off, the backed up data has been destroyed, and the process is shifted to S1712 even in such a case. The RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 203. Instead of this RAM determination value, the effectiveness of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in the predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใตใๅดใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅจ่พบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใจใชใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆๅใใใใใซๆๅบๅๆๅใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆๅบๅๆๅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎในใฟใใฏใจใชใขไปฅๅคใฎใจใชใข๏ผไฝๆฅญ้ ๅ๏ผใใฏใชใขใใๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ้ๆ็ใฎๆใๅบใๅถๅพกใ้ๅงๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆๅบๅๆๅใณใใณใใฎ้ไฟกๅพใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ In the process of S1712, a payout initialization command is transmitted to initialize the payout control device 111 which is a control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side (S1712). Upon receiving this payout initialization command, the payout control device 111 clears an area (work area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets an initial value, and is ready to start payout control of the game ball. After transmitting the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes the initialization process (S1713, S1714) of the RAM 203.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไพใใฐใใผใซใฎๅถๆฅญ้ๅงๆใชใฉใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใผใฟใๅๆๅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใชใใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใๅพใฃใฆใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๆใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใใฆใใใฐใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is initialized at the time of turning on the power, for example, when the hall is open for business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erasing switch 122. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed during the start-up process, the RAM 203 initialization process (S1713, S1714) is executed.
ใพใใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใใงใใฏใตใ ๅค็ญ๏ผใซใใใใใฏใขใใใฎ็ฐๅธธใ็ขบ่ชใใใๅ ดๅใๅๆงใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝฟ็จ้ ๅใ๏ผใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๅพใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Similarly, when the power failure occurrence information is not set or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.), the initialization process (S1713, S1714) of the RAM 203 is executed in the same manner. .. In the RAM initialization process (S1713, S1714), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to 0 (S1713), and then the initial value of the RAM 203 is set (S1714). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process proceeds to the process of S1710.
ไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใใใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใใงใใฏใตใ ๅค็ญ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฏใขใใใใใใใผใฟใไฟๆใใใพใพใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใใตใๅดใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅจ่พบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใ้งๅ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅพฉๅธฐใใใใใใฎๅพฉ้ปๆใฎๆๅบๅพฉๅธฐใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆๅบๅพฉๅธฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใฟใไฟๆใใใพใพใ้ๆ็ใฎๆใๅบใๅถๅพกใ้ๅงๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใ On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S1704: No), the power failure occurrence information is stored (S1705: Yes), and the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.) is normal (S1704: No). S1707: Yes), the information on the occurrence of the power failure is cleared while holding the data backed up in the RAM 203 (S1708). Next, a payout return command at the time of power recovery for returning the control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side to the gaming state when the drive power is cut off is transmitted (S1709), and the process proceeds to S1710. When the payout control device 111 receives the payout return command, the payout control device 111 is in a state where the payout control of the game ball can be started while holding the data stored in the RAM 213.
ๆฌกใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ่จฑๅฏใใๆผๅบ่จฑๅฏใณใใณใใๅบๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅฒ่พผใฟใ่จฑๅฏใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใๅไฝใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ Next, an effect permission command for permitting execution of various effects is output to the voice lamp control device 113 (S1710). After that, the interrupt is permitted (S1711), and the operation based on the first movable valve operation scenario is set (S1715). Then, the process proceeds to the main process described later.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธ่จใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ๅพใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅคงๅฅใใฆใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใจใ้ปๆบๆญๆๅฆ็ใจใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 55, the main process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the above-mentioned start-up process will be described. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing this main process. In this main process, the counter update process and the power cutoff process are roughly classified.
ใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใใพใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใณใใณใ้ไฟก็จใฎใชใณใฐใใใใกใซ่จๆถใใใใณใใณใ็ญใฎๅบๅใใผใฟใใตใๅดใฎๅๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅจ่พบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใในใคใใ่ชญใฟ่พผใฟๅฆ็ใงๆคๅบใใๅ ฅ่ณๆค็ฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใๅ ฅ่ณๆค็ฅๆ ๅ ฑใใใใฐๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฒๅพ็ๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ณ็ใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใง่จญๅฎใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใๆดใซใใใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบ๏ผๅคๅๆผๅบใ่ฃ ้ฃพๆผๅบ็ญ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใจใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใง่จญๅฎใใใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใใใใซใใใฎไปๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใๅ ใใฆใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใ่กใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็บๅฐๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็็บๅฐไฟกๅทใ้ไฟกใใใ In the main process (see FIG. 55), first, in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), the output data such as commands stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 223 is controlled on the sub side. The external output process to be transmitted to the device (peripheral control device) is executed (S1801). Specifically, the presence or absence of the winning detection information detected by the switch reading process in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 39) is determined, and if the winning detection information is present, the prize corresponding to the number of acquired balls is given to the payout control device 111. Send a ball command. Further, the hold ball number command set in the special symbol variation processing (see FIG. 40) and the start winning processing (see FIG. 46) is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, by this external output process (S1801 in FIG. 55), various commands set in various processes of the main control device 110 are transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113, and various types displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Information for setting effects (variable effects, decorative effects, etc.). Further, the opening command, the number of rounds command, and the ending command set in the jackpot control process (see FIG. 56) are transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, various commands set in other control processing are transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. In addition, when launching a ball, a ball launch signal is transmitted to the launch control device 112.
ๆฌกใซใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ Next, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is updated (S1802). Specifically, the variation type counter CS1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (198 in the present embodiment), it is cleared to 0. Then, the update value of the variation type counter CS1 is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 203.
ๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใ็ตใใใจใๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่ณ็่จๆฐไฟกๅทใๆๅบ็ฐๅธธไฟกๅทใ่ชญใฟ่พผใฟ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎใณใใณใใฎ่จญๅฎใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคง้ๆพๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the update of the variation type counter CS1 is completed, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S1803), and then, when the special symbol is in the jackpot state, the voice lamp control device 113 is used. The command for executing the jackpot effect is set, and the jackpot control process for opening the specific winning opening (large opening opening) 650a of the variable winning device 650 is executed (S1804).
ๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฏใซ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไปฅไธใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญใจ็งฐใ๏ผใ้ๆพใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๆๅคง้ๆพๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใๅใฏๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็ใ่ฆๅฎๆฐๅ ฅ่ณใใใใๅคๅฎใใใใใใฆใใใใไฝใใใฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้ใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใจ้้ใจใๆๅฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใๅฐใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใฆใใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใ The detailed contents of the jackpot control process (S1804) will be described later with reference to FIGS. 56 to 57. In this jackpot control process (S1804), the specific winning opening 650a (hereinafter, winning opening) is used for each round of the jackpot state. Etc.) is opened, and it is determined whether the maximum opening time of the winning opening or the like (specific winning opening 650a) has elapsed, or whether the specified number of balls have won in the winning opening or the like (specific winning opening 650a). Then, when any of these conditions is satisfied, the winning opening or the like (specific winning opening 650a) is closed. The opening and closing of the winning opening and the like (specific winning opening 650a) are repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds. In the present embodiment, the jackpot control process (S1804) is executed in the main process, but it may be executed in the timer interrupt process.
ๆฌกใใงใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใๆ้ใจใ้้ใใๆ้ใจใใไบใๅฎใใใใใทใใชใช๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ Next, the bonus hit control process related to the bonus hit game executed when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643 is executed (S1805). In this accessory hit control process (S1805), a predetermined scenario is set between the period for opening the V opening / closing door 65a and the period for closing the V opening / closing door 65a for the V winning device 65 which is opened during the accessory hit game. The process for setting based on (operation scenario per accessory) is executed. note that. The detailed contents of the accessory hit control process (S1805) will be described later with reference to FIG. 58.
ๆฌกใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅถๅพกใ่กใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ้้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ้้ๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใฎ้้ๅถๅพก้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใฎ้้ๅถๅพกใ้ๅงใใใๅฐใใใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใฎ้้ๅถๅพกใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใ Next, the electric accessory opening / closing process for controlling the opening / closing of the electric accessory 640a attached to the Fuden winning device 640 is executed (S1806). In the electric accessory opening / closing process, when the opening / closing control start of the electric accessory is set by the process of S1121 of the normal symbol variation process (see FIG. 48), the opening / closing control of the electric accessory is started. The opening / closing control of the electric accessory is continued until the period set by the processing of S1119 and the processing of S1120 in the normal symbol variation processing is completed.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผขใฎ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผขใซใใใฆ้ๅงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผขใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎๅ ใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฏใไพใใฐใ็พๅจ็น็ฏใใฆใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ่ตคใงใใใฐใใใฎ่ตคใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใๆถ็ฏใใใจๅ ฑใซ็ทใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใใ็ทใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใฆใใใฐใใใฎ็ทใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใๆถ็ฏใใใจๅ ฑใซ้ใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใใ้ใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใฆใใใฐใใใฎ้ใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใๆถ็ฏใใใจๅ ฑใซ่ตคใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใใใ Next, the first symbol display update process for updating the display of the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B is executed (S1807). In the first symbol display update process, when a variation pattern is set by the special symbol variation start process (S205 in FIG. 41), the variation display according to the variation pattern is started in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B. .. In the present embodiment, among the LEDs of the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, from the start of the fluctuation until the fluctuation time elapses, for example, if the currently lit LED is red, the red LED is used. Turn off and turn on the green LED, if the green LED is on, turn off the green LED and turn on the blue LED, and if the blue LED is on, turn on the blue LED. Turns off and the red LED turns on.
ใชใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฏ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๆฏใซ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏ่ฒใๅคๆดใใใจใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏ่ฒใฎๅคๅใ้ๆ่ ใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใใงใ้ๆ่ ใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏ่ฒใฎๅคๅใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใใใซใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ๏ผใซใฆใณใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏ่ฒใฎๅคๆดใ่กใใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๆฏใซ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏ่ฒใฎๅคๆดใ่กใใๅฐใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใฏใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็น็ฏ่ฒใๅคๆดใใใใใ๏ผใซใชใปใใใใใใ The main process is executed every 4 milliseconds, but if the LED lighting color is changed each time the main process is executed, the player cannot confirm the change in the LED lighting color. Therefore, a counter (not shown) is counted by 1 each time the main process is executed so that the player can confirm the change in the lighting color of the LED, and when the counter reaches 100, the LED is displayed. Change the lighting color of. That is, the lighting color of the LED is changed every 0.4 s. The value of the counter is reset to 0 when the lighting color of the LED is changed.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผขใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ตไบใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใๅๆญขๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผขใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็น็ฏ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใ Further, in the first symbol display update process, when the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern set by the special symbol variation start process (see FIG. 41) ends, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are executed. After ending the variation display, the stop symbol is displayed as the first symbol in the display mode set in S507 of the special symbol variation pattern selection process (see S307 in FIG. 43) by the special symbol variation stop process (see S208 in FIG. 45). A stop display (lighting display) is displayed on the devices 37A and 37B.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅคใๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when one special symbol is stopped and displayed in a display mode (big hit symbol) indicating a jackpot, the other special symbol is stopped and displayed in a display mode (disengaged symbol) indicating a miss. It is configured, and a stop display for that purpose is also executed.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใใฆใฎใโใใฎๅณๆใจใรใใฎๅณๆใจใไบคไบใซ็น็ฏใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ตไบใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใพใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใๅๆญขๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็น็ฏ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใ Next, the second symbol display update process for updating the display of the second symbol display device is executed (S1808). In the second symbol display update process, when the variation time of the second symbol is set by the process of S1114 of the normal symbol variation start process (see FIG. 48), the variation display is started in the second symbol display device. As a result, in the second symbol display device, variable display is performed in which the symbol "โ" and the symbol "x" as the second symbol are alternately lit. Further, in the second symbol display update process (S1808), when the stop display of the second symbol display device is set by the process of S1116 of the normal symbol variation process (see FIG. 48), it is executed in the second symbol display device. The stop symbol (second symbol) is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device in the display mode set by the process of S1112 or the process of S1113 of the normal symbol variation start process (see FIG. 48). (Lighting display).
ใใฎๅพใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใฏๅบๅใใใฆใใใใ้ปๆบใฏ้ฎๆญใใใฆใใชใใใใฃใฆใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฌกใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใฃใใๅฆใใๅณใกไปๅใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎ้ๅงใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ฝ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆขใซๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไปฅ้ใฎๅๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใ After that, it is determined whether or not the power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1809), and if the power failure occurrence information is not stored in the RAM 203 (S1809: No), the power failure signal from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 SG1 is not output and the power supply is not cut off. Therefore, in such a case, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next main process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed from the start of the main process this time (S1810). If the predetermined time has already passed (S1810: Yes), the process is shifted to S1801, and each process after S1801 described above is repeatedly executed.
ไธๆนใไปๅใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎ้ๅงใใๆชใ ๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅฎๆ้ใซ่ณใใพใง้ใๅณใกใๆฌกใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใใพใงใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผๅใณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, if the predetermined time has not yet elapsed from the start of the main process this time (S1810: No), the first is within the period until the predetermined time is reached, that is, within the remaining time until the execution timing of the next main process is reached. 1 The initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the variation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S1811, S1812).
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆๅคงๅค๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ใใ้ใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐๅคใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉฒๅฝใใใใใใก้ ๅใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฌกใซใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจๅไธใฎๆนๆณใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจๅๆงใซๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใใ First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S1811). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (479, 232 in this embodiment), it is cleared to 0. .. Then, the updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the corresponding buffer areas of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the variation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the process of S1811 (S1812). In the process of S1812, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS2 is updated in the same manner as the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใฏ้ๆใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅใใใใใๆฌกใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใซ่ณใใพใงใฎๆฎไฝๆ้ใฏไธๅฎใงใชใๅคๅใใใๆ ใซใใใใๆฎไฝๆ้ใไฝฟ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๆดๆฐใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค๏ผใใฉใณใใ ใซๆดๆฐใใใใจใใงใใๅๆงใซๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซใคใใฆใใฉใณใใ ใซๆดๆฐใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซ้ขใใๅคๅฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๆๆกใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ใฃใไธๆญฃ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, since the execution time of each process of S1801 to S1808 changes according to the state of the game, the remaining time until the execution timing of the next main process is not constant and fluctuates. Therefore, by repeatedly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 using the remaining time, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 (that is, , The initial value of the first random number counter C1 and the initial value of the second random number counter C4) can be updated randomly, and similarly, the values of the variation type counter CS1 and the general figure variation type counter CS2 are also updated randomly. can do. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to grasp the processing content for updating the judgment value related to the lottery of the special symbol or the normal symbol, and the illegal game aiming at the timing when the judgment value corresponding to the hit is acquired is executed. It can be suppressed.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ้ปใฎ็บ็ใพใใฏ้ปๆบใฎใชใใซใใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใๅ้ป็ฃ่ฆๅ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ้ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผใๅบๅใใใ็ตๆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใใใจใชใฎใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไปฅ้ใฎ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใๅๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎ็บ็ใ็ฆๆญขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใใจใ็คบใ้ปๆบๆญใณใใณใใไปใฎๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๆๅบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใฎๅจ่พบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใ็ฎๅบใใฆใใใฎๅคใไฟๅญใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใขใฏใปในใ็ฆๆญขใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบใๅฎๅ จใซ้ฎๆญใใฆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใงใใชใใชใใพใง็ก้ใซใผใใ็ถ็ถใใใใใใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅคๅฎๅคใฏใไพใใฐใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใฏใขใใใใใในใฟใใฏใจใชใขๅใณไฝๆฅญใจใชใขใซใใใใใงใใฏใตใ ๅคใงใใใ Further, in the processing of S1809, if the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1809: Yes), the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the power is turned off, and the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252. As a result, since the NMI interrupt process shown in FIG. 53 has been executed, the process when the power is cut off after S1813 is executed. First, the occurrence of each interrupt process is prohibited (S1813), and a power off command indicating that the power is cut off is issued to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113). (S1814). Then, the RAM determination value is calculated, the value is saved (S1815), the access of the RAM 203 is prohibited (S1816), and the infinite loop is continued until the power supply is completely shut off and the process cannot be executed. Here, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203.
ใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใ้ๆใฎ็ถๆ ๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใไธ้ฃใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๆใๅใฏใๆฎไฝๆ้ๅ ใซ่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ๏ผใตใคใฏใซใฎ็ตไบๆใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ่จญๅฎใ็ตใใฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ็ขบ่ชใใฆใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญใฎ็ถๆ ใใๅพฉๅธฐใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๅพใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใใ้ๅงใใใใจใใงใใใๅณใกใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅๆๅใใใๅ ดๅใจๅๆงใซใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใใ้ๅงใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ปๆบ้ฎๆญๆใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝฟ็จใใฆใใๅใฌใธในใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใในใฟใใฏใจใชใขใธ้้ฟใใใใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใฎๅคใไฟๅญใใชใใฆใใๅๆ่จญๅฎใฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใๆๅฎๅค๏ผๅๆๅค๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใใ้ๅงใใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพก่ฒ ๆ ใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชคๅไฝใใใๆด่ตฐใใใใใใใจใชใๆญฃ็ขบใชๅถๅพกใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ The process of S1809 is performed at the end of a series of processes corresponding to the state change of the game performed in S1801 to S1808, or at the end of one cycle of the processes of S1811 and S1812 performed within the remaining time. It is running. Therefore, in the main process of the main control device 110, the power off occurrence information is confirmed at the timing when each setting is completed. Therefore, when returning from the power cut state, the process is performed after the start-up process is completed. It can be started from the process of S1801. That is, the process can be started from the process of S1801 as in the case of being initialized in the start-up process. Therefore, in the process when the power is cut off, the stack pointer is used in the initial setting process (S1701) without saving the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 to the stack area or saving the value of the stack pointer. By setting a predetermined value (initial value), the process of S1801 can be started. Therefore, the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main control device 110 malfunctioning or running out of control.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฟใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใณใใณใ๏ผใฎ่จญๅฎใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ็ญ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคง้ๆพๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆพๅใฏ้้ใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, the jackpot control process (S1804) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 56. FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing this jackpot control process (S1804). This jackpot control process (S1804) is executed in the main process (see FIG. 55), and when the pachinko machine 10 is in the jackpot state of a special symbol, information (command) for executing various effects according to the jackpot. ), And the process for opening or closing the winning opening (specific winning opening (large opening) 650a).
ๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ้ๅงใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใๆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใใปใใใใใใใใใฆใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใจไธ่ดใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใใ้ๅงใใใใจๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the jackpot control process (S1804), first, it is determined whether or not it is the timing when the jackpot of the special symbol is started (S1901). Specifically, when the processing of S806 of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S208 of FIG. 45) is executed and the start of the jackpot of the special symbol is set, or the accessory hit control processing (S1805 of FIG. 58). When the process of S2010 (see) is executed and the start of the jackpot is set, the operation counter is set corresponding to the jackpot operation scenario table 202e1 of the various operation scenario tables 202e. Then, when the value of the operation counter matches the jackpot start timing defined in the jackpot operation scenario table 202e1, it is determined that the jackpot starts. In the process of S1901, when it is determined that it is the jackpot start timing of the special symbol (S1901: Yes), the opening command is set (S1902), and this process is terminated.
ใชใใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใฏ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ้ ๅปถ๏ผๅฏๅค๏ผใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฎๆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝๆฏ๏ผใซๆดๆฐใใใใชใผใใใณใฐใซใฆใณใฟใ่จญใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใพใใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซใใชใผใใใณใฐใซใฆใณใฟใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใฆใใใฎๅพใใชใผใใใณใฐใซใฆใณใฟใๆๅฎๅค๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผขใฎๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใฎๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใใใใซใใใฐใใใใใฎใใใซใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ๅง๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใ๏ผใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ญใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใงใใฃใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใฎ็ตๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ๅง๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใ๏ผใพใงใฎๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ็ๆตใ็ถๆณใๆณจ่ฆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใธใฎๆบๅใใใใๆ้ใ็ขบไฟใใใใจใใงใใใ The opening command may be configured to be delayed (variable) and transmitted according to the game state and the jackpot type. Specifically, an opening counter that is updated regularly (every 4 ms) is provided. Then, when the jackpot or accessory hit of the special symbol is started, the opening counter is initialized to 0, and then the opening counter is set to a predetermined value (for example, 2500 for jackpots A and B, and 2500 for jackpot C). When it becomes 5000), the opening command may be transmitted. By doing so, for example, in the case of a left-handed game, when a big hit is made in the special drawing lottery, the time until the big hit starts (the specific winning opening 650a is opened) is shortened, and the left-handed hit is made. In the case of a game, if a big hit is obtained in the game per character as a result of the special electric game, the time until the start of the big hit (the specific winning opening 650a is opened) can be lengthened. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a period for the player who has been watching the ball flow situation during the game per character to prepare for the big hit game.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅคๅฅใ่กใใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1901 when it is determined that it is not the jackpot start timing (S1901: No), then it is determined whether the current jackpot is in progress (S1903). In the process of S1903, the game information about the winning game stored in the game state storage area 203g is read out and the determination is performed.
ๅคงๅฝใใไธญใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๅซใ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใฆใใๆไธญใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใฎๆๅฎๆ้ใฎๆไธญใจใๅซใพใใใใพใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใฆใใๆไธญใๅซใพใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆฐใใชใฉใฆใณใใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ The jackpot is determined during the display indicating the jackpot of the special symbol (including during the jackpot game of the special symbol) on the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and after the jackpot game is completed. Includes in the middle of time. In addition, the V winning opening 165 includes a display indicating that the ball has won a prize. If it is determined in the process of S1903 that the jackpot is not in progress (S1903: No), the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot is being hit (S1903: Yes), then it is determined whether it is the start timing of a new round (S1904).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆฐใใชใฉใฆใณใใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅๅพใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฐใใซ้ๅงใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ็คบใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined in the process of S1904 that it is the start timing of a new round, that is, when it is determined that the value of the acquired operation counter is the start timing of the round game specified in the jackpot operation scenario table 202e1 (S1904). : Yes), the specific winning opening solenoid 209a is set to ON (S1905), a round number command indicating the number of newly started rounds is set (S1906), and then this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฐใใชใฉใฆใณใใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณใกใๅๅพใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1904, when it is determined that it is not the start timing of a new round (S1904: No), it is determined whether it is the end timing of the round (S1907). When it is determined that it is the end timing of the round, that is, when it is determined that the value of the acquired operation counter is the end timing of the round game specified in the jackpot operation scenario table 202e1 (S1907: Yes), The specific winning opening solenoid 209a is set to off (S1908), and the value of the winning number counter 203e is cleared to 0 (S1909). After that, this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใฉใฆใณใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๆ็ตใฉใฆใณใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใฎๅ ดๅใงใใใฐ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ฎ๏ผใ็ตไบใใฆ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้็ถๆ ใซใใใ็ใฏใๆ้ใงใใๅพ ๆฉๆ้๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1907, when it is determined that it is not the end timing of the round (S1907: No), it is determined whether it is the start timing of the ending effect (S1910). As for the start timing of the ending effect, the final round in the jackpot game (fourth round in the case of jackpot A) is completed, the specific winning opening 650a is closed, and the waiting time, which is the ball ejection time (the present embodiment). Then, when 3 seconds) has elapsed, it is determined that it is the start timing of the ending effect. When it is determined that it is the start timing of the ending effect (S1910: Yes), an ending command indicating the start of the ending is set (S1911), and this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใจใฏใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅๅพใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใงใฏใชใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅใฏๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1910, when it is determined that it is not the start timing of the ending effect (S1910: No), then it is determined whether or not it is the end timing of the jackpot (S1912). The jackpot end timing is specifically the end timing of the jackpot game in which the acquired operation counter value is defined in the jackpot operation scenario table 202e1. In the process of S1912, when it is determined that it is the end timing of the jackpot (end timing of the ending effect) (S1912: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the type of the jackpot is the jackpot B (S1913). If it is determined that the jackpot is B (S1913: Yes), the value of the time reduction counter 203h is set to 15 (S1914), and the process proceeds to S1916. If it is determined in the process of S1913 that the type of the jackpot is not the jackpot B (big hit A or jackpot C) (S1913: No), the process proceeds to the process of S1915.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็ตไบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S1915, the value of the time reduction counter 203h is set to 4 (S1915), then the state command corresponding to the game state after the big hit is set (S1916), and the big hit end for setting the end of the big hit is set. After setting (S1917), this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1912, if it is determined that it is not the timing of the end of the jackpot (S1912: No), the winning process is executed (S1918), and then this process is terminated. Here, the winning process (S1918) will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 57. FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing the contents of the winning process (S1918).
ๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใใฉใฆใณใๆๅนๆ้ใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใๆๅนๆ้ใจใฏใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ใๅณใกใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใฆใใๆ้ใงใใใใฉใฆใณใๆๅนๆ้ๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใใฉใฆใณใๆๅนๆ้ๅ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ้้ใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ้้ใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใซ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใฆๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ็ฎๅพใฎๅ ฅ็ๆฐใ็คบใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆนใ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ้้ใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the winning process (S1918 in FIG. 57), first, it is determined whether the round is valid (S2001). The round validity period is a period in which the round game is set, that is, a period in which the specific winning opening 650a is open. If it is determined that the round is out of the valid period (S2001: No), this process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the round is within the valid period (S2001: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the ball has passed through the specific winning opening 650a (S2002). When it is determined that the ball has passed through the specific winning opening 650a (S2002: Yes), the value of the winning number counter is updated by adding 1 (S2003), and a command indicating the number of winning balls after the addition is set (S). S2004). On the other hand, when it is determined that the ball has not passed through the specific winning opening 650a (S2002: No), this process is terminated as it is.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅพใๆฌกใใงใๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ็พๅจใฎใฉใฆใณใ็ตไบใ็คบใๅคใฎ๏ผใคๆๅใซๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ After executing the process of S2004, it is then determined whether or not the value of the winning number counter is 10 (S2005). When it is determined that the value of the winning number counter is 10 (S2005: Yes), the value of the operation counter is updated to one value before the value indicating the end of the current round (S2006), and then this process is terminated. do. If it is determined in the process of S2005 that the value of the winning number counter is not 10 (S2005: No), the process of S2006 is skipped and the present process is terminated as it is.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆ้ใฎ็ต้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ต้๏ผใๅฅๆฉใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใๅฅๆฉใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใ่จญใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅไธใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, as the end condition of the round game, the end condition that is established when the passage of time (30 seconds elapse) and the end condition that is established when the ball is won (10 prizes) are set. In the case of the provision, the operation control of the jackpot game can be executed based on the same operation scenario regardless of which end condition is satisfied. Therefore, the control process of the main control device 110 can be simplified.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผใฎๆดๆฐ็ถๆณ๏ผๅๅพใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅค๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็จฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the accessory per object control process (S1805) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 58. FIG. 58 is a flowchart showing this accessory per object control process (S1805). This accessory hit control process (S1805) is executed in the main process (see FIG. 55), and the accessory hit flag 203k is turned on in the special electric start opening winning process (see S108 in FIG. 50). Various control processes are executed based on the update status (acquired operation counter value) of the operation scenario (operation scenario specified in the operation scenario table 202e2 per accessory) that is set when the setting is made.
ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใ้ๅงใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the accessory hit control process (S1805), first, it is determined whether or not it is the timing when the accessory hit is started (S2101). Here, it is determined whether or not the value of the operation counter corresponding to the operation scenario table 202e per accessory (see FIG. 26B) is 1. When it is determined that it is the start timing for hitting a bonus (S2101: Yes), the opening command for hitting a bonus is set (S2102), and this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็พๅจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ้ๆพๅไฝใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆพใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใชใใๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆพใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้๏ผใชใใซ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใๅฆ็ใใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S2101, when it is determined that it is not the accessory hit start timing (S2101: No), then it is determined whether the present is in the accessory hit (S2103). If it is determined that the character is not hit (S2103: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the accessory is being hit (S2103: Yes), then it is determined whether it is the timing of the opening operation (S2104). Specifically, it is determined whether or not the value of the operation counter corresponding to the operation scenario table 202e per accessory is 26. When it is determined that it is the timing of the opening operation (S2104: Yes), the opening solenoid (V winning opening solenoid 209b) is set to ON (S2105), and then this process is terminated. Although not shown, the process of closing (setting off) the open solenoid (V winning opening solenoid 209b) according to the value of the operation counter corresponding to the operation scenario table 202e per accessory of the V winning device 65. , The process of setting the storage solenoid 209c to ON is executed.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ้ๆพๅไฝใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅไฝใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S2104, when it is determined that it is not the timing of the opening operation (S2104: No), then it is determined whether it is the timing of the end per accessory (S2106). Specifically, it is determined whether or not the value of the operation counter corresponding to the operation scenario table 202e per accessory is 750. When it is determined that it is the end timing of the accessory hit (S2106: Yes), the accessory hit flag 203k is set to off (S2107), and then it is determined whether or not the V flag 203p is on. (S2108). If it is determined that the V flag 203p is off (S2108: No), this process ends as it is. When it is determined that the V flag 203p is on (S2108: Yes), the start of the jackpot is set (S2110), the V flag 203p is set to off (S2111), and then this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผถ้้ๆคๅบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S2106, when it is determined that it is not the timing of the end of hitting the accessory (S2106: No), the V passage detection process is executed (S2112), and then this process is terminated.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฏๅคงๅฅใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ
ฅใซไผดใ่ตทๅใใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใจใใใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใจใใใใ
<Regarding the control process executed by the voice lamp control device in the first embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 59 to 72, each control process executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. The processing of the MPU 221 is roughly classified into a start-up process that is started when the power is turned on and a main process that is executed after the start-up process.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฏ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซ่ตทๅใใใใ First, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 59. FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. This start-up process is started when the power is turned on.
็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซไผดใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใซไบใๆฑบใใใใๆๅฎๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใใชใณใใฆใใใๅฆใใซใใฃใฆใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใ็ฌ้็ใช้ปๅง้ไธ๏ผ็ฌ้็ใชๅ้ปใๆ่ฌใ็ฌๅใ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฎ่ก้ไธญใซ้ๅงใใใใใฎใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๆญใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใๅไฟกใใใจ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๅใซใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใใชใณใใใ่ฉฒ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใฏใชใใใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่ก้ไธญใงใใใๅฆใใฏใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใฎ็ถๆ ใซใใฃใฆๅคๆญใงใใใ When the start-up process is executed, first, the initial setting process associated with the power-on is executed (S4001). Specifically, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. After that, depending on whether or not the power-off processing flag is turned on, the power-off processing of S4117 (see FIG. 60) is caused by a momentary voltage drop (momentary power failure, so-called "instantaneous power failure") in this startup processing. ) Is started in the middle of execution (S4002). As will be described later with reference to FIG. 60, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the power cutoff occurrence information from the main control device 110 (see S4114 of FIG. 60), the voice lamp control device 113 executes the power cutoff process of S4117. The power off processing flag is turned on before the power off processing is executed, and the power off processing flag is turned off after the power off processing is completed. Therefore, whether or not the power off processing of S4117 is in the middle of execution can be determined by the state of the power off processing flag.
้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ปๆบใๅฎๅ จใซ้ฎๆญใใใๅพใซ้ๅงใใใใใ็ฌ้็ใชๅ้ปใ็ใใๅพใงใใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใๅฎไบใใๅพใซ้ๅงใใใใใๆใใฏใใใคใบใชใฉใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฎใฟใชใปใใใใใใฃใฆ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ้ปๆบๆญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใชใ๏ผ้ๅงใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟใ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใๅฆใใ็ขบ่ชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ If the power off processing flag is off (S4002: No), the start-up process this time is started after the power is completely cut off, or after a momentary power failure occurs and the power of S4117 is turned off. It was started after the execution of the process was completed, or it was started by resetting only the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 due to noise or the like (without receiving the power off command from the main control device 110). be. Therefore, in these cases, it is confirmed whether or not the data in the RAM 223 is destroyed (S4003).
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใฎ็ขบ่ชใฏใๆฌกใฎใใใซ่กใใใใๅณใกใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎใฎ้ ๅใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใฎใญใผใฏใผใใจใใฆใฎใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใพใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใฟใใใงใใฏใใ่ฉฒใใผใฟใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใงใใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใฏ็กใใ้ใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใงใชใใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใ็ขบ่ชใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅใ้ๅงใใใไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใ็ขบ่ชใใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ Confirmation of data corruption in RAM 223 is performed as follows. That is, the data as the keyword of "55AAh" is written in the specific area of the RAM 223 by the processing of S4006. Therefore, the data stored in the specific area can be checked, and if the data is "55AAh", there is no data corruption in the RAM 223, and conversely, if it is not "55AAh", the data corruption in the RAM 223 can be confirmed. If the data corruption of the RAM 223 is confirmed (S4003: Yes), the process proceeds to S4004 and the initialization of the RAM 223 is started. On the other hand, if data corruption in RAM 223 is not confirmed (S4003: No), the process proceeds to S4008.
ใชใใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใใ้ปๆบใๅฎๅ จใซ้ฎๆญใใใๅพใซ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใฎใญใผใฏใผใใฏ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใฎใง๏ผ้ปๆบๆญใซใใฃใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จๆถใฏๅชๅคฑใใใใ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใจๅคๆญใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใใ็ฌ้็ใชๅ้ปใ็ใใๅพใงใใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใๅฎไบใใๅพใซ้ๅงใใใใใๆใใฏใใใคใบใชใฉใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฎใฟใชใปใใใใใใฃใฆ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใฎใญใผใฏใผใใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใฟใฏๆญฃๅธธใจๅคๆญใใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใใ If the start-up process is started after the power is completely cut off, the keyword "55AAh" is not stored in the specific area of the RAM 223 (the memory of the RAM 223 is lost due to the power off). (From), it is determined that the data of the RAM 223 is destroyed (S4003: Yes), and the process proceeds to S4004. On the other hand, the start-up process this time was started after the execution of the power-off process of S4117 was completed after a momentary power failure occurred, or was reset only to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 due to noise or the like. Since the keyword "55AAh" is stored in the specific area of the RAM 223, the data of the RAM 223 is determined to be normal (S4003: No), and the data shifts to S4008.
้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใฏใ็ฌ้็ใชๅ้ปใ็ใใๅพใงใใฃใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่ก้ไธญใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใชใปใใใใใใฃใฆ้ๅงใใใใใฎใงใใใใใใๅ ดๅใฏ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่ก้ไธญใชใฎใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จๆถ็ถๆ ใฏๅฟ ใใใๆญฃใใใชใใใใฃใฆใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅถๅพกใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใฏใงใใชใใฎใงใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅใ้ๅงใใใ If the power off processing flag is on (S4002: Yes), the start-up process this time is after a momentary power failure occurs, and during the execution of the power off process of S4117, the voice lamp control device 113 The MPU 221 of the above was reset and started. In such a case, the storage state of the RAM 223 is not always correct because the power off processing is being executed. Therefore, in such a case, the control cannot be continued, so the process is shifted to S4004 and the initialization of the RAM 223 is started.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใฎ่จๆถ้ ๅใใใงใใฏใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใงใใฏๆนๆณใจใใฆใฏใใพใใ๏ผใใคใๆฏใซใ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ผฆ๏ฝใใๆธใ่พผใฟใใใใ๏ผใใคใๆฏใซ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ผฆ๏ฝใใงใใใๅฆใใ็ขบ่ชใใใ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ผฆ๏ฝใใงใใใฐๆญฃๅธธใจๅคๅฅใใใใใใ๏ผใใคใๆฏใฎๆธใ่พผใฟๅใณ็ขบ่ชใใใ๏ผ๏ผฆ๏ผฆ๏ฝใใซๆฌกใใงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใฎ้ ใซ่กใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชญใฟๆธใใใงใใฏใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใในใฆใฎ่จๆถ้ ๅใ๏ผใฏใชใขใใใใ In the process of S4004, the storage area of the entire range of the RAM 223 is checked (S4004). As a check method, first, "0FFh" is written for each byte, and it is read for each byte to check whether or not it is "0FFh", and if it is "0FFh", it is determined to be normal. Such writing and confirmation for each byte is performed in the order of "0FFh", then "55h", "0AAh", and "00h". By this read / write check of RAM 223, all the storage areas of RAM 223 are cleared to 0.
๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใในใฆใฎ่จๆถ้ ๅใซใคใใฆใ่ชญใฟๆธใใใงใใฏใๆญฃๅธธใจๅคๅฅใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใฎใญใผใฏใผใใๆธใ่พผใใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็ ดๅฃใใงใใฏใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซๆธใ่พผใพใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผก๏ผก๏ฝใใฎใญใผใฏใผใใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใผใฟ็ ดๅฃใใใใๅฆใใใใงใใฏใใใใไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎ่จๆถ้ ๅใง่ชญใฟๆธใใใงใใฏใฎ็ฐๅธธใๆคๅบใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฐๅธธใๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใพใง็ก้ใซใผใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฐๅธธใฏใ่กจ็คบใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใชใใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ้ณๅฃฐใๅบๅใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฐๅธธๅ ฑ็ฅใ่กใใใใซใใฆใ่ฏใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใจใฉใผใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ If it is determined that the read / write check is normal for all the storage areas of the RAM 223 (S4005: Yes), the keyword "55AAh" is written in the specific area of the RAM 223 to set the RAM destruction check data (S4006). By confirming the keyword "55AAh" written in this specific area, it is checked whether or not there is data corruption in the RAM 223. On the other hand, if an abnormality in the read / write check is detected in any of the storage areas of the RAM 223 (S4005: No), an abnormality in the RAM 223 is notified (S4007), and an infinite loop is performed until the power is cut off. The abnormality of the RAM 223 is notified by the indicator lamp 34. The voice output device 226 may output voice to notify the abnormality of the RAM 223, or an error command may be sent to the display control device 114 to display an error message on the third symbol display device 81. You may do it.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้ปๆบๆญใใฉใฐใใชใณใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆญใใฉใฐใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๆใซใชใณใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใคใพใใ้ปๆบๆญใใฉใฐใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅใซใชใณใใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆญใใฉใฐใใชใณใใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ่ณใใฎใฏใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใใ็ฌ้็ใชๅ้ปใ็ใใๅพใงใใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใๅฎไบใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใๅๆๅใใใใใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎไฝๆฅญใจใชใขใใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใๅพ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒ่พผใฟ่จฑๅฏใ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใชใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญใจใชใขใจใใฆใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใ็ญใ่จๆถใใ้ ๅไปฅๅคใฎ้ ๅใใใใ In the process of S4008, it is determined whether or not the power off flag is turned on (S4008). The power-off flag is turned on when the power-off process of S4117 is executed (see S4116 in FIG. 60). That is, since the power-off flag is turned on before the power-off process of S4117 is executed, the process of S4008 is reached with the power-off flag turned on because the start-up process is instantaneous. This is a case where the power is started after the power failure has occurred and the execution of the power cutoff process of S4117 has been completed. Therefore, in such a case (S4008: Yes), the work area of the RAM is cleared in order to initialize each process of the voice lamp control device 113 (S4009), the initial value of the RAM 223 is set (S4010), and then an interrupt is interrupted. Set the permission (S4011) and move to the main process. The work area of the RAM 223 refers to an area other than the area for storing commands and the like received from the main control device 110.
ไธๆนใ้ปๆบๆญใใฉใฐใใชใใใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ่ณใใฎใฏใไปๅใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใใไพใใฐ้ปๆบใๅฎๅ จใซ้ฎๆญใใใๅพใซ้ๅงใใใใใใซ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ต็ฑใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ่ณใฃใใใๆใใฏใใใคใบใชใฉใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฎใฟใชใปใใใใใใฃใฆ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ้ปๆบๆญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใชใ๏ผ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญ้ ๅใฎใฏใชใขๅฆ็ใงใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใในใญใใใใฆใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็งป่กใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, the reason why the processing of S4008 is reached with the power off flag turned off is that the startup processing of this time is started after the power is completely shut off, for example, so that the processing of S4008 is performed via the processing of S4004 to S4006. This is the case where the processing is reached, or only the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is reset due to noise or the like (without receiving the power off command from the main control device 110). Therefore, in such a case (S4008: No), S4009, which is the clearing process of the work area of the RAM 223, is skipped, the process is shifted to S4010, and the initial value of the RAM 223 is set (S4010).
ใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฏใชใขๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใฎใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ต็ฑใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ่ณใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใๆขใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใในใฆใฎ่จๆถ้ ๅใฏใฏใชใขใใใฆใใใใใใคใบใชใฉใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฎใฟใชใปใใใใใใฃใฆใ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝๆฅญ้ ๅใฎใใผใฟใใฏใชใขใใไฟๅญใใฆใใใใจใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใ็ถ็ถใงใใใใใงใใใ The reason for skipping the clearing process of S4009 is that when the processing of S4008 is reached via the processing of S4004 to S4006, all the storage areas of the RAM 223 have already been cleared by the processing of S4004. When only the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is reset due to noise or the like and the start-up process is started, the data in the work area of the RAM 223 is saved without being cleared, so that the voice lamp control device 113 This is because the control of can be continued.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็ๅพใซ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ่ฉฒใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใๅใฏใๅๅ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ๏ผใใช็งไปฅไธใ็ต้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใช็งไปฅไธ็ต้ใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใซ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ๏ผใใช็ง็ต้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใฎใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ๏ผๆผๅบ๏ผใซ้ขใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ็ญใๅจๆ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งไปฅๅ ๏ผใง็ทจ้ใใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใฎใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ญใๅจๆใงๅฎ่กใใๆนใๅฅฝใพใใใใใงใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ญใๅจๆใงๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกๆดฉใใ้ฒๆญขใงใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ญใๅจๆใงๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๅไฟกใใใใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใซ้ขใใ่จญๅฎใ้ ๆปใชใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 60, the main process executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 after the start-up process of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 60 is a flowchart showing this main process. When the main process is executed, it is first determined whether or not 1 millisecond or more has elapsed since the main process was started or since the previous process of S4101 was executed (S4101), 1 millisecond. If the above time has not passed (S4101: No), the process proceeds to S4112 without performing the processes S4102 to S4111. In the process of S4101, it is the process related to the display (effect) that S4102 to S4111 determine whether or not 1 millisecond has elapsed, whereas it is not necessary to edit in a short cycle (within 1 millisecond). This is because it is preferable to execute the command determination process of S4112 and the variation display setting process of S4113 in a short cycle. By executing the processing of S4112 in a short cycle, it is possible to prevent omission of reception of the command transmitted from the main control device 110, and by executing the processing of S4112 in a short cycle, the command received by the command determination process. Based on the above, settings related to the variable display effect can be made without delay.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง๏ผใใช็งไปฅไธ็ต้ใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่กจ็คบใฉใณใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็น็ฏๆ ๆงใฎ่จญๅฎใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็ทจ้ใใใใฉใณใใฎ็น็ฏๆ ๆงใจใชใใใๅใฉใณใใฎๅบๅใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅ ฑ็ฅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅ ฑ็ฅๅฆ็ใฏใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฎใฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใใจใ็ฅใใใๅ ฑ็ฅใ่กใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅใฏ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่กใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ป้ขใซใใใฆ้ปๆบใไพ็ตฆใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใฎใจใใฆใ่ฏใใใชใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใงใชใใใฐใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅ ฑ็ฅๅฆ็ใซใใๅ ฑ็ฅใฏ่กใใใซ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ If 1 millisecond or more has passed in the process of S4101 (S4101: Yes), first, a command for transmitting various commands to the display control device 114 set by the processes of S4103 to S4113 to the display control device 114. The output process is executed (S4102). Next, the output of each lamp is set so as to set the lighting mode of the indicator lamp 34 and the lighting mode of the lamp edited by the process of S4108 described later (S4103), and then the power-on notification process is executed (S4104). The power-on notification process notifies that the power has been turned on for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) when the power is turned on, and the notification is performed by the voice output device 226 or the lamp display device 227. Will be. Further, a command may be transmitted to the display control device 114 to notify that the power has been supplied on the screen of the third symbol display device 81. If it is not at the time of turning on the power, the process proceeds to the process of S4105 without performing the notification by the power-on notification process.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏๅฎขๅพ ใกๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅพใไฟ็ๅๆฐ่กจ็คบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎขๅพ ใกๆผๅบใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ๆใใใชใๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใใฟใคใใซ็ป้ขใซๅใๆฟใใ่จญๅฎใชใฉใ่กใใใใใฎ่จญๅฎใใณใใณใใจใใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใ In the process of S4105, the customer waiting effect is executed, and then the hold quantity display update process is executed (S4106). In the customer waiting effect, when a predetermined time elapses when the pachinko machine 10 is not played by the player, a setting is made to switch the display of the third symbol display device 81 to the title screen, and the setting is a display control device as a command. It is transmitted to 114.
ใใฎๅพใๆ ใใฟใณๅ ฅๅ็ฃ่ฆใปๆผๅบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆ ใใฟใณๅ ฅๅ็ฃ่ฆใปๆผๅบๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆไฝใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆผใใใใๅฆใใฎๅ ฅๅใ็ฃ่ฆใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅใ็ขบ่ชใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ่กใใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใงใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆไฝใๆคๅบใใใใจใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใใจใ้็ฅใใๆ ใใฟใณๆไฝใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใ After that, the frame button input monitoring / effect processing is executed (S4107). In this frame button input monitoring / effect processing, the input of whether or not the frame button 22 operated by the player is pressed in order to enhance the effect is monitored, and the input of the frame button 22 is confirmed. This is a process for setting the effect. In this process, when the operation of the frame button 22 by the player is detected, a frame button operation command for notifying the display control device 114 that the frame button 22 has been operated is set.
ๆ ใใฟใณๅ ฅๅ็ฃ่ฆใปๆผๅบๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใใงใใฉใณใ็ทจ้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพ้ณ็ทจ้ใปๅบๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ็ทจ้ๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใ้ป้ฃพ้จ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็น็ฏใใฟใผใณใชใฉใ่จญๅฎใใใใ้ณ็ทจ้ใปๅบๅๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅบๅใใฟใผใณใชใฉใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณใๅบๅใใใใ When the frame button input monitoring / effect processing is completed, the lamp editing process is then executed (S4108), and then the sound editing / output processing is executed (S4109). In the lamp editing process, the lighting patterns of the illumination units 29 to 33 and the like are set so as to correspond to the display performed by the third symbol display device 81. In the sound editing / output processing, the output pattern of the voice output device 226 is set so as to correspond to the display performed by the third symbol display device 81, and the sound is output from the voice output device 226 according to the setting.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅพใๆถฒๆถๆผๅบๅฎ่ก็ฎก็ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใๆถฒๆถๆผๅบๅฎ่ก็ฎก็ๅฆ็ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซ่ฆใใๆ้ใจๅๆใใๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎๆถฒๆถๆผๅบๅฎ่ก็ฃ่ฆๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฉใณใ็ทจ้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ณ็ทจ้ใปๅบๅๅฆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซ่ฆใใๆ้ใจๅๆใใๆ้ใงๅฎ่กใใใใ After the processing of S4109, the liquid crystal effect execution management process is executed (S4110), and then the effect update process is executed (S4111). Details of this effect update process (S4111) will be described later with reference to FIG. 72. After executing the process of S4111, the process proceeds to the process of S4112. In the liquid crystal effect execution management process, a time synchronized with the time required for the fluctuation display performed by the third symbol display device 81 is set based on the fluctuation pattern command transmitted from the main control device 110. The lamp editing process of S4108 is executed based on the time set in the liquid crystal effect execution monitoring process. The sound editing / output processing of S4109 is also executed at a time synchronized with the time required for the fluctuation display performed by the third symbol display device 81.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅพใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ After the processing of S4111, a command determination process (S4112) that performs processing according to the command received from the main control device 110 is executed, and the process proceeds to the processing of S4113. The details of this command determination process (S4112) will be described later with reference to FIG. 61.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็ๆใใใใฎใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใงใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ In the process of S4113, in order to display the variation display effect on the third symbol display device 81, a display variation pattern command is generated based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110, and the command is generated by the display control device 114. Executes the variable display setting process, which is the process set to send to. Details of this variable display setting process will be described later with reference to FIG. 71.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ปๆบๆญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซ่จๆถใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆญใใฉใฐๅใณ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใๅ ฑใซใชใณใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กๅพใฏใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ไธญใใฉใฐใใชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๅฆ็ใใ็ก้ใซใผใใใใ้ปๆบๆญๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎ็บ็ใ็ฆๆญขใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅๅบๅใใผใใใชใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅบๅใใชใใใใใพใใ้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใฎ่จๆถใๆถๅปใใใ When the processing of S4113 is completed, it is determined whether or not the power failure occurrence information is stored in the work RAM 233 (S4114). The power-off occurrence information is stored when a power-off command is received from the main control device 110. If the power-off occurrence information is stored in the process of S4114 (S4114: Yes), both the power-off flag and the power-off processing in-progress flag are turned on (S4116), and the power-off process is executed (S4117). After executing the power off processing, the power off processing flag is turned off (S4118), and then the processing is looped infinitely. In the power cutoff process, the occurrence of the interrupt process is prohibited, and each output port is turned off to turn off the output from the audio output device 226 and the lamp display device 227. In addition, the memory of the information on the occurrence of the power failure is also deleted.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง้ปๆบๆญใฎ็บ็ๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใญใผใฏใผใใซๅบใฅใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ็นฐใ่ฟใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปฅ้ใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใๅๆญขใใใใใใซใๅฆ็ใ็ก้ใซใผใใใใใใใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็ ดๅฃใจๅคๅฅใใใฆ็ก้ใซใผใใใใจใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใชใใฎใงใใใฎๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่กจ็คบใๅคๅใใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็ฐๅธธใ็บ็ใใใใจใ็ฅใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใใใผใซใฎๅบๅกใชใฉใๅผใณใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟฎๅพฉใชใฉใ้ ผใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๅฃใใใฆใใใจ็ขบ่ชใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็ ดๅฃใฎๅ ฑ็ฅใ่กใใใฎใจใใฆใ่ฏใใ On the other hand, if the power failure occurrence information is not stored in the process of S4114 (S4114: No), it is determined whether or not the RAM 223 is destroyed based on the keyword stored in the RAM 223 (S4115), and the RAM 223 is destroyed. If not (S4115: No), the process returns to the process of S4101, and the main process is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if the RAM 223 is destroyed (S4115: Yes), the processing is looped infinitely in order to stop the execution of the subsequent processing. Here, if it is determined that the RAM is destroyed and an infinite loop is performed, the main process is not executed, so that the display by the third symbol display device 81 does not change thereafter. Therefore, since the player can know that the abnormality has occurred, he / she can call a clerk in the hall or the like and ask for repair of the pachinko machine 10. Further, when it is confirmed that the RAM 223 is destroyed, the audio output device 226 or the lamp display device 227 may notify the RAM destruction.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๅคๅฎใใใไปฅไธใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใ่ชฌๆใใใ Next, the command determination process (S4112) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 61. FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing this command determination process (S4112). This command determination process (S4112) is executed in the main process (see FIG. 60) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and determines the command received from the main control device 110 as described above. .. Hereinafter, the details of the command determination process (S4112) will be described.
ใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใณใใณใ่จๆถ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎใใกไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๆๅใฎใณใใณใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆ่งฃๆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎๆดๆฐใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the command determination process (S4112), first, from the command storage area 223a provided in the RAM 223, the first unprocessed command received from the main control device 110 is read and analyzed, and the first command from the main control device 110 is analyzed. It is determined whether or not the movable valve operation command has been received (S4201). If it is determined that the first movable valve operation command has been received (S4201: Yes), an update of the operation scenario is set based on the received first movable valve operation command (S4202), and then this process is performed. finish.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใซ้ขใใใณใใณใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ ๆป็กใๅไฝใทใใชใชใๆดๆฐใใใใใใซใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใฎๆๅชๅ ๅคๅฅ้ ๅบใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่จญใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฎ็ถๆณๆๆกๅ ๅฎนใจใๅฎนๆใซๅๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, when the pachinko machine 10 receives a command related to operation control to the first movable valve 66b (first movable valve operation command) executed when the power is turned on, the operation scenario is updated without delay. In the highest priority determination order of the command determination process, a process for determining the reception of the first movable valve command is provided. With this configuration, the operation control content on the main control device 110 side and the situation grasp content on the voice lamp control device 113 side can be easily synchronized.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใซ้ขใใใณใใณใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝ็ถๆณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆๆกใใใใใฎๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆๅฎๆ้ๆฏ๏ผ๏ผๆ้ๆฏ๏ผใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใฎๅ ๅฎนใจใๆดๆฐใใฆใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎๅ ๅฎนใจใใๆฏ่ผใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎๆดๆฐๅ ๅฎนใ่ฃๆญฃใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใฎๆๆก็ฒพๅบฆใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใๅบๅใใใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใพใงใซ่ฆใใใฟใคใ ใฉใฐใไบใ่ๆ ฎใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the operation scenario (first movable valve 66b) is performed only when the pachinko machine 10 receives a command related to operation control to the first movable valve 66b (first movable valve operation command) executed when the power is turned on. (Operation scenario for grasping the operation status of the voice lamp control device 113) is set, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the main control device 110 is set every predetermined period (every hour). Even if it is configured to output a command indicating the operation control content of the first movable valve 66b from the side, or output a command indicating the operation control content of the first movable valve 66b each time a jackpot game is executed. good. Then, the content of the received command may be compared with the content of the updated operation scenario, and a process of correcting the updated content of the operation scenario may be executed. As a result, the accuracy of grasping the operation control content of the main control device 110 side by the voice lamp control device 113 side can be further improved. Further, the operation scenario update process on the voice lamp control device 113 side may be executed in consideration of the time lag required for receiving the command output from the main control device 110 side in advance.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผๅไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ้็ฅใใใใใฎใณใใณใใงใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4201, when it is determined that the first movable valve operation command has not been received (S4201: No), it is determined whether or not the special figure variation pattern command has been received from the main controller 110. (S4203). Here, the special symbol fluctuation pattern command is a command for notifying the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the special symbol. If it is determined that the special figure variation pattern command has been received in the process of S4203 (S4203: Yes), the special figure variation start process is executed (S4204), and this process is terminated. The details of this special figure fluctuation start processing (S4204) will be described later with reference to FIG. 62.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๆฝๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4203, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation pattern command has not been received (S4203: No), it is determined whether or not the special figure stop type command has been received (S4205). When it is determined that the special figure stop type command has been received (S4205: Yes), the stop type selection flag 223e is set to on (S4206), and the stop type is extracted from the received special figure stop type command (S4207). After that, this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใ่งฃๆใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅฏพๅฟใใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใใใฎๆฝๅบใใใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4205, when it is determined that the special figure stop type command has not been received (S4205: No), then it is determined whether or not the hold ball number command has been received from the main control device 110 (S4208). Here, when it is determined that the hold ball number command has been received (S4208: Yes), the symbol type (special symbol, normal symbol) of the received hold ball number command is analyzed, and the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 is used. The value of the corresponding counter provided is updated (S4209). Specifically, when the hold ball number command of the special symbol is received, the value of the special symbol hold ball number counter 203c of the main control device 110 included in the hold ball number command (that is, the hold of the variation display of the special symbol). The number of balls) is extracted, and the value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c provided in the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 is updated according to the extracted counter value.
ใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผๅณใกใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใใใฎๆฝๅบใใใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใ Further, when the hold ball number command of the normal symbol is received, the value of the normal symbol hold ball number counter 203d of the main controller 110 included in the hold ball number command (that is, the hold ball number of the fluctuation display of the normal symbol). Is extracted, and the value of the normal symbol reserved ball count counter provided in the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 is updated according to the extracted counter value.
ใใใงใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใฏใ็ใๅ็จฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใๅ็จฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๅ็จฎๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซใๅ็จฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใจใใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใใฎใงใใใฎใงใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๆๆฏใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅใใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, the hold ball number command is used when a ball enters various entry ports (special figure entry port 64, through gate 67) (starting prize) and the values of various hold ball number counters are added, or Since it is transmitted from the main control device 110 when the values of the various reserved ball counters are subtracted when executing various fluctuation start processes, S4209 By the processing, the values of the special symbol holding ball number counter 223c and the normal symbol holding ball number counter of the voice lamp control device 113 are changed to the values of the special symbol holding ball number counter 203c and the normal symbol holding ball number counter 203d of the main control device 110. Can be matched.
ใใฃใฆใใใคใบใชใฉใฎๅฝฑ้ฟใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ็จฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใใใฆใใพใฃใฆใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๆใๅณใกใๅ็จฎไฟ็็ๆฐๅคๆดใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ้็ฅใใใใฐใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใไฟฎๆญฃใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ็จฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟๅ็จฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, even if the value of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 223c possessed by the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 deviates from the values of the various reserved ball number counters 203c and 203d of the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise or the like. When the start winning is won, when the variable display is set, that is, when the hold ball number command is notified based on the change of various hold ball numbers, the value of the special symbol hold ball number counter 223c of the voice lamp control device 113 is corrected. , Various hold ball number counters of the main control device 110 The values of the various hold ball number counters 203c and 203d can be adjusted.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใ่งฃๆใใใใฎ่งฃๆ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่จๆถ้ ๅ๏ผ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใๅฆ็ใจใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฎใงใใใใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ Further, in the process of S4208, when it is determined that the reserved ball number command has not been received (S4208: No), it is determined whether or not the winning command has been received from the main control device 110 (S4210). If it is determined that the winning command has been received in the processing of S4210 (S4210: Yes), the winning command processing is executed (S4211), and this processing is terminated. This winning command processing (S4211) analyzes the symbol type (special symbol, ordinary symbol) corresponding to the winning information included in the received winning information command, and the storage area (voice lamp control device 113) corresponding to the analysis result. The process of storing (storing) in the prize information storage area 223b) in the RAM 223 and the process of executing the effect (look-ahead effect) based on the received prize information are performed. The detailed contents will be described later with reference to FIG. 63.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅฝใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ If it is determined in the process of S4210 that the winning command has not been received (S4210: No), then it is determined whether or not the status command has been received from the main control device 110 (S4212). If it is determined that the status command has been received (S4212: Yes), the status command reception process is executed (S4213), and this process ends. The details of this state command reception process (S4213) will be described later with reference to FIG. 64, but based on the state command output from the main control device 110, the pachinko machine 10 is in a gaming state (normal state, time saving state). , The process of setting the hit game state (during big hit, during hitting the accessory) to the slave state setting area 223 g is executed.
ๆฌกใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๅ็จฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็จใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, in the process of S4212, when it is determined that the state command has not been received (S4212: No), it is determined whether or not the stop-related command has been received from the main control device 110 (S4214). If it is determined that the stop-related command has been received in the process of S4214 (S4214: Yes), the stop-related process is executed (S4215), and this process is terminated. A detailed description of this stop-related process (S4215) will be described later with reference to FIG. 65, but the third symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on various stop commands output from the main control device 110. And the process for setting the display mode of the variation effect using the fourth symbol is executed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆ้ใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใไบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใไบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใฆใใๆไธญใงใใไปใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆๅผทๅถ็ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฎใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผใๅๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎ็ถๆณใจใๅๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the variation pattern (variation time) is set in advance when the special symbol variation is executed as the period during which the variation display of the special symbol is executed. Even while the special symbol change is being executed based on the above, a process of forcibly stopping the special symbol change may be executed according to the result of another special symbol change. Therefore, it is possible to execute the stop-related process (S4215) on the voice lamp control device 113 side to stop the variation display (variation effect) of the third symbol and the fourth symbol in accordance with the timing when the special symbol variation is stopped. It is configured so that it can be done. As a result, it is possible to synchronize the fluctuation status of the special symbol with the fluctuation effect status displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand display mode.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4214, when it is determined that the stop-related command has not been received (S4214: No), it is determined whether or not the normal figure-related command has been received from the main controller 110 (S4216), and the normal figure-related command is determined. When it is determined that the above is received (S4216: Yes), the general map-related processing is executed (S4217), and this processing is terminated. The details of the normal drawing-related processing (S4217) will be described later with reference to FIG. 66.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅใฏๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅใฏๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฎใงใใใ In the process of S4216, when it is determined that the command related to the normal figure has not been received (S4216: No), it is determined whether the command related to the hit has been received from the main controller 110 (S4218), and the command related to the hit is received. If it is determined that the command has been performed (S4218: Yes), the hit-related process is executed (S4219), and this process is terminated. The details of the hit-related process (S4219) will be described later with reference to FIG. 67, but as a result of the lottery of the special symbol, the production corresponding to the big hit game or the small hit game executed when the big hit or the small hit is won. The process for causing the third symbol display device 81 to execute the display is performed.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎไปใฎใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใฎไปใฎใณใใณใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง็จใใใณใใณใใงใใใฐใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใๅฆ็็ตๆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง็จใใใณใใณใใงใใใฐใใฎใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใใซใใณใใณใใฎ่จญๅฎใ่กใใใฎใงใใใ If it is determined that the hit-related command has not been received in the process of S4218 (S4218: No), the process corresponding to the other command is executed (S4220), and this process is terminated. In the processing of S4220, if the other command is a command used by the voice lamp control device 113, the processing corresponding to the command is performed, the processing result is stored in the RAM 223, and if the command is used by the display control device 114, the command is performed. Is set to be transmitted to the display control device 114.
ไปฅไธใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพใใๅไฟกใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใ้ ๅบใซใคใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซ็คบใใ้ ๅบไปฅๅคใฎ้ ๅบใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใใใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใๅคๅฅ้ ๅบใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ The command determination process (S4112 in FIG. 61) executed by the voice lamp control device 113 of the present embodiment has been described above. However, in the command determination process (S4112), the order of determining whether or not various commands are received is described. , An order other than the order shown in the present embodiment may be used. For example, the process of determining whether or not a state command has been received is more than the process of determining whether or not a special figure variation pattern command has been received. The discriminant order may be specified so that it is executed first.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใจใๅๆใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎๅพใซ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏๅคใใใใจใ็คบใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใๅ ใซๅคๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the fluctuation pattern command and the status command are output from the main control device 110 at the same time, that is, in the special symbol fluctuation start processing of the main control device 110 (see S205 in FIG. 41), Even when the special symbol variation pattern selection process (see S307 in FIG. 43) is executed, the special symbol variation pattern command is set, and then the state command indicating that the game state is changed is set, the voice lamp control is performed. The game state currently set on the device 113 side can be determined before the special figure variation pattern command.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไธปๅคๅ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅพๅคๅ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the special figure fluctuation start processing (S4204) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 62. FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing the special figure fluctuation start processing (S4204). This special figure fluctuation start process (S4204) is executed in the command determination process (see FIG. 61) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and is executed according to the set gaming state. The process of setting the display mode (main variation variation pattern, slave variation variation pattern) corresponding to the special symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is executed.
ใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใ๏ผใจใๅพ่ฟฐใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใไปฅไธใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใ่ชฌๆใใใ Then, the display control device 114 has a third symbol based on the display mode (display command) set here and the display variation pattern command set in the variation display setting process (see FIG. 71) described later. The display mode displayed in the display area of the display device 81 is set. Hereinafter, the details of the special figure fluctuation start processing (S4204) will be described.
็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใพใใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๆฝๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the special figure fluctuation start processing is set, first. The special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is set to ON (S4301), the fluctuation pattern is extracted from the received special figure fluctuation pattern command (S4302), and the detailed display mode is selected using the fluctuation pattern selection table 222a (S4303). ..
ๆฌกใซใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎ๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ็พๅจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใฏ็กใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ไฟกใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใใชไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Next, the information (information indicating the current gaming state) set (stored) in the slave state setting area 223g is read out, and it is determined whether the current gaming state is the time saving state (S4304). If it is determined in the process of S4304 that the current state is not the time saving state (normal state) (S4304: No), the display command in the normal state is set (S4305), and this process is terminated. When a display command is set in the process of S4305, it is transmitted to the display control device 114 in the command output process (S4102 of FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113, and is transmitted to the display control device 114 (FIG. 60). An effect mode for showing the result of the special symbol lottery is set in the main display area Dm as shown in b).
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅค๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S4304 that the current gaming state is the time saving state (S4304: Yes), the display command during the time saving state is set (S4306), and the value of the notified pending number storage area 223s. Is subtracted by 1 (S4307), the value (variation time) corresponding to the fluctuation pattern received this time is set in the fluctuation time counter 223r (S4308), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใจใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใซๅฟใใฆๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅไฟกๆใซๅฎ่กใใๆผๅบ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the winning command process (S4211) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 63. FIG. 63 is a flowchart showing the winning command processing (S4211). This winning command process (S4211) is executed in the command determination process (see FIG. 61) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and the type of the received winning command (special symbol, normal). The process for setting the effect (so-called look-ahead effect) to be executed when the winning command is received is executed according to the symbol) and the current game state.
ๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจใใพใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใฉใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใฎใงใใใฎใใ่งฃๆใใๅฏพๅฟใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎ๏ผๆ ผ็ด๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅคๅๆ้ๆ ๅ ฑใๆฝๅบใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the winning command processing (S4211) is executed, first, it analyzes which symbol type corresponds to based on the information included in the received winning command, and sets (stores) it in the corresponding winning information storage area 223b. (S4401). Then, it is determined whether the V rush flag 223q is set to ON (S4402), and if it is determined that the V rush flag 223q is not set to ON (S4402: No), the process proceeds to S4412, and then this process ends. do. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is set to ON (S4402: Yes), the fluctuation time information included in the received winning command is extracted (S4403).
ใใใฆใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅฐใใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅซใพใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใๆฝๅบใใๅคๅๆ้ใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Then, it is determined whether or not the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is 1 or more (S4404). When it is determined that the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is smaller than 1 (0) (S4404: No), the fluctuation time (variation time of the special symbol) included in the winning information received this time is used as the remaining period of the V rush. Since the additional notification cannot be performed, the extracted fluctuation time is stored in the unreported period storage area 223j (S4410), the value of the unreported pending number storage area 223k is added by 1 (S4411), and the processing of S4412. Move to.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใๆฌกใใงใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็พๆ็นใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ไธญใๅใณๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ไธญใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅ็จฎๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ไธญใใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S4404, when it is determined that the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is 1 or more (S4404: Yes), the fluctuation time (variation time of the special symbol) included in the winning command received this time is set to the V rush. Since it is possible to additionally notify as the remaining period, it is then determined whether or not the interruption flag 223m is on (S4405). In the process of S44405, it is determined whether or not the current time is the timing at which the additional notification can be executed. In the present embodiment, during the V rush, during the game period per accessory and during the big hit game period, the remaining period of the V rush is added so as not to be notified. With this configuration, it is possible for the player to concentrate on various hit games and play the game.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๆฝๅบใใๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the process of S4405, when it is determined that the interruption flag 223m is off (S4404: No), then it is determined whether or not the special hit flag 223n is on (S4406). When it is determined that the special hit flag 223n is off (S4406: No), since the additional notification can be executed at present, the value of the time saving period counter 223i corresponds to the fluctuation time extracted by the processing of S4403. (S4407), the value of the notified pending number storage area 223s is added by 1, and the process proceeds to S4409.
ๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅ ็ฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใจใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅ ็ฎใใใๅ จใฆใฎๅคใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅ ็ฎใใใๅคใไธ้ใซ่คๆฐๅใซๅใใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไฝใๅฅๆฉใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใไธไนใใใใฆใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆฉๆใซ้ฃฝใใใใจใฎ็กใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Although not shown, when the fluctuation time is added in the process of S4407, a display command corresponding to the added value is set and an additional notification effect is produced on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 (FIG. 15 (FIG. 15). a) See) is executed. In the present embodiment, as an additional notification effect, all the values added in the process of S4407 are notified, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the added values are divided into a plurality of times up to the upper limit. It may be configured to execute the additional notification effect. By configuring in this way, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand what triggered the addition of the remaining period of the V rush (remaining time shortening period), so that the player does not get bored early. Can be executed.
ใพใใใใไปฅๅคใซใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ ็ฎใใใๅคใๆๅฎๅคใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใๆใใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆๅฎๅคใพใงๆธ็ฎใใใพใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ ็ฎใใใๅคใๅ ฑ็ฅใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใ่คๆฐใฎๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๅ็ฎใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ๏ผๅใฎไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใซใฆไธไนใใใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๆๅคๆงใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ทใใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ๅใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใซใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใฎใงใฏใจ้ๆ่ ใซๆใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition to that, the value added in the processing of S4407 is notified until the value added in the processing of S4407 reaches a predetermined value or the value of the time saving period counter 223i is subtracted to the predetermined value. It may be configured not to be used, and the fluctuation time (variation time of the special symbol) included in the plurality of winning commands may be added up and notified. As a result, it is possible to give surprise to the length of the remaining time short period that is added by one additional notification effect. Further, in this case, for example, when the fluctuation time of the length (for example, 50 seconds) set at the time of winning the jackpot of the special symbol is added to the time reduction period counter 223i for the same fluctuation time, the additional notification effect is used. It is preferable to configure it to execute the additional notification effect for 50 seconds. With such a configuration, it is possible to make the player think that he / she has won the jackpot of the special symbol, and it is possible to enhance the effect of the effect.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใๅคๅๆ้ใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S4405, when it is determined that the interruption flag 223m is on (S4405: Yes), and in the processing of S4406, when it is determined that the special hit flag 223n is on (S4406: Yes), extraction is performed. The changed fluctuation time is stored in the non-notification period storage area 223j (S4410), and the process proceeds to the above-described S4411 process.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the processing of S4411 is completed, the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is subtracted by 1 (S4409), then other processing is executed (S4412), and then this processing is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบใขใผใใ็ฐใชใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใไปฅไธใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใ่ชฌๆใใใ Next, the state command reception process (S4212) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 64. FIG. 64 is a flowchart showing this state command reception process (S4212). This state command reception process (S4212) is executed in the command determination process (see FIG. 61) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and is executed according to the set gaming state. A process for setting different display modes displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is executed. The details of the state command reception process (S4213) will be described below.
็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๆดใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใไปๅๅไฟกใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ็คบใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใ็ธ้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅคๆดใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅคๆดใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๆดๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the state command reception process (S4213) is executed, it is first determined whether or not the currently set game state is changed (S4501). Here, it is determined whether or not the gaming state set in the slave state setting area 223g and the gaming state indicated by the state command received this time are different. If it is determined in the process of S4501 that there is no change in the gaming state (S4501: No), the process of S4502 to S4508 is skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S4509. When it is determined that there is a change in the gaming state (S4501: Yes), it is determined whether the changed gaming state is the normal state (S4502).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๆดๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผไปๅๅไฟกใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใณใใณใใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็พๅจใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใไธญใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใไธญใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๅธธใขใผใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถ๏ผ่จญๅฎ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S4502, when it is determined that the changed gaming state is the normal state (when the state command received this time is a command indicating the normal state) (S4502: Yes), then the present is the normal symbol. It is determined whether or not it is a hit (S4503). If it is determined that the normal symbol is not hit (S4503: No), a display command indicating the normal mode is set (S4504), and the information indicated by the status command received this time is stored (set) in the slave status setting area 223g. ) (S4509), and this process is terminated.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใใใใจใซใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๅคๅๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฎใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅ็จฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใขใผใใ่ๆฏ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Here, when the command set in the process of S4504 is notified to the display control device 114, the variation effect display in the normal state is executed. As described above, in the present embodiment, in the voice lamp control device 113, the types of various display modes displayed in the display area of the third symbol display device 81 based on the state command output from the main control device 110 ( The mode (mode, background) is set, and a command indicating the type is output to the display control device 114.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใใๅคๅๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใคใพใใ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ็จฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผ็จฎๅฅใณใใณใ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผๅ ฑ้ใณใใณใ๏ผใจใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใ ใใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅไฟกใใ็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใจใๅ ฑ้ใณใใณใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With such a configuration, for example, it is possible to eliminate the need to set the display mode of the variable effect display for each game state set on the voice lamp control device 113 side. That is, a command (type command) indicating the type of various display modes corresponding to the currently set game state and a variation pattern command (common command) corresponding to the variation display of the special symbol are output to the display control device 114. Based on the type command received on the display control device 114 side and the common command, the display data to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the display mode corresponding to the current game state and the received fluctuation pattern can be displayed. Can be set. Therefore, the processing load of the voice lamp control device 113 can be reduced.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่คๆฐใฎใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง็ตใฟๅใใใใใจใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใจ่จญๅฎๅพใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็ขบ่ชๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅไฟกใใ็ขบ่ชๆ ๅ ฑใ้ฉๆญฃใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ้ฉๆญฃใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ฉๆญฃใชๆ ๅ ฑใ็คบใ็ฐกๆ็ใช่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๆขใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐกๆ็ใช่กจ็คบใใผใฟใซๆธใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ As described above, when the display data to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is set by combining a plurality of commands received from the voice lamp control device 113 on the display control device 114 side, the display data is set. It is configured to output information (confirmation information) indicating the contents of the displayed data after setting from the display control device 114 side to the voice lamp control device 113 side, and the confirmation information received by the voice lamp control device 113 side is appropriate. A discrimination means for determining the existence is provided, and when it is determined that the discrimination result is not appropriate, a simple display variation pattern command indicating appropriate information is set, and the contents of the display data already set are set. It is preferable to configure it so that it can be rewritten to simple display data.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพใใฆ้ฉๆญฃใช่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ้ฉๆญฃใชๆ ๅ ฑใ็คบใ็ฐกๆ็ใช่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใฎ็ฐกๆ็ใช่กจ็คบใใผใฟใซๅบใฅใๅคๅๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅฎ้ใฎ้ๆ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใจใฏ็ฐใชใๅ ๅฎนใฎๅคๅๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฐกๆ็ใช่กจ็คบใใผใฟใซใจใใฆใฏใไพใใฐใใฉใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใๅฏพๅฟใใชใ็นๆฎใขใผใ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ป่ๆฏใฎใขใผใ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใจใใฃใใ้ๅธธใฎๅคๅๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใซใฆ็จใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใใใใผใฟ้ใฎๅฐใชใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ็จใใใฐ่ฏใใ With this configuration, when the voice lamp control device 113 does not set appropriate display data for various commands received from the main control device 110, simple display data indicating appropriate information is set. It is possible to display a variable effect display based on the simple display data. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's motivation to play from being lowered due to the execution of the variable effect display having a content different from the actual game result (lottery result of the special symbol). Further, as the simple display data described above, for example, display data for displaying a special mode (for example, a mode with a black background) that does not correspond to any gaming state, or display data for executing variable display of the fourth symbol. It is sufficient to use display data having a smaller amount of data than the display data used in the normal variable effect display.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใซๅบใฅใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the above-described configuration is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a display variation pattern command based on the current gaming state and the received variation pattern is set on the voice lamp control device 113 side. It may be configured to do so.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๆดๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผไปๅๅไฟกใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใณใใณใใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅคๆดๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใ๏ผไปๅๅไฟกใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใณใใณใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใขใผใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Returning to FIG. 64, the description will be continued. In the process of S4502, when it is determined that the changed gaming state is not the normal state (when the state command received this time is not a command indicating the normal state) (S4502: No), then the changed gaming state is If it is determined whether the time is shortened (S4507) and the game state is determined to be the time shortened state (the state command received this time is a command indicating the time shortened state) (S4507: Yes), the V rush mode is indicated. A display command is set (S4508), and the process proceeds to the above-mentioned S4509 process. If it is determined that there is no time saving state in the game state (S4507: No), the process of S4508 is skipped and the present process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅปถ้ทใขใผใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ไฟกใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅปถ้ท็ป้ขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S4503, when it is determined that the current symbol is hit (S4503: Yes), a display command indicating the extension mode is set (S4505), and the extension flag 223p is set to ON (S4503: Yes). S4506), the process proceeds to the above-mentioned S4509 process. When a display command is set in the process of S4505, it is transmitted to the display control device 114 in the command output process (S4102 of FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113, and is transmitted to the display control device 114 (FIG. 60). The display mode showing the extension screen shown in b) is set.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใ๏ผไปใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 65, a stop-related process (S4215), which is one process in the command determination process (see FIG. 61) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described. FIG. 65 is a flowchart showing the contents of the stop-related processing (S4215). This stop-related process (S4215) sets a display mode when a stop-related command (a command set when the stop is displayed based on the lottery result of another special symbol lottery) is received from the main control device 110. Is executed.
ๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๅๆญข็จใฎ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ When the stop-related process (S4215) is executed, first, it is determined whether the stop-related command received this time is a special figure confirmation command (S4601). If it is determined that it is a special figure confirmation command (S4601: Yes), a display command for stopping fluctuation is set (S4602), and the process proceeds to S4603. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special figure confirmation command has not been received (S4601: No), the process of S4602 is skipped and the process proceeds to S4603.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไปฎๅๆญขๆ ๆงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the process of S4603, it is determined whether the stop-related command received this time is a special figure temporary stop command (S4603). When it is determined that the special figure temporary stop command has been received (S4603: Yes), the interruption flag 223m is set to ON (S4604), the display command indicating the temporary stop mode of the special symbol is set (S4605), and S4606 Move to processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special figure temporary stop command has not been received (S4603: No), the processing of S4604 and S4605 is skipped, and the process proceeds to S4606.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไปฎๅๆญขๆ ๆงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใใซใไปฎๅๆญขไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผด๏ผฏ๏ผฐใใฎๆๅญ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใ When a display command indicating a temporary stop mode of a special symbol is set in the process of S4605, a display mode (character of "STOP") indicating that the temporary stop is in progress is displayed as shown in FIG. 13 (b). At the same time, the subtraction display of the timer 812 for indicating the remaining period of the special symbol variation is interrupted.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใ็นๅณๅคๅๅ้ใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๅ้ใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใณใใณใใงใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅๅ้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅ้ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ In the process of S4606, it is determined whether the stop-related command received this time is the special figure fluctuation restart command (S4606). This special symbol fluctuation restart command is a command that is set when the special symbol fluctuation is resumed in the special symbol fluctuation executing process (see S206 of FIG. 44) of the main controller 110 (see S702 of FIG. 44). .. When it is determined that the special symbol variation resumption command has been received (S4606: Yes), the interruption flag 223m is set to off (S4607), and the display command indicating the special symbol variation resumption is set (S4608).
ใใใฆใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใใใฃใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆดๆฐใ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๆดๆฐใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดๆฐๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณๅคๅๅ้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, it is determined whether or not the unreported information has been updated during the period when the interruption flag 223m is set to ON (S4609). In this process, it is determined whether or not the information indicating the new fluctuation time is stored in the unreported period storage area 223j and the unreported hold number storage area 223k. If it is determined that there is no update in the process of S4609 (S4609: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that there is an update (S4609: Yes), the value of the time saving period counter 223i is added according to the update content (S4610), the unreported period storage area 223j, the unreported hold number storage area 223k, The information in the notified pending number storage area 223s is updated, and this process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special figure fluctuation restart command has not been received (S4606: No), this process ends as it is.
ใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๅ ็ฎใใใๅคใฏใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใ็นๅณๅคๅใๅ้ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฐๅคใๆธ็ฎใ้ๅงใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็บใใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใในใใใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅ็จฎๅฝใใ้ๆใซๆณจ่ฆใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅ็จฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ็บใใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๅ็จฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคง้ใซไธไนใใใใใใจใซๆๅพ ใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ The value added by the process of S4610 is the timing at which the interruption flag 223 is set to off, that is, the numerical value of the timer 812 displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 when the special figure fluctuation is restarted. Is added and notified at the timing when the subtraction is started. With this configuration, when the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol is stopped, the various hit games are closely watched, and after the end of each hit game, the additional notification effect is executed collectively, so that various hits are performed. Even after the end of the game, the player can be expected to add a large amount of the remaining period of the V rush.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใไปฅไธใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใ่ชฌๆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 66, the general drawing-related processing (S4217) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 66 is a flowchart showing this general map-related processing (S4217). This general diagram-related process (S4217) is executed in the command determination process (see FIG. 61) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113. Hereinafter, the details of the general drawing-related processing (S4217) will be described.
ๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅฐๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the normal map-related process (S4217) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the normal map-related command received this time is a normal map variation pattern command (S4701). If it is determined that the received command is a normal map fluctuation pattern command (S4701: Yes), a small hit start command for display is set (S4702), and then this process is terminated.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅฐๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S4701, if it is determined that the received command is not a normal map fluctuation pattern command (S4701: No), then it is determined whether or not the normal map related command received this time is a normal map hit start command. (S4703). If it is determined that the received command is a normal hit start command (S4703: Yes), a small hit winning command for display is set (S4704), and then this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใ็น้ปไฝๅใณใใณใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ็น้ปไฝๅใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จ๏ผถๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S4703, if it is determined that the received command is not the start command per normal figure (S4703: No), then it is determined whether or not the command related to the normal figure received this time is a special electric operation command (S4705). ). If it is determined that the received command is a special electric operation command (S4705: Yes), a winning command per display V is set (S4706), and then it is determined whether the extension flag 223p is set to ON (S4707). ), When it is determined that it is set to ON, that is, in the game per character executed by the ball winning the special electric operation port 643 in the game per game being executed at the end timing of the time saving state. If it is determined to be present (S4707: Yes), the extension flag 223p is set to off (S4708), and then this process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S4707 that the extension flag 223p is not on (S4707: No), the process of S4708 is skipped and the present process is terminated.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ็น้ปไฝๅใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็ตไบใณใใณใใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็ตไบใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็ตไบใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ตไบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S4705, if it is determined that the received command is not a special electric operation command (S4705: No), then it is determined whether or not the command related to the normal map received this time is the end command per normal figure (S4709). ). If it is determined that the received command is not a normal end command (S4709: No), this process is terminated as it is. If it is determined that the received command is a normal end command (S4709: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the extension flag 223p is on (S4710). If it is determined that the extension flag 223p is on (S4710: Yes), the extension flag 223p is set to off (S4711), a display command indicating the end of V rush is set (S4712), and the V rush flag 223q is set. It is set to off (S4713), and then this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็ตไบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S4710, it is determined that the extension flag 223p is off (S4710: No), a display command indicating the end per normal figure is set (S4714), and then this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅๆญขใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใๅปถ้ทใใใใใใซๅปถ้ทใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็น้ป้ๆใฎ้ฒ่ก็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใง๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใซๅบใฅใๆผๅบใๅชๅ ใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the game per normal figure is executed in the state where the final fluctuation of the special symbol in the time saving state is stopped, the extension flag 223p is set in order to extend the V rush effect. Set to on. Then, the end timing of the V rush effect is changed according to the progress of the special electric game executed based on the game per normal figure. Specifically, if the ball does not win the special electric operation port 643 in the game per normal figure, the V rush effect is ended at the end timing of the game per normal figure, and the ball moves to the special electric operation port 643. If a prize is won and a game per character is executed, the V rush effect is ended at the end timing of the game per character. When the ball wins the V winning opening 165 in the character-per-character game, the production based on the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is preferentially executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ฎๆใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to notify the player of the period during which the V jackpot game can be aimed regardless of the game state, so that the player can be provided with an easy-to-understand game.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฎใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๆงใ ใชใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 67, a hit-related process (S4219), which is one process in the command determination process (see FIG. 61) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described. FIG. 67 is a flowchart showing the contents of the hit-related process (S4219). In this hit-related process (S4219), as a result of the special symbol lottery, the third symbol display device 81 executes the effect display corresponding to the jackpot game or the bonus game that is executed when the jackpot or the character hit is won. This is a process for causing the game to be executed, and a process corresponding to various commands transmitted from the main control device 110 when a big hit or a winning prize is won is executed.
ๅ ใใฆใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ใฎๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎ่ณ็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ่ณ็ๆฐใณใใณใใ็คบใ่ณ็ๆฐใ็ดฏ็ฉใใ็ดฏ็ฉ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใ่กจ็คบ็จ่ณ็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ In addition, when a prize ball number command for indicating the number of prize balls acquired during a winning game (big hit game, game per character) is received, the number of prize balls indicated by the prize ball number command is accumulated. The process of setting the display prize ball number command based on the cumulative result is executed.
ๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the hit-related process (S4219), first, it is determined whether the command received by the command determination process (see FIG. 61) is a jackpot-related command (S4801). If it is determined that the received command is a jackpot-related command (S4801: Yes), the jackpot-related process is executed (S4802), and this process is terminated.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฎใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๆงใ ใชใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Here, the jackpot-related process (S4802), which is one of the hit-related processes (S4219 in FIG. 67) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described with reference to FIG. 68. FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing the contents of the jackpot-related processing (S4802). In the jackpot-related processing, processing is performed to cause the third symbol display device 81 to execute an effect display corresponding to the jackpot game executed when the jackpot is won, and when the jackpot is won, the main control device is used. Processing corresponding to various commands transmitted from 110 is executed.
ๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅไฟกใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใฎใณใใณใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใณใใณใ้ไฟก็จใฎใชใณใฐใใใใกใซ่จๆถใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ้ๅงใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ In the jackpot-related process (S4802), first, it is determined whether the hit-related command received by the hit-related process (S4801 in FIG. 67) is the jackpot start command (S4901). If it is determined that the jackpot start command is used (S4901: Yes), the jackpot start command for display is set (S4902). The display jackpot start command set here is stored in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 223, and is included in the command output process (S4102) of the main process (see FIG. 60) executed by the MPU 221. It is transmitted to the display control device 114. When the display control device 114 receives the display jackpot start command, the display control device 114 displays an effect suggesting the start of the jackpot on the third symbol display device 81.
ๆฌกใใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, it is determined whether or not the V rush flag 223q is on (S4903). When it is determined that the V rush flag 223q is on (S4903: Yes), it is determined whether the current jackpot is a special hit (big hit B) (S4911), and it is determined that the jackpot is a special hit (big hit B). In the case (S4911: Yes), the special hit flag 223n is set to off (S4912), and the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined in the processing of S4911 that the current jackpot is not a special hit (big hit B) (S4911: No), the processing of S4912 is skipped and the main processing is terminated as it is.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใใงไปไธใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆฝๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใๆฝๅบใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฏพ่ฑกใ้ธๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ธๅฎใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ธๅฎใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅซใพใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ฎๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฎๅบใใๅคๅๆ้ใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that the V rush flag 223q is off in the processing of S4903 (S4903: No), the number of time reductions given by the jackpot executed this time is extracted (S4904) and stored in the winning information storage area 223b. The special figure winning information is read out (S4905), the target is selected up to the number of time reductions extracted from the read special figure winning information (S4906), and the number of selected special figure winning information is stored in the unannounced pending number storage area 223k. (S4907), the fluctuation time included in the selected special figure winning information is calculated (S4908), the calculated fluctuation time is stored in the unreported period storage area 223j (S4909), and the V rush flag 223q is turned on. Set (S4910), and then end this process.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใจใใฆใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ้ไฟกใใฆใใใใใๅไฟกใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใณใใณใใใผใฟใฎๅฎน้ใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฐใใชใฉใฆใณใใ้ๅงใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใใฉใฆใณใๆดๆฐใณใใณใใจใใฆ้ไฟกใใๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฉใฆใณใๆดๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅไฟกใใใฉใฆใณใๆดๆฐใณใใณใใฎๆฐใ่็ฉใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐ่็ฉใซใฆใณใฟใ่จญใใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐ่็ฉใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง็พๅจใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ็ฎๅบใใ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4901 when it is determined that the jackpot start command has not been received (S4901: No), then it is determined whether or not the round number command has been received (S4913). When the number of rounds command is received (S4913: Yes), the number of display rounds command is set based on the number of rounds (S4914), and this process ends. In the present embodiment, since the main control device 110 transmits information indicating the number of rounds as the number of rounds command, the number of rounds command for display is set based on the received number of rounds command. In order to reduce the amount of command data transmitted from the control device 110, the voice lamp control device is configured to transmit information indicating that a new round has been started from the main control device 110 as a round update command. When a round update command is received in the RAM 223 of 113, a round number accumulation counter for accumulating the number of received round update commands is provided, and the current round is performed on the voice lamp controller 113 side based on the value of the round number accumulation counter. It may be configured to calculate the number and set the display round number command.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4913, when it is determined that the round number command has not been received (S4913: No), it is determined whether or not the jackpot end command has been received (S4915). If it is determined that the jackpot end command has not been received (S4915: No), this process ends as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the jackpot end command has been received (S4915: Yes), the jackpot end process is executed (S4916), and this process is terminated.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 69, the jackpot end process (S4919), which is one of the jackpot related processes (S4802 in FIG. 68) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described. FIG. 69 is a flowchart showing the contents of the jackpot end processing (S4919).
ๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใใงไปไธใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆธไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅฐใใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใ๏ผไธไนใใใใๅคๅๆ้ๆ ๅ ฑใ็กใใใ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จไธไนใ็กใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the jackpot end processing (S4919), the number of time reductions given by the jackpot executed this time is set in the look-ahead counter 223h (S5001), and the value of the notified pending number storage area 223s is subtracted from the value of the look-ahead counter 223h (S5001). S5002), and then read out the value stored in the unannounced hold number storage area 223k (S5003). Next, it is determined whether or not the value of the unannounced hold number storage area 223k is 1 or more (S5004). If it is determined that the value of the unannounced hold number storage area 223k is smaller than 1 (0) (S5004: No), an additional notification effect is executed on the ending screen of the jackpot game (see FIG. 15A). Since it is in a state where it cannot be added (because there is no variable time information to be added), a command without addition for display is set (S5014), and then this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅใซ็จใใใใฆใใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅไฟ็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใฎใใกใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๆธ็ฎใใใๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the processing of S5004, when it is determined that the value of the unannounced hold number storage area 223k is 1 or more (S5004: Yes), that is, information indicating the fluctuation time that can be additionally notified (used for additional notification). If there is no special symbol fluctuation time information), the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is subtracted according to the read value (S5005), and among the values stored in the unreported hold number storage area 223k, S5005 The value corresponding to the value subtracted in the process is cleared (S5006), and the fluctuation time stored in the unreported period storage area 223j is read out (S5007).
ใใฎๅพใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใฎไธญใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅซใพใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคๅๆ็ฐกใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จไธไนใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅ ฑ็ฅๆ้ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎใใกใไปๅไปๅใฎไธไนใๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ้ใใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ After that, it is determined whether or not the winning information (special figure reservation information) included in the winning information storage area 223b includes the winning information indicating the winning of the special hit (big hit B) (S5008), and the winning information is included. If it is determined that there is no such information (S5008: No), an additional display command corresponding to the read variable time is set (S5009), and among the variable times stored in the unreported period storage area 223j, this time. The period corresponding to the fluctuation time used for the additional effect is cleared (S5010), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใคใพใใๆฌกใ ใ ๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใจใใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใจใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็๏ผๅๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅ็ฎใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใฃใใจใใฆใใๆฌกๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใๆฌกใ ๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใๅ็ฎใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎใฟใไธไนใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใง็จใใใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S5008, when it is determined that the winning information storage area 223b contains the winning information indicating the winning of the special hit (big hit B) (S5008: Yes), until the special hit fluctuation ends. A display command corresponding to the fluctuation time is set (S5011). In other words, if the special symbol fluctuations that are executed one after another are special symbol fluctuations that correspond to the special winning, even if the fluctuation time for four special symbol reservations is added up as an additional notification effect, it can be notified. Even if it is, only the fluctuation time that is the sum of the fluctuation time of the next special symbol fluctuation, the fluctuation time of the next special symbol fluctuation, and the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation (special hit fluctuation) corresponding to the special winning. Is used in the additional notification effect.
ใใใซใ็นๆฎใขใผใ๏ผๅคฉๅฝใขใผใ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๆฎๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Further, a display command indicating the special mode (heaven mode) is set (S5012), the special hit flag 223n is set to on (S5013), and the process proceeds to the above-described S5010 process.
ใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆ็นใง็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็ๅ ใซ็นๆฎๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็นๆฎใขใผใ๏ผๅคฉๅฝใขใผใ๏ผใธใฎ็งป่กใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบใจใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๆฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็นๆฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใฏใๅๅบฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎๅฟใใฆๅคฉๅฝใขใผใไธญใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใ็นๆฎๅฝใใๅคๅใใๅพใซไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใ็กใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใฎๆ้ใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใง้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, if there is winning information indicating the winning of the special hit (big hit B) in the hold of the special symbol at the end of the jackpot game, the special mode (heaven mode) is entered as shown in FIG. 17 (a). The effect of notifying the transition of the above and the fluctuation time "220 seconds" until the end of the special hit fluctuation will be displayed. Therefore, it is possible to inform the player of the period until the special hit game (the jackpot game in which the jackpot B is set) is executed in an easy-to-understand manner. In addition, after the special hit game is completed, the time saving state is set again, so that the player can play the game in the heaven mode with peace of mind. Furthermore, since the player is not notified of the fluctuation time of the special symbol that is held and stored after the special hit fluctuation, the period of the time saving state (V rush) set after the jackpot game ends is until the jackpot game ends. It can be difficult for the player to understand.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Returning to FIG. 67, the description will be continued. If it is determined in the process of S4801 that the received command is not a jackpot-related command (S4801: No), it is determined whether the received command is a character-per-feature-related command (S4803). If it is determined that the received command is a character-per-character-related command (S4803: Yes), the character-per-character-related process (S4804) is executed, and this process is terminated.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฎใงใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๆงใ ใชใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 70, the accessory hit-related process (S4804), which is one of the hit-related processes (S4219 in FIG. 67) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described. FIG. 70 is a flowchart showing the contents of the accessory per-related process (S4804). In the character hit-related processing, processing is performed to cause the third symbol display device 81 to execute an effect display corresponding to the character hit game that is executed when the character hit is executed. Is executed, processing corresponding to various commands transmitted from the main control device 110 is executed.
ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅไฟกใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใฎใณใใณใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the accessory-hit-related process (S4804), first, it is determined whether the hit-related command received by the hit-related process (S4219 in FIG. 67) is the accessory-hit start command (S5101).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined that the bonus hit start command has been received in the process of S5101 (S5101: Yes), the display bonus hit start command is set (S5102), and this process ends.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the process of S5101, when it is determined that the received command is not the bonus hit start command (S5101: No), then it is determined whether the received command is the V entrance passage command (S5103). ..
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S5103, when it is determined that the V entrance passage command has been received (S5103: Yes), a winning command per display accessory is set (S5104), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ๏ผถๅ ฅๅฃ้้ใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the process of S5103, when it is determined that the received command is not the V entrance passing command (S5103: No), then it is determined whether the received command is the V passing command (S5105).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จ๏ผถๅฝใใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that the V passage command has been received in the process of S5105 (S5105: Yes), a command per V for display is set (S5106), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ๏ผถ้้ใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S5105, when it is determined that the received command is not a V-passing command (S5105: No), then it is determined whether the received command is an ending command (S5107). If it is determined that the received command is not the ending command (S5107: No), this process ends as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received command is the ending command (S5107: Yes), the display ending command is set (S5108), and this process ends.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ่ณ็ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใฉใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใ่ณ็ใณใใณใใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใ่ณ็ใณใใณใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใ่ณ็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใๅพใฎ่ณ็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จ่ณ็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Returning to FIG. 67, the description will be continued. In the process of S4803, when it is determined that the received command is not a per-feature related command (S4803: No), it is determined whether or not the prize ball command has been received (S4805). If it is determined that the received command is not a prize ball command (S4805: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the received command is a prize ball command (S4805: Yes), the value corresponding to the received command is added to the value of the prize ball counter (not shown) (S4806). The display prize ball number command corresponding to the value of the prize ball number counter after the addition is set (S4807), and this process is terminated.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้๏ผๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้๏ผไธญใซๅไฟกใใ่ณ็ๆฐใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ่ณ็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใซใฆ็ดฏ็ฉใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไธญใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆผๅบไธญใซใ่ณ็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎ็ดฏ็ฉๅคใซๅฟใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ Although detailed description is omitted, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the number of prize balls corresponding to the prize ball number command received during the period (advantageous continuation period) in which the V rush flag 223q is set to ON. Is configured to be accumulated by the prize ball counter. Then, during the hit game (big hit game, game per character) or during the V rush production, information indicating the number of prize balls according to the cumulative value of the prize ball counter is displayed (FIG. 12). (C) Display area HR2).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้๏ผไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ็ๆฐใฎ็ดฏ่จใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the player is notified in an easy-to-understand manner of the cumulative number of balls acquired during the period from the time saving state (V rush) to the end of the V rush (advantageous continuation period). Can be done.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใฎ็ดฏ่จๅคใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆงๆใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใง็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใง็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใจใๅบๅใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ่ณ็ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๆ็นใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใๅพ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆๆฏใซ่ณ็ๆฐใ็ดฏ็ฉใใๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใๅฎนๆใซๅบๅใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the cumulative value of the number of prize balls acquired during the advantageous continuation period is displayed during the advantageous continuation period, but the number of prize balls acquired during the advantageous continuation period can be notified to the player. For example, the number of prize balls won in the jackpot game and the number of prize balls won in the game per character may be displayed separately during the advantageous continuation period. .. In this case, the winning game state (during big hit, during winning the accessory) at the time when the prize ball command is received is determined based on the information set in the subordinate state setting area 223 g, and the number of prize balls is accumulated for each determination result. It is advisable to provide a means to do so. As a result, the number of prize balls acquired during the advantageous continuation period can be easily classified.
ใใใซใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ๅ ใซใใใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆๆ้๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใจใๆฌกใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๆ้ใจใๅใใใๆ้๏ผใซใใใฆ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ็ดฏ็ฉใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผๅใฎ้ๆๆ้ๅ ใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใฎ็ดฏ็ฉๆฐใๅฑฅๆญดๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆ่จๆถใใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฎ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅฑฅๆญด่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Furthermore, the number of prize balls acquired in one game period (the period obtained by combining the jackpot game period and the latent state period until the next jackpot game is executed) within the advantageous continuation period is accumulated and displayed. It may be configured as follows. In this case, it is preferable to provide a storage means for storing the cumulative number of prize balls acquired during one game period as history information, and to display the information stored in the storage means in the history.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซใใใฆ็น้ป้ๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๆฐใ็ดฏ็ฉ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ๅ ใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใ็ดฏ็ฉ่กจ็คบใใๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๆฝ้ธ็ขบ็ใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the number of V jackpot games executed based on the special electric game during the V rush period is cumulatively displayed (see the display area HR1 in FIG. 12C). Not limited to, as described above, when the configuration of cumulatively displaying the number of prize balls acquired within the advantageous continuation period is used, the number of times the lottery result of the special symbol becomes the lottery result (big hit) which is advantageous to the player. , Or the lottery probability that the lottery result of the special symbol becomes the lottery result (big hit) that is advantageous to the player may be displayed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใๆๅฉ็ถ็ถๆ้ไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ๆฐใจใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it becomes possible for the player to analyze the lottery result of the special symbol executed during the advantageous continuation period and the number of prize balls acquired during the advantageous continuation period, and the game is enthusiastically played. Can be done.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใพใใๆฝๅบใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 71, the variation display setting process (S4113) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 71 is a flowchart showing this variation display setting process (S4113). This variation display setting process (S4113 in FIG. 71) is one process (see FIG. 60) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113. As described above, the variation display setting process (S4113 in FIG. 71) is based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110 in order to display the variation display effect on the third symbol display device 81. A display variation pattern command is set, and a process of transmitting the command to the display control device 114 is executed. Further, based on the extracted stop types (big hit A to big hit C), a process of setting a display special figure stop type command for notifying the display control device 114 of the stop type is executed.
ๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฎใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the variation display setting process (S4113), first, it is determined whether or not the special figure variation start flag 223d provided in the RAM 223 is set to ON (S5201). Then, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is off (S5201: No), the special figure fluctuation pattern command has not been received from the main control device 110, so the process proceeds to S5205. .. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is on (S5201: Yes), the special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is set to off (S5202).
ใใใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใๆฝๅบใใๅคๅๆผๅบใซ้ขใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Then, in the process of S4302 of the special figure variation start process (see S4204 of FIG. 62) executed in the command determination process (see S4112 of FIG. 61), the variation effect extracted from the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110. Based on the fluctuation pattern related to, the fluctuation pattern command for displaying the special symbol is set (S5203), the value of the special symbol reservation ball number counter 223c is subtracted by 1 (S5204), and the process proceeds to S5205.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใใฎๅ็จฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ป้ข๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใไฝๆใใใ The display variation pattern command set in the process of S5203 is output to the display control device 114 in the command output process (S4102 in FIG. 60) executed in the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113. NS. The display control device 114 creates display data to be displayed in the display area (display screen) of the third symbol display device 81 based on the received display variation pattern command and various display commands for indicating the game state.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใใใฎใพใพ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S5205, it is determined whether the stop type selection flag 223e is set to ON (S5205), and if it is determined that the stop type selection flag 223e is not set to ON (S5205: No), the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is set to on (S5205: Yes), the stop type selection flag 223e is set to off (S5206), the extracted stop type is set as it is (S5207), and the special figure for display is stopped. Set the type command (S5208), and end this process.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆดๆฐๅพใฎใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Next, the effect update process (S4111) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 72. FIG. 72 is a flowchart showing this effect update process (S4111). This effect update process (S4111) is one process (see FIG. 60) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and updates the values of various counters set during the V rush period. , The process for setting the effect mode based on the updated counter value is executed.
ๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใไธญๆญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ็กใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the effect update process (S4111), first, it is determined whether the interruption flag 223m is set to ON (S5300), and if the interruption flag 223m is set to ON (S5300: Yes), the process proceeds to S5309. Then, this process is terminated. On the other hand, when the interruption flag 223m is not set to ON, that is, when the special symbol variation is not interrupted (S5300: No), then it is determined whether or not the value of the variation time counter 223r is larger than 0. (S5301). If it is determined that the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r is not larger than 0 (0) (S5301: No), the process proceeds to S5309. When it is determined that the value of the fluctuation time counter is larger than 0 (S5301: Yes), the value of the fluctuation time counter is updated (S5302), and then it is determined whether or not the value of the time saving period counter 223i is larger than 0. (S5303). If it is determined that the value of the time saving period counter 223i is 0 (S5303: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆดๆฐๅพใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดๆฐๅพใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใฏใไปใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใจๅๆงใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝๆใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ On the other hand, in the processing of S5303, when it is determined that the value of the time saving period counter 223i is larger than 0 (S5303: Yes), the value of the time saving period counter 223i is updated (S5304), and then the updated time saving period counter 223i is updated. It is determined whether or not the value of is 0 (S5305). When it is determined that the value of the time saving period counter 223i after the update is not 0 (S5305: No), a display command corresponding to the value of the time saving period counter 223i is set (S5306). The display command set here is sent to the display control device 114 in the command output process (see S4102 in FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113 in the same manner as the other display commands. Is output. Then, image data is created by the display control device 114 and displayed as a display mode of the timer 812 displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 during the V rush (see FIG. 13A).
ๆฌกใใงใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆฎๆ้๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆฎๆ้๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฐใชใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ไฟกใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅฐใชใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใ้ธๆใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใๅบๆฅใใ Next, it is determined whether or not the value of the fluctuation time counter is a value indicating the remaining period of 5 seconds (S5307). In the process of S5307, when it is determined that the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r is a value indicating the remaining period of 5 seconds (S5307: Yes), a display command indicating that the remaining fluctuation time is short is set (S5308). The process proceeds to S5309. When a display command is set in the process of S5308, it is transmitted to the display control device 114 in the command output process (S4102 of FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113, and is transmitted to the player. On the other hand, an effect mode (for example, an unlucky effect) for showing that the remaining time of the special symbol change during execution is small is set. As a result, the player can play the game while selecting whether or not to execute the special electric game for executing the V jackpot game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฐใชใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅใซใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฐใชใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใจๆฑบๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฐใชใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅฐใชใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใขใณใฉใใญใผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ๏ผ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใใ็ญใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅคๅฅใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this embodiment, when the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is 5 seconds (S5307: Yes), a display command indicating that the remaining change time is short is set. However, not limited to this, for example, before executing the process of S5308, a lottery process for determining whether or not to set a display command indicating that the remaining fluctuation time is small is executed, and the lottery process is executed. It may be configured to set a display command indicating that the remaining fluctuation time is small only when the result of is determined to set a display command. With this configuration, the effect mode (for example, unlucky effect) for showing that the remaining time of the special symbol change during execution is small is not set (unlucky effect on the third symbol display device 81). Is not executed), it is possible for the player to make it difficult for the player to determine whether the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is long or short.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆฎๆ้๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๆฌกๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ็คบใ็งๆฐ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎ็งๆฐ๏ผใซ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅ ็ฎใใๅคใฎใปใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๆฌกๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใ็งๆฐใใใๅคงใใใ๏ผ้ทใใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Further, in the processing of S5307, when it is determined that the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r indicates the remaining period of 5 seconds and is not a value (S5307: No), the fluctuation time of the next fluctuation (executed next) from the winning information storage area 223b. (Fluctuation time of special symbol fluctuation) is read out (S5313), and the value obtained by adding 10 seconds to the number of seconds indicated by the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r (the number of remaining seconds of special symbol fluctuation during execution) is the processing of S5313. It is determined whether it is larger (longer) than the number of seconds indicating the fluctuation time of the next fluctuation read out (S5314).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ็คบใ็งๆฐ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎ็งๆฐ๏ผใซ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅ ็ฎใใๅคใฎใปใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๆฌกๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใ็งๆฐใใใๅคงใใ๏ผ้ทใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใฎ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ถๆณใๅณใกใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใๆใ็ถๆณใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ็คบใ็งๆฐ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎ็งๆฐ๏ผใซ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅ ็ฎใใๅคใฎใปใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๆฌกๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใ็งๆฐใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ็ญใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the processing of S5314, the value obtained by adding 10 seconds to the number of seconds indicated by the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r (the number of remaining seconds of the special symbol fluctuation during execution) indicates the fluctuation time of the next fluctuation read in the processing of S5313. When it is determined that the number of seconds is larger (longer) than the number of seconds (S5314: Yes), the current situation is advantageous to the player, that is, when the V jackpot game is executed, the V set after the V jackpot game ends. A display command indicating a lucky time for notifying the player that the rush period is likely to be long is set (S5315), and the process proceeds to S5309. On the other hand, in the processing of S5314, the value obtained by adding 10 seconds to the number of seconds indicated by the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r (the number of remaining seconds of the special symbol fluctuation during execution) is the fluctuation time of the next fluctuation read in the processing of S5313. If it is determined that the number of seconds is not larger (shorter) than the number of seconds indicating (S5314: No), the process of S5315 is skipped and the process proceeds to S5309.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ไฟกใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซใใๆๅฉใจใชใๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใซใชใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ้ทใๅ ดๅใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใๆ้ใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใซใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซ้ขใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎ็งๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใใฆใ่ฏใใ When a display command is set in the process of S5315, it is transmitted to the display control device 114 in the command output process (S4102 of FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113, and is transmitted to the display control device 114 (FIG. 60). The display mode of the lucky time effect shown in b) is set. With this configuration, the player can grasp the period that is more advantageous to the player during the V rush period, so that it is possible to prevent the game from becoming monotonous during the V rush period. In the present embodiment, as a trigger for executing the lucky time effect, a case where the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is 10 seconds or more longer than the fluctuation time of the next special symbol change is set. Without limitation, it suffices if the player can be notified of the period during which the remaining fluctuation time becomes longer when the special symbol fluctuation is interrupted by the lucky time production. For example, the execution is performed regardless of the fluctuation time of the next special symbol fluctuation. The determination that the remaining period of the special symbol variation is equal to or longer than a predetermined number of seconds (for example, 50 seconds) may be used as an opportunity to execute the lucky time effect.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ็คบใ็งๆฐ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎ็งๆฐ๏ผใซ๏ผ๏ผ็งใๅ ็ฎใใๅคใฎใปใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๆฌกๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใ็งๆฐใใใๅคงใใ๏ผ้ทใ๏ผๅ ดๅใซใๅฟ ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅใซใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใจๆฑบๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ๏ผ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใใ็ญใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅคๅฅใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, in the processing of S5314, the value obtained by adding 10 seconds to the number of seconds indicated by the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r (the number of remaining seconds of the special symbol fluctuation during execution) was read out in the processing of S5313. It is configured to always execute the processing of S5315 when it is larger (longer) than the number of seconds indicating the fluctuation time of the next fluctuation, but the processing is not limited to this, for example, before executing the processing of S5315. The remaining variation time is long only when the lottery process for deciding whether or not to set the display command indicating that the remaining fluctuation time is long is executed and the result of the lottery process determines that the display command is set. It may be configured to set a display command indicating that. With this configuration, the effect mode (for example, lucky time effect) for indicating that the remaining time of the special symbol change during execution is long is not set (lucky time effect on the third symbol display device 81). Is not executed), it is possible for the player to make it difficult for the player to determine whether the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution is long or short.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆดๆฐๅพใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใชใใซใ้ขใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ถ็ถใฎใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใฏใไปใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใจๅๆงใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝๆใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆดๆฐใใใชใๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S5305, when it is determined that the value of the time saving period counter 223i after the update is 0 (S5305: Yes), it is determined whether or not the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is larger than 0 (S5310). When it is determined that the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is larger than 0 (S5310: Yes), the special symbol change is not executed even though the end condition of the time saving state is not satisfied. A display command indicating "???" for continuation is set (S5311), and the process proceeds to S5309. The display command set in the process of S5311 is the display control device in the command output process (see S4102 of FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113, like other display commands. It is output to 114. Then, image data is created by the display control device 114, and a display mode (see FIG. 19A) indicating that the time saving end condition is not updated during the V rush is displayed.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅ ่ชญใฟใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ็ตไบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใฎไปใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S5310, when it is determined that the value of the look-ahead counter 223h is 0 (S5310: No), a display command indicating the end of V rush is set (S5312), and the V rush flag 223q is set to off. Then, the process proceeds to S5309. In the process of S5309, another effect update process is executed (S5309), and this process is terminated.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅๅถๅพกใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจใใฆใฏๅคงๅฅใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ
ฅๅพใใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใจใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใฎๆคๅบใซๅใใใฆใใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใชใใใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใจ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใฎๆคๅบใจใๅๆใซ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็ใๅชๅ
็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใฎๅ
ๅฎนใ็ด ๆฉใๅๆ ใใฆใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the display control device in the first embodiment>
Next, each control executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114 will be described with reference to FIGS. 73 to 87. The processing of the MPU 231 is roughly divided into a main processing that is repeatedly executed after the power is turned on, a command interrupt processing that is executed when a command is received from the voice lamp control device 113, and one frame of the image controller 237. There is a V interrupt process executed when the MPU 231 detects a V interrupt signal transmitted every 20 milliseconds when the image drawing process is completed. Normally, the MPU 231 executes the main process, and executes the command interrupt process and the V interrupt process in accordance with the reception of the command and the detection of the V interrupt signal. When the command reception and the V interrupt signal detection are performed at the same time, the command reception process is preferentially executed. As a result, the content of the command received from the voice lamp control device 113 can be quickly reflected, and the V interrupt process can be executed.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 73, the main process executed by the MPU 231 in the display control device 114 will be described. FIG. 73 is a flowchart showing this main process. The main process is to execute the initialization process when the power is turned on.
ใใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎ่ตทๅใฏใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไปฅไธใฎๆตใใซๅพใฃใฆ่กใใใใ้ปๆบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใใ่งฃ้คใใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใใผใใฆใงใขๆงๆใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฆ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฎใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใงใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใใจใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผๅฝไปคใณใผใ๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅใๅใฃใๅฝไปคใณใผใใใใงใใใใใใฎใใงใใใใๅฝไปคใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใ้ๅงใใใใจใงใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใ่ตทๅใใใ Specifically, the activation of this main process is performed according to the following flow. When the power is turned on from the power supply device 115 to the display control device 114 and the system reset is released, the MPU 231 sets the instruction pointer 231a provided in the MPU 231 to "0000H" according to its hardware configuration. , The address "0000H" indicated by the instruction pointer 231a is specified for the bus line 240. When the ROM controller 234b of the character ROM 234 detects that the address specified in the bus line 240 is "0000H", the ROM controller 234b sets the boot program stored in the first program storage area 234d1 of the NOR type ROM 234d in the buffer RAM 234c. , The corresponding data (instruction code) is output to MPU231. Then, the MPU 231 fetches the instruction code received from the character ROM 234 and starts the execution of the process according to the fetched instruction to start the main process.
ใใใงใไปฎใซใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใงใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใใจใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผๅฝไปคใณใผใ๏ผใๅซใ๏ผใใผใธๅใฎใใผใฟใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใชใใใฐใชใใชใใใใใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆง่ณชไธใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎใปใใใซๅคๅคงใชๆ้ใ่ฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใฆใใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝไปคใณใผใใๅใๅใใพใงใซๅคใใฎๅพ ใกๆ้ใๆถ่ฒปใใใใจใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ตทๅใซใใใๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใฎใงใ็ตๆใจใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใๅณๅบงใซ้ๅงใใใชใใใใใใใใจใใๅ้ก็นใ็ใใใ Here, if all the boot programs first processed by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released are stored in the NAND flash memory 234a, the character ROM 234 indicates that the address specified for the bus line 240 is "0000H". When it is detected, one page of data including the data (instruction code) corresponding to the address "0000H" must be read from the NAND flash memory 234a and set in the buffer RAM 234c. Then, due to the nature of the NAND flash memory 234a, it takes a long time to set the buffer RAM 234c from its read, so the MPU 231 specifies the address "0000H" and then receives the instruction code corresponding to the address "0000H". It will consume a lot of waiting time. Therefore, it takes a long time to start the MPU 231. As a result, there is a problem that the control of the third symbol display device 81 in the display control device 114 may not be started immediately.
ใใใซๅฏพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใในใๅฝไปคใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎๅฝไปคใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใจใซใใใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใฏ้ซ้ใซใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใกใขใชใงใใใใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅณๅบงใซ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผๅฝไปคใณใผใ๏ผใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅบๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใๆๅฎใใฆใใ็ญใๆ้ใงใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝไปคใณใผใใๅใๅใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎ่ตทๅใ็ญๆ้ใง่กใใใจใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆ ผ็ดใใฆใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใๅณๅบงใซ้ๅงใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, as in the present embodiment, the NOR type ROM has a high speed because a predetermined number of instructions from the instruction to be processed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released are stored in the NOR type ROM 234d. Since it is a memory capable of reading data, when the address "0000H" is specified from the MPU 231 via the bus line 240 after the system reset is released, the character ROM 234 immediately shifts to the first program storage area 234d1 of the NOR type ROM 234d. The stored boot program can be set in the buffer RAM 234c, and the corresponding data (instruction code) can be output to the MPU 231. Therefore, since the MPU 231 can receive the instruction code corresponding to the address "0000H" in a short time after designating the address "0000H", the MPU 231 can start the main process in a short time. Therefore, even if the control program is stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the control of the third symbol display device 81 in the display control device 114 can be started immediately.
ไปฅไธใฎใใใซใใฆใกใคใณๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใผใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ตทๅใใใ When the main process is executed as described above, first, the boot process executed by the boot program is executed (S6001), and the display control device 114 enables various controls for the third symbol display device 81 to be executed. To start.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใผใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใผใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Here, the boot process (S6001) will be described with reference to FIG. 74. FIG. 74 is a flowchart showing a boot process (S6001) executed in the main process in the MPU 231 of the display control device 114.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใฏใๅพๆฅใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎใใใซๅฐ็จใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใ่จญใใฆ่จๆถใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎใใผใฟใ่จๆถใใใใใใซ่จญใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใใใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐ้ข็ฉใงๅคงๅฎน้ๅใๅณใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใงใชใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ็ญใๅๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใไธๆนใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ็ญใ่จๆถใใๅฐ็จใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญใ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้จๅ็นๆฐใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๅๆธใงใใใปใใ้จๅๆฐๅขๅ ใซใใๆ ้็บ็็ใฎๅขๅ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the control program and the fixed value data executed by the MPU 231 are not stored in the third symbol display device 81 by providing a dedicated program ROM as in the conventional game machine. It is stored in the character ROM 234 provided for storing the data of the image to be displayed. Since the character ROM 234 is composed of a NAND flash memory 234a capable of increasing the capacity in a small area, it is possible to sufficiently store not only the image data but also the control program and the like, while controlling the character ROM 234. It is not necessary to provide a dedicated program ROM for storing programs and the like. Therefore, the number of parts in the display control device 114 can be reduced, the manufacturing cost can be reduced, and the increase in the failure occurrence rate due to the increase in the number of parts can be suppressed.
ไธๆนใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใชใฏใ็นใซใฉใณใใ ใขใฏใปในใ่กใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใ้ ใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ็ดๆฅ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅฆ็ใใฆใใฆใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆ้ซๆง่ฝใฎใใญใปใใตใ็จใใฆใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใๆชๅใใใฆใใพใใใใใใใใใใใงใๆฌใใผใๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ๅใณๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใใ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใๆ ผ็ดใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ On the other hand, since the NAND flash memory has a slow read speed especially when performing random access, if the MPU 231 directly reads and processes the control program and fixed value data stored in the NAND flash memory 234a, the MPU 231 is used. Even if a high-performance processor is used, the processing performance of the display control device 114 may be deteriorated. Therefore, in this boot process, the control program and fixed value data stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the NAND flash memory 234a are stored in the program storage area 233a and the data table provided in the work RAM 233 configured by the DRAM. The process of transferring to the storage area 233b and storing the data is executed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใผใใฆใงใขใซใใๅไฝใซๅบใฅใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใปใใใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใง่ปข้ใใใๆๅฎ้ใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅซใพใใใ Specifically, first, based on the above-mentioned operation by the hardware of the MPU 231 and the character ROM 234, after the system reset is released, the program is read from the first program storage area 234d1 of the NOR type ROM 234d and set in the buffer RAM 234c according to the boot program. 2 Of the control programs stored in the program storage area 234a1, only a predetermined amount is transferred to the program storage area 233a (S6101). The predetermined amount of control programs transferred here includes the remaining boot programs that are not stored in the first program storage area 234d1.
ใใใฆใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใๅณใกใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใซใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅซใพใใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กใ้ๅงใใใ Then, the instruction pointer 231a is set to the first predetermined address of the program storage area 233a, that is, the start address of the remaining boot program stored in the program storage area 233a (S6102). As a result, the MPU 231 starts executing the remaining boot programs included in the control program transferred and stored in the program storage area 233a by the process of S6101.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใชใใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใชใใๅณใกใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅฝไปคใใงใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅฝไปคใใงใใใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใใใ้ซ้ใซ่ชญใฟๅบใๅไฝใ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ซ้ใซๅฝไปคใใใงใใใใใใฎๅฝไปคใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, by setting the instruction pointer 231a to a predetermined address of the program storage area 233a by the process of S6102, the MPU 231 executes various processes while reading the control program stored in the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233. become. That is, the MPU 231 does not read the control program from the NAND flash memory 234a having the second program storage area 234a1 and fetch the instruction, but reads the control program transferred to the work RAM 233 having the program storage area 233a and fetches the instruction. And execute various processes. As described above, since the work RAM 233 is composed of the DRAM, the read operation is performed at high speed. Therefore, even when the control program is stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the MPU 231 can fetch the instruction at high speed and execute the processing for the instruction.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็ถใใฆใใใฎ่จญๅฎใใใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใ้ๅงใใใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆช่ปข้ใงใใๆฎใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใจๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใจใใๆๅฎ้ใใคใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใฏใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใณไธ้จใฎๅบๅฎใใผใฟใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใพใใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใฎใใกไธ่ฟฐใฎๅ็จฎใใผใฟใใผใใซ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซ๏ผใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใ When the instruction pointer 231a is set by the process of S6102, it is subsequently stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the NAND flash memory 234a according to the remaining boot programs whose execution is started by the set instruction pointer 231a. The remaining control programs and fixed value data that have not been transferred to the program storage area 233a among the control programs are transferred to the program storage area 233a or the data table storage area 233b by a predetermined amount (S6103). Specifically, the control program and some fixed data are stored in the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233, and the above-mentioned various data tables (display data table, transfer data table) among the fixed value data are stored in the data table. Transfer to the storage area 233b.
ใใใฆใใใผใๅฆ็ใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่ก๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅพใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใๅณใกใใใฎใใผใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใในใๅๆๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใง๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅฎ่กใ็ตใใๆฌใใผใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, after executing other processing necessary for the boot processing (S6104), the instruction pointer 231a is executed at the second predetermined address of the program storage area 233a, that is, after the boot processing (see S6001 in FIG. 73) is completed. By setting the start address of the program corresponding to the power initialization process (see S6002 in FIG. 73) (S6105), the execution of the boot program is completed, and the present boot process is completed.
ใใฎใใใซใใใผใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ๅใณๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใฏใๅ จใฆ๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใณใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใใฆใใใผใๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๆใซใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไธ่ฟฐใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ็ชๅฐใซ่จญๅฎใใใไปฅๅพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใใใจใชใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ็จใใฆๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ By executing the boot process (S6001) in this way, the control program and the fixed value data stored in the second program storage area 234a1 of the NAND flash memory 234a are all stored in the work RAM 233 configured by the DRAM. It is transferred to and stored in the program storage area 233a and the data table storage area 233b. Then, at the end of the boot process, the instruction pointer 231a is set to the above-mentioned second predetermined address, and thereafter, the MPU 231 transfers the control program transferred to the program storage area 233a without referring to the NAND flash memory 234a. Use to perform various processes.
ใใฃใฆใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซใใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅใณใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใ้ซ้ใช๏ผค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅบๅฎๅคใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆๅ็จฎๅถๅพกใ่กใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ้ซใๅฆ็ๆง่ฝใไฟใคใใจใใงใใ่ฃๅฉๆผๅบ้จใ็จใใฆๅคๆงๅใ่ค้ๅใใใๆผๅบใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, even when the control program is stored in the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the control program and the fixed value data are stored in the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233 and the program storage area 233a after the system reset is released. By transferring to the data table storage area 233b, the MPU 231 can read a control program or fixed value data from a work RAM composed of a DRAM having a high read speed and perform various controls. High processing performance can be maintained, and diversified and complicated effects can be easily executed by using the auxiliary effect unit.
ไธๆนใ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใซใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆๅใซๅฆ็ใในใๅฝไปคใใๆๅฎๆฐใฎๅฝไปคใๆ ผ็ดใใฆใใใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใคใใฆใฏใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใ็ขบๅฎใซใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฅตใใฆๅฐๅฎน้ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผฏ๏ผฒๅ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใ ใใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ตทๅใ็ญๆ้ใง่กใใใจใใงใใใใใซใชใใฎใงใใใฎ็ญๆ้ๅใซไผดใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใณในใๅขๅ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, instead of storing all the boot programs in the NOR type ROM 234d, a predetermined number of instructions are stored from the instruction to be processed first by the MPU 231 after the system reset is released, and the remaining boot programs are stored in the NAND flash memory 234a. Even if the program is stored in the second program storage area 234a1, the control program stored in the second program storage area 234a1 can be reliably transferred to the program storage area 233a. Therefore, the character ROM 234 can start the MPU 231 in a short time only by adding an extremely small capacity NOR type ROM 234d, so that the cost increase of the character ROM 234 due to the shortening of the time can be suppressed. Can be done.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใผใๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใๆๅฎ้ใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆๅซใพใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใๅฟ ใใใใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใๆๅฎ้ใฎๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็ถใใฆๅฆ็ใในใใใผใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธ้จใจใใฆใใใใใใใง่ปข้ใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใๅ จใฆๅซใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๆดใซใใใใซใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใใใใใใใฆใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฎใๅ จใฆใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ In the boot process shown in FIG. 74, the predetermined amount of control programs transferred to the program storage area 233a by the process of S6101 includes all the remaining boot programs that are not stored in the first program storage area 234d1. Although configured, the control program is not necessarily limited to this, and a predetermined amount of control programs transferred to the program storage area 233a by the processing of S6101 is a boot program that executes a boot processing to be processed following the processing of S6102. May be part of. The boot program transferred here transfers the control program including all the remaining boot programs to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount, and further, the start address of the boot program stored in the program storage area 233a is indicated by an instruction pointer. The process set in 231a may be executed. Then, the processes of S6103 to S6105 may be executed by all the remaining boot programs stored in the program storage area 233a.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่ปข้ใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธ้จใๆดใซๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใ็ถใใฆใใใใซใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใใใใใพใใใใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใไธ้จใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฏใๆดใซๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธ้จใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใ็ถใใฆใใใใซใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใใใใใใใฆใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธ้จใๆๅฎ้ใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใ็ถใใฆใใใใซใใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅฝไปคใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅซใใฆ่คๆฐๅ็นฐใ่ฟใใๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ Further, the boot program transferred by the process of S6101 further transfers a part of the remaining boot program to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount, and subsequently, the head of the boot program stored in the program storage area 233a. The process of setting the address to the instruction pointer 231a may be executed. Further, some boot programs stored in the program storage area 233a by this process further transfer a part of the remaining boot programs to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount, and subsequently to the program storage area 233a. The process of setting the start address of the stored boot program to the instruction pointer 231a may be executed. Then, a part of the remaining boot program is transferred to the program storage area 233a by a predetermined amount, and subsequently, the process of setting the start address of the boot program stored in the program storage area 233a to the instruction pointer 231a is performed in S6101. After repeating the process a plurality of times including the process of S6102 and S6102, the processes of S6103 to S6105 may be executed.
ใใใซใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ใตใคใบใๅคงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใชใๆฎใใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใไธๅบฆใซใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใงใใชใใฆใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใไฝฟ็จใใฆใๆๅฎ้ใใคใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, even if the program size of the boot program is large and the remaining boot programs that are not stored in the first program storage area 234d1 cannot be transferred to the program storage area 233a at a time, the MPU 231 is already stored in the program storage area 233a. The boot program can be used to transfer a predetermined amount to the program storage area 233a.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎใใกใใทในใใ ใชใปใใ่งฃ้คๆใซใพใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎไธ้จใ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅ จใฆใฎใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใญใฐใฉใ ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใผใๅฆ็ใ้ๅงใใใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆใใใใใใใซใใใใใผใใใญใฐใฉใ ใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใๅฆ็ใไธ่ฆใจใชใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ๅๆฐใๆธใใใใใใผใๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็ๆ้ใๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใผใๅฆ็ๅพใซๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่ฃๅฉๆผๅบ้จใฎๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใใใๆฉใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the case where a part of the boot program executed by the MPU 231 is first stored in the first program storage area 234d1 when the system reset is released has been described, but all the boot programs are stored in the first program storage area 234d1. It may be stored in one program storage area 234d1. In this case, when the MPU 231 starts the boot process, the processes of S6103 to S6105 may be executed without performing the processes of S6101 and S6102. This eliminates the need for the process of transferring the boot program to the program storage area 233a, so that the number of times the program is transferred to the character ROM 234 or the program storage area 233a is reduced, so that the processing time of the boot process can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to start the control of the auxiliary effect unit in the MPU 231 which becomes possible after the boot process earlier.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชฌๆใซๆปใใใใผใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใจใๆฌกใใงใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅถๅพกใใญใฐใฉใ ใซๅพใฃใฆใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใในใฟใใฏใใคใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎใฌใธในใฟ็พคใใ๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ่ฃ ็ฝฎ็ญใซๅฏพใใๅ็จฎใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใ่กใใใพใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จๆถใใฏใชใขใใๅฆ็ใชใฉใ่กใใใใๆดใซใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ็จฎใใฉใฐใ่จญใใใใใใใฎใใฉใฐใซๅๆๅคใ่จญๅฎใใใใชใใๅใใฉใฐใฎๅๆๅคใจใใฆใ็นใซๆ็คบใใๅ ดๅใ้คใใใใชใใๅใฏใ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Here, the description returns to FIG. 73. When the boot process is completed, the initial setting process is then executed according to the control program transferred and stored in the program storage area 233a of the work RAM 233 (S6002). Specifically, the value of the stack pointer is set in the MPU 231 and various settings are made for the register group in the MPU 231 and the I / O device. In addition, processing for clearing the storage of the work RAM 233, the resident video RAM 235, and the normal video RAM 236 is performed. Further, various flags are provided in the work RAM 233, and initial values are set for each flag. As the initial value of each flag, "off" or "0" is set unless otherwise specified.
ๆดใซใๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆ่จญๅฎใ่กใฃใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็นๅฎใฎ่ฒใฎ็ปๅใ็ป้ขๅ จไฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใๆ็คบใใใใใใซใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅ็ดๅพใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใพใใ็นๅฎใฎ่ฒใฎ็ปๅใ็ป้ขๅ จไฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅ็ดๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ป้ขๅ จไฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎ่ฒใใใใใณใณๆฉใฎๆฉ็จฎใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ่ฒใจใชใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ่ฃฝ้ ๆใฎๅทฅๅ ด็ญใซใใใๅไฝใใงใใฏใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅ็ดๅพใซใใใฎๆฉ็จฎใซๅฟใใ่ฒใฎ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใๅฆใใๆคๆปใใใใจใงใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใๆญฃๅธธใซ่ตทๅ้ๅงใงใใใๅฆใใ็ฐกๆใใคๅณๅบงใซๅคๆญใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the initial setting process, after the initial setting of the image controller 237 is performed, an image is drawn on the image controller 237 so that the image of a specific color is displayed on the entire screen on the third symbol display device 81. And instruct the execution of display processing. As a result, immediately after the power is turned on, the third symbol display device 81 first displays an image of a specific color on the entire screen. Here, the color of the image displayed on the entire screen of the third symbol display device 81 immediately after the power is turned on is set to be different depending on the model of the pachinko machine. As a result, in the operation check in the factory or the like at the time of manufacturing, the pachinko machine 10 is inspected whether or not the color image corresponding to the model is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 immediately after the power is turned on. It is possible to easily and immediately determine whether or not the startup can be started normally.
ๆฌกใใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใใใณๆ็ตใขใใฌในใจใ่ปข้ๅ ใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใใใงใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ปข้ๅ ใงใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใจใๅซใพใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅพใฃใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใ Next, a transfer instruction is transmitted to the image controller 237 so that the image data corresponding to the main image at power-on is transferred to the main image area 235a at power-on of the resident video RAM 235 (S6003). The transfer instruction includes the start address and end address of the character ROM 234 in which the image data corresponding to the main image at power-on is stored, the transfer destination information (here, the resident video RAM 235), and the transfer destination. The start address of the main image area 235a at power-on is included, and the image controller 237 receives the image data corresponding to the main image at power-on from the character ROM 234 at power-on according to this transfer instruction. It is transferred to the image area 235a.
ใใใฆใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซใใ็คบใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅ จใฆๅฎไบใใใจใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้็ตไบใ็คบใ่ปข้็ตไบไฟกๅทใ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ่ปข้็ตไบไฟกๅทใๅไฟกใใใใจใซใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใงๆๅฎใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใใใจใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซใใ็คบใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅ จใฆๅฎไบใใๅ ดๅใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซ่จญใใใใใฌใธในใฟใพใใฏๅ ่ตใกใขใชใฎไธ้จ้ ๅใซใ่ปข้็ตไบใ็คบใ่ปข้็ตไบๆ ๅ ฑใๆธใ่พผใใใใซใใฆใใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ้ๆใใฎใฌใธในใฟใพใใฏๅ ่ตใกใขใชใฎไธ้จ้ ๅใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่ปข้็ตไบๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆธใ่พผใฟใๆคๅบใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใงๆๅฎใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใใใจใๆๆกใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ Then, when all the transfer of the image data indicated by the transfer instruction is completed, the image controller 237 transmits a transfer end signal indicating the end of the transfer to the MPU 231. By receiving this transfer end signal, the MPU 231 can grasp that the transfer of the image data specified in the transfer instruction has been completed. When the image controller 237 completes all the transfer of the image data indicated by the transfer instruction, the image controller 237 transmits the transfer end information indicating the transfer end to a register provided inside the image controller 237 or a part of the built-in memory. You may write it. Then, the MPU 231 reads the information of a part of the register or the built-in memory at any time, and detects the writing of the transfer end information by the image controller 237 to grasp that the transfer of the image data specified in the transfer instruction is completed. You may do so.
้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใพใงไธๆธใใใใชใใใใซไฟๆใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใใจใๆฌกใใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใจใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใผใฟใตใคใบใจใ่ปข้ๅ ใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใใใงใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่ปข้ๅ ใงใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใจใๅซใพใใฆใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅพใฃใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใใใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใใใพใงไธๆธใใใใชใใใใซไฟๆใใใใ The image data transferred to the main image area 235a when the power is turned on is retained so as not to be overwritten until the power is turned off. When the transfer of the image data corresponding to the main image at power-on to the main image area 235a at power-on is completed based on the transfer instruction transmitted to the image controller 237 by the process of S6003, then the variable image at power-on A transfer instruction is transmitted to the image controller so as to transfer the image data corresponding to the above to the variable image area 235b when the power of the resident video RAM 235 is turned on (S6004). In this transfer instruction, the start address of the character ROM 234 in which the image data corresponding to the fluctuating image when the power is turned on, the data size of the image data, and the transfer destination information (here, the resident video RAM 235) are included. , The start address of the power-on variable image area 235b, which is the transfer destination, is included, and the image controller receives the image data corresponding to the power-on variable image from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 in accordance with this transfer instruction. It is transferred to the variable image area 235b when the power is turned on. Then, the image data transferred to the variable image area 235b when the power is turned on is retained so as not to be overwritten until the power is turned off.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใใจใๆฌกใใงใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใซใใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใฎ้ใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใๆ็คบใใๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ When the transfer of the image data corresponding to the power-on variable image to the power-on variable image area 235b is completed based on the transfer instruction transmitted to the image controller 237 by the processing of S6004, then the simple image display flag 233c Is turned on (S6005). As a result, while the simple image display flag 233c is on, in the transfer setting process (see FIG. 85 (a)) described later, all the image data that should be resident in the resident video RAM 235 is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235. The resident image transfer setting process for instructing the image controller 237 to transfer the image is executed (see S7502 in FIG. 85 (a)).
ใพใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎ้ใใชใณใซ็ถญๆใใใใใใใซใใใใใฎ้ใฏใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅ๏ผ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅ๏ผ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๆ็ปใใใใใใซใ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใณ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ Further, the simple image display flag 233c transfers all the image data that should be resident in the resident video RAM 235 from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 based on the transfer instruction to the image controller 237 by the resident image transfer setting process. It stays on until it finishes. As a result, in the meantime, in the V interrupt process (see FIG. 75 (b)), the power-on image (power-on main image and power-on fluctuation image) (not shown) is simply drawn. The command determination process (see S6308 in FIG. 75 (b)) and the simple display setting process (see S6309 in FIG. 75 (b)) are executed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใ้ ใใใจใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใพใงใซๅคใใฎๆ้ใ่ฆใใใใใใงใๆฌใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎใใใซใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใๅพใใพใๅ ใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใงใๆฎใใฎๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใฆใใ้ใ้ๆ่ ใใใผใซ้ขไฟ่ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซใๆ้ใใใใฆๆฎใใฎๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใไธๆนใ้ๆ่ ็ญใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใไฝใใใฎๅๆๅๅฆ็ใ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ่ช่ญใงใใใฎใงใๆฎใใฎๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใพใงใฎ้ใๅไฝใๅๆญขใใฆใใชใใใใจใใฃใไธๅฎใๆใคใใจใชใใๅๆๅใๅฎไบใใใพใงๅพ ๆฉใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, since the NAND flash memory 234a is used for the character ROM 234, all the image data to be stored in the resident video RAM 235 due to the slow read speed of the character ROM 234 can be stored in the resident video RAM 235. It takes a lot of time to transfer from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235. Therefore, as in this main process, after the power is turned on, the main image when the power is turned on and the variable image when the power is turned on are first transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235, and the main image when the power is turned on is the third. By displaying on the symbol display device 81, while the remaining image data to be resident is transferred to the resident video RAM 235, the player or the person concerned with the hall can turn on the power displayed on the third symbol display device 81. You can check the main image. Therefore, the display control device 114 transfers the remaining resident image data from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 over time while displaying the main image at power-on on the third symbol display device 81. be able to. On the other hand, the player or the like can recognize that some initialization processing is being performed while the main image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 when the power is turned on, so that the player or the like resides in the remaining resident video RAM 235. Until the image data to be transferred is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235, it is possible to wait until the initialization is completed without worrying about whether the operation has stopped.
ใพใใ่ฃฝ้ ๆใฎๅทฅๅ ด็ญใซใใใๅไฝใใงใใฏใซใใใฆใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅใซใใฃใฆๅ้กใชใๅไฝใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใใจใใใใซ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใใใจใซใใๅไฝใใงใใฏใฎๅน็ใๆชๅใใใใจใๆๅถใงใใใ Further, even in the operation check in a factory or the like at the time of manufacturing, the main image at the time of turning on the power is immediately displayed on the third symbol display device 81, so that the operation of the third symbol display device 81 is started without any problem by turning on the power. It can be immediately confirmed that the character ROM 234 is used, and by using the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed for the character ROM 234, it is possible to suppress deterioration of the operation check efficiency.
ใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใใใใฆ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใซ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใซใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงๆ็คบใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปใใฆใใฃใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใใใฎๅคๅๆผๅบๆ้ไธญใซๅณๅบงใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฐกๅใชๅคๅๆผๅบใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎ็ฐกๅใชๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใฃใฆ็ขบๅฎใซๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใใใจใ็ขบ่ชใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the display control device 114 of the pachinko machine 10, since the variable image at power-on is also transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 together with the main image at power-on after the power is turned on, the main image at power-on is the third symbol. Since the player started the game while it was displayed on the display device 81, the ball entered the special figure entry port 64 (starting prize), and the start instruction of the variation effect was controlled by the voice lamp from the main control device 110. When the display variation pattern command is received via the device 113, that is, when the variation pattern command for display is received, the variation image at power-on can be immediately displayed during the variation effect period, and a simple variation effect can be performed. Therefore, the player can confirm that the lottery has been surely performed by the simple variation effect even while the main image at the time of turning on the power is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฎใใฎๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใ็ถใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎ่ปข้ใซๆ้ใใใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใ็ถใใๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใใใใใชใใใๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใซๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใ็จใใฆ็ฐกๆ็ใชๅคๅๆผๅบใ่กใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใ็ดๅพใไพใใฐใๅ้ปๅพฉๅธฐ็ดๅพใชใฉใซใใใฆใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎๅฟใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as described above, while the remaining image data to be resident is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235, the main image continues to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 when the power is turned on, but the character ROM 234 Is composed of a NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, and it takes time to transfer the flash memory. Therefore, after the power is turned on, the main image is continuously displayed at the time of turning on the power for a long time. However, in the pachinko machine 10, a simple fluctuation effect can be performed using the power-on fluctuation image transferred to the resident video RAM 235 after the power is turned on. Therefore, immediately after the power is turned on, for example, the power failure is restored. Immediately after, even while the main image is displayed when the power is turned on, the player can play the game with peace of mind.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅพใๅฒ่พผ่จฑๅฏใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปฅๅพใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฏ้ปๆบใๅๆญใใใใพใงใ็ก้ใซใผใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๅฒ่พผ่จฑๅฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆไปฅ้ใใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใใใณ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใฎๆคๅบใซๅพใฃใฆใใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใใใณ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ After the process of S6005, the interrupt permission is set (S6006), and thereafter, the main process executes an infinite loop process until the power is turned off. As a result, after the interrupt permission is set by the process of S6006, the command interrupt process and the V interrupt process are executed according to the reception of the command and the detection of the V interrupt signal.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใฎใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the command interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114 will be described with reference to FIG. 75 (a). FIG. 75A is a flowchart showing the command interrupt process. As described above, when a command is received from the voice lamp control device 113, the MPU 231 executes the command interrupt process.
ใใฎใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใผใฟใๆฝๅบใใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซใใใฎๆฝๅบใใใณใใณใใใผใฟใ้ ๆฌกๆ ผ็ดใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใใใฎใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใฏใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใพใใฏ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใ In this command interrupt process, the received command data is extracted, the extracted command data is sequentially stored in the command buffer area provided in the work RAM 233 (S6201), and the process ends. Various commands stored in the command buffer area by this command interrupt process are read by the command determination process or the simple command determination process of the V interrupt process described later, and the process corresponding to the command is performed.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใงใฏใใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใ็นๅฎใใไธใงใใใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใชในใใไฝๆใใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใจใงใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใใใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใๆ็คบใใใใฎใงใใใ Next, the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114 will be described with reference to FIG. 75 (b). FIG. 75B is a flowchart showing the V interrupt process. In this V interrupt process, various processes corresponding to the commands stored in the command buffer area are executed by the command interrupt process, and after specifying the image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81, the image is drawn. By creating a list and transmitting the drawing list to the image controller 237, the image controller 237 is instructed to execute the drawing process and the display processing of the image.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใๆคๅบใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใ้ๅงใใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซ็ๆใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใไฟกๅทใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใซๅๆใใใฆ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็ปๆ็คบใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆใใชใๆฎต้ใงใๆฌกใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๆ็คบใๅใๅใใใจใใชใใฎใงใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ป้ไธญใงๆฐใใช็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใ่กจ็คบไธญใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซใๆฐใใชๆ็ปๆ็คบใซไผดใฃใฆ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, the execution of this V interrupt process is started when the V interrupt signal from the image controller 237 is detected. This V interrupt signal is a signal generated by the image controller 237 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process of an image for one frame is completed and transmitted to the MPU 231. Therefore, by executing the V interrupt process in synchronization with this V interrupt signal, a drawing instruction is given to the image controller 237 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process of the image for one frame is completed. become. Therefore, in the image controller 237, since the drawing instruction of the next image is not received at the stage where the drawing processing and the display processing of the image are not completed, the drawing of a new image may be started in the middle of drawing the image. It is possible to prevent the image from being expanded in accordance with a new drawing instruction in the frame buffer in which the image information being displayed is stored.
ใใใงใฏใใพใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎใใญใผใฎๆฆ็ฅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใๆฌกใใงใๅๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆไปใฎๅณ้ขใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใพใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใใๅณใกใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅฎไบใใฆใใใใจใๆๅณใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅใงใฏใชใใ้ๅธธใฎๆผๅบ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใในใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌกใใงใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ Here, first, the outline of the flow of the V interrupt processing will be described, and then the details of each processing will be described with reference to other drawings. In this V interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 75 (b), first, it is determined whether or not the simple image display flag 233c is on (S6301), and the simple image display flag 233c is not on, that is, If it is off (S6301: No), it means that the transfer of all the image data that should be resident in the resident video RAM 235 has been completed. The command determination process (S6302) is executed so that the display device 81 can display the image, and then the display setting process (S6303) is executed.
ใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใณใใณใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใใฎๅ ๅฎนใ่งฃๆใใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่กจ็คบ็จใใขใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซๅใฏๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ In the command determination process (S6302), the content of the command from the voice lamp control device 113 stored in the command buffer area is analyzed by the command interrupt process, the process corresponding to the command is executed, and the display demo command and the display demo command are executed. When the display variation pattern command is stored, the demo display data table or the variation display data table according to the variation pattern type is set in the display data table buffer 233d, and the transfer corresponding to the set display data table is set. Set the data table in the transfer data table buffer 233e.
ใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใฎๆ็นใงใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ จใฆใฎใณใใณใใ่งฃๆใใฆใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฏใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง้้ใง่กใใใใใใใใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งใฎ้ใซ่คๆฐใฎใณใใณใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ้ซใใใใงใใใ็นใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใชใฉใๅๆใซใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ้ซใใๅพใฃใฆใใใใใฎใณใใณใใไธๅบฆใซ่งฃๆใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ธๅฎใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๆ ๆงใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใ็ด ๆฉใๆๆกใใใใฎๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใๆผๅบ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๅถๅพกใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ In this command determination process, all commands stored in the command buffer area at that time are analyzed and the process is executed. This is because the command determination process is performed at intervals of 20 milliseconds when the V interrupt process is executed, so there is a high possibility that multiple commands are stored in the command buffer area during that 20 milliseconds. be. In particular, when the main control device 110 decides to start the variation effect, it is highly possible that the display variation pattern command, the display stop type command, and the like are simultaneously stored in the command buffer area. Therefore, by analyzing and executing these commands at once, the mode and stop type of the fluctuation effect selected by the main control device 110 and the voice lamp control device 113 can be quickly grasped, and the effect image corresponding to the mode can be obtained. The drawing of the image can be controlled so as to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The details of this command determination process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 76 to 81.
่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๆฌกใซ่กจ็คบใในใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅ ทไฝ็ใซ็นๅฎใใใใพใใๅฆ็ใฎ็ถๆณใชใฉใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใชใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ In the display setting process (S6303), one frame of images to be displayed next on the third symbol display device 81 is based on the contents of the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the command determination process (S6302) or the like. Specifically specify the contents of. Further, the effect mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is determined according to the processing status and the like, and the display data table corresponding to the determined effect mode is set in the display data table buffer 233d. The details of this display setting process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 82 to 84.
่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅพใๆฌกใใงใใฟในใฏๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใฟในใฏๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฏ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฎใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใๆฌกใฎ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใใใฎ็ปๅใๆงๆใใในใใฉใคใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ฉ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใ่กจ็คบๅบงๆจไฝ็ฝฎใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใจใใฃใๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅ็จฎใใฉใกใผใฟใๆฑบๅฎใใใ After the display setting process is executed, the task process is then executed (S6304). In this task process, the image is configured based on the content of the image for the next frame to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 specified by the display setting process (S6303) or the simple display setting process (S6309). In addition to specifying the type of sprite (display object) to be displayed, various parameters required for drawing such as display coordinate position, enlargement ratio, and rotation angle are determined for each sprite.
ๆฌกใซใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใ้ใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใจใชใขใธ่ปข้ใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใ้ใฏใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅฎใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎใตใใจใชใขใธ่ปข้ใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ฃ็ถไบๅใณใใณใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ฃ็ถไบๅๆผๅบใงไฝฟ็จใใ้ฃ็ถไบๅ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅคๆดๅพใฎ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆๅฎใตใใจใชใขใธ่ปข้ใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใใชใใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ Next, the transfer setting process is executed (S6305). In this transfer setting process, while the simple image display flag 233c is on, the image controller 237 transfers the image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 from the character ROM 234 to a predetermined area of the resident video RAM 235. Set instructions. Further, while the simple image display flag 233c is off, predetermined image data is normally used from the character ROM 234 to the image controller 237 based on the transfer data information of the transfer data table set in the transfer data table buffer 233e. Even when a transfer instruction to be transferred to a predetermined sub-area of the image storage area 236a of the video RAM 236 is set and a continuous notice command or a rear image change command is received from the voice lamp control device 113, the image controller 237 is continuously notified. A transfer instruction is set to transfer the image data of the continuous preview image used in the preview effect and the image data of the rear image after the change from the character ROM 234 to a predetermined sub-area of the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236. The details of the transfer setting process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 85 and 86.
ๆฌกใใงใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใงใฏใใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๆฑบๅฎใใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใๆงๆใใๅ็จฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็จฎๅฅใใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใใฉใกใผใฟใจใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่จญๅฎใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใจใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใๆ็ปใชในใใ็ๆใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใใใซใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ Next, the drawing process is executed (S6306). In this drawing process, the types of various sprites constituting one frame, the parameters required for drawing each sprite, and the transfer instruction set by the transfer setting process (S6305), which are determined in the task process (S6304), are used. , The drawing list shown in FIG. 38 is generated, and the drawing list is transmitted to the image controller 237 together with the drawing target buffer information. As a result, the image controller 237 executes the image drawing process according to the drawing list (S6306). The details of the drawing process will be described later with reference to FIG. 87.
ๆฌกใใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๆดๆฐใใใใซใฆใณใฟใจใใฆใฏใไพใใฐใๅๆญขๅณๆใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใใใใใใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใฏใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅบฆใซใๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใใใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใๆคๅบใใใใจใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใ็คบใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใๅๅพๅคใใชใผใใๅๅพๅคใไปฅๅคใชใผใใๅฎๅ จๅคใ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใใผใใซใจๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใจใๆฏ่ผใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคๅๆผๅบๅพใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใๆ็ต็ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ Next, update processing of various counters provided in the display control device 114 is executed (S6307). Then, the V interrupt process is terminated. As a counter updated by the process of S6307, for example, there is a stop symbol counter (not shown) for determining a stop symbol. The value of this stop symbol counter is stored in the work RAM 233, and the update process is performed every time the V interrupt process is executed. Then, when the reception of the display stop type command is detected in the command determination process, the stop type indicated by the display stop type command (big hit A, big hit B, front / rear out reach, non-front / rear out reach, complete out) is set. The corresponding stop type table and the stop type counter are compared, and the stop symbol after the variation effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is finally set.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅฎไบใใฆใใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใฎใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใในใใ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌกใใงใ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S6301 that the simple image display flag 233c is on (S6301: Yes), it means that the transfer of all the image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 has not been completed. Therefore, in order to display the power-on image on the third symbol display device 81, the simple command determination process (S6308) is executed, and then the simple display setting process (S6309) is executed to shift to the process of S6304.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใไธ่ฟฐใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 76 to 81, the details of the above-mentioned command determination process (S6302), which is one process of the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, will be described. First, FIG. 76 is a flowchart showing this command determination process.
ใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใพใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซๆปใใไธๆนใๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณ็ถๆ ใงๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใๅฆ็ใใใใจใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใในใฆใซใคใใฆใใใฎใณใใณใใฎ็จฎๅฅใ่งฃๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In this command determination process, as shown in FIG. 76, first, it is determined whether or not there is an unprocessed new command in the command buffer area (S6401), and if there is no unprocessed new command (S6401: No), The command judgment process is terminated and the process returns to the V interrupt process. On the other hand, if there is an unprocessed new command (S6401: Yes), the new command flag that notifies the display setting process (S6303) that the new command has been processed in the ON state is set to ON (S6402), and then the command For all unprocessed commands stored in the buffer area, the command type is analyzed (S6403).
ใใใฆใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Then, it is determined whether or not there is a display variation pattern command among the unprocessed commands (S6404). Then, if there is a display variation pattern command (S6404: Yes), the variation pattern command process is executed (S6405), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the variation pattern command processing (S6405) will be described with reference to FIG. 77 (a). FIG. 77A is a flowchart showing the variation pattern command processing (S6405). This fluctuation pattern command processing (S6405) executes the processing corresponding to the display fluctuation pattern command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the variation pattern command processing, first, a variation display data table corresponding to the variation effect pattern indicated by the display variation pattern command is determined, and the determined variation display data table is read from the data table storage area 233b to display the display data table. Set to buffer 233d (S6501).
ใใใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงใฎๅคๆญใฏใๅฟ ใๆฐ็งไปฅไธ้ขใใฆ่กใใใใฎใงใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งไปฅๅ ใซ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใฏใชใใใใใใฃใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใๅพใชใใใใใคใบ็ญใฎๅฝฑ้ฟใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใใฎไธ้จใๅคๅใใๅฅใฎใณใใณใใ่ชคใฃใฆ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจใใฆ่งฃ้ใใใใใใใใใๅพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใฎใใใชๅ ดๅใซๅใใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคๅๆ้ใๆใ็ญใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ Here, since the determination of the start of fluctuation is always made at a distance of several seconds or more in the main control device 110, two or more display fluctuation pattern commands are not received within 20 milliseconds, and therefore, the command determination process is performed. When executing, it is impossible that two or more display fluctuation pattern commands are stored in the command buffer area, but a part of the command changes due to the influence of noise etc., and another command is mistakenly displayed. It may be interpreted as a variation pattern command. In the processing of S6501, in preparation for such a case, when it is determined that two or more display variation pattern commands are stored in the command buffer area, the variation display data table corresponding to the variation pattern having the shortest variation time. Is set in the display data table buffer 233d.
ไปฎใซใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใพใใจใๅฎ้ใซใฏใ่จญๅฎใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใๆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใๅคๅๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆไธญใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฌกใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใจใชใใๅฅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๆฅใซ้ๅงใใใฆใใพใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅๆใๆใใใใใใใใใฃใใ If a variation display data table corresponding to a variation pattern having a long variation time is set in the display data table buffer 233d, the fluctuation effect having a shorter variation time than the set display data table is actually the main control device. When instructed by 110, the next display variation pattern command is received from the main control device 110 while the variation effect according to the set variation display data table is being displayed on the third symbol display device 81. As a result, another variable display is suddenly started, which may give the player a sense of discomfort.
ใใใซๅฏพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๅคๅๆ้ใๆใ็ญใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใๅฎ้ใซใฏใ่จญๅฎใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใๆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅพใฃใๅคๅๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใฎใกใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฌกใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใพใงใฎ้ใใใขๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏ้ๅๆใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ่ฆ็ถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, as in the present embodiment, by setting the variation display data table corresponding to the variation pattern having the shortest variation time in the display data table buffer 233d, the variation is actually longer than the set display data table. Even when the fluctuation effect having time is instructed by the main control device 110, as will be described later, after the variation effect according to the display data table buffer 233d is completed, the main control device 110 is used for the next display. Since the display of the third symbol display device 81 is controlled by the display setting process so that the demo effect is displayed until the pattern command is received, the player does not feel uncomfortable with the third symbol display device 81. 3 You can keep watching the fluctuation of the symbol.
ๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅบใซใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่กจใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใใณ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Next, the transfer data table corresponding to the display data table set in S6501 is determined, read from the data table storage area 233b, and set in the transfer data table buffer 233e (S6502). Then, based on the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the fluctuation display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the processing of S6501, the time data representing the fluctuation time is set in the timekeeping counter 233h (S6503), and the pointer is set. Initialize 233f to 0 (S6504). Then, both the demo display flag and the confirmation display flag are set to off (S6505), the variation pattern command is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination process.
ใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๅๆๅใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆดๆฐใใชใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใๆฝๅบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๆฌกใซ่กจ็คบใในใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็นๅฎใใใจๅๆใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๆฝๅบใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆๅฟ ่ฆใชในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใไบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅถๅพกใใใ By executing this fluctuation pattern command processing, in the display setting processing, while updating the pointer 233f initialized by the processing of S6505, from the fluctuation display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the processing of S6501. , The drawing content defined at the address indicated by the pointer 233f is extracted, the content of the image for one frame to be displayed next is specified in the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, the transfer data table buffer 233e is processed by S6502e. The transfer data information specified at the address indicated by the pointer 233f is extracted from the transfer data table set in, and the sprite image data required in the set variable display data table is previously stored in the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236. The image controller 237 is controlled so as to be transferred to the image storage area 236a of the above.
ใพใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็จใใฆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๆ้ใ่จๆใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใใใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใๅถๅพกใใใ Further, in the display setting process, when the time of the variation effect defined in the variation display data table is measured by using the time counting counter 233h in which the time data is set by the process of S6503, the variation effect in the variation display data table is completed. If it is determined, the stop display setting is controlled so that the stop symbol corresponding to the display stop type command from the main control device 110 is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชฌๆใซๆปใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Here, the description returns to FIG. 76. In the processing of S6404, if it is determined that there is no display variation pattern command (S6404: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a display stop type command among the unprocessed commands (S6406). If there is a stop type command for display (S6406: Yes), the stop type command process is executed (S6407), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the stop type command processing (S6407) will be described with reference to FIG. 77 (b). FIG. 77B is a flowchart showing the stop type command processing. This stop type command process executes the process corresponding to the display variation type command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใ๏ผงใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใ๏ผฃใใชใผใๅคใใๅฎๅ จๅคใใใฎใใใใ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใใผใใซใจใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใณใซๆดๆฐใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใจใๆฏ่ผใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคๅๆผๅบๅพใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใๆ็ต็ใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the stop type command processing (S6407), first, the stop type table corresponding to the stop type information (either big hit A to G, small hit A to C, reach off, or complete off) indicated by the display stop type command. (S6601), the stop type table is compared with the value of the stop type counter that is updated every time the V interrupt process (see FIG. 75 (b)) is executed, and the third symbol display device is used. The stop symbol after the variation effect displayed on 81 is finally set (S6602).
ใใใฆใๅๅๆญขๅณๆๆฏใซ่จญใใใใๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใฎใใกใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใชใณใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎไปใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Then, among the stop symbol discrimination flags provided for each stop symbol, the stop symbol discrimination flag corresponding to the stop symbol set by the process of S6602 is turned on, and the stop symbol discrimination flag corresponding to the other stop symbol is set. Set it on (S6603) and return to the command determination process.
ใใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใ็จฎๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใใใฎใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใฎใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎ็นๅฎใใๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใๅๅพใใใๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ็ฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅฎ้ใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใใขใใฌในใ็นๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใ Here, as described above, in the variation display data table, as the type information for specifying the third symbol to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 after a lapse of a predetermined time from the start of the variation based on the data table. , Offset information (symbol offset information) from the stop symbol set by the process of S6602 is described. In the above-mentioned task process (S6304), after a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the fluctuation, the stop symbol set by the process of S6602 is specified from the stop symbol determination flag set by S6603, and the specified stop symbol is specified. By adding the symbol offset information acquired by the display setting process to the symbol, the third symbol to be actually displayed is specified. Then, the address in which the image data corresponding to the specified third symbol is stored is specified. As described above, the image data corresponding to the third symbol is stored in the third symbol area 235d of the resident video RAM 235.
ใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงใฎๅคๆญใฏใๅฟ ใๆฐ็งไปฅไธ้ขใใฆ่กใใใใฎใงใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งไปฅๅ ใซ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใฏใชใใใใใใฃใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใๅพใชใใใใใคใบ็ญใฎๅฝฑ้ฟใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใใฎไธ้จใๅคๅใใๅฅใฎใณใใณใใ่ชคใฃใฆ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใจใใฆ่งฃ้ใใใใใใใใใๅพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใฎใใใชๅ ดๅใซๅใใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๅฎๅ จๅคใใงใใใจไปฎๅฎใใฆใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใซใใใๅฎๅ จๅคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใ Since the determination of the start of fluctuation is always made at a distance of several seconds or more in the main control device 110, two or more display stop type commands are not received within 20 milliseconds, and therefore the command determination process is executed. In this case, it is impossible that two or more display stop type commands are stored in the command buffer area, but part of the command changes due to the influence of noise, etc., and another command is mistakenly stopped for display. It may be interpreted as a type command. In the process of S6601, in preparation for such a case, when it is determined that two or more display stop type commands are stored in the command buffer area, it is assumed that the stop type is completely out of order, and the stop type is stopped. Determine the table. As a result, the stop symbol corresponding to the complete disconnection is set by the process of S6602.
ไปฎใซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใจใๅฎ้ใซใฏใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใจใชใฃใใจๅ้ใใใใฆใใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟก้ ผๆงใไฝไธใใใใใใใใใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๅฎๅ จๅคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญขๅณๆใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใงใๅฎ้ใซใฏใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎๅ จๅคใใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใซใชใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใๅใฐใใใใจใใงใใใ If a stop symbol corresponding to the "big hit of the special symbol" is set, the third symbol display device 81 actually has a "special symbol" even if the "special symbol is off". The stop symbol corresponding to the "big hit" is displayed, which causes the player to misunderstand that the pachinko machine 10 has become a "special symbol jackpot", which may reduce the reliability of the pachinko machine 10. On the other hand, as in the present embodiment, by setting the stop symbol corresponding to the complete disengagement, in reality, if it is a "big hit of the special symbol", the third symbol display device 81 stops the complete disengagement. Even if the symbol is displayed, the pachinko machine 10 becomes a "big hit of the special symbol", so that the player can be pleased.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Returning to FIG. 76, the description will be continued. In the processing of S6406, if it is determined that there is no display stop type command (S6406: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a display opening command among the unprocessed commands (S6408), and the display is displayed. If there is an opening command for (S6408: Yes), the opening command process is executed (S6409), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the opening command processing (S6409) will be described with reference to FIG. 78 (a). FIG. 78A is a flowchart showing the opening command processing. This opening command process executes the process corresponding to the opening command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใใชใผใใใณใฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใใชใผใใใณใฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใชใผใใใณใฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅบใซใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใณ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ In the opening command processing, first, the opening display data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d (S6701). After that, the transfer data table corresponding to the opening display data table is set in the transfer data table buffer 233e (S6702), and the time data is set in the timekeeping counter 233h based on the set opening display data table (S6703). After that, the pointer 233f is initialized to 0 (S6704). Then, both the demo display flag 233y and the confirmation display flag 233z are set to off (S6705), the opening command is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination process.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จใชใผใใใณใฐใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Returning to FIG. 76, the description will be continued. In the processing of S6408, if it is determined that there is no display opening command (S6408: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a display round number command among the unprocessed commands (S6410), and the display is performed. If there is a round number command (S6410: Yes), the round number command process is executed (S6411), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the round number command processing (S6411) will be described with reference to FIG. 78 (b). FIG. 78B is a flowchart showing the round number command processing. This round number command process executes the process corresponding to the display round number command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the round number command processing, first, the round number display data table corresponding to the round number indicated by the display round number command is determined, and the determined round number display data table is read from the data table storage area 233b to display data. Set to the table buffer 233d (S6801). Next, the contents are cleared by writing Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e (S6802).
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅบใซใใใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ่กจใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใณ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Then, based on the round number display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the processing of S6801, the time data representing the effect time is set in the time counter 233h (S6803), and the pointer 233f is initialized to 0. (S6804). Then, both the demo display flag 233y and the confirmation display flag 233z are set to off (S6805), the round number command process is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination process.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใฃใฆ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จใฉใฆใณใๆฐใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Returning to FIG. 76, the description will be continued. In the processing of S6410, if it is determined that there is no display round number command (S6410: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a display ending command among the unprocessed commands (S6412), and the display is performed. If there is an ending command for (S6412: Yes), the ending command process is executed (S6413), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the ending command processing (S6413) will be described with reference to FIG. 79. FIG. 79 is a flowchart showing the ending command processing. This ending command process executes the process corresponding to the display ending command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ่กจ็คบ็จใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the ending command processing, first, an ending display data table corresponding to the display mode of the ending effect indicated by the display ending command is determined, and the determined ending display data table is read from the data table storage area 233b to display the display data table. It is set to the buffer 233d (S6901). Next, the contents are cleared by writing Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e (S6902).
ๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅบใซใใใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ่กจใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใณ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Next, based on the ending display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the processing of S6901, the time data representing the effect time is set in the timekeeping counter 233h (S6903), and the pointer 233f is initialized to 0 (S6903). S6904). Then, both the demo display flag 233y and the confirmation display flag 233z are set to off (S6905), the ending command processing is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination processing.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Returning to FIG. 76, the description will be continued. In the processing of S6412, if it is determined that there is no display ending command (S6412: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a display fluctuation stop command among the unprocessed commands (S6414), and the display is performed. If there is a variable stop command (S6414: Yes), the variable stop command process is executed (S6415), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the fluctuation stop command processing (S6415) will be described with reference to FIG. 80A. FIG. 80A is a flowchart showing the fluctuation stop command processing. This fluctuation stop command processing executes the processing corresponding to the display fluctuation stop command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใจใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใซใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญขใณใใณใ๏ผๆญฃๅธธๅๆญขใณใใณใ๏ผใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใธๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ็คบใใใฎใงใใใ The display fluctuation stop command is the end timing of the display fluctuation pattern command set in the fluctuation display setting process of the voice lamp control device 113 (see S4112 in FIG. 73), that is, the end timing of each special symbol in the main control device 110. The display stop command (display stop command) output from the voice lamp control device 113 at the end timing (timing when the main control device 110 sets the stop command) of the fluctuation pattern (variation time) set in the process of setting the fluctuation pattern. It shows various display commands set in the normal stop command) and the variable stop processing (see S4217 in FIG. 70) of the voice lamp control device 113.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใ็ฌ็ซ๏ผไธฆ่ก๏ผใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใซใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅๆญข๏ผ็ขบๅฎ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคๅไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใใไบใๅฎใใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใฎ็ตไบใฎๆ็กใซ้ขใใใใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured so that the lottery (variation) of the first special symbol and the lottery (variation) of the second special symbol can be executed independently (parallel). , When one special symbol is stopped (confirmed) with a symbol indicating a specific lottery result (for example, jackpot), the other special symbol that is changing is terminated in a predetermined fluctuation pattern (variation time). Regardless of the presence or absence of, it is configured to stop and display with a symbol indicating the forcible disconnection.
ใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅผทๅถ็ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ๏ผๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใใซๅฏๅค่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญขใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives a command set when forcibly stopping the fluctuation of the special symbol from the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 executes the fluctuation stop processing (see S4217 in FIG. 70). , A display command (forced) for variable display of the display mode of the third symbol or the fourth symbol corresponding to the special symbol fluctuation (variable display so as to correspond to the display mode of the special symbol that is forcibly stopped and displayed). It is configured to set the stop command).
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๆญฃๅธธๅๆญขใณใใณใใๆขใซๅไฟกใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฐใๅพใงๅไฟกใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใณใใณใใใๆญฃๅธธๅๆญขใณใใณใใใใๅชๅ ใใฆๅฆ็ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ขบๅฎใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, even when the above-mentioned normal stop command has already been received, if the third symbol or the fourth symbol is not stopped and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, It is configured to execute the stop display based on the forced stop command received later. That is, the forced stop command is configured to be processed with priority over the normal stop command. As a result, the third symbol and the fourth symbol can be reliably displayed in a display mode corresponding to the control content of the main control device 110.
ๅ ใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใซใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใไปฎๅๆญขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใๅซใพใใฆใใใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็จไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใผใฟใจใใฆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅณๆใ่ฅๅนฒๆบๅใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, the display variable stop command also includes a display command indicating a temporary stop set in the variable stop process of the voice lamp control device 113 (see S4217 in FIG. 70), and the display command indicating this temporary stop is also included. When (temporary stop command for display) is received, the data table in which the display data in which the symbol to be stopped and displayed fluctuates is set is determined as the variable stop display data.
ๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใๅคๅๅๆญขใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใๅคๅๅๆญขใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the variable stop command processing, first, the variable stop data table indicated by the variable stop command for display is determined, the determined variable stop data table is read from the data table storage area 233b, and the variable stop data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d (. S6931). Next, the contents are cleared by writing Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e (S6932).
ๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๅๆญขใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅบใซใใใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ่กจใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใณ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Next, based on the fluctuation stop data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the processing of S6931, the time data representing the effect time is set in the timekeeping counter 233h (S6933), and the pointer 233f is initialized to 0 (S6933). S6934). Then, both the demo display flag 233y and the confirmation display flag 233z are set to off (S6935), the fluctuation stop command processing is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination processing.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่กจ็คบ็จๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Returning to FIG. 76, the description will be continued. In the processing of S6412, if it is determined that there is no fluctuation stop command (S6414: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a display notification command among the unprocessed commands (S6416), and the display notification is displayed. If there is a command (S6416: Yes), the display notification command process is executed (S6417), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็จ๏ผๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the additional effect command processing (S6415) will be described with reference to FIG. 80 (b). FIG. 80B is a flowchart showing the notification command processing. This notification command processing executes processing corresponding to the notification command (for display) received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎ็ฐๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใฎใใกใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบๅใใใ่กจ็คบ็จๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ This notification command was output to the display control device 114 among the various notification commands set when the voice lamp control device 113 received the command for indicating various abnormal states set by the main control device 110. This is a process executed when the display control device 114 receives the display notification command.
ๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผใใผใฟใใผใใซใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใผใฟใใผใใซๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the notification command processing, first, a display (notification) data table corresponding to the notification mode indicated by the notification command is determined, and the determined display (notification) data table is read from the data table storage area 233b to read the display data table buffer. It is set to 233d (S6951). Next, the contents are cleared by writing Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e (S6952).
ๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅบใซใใใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ่กจใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใณ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Next, based on the display (notification) data table set in the display data table buffer 233d by the processing of S6951, the time data representing the effect time is set in the timekeeping counter 233h (S6953), and the pointer 233f is initialized to 0. (S6954). Then, both the demo display flag 233y and the confirmation display flag 233z are set to off (S6955), the notification command processing is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination processing.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญๅฎใใๅ็จฎๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใฎใใกใๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใไปฅๅคใฎ็บๅ ็จใณใใณใใใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ็จใณใใณใใใๅฝน็ฉ้งๅ็จใณใใณใใจใใฃใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใไธๆฆๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใผใฟๅ ๅฎน๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็ถๆ ใงใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅฏพๅฟใใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, among the various notification commands set by the voice lamp control device 113, the display control device 114 determines only the display command indicating that the notification target is the third symbol display device 81 (display device). However, the processing of the display control device 114 is not limited to this, and the command for light emission other than the command for display, the command for audio output, the command for driving an accessory, and other related commands are once received. It may be configured to output the related command to the corresponding control device in a state where the information for indicating the data content (display mode) set in is added.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅ ฑ็ฅใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Returning to FIG. 76, the description will be continued. In the processing of S6416, if it is determined that there is no display notification command (S6416: No), then it is determined whether or not there is a rear image change command among the unprocessed commands (S6418), and the rear image is determined. If there is a change command (S6418: Yes), the rear image change command process is executed (S6419), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the rear image change command processing (S6419) will be described with reference to FIG. 81. FIG. 81 is a flowchart showing the rear image change command processing. This rear image change command process executes the process corresponding to the rear image change command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใใชใณ็ถๆ ใง่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใซไผดใ่้ข็ปๅใฎๅคๆดใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ่้ข๏ผก๏ผ๏ผข๏ผๆฏใซ่จญใใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅใใใใฎใใกใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎไปใฎ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ In the rear image change command process, first, the rear image change flag 233w for notifying the normal image transfer setting process (S7503) of the change of the rear image due to the reception of the rear image change command in the on state is set to on (S7001). ). Then, among the bits of the back image discrimination flag 233x provided for each back image type (back A, B), the bit corresponding to the back image type indicated by the back image change command is set to on, and other bits are set. The bit corresponding to the back image type of is set to off (S7002), the back image change command process is terminated, and the process returns to the command determination process.
้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใ่จญๅฎใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใใฆใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใๅคๆดๅพใฎ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใใ In the normal image transfer setting process, when it is detected that the rear image change flag 233w set by the process of S7001 is turned on, the rear image type after the change is changed from the rear image discrimination flag 233x set by the process of S7002. Identify.
ใพใใใฟในใฏๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ่้ข็จฎๅฅใซใใฃใฆใ่้ข๏ผก๏ผ๏ผขใฎใใใใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใฎๆ็นใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใในใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใๆดใซใ่กจ็คบใในใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใๆ้็ต้ใซๅใใใฆ็นๅฎใใฆใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใจใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎใขใใฌในใ็นๅฎใใใ Further, in the task processing, when it is specified to display either the back side A or B according to the back side type of the back side image specified in the display data table, from the back side image discrimination flag 233x set by S7002, The type of back image to be displayed at that time is specified, the range of the back image to be displayed is specified according to the passage of time, and the RAM type (RAM type) in which the image data corresponding to the range of the back image is stored. The resident video RAM 235 or the normal video RAM 236) and the address of the RAM are specified.
ใชใใ้ๆ่ ใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งไปฅไธใง้ฃ็ถใใฆๆไฝใใใใจใฏใชใใฎใงใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งไปฅๅ ใซ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใฏใชใใใใใใฃใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใชใใฏใใงใใใใใใคใบ็ญใฎๅฝฑ้ฟใซใใฃใฆใณใใณใใฎไธ้จใๅคๅใใๅฅใฎใณใใณใใ่ชคใฃใฆ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใจใใฆ่งฃ้ใใใใใใใใใๅพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ่้ข็ปๅใณใใณใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใๅ ใซๅไฟกใใ่้ข็ปๅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใฆใใใใใๅพใซๅไฟกใใ่้ข็ปๅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใฆใใใใใพใใไปปๆใฎ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใๆฝๅบใใใใฎใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใฆใใใใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅใฎๅคๆดใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆไพกๅคใฎ็ดๆฅๅฝฑ้ฟใไธใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใฎใงใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๆงใๆไฝๆงใซๅฟใใฆใ้ฉๅฎ่จญๅฎใใใฎใๅฅฝใพใใใ Since the player does not continuously operate the frame button 22 in 20 milliseconds or less, he / she does not receive two or more rear image change commands within 20 milliseconds, and therefore, the command determination process is executed. In that case, there should be no case where two or more back image change commands are stored in the command buffer area, but part of the command changes due to the influence of noise etc., and another command mistakenly changes the back image. It may be interpreted as a command. In the process of S7002, when it is determined that two or more rear image commands are stored in the command buffer area, the rear image discrimination flag 233x corresponding to the rear image type indicated by the previously received rear image command is turned on. Alternatively, the rear image discrimination flag 233x corresponding to the rear image type indicated by the rear image command received later may be turned on. Alternatively, any one back image change command may be extracted, and the back image discrimination flag 233x corresponding to the back image type indicated by the command may be turned on. Since this change in the back image does not directly affect the gaming value of the pachinko machine 10, it is preferable to set it appropriately according to the characteristics and operability of the pachinko machine 10.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชฌๆใซๆปใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใจใฉใผใณใใณใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Here, the description returns to FIG. 76. In the processing of S6418, if it is determined that there is no rear image change command (S6418: No), then it is determined whether or not there is an error command among the unprocessed commands (S6420), and there is an error command. If (S6420: Yes), the error command processing is executed (S6421), and the process returns to the processing of S6401.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใจใฉใผใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใจใฉใผใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใจใฉใผใณใใณใๅฆ็ใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the details of the error command processing (S6421) will be described with reference to FIG. 81 (b). FIG. 81B is a flowchart showing error command processing. This error command processing executes the processing corresponding to the error command received from the voice lamp control device 113.
ใจใฉใผใณใใณใๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใใชใณ็ถๆ ใงใจใฉใผใ็บ็ใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใจใฉใผ็บ็ใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซ่จญใใใใใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใฎใใกใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใชใณใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎไปใฎใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใฉใผใณใใณใๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ In the error command processing, first, the error occurrence flag indicating that an error has occurred in the ON state is set to ON (S7101). Then, among the error discrimination flags provided for each error type, the error discrimination flag corresponding to the error type indicated by the error command is turned on, and the other error discrimination flags are set to off (S7102), and the error command is set. The process ends and the process returns to the command judgment process.
่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใฉใผ็บ็ใใฉใฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็ใๆคๅบใใใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใ็บ็ใใใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅใๅคๆญใใใใฎใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ In the display setting process, when the occurrence of an error is detected based on the error occurrence flag set by the process of S7101, the error type generated from the error determination flag set by the process of S7102 is determined, and the error type is dealt with. The process is executed so that the warning image to be displayed is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใชใใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎใจใฉใผใณใใณใใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใจๅคๆญใใใๅ ดๅใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใใใใฎใจใฉใผใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใๅ จใฆใฎใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซใใใๅ จใฆใฎใจใฉใผ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใใใผใซ้ขไฟ่ ใใใจใฉใผใฎ็บ็็ถๆณใๆญฃใใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใ When it is determined that two or more error commands are stored in the command buffer area, the processing in S7102 sets the error discrimination flags corresponding to all the error types indicated by the respective error commands to ON. As a result, warning images corresponding to all error types are displayed on the third symbol display device 81, so that the player and the person concerned with the hall can correctly grasp the error occurrence status.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชฌๆใซๆปใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใใใฎไปใฎๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธๆปใใ Here, the description returns to FIG. 76. If it is determined that there is no error command in the process of S6416 (S6420: No), then the process corresponding to the other unprocessed command is executed (S6422), and the process returns to the process of S6401.
ๅใณใใณใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅพใซๅใณๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅๅบฆใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใชใใชใใพใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆชๅฆ็ใฎๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S6401 that is executed again after the processing of each command is executed, it is determined again whether or not there is an unprocessed new command in the command buffer area, and if there is an unprocessed new command (S6401: Yes). ), The processing of S6402 to S6422 is executed again. Then, the processes of S6401 to S6422 are repeatedly executed until there are no unprocessed new commands in the command buffer area, and when it is determined in the process of S6401 that there are no unprocessed new commands in the command buffer area, this command determination is made. End the process.
ใชใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใฎๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใใ ใใ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใณใใณใใใใใก้ ๅใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆชๅฆ็ใฎใณใใณใใใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใฎใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใณใใณใใๅณใกใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใณ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใ ใใๆฝๅบใใฆใใใใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใงใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎไปใฎใณใใณใใซใคใใฆใฏใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใซ็ ดๆฃใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใ The simple command determination process (S6308) executed when the simple image display flag 233c is turned on in the V interrupt process (see FIG. 75B) is also the same as the command determination process. However, in the simple command judgment process, only the commands required to display the image at power-on, that is, the display variation pattern command and the display stop type command, are sent from the unprocessed commands stored in the command buffer area. Extract and execute the variation pattern command processing (see FIG. 77 (a)) and stop type command processing (see FIG. 77 (b)), which are the processes corresponding to each command, and for other commands, Performs the process of discarding without executing the process corresponding to the command.
ใใใงใใใฎๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใกใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซๅฟ ่ฆใจใชใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซใฏ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใฟใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใ Here, in the fluctuation pattern command processing (see FIG. 77A) executed in this case, the display data table buffer corresponding to the display of the fluctuation image at power-on is changed to the display data table buffer 233d in the processing of S6501. The image data of the main image at power-on and the variable image at power-on, which are set and required in that case, are stored in the main image area 235a at power-on and the variable image area 235b at power-on of the resident video RAM 235. Therefore, in the process of S6502, a process of writing the Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e and clearing the contents thereof is performed.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใไธ่ฟฐใฎ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 82 to 84, the details of the above-mentioned display setting process (S6303), which is one process of the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, will be described. FIG. 82 is a flowchart showing this display setting process.
ใใฎ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใใพใใๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใฏใชใใๅณใกใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใๅฆ็ใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๆญใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใๅฆ็ใใใใจๅคๆญใใๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใใฉใฐใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅพ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใๆฐ่ฆใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ In this display setting process, as shown in FIG. 82, first, it is determined whether or not the new command flag is on (S7201), and if the new command flag is not on, that is, it is off (S7201: No). ), It is determined that the new command has not been processed in the command determination process executed earlier, the processes of S7202 to S7204 are skipped, and the process proceeds to the process of S7205. On the other hand, if the new command flag is on (S7201: Yes), it is determined that the new command has been processed in the command determination process executed first, and after the new command flag is set to off (S7202), S7203 to S7204 Executes the process corresponding to the new command by the process of.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใจใฉใผ็บ็ใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใจใฉใผ็บ็ใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S7203, it is determined whether or not the error occurrence flag is on (S7203). Then, if the error occurrence flag is on (S7203: Yes), the warning image setting process is executed (S7204).
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใฏใ็บ็ใใใจใฉใผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅฑ้ใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใพใใใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใๅ็ งใใใชใณใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ จใฆใฎใจใฉใผๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใจใฉใผใฎ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅฑ้ใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Here, the details of the warning image setting process will be described with reference to FIG. 83. FIG. 83 is a flowchart showing the warning image setting process. This process is a process for expanding the image data for displaying the warning image corresponding to the generated error on the third symbol display device 81. First, the error discrimination flag is referred to, and all the error discrimination set to be turned on is performed. The warning image data for displaying the error warning image corresponding to the flag on the third symbol display device 81 is expanded (S7301).
ใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใใฎๅฑ้ใใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅ ใซใใใฎ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใๆงๆใใในใใฉใคใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ฉ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใ่กจ็คบๅบงๆจไฝ็ฝฎใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใจใใฃใๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅ็จฎใใฉใกใผใฟใๆฑบๅฎใใใ In the task processing (S6304), based on the expanded warning image data, the type of sprite (display object) constituting the warning image is specified, and the display coordinate position, enlargement ratio, and rotation angle are specified for each sprite. Determine various parameters required for drawing.
ใใใฆใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅพใใจใฉใผ็บ็ใใฉใฐใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ Then, in the warning image setting process, after the process of S7301, the error occurrence flag is set to off (S7302), and the process returns to the display setting process.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ชฌๆใซๆปใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅพใๅใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใจใฉใผ็บ็ใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใฏใชใใๅณใกใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Here, the description returns to FIG. 82. After the warning image setting process (S7204) or in the process of S7203, when it is determined that the error occurrence flag is not on, that is, it is off (S7203: No), the process proceeds to the process of S7205.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅใใใใกใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใณ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใใใใฏ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅๅพใในใใขใใฌในใๆๅฎใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐใ่กใๅฆ็ใงใใใ In S7205, the pointer update process is executed (S7205). Here, the details of the pointer update process will be described with reference to FIG. 84. FIG. 84 is a flowchart showing the pointer update process. This pointer update process acquires the transfer data information of the corresponding drawing contents or transfer target image data from the display data table and transfer data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d and the transfer data table buffer 233e, respectively. This is a process of updating the pointer 233f that specifies the power address.
ใใฎใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅๅใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅบฆใซ๏ผใ ใๅ ็ฎใใใใใใซๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅ็จฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใฏใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใใใใใใฎใใผใฟใฎๅฎไฝใฏใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใไปฅ้ใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใจใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใฎๅคใ๏ผใซๆดๆฐใใใใฎใงใใขใใฌในใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจใใใ้ ใซใใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใใๅฎไฝ็ใชใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใจใใงใใใ In this pointer update process, first, 1 is added to the pointer 233f (S7401). That is, in principle, the pointer 233f is updated so that only 1 is added each time the V interrupt process is executed. Further, as described above, in various data tables, Start information is described at the address "0000H", and the substance of each data is defined after the address "0001H", and the display data table is displayed. When the value of the pointer 233f is initialized to 0 as it is stored in the data table buffer 233d, the value is updated to 1 by this pointer update process. Substantial data can be read from the data table.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅพใๆฌกใใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใใฎๆดๆฐๅพใฎใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใฎใใผใฟใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ตๆใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซใใใฆใใใฎๅฎไฝใใผใฟใ่จ่ผใใใใขใใฌในใ้ใใฆใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆดๆฐใใใใใจใๆๅณใใใ After updating the value of the pointer 233f by the process of S7401, then, in the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d, whether or not the data of the address indicated by the updated pointer 233f is End information. (S7402). As a result, if it is End information (S7402: Yes), it means that the pointer 233f has been updated past the address in which the actual data is described in the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d.
ใใใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆๅๆๅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใใใใซใใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๅ ้ ญใใ้ ใซๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใๅฑ้ใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใขๆผๅบใ็นฐใ่ฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, it is determined whether or not the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d is a demo display data table (S7403), and if it is a demo display data table (S7403: Yes), the display data The time data corresponding to the production time of the demo display data table set in the table buffer 233d is set in the time counting counter 233h (S7404), the pointer 233f is set to 1 and initialized (S7405), and this processing is completed. Then, return to the display setting process. As a result, in the display setting process, the drawing contents can be expanded in order from the beginning of the demonstration display data table, so that the demonstration effect can be repeatedly displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใ ใๆธ็ฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใใใใซใใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใข็จ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซไปฅๅคใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใไพใใฐใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใ๏ผใคๅใฎใขใใฌในใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใๅธธใซๅฑ้ใใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง่ฆๅฎใใใๆๅพใฎ็ปๅใๅๆญขใใใ็ถๆ ใง่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆดๆฐๅพใฎใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใฎใใผใฟใ๏ผฅ๏ฝ๏ฝๆ ๅ ฑใงใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ On the other hand, in the process of S7403, when it is determined that the display data table stored in the display data table buffer 233d is not the demo display data table (S7403: No), the value of the pointer 233f is subtracted by 1 (S7403: No). S7406), this process is terminated, and the process returns to the display setting process. As a result, in the display setting process, when a display data table other than the demo display data table, for example, a variable display data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d, the previous address in which the End information is described is set. Since the drawn contents of the above are always expanded, the third symbol display device 81 can display the last image defined in the display data table in a stopped state. On the other hand, in the process of S7402, if the data of the address indicated by the updated pointer 233f is not End information (S7402: No), this process is terminated and the process returns to the display setting process.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใฎๅพใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๆดๆฐใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅ ใซๅฑ้ใใใ่ญฆๅ็ปๅใชใฉใจๅ ฑใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฑ้ใใใๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใๅ ใซใ็ปๅใๆงๆใใในใใฉใคใ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ฉ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใ่กจ็คบๅบงๆจไฝ็ฝฎใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใจใใฃใๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅ็จฎใใฉใกใผใฟใๆฑบๅฎใใใ Here, the process returns to FIG. 82 to continue the description. After the pointer update process, the drawing contents of the address indicated by the pointer 233f updated by the pointer update process are acquired from the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d (S7206). In the task processing (S6304), the type of sprite (display object) constituting the image is specified based on the drawing contents developed in the processing of S7206 together with the warning image developed earlier, and for each sprite. , Display coordinate position, enlargement ratio, rotation angle, and other parameters required for drawing are determined.
ๆฌกใใงใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใ ใๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆธ็ฎๅพใฎ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซๆปใใไธๆนใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใจใๆๅณใใใใใฎใจใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ตไบใใใจๅ ฑใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใฎใงใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใ็ขบ่ชใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Next, the value of the timekeeping counter 233h is subtracted by 1 (S7207), and it is determined whether or not the value of the timekeeping counter 233h after the subtraction is 0 or less (S7208). Then, when the value of the time counter 233h is 1 or more (S7208: No), the display setting process is terminated as it is, and the process returns to the V interrupt process. On the other hand, when the value of the time counter 233h is 0 or less (S7208: Yes), it means that the effect time corresponding to the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d has elapsed. At this time, if the variable display data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d, it is the timing to end the variable display and perform the stop display, so it is confirmed whether or not the confirmation display flag is on. (S7209).
ใใฎ็ตๆใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใพใ ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใฎๆผๅบใ่กใฃใฆใใใใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใฎๆผๅบใ่กใใฟใคใใณใฐใชใฎใงใใพใใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใชใณ็ถๆ ใง็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใๅพ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใฎๅ ๅฎนใใใฎใพใพใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅๅๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใซใณใใผใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ As a result, if the confirmation display flag is off (S7209: No), the confirmation display has not been produced yet, and it is time to produce the confirmation display. Therefore, first, the confirmation display data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d. It is set (S7210), and then the contents are cleared by writing the Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e (S7211). Then, the time data corresponding to the effect time of the final display data table is set in the time counter 233h (S7212), and the value of the pointer 233f is initialized to 0 (S7213). Then, after setting the confirmation display flag indicating that the confirmation display effect is being performed in the ON state to ON (S7214), the content of the stop symbol determination flag is copied as it is to the previous stop symbol determination flag provided in the work RAM 233. (S7215), the process returns to the V interrupt process.
ใใใซใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใชใฉใซใใใฆใใใฎๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใซๅใใใฆใๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅคๆดใใใ ใใงใๅฎนๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใซๅคๆดใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใๅพๆฅใฎใใใซใๅฅใฎใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ตทๅใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใๅ ดๅใจๆฏ่ผใใฆใใใญใฐใฉใ ใ่ค้ใใค่ฅๅคงๅใใใใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅคๅคงใช่ฒ ่ทใใใใใใจใใชใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฝๅใซ้ขไฟใชใใๅค็จฎๅคๆงใชๆผๅบ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, when the variable display data table is set in the display data table buffer 233d, the final display effect of the stop symbol in the variable effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 at the end of the effect. As such, the drawing content can be set. Further, the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be easily changed to the final display effect by simply changing the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d to the final display data table. Then, as compared with the case where the display content is changed by invoking another program as in the conventional case, the program is not complicated and bloated, and therefore, a large load is not applied to the MPU 231. A wide variety of effect images can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 regardless of the processing capacity of the display control device 114.
ใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๅๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใฏใๆฌกใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใใใซ็จใใใใใๅณใกใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบใฏใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฟใใฆๅคใใใใใงใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅบใฅใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใใพใงใฏใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใใใฎๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จ่ผใใใฆใใใใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๅๅๆญขๅณๆๅคๅฅใใฉใฐใใใ๏ผใคๅใซ่กใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎ็นๅฎใใๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใๅๅพใใใๅณๆใชใใปใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ็ฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅฎ้ใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็นๅฎใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผใคๅใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใซใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใใ The previous stop symbol determination flag set by the process of S7215 is used to specify the third symbol to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the next variation effect. That is, as described above, the display of the third symbol in the variation effect changes according to the stop symbol of the variation effect performed immediately before, and in the variation display data table, the variation based on the data table is changed. From the start to the elapse of a predetermined time, the symbol offset information from the stop symbol of the variation effect performed immediately before is described. In the task processing (S6304), from the start of the fluctuation until a predetermined time elapses, the stop symbol of the variation effect immediately before is specified from the previous stop symbol determination flag set by S7215, and the stop symbol thereof is specified. By adding the symbol offset information acquired by the display setting process to the specified stop symbol, the third symbol to be actually displayed is specified. As a result, the variation effect is started from the stop symbol in the previous variation effect.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใซไผดใฃใฆ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใซใชใฃใใใจใๆๅณใใใฎใงใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใใไธๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใขๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใ On the other hand, in the process of S7209, if the confirmation display flag is on (S7209: Yes), it is determined whether or not the demo display flag is on (S7216). If the demo display flag is off (S7216: No), it means that the value of the time counter 233h has become 0 or less with the end of the final display effect, so that a certain period of time has elapsed from the end of the final display effect. Later, a process for displaying the demo effect on the third symbol display device 81 is performed.
ใพใใใใข่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅๅพใใฆ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใๆธใ่พผใใใจใงใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใใฏใชใขใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ้ใใผใฟใ่จๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใซๅๆๅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณ็ถๆ ใงใใขๆผๅบไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซๆปใใ First, the demo display data table is acquired and set in the display data table buffer 233d (S7217), and the contents are cleared by writing the Null data to the transfer data table buffer 233e (S7218). Then, the time data corresponding to the effect time of the demo display data table is set in the time counter 233h (S7219). Then, the pointer 233f is initialized to 0 (S7220), the demo display flag indicating that the demonstration is being produced in the ON state is set to ON (S7221), this process is terminated, and the process returns to the V interrupt process.
ใใใซใใใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใๆฌกใฎๅคๅๆผๅบ้ๅงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่ชๅ็ใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใขๆผๅบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใใฎๆ็ปๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, if the display variation pattern command indicating the start of the next variation effect is not received after the final display effect is completed, the demo effect is automatically displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The drawing contents can be set to.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใใข่กจ็คบใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใใขๆผๅบใ่กใใใใใฎใใขๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใใจใๆๅณใใใฎใงใใใฎใพใพ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซๆปใใใใใฆใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆฌกๅใฎ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๅใณใใขๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใใใใซใๅ็จฎ่จญๅฎใ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฐใใช่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใพใงใฏใใใขๆผๅบใ็นฐใ่ฟใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the process of S7216, if the demo display flag is on (S7216: Yes), it means that the demo effect is performed after the final display effect is completed, and the demo effect is completed. Therefore, the display setting process is terminated as it is. Then, the process returns to the V interrupt process. Then, in this case, various settings are made so that the demonstration effect is started again as described above by the pointer update process executed in the next V interrupt process, so that the voice lamp control device 113 Until a new display variation pattern command is received, the demonstration effect can be repeated and displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
ใชใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใฎๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใใ ใใ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใซใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๅพใๆๅฎๆ้ใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅฟใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใฎไธๆนใฎ็ปๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ่ฆๅฎใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใ The simple display setting process (S6309) executed when the simple image display flag 233c is turned on in the V interrupt process (see FIG. 75B) also performs the same process as the display setting process. However, in the simple display setting process, after the effect time of the variation effect by the variation image when the power is turned on ends, one of the variation images when the power is turned on according to the stop symbol set based on the display stop type command for a predetermined time. The process of setting the display data table that specifies that the image of the above is stopped and displayed in the display data table buffer 233d is performed.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใไธ่ฟฐใฎ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 85 and 86, the details of the above-mentioned transfer setting process (S6305), which is one process of the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, will be described. First, FIG. 85A is a flowchart showing this transfer setting process.
ใใฎ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใฆใใชใใฎใงใๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใธๆปใใใใใซใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใชใใๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ In this transfer setting process, first, it is determined whether or not the simple image display flag 233c is on (S7501). If the simple image display flag 233c is on (S7501: Yes), all the image data that should be resident in the resident video RAM 235 has not been transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235, so that the resident image transfer setting The process is executed (S7502), the transfer setting process is terminated, and the process returns to the V interrupt process. As a result, a transfer instruction for transferring the image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 is set to the image controller 237. The details of the resident image transfer setting process will be described later with reference to FIG. 85 (b).
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใใๅณใกใใชใใงใใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใธๆปใใใใใซใใใไปฅๅพใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่กใใใใใใซ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใชใใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, if the simple image display flag 233c is not on, that is, is off as a result of the processing of S7501 (S7501: No), all the image data that should be resident in the resident video RAM 235 is the resident video from the character ROM 234. It has been transferred to RAM 235. In this case, the normal image transfer setting process is executed (S7503), the transfer setting process is terminated, and the process returns to the V interrupt process. As a result, the transfer instruction is set so that the subsequent transfer of image data from the character ROM 234 is performed to the normal video RAM 236. The details of the normal image transfer setting process will be described later with reference to FIG. 86.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the resident image transfer setting process (S7502), which is one of the transfer setting processes (S6305) executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, will be described with reference to FIG. 85 (b). FIG. 85B is a flowchart showing this resident image transfer setting process (S7502).
ใใฎๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆช่ปข้ใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ้ไฟกใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่กใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่กใฃใๅพใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใ่ปข้็ตไบไฟกๅทใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใจๅคๆญใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ปๅใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่กใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใฎๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆช่ปข้ใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ้ไฟกใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In this resident image transfer setting process, first, it is determined whether or not the image controller 237 is instructed to transfer the untransferred image data (S7601), and if the transfer instruction is transmitted (S7601: Yes). ) Further, it is determined whether or not the image data transfer process performed by the image controller 237 is completed based on the transfer instruction (S7602). In the process of S7602, when the image controller 237 is instructed to transfer the image data and then the transfer end signal indicating the end of the transfer process is received from the image controller 237, it is determined that the transfer process is completed. .. When it is determined by the process of S7602 that the transfer process has not been completed (S7602: No), the image transfer process is continuously performed in the image controller 237, so that the resident image transfer setting process is performed. finish. On the other hand, when it is determined that the transfer process is completed (S7602: Yes), the process proceeds to the process of S7603. Further, as a result of the processing of S7601, even if the transfer instruction of the untransferred image data is not transmitted to the image controller 237 (S7601: No), the process proceeds to the processing of S7603.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆช่ปข้ใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎๆช่ปข้ใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S7603, it is determined whether or not all the resident target image data to be resident in the resident video RAM 235 has been transferred (S7603), and if there is untransferred resident target image data (S7603: No), the non-resident image data has not been transferred. A transfer instruction is set for the image controller 237 so that the resident image data to be transferred is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235 (S7604), and this process is terminated.
ใใใซใใใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใๆ็ปใชในใใซใๆช่ปข้ใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใซ้ขใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใใใใใจใซใชใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใซ่จ่ผใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅบใซใๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซใฏใๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใจๆ็ตใขใใฌในใ่ปข้ๅ ใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผใใใง่ปข้ใใใๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใในใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใจใชใข๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅซใใใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ปๅ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใงๆๅฎใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆไธๆฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใๅพใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆชไฝฟ็จๆ้ไธญใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ปข้ใใใใใใฆใ่ปข้ใๅฎไบใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ปข้็ตไบไฟกๅทใ้ไฟกใใใ As a result, the drawing list transmitted to the image controller 237 in the drawing process includes the transfer data information regarding the untransferred resident target image data, and the image controller 237 describes the transfer described in the drawing list. Based on the data information, the resident target image data can be transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235. The transfer data information includes the start address and end address of the character ROM 234 in which the resident image data is stored, the transfer destination information (in this case, the resident video RAM 235), and the transfer destination (transferred here). The start address of the resident video RAM 235 (area provided in the resident video RAM 235) for storing the resident target image data) is included. The image controller 237 executes an image transfer process based on the transfer data information, reads the image data specified in the transfer process from the character ROM 234, temporarily stores the image data in the buffer RAM 237a, and then during the unused period of the resident video RAM 235. Transfers to the specified address of the resident video RAM 235. Then, when the transfer is completed, a transfer end signal is transmitted to the MPU 231.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใๅ จใฆใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฐกๆ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฐกๆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใณ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใฏใชใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใณ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใ้ๅธธๆใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏ้ๅธธๆใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใไปฅๅพใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใฏใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่กใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝๅ็ ง๏ผใ If all the resident target image data has been transferred as a result of the process of S7603 (S7603: Yes), the simple image display flag 233c is set to off (S7605), and this process ends. As a result, in the V interrupt process (see FIG. 75 (b)), the command is not a simple command determination process (see S6308 in FIG. 75 (b)) and a simple display setting process (see S6309 in FIG. 75 (b)). Since the determination process (see FIGS. 76 to 81) and the display setting process (see FIGS. 82 to 84) are executed, the drawing of the image at the normal time is set, and the third symbol display device 81 is set. The normal image is displayed. Further, the subsequent transfer of image data from the character ROM 234 is performed to the normal video RAM 236 by the normal image transfer setting process (see FIG. 86) (see S7501: No in FIG. 85 (a)).
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๆขใซใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎไธญใง่ปข้ใใใฆใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆไธป็ปๅใใใณ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๆๅคๅ็ปๅใ้คใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎๅธธ้งๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅไธญใไธๆธใใใใใจใชใไฟๆใใ็ถใใใใๅถๅพกใใใใใใซใใใๅธธ้ง็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅไธญใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใใใจใซใชใใ By executing this resident image transfer setting process, the MPU 231 is resident in all resident video RAM 235 except for the main image at power-on and the variable image at power-on that have already been transferred in the main process. The target image data can be transferred from the character ROM 234 to the resident video RAM 235. Then, the MPU 231 controls so that the image data transferred to the resident video RAM 235 is continuously held without being overwritten during the power-on. As a result, the image data transferred to the resident video RAM 235 by the resident image transfer setting process will be resident in the resident video RAM 235 while the power is turned on.
ใใฃใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใในใๅ จใฆใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใๅพใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝฟ็จใใชใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใใฐใ็ปๅๆ็ปๆใซ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใใใใใฎ่ชญใฟๅบใใซใใใๆ้ใ็็ฅใงใใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใๅณๅบงใซ่กใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, after all the image data that should be resident in the resident video RAM 235 is transferred to the resident video RAM 235, the display control device 114 uses the image data resident in the resident video RAM 235 while using the image controller 237. The image drawing process can be performed with. As a result, if the image data used for the drawing process is resident in the resident video RAM 235, it is not necessary to read the corresponding image data from the character ROM 234 configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed at the time of image drawing. Therefore, the time required for reading the data can be omitted, and the image can be drawn immediately and the drawn image can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81.
็นใซใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ่้ข็ปๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟๅณๆใใจใฉใผใกใใปใผใธใจใใฃใใ้ ป็นใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใชใฉใซใใฃใฆ่กจ็คบใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅพใๅณๅบงใซ่กจ็คบใในใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅธธ้งใใใใฎใงใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใงๆงๆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฃใฆไปปๆใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง่กใใใ็จฎใ ใฎๆไฝใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไฝใใใฎ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๅฟ็ญๆงใ้ซใไฟใคใใจใใงใใใ In particular, the resident video RAM 235 includes image data of frequently displayed images such as a rear image, a third symbol, a character symbol, and an error message, a main control device 110, an audio lamp control device 113, and a display control device 114. Since the image data of the image to be displayed is resident immediately after the display is determined by such as, even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a, various operations performed by the player at arbitrary timings can be performed. , The responsiveness until some image is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 can be kept high.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the normal image transfer setting process (S7503), which is one of the transfer setting processes (S6305) executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, will be described with reference to FIG. 86. FIG. 86 is a flowchart showing this normal image transfer setting process (S7503).
ใใฎ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใคใณใฟๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆดๆฐใใใใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใขใใฌในใซ่จ่ผใใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๅๅพใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใจๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผใๅใณใ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๆฝๅบใใฆใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใใฏใผใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใใชใณ็ถๆ ใง่ปข้้ๅงใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใใใจใ็คบใ่ปข้้ๅงใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In this normal image transfer setting process, first, from the transfer data table set in the transfer data table buffer 233e, the pointer 233f updated by the pointer update process (S7205) of the display setting process (S6303) executed earlier is used. Acquire the information described in the indicated address (S7701). Then, it is determined whether or not the acquired information is the transfer data information (S7702), and if it is the transfer data information (S7702: Yes), the character ROM 234 in which the transfer target image data is stored is obtained from the transfer data information. The start address (storage source start address), the final address (storage source final address), and the start address of the transfer destination (normal video RAM 236) are extracted and stored in the transfer data buffer provided in the work RAM 233 ( S7703) Further, the transfer start flag provided in the work RAM 233 and indicating that there is image data to be transferred in the ON state is set to ON (S7704), and the process proceeds to S7705.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๅพใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใงใฏใชใใ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ฝใใผใฟใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅๅ่กใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใๆฐใใซ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆดใซใใใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่กใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใ็ตไบใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Further, in the process of S7702, if the acquired information is not the transfer data information but the Null data (S7702: No), the processes of S7703 and S7704 are skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S7705. In the process of S7705, it is determined whether or not a new image data transfer instruction has been set for the image controller 237 after the previous image data transfer is completed (S7705), and the transfer instruction is set. If so (S7705: Yes), it is further determined whether or not the image data transfer performed by the image controller 237 is completed based on the transfer instruction (S7706).
ใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใๅพใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใ่ปข้็ตไบไฟกๅทใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใจๅคๆญใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ปๅใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่กใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใฎ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใๅๅใฎ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the process of S7706, after setting the image data transfer instruction to the image controller 237, when the transfer end signal indicating the end of the transfer process is received from the image controller 237, it is determined that the transfer process is completed. .. Then, when it is determined by the processing of S7706 that the transfer processing has not been completed (S7706: No), the image transfer processing is continuously performed in the image controller 237, so that the normal image transfer setting processing is performed. finish. On the other hand, when it is determined that the transfer process is completed (S7706: Yes), the process proceeds to the process of S7707. Further, as a result of the processing of S7705, even if the image data transfer instruction is not set for the image controller 237 after the end of the previous transfer processing (S7705: No), the process proceeds to the processing of S7707.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่ปข้้ๅงใใฉใฐใใชใณใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ปข้้ๅงใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่ปข้้ๅงใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใฆใใใฎใงใ่ปข้้ๅงใใฉใฐใใชใใซใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใใใกใซๆ ผ็ดใใๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใซ่จญๅฎใใไธใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ่ปข้้ๅงใใฉใฐใใชใณใงใฏใชใใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใชใณใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ่ปข้้ๅงใในใ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅญๅจใใฆใใชใใฎใงใใใฎใพใพ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S7707, it is determined whether or not the transfer start flag is on (S7707), and if the transfer start flag is on (S7707: Yes), the image data to be transferred exists, so that the transfer start flag is present. Is turned off (S7708), the image data of the sprite indicated by various information stored in the transfer data buffer by the process of S7703 is set as the image data to be transferred, and then the process proceeds to the process of S7713. On the other hand, if the transfer start flag is not on but off (S7707: No), then it is determined whether or not the rear image change flag 233w is on (S7709). If the rear image change flag 233w is not on but off (S7709: No), the image data to be transferred does not exist, so the normal image transfer setting process is terminated as it is.
ไธๆนใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่้ข็ปๅใฎๅคๆดใๆๅณใใใฎใงใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅพ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่้ข็ปๅ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซ่จญใใใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใกใใชใณ็ถๆ ใซใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็นๅฎใใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดใซใใชใณ็ถๆ ใซใใ่้ข็ปๅๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่้ข็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใจๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผใๅใณใ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, if the rear image change flag 233w is on (S7709: Yes), it means that the rear image is changed. Therefore, after the rear image change flag 233w is set to off (S7710), it is provided for each rear image type. Among the rear image discrimination flags 233x, the image data of the rear image corresponding to the rear image discrimination flag 233x in the on state is specified, and the image data is set as the transfer target image data (S7711). Further, the start address (storage source start address) and end address (storage source final address) of the character ROM 234 in which the image data of the back image corresponding to the back image discrimination flag 233x in the ON state is stored, and the transfer destination (transfer destination). The start address of the normal video RAM 236) is acquired (S7712), and the process proceeds to S7713.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใๅคๅฅใงใฏใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่กใใใใๅณใกใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใจใใใในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใใใฎๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใณใใงใใใฐใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใฃใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใจๅคๆญใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใใใงใใใฐใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใฃใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๆญใใใ In the process of S7713, it is determined whether or not the image data to be transferred is already stored in the normal video RAM 236 (S7713). The discrimination in the processing of S7713 is performed by referring to the stored image data discrimination flag 233i. That is, the storage state corresponding to the sprite that is the transfer target image data is read from the stored image data discrimination flag 233i, and if the storage state is "on", the image data of the sprite that is the transfer target is the normal video. It is determined that the data is stored in the RAM 236, and if the storage state is "off", it is determined that the image data of the sprite to be transferred is not stored in the normal video RAM 236.
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใๅฟ ่ฆใใชใใฎใงใใใฎใพใพ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซใใใ็ก้งใซ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ปข้ใใใใฎใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้จใซใใใๅฆ็่ฒ ๆ ใฎ่ปฝๆธใใใในใฉใคใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใใฉใใฃใใฏใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ Then, as a result of the processing of S7713, if the image data to be transferred is stored in the normal video RAM 236 (S7713: Yes), it is not necessary to transfer the image data from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236. , Ends the normal image transfer setting process as it is. As a result, it is possible to suppress unnecessary transfer of image data from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236, reducing the processing load on each part of the display control device 114 and reducing the traffic on the bus line 240. Can be planned.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใชใใใฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใซใใใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใๆ็ปใชในใใซใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใใใใใจใซใชใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใซ่จ่ผใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅบใซใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซใฏใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใจๆ็ตใขใใฌในใ่ปข้ๅ ใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผใใใง่ปข้ใใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใในใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญใใใใใตใใจใชใข๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๅซใใใใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ปๅ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใงๆๅฎใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใๆๅฎใใใใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผใใใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎใใใใขใใฌในใซ่ปข้ใใใใใใฆใ่ปข้ใๅฎไบใใใจใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ปข้็ตไบไฟกๅทใ้ไฟกใใใ On the other hand, if the transfer target image data is not stored in the normal video RAM 236 as a result of the processing of S7713 (S7713: No), the transfer instruction of the transfer target image data is set (S7714). As a result, the transfer data information of the image data to be transferred is included in the drawing list transmitted to the image controller 237 in the drawing process, and the image controller 237 displays the transfer data information described in the drawing list. Based on this, the image data of the image to be transferred can be transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236. The transfer data information includes the start address and end address of the character ROM 234 in which the image data of the image to be transferred is stored, the transfer destination information (in this case, the normal video RAM 236), and the transfer destination (transferred here). The start address of the sub-area) provided in the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236 for storing the image data of the image to be transferred is included. The image controller 237 executes an image transfer process based on the transfer data information, reads the image data specified in the transfer process from the character ROM 234, and designates the specified video RAM (here, the normal video RAM 236). Forward to the given address. Then, when the transfer is completed, a transfer end signal is transmitted to the MPU 231.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅพใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ้ๅธธ็จ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๆ ผ็ด็ปๅใใผใฟๅคๅฅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใจใชใฃใในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใณใใซ่จญๅฎใใใพใใใใฎไธใฎในใใฉใคใใจๅใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใตใใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใจใซใชใฃใฆใใใใฎไปใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ผ็ด็ถๆ ใใใชใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่กใใใใ After the process of S7714, the stored image data determination flag 233i is updated (S7715), and this normal transfer setting process is terminated. To update the stored image data discrimination flag 233i, as described above, the storage state corresponding to the sprite that is the transfer target image data is set to "on", and the sub of the same image storage area 236a as the one sprite. This is done by setting the storage state corresponding to other sprites that are supposed to be stored in the area to "off".
ใใฎใใใซใใใฎ้ๅธธ็จ็ปๅ่ปข้ๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎ็ตๆใ่กจ็คบ็จๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใกใณใใกใผใฌๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฝฟ็จใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ ๆปใชใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใฎไธญใง่้ข็ปๅๅคๆดใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใซๅบใฅใใฆ่้ข็ปๅใฎๅคๆดใ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎ่้ข็ปๅใง็จใใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎใใกใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่้ข็ปๅใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใ้ ๆปใชใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ปข้ใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by executing this normal image transfer process, the process corresponding to the display stop type command is executed in the command determination process executed earlier, and as a result, the display stop type command is used. When it is determined that the stop type information shown is the stop type of the jackpot, the image data used in the fanfare effect can be transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 without delay. Further, when the rear image is changed based on the reception of the rear image change command in the command determination process executed earlier, among the image data used in the rear image, the rear surface of the resident video RAM 235 is used. Image data not stored in the image area 235c can be transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 without delay.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใณใใณใ็ญใซๅบใฅใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็ญใซๅฟใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใซๅใใใฆใใใฎ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็ปๅ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎใใคใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใง็คบใใใใจใชใขใซ่จ่ผใใใฆใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใง็จใใใใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๆๆใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ขบๅฎใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the display data table is displayed as the display data table buffer 233d in response to a command (for example, a display variation pattern command) transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 based on a command or the like from the main control device 110. The transfer data table corresponding to the display data table is set in the transfer data table buffer 233e in accordance with the setting of. Then, the MPU 231 performs the normal image transfer setting process to the image controller 237 according to the transfer data information described in the area indicated by the pointer 233f of the transfer data table set in the transfer data table buffer 233e. Since the transfer instruction of the image data to be transferred is set, the image data of the sprite used in the display data table set in the display data table buffer 233d can be reliably transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 at a desired timing. Can be done.
ใใใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใซใใใฎๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎใฎใขใใฌในใซๅฏพใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใซๅพใฃใฆใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่ปข้ใใใใจใซใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใซๅพใฃใฆๆๅฎใฎในใใฉใคใใๆ็ปใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅธธ้งใใใฆใใชใ็ปๅใใผใฟใใๅฟ ใ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, in the transfer data table, the image data to be transferred is stored in the image storage area 236a so that the image data corresponding to the predetermined sprite is stored in the image storage area 236a by the time the drawing of the predetermined sprite is started according to the display data table. Since the transfer data information is specified for a predetermined address, the image data is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the image storage area 236a according to the transfer data information specified in the transfer data table, so that the transfer data information is specified according to the display data table. When drawing the sprite, the image data that is not resident in the resident video RAM 235 necessary for drawing the sprite can be stored in the image storage area 236a without fail.
ใใใซใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใ้ๅบฆใฎ้ ใ๏ผฎ๏ผก๏ผฎ๏ผคๅใใฉใใทใฅใกใขใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆงๆใใฆใใ้ ๆปใชใ่กจ็คบใซๅฟ ่ฆใช็ปๅใไบใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใใผใใซใงๆๅฎใใใๅในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใชใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎ่จ่ผใซใใฃใฆใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๅธธ้งใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ ใใๅฎนๆใซไธใค็ขบๅฎใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ่ปข้ใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, even if the character ROM 234 is configured by the NAND flash memory 234a having a slow read speed, the image required for display can be read in advance from the character ROM 234 and transferred to the normal video RAM 236 without delay. While drawing the image of each sprite specified in the data table, the corresponding effect can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Further, according to the description in the transfer data table, only the non-resident image data in the resident video RAM 235 can be easily and surely transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236.
ใพใใ่ปข้ใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใฏใในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟๆฏใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ปๅใใผใฟใ่ปข้ใใใใใใซใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใใซใใใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซ็ฎก็ใใใพใใๅถๅพกใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใใใฎ่ปข้ใซไฟใๅฆ็ใๅฎนๆใซ่กใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใในใใฉใคใๅไฝใงใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅถๅพกใใใใจใซใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎนๆใซใใคใคใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎ่ปข้ใๅถๅพกใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่ปข้ใซใใใ่ฒ ่ทใฎๅขๅคงใๅน็ใใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the transfer data table, the transfer data information is defined so that the image data is transferred from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 for each image data corresponding to the sprite. As a result, the transfer of the image data can be managed and controlled for each sprite, so that the processing related to the transfer can be easily performed. Then, by controlling the transfer of the image data from the character ROM 234 to the normal video RAM 236 in sprite units, it is possible to control the transfer of the image data in detail while facilitating the processing. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently suppress an increase in the load applied to the transfer.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใไธ่ฟฐใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 87, the details of the above-mentioned drawing process (S6306), which is one process of the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, will be described. FIG. 87 is a flowchart showing this drawing process.
ๆ็ปๅฆ็ใงใฏใใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๆฑบๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใๆงๆใใๅ็จฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็จฎๅฅใชใใณใซใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใใฉใกใผใฟ๏ผ่กจ็คบไฝ็ฝฎๅบงๆจใๆกๅคง็ใๅ่ปข่งๅบฆใๅ้ๆๅคใฮฑใใฌใณใใฃใณใฐๆ ๅ ฑใ่ฒๆ ๅ ฑใใใฃใซใฟๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๅใณใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่จญๅฎใใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใใใๆ็ปใชในใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใฟในใฏๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๆฑบๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใๆงๆใใๅ็จฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็จฎๅฅใใใๅในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ผ็ด๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใจใขใใฌในใจใ็นๅฎใใใใฎ็นๅฎใใใๆ ผ็ด๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใจใขใใฌในใจใซๅฏพใใฆใใฟในใฏๅฆ็ใงๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใใฉใกใผใฟใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใใฆใๅในใใฉใคใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎไธญใงๆใ่้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใในใในใใฉใคใใใๅ้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใในใในใใฉใคใ้ ใซไธฆใณๆฟใใไธใงใใใฎไธฆใณๆฟใๅพใฎในใใฉใคใ้ ใซใใใใใใฎในใใฉใคใใซๅฏพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆ็ปๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใจใใฆใในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ผ็ด๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใชใใณใซใขใใฌในใใใณใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎๆ็ปใซๅฟ ่ฆใชใใฉใกใผใฟใ่จ่ฟฐใใใใจใงใๆ็ปใชในใใ็ๆใใใใพใใ่ปข้่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใ่ปข้ๆ็คบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใฎๆซๅฐพใซใ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใจๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผใๅใณใ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใ่ฟฝ่จใใใ In the drawing process, the types of various sprites constituting one frame determined in the task process (S6304) and the parameters required for drawing each sprite (display position coordinates, enlargement ratio, rotation angle, translucent value, ฮฑ blending information). , Color information, filter designation information), and a drawing list (FIG. 38) is generated from the transfer instruction set by the transfer setting process (S6305) (S7801). That is, in the processing of S7801, the storage RAM type and address in which the image data of the sprite is stored are specified for each sprite from the types of various sprites constituting one frame determined in the task processing (S6304). Then, the parameters required for the sprite determined by the task processing are associated with the specified storage RAM type and address. Then, each sprite is rearranged in the order of the sprites to be arranged on the front side from the sprites to be arranged on the back side in the image for one frame, and then the details for each sprite are arranged in the order of the sprites after the rearrangement. A drawing list is generated by describing the storage RAM type and address in which the sprite image data is stored and the parameters required for drawing the sprite as various drawing information (detailed information). When a transfer instruction is set by the transfer setting process (S6305), the start address (storage source start address) of the character ROM 234 in which the transfer target image data is stored as the transfer data information at the end of the drawing list. And the final address (final address of the storage source) and the start address of the transfer destination (normal video RAM 236) are added.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใในใใฉใคใๆฏใซใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅธธ้ง็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใจใชใขใๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใตใใจใชใขใๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใฎใงใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใในใใฉใคใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใใใฎในใใฉใคใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ผ็ด๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ็จฎๅฅใจใขใใฌในใจใๅณๅบงใซ็นๅฎใใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๆ็ปใชในใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฎนๆใซๅซใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, for each sprite, the area of the resident video RAM 235 in which the image data of the sprite is stored or the sub area of the image storage area 236a of the normal video RAM 236 is fixed, so that the MPU 231 has a fixed area. , The storage RAM type and address in which the image data of the sprite is stored can be immediately specified according to the sprite type, and the information can be easily included in the detailed information of the drawing list.
ๆ็ปใชในใใ็ๆใใใจใใใฎ็ๆใใๆ็ปใชในใใจใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆ็นๅฎใใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใจใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉใธ้ไฟกใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ็ปใใใ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใๆ็คบใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ็ปใใใ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใๆ็คบใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใใ When the drawing list is generated, the generated drawing list and the drawing target buffer information specified by the drawing target buffer flag 233j are transmitted to the image controller (S7802). Here, when the drawing target buffer flag 233j is 0, the drawing target buffer flag 233j is 1 including the information instructing the image drawn in the first frame buffer 236b to be expanded as the drawing target buffer information. Includes information instructing the image drawn in the second frame buffer 236c to be expanded as the drawing target buffer information.
็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๆ็ปใชในใใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใฎๆ็ปใชในใใฎๅ ้ ญใซ่จ่ฟฐใใใในใใฉใคใใใ้ ใซ็ปๅใๆ็ปใใใใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใซใใฃใฆๆ็คบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซไธๆธใใซใใฃใฆๅฑ้ใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ปใชในใใซใใฃใฆ็ๆใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใซใใใฆใๆๅใซๆ็ปใใในใใฉใคใใๆใ่้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใๆๅพใซๆ็ปใใในใใฉใคใใๆใๅ้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใใจใใงใใใ The image controller 237 draws an image in order from the sprite described at the top of the drawing list based on the drawing list received from the MPU 231 and expands the image by overwriting the frame buffer specified by the drawing target buffer information. As a result, in the image for one frame generated by the drawing list, the sprite drawn first can be arranged on the backmost side, and the sprite drawn last can be arranged on the frontmost side.
ใพใใๆ็ปใชในใใซ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎ่ปข้ใใผใฟๆ ๅ ฑใใใ่ปข้ๅฏพ่ฑก็ปๅใใผใฟใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌใน๏ผใจๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌใน๏ผใๅใณใ่ปข้ๅ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใๆฝๅบใใใใฎๆ ผ็ดๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใใๆ ผ็ดๅ ๆ็ตใขใใฌในใพใงใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ ใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไธๆ็ใซๆ ผ็ดใใๅพใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆชไฝฟ็จ็ถๆ ใซใใใจใใ่ฆ่จใใฃใฆใใใใใก๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ปข้ๅ ๅ ้ ญใขใใฌในใซใใฃใฆ็คบใใใใจใชใขใซ้ ๆฌก่ปข้ใใใใใใฆใใใฎ้ๅธธ็จใใใช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฏใใใฎๅพใซ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๆ็ปใชในใใซๅบใฅใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใๆ็ปใชในใใซๅพใฃใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปใ่กใใใใ If the drawing list contains transfer data information, the transfer data information includes the start address (storage source start address) and the final address (storage source final address) of the character ROM 234 in which the transfer target image data is stored. ) And the start address of the transfer destination (normal video RAM 236) are extracted, and the image data stored from the start address of the storage source to the final address of the storage source is read out from the character ROM 234 in order and temporarily stored in the buffer RAM 237a. After that, the image data stored in the buffer RAM 237a is sequentially transferred to the area indicated by the transfer destination start address of the normal video RAM 236 in anticipation of when the normal video RAM 236 is in an unused state. Then, the image data stored in the normal video RAM 236 is used based on the drawing list subsequently transmitted from the MPU 231, and the image is drawn according to the drawing list.
ใชใใ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกๆ ๅ ฑใซใใฃใฆๆ็คบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใฏ็ฐใชใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใใใๅ ใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใ้งๅไฟกๅทใจๅ ฑใซใใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ไฟกใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซๅฑ้ใใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไธๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใซๆ็ปใใ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใชใใใไธๆนใฎใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใใๅฑ้ใใ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใจ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใจใๅๆไธฆๅ็ใซๅฆ็ใใใใจใใงใใใ The image controller 237 reads the image information of the previously expanded image from a frame buffer different from the frame buffer specified by the drawing target buffer information, and displays the image information together with the drive signal in the third symbol display device 81. Send to. As a result, the third symbol display device 81 can display the expanded image in the frame buffer. Further, while expanding the image drawn in one frame buffer, the image expanded from one frame buffer can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the drawing process and the display process are processed in parallel at the same time. be able to.
ๆ็ปๅฆ็ใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅพใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใฆใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใซๆปใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐใฏใใใฎๅคใๅ่ปขใใใใใจใซใใใๅณใกใๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผใใซใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆ่กใใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ปๅฏพ่ฑกใใใใกใฏใๆ็ปใชในใใ้ไฟกใใใๅบฆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใฎ้ใงไบคไบใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The drawing process updates the drawing target buffer flag 233j after the process of S7802 (S7803). Then, the drawing process is finished, and the process returns to the V interrupt process. The drawing target buffer flag 233j is updated by inverting its value, that is, by setting it to "1" when the value is "0" and to "0" when it is "1". Will be done. As a result, the drawing target buffer is alternately set between the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c each time the drawing list is transmitted.
ใใใงใๆ็ปใชในใใฎ้ไฟกใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซ็ปๅใณใณใใญใผใฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผไฟกๅทใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅบฆใซใ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใซใใใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใฆใ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใใใณ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใๅฎไบใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅพใซใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใช็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใ Here, the drawing list is transmitted by the MPU 231 based on the V interrupt signal transmitted from the image controller 237 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process and the display process of the image for one frame are completed. It will be performed every time the drawing process of the inclusion process (see FIG. 75 (b)) is executed. As a result, at a certain timing, the first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame, and the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. When the drawing process and the display process of are executed, the second frame buffer 236c is designated as a frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame 20 milliseconds after the drawing process for the image for one frame is completed, and one frame is specified. The first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer from which the minute image information is read. Therefore, the image information of the image previously expanded in the first frame buffer 236b can be read out and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, a new image is expanded in the second frame buffer 236c. ..
ใใใฆใๆดใซๆฌกใฎ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅพใซใฏใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฑ้ใใใ็ปๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅๆใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใช็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใไปฅๅพใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใๅฑ้ใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใใฌใผใ ใใใใกใจใใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผใใฌใผใ ใใใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใใใใไบคไบใซๆๅฎใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎๆ็ปๅฆ็ใ่กใใชใใใ๏ผใใฌใผใ ๅใฎ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅฆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๅไฝใง้ฃ็ถ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, after the next 20 milliseconds, the first frame buffer 236b is designated as the frame buffer for expanding the image for one frame, and the second frame buffer 236c is designated as the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. Will be done. Therefore, the image information of the image previously expanded in the second frame buffer 236c can be read out and displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and at the same time, a new image is expanded in the first frame buffer 236b. .. After that, one of the first frame buffer 236b and the second frame buffer 236c is used every 20 milliseconds for the frame buffer that expands the image for one frame and the frame buffer for reading the image information for one frame. By alternately designating, it is possible to continuously perform the display processing of the image for one frame in units of 20 milliseconds while performing the drawing processing of the image for one frame.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ
<Second Embodiment>
Next, a second embodiment of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. 88 to 107. In the second embodiment, a part of the configuration of the game board 13, a part of the configuration of the main control device 110, and a part of the configuration of the voice lamp control device 113 are different from the first embodiment. doing.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๅพใๅ ฅ็ๅฃใจใใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎไฝๅๅฃใ๏ผใคใใ็กใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆใใชใจใผใทใงใณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใจใชใฃใฆใใพใ้ๆใซๆฉๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใใใจใซๅ ใใๆฏๅๅไธใฎๅไฝใใฟใผใณใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใฃใฆๅฝน็ฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ In the first embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 3, a special electric actuating port 643 and an out port 644 are provided as entry ports for balls that have won a prize in the general electric winning device 640. Was there. Then, when the ball wins a prize in the special electric actuating port 643, the game per character is executed. However, in the above-described first embodiment, there is only one operating port for executing the game per character, and it is not possible to give variation to the game per character, so that the game becomes monotonous. In addition to getting tired of the game early, since the game per character is executed with the same movement pattern each time, the character game is executed at a timing that makes it easy for the ball to win the V winning opening 165 (special electric train). There is a problem that the game (to make the operating port 643 win a ball) is easily executed.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๆฐใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the second embodiment, the second special electric operating port 1643 is newly provided in the general electric winning device 640, and the balls winning the general electric winning device 640 are the special electric operating port 643 and the second special electric operating port. It differs in that it is configured so that it can win a prize in either 1643 or 644 out.
ใใใซใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใจใง็ฐใชใ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใปใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, it is configured so that a game per character with an opening pattern different between the case where the ball wins the special electric operation port 643 and the case where the ball wins the second special electric operation port 1643 is executed, and the special electric operation port 643 The game per character, which is executed when the ball wins in the second special electric operating port 1643, is more than the game per character, which is executed when the ball wins. It is configured to facilitate winning a prize in 165 (see FIG. 6).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซใใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใจใงใ็ฐใชใๅไฝใใฟใผใณใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใฃใฆๅฝน็ฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ With such a configuration, it is possible to make the player more interested in the flow situation of the ball that has won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 during the game per game. Further, since the game per character with different operation patterns is executed depending on whether the ball wins the special electric operating port 643 or the second special electric operating port 1643, the ball is made to win the V winning opening 165. It is possible to make it difficult for the game to execute the accessory game (make the special electric actuating port 643 win the ball) at an easy timing.
ใใใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆๆนๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆๆนๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใใๆฐใใซๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ Further, in the second embodiment, for the various effects executed in the first embodiment described above, when the game per character is executed during the time saving state, the remaining variation time of the normal symbol being executed is set. The first game method suggestion effect executed based on the first game method, and the second game executed based on the remaining variation time of the special symbol variation (special symbol variation) that is interrupted when the game per character is executed during the time saving state. The difference is that the two game method suggestion effects are newly configured to be feasible.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบใจใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก็ถๆณใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก็ถๆณใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In the above-described first embodiment, as described above with reference to FIGS. 12 to 19, as an effect for showing the game content of the game (special electric game) in the time-saving state, the remaining duration of the time-saving state and the normal symbol The effect for notifying the lottery result, the execution status of the game per character, and the execution status of the game per character is configured to be displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, and the game in the time saving state is displayed. It was intended to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner.
ใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใฏๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใใใฆใใใ่ฏใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใฏใงใใชใใฃใใใคใพใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็พ็ถใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่คๆฐใฎ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใงใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใ็ใใชใใใใกๆฉใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใปใใ่ฏใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใ่ซฆใใใชใในใ้ทใๆ้ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใใปใใ่ฏใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅ๏ผๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใชใใฃใใ However, in the effect content executed by the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above, it is possible to inform the player of the game status during the time saving state (during V rush) in an easy-to-understand manner, but during V rush. In, it was not possible to let the player select a game method in order to make the player perform a better game. That is, when the game per character that interrupts the subtraction of the remaining fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation (the period until the special symbol fluctuation that satisfies the time saving end condition), which is the remaining period of the V rush, is executed, the current situation However, it is better to finish the game per character as soon as possible while aiming to win the ball to the V winning opening 165 by letting the V winning device 65 win a plurality of balls, or to the V winning opening 165. It was not possible to suggest (notify) to the player whether it is better to give up the winning of the ball and continue the game per character for as long as possible.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆๆนๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆๆนๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎ็คบๅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใไปปๆใซ้ธๆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆๅฉๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎ็คบๅๆผๅบใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ช่บซใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ้ๆใซๅๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the second embodiment, since the above-described first game method suggestion effect and the second game method suggestion effect are configured to be executable, various suggestions to be executed for the player are executed. It is possible to select the game method of the game per character based on the effect content of the effect. Therefore, the game during the V rush is executed by the game method arbitrarily selected by the player, and the advantage during the V rush can be different depending on the selection result of the game method. On the other hand, the player can be interested. In addition, since the degree of advantage during the V rush can be changed according to the result of one's own selection, the player can be actively participated in the game, and the interest of the game can be improved.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆ็จใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตไธใๅพใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎๆงๆใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the configuration of the general electric winning device 640 used in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 88 and 89. FIG. 88 is a schematic view schematically showing the configuration of the general electric winning device 640 in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, and FIG. 89 is a general electric winning in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which showed the state which the ball which won a prize in the apparatus 640 can flow down to the 2nd special electric operation port 1643. The configuration of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment is different in that the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is different from that of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above. It is the same. The same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏๅด๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅบๅใใใไฝ็ฝฎใใใไธๆนๅด๏ผใซๅๆฌ ใใ่จญใใใใฎๅๆฌ ใ้จใซใใๅฝขๆใใใ้ๅฃ้จใใ็ใๆตๅ ฅใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ็ซฏๅดใจ้ฃ็ตใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 88, the general electric winning device 640 of the second embodiment has a lower end side (first) of the second partition wall 640k2 with respect to the general electric winning device 640 (see FIG. 3) of the first embodiment described above. 2 A notch is provided at a position (below the position separated by the movable valve 642), and a second partition wall 640k2 is formed in order to form a fourth flow path 641d through which a sphere can flow through an opening formed by the notch. The difference is that a fourth partition wall 640k4 connected to the lower end side of the is provided.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆตๅ ฅใใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ้ฎ่ฝใใ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๆต่ทฏใ้ฎ่ฝใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ่ชๅฐใใไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ Then, in order to allow the second flow path 641b to flow down toward the special electric actuating port 643 without the sphere flowing down the first flow path 641a flowing into the fourth flow path 641d, the second flow path 641b and the fourth flow path 641b and the fourth flow path 641b flow down. The normal position (see FIG. 88) that shields the road 641d and the flow path in which the ball flowing down the first flow path 641a flows down the second flow path 641b and enters the special electric actuating port 643 are shielded, and the fourth flow path is blocked. The difference is that a variable third movable valve 1643 is provided at the operating position (see FIG. 89) that guides the flow path 641d.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้งๅใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซไบใๅฎใใใใๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎใจใไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎใจใซๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ้้ปใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ้้ปใใใชใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใฏ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅ ดๅใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅ ดๅใจใใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅไฝใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใจใซใใใไธๆญฃใซ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Although detailed description will be described later, the third movable valve 1643 is configured to be variably operated by driving the third movable valve solenoid 209f connected to the input / output port 205 of the main control device 110. When the operation control of the game per normal drawing by the control device 110 is started, the operation is variably operated between the above-mentioned normal position and the operation position in a predetermined variable pattern. The third movable valve 1643 is located at the operating position when the third movable valve solenoid 209 is set to on (when energized), and when the third movable valve solenoid 209d is set to off (when not energized). ) Is configured to be located in the normal position. Therefore, it is located in the normal position when the game is not executed. In the second embodiment, the game content (operation) of the game per character executed in the case where the ball is won in the special electric operation port 643 and the case where the ball is won in the second special electric operation port 1643. The pattern) is different, and it is configured so that the ball is more easily won in the V winning opening 165 during the game per character when the ball is won in the second special electric operating port 1643. Therefore, when the third movable valve solenoid 209d is set to off, by positioning the third movable valve 1642 in the second special electric actuating port 1643 at a normal position where the ball cannot win, the ball is illegally placed. 2 It is possible to suppress the act of winning a prize in the special electric actuating port 1643.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏๅ็ฏๅฒใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆฅ่งฆใใชใ็ฏๅฒใจใชใใใใซ่จญ่จใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏๅ็ถๆณใ่ๆ ฎใใใใจ็กใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the movable range of the third movable valve 1643 is located in the second state (a state in which the ball flowing down the first flow path 641a is guided to the third flow path 641c (see FIG. 88)). It is designed so that it does not come into contact with the movable valve 642. With this configuration, the third movable valve 1642 can be moved without considering the movable state of the second movable valve 642.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎใซไฝ็ฝฎใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใงๅใๆญขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซไบใๅฎใใใใๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅฏๅคๅไฝใใใใใฎใงใใใไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ถญๆใใ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ถญๆใใๅฏๅคๅไฝใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใไฝๅๅฃใจใชใใ When the second movable valve 642 is located in the first state and the third movable valve 1642 is located in the operating position, as shown in FIG. 89, the ball that has won the general electric winning device 640 is the third movable. It is received by the upper surface of the valve 1642 and guided to the second special electric actuating port 1643. Although a detailed description will be described later, the third movable valve 1642 is variably operated in a predetermined variable pattern when the game is started per game, and the operating position (see FIG. 89) is set. It is configured to repeatedly execute a variable operation of maintaining the normal position (see FIG. 88) for 1.5 seconds while maintaining the position for 0.2 seconds. That is, about 85% of the balls that have passed through the second movable valve 642 located in the first state win a prize at the special electric actuating port 643, and about 15% win a prize at the second special electric actuating port 1643. doing. Therefore, during the game per game, the special electric operating port 643 is an operating port in which the ball is easier to win than the second special electric operating port 1643.
ใใใซใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ฎๆใ็น้ป้ๆใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆ็ตๆ๏ผไฝใใฎไฝๅๅฃใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใฎไธกๆนใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใๆณจ่ฆใใใใจใซใชใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, it is easier for the ball to win the V winning opening 165 in the game per character to be executed when the ball wins the second special electric operating port 1643 than when the ball wins the special electric operating port 643. It is configured as follows. Therefore, in the second embodiment, unlike the first embodiment described above, in the special electric game aiming at the V jackpot game triggered by the ordinary symbol lottery, the game result during the game per normal figure (the ball is placed in any of the operating ports). Since the ease of winning a ball into the V winning opening 165 during the game per character differs depending on whether or not the player wins the prize, the player can play both the game per game and the game per character. By paying close attention, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใไฝๅๅฃใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใชใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏๅคๅไฝใซใใฃใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใไฝๅๅฃใๅฏๅคใใใใจใ็กใใๅธธใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ๅธธๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใใฎ้ๅธธๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใ้ซใใใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, it is the third movable whether the operating port in which the ball wins is the special electric operating port 643 or the second special electric operating port 1643 in the game per game executed in the time saving state. Since it is determined by the variable operation of the valve 1642, the operating port where the ball is likely to win is not changed by the game per game to be executed, and it is expected that the ball will always win the second special electric operating port 1643. However, the player can enthusiastically perform the game per game, but the first type is not limited to this, and is set as, for example, when the player wins the game in the ordinary symbol lottery. Approximately 85% of the balls that have passed through the second movable valve 642 located in the state win the special electric operating port 643, and about 15% win the special electric operating port 1643. The type of normal normal figure to be played and the type of advantageous normal figure in which the game per normal figure is executed in which the ratio of the ball winning to the second special electric operating port 1643 is higher than that of the game per normal figure. It may be configured to be configurable.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็น้ป้ๆใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ จใฆใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใ็น้ป้ๆใใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, for a player who aims for a V jackpot game by a special electric game, the lottery result of the normal symbol (set type per normal figure), the game per normal figure, and the game per character The player can be watched, and the special electric game can be played more enthusiastically.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใฎ็นๅพด็ใชๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใซใใใฆๆฎๅณใญใณใฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใฎใใกใๆฎๅณใญใณใฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ๆชๆบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๆชๆบ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ
ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใซใใใฆๆฎๅณใญใณใฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใฎใใกใๆฎๅณใญใณใฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ไปฅไธ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ
ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ่กจ็คบๆ
ๆงใจๅไธใฎ่กจ็คบๆ
ๆงใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the production content executed in the second embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 90 and 91, the characteristic contents of various effects executed by the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment will be described. In FIG. 90 (a), the remaining period of the game per long game is determined in the state in which the game per long game and the game per character are executed in duplicate in the time saving state (V rush). It is a schematic diagram which showed an example of the display content which is displayed when it is less than a period (less than 15 seconds), and FIG. Schematic diagram showing an example of the display contents displayed when the remaining time of the game per object long is longer than a predetermined period (15 seconds or more) in the state where the game per object and the game are executed in duplicate. Is. The same display modes as those displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 described in the first embodiment described above are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted. do.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅไธญ๏ผใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใไธญๆญ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใๆ้ใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใพใงใฎ้ใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆฐใซใใใใจ็กใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, the time saving state is configured to continue until the special symbol variation in which the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied is completed, and during that time saving state (special symbol variation). When the game per character is executed in (middle), the special symbol fluctuation during execution is interrupted (the process of subtracting the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is interrupted). That is, while the game per character is being executed, the remaining period in the time saving state is not subtracted. Therefore, from the time when the game per character is executed until the ball is won in the V winning opening 165 (V winning), the game can be performed without worrying about the remaining period of the time saving state.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใซใๅคใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใ้ทใใใๆนๆณใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้้ใ็ญใใใใใจใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใใชใในใๅคใไธญๆญใใใๆนๆณใจใใใใใๅ่ ใฎๆนๆณใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซใใใใฎใงใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆ้ใซ้ขใใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใ่ใใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, in order to execute many jackpot games (V jackpot games) during the time saving state (during V rush), a long fluctuation time is executed as a special symbol variation executed during the time saving state. By setting, the method of lengthening the period of the time saving state (the period until the time saving end condition is satisfied) and the subtraction of the remaining period of the time saving state are as much as possible by shortening the interval at which the game per character is executed. There is a way to interrupt it. The former method is based on the result of the special symbol lottery and is set regardless of the skill of the player. Therefore, when a short fluctuation time is set as the special symbol variation executed during the time saving state, the player's game There was a risk that motivation would decline.
ไธๆนใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆ้ใซใใฃใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅพ่ ใฎๆนๆณใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the present embodiment, it is possible to change the length of the period in which the remaining period in the time saving state is subtracted depending on the skill of the player. You can enthusiastically play the game.
ใใใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้้ใ็ญใใใใใจใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใใชใในใๅคใไธญๆญใใใๆนๆณใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใงใใใใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ Here, a method of interrupting the subtraction of the remaining period in the time-saving state as much as possible by shortening the interval at which the game per character is executed will be described. The game in the time-saving state in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment described above. .. Then, a ball is made to win a ball in the special electric operation port 643 and the second special electric operation port 1643 in the general electric winning device 640 during the game per character, and the game per character is executed, and the V prize device is executed during the game per character. A ball is awarded (V prize) to the V winning opening 165 in 65, and a game (special electric game) aiming at a jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed.
ใใใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใฎ้ๅงๅฅๆฉใจใชใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฏใๆขใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฐใใซๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใฏ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฏใ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๆๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใพใงๆดๆฐใใใๆ้๏ผใฎ็ต้ใซใใฃใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, the lottery of the ordinary symbols that triggers the start of the special electric game is configured so that the lottery of the ordinary symbols has already been executed or is not newly executed during the game per ordinary symbol. In other words, the game per character and the lottery of ordinary symbols are configured to be executable. Further, a plurality of end conditions are set for the game per character, and when a predetermined number (3) of balls are won in the V winning device 65 during the game per character, or for a predetermined period (per character). The game is configured so that the game per character ends with the passage of time (the period during which the operation scenario of the game is updated until the end timing of the game per character).
ใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆ้๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๅณใกใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๆ้ใจ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๆ้ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆ้ไธญ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ไธญ๏ผใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก้้ใ้ทใใชใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, by lengthening the lottery period (variable period) of the normal symbol, that is, the execution period of the game per character that is executed overlapping with the period in which the game per character is not executed, the game per character is executed. It is possible to shorten the execution period of the special symbol change in the period when it is not done. As a result, it is possible to prevent the execution interval of the game per accessory from becoming long due to the execution of the special symbol variation during the lottery period (during the variation period) of the normal symbol.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใๆฏ่ผ็้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใใฎๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ็ญใ่จญๅฎใใใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅพใซใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ้็ถๆ ใ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, a plurality of open operation patterns can be executed as a game per game, and an open state (electric accessory) capable of winning a ball to the prize device 640 during the game per game. An advantageous per-figure game in which the open state (640a is open) is set to be relatively long, and a disadvantageous per-figure game in which the open state is set to be shorter than the advantageous per-figure game. There is. Further, in the disadvantageous game per game, after the open state is set in which the ball can be awarded to the general electric winning device 640, the closed state in which it is difficult to win the ball to the general electric winning device 640 is for a long time ( It is configured to be set (15 seconds).
ใใฎไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใ้ทๆ้ใฎ้้็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใจๅๆงใซใๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฎ่ณชไธๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใซใใใๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใๆ้ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้้ๆ้ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก้้ใ้ทใใชใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Even in a long-term closed state in this disadvantageous game per character, it is virtually impossible to execute a new game per character as in the above-mentioned fluctuation period of the normal symbol. When the game and the disadvantageous game per character are executed in duplicate, by lengthening the execution period of the game per character, the execution of the special symbol change during the period when the new game per character is not executed. The period can be shortened. As a result, it is possible to prevent the execution interval of the game per accessory from becoming long due to the execution of the special symbol variation during the closing period during the game per game.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใใใฆๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใ๏ผใใ้ฃใ๏ผไธๅฉๆ้๏ผๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้ใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้้ๆ้๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใฎไธๅฉๆ้ใจใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใจใใ้่คใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใใจใซใใใไธๅฉๆ้ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๅฉๆ้ใจๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใ้่คใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฎๆจใๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, during the V rush, the disadvantageous period (period in which the game per game is not executed (difficult to play)) is determined, and the period of disadvantage and the period in which the game per game is closed are determined. When the subtraction is interrupted and the game per character overlaps, it is possible to shorten the execution period of the special symbol change during the disadvantageous period by lengthening the execution period of the game per character being executed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the disadvantageous period and the game per character overlap, the player can be notified to that effect.
ใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้๏ผใฎ้้ๆ้ไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใพใงใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผ้้ๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็ตไบใพใง๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใฎๅฉ็นใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใจใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅ ฅ่ณใง๏ผณ๏ผด๏ผฏ๏ผฐ็ถ็ถใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่กจ็คบ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ That is, the game status of the game per character during the game per character can be visually recognized by the player according to the effect content displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. Then, the production mode is configured to be different depending on the game situation of the game per game during the game per character. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 90 (a), a game per character is being executed (a state in which the special figure fluctuation is interrupted), and a long time (15 seconds) in the game per disadvantageous figure. If it is during the closing period, in the display area HR10, "10 seconds until the end of the closing period" is used as information indicating the remaining period until the end of the game per disadvantageous drawing (the remaining period until the closing period ends). Comment is displayed. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, a comment "STOP continues without winning a prize per character" is displayed as a notification mode for notifying the player of the advantage of prolonging the game period of the game per character. Since the other display elements are the same as those in FIG. 13B of the first embodiment described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใฎใใใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใใณๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็ใ้ๆใๅณใกใ็ๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใ็ญใใชใๆใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กใ่ซฆใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใ้ทใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผ็ใ็บๅฐใใใชใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ In this way, by letting the player grasp the display mode of the display area HR10 and the display mode of the sub-display area Ds, the ball is moved to the V winning device 65 for the game per character being executed by the player. A game aiming for a V prize by winning a prize, that is, an end condition of a game per character based on a ball prize is likely to be established, and the game period per character is likely to be shortened. The first game that can be aimed at is executed, or the big hit game (V big hit game) by V winning is given up, and the game period per character is extended by satisfying the end condition of the game per character based on the passage of time. It is possible to select whether to perform two games (a game in which the ball is not fired).
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใจใใ้่คใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็ตไบใพใง๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใฎๅฉ็นใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใจใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅ ฅ่ณใง๏ผณ๏ผด๏ผฏ๏ผฐ็ถ็ถใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่กจ็คบ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 90 (b), even when the game per character and the long-term fluctuation of the normal symbol overlap, as in FIG. 90 (a), the player can play the game method ( Information for selecting the first game and the second game) is displayed. Specifically, when the game per character is being executed (a state in which the special figure change is interrupted) and the remaining period of the normal symbol change during execution is a predetermined period (15 seconds) or more, In the display area HR11, a comment "15 seconds until the end of the normal symbol fluctuation" is displayed as information indicating the remaining period of the normal symbol fluctuation. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, a comment "STOP continues without winning a prize per character" is displayed as a notification mode for notifying the player of the advantage of prolonging the game period of the game per character. Since the other display elements are the same as those in FIG. 13B of the first embodiment described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆ้๏ผๅฎ่กใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไฝใใฎ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฐใชใ็นใง้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅพใ้ๆ็ตๆใ็บ็ใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใใใฎๅพใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible for the player to have a different length of the period for interrupting the special symbol fluctuation depending on the skill (the content of the game to be executed), so that the player is in the V rush (time reduction). It is possible to actively execute the game in (during the state). Further, regardless of which game is selected by the player, a game result that may be advantageous to the player in different points can be generated. Therefore, depending on the game selected by the player, subsequent games can be obtained. The game results can be greatly different, and the game method can be selected more positively.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๅฐใชใใจใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใจใ็ญๆ้ๅคๅใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ญๆ้ๅคๅไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as an operation pattern of the game per normal figure executed in the time saving state, at least the advantageous game per game and the disadvantageous game per game are configured to be executable, and the game is executed in the time saving state. The fluctuation time of a normal symbol can be set to long-term fluctuation or short-term fluctuation. Then, when the game per character is executed during the game per advantageous normal symbol and when the game per character is executed during the short-time fluctuation of the normal symbol, the ball is won a V prize during the game per character. It is configured so that the player is more advantageous when the game (first game) in which the device 65 is awarded a prize is executed.
ใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใซใใใไธๅฉๆ้๏ผๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใชใๆ้๏ผใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผไธๅฉๆ้ใฎๆ็ก๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใซใชใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, the timing (presence or absence of the disadvantageous period) at which the disadvantageous period (the period during which the game per new character cannot be executed) in the time saving state (during the V rush) is changed according to the lottery result of the ordinary symbol. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game from becoming monotonous during the time-saving game (during V rush).
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใๆใๆๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใใฎๆๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใใใไธๅฉใชไธๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ็ฅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใง็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใงใไธๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ขบ็ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as a game per character, a game per advantageous character in which a ball winning the V winning device 65 is likely to win a prize (V prize) in the V winning opening 165, and a game per advantageous character. It is configured to be playable with a disadvantageous game per character, and when a game per advantageous character is executed, the ball can be V-winned at a rate of approximately 100% of the game per character. It is possible, and when the game per disadvantageous object is executed, the probability of winning a V is about 1/11.
ใใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใไธๅฉๆ้ใจ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฆ็คบใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎนๆใซ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆณใ็บ็ใใใซใ้ขใใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใ็ใใชใ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซไธๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, when the game per character that is executed overlapping with the disadvantageous period described above is the game per advantageous character, the effects shown in FIGS. 90 (a) and 90 (b) are not executed. ing. With this configuration, a game (second game) that does not aim to execute the V jackpot game is executed even though a situation has occurred in which the player can easily acquire the V jackpot game. , It is possible to prevent the player from playing an excessively disadvantageous game.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ็ญใๅ ดๅใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 91 (a) and 91 (b), an effect to be executed based on the length of the remaining period (remaining fluctuation time) of the special symbol variation interrupted in the game per character will be described. do. FIG. 91A schematically shows the display content of the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 when the remaining period of the suspended special symbol change is shorter than the predetermined period (for example, 5 seconds). FIG. 91 (b) is a diagram schematically showing the display content of the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 when the remaining period of the suspended special symbol change is longer than a predetermined period (for example, 5 seconds). It is a schematic diagram shown in the above.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใจใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใๆ็ญ๏ผๅ๏ผใซใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅ ็ฎใใๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅ้ใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅฎ่กๆใซไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆธ็ฎใ้ๅงใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, when the jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed during the time saving state (during V rush), the time saving state set after the end of the jackpot game is set. As the period of, the period is set by adding the remaining period of the special symbol change during interruption to the number of time reductions (for example, 4 time reductions) set according to the jackpot type of the jackpot game to be executed. doing. That is, the subtraction of the number of time reductions is started after the end of the special symbol variation (the special symbol variation that was interrupted at the time of executing the jackpot game) that is restarted after the end of the jackpot game.
ใใฃใฆใๅไธใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆฐใใชๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใจใซใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฏ็ฐใชใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็ฎๆใ้ๆๆงใๆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ่ฆ็ด ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎ่ฆ็ด ๏ผใจใใฆ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆใพใใใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็คบใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใๅใ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใจ็กใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๅ่จๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใใซใฆใณใใใฆใณ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Therefore, even when the jackpot game (V jackpot game) in which the same jackpot type is set is executed, after the jackpot game ends, according to the remaining period of the special symbol change during the jackpot game (V jackpot game). The period of the new time saving state to be set will be different. Like the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it has a game property of aiming for a big hit by a game different from the special symbol lottery during the time saving state, and an element for ending the special symbol lottery during the time saving state. In the pachinko machine 10 used as (an element for setting the duration of the time saving state), it is desirable to execute the jackpot game (V jackpot game) in a state where the remaining period of the special symbol variation is long. However, as in the first embodiment described above, the remaining time saving period mode 801 (see FIG. 12A) showing the duration of the time saving state does not show the remaining period of each special symbol variation, and is in the time saving state. Information corresponding to the total time until the end condition is satisfied is displayed, and the timer 812 (see FIG. 12B) waits until the special symbol change that satisfies the end condition in the time saving state is completed. The time is configured to be displayed as a countdown.
ใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกๅบๆฅใชใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅ ใใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฟใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆใๆฌกใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใง๏ผถ๏ผง๏ผฅ๏ผดใใใปใใๅคงใใฃใณในใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใง๏ผถ๏ผง๏ผฅ๏ผดใใใจๅคงใใฃใณในใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in the production mode described in the first embodiment described above, the player cannot grasp the remaining period of the special symbol change interrupted by the execution of the game per character. It was a thing. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in addition to the effect mode of the first embodiment described above, the effect according to the remaining period of the special symbol change during interruption can be executed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 91 (a), when the remaining period of the special symbol change during the interruption during the game per character is 0.1 seconds (see FIG. 91 (c)), the sub In the display area Ds, the comment "VGET is a big chance for the next character" is displayed, and as shown in FIG. 91 (b), the remaining period of the special symbol change during the interruption during the game per character is When it is 20.1 seconds (see FIG. 91 (d)), it is configured to display a comment of "a big chance if VGET is done per the character this time" in the sub-display area Ds.
ๅณใกใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใไบใๅฎใใใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ็ญใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผใ็ญใใชใๆใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผใ้ทใใชใๆใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใๅ ฅ่ณใใใชใใใ้ธๆ๏ผใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใไปปๆใซ้ธๆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the remaining period of the special symbol change during interruption is determined, and if the determination result is shorter than a predetermined period (for example, 5 seconds), the game per character is selected. When a ball is won in the V winning opening 165 and a V jackpot game is executed, an effect indicating that the time saving period (V rush period) set after the V jackpot game is likely to be shortened is produced. If the remaining period of the special symbol change that has been executed and is interrupted is longer than the predetermined period (for example, 5 seconds), the ball is won in the V winning opening 165 in this game per character, and the V jackpot game is played. When executed, it is configured to execute an effect indicating that the period of the time saving state (V rush period) set after the V jackpot game is likely to be long. Therefore, the player can select (select whether to win the ball in the V winning opening 165 or not) based on the content of the effect of executing the game method during the V jackpot game, and the player can select. It is possible to greatly differ the game results during the V rush period based on the game method arbitrarily selected by.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใซใฏใใใฎไปใซใๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆกไปถใ่จญใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฒๅพๆธใฎๆฎๅณไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผ็ฒๅพๆธใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ใซๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใจใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใจใใๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใณใกใณใใซๅพใฃใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใใชใ้ๆใ้ธๆใใๅพใซใ็ดใใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Although detailed description is omitted, in order to execute the effect shown in FIG. 91 (a), other effect execution conditions are provided. The first condition that is satisfied when the winning information that has been won is included in the winning information of the completed ordinary symbol, and the special symbol fluctuation (the special symbol fluctuation that the suspended special symbol fluctuation satisfies the time saving end condition) It has a second condition that is satisfied when it is not the final variation in time reduction). By setting the effect execution conditions in this way, the time saving state ends immediately after selecting the game in which the ball is not V-winned during the game per character being executed according to the comment displayed in the sub-display area Ds. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of such a situation.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฏๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆ็จใใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใๆฏ่ผใใๆฏ่ผๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฎๆฏ่ผ็ตๆใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎใปใใ้ทใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณไฟใๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎใปใใ็ญใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใฏ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใๆๅถใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅฎ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆ้๏ผๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆ้๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ธๅฏพ็ใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็ฒพๅบฆใฎ้ซใๆผๅบใๅฎ่ก๏ผ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ The execution conditions of the effects of FIGS. 91 (a) and 91 (b) described above may be the execution conditions used in the present embodiment. For example, the remaining period of the special symbol change during interruption and the next execution. If a comparison means is provided to compare the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation to be performed and the comparison result determines that the remaining period of the special symbol fluctuation during the interruption is longer, the V during the game per character this time. If the effect of prompting a prize (see FIG. 91 (b)) is executed and it is determined that the remaining period of the suspended special symbol change is shorter, the effect of suppressing the V prize during the game per character this time ( FIG. 91 (see (a)) may be configured to execute, whereby the period of the special symbol change that is actually executed (the period of the special symbol change that is executed next) is suspended. Since it is possible to relatively determine the remaining period of the special symbol variation of the above, it is possible to execute (set) a highly accurate effect on the player, and it is possible to enhance the effect.
ไปฅไธใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใง็คบใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎไธญๆญไธญ๏ผใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใๅใณใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉใจใชใๅพใ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใๅใณใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎใใใใใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅณใกใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซใใใๅ็จฎ็ถๆณใ็คบๅใใ็ถๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใฎใฟใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ถๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใๆๆกใใ้ๆ่ ใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใๅๆใใๆใๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆๆนๆณใ่ชใไบๆธฌใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใๆฅฝใใใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, as shown in FIGS. 90 and 91, in the present embodiment, the change state of the normal symbol during the game per character during the V rush (during the interruption of the change of the special symbol), the game situation of the game per normal symbol, In addition, the player is made to select the game method by configuring to execute an effect suggesting a game method that may be advantageous to the player based on the remaining period of the suspended special symbol change. It is configured to be able to provide fun, but is not limited to this, for example, the fluctuation status of the normal symbol during the game per character, the game status of the game per normal map, and the interruption. It may be configured to execute the effect suggesting each of the remaining periods of the special symbol variation, that is, to execute only the situation suggestion effect suggesting various situations during the V rush period. With this configuration, the player who grasps the situation suggestion effect analyzes the game situation during the V rush period, predicts the most advantageous game method by himself, and provides the fun of selecting the game method. Can be done.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ไธญใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ไธญใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ใ็ญใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ใ้ทใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ใ็ญใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ใ้ทใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใปใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๅ
จไฝใฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฏพใใๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ
ใจใชใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใฎๅฒๅใไฝใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ใ็ญใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใไธใคใ็ญใๆ้๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใชใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ใ้ทใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ้ทใ๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใชใใ
<About the flow of the game in the time saving state in the second embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 92 and 93, the flow of the game in the time saving state in the second embodiment will be described. In the second embodiment, as the game per game to be executed when the game is won in the ordinary symbol lottery during the time saving state, the game per game with a short period of the game per game and the period of the game per game are It is configured to be playable with a long game per game. Then, the Fuden winning device 640 for the length of the entire game per Fuzu is opened in the game per Fuzu, which has a longer period of the game per Fuzu, than the game per Fuzu, which has a shorter period of the game per Fuzu. It is configured so that the proportion of the length of the period of state is low. In other words, in the game per game, which has a short game per game, the ball can be won by the Fuden winning device 640 during the game per game, and the ball can be won in a short period (about 3.5 seconds). It is an advantageous game per figure that ends the game per figure, and the game per game that has a long period of game per game can win a ball to the Fuden winning device 640 during the game per game. It takes a long time to finish the game per figure (about 17.5 seconds), which is a disadvantageous game per figure.
ใใใซใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎๅฏๅคๅไฝใงๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅพใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใใใใฎ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ก้งใซๆธ็ฎใใใไธๅฉๆ้ใจใชใใ Further, as will be described in detail later, in the above-mentioned disadvantageous game per drawing, the winning device 640 is closed after the winning device 640 is opened by the same variable operation as the game per advantageous drawing. This is a game per game in which a period of 15 seconds is set, and the 15 seconds is a disadvantageous period in which the remaining period of the special symbol change is unnecessarily subtracted.
ใใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใไธๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ้ๆใฎๆตใใ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๆๅใฎ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใฎๆ้ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๅฅๆฉใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Therefore, the timing at which the above-mentioned disadvantageous period is set and the game content of the game per character will be described with reference to FIG. 92. FIG. 92 is a timing chart showing the flow of the game when the disadvantageous game per map (B per map) is executed. When a winning game is won by a normal symbol lottery and a game per unfavorable figure is executed, the general electric winning device 640 opens for 1 second, closes for 0.5 seconds, closes for 1 second, closes for 15 seconds, and opens for 0.1 seconds. The game per figure is executed. Then, when the ball that has won the Fuden winning device 640 during the first 1-second opening period wins the special electric operating port 643, the game per character is executed with the winning as an opportunity.
ใใใฆใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใใซใ็น้ปไฝๅ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจ็กใใๆ้็ต้ใง็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใใใใฃใฆใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใไธๅฉๆ้ใฎไธ้จใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใ็ถๆ ใจ้่คใใใใใจใใงใใใใใไธๅฉๆ้ไธญใซๆธ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใใงใใใ The details will be described later with reference to FIG. 96 (b), but as shown in FIG. 92 (a), the ball is not made to win the V winning device 65 during the special electric operation (game per accessory). If the game is terminated after a lapse of time, the game per character will end 8.1 seconds after the game per character is started, so that the special symbol fluctuation (special symbol fluctuation) will occur for 8.1 seconds. The subtraction of the fluctuation time is interrupted. Therefore, a part of the disadvantageous period set when the game per disadvantageous figure (B per ordinary figure) is executed can be overlapped with the state in which the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is not subtracted, so that during the disadvantageous period It is possible to reduce the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation to be subtracted.
ไธๆนใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็น้ปไฝๅ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็ๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆ้็ต้ใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๆ้๏ผใ็ญใใชใใใใไธๅฉๆ้ไธญใซๆธ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใ On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 92 (b), a specified number (3 pieces) of balls are won by the V winning device 65 during the special electric operation (game per character), and the game per character is completed based on the ball winning. In the case of this, the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation is interrupted as compared with the case where the game per character is terminated after the time lapse shown in FIG. 92 (a). Since the period) is shortened, the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation that is subtracted during the disadvantageous period becomes long.
ใใฎใใใช็ถๆณใซใใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใ็ถ็ถใใฆไธญๆญใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใจใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใไธๅฉๆ้ใจใ้่คใใใใใไธๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใใใจใ็กใใ In such a situation, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 90 (a), the period until the end of the game per normal figure is displayed in the display area HR10, and further, the special symbol changes in the sub-display area Ds. Since the game method for continuously interrupting the subtraction of the fluctuation time of is displayed as a guide, it is possible to make it easier for the player to select the game method during the game per character. If the ball wins the V winning opening 165 during the game per character and the V jackpot game is executed, the jackpot game period and the disadvantageous per-figure game (B per per-figure) are executed. Since the disadvantageous period set in this case overlaps with the disadvantageous period, there is no disadvantage to the player due to the disadvantageous period being set.
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆ้็ต้ใง็ตไบใใ็ก้งใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใ้ฒใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ขบ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, for the player, select a game method that prevents the game per character being executed from being ended with the passage of time and the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation being unnecessarily subtracted, or the character being executed. It is possible to provide the enjoyment of having the ball win the V winning opening 165 in the hit game (the winning probability is about 1/11) and selecting the game method aiming at the V jackpot game.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใ้ทๆ้ๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใ้ทๆ้ๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ้ๆใฎๆตใใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 93, the flow of the game when a long-term fluctuation (15 seconds), which is disadvantageous to the player, is selected as the fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation executed during the time saving state will be described. do. FIG. 93 is a timing chart schematically showing the flow of the game when a long-term fluctuation (15 seconds), which is disadvantageous to the player, is selected as the fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation executed during the time saving state. be.
่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ็งใฎ็ญๅคๅใจใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ทๅคๅใจใใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใๅฎ่กใใใไธใคใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใๆ้ใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชไธๅฉๆ้ใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้้็ถๆ ๆ้ใจๅๆงใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๆ้ใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใ้่คใใใไธๅฉๆ้ไธญใฎ็ก้งใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใใซใใใปใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅน็่ฏใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Details will be described later, but in the present embodiment, as the fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation executed in the time saving state, a short fluctuation of 1 second and a long fluctuation of 15 seconds are selected. .. Here, during the fluctuation period of the normal symbol in the time saving state, the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is executed, and the game per normal symbol is not executed, which is a disadvantageous period for the player. .. Therefore, as in the closed state period during the game per game described above with reference to FIG. 92, the game period of the game per accessory, that is, the period during which the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation is suspended, is normal. It is possible to efficiently execute the game in the time saving state by overlapping the fluctuation period of the symbol fluctuation and preventing the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation from being unnecessarily subtracted during the disadvantageous period.
่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็น้ปไฝๅ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็ๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆ้็ต้ใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๆ้๏ผใ็ญใใชใใใใไธๅฉๆ้ไธญใซๆธ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใ Details will be described later with reference to FIG. 96 (b), but as shown in FIG. 93 (a), a specified number (3 pieces) of balls are awarded to the V winning device 65 during the special electric operation (game per accessory). When the game per character is terminated based on the ball winning, the period of the game per character (compared to the case where the game per character is completed after the lapse of time shown in FIG. Since the period during which the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is suspended) is shortened, the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation to be subtracted during the disadvantageous period becomes long.
ไธๆนใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใใซใ็น้ปไฝๅ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจ็กใใๆ้็ต้ใง็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ทๆ้ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใ็ถๆ ใจ้่คใใใใใจใใงใใใใใไธๅฉๆ้ไธญใซๆธ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 93 (b), when the ball is not won by the V winning device 65 during the special electric operation (game per character) and is completed over time, the game per character Since the game per character is completed 8.1 seconds after the start of the game, the subtraction of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation (special symbol fluctuation) is interrupted for 8.1 seconds. Therefore, since the fluctuation period of the long-time normal symbol fluctuation (15 seconds) can be overlapped with the state in which the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is not subtracted, the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation subtracted during the disadvantageous period is reduced. be able to.
ใใฎใใใช็ถๆณใซใใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใ็ถ็ถใใฆไธญๆญใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใจใ้ทๆ้ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใ้่คใใใใใไธๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใใใจใ็กใใ In such a situation, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 90 (b), the period until the end of the fluctuation per normal figure is displayed in the display area HR11, and further, the special symbol change in the sub-display area Ds. Since the game method for continuously interrupting the subtraction of the fluctuation time of is displayed as a guide, it is possible to make it easier for the player to select the game method during the game per character. In addition, when the ball wins the V winning opening 165 during the game per character and the V jackpot game is executed, the jackpot game period and the long-term fluctuation period of the normal symbol (15 seconds) Since the above are duplicated, there is no disadvantage to the player due to the setting of the disadvantage period.
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆ้็ต้ใง็ตไบใใ็ก้งใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใ้ฒใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ขบ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, for the player, select a game method that prevents the game per character being executed from being ended with the passage of time and the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation being unnecessarily subtracted, or the character being executed. It is possible to provide the enjoyment of having the ball win the V winning opening 165 in the hit game (the winning probability is about 1/11) and selecting the game method aiming at the V jackpot game.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration in the second embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 94 to 99. In the second embodiment, a part of the ROM 202 configuration of the main control device 110 and a part of the RAM configuration of the voice lamp control device 113 are different from the first embodiment described above. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใ็คบใใใญใใฏๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฅ็ถใใใใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฐใใชใฝใฌใใคใใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 94, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 94 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment. In the second embodiment, with respect to the electrical configuration (see FIG. 21) of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above, a part of the configuration of the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 and the RAM of the audio lamp control device 113 The difference is that a new solenoid is added to the solenoid 209 connected to the input / output port 205 of the main control device 110, and the other parts are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้งๅใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใๅฅๆฉใซๆๅฎ้้ใงใชใณ็ถๆ ใจใชใ็ถๆ ใจใซๅใๆฟใๅถๅพกใใใใใใใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใซๅฏๅคใใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝๅใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใๅใๆฟใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the second embodiment, as described above with reference to FIGS. 88 and 89, the third movable valve 1642 is provided in the solenoid winning device 640, and the third movable valve 1642 is driven. 3 The difference is that the movable valve solenoid 209f is added. Although a detailed description will be described later, the third movable valve solenoid 209f is controlled to be switched between an on state and an off state at predetermined intervals when the game is executed per normal drawing. As a result, the third movable valve 1642 is changed to the normal position (see FIG. 88) and the operating position (see FIG. 89) during the game per game. Therefore, when the second movable valve 642 operates during the game per game and the ball winning the prize in the normal electric winning device 640 flows down toward the special electric operating port 643, the third movable valve 1642 may be affected. , The ball will switch between winning the special electric operating port 643 and winning the second special electric operating port 1643. Therefore, it is possible to make the player interested in the flow situation of the winning ball in the Fuden winning device 640.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆฟใใฆๅ็จฎๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใๆฐใใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the ROM 202 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 95 (a). FIG. 95A is a schematic view schematically showing the contents of ROM 202 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in the second embodiment. In the second embodiment, various operation scenario 2 tables 202aa are provided in place of the various operation scenario tables 202e for the ROM 202 (see FIG. 23) in the first embodiment described above, and a new type selection table 202ab per drawing is provided. , The difference is that the general map fluctuation pattern selection table 202ac is provided. The other elements are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ฐใชใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซ่คๆฐใฎ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใๅไฝใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใ้ใซๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคใจใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ First, the type selection table 202ab per drawing will be described with reference to FIG. 95 (b). FIG. 95 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the type selection table 202ab per drawing. In the second embodiment, unlike the first embodiment described above, a plurality of types of games per game to be executed in a time-saving state are provided, and games per game with different operation patterns can be executed. ing. Although a specific description is omitted, in the normal symbol variation processing (see S106 in FIG. 48), when the normal symbol variation won per normal symbol is stopped (S1117: Yes), the ball passes through the through gate 67. Based on the value of the second hit type counter C9 (0 to 99) acquired at the time and the set game state, the normal figure hit type is selected with reference to the normal figure hit type selection table 202ab. It is configured as follows.
ๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใจใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใชๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ้ธๆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใฎๅ จไฝใซๆธกใฃใฆ่คๆฐๅ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใๆฏ่ผ็ใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ้ธๆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผกใใจๅๆงใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅพใซ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใฎๅพๅใซ๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Explaining specifically the contents specified in the type selection table 202ab per normal symbol, the set game state is a time saving state (low probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol), and is acquired. In the range where the value of the second hit type counter C9 is "0 to 89", "A per normal figure" is defined as the type per normal figure, and in the range of "90 to 99", "A per normal figure" is defined. "B per ordinary figure" is stipulated. The specific operation content of the game per game will be described later, but if "A per game" is selected (selection rate 90%), multiple times (twice) over the entire game period per game. ), The electric accessory 640a is opened, and a game per game is executed, which makes it relatively easy for the ball to win the prize in the prize-winning device 640. On the other hand, when "B per Fuzu" is selected (selection rate 10%), after the same game per Fuzu as "A per Fuzu" is executed (in the latter half of the game period per Fuzu), A game per game is executed in which the period during which the electric accessory 640a is closed is set for a long period of time (15 seconds).
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใจใชใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผกใใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๅ จไฝใซๆธกใฃใฆ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใ ใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผขใใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅพๅใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใชๆ้ใ้ทๆ้่จญๅฎใใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ก้งใซๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆไธๅฉใจใชใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใชใใ As described above, since the game per normal figure is executed without interruption of the special symbol fluctuation, the "A per normal figure" sets the ball to the special electric actuating port 643 or the special electric actuation port 643 throughout the game per game. It is possible to make a prize in the 2nd special electric operation port 1643 and execute a game aiming at a game per character, but in "B per normal figure", the ball is made to win a prize in the normal electric winning device 640 in the latter half of the game per normal figure. Since the difficult period is set for a long period of time, the remaining period of the special symbol change is unnecessarily subtracted, resulting in a disadvantageous game per game that is disadvantageous to the player.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใฎใใใช้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใฐใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ทใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใงใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซๆธ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, in the case where such a game per character that is disadvantageous to the player is executed, if the player is executing the game per character, the game per character can be continued for a long time. , Disadvantageous It is configured to execute an effect (see FIG. 90 (a)) that allows the player to select a game that reduces the remaining period of the special symbol that is subtracted during the execution period of the game. There is. As a result, it is possible to change the period during which the time saving state continues based on the skill of the player, so that the player's motivation to play can be increased.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใ Next, the contents of the general map variation pattern selection table 202ac will be described with reference to FIG. 95 (c). FIG. 95 (c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the normal map fluctuation pattern selection table 202ac. The normal symbol variation pattern selection table 202ac is a data table for selecting a variation pattern of the normal symbol executed when the sphere passes through the through gate 67, and is a normal symbol variation process (S106 of FIG. 48). (See), which is usually referred to when selecting the fluctuation time of a symbol.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใซ็ตฑไธใใใฆใใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ ใใงใใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 48, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is unified to 3 seconds. Therefore, in the process of selecting the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol (see S1114 in FIG. 48), it is 3 seconds. Only the fluctuation time (variation pattern) was set. On the other hand, in the second embodiment, a different variation pattern can be selected based on the set gaming state and the value of the variation type counter CS2 referred to when selecting the variation type of the normal symbol. It is configured in.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅคๅๆ้๏ผ็งใฎ้ๅธธๅคๅใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใฎ๏ผ็ง้ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธๆนใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ็ญๅคๅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ้ทๅคๅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, when the gaming state is the normal state, the normal fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 3 seconds is selected for the entire range (0 to 198) of the acquired fluctuation type counter CS2. .. That is, in the normal state, the normal symbol variation for 3 seconds, which is the same as that of the first embodiment described above, is executed. On the other hand, when the game state is the time saving state, the short fluctuation is defined as the fluctuation pattern in which the value of the fluctuation type counter CS2 is in the range of "0 to 179" and the fluctuation time is 1 second. Long fluctuations are defined as fluctuation patterns with a fluctuation time of 15 seconds in the range of "180 to 197".
ใใฎใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ธๆใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใจใซใชใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใฎ็กใๆ้ใงใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธ็ฎๅฆ็ใใใๆ้ใงใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใชใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the length of the period in which the normal symbol is fluctuating greatly differs depending on the normal symbol fluctuation pattern selected during the time saving state. During the fluctuation period of the normal symbol in this time-saving state, the game is not executed per normal symbol, and further, the remaining period of the special symbol fluctuation is subtracted. , It becomes a general figure fluctuation pattern that is disadvantageous to the player.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใฎใใใช้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใฐใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ทใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใงใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซๆธ็ฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, in the case where the normal symbol fluctuation is executed in such a disadvantageous normal symbol fluctuation pattern that is disadvantageous to the player, if the player is executing the game per character, the game per character is played. By continuing for a long time, it is possible to execute an effect (see FIG. 90 (c)) that allows the player to select a game that reduces the remaining period of the special symbol that is subtracted during the execution period of the unfavorable figure fluctuation. It is configured in. As a result, it is possible to change the period during which the time saving state continues based on the skill of the player, so that the player's motivation to play can be increased.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎใใกใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏใๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 96A, the contents of each operation scenario table 202e, which are different from the above-described first embodiment, will be described. FIG. 96A is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of each operation scenario table 202e in the second embodiment. In the second embodiment, a part of the operation scenario table 202e3 per normal figure is changed with respect to each operation scenario table 202e (see FIG. 26) of the first embodiment described above, and the operation per second accessory. The difference is that the scenario table 202e5 has been added. Other than that, they are the same, and the same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใ First, the contents of the operation scenario table 202e5 per second accessory will be described with reference to FIG. 96 (b). FIG. 96B is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the operation scenario table 202e5 per second accessory. The second character per character operation scenario table 202e5 is a data table that defines the operation scenario of the character per character game to be executed when the ball wins the second special electric operation port 1643 in the game per game. ..
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅพใซ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใฎ็ถๆ ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใพใงใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผใ็ถ็ถใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎ๏ผใฉใฆใณใๆ้ใ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆ้ไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฏใ็้่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้้ฟ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งปๅใใฆใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๅฐ้ใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ่คๆฐใฎ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ Specifically, the timing when the value of the scenario counter is "1", that is, the state where the storage solenoid 209c is set to off immediately after the game per character is executed and the storage solenoid 209c is off is the game per character. Is stipulated to continue until the end of. Then, the value of the scenario counter is "25", that is, the opening period (the period in which the V opening / closing door 65a is closed) continues until 0.1 seconds after the game per accessory is started, and then the scenario counter An operating scenario is defined in which the value ranges from "26" to "400", that is, the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set on (the round period is set) for 1.5 seconds. When the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to ON, the V opening / closing door 65a is opened, and the ball can win the V winning device 65. The ball that has won the V winning device 65 during this round period passes through the storage valve 66a that has moved to the ball non-storage state (evacuation state) and reaches the first movable valve 66b. Therefore, since a plurality of balls can flow into the first movable valve 66b during one game per character, the probability of winning a V during the game per character can be increased.
ใใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐ้ใใใจใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใ็ถๆ ใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใๅณใกใ๏ผ็ง้็ถ็ถใใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐ้ใใใจใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ้ใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅพใซใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ้๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ Then, when the value of the scenario counter reaches "400", the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to off, and the state in which the V opening / closing door 65a is closed is until the value of the scenario counter reaches "1650", that is, The operation scenario is specified so that it lasts for 5 seconds. After that, when the value of the scenario counter reaches "1650", the value of the scenario counter reaches "2025" until "1675", that is, after the V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to ON for 0.1 seconds. During the period V winning opening solenoid 209b is set to off.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใจใงใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ็ตฑไธๅใใคใคใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this embodiment, the operation scenario for the storage valve 66a specified in the above-mentioned operation scenario table 202e2 for the accessory and the operation scenario for the storage valve 66a specified in the operation scenario table 202e5 for the second accessory. Therefore, the operation contents of the storage valve 66a are different, but the operation content is not limited to this, and in the game per character to be executed, while unifying the operation contents of the storage valve 66a, the V winning opening during the game per character It may be configured so that the winning ratio of the ball is different to 165.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ็ง้ใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅพใซใ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ็ง้ใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎๅพใๅๅบฆ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฉใฆใณใๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใ Specifically, in the operation scenario of the storage solenoid 209c, after the storage solenoid 209c is set to off for 3 seconds after the game per character is started, the storage solenoid 209c is set to on for 2 seconds, and then the storage is stored again. It is stipulated that the solenoid 209c is set to off, and when a ball wins in the second special electric operation port 1643, the opening period (the period when the V opening / closing door 65a is closed) 0.1 seconds and the round period (V opening / closing). The operation scenario is defined so that the game per accessory is executed so that the door 65a is in the open state for 1.5 seconds and the ending period (the period in which the V opening / closing door 65a is in the closed state) is 1.5 seconds.
ไธๆนใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฉใฆใณใๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้๏ผ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใซใใใฆ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ใงใใชใ้้ฟ็ถๆ ๏ผ็้่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ่คๆฐใฎ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใใจใซใชใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643, the opening period (the period when the V opening / closing door 65a is closed) is 3.1 seconds, and the round period (the period when the V opening / closing door 65a is open) is 1.5 seconds. , The operation scenario may be defined so that the game per accessory that has an ending period (a period in which the V opening / closing door 65a is closed) of 1.5 seconds is executed. With this configuration, in the game per winning combination executed based on the winning of the ball in the second special electric operating port 1643, the storage valve is used for a period during which the ball can be won by the V winning device 65. Since 66a is in a retracted state (ball non-storage state) in which balls cannot be stored, a plurality of balls that have won a prize in the V winning device 65 will flow into the first movable valve 66b, and a prize will be given to the V winning opening 165. You can increase the probability of doing so.
ใพใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใซใใใฆ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ใ่ฒฏ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ชๅบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็่ฒฏ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎใใกใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่ฒฏ็้จใซ่ฒฏ็ใใใ็ใฎใฟใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใใจใซใชใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ขบ็ใไฝใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the game per winning combination executed based on the winning of the ball in the special electric operation port 643, the storage valve 66a protrudes so that the ball can be stored in the V winning device 65 during the period in which the ball can be won. Since it is in a state (ball storage state), only the balls stored in the storage portion of the storage valve 66a flow into the first movable valve 66b among the balls that have won the V prize device 65, and the V prize is won. It is possible to reduce the probability of winning the mouth 165.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฎใๆใ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ็๏ผใๅฏๅคใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝใใฟใผใณใฎใใกใๆๅใซ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใฎใฟใ็ฐใชใใใใ ใใงใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ็ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๅไฝๅถๅพกใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใฎใฟใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใไปฅ้ใฏๅ ฑ้ใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็จฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅไฝๅถๅพกใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the ease of winning a ball (V winning rate) is changed to the V winning opening 165 during the playing per character game according to the type of the game per character to be executed. Of the opening pattern of the V opening / closing door 65a and the operation pattern of the storage valve 66a, the V winning rate can be changed only by changing the length of the period (opening period) until the V opening / closing door 65a is first opened. Therefore, it is possible to simplify the operation control in the game per character. That is, the operation scenario is set for each type of the game per character only during the period from the start of the game per character to the end of the opening period, and after that, the operation control of various devices is performed based on the common operation scenario. Can be executed, so that the operation control can be simplified.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใไพใซใใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆฉใๆฎต้ใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅน็่ฏใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ฒฏ็ๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅไฝ๏ผ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซใใๅไฝ๏ผใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใใใๅใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฆ่ฉฐใพใใๆใใฏใๆๅณ็ใซๆป็ใใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅพใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅไฝ๏ผ่ฒฏ็ใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซใใๅไฝ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใไธๆญฃใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, according to the above-mentioned example, the game per character that is advantageous to the player (the game per character that is executed when the ball wins the second special electric operating port 1643) is more disadvantageous to the player. Rather than the game per character (the game per character that is executed when the ball wins the special electric operating port 643), the ball is won by the V winning device 65 at an earlier stage after the game per character is started. It is configured so that As a result, it is possible to efficiently execute a game that is advantageous to the player. Further, as the operation content of the storage valve 66a, an operation that is advantageous to the player (an operation that turns off the storage solenoid 209c) is performed, and a ball is won by the V winning device 65 by a game per character that is disadvantageous to the player. Since it is set before the timing when it becomes possible, the ball that has won the V winning device 65 during the game per character, which is disadvantageous to the player, is clogged in the V winning device 65, or Even if it is intentionally retained, since the operation advantageous to the player (the operation of turning off the storage solenoid 209c) is not executed after that, the act of illegally winning the ball into the V winning opening 165 is suppressed. Can be done.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅพๅๆ้ใซ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้้ๆ้ใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใจใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ Although detailed description is omitted, in the present embodiment, the operation scenario defined in the operation scenario table 202e2 per accessory is different from that of the first embodiment described above. Similar to the second character-per-character operation scenario table 202e5 described with reference to FIG. 96 (b), a 15-second closing period and a 0.1-second open period are defined in the latter half of the character-per-character game. It differs in that it does.
ๅณใกใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใจใๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ดๅใจใใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, when the game per character is executed, the game per character is terminated based on the ball winning, and the game per character is terminated based on the passage of time. It is configured so that the game period of the hit game can be greatly different. As a result, it is possible to make the game result in the time saving state greatly different depending on the selection result of the game method during the game per character, and it is possible to enthusiastically play the game.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎใใกใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใจใใๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 97 (a), the points different from the above-described first embodiment in the operation scenario table 202e3 per normal figure of the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 97A is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the operation scenario table 202e3 per normal diagram of the second embodiment. The second embodiment is different from the first embodiment described above in that the operation content of the game per game executed in the time saving state is different, and is the same except for the above-mentioned first embodiment. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. As shown in FIG. 97 (a), in the second embodiment, the operation scenario of the game per normal figure executed in the time saving state is different from that of the first embodiment described above, and 2 per normal drawing for time saving. It has a scenario 202e33 and three scenarios 202e33 per time-saving general map.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๅ จไฝใฎ้ทใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ๅ จไฝใซๅ ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใฎๅฒๅใใๅพ่ฟฐใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใใใ้ซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 97 (b), the contents of the two scenarios 202e33 per time-saving general map will be described. FIG. 97 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents specified in 2 scenarios 202e33 for time saving. In this time-saving 2 scenarios 202e33 per normal figure, the operation scenario of the game per normal figure to be executed when "A per normal figure" is selected as the type per normal figure is defined, and the entire game per normal figure is defined. The length is 3.6 seconds, and the ratio of the period during which the electric accessory 640a is open to the entire game period per normal drawing is the operation scenario specified in 3 scenarios 202e34 per normal drawing for time saving, which will be described later. A higher per-figure game is performed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๆ็น๏ผใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใชใ๏ผใพใงใชใณ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใคใพใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผกใใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใฏใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๅฟ ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, an operation scenario in which the second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to ON is defined for a scenario counter value of "1", and an operation scenario in which the third movable valve solenoid 209f is set to ON is defined. It is stipulated. The second movable valve solenoid 209e is set to be on until the end of the game per normal drawing (the value of the scenario counter becomes "900"). That is, in the game per normal figure executed in response to "A per normal figure", the ball winning the electric accessory 640a always wins the special electric operating port 643 or the second special electric operating port 1643. It is configured.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใชใณๆ้๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใไฝๅไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝ็ฝฎใใใๆ้๏ผใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใชใๆ้๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ้ๅธธไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝ็ฝฎใใใๆ้๏ผใจใใ็นฐใ่ฟใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใจใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, the third movable valve solenoid 209f has an on period of 0.2 seconds (a period in which the third movable valve 1642 is positioned at an operating position where the ball can win a prize in the second special electric operating port 1643) and 1.5 seconds. The off period (the period during which the third movable valve 1642 is positioned at the normal position where the ball can win a prize in the special electric actuating port 643) is repeatedly set. That is, the ratio of the ball passing through the second movable valve 642 to the second special electric operating port 1643 is about 11%, and the ratio of the ball passing through the second movable valve 642 to the special electric operating port 643 is about 11%. It is configured to be 89%.
ใใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณใกใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใพใงใชใผใใใณใฐๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผใ็ถ็ถใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใ๏ผใใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ใๅๅบฆๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใพใงใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใก๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๅ จไฝใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๆ้ใฎๅ่จใ๏ผ็งใจใชใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใซใใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆ้๏ผ็น้ป้ๆใ้ฒ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝ๏ผใชๆ้๏ผใจใชใใ Then, the value of the scenario counter is "25", that is, the opening period (the period in which the electric accessory 640a is closed) continues until 0.1 seconds after the start of the game per normal figure, and then the scenario counter The value is in the range of "26" to "274", that is, for 1 second, the normal power solenoid is set to on (the electric accessory 640a is in the open state), and the range is in the range of "275" to "400". That is, the solenoid is turned off for 0.5 seconds (the electric accessory 640a is closed). Then, the solenoid solenoid is set on again in the range of "401" to "649", that is, for 1 second, and then in the range of "650" to "900", that is, for 1 second. An operating scenario in which the electric solenoid is set to off is specified. That is, when the game per game based on the operation scenario defined in the two scenarios 202e33 for shortening the time is executed, the opening operation in which the electric accessory 640a is released for 1 second is executed twice. The game is executed, and the total open state period of the electric accessory 640a at which the ball can win the prize for the prize-winning device 640 is 2 seconds with respect to the total period (3.6 seconds) of the game per screenplay. Therefore, about 40% of the game period per scenario is advantageous to the player (it is possible to advance the special electric game (special electric operation port 643 or the second special electric operation port 1643) to win a prize. ) Period).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใฎใงใใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฏๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 98, the contents of the three scenarios 202e34 per time-saving general map will be described. FIG. 98 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in 3 scenarios 202e34 per time saving general drawing. The three scenarios 202e34 per normal figure for shortening the time are defined as the operation scenarios of the game per normal figure to be executed when "B per normal figure" is selected. The contents specified in 3 scenarios 202e34 per time-saving general map are the same for the above-mentioned 2 scenarios 202e33 per time-saving general map until the value of the scenario counter reaches "650". Therefore, the details thereof. Explanation is omitted.
ใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅพใใทใใชใชใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใจใชใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ปใฝใฌใใคใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The value of the scenario counter is in the range of "650" to "3500", that is, the solenoid is set to off for 15 seconds, and then the value of the scenario counter is in the range of "3501" to "3524", that is, The normal power solenoid is set to on for 0.1 seconds, and then the normal power solenoid is set to off when the value of the scenario counter becomes "3525".
ใคใพใใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ๅ จไฝใฎ้ทใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใฎๅ่จใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๅ จไฝใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๆ้ใฎๅ่จใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใซใใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆ้๏ผ็น้ป้ๆใ้ฒ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝ๏ผใชๆ้๏ผใจใชใใใใใซใ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ้ๆพๅไฝใ็ตใใใจใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใใฎ้ใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใใ In other words, in the game per game specified in 3 scenarios 202e34 per game for shortening the time, the total length of the game period per game is 17.7 seconds, and the ball is awarded a prize during the game per game. The total period during which the device 640 can be awarded is configured to be 2.1 seconds. Therefore, for the entire game period (17.7 seconds) per game, the total open state period of the electric accessory 640a in which the ball can win the prize in the game winning device 640 is 2.1 seconds. , Approximately 12% of the game period per normal figure is a period that is advantageous to the player (It is possible to advance the special electric game (it is possible to make the ball win the special electric operation port 643 or the second special electric operation port 1643) Period). Further, when the second electric accessory 640a opening operation is completed, the electric accessory 640a is closed for 15 seconds.
ใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ๏ผใทใใชใช๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใๆ้ใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใชใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ใฎ้้็ถๆ ไธญใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใไธๅฉใจใชใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใชใใ Therefore, if 3 scenarios 202e34 are set per time-saving general map during the time-saving state, the period during which the ball cannot win the general electric winning device 640 is set for a long period of time, which is disadvantageous to the player. It will be a game. Further, in the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, when the special symbol lottery executed during the time saving state reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, four times) (the fourth special symbol change ends). (If this is the case), the time saving state is configured to end, and the remaining period of the special symbol fluctuation is subtracted during the game per game. That is, even in the closed state for 15 seconds, the remaining period of the special symbol change is subtracted, so that the game is a per-figure game that is disadvantageous to the player.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ็บๅฐ็ฆๆญข็คบๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๆธใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 99. FIG. 99 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the configuration of the RAM of the voice lamp control device 113. As shown in FIG. 99, in the second embodiment, the normal figure fluctuation time counter 223aa, the normal figure per time counter 223ab, and the firing are prohibited with respect to the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the first embodiment described above. The suggestion flag 223ac and the effect setting flag 223ad are different in that they are added. Other elements are the same, and the same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎๆ็๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๆงใ ใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The normal figure fluctuation time counter 223aa is a counter for measuring the fluctuation time of a normal symbol, and when a normal figure fluctuation pattern command is received, the fluctuation time corresponding to the received command is set, and the voice lamp control device. It is configured so that the value of the counter set in the effect update process executed periodically (every 1 millisecond) in the main process of 113 (see FIG. 60) is subtracted. It is referred to when the game per character is executed, and various effects are executed based on the counter value.
ๆฎๅณๅฝใใๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใใปใใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎๆ็๏ผ๏ผใใช็งๆฏ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The normal figure per time counter 223ab is a counter for measuring the game period in which the normal figure per game is executed, and when the normal figure per start command is received, the normal figure per game period corresponding to the received command is received. Is set, and the value of the counter set in the effect update process executed periodically (every 1 millisecond) in the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113 is subtracted. doing.
็บๅฐ็ฆๆญข็คบๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใใใณใฏใใใ๏ผๆ้็ต้ใซใใฃใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผใใใฎใใณใฏ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎๅนใใ้ใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใ้ใซใใใฉใฐใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใจใๆ็ซใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบใๆ้็ต้็ตไบ๏ผใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใ The firing prohibition suggestion flag 223ac is set to on when the puncture suggestion effect for puncturing the game per character (ending the game per character over time) is performed, and the function is set to on. It is set to off when the hit game is over. When the game per character is completed, the display mode of the ending screen of the game per character is changed based on the setting status of the flag and the end conditions (end of winning, end of time lapse) of the established game per character. Referenced when.
ๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๆธใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ตไบใใใใใจใ็คบๅใใใใณใฏ็คบๅๆผๅบใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฎใงใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฐ็จใฎๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The effect-set flag 223ad has a puncture suggestion effect that suggests that the game per character is ended based on the passage of time, and an effect that suggests that the ball is won by the V winning device 65 during the game per character. This is to indicate that the setting has been made, and is set to be turned on when a dedicated effect is set during the game per character.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นใงๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใๅใณใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆ็ฐใชใๅไฝๅ
ๅฎนใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๅ
ๅฎนไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process executed by the main control device in the second embodiment>
In the second embodiment, the game per accessory is different from that of the first embodiment described above, depending on the operating port (special electric operating port 643, second special electric operating port 1643) in which the ball wins during the game per game. There is a big difference in that it is configured to be feasible. Further, although detailed illustration is omitted, in the normal symbol lottery, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is set in the game state and the value of the acquired fluctuation type counter CS2, and the normal symbol fluctuation pattern selection table 202ac (FIG. 95 (c)). The difference is that the game can be selected by referring to (see)) and the game per game with different operation contents can be executed as the game per game executed during the time saving state. The control processing executed by the main control device 110 is the same except for the above-described contents, and the same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็น็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 100, the contents of the special electric start opening winning process 2 (S108) will be described. FIG. 100 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special electric start opening winning process 2 (S108). The special electric starting port winning process 2 (S108) is the operating port (special electric operating port 643, second) in which the ball wins the special electric starting port winning process (see S108 in FIG. 50) of the first embodiment described above. The difference is that the hit type corresponding to the special electric operation port 1643) can be set, and the other points are the same. The same control contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใจใฎ็ธ้็นใไธญๅฟใซ่ชฌๆใ่กใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the audio lamp control device in the second embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 101 to 107, regarding the control process executed by the voice lamp control device 113 in the second embodiment, the control executed by the voice lamp control device 113 in the first embodiment described above. The explanation will focus on the differences from the processing. The control process executed by the voice lamp control device 113 of the second embodiment is a command determination process (S4112 of FIG. 61) with respect to the control process executed by the voice lamp control device 113 of the first embodiment described above. Instead of the normal figure-related process (see S4217 in FIG. 66) executed in (see), the normal figure-related process 2 (see S4217 in FIG. 101) is executed in the hit-related process (S4219 in FIG. 67). Instead of the object hit-related process (S4804 in FIG. 70), the accessory hit-related process 2 (see S4851 in FIG. 103) is replaced with the effect update process (see S4111 in FIG. 72), and the effect update process 2 (S4151 in FIG. 105) is replaced. See), which is different in that it is executed. The other elements are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใ Here, the contents of the general drawing-related process 2 (S4217) will be described with reference to FIG. 101. FIG. 101 is a flowchart showing the contents of the general drawing-related process 2 (S4217). The normal map-related process 2 (S4217) is a process executed when a normal map variation pattern command is received with respect to the normal map-related process (see S4217 in FIG. 66) of the first embodiment described above, and a normal map-related process. It differs from the process executed when the start command is received, except that it is the same.
ๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ่คๆฐใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ When the normal figure-related process 2 (S4217) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the normal figure fluctuation pattern command has been received (S4701), and if it is determined that the command has been received (S4701: Yes), the normal figure change start process is performed. Is executed (S4751), and then this process is terminated. The normal figure variation start process (S4751) executed in the process of S4751 will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 102, but a process for measuring the fluctuation time of the normal symbol variation is executed. In the present embodiment, a plurality of fluctuation times can be selected as the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol (see FIG. 95 (c)), and the advantage of the game executed in the time saving state according to the selected fluctuation pattern. It is configured to have a variable degree.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใใฎๆ้๏ผๅฏพๅฟใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆๅไฝใทใใชใชใฎ๏ผฅ๏ผฎ๏ผคๆ้๏ผใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S4701, if it is determined that the normal map fluctuation pattern command has not been received (S4701: No), it is determined whether or not the normal map per start command has been received (S4703), and if it is determined that it has been received (S4703). S4703: Yes), based on the received command, set the time per normal figure (END time of the corresponding game operation scenario per normal figure) in the time counter per normal figure (S4752), and issue the start command per normal figure for display. Set (S4704), and this process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined in the process of S4703 that the start command for hitting the normal figure has not been received (S4703: No), S4705-S4714, which is the same as the normal figure-related process of the first embodiment described above (see FIG. 66). Execute the process and end this process.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๆฎๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็พๅจใๆ็ญไธญ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๆฎๅณๅคๅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้ใๆฝๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใๅคใๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, the contents of the normal map fluctuation start processing (S4751) will be described with reference to FIG. 102. FIG. 102 is a flowchart showing the contents of the normal map fluctuation start processing (S4751). When the normal map fluctuation start process (S4751) is executed, first, it is determined whether the current time is in the time saving (in the time saving state) (S4771), and if it is determined that the time is not in the time saving (S4771: No), The display normal map fluctuation command is set (S4771), and this process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined in the processing of S4771 that the time is not shortened (S4771: Yes), the normal map fluctuation time is extracted from the received normal map fluctuation pattern command (S4772), and the extracted value is used as the normal map fluctuation time counter 223aa. (S4773), the above-mentioned process of S4774 is executed, and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 103, the contents of the accessory per related process 2 (S4851) will be described. FIG. 103 is a flowchart showing the contents of the accessory per related process 2 (S4851). The bonus-per-related process 2 (S4851) describes the content of the process executed when the bonus-per-match start command is received and the ending command is received with respect to the above-mentioned bonus-per-related process (S4804). The differences are different in that they are changed, and the other elements are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็บๅฐ็ฆๆญข็คบๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the character hit related process 2 (S4851) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the character hit start command has been received (S5101), and if it is determined that the command has been received (S5101: Yes), the character hit start is started. The process is executed (S5151), and the present process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the signal has not been received in the process of S5101 (S5101: No), the same processes of S5103 to S5107 as the above-mentioned related process per accessory (S4804) are executed, and the ending command is executed in the process of S5107. When it is determined that the command has been received (S5107: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the firing prohibition suggestion flag 223ac is set to ON (S5152).
ใคใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซ็ใฎ็บๅฐใ็ฆๆญขใใใใปใใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบๅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใฆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็บๅฐ็ฆๆญข็คบๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็บๅฐ็ฆๆญข็คบๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ้็ต้ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ That is, in the process of S5152, it is determined whether or not the player is executing the effect for suggesting that it is advantageous to prohibit the player from firing the ball. If it is determined in the process of S5152 that the firing prohibition suggestion flag 223ac is not turned on (S5152: No), the same processes of S5108 to S5109 as the above-mentioned accessory hit related process (S4804) are executed, and this process is terminated. do. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S5152 that it is set to on (S5152: Yes), the firing prohibition suggestion flag 223ac is set to off (S5153), and the end condition of the game per normal figure this time is over time. It is determined whether or not there is (S5154).
ๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใๆๅใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใงใฏ็กใใๅณใกใ็ๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใๆฎๅฟตใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใปใใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใใไธๅฉใช็ถๆ ใใไบๆธฌใใใใฎไบๆธฌ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็คบๅๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใฎใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใไปๅใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๆญฃใใ้ธๆใงใใฃใใฎใๅฆใใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ If it is determined that the game per game based on the passage of time is over (S5154: Yes), a display command indicating "success" is set (S5155), and the game per game based on the passage of time is not the end. That is, when it is determined that the game per game based on the ball winning is completed (S5154: No), a display command indicating "sorry" is set (S5156). In this way, it is predicted whether it is advantageous or disadvantageous to let the player shoot the ball based on the game content of the game per normal figure in the time saving state, and the player is played based on the prediction result. When an effect suggesting a method is executed, it is determined whether or not the game per game has ended based on the content of the suggestion, and the display mode of the end screen of the game per game is changed based on the determination result. By configuring the configuration, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner whether or not the current game method was the correct selection.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใปใใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใใไธๅฉใช็ถๆ ใใไบๆธฌใใใใฎไบๆธฌ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆฌๅฝใซๆๅฉใช้ๆๆนๆณใไบๆธฌใ้ธๆใใใใใใซใๅฎ้ใฎไบๆธฌ็ตๆใจใฏ็ฐใชใ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบ๏ผๆ่ฌใใฌใปๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฎ้ใฎไบๆธฌ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๆ๏ผๆ้็ต้ใ็ๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ตไบ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, unlike the present embodiment, for example, it is predicted whether it is advantageous or disadvantageous to have the player shoot the ball based on the game content of the game per normal figure in the time saving state, and the prediction result. When an effect suggesting a game method is executed by the player based on When the game is configured to be feasible, it is determined in the processing of S5154 whether or not the game per game is completed in the game (time lapse, ball winning) corresponding to the actual prediction result, and the determination result is used. Based on this, the display mode of the end screen may be changed. As a result, it is possible to perform an unexpected effect on the player.
ใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบไปฅๅคใซใๅฎ้ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใใใใฎ็ถๆณๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใใฌใปๆผๅบใงใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅไธใฎๆๆณใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in this case, in addition to the above-mentioned effect of suggesting the game method to the player, a situation notification effect for causing the player to predict the actual game situation (for example, an effect of suggesting the type of game per normal figure) is executed. Then it is good. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of predicting whether or not the effect suggesting the game method is the Gase effect. Further, in the present embodiment, when the game per game and the game per character are executed in duplicate, an effect suggesting a game method to the player is executed, but the present embodiment is limited to this. As long as the player can select the game method, the effect suggesting the game method to the player may be executed by the same method.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 104, the contents of the accessory hit start processing (S5151) will be described. FIG. 104 is a flowchart showing the contents of the accessory hit start process (S5151). In the bonus hit start process (S5151), various processes for changing the effect mode to be executed are executed according to the game situation at the start timing of the bonus per game.
ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ ฅ่ณใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใฎ็จฎๅฅใๆฝๅบใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใไปๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆๅฉๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the accessory hit start process (S5151) is executed, first, the type of the special electric operating port that has won a prize is extracted based on the received command (S5301). Then, it is determined whether or not the game per character is the game per character that is executed when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643 (special electric operation port 1) (S5302), and the game is sent to the special electric operation port 1. If it is determined that it is not based on a prize (S5302: No), a display command for indicating an advantageous winning combination is set (S5303), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใใฎใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆฎๅณๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใ็คบใๅคใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใ็คบใๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๆ้็ต้็ตไบใ็คบๅใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บๅฐ็ฆๆญข็คบๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎใใใซใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใๆๅถ๏ผ็ฆๆญข๏ผใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎใณใกใณใใซ็ธๅฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S5301 when it is determined that the value is based on the winning of the special electric actuating port 1 (S5301: Yes), then the value of the normal figure fluctuation time counter is read (S5304), and the read value is It is determined whether the value indicates 10 seconds or more (S5305). If it is determined that the value indicates 10 seconds or more (S5305: Yes), a display command for suggesting the end of time per character is set (S5306), and the firing prohibition suggestion flag 223ac is set to ON. (S5307), the process proceeds to S5310. Based on the display command set in the process of S5306, as shown in the display screen shown in FIG. 90 (a), a display mode for suppressing (prohibiting) the firing of the ball (corresponding to a comment in the sub-display area Ds). ) Is displayed.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใ็คบใๅคใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคใ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใ็คบใๅคใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฉใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใงใๆฌกใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใๅๅบฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบใ็คบๅใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฏใ็ใฎ็บๅฐใไฟใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใ็ใๆฉใ็บๅฐใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจใใฃใณในใ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Further, when it is determined in the processing of S5305 that the value does not indicate 10 seconds or more (S5305: No), then it is determined whether the value read in the processing of S5304 is a value indicating 5 seconds or less (S5305: No). S5308) If it is determined that the time is 5 seconds or less (S5308: Yes), by ending the game per character early, it is possible to execute the game per character again by the next game per character. Since it is in such a state, a display command for suggesting the end of winning a prize per accessory is set (S5309), and the process proceeds to S5310. Here, based on the display command set by the process of S5309, the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 has a display mode for prompting the launch of a ball (for example, "Launch the ball early and hit the accessory". When you finish the game, chance ") is displayed.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง๏ผ็งไปฅไธใ็คบใๅคใงใฏ็กใใๅณใกใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฐ็จใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจ็กใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๆธใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the processing of S5308 that the value does not indicate 5 seconds or less, that is, the value indicates 5 to 10 seconds, it is for display to indicate the hit of the accessory without setting a dedicated display command. A command is set (S5310), the effect setting flag 223ad is set to on (S5311), and this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆๆนๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆๆนๆณ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎ็คบๅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใไปปๆใซ้ธๆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆๅฉๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎ็คบๅๆผๅบใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่ช่บซใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ้ๆใซๅๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the second embodiment, since the above-described first game method suggestion effect and the second game method suggestion effect are executably configured, they are executed for the player. It is possible to select the game method of the game per character based on the production contents of various suggestion effects. Therefore, the game during the V rush is executed by the game method arbitrarily selected by the player, and the advantage during the V rush can be different depending on the selection result of the game method. On the other hand, the player can be interested. In addition, since the degree of advantage during the V rush can be changed according to the result of one's own selection, the player can be actively participated in the game, and the interest of the game can be improved.
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใใใซ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใซใ้่คใใฆ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅๆงใฎ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใ้ทๆ้ๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใชใๆ้ใ้ทใใชใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the second embodiment, the player can select the game method of the game per character according to the change in the normal symbol and the situation of the game per character that is executed during the game per character. Although it is configured to execute the suggestion effect, it may be configured to execute the same suggestion effect when a plurality of games are executed in duplicate. For example, the jackpot game ends. When the time saving state is set later, it is configured to execute a suggestion effect that allows the player to select the end timing of the jackpot game based on the length of the remaining period of the normal symbol fluctuation during execution. You may. With this configuration, when the time saving state is set after the jackpot game ends, the normal symbol fluctuation executed during the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) is executed for a long time, and the time saving state is in progress. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the normal symbol change is not executed for a long period of time and the motivation for playing is reduced.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใจๅ
ฑใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฐใใใใปใฉ้ๆ่
ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅ่ชฟใจใชใใ้ๆ่
ใ้ๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใ่ใใใฃใใ
<Third Embodiment>
Next, the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 108 to 113. In the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above, the game per accessory is executed and the game per accessory is executed based on the fact that the ball wins the special electric actuating port (special electric actuating port 643 or the second special electric actuating port 1643). It was configured to interrupt the subtraction of special symbol fluctuations during execution. In other words, it was configured so that the more the game per character was executed, the more advantageous it was to the player. Therefore, the game method in the time saving state (during V rush) becomes monotonous, and there is a risk that the player gets tired of the game.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใจใ็ ดๆฃใใ๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ ดๆฃใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใ็ ดๆฃใซๅ ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๅฆ็ใจใฎใใกใไฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the third embodiment, the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above are different in that the processing contents for the special symbol change during execution when the game per character is executed are different. Specifically, depending on the game type per character to be executed (set), the process of interrupting the special symbol change during execution and the process of discarding (discarding the remaining fluctuation time, It is configured to execute either the process of forcibly stopping the game regardless of the lottery result) or the process of ending the time saving state in addition to discarding.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใๅคงใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ฃฝใใฎใใชใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With such a configuration, it is possible to greatly change the game situation during the time saving state based on the execution of the game per character, so that the player can be provided with a game that does not get tired of.
ใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฆใใ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฅใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใไธไฟกๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ่ช่บซใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใซๅๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, it is configured to execute an effect that allows the player to select whether or not to execute the game per character based on the effect executed during the time saving state (V rush). As a result, for example, when a game per character that ends the time saving state is executed, it is possible to prevent the player from suddenly ending the time saving state and giving a feeling of distrust. can. In addition, since the player can select whether or not to execute the game per character based on the content of the effect to be executed, the player can enthusiastically participate in the game and improve the interest of the game. Can be made to.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎใใกใ็นๅพด็ใชๆผๅบใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้๏ผใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคใฎ่จๆ็ใชๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบไปฅๅคใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใซๅคงๅน
ใซใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅคใๆธๅฐใใฆใใพใๆธๅฐ่กจ็คบใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใๆถๆป
่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใใ
<About the production content in the third embodiment>
First, with reference to FIGS. 108 and 109, the content of the characteristic effect among the effects executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 in the third embodiment will be described. The effect executed in the present embodiment is different from the timed subtraction display of the value displayed on the timer 812 for the duration of the time saving state (the duration of the V rush) for each of the above-described embodiments. When the special symbol fluctuation being executed is discarded by executing the winning game, the value displayed on the timer 812 is significantly reduced, and the time is shortened by executing the winning game. The big difference is that the disappearance display that ends the state is configured to be executable.
ใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใฆใใพใใใจใ็คบๅใใ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ธ้็นใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใฎๅคงใใใไฝ็ฝฎใๅคๅใใ็จๅบฆใง่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Furthermore, when the special symbol change during execution is a big hit (during big hit change), a suggestion effect suggesting that the big hit change during execution is discarded by executing the game per character is provided. The big difference is that it is configured to run. Regarding the other display contents, the display contents are the same to the extent that the size and position of the display area are changed in order to display the above-mentioned differences. The same display contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ถๆณใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซๅฐ้ใใใจใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ็ชๅ ฅใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใ็ตไบใใใพใง๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใพใง๏ผใฎๆ้ใ็คบใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅคใจๅๆงใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆๅฎๆ็ใซๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใซใฆใณใใใฆใณ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใ FIG. 108 (a) is a schematic diagram showing an example of display contents executed when the remaining period of the jackpot fluctuation of the special symbol reaches a predetermined period (10 seconds), and FIG. 108 (c) is a diagram. It is a schematic diagram which showed the holding state of each symbol when the display screen shown in 108 (a) is displayed. As shown in FIG. 108 (a), when the remaining period of the jackpot fluctuation reaches 10 seconds, the display mode of "Danger time entry" is displayed until the danger time ends (until the jackpot fluctuation is stopped and displayed). "10 seconds" is displayed as the period display mode 851 indicating the period. This period display mode 851 is periodically subtracted (counted down) by the effect update process of the voice lamp control device 113, similarly to the value displayed on the timer 812.
ใใใซใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซใใใ้ๆใฎๆๅ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใ๏ผถใใๆจกใใๅณๆใซๅ ใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฏใญใใๆจกใใๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใฏๅคงใใณใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Further, in the V rush fluctuation region 811, in addition to the pattern imitating the "V" corresponding to the success of the game during the V rush (execution of the V jackpot game), the "skull" showing the game result disadvantageous to the player. The pattern that imitates is displayed in a variable manner. In addition, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "a big pinch for the accessory during the Danger time" are displayed.
ใคใพใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใซ็ชๅ ฅใใใจใๆๅฎๆ้ๅพ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพ๏ผใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใๅๆญข๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใจใซใชใใไธๆนใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใใใฎใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, when the danger time is entered, it is suggested to the player that the jackpot fluctuation may be stopped (execution of the jackpot game based on the special drawing lottery) after a predetermined time (10 seconds later). On the other hand, although the details will be described later, this Danger time is configured to be executed even in a part of the case where the lottery result of the special symbol is out of order.
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใซ็ชๅ ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใชใ๏ผ็ใ็บๅฐใใชใ๏ผใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซใ้ขใใใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ๏ผถๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใใซ่กใใฎใใ้ธๆใใใใจใซใชใใ Therefore, when the player enters the Danger time, the player does not execute the special electric game aiming at the game per character (does not fire the ball) until the Danger time ends, or executes the special electric game even during the Danger time. Then, you will enthusiastically choose whether to aim for the game per V.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใฎ็ชๅ ฅๆกไปถใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใจใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๅ ดๅใจใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใจใงใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใฎ็ชๅ ฅๆกไปถใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅไธญใฏใๆฎๆ้ใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใใ๏ผ็งใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใซ็ชๅ ฅใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใๅคใๅคๅไธญใฏๆฎๆ้ใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใซ็ชๅ ฅใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ็ชๅ ฅๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใฎๆฎๆ้่กจ็คบใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ In addition, in this embodiment, it is assumed that the remaining period of the special change during execution of the entry condition of the Danger time reaches a predetermined period (10 seconds), but the present invention is not limited to this, for example, the special symbol change during execution. Depending on whether the lottery result is a big hit or a miss, the conditions for entering the Danger time may be different, and during the big hit fluctuation, the remaining period is "27 seconds", "17 seconds", "10 seconds", It may be configured so that it can enter the Danger time when it becomes "7 seconds", and it may be configured so that it can enter the Danger time only when the remaining period is "10 seconds" during the deviation fluctuation. As a result, it is possible for the player to predict the lottery result of the special symbol change during execution based on the display of the remaining period of the Danger time displayed when the Danger time is entered.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใไพใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅไธญๅฐ็จใฎใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ็ชๅ ฅๆกไปถใ่จญใใไพใ็คบใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคใๅคๅไธญใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใซใๅคใๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใซ็ชๅ ฅใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅคใๅคๅไธญใงใใใใจใ็่งฃใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใใจ็กใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ Further, in the above-mentioned example, an example in which a dedicated Danger time entry condition is provided during the jackpot fluctuation is shown, but the deviation fluctuation is not limited to this, for example, in order to suggest to the player that the deviation fluctuation is in progress. It may be configured so that the Danger time can be entered when the remaining period of is "14 seconds". As a result, it becomes possible for the player who understands that the ball is out of motion to play the game enthusiastically without firing the ball.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๆ้่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็ตไบใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใ็ตไบใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใงใใฃใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใซ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๅคๅ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใใใใฏใญใใๆจกใใๅณๆใใใ็ฎใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๆฎๅฟตใปใปใปๅผใๆปใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 108 (b), the display contents when the game per character is executed during the Danger time and the jackpot fluctuation is discarded will be described. FIG. 108 (b) is a schematic view showing the display contents when the game per character is executed during the Danger time and the jackpot fluctuation is discarded. As shown in FIG. 108 (b), when the accessory hit is executed during the danger time, the character "end" is displayed in the period display mode 851 to notify that the danger time has ended. Then, in order to indicate that the jackpot fluctuation that was being executed has been discarded, a symbol imitating a "skull" is stopped and displayed in the V rush fluctuation region 811. Further, the comment "Sorry ... Pull back" is displayed in the sub-display area Ds.
ไธๆนใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใๅฝน็ฉ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็ใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใ On the other hand, since the game per character is executed, the display mode for aiming for the V prize in the character game is displayed.
ใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใฎใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใๆฌกๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎใใใช่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใซใคใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, since the special symbol fluctuation during execution is discarded, only "10 seconds", which is the fluctuation time of the next fluctuation, is displayed in the display area HR4 indicating the remaining period of the time saving state (V rush). By displaying such a display screen, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the jackpot fluctuation has been discarded.
ใพใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใ็ถ็ถใใใไธใงใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Further, when the bonus game in which the jackpot fluctuation is interrupted is executed during the Danger time, as shown in FIG. 109, the V jackpot game is notified after the Danger time is continued. The production is executed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผถๅ
ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ
ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใไธ้จๅคๆดใใ็นใจใใง็ธ้ใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 110. In the third embodiment, with respect to the above-described first embodiment, when a ball wins a prize in the special electric actuating port 643, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is acquired, and the acquired first hit. Based on the value of the type counter C2, the type (big hit type) of the jackpot game (V jackpot game) executed when the V winning opening 165 is won can be selected, and the ROM 222 of the voice lamp control device 113. It differs from the point that the configuration of is partially changed. The other elements are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆๅฎ่กๆใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใฎๅฝฑ้ฟใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ First, the contents of the V jackpot type selection 3 table 202c3 will be described with reference to FIG. 110 (a). FIG. 110A is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the V jackpot type selection 3 table 202c3. As shown in FIG. 110 (a), three types of jackpot types are defined in the V jackpot type selection 3 table 202c3, and the game content of the V jackpot game to be executed according to the selected jackpot type, V It is configured so that the game state (time reduction number of times) set after the jackpot game is completed and the influence on the special symbol being executed at the time of executing the game per character are different.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใ่ฆๅฎใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, the jackpot C is defined in the range where the value of the acquired first hit type counter C2 is "0 to 79", the jackpot D is defined in the range of "80 to 94", and "95 to 99". The jackpot E is specified in the range of ".
ใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใ๏ผ้ธๆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใไธญๆญใใๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใ๏ผ้ธๆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใๅ ๅฎนใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใ๏ผ้ธๆ็๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใฏใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใไธใคใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ "Big hit C" (selection rate 80%) has the same contents as the V jackpot game executed in each of the above-described embodiments, and is a 10-round (R) jackpot game, 4 times of shortened time, and a special symbol being executed. The content to interrupt is set. "Big hit D" (selection rate 15%) is set to be a big hit game of 10 rounds (R), the number of time reductions is 4 times, and the content of discarding the special symbol fluctuation during execution is set. "Big hit E" (selection rate 5%) is set to discard the big hit game of 15 rounds (R), the number of time reductions of 15 times, the special symbol fluctuation during execution, and to end the time reduction state.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฝฑ้ฟใๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅใณใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพใฎใใฃใณในใไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅคใใงใใฃใฆใใใฎๅคใๅคๅใฎ็ตไบ้้ใงใใใฐใๅณใกใไฝใใใชใใฆใๅพๆฐ็งใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฐใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, when the "big hit E" is set, which is most disadvantageous to the player due to the influence on the special symbol change during execution, it is most advantageous to the player when the V prize is won during the game per character. Since the jackpot game and the game state (time reduction number of times) after the jackpot game is completed are set, the player can be given the final chance. Also, for example, if the final fluctuation of the time saving state is out of order and the time saving state is about to end, that is, if the time saving state ends in a few seconds without doing anything, this "big hit". "E" can be the most advantageous jackpot type for the player.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of ROM 222 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 110 (b). FIG. 110B is a schematic diagram schematically showing the configuration of ROM 222 of the voice lamp control device 113 according to the third embodiment. As shown in FIG. 110 (b), the present embodiment is different in that the Danger time selection table 222ca is added to the above-described first embodiment. Other than that, they are the same, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ็ชๅ ฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ้ใซใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๆฑบๅฎใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่ก็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The Danger Time Selection Table 222ca is a data table that is referred to when deciding whether to actually execute the Danger Time effect when the Danger Time Entry Condition is satisfied, and is used as a lottery result of a special symbol change during execution. It is configured so that the execution probabilities are different based on the above.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅคใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅไธญใงใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ Here, the contents of the Danger time selection table 222ca will be described with reference to FIG. 110 (c). FIG. 110 (c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the Danger time selection table 222ca. As shown in FIG. 110 (c), the case where the special symbol fluctuation during execution is the jackpot fluctuation is configured so that the Danger time effect is more easily executed than the case where the special symbol fluctuation is the deviation fluctuation. As a result, when the Danger Time effect is executed, the game can be performed while expecting that the jackpot is fluctuating.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏๅๅพใใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ้ขใใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใฎๅฎ่กๆใใ้ธๆใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใงใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใใใจใ้ธๆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใงใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, when the lottery result of the special symbol (special symbol judgment result) is a big hit, regardless of the value of the acquired effect counter 223f, it is selected that the Danger time is executed, and the lottery result of the special symbol (special symbol) is selected. If the determination result) is out of the range, the value of the effect counter 223f is selected to not execute the Danger time effect in the range of "0 to 89", and the Danger time effect is executed in the range of "90 to 99". Is configured to be selected.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆใซไบๆธฌใจ้ธๆใซ้ขใใใฒใผใ ๆงใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, even if the result of the special drawing lottery during execution is out of order, the Danger time effect can be executed. Since it can be held, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ
ๅฎนใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ
ๅฎนใจใใไธ้จๅคๆดใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซๅฏพใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the content of control processing in the third embodiment>
Next, the content of the control process in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 111 to 113. The present embodiment is different in that the content of the control process executed by the main control device 110 and the content of the control process executed by the voice lamp control device 113 are partially changed, and other than that. Are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็น้ปๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฐใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใฎ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the special electric start port winning process 3 (S158) executed by the main control device 110 will be described with reference to FIG. 111. FIG. 111 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special electric start opening winning process 3 (S158). The special electric start opening winning process 3 (S158) selects a different jackpot type when a ball wins the special electric starting port 643 with respect to the special electric starting winning process (see S108 in FIG. 50) of the first embodiment described above. The difference is that they are configured to be possible and the processing corresponding to the selected jackpot type is executed, and the other points are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใไธ่ฟฐใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅไธญ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใใใใจใๅคๅฅใใ็น้ปไฝๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใใงใไปๅ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใชใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ When the special electric start opening winning process 3 (S158) is executed, the same processing of S1301 to S1303 and S1305 to S1309 as described above (see S108 in FIG. 50) is executed. Then, in the process of S1303, if it is determined that the special electric power is being operated (during the game per accessory) and it is determined that the special electric power is being operated, then the jackpot type selected this time is "big hit E". (S1371), if it is determined to be "big hit E" (S1371: Yes), the value of the time saving counter 203h is set to 0 (S1373), and the special symbol fluctuation stop processing is executed (S1374). , S1375 shifts to the process. Since the content of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S1374) is the same as that of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S208 of FIG. 45) of the first embodiment described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใใงใฏ็กใใๅณใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S1371, when it is determined that it is not "big hit E" (S1371; No), then it is determined whether it is "big hit D" (S1372), and it is determined that it is "big hit D". (S1372: Yes) executes the process of S1374 and shifts to the process of S1375. If it is determined in the process of S1372 that it is not "big hit D", that is, it is "big hit C" (S1372: No), the processes of S1305 and S1306 are executed, and the process proceeds to the process of S1375.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S1375, the accessory hit flag is set to on (S1375), the command corresponding to the current hit type ("big hit C" to "big hit E") is set (S1376), and the special electric operation command is set. (S1308), this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆผๅบๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใฎ่จญๅฎใซ้ขใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the effect update process 3 (S4171) executed by the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 112. FIG. 112 is a flowchart showing the contents of the effect update process 3 (S4171). The effect update process 3 (S4171) is a process of S5306 for the effect update process 2 (see S4151 of FIG. 105) of the second embodiment described above, in which the director time setting process (S5371) relating to the setting of the danger time effect is performed. It differs in that it is configured to be executed after, and is otherwise the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ้ใซใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Here, the contents of the Danger time setting process (S5371) will be described with reference to FIG. 113. FIG. 113 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the Danger time setting process (S5371). In this Danger time setting process (S5371), when the execution condition of the Danger time effect is satisfied, it is determined whether to actually execute the Danger time, and the process for setting the Danger time effect is executed based on the determination result. Will be done.
ใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใงใใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the Danger time setting process (S5371) is executed, first, it is determined whether the value of the fluctuation time counter 223r is a value indicating the remaining period of 10 seconds (S5601), and it is determined that the value is not a value indicating the remaining period of 10 seconds. If this is the case (S5601: No), it means that the execution condition of the Danger time is not satisfied, and the present process is terminated as it is.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใ็คบใๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅณๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใจใๅๅพใใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S5601, when it is determined that the value indicates the remaining period of 10 seconds (S5601: Yes), the lottery result (special figure lottery result) of the special symbol change during execution and the acquired effect counter 223f value. With reference to the Danger Time Selection Table 222ca, it is selected whether or not to execute the Danger Time effect (S5602).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็็ตๆ๏ผ้ธๆ็ตๆ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S5603, it is determined whether to execute the Danger time effect based on the processing result (selection result) of S5602 (S5603), and if it is determined to be executed (S5603: Yes), it is for display indicating the Danger time effect. A command is set (S5604), and this process ends. On the other hand, in the process of S5603, if it is determined that the Danger time effect is not executed (S5603: No), this process is terminated as it is.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใซใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใณใธใฃใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ The display command set in the process of S5604 executes the Danger time effect shown in FIG. 90 (a).
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆๆฌใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใจใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใจใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ
<Fourth Embodiment>
Next, a fourth embodiment of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. 114 to 137. In the fourth embodiment, the configuration of the game board 13 and the configuration of the main control device 110 are different from those of the first embodiment.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๅธธ้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใ็นๅณ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใจใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใใชใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใ็ใ็น้ป้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซๅฏพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไปฃใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅฅๆฉใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใงใฏใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใชใใ In the first embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 2, in the normal game state, the special figure game in which the ball is entered into the special figure entry port 64 is executed, and when the game state shifts to the time saving state, the electric accessory 640a Is easy to open, so the special electric game that aims to put the game ball into the special electric operation port 643 in the general electric winning device 640 and to put the game ball into the V winning opening 165 in the V winning device 65 is a game. It was configured to be a game method that was advantageous to the player. On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, instead of the special electric actuating port 643, a ball entry port (second ball entry port 1645) that triggers a lottery of the second special symbol is provided (see FIG. 114). As a result, the opening trigger of the V opening / closing door 65a attached to the V winning device 65 is executed not by hitting the accessory by entering the special electric operation port 643 but by entering the second entry port 1645. It is the case that a small hit is won by the lottery of the second special symbol.
ๆดใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใๅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๆๅคๅ๏ผใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎใปใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the fourth embodiment, the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol are executed at the same time (so-called simultaneous fluctuation). Then, during the time saving state, the lottery of the second special symbol is set to have a shorter fluctuation time than the lottery of the first special symbol, and the lottery of the second special symbol is easily executed. There is.
ๅ ใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใจใใฎๅ่จใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ดฏ็ฉๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดฏ็ฉๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถๆใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, as a time saving end condition for ending the time saving state, when the total number of lottery times (number of fluctuations) of the first special symbol and the number of lottery times (number of fluctuations) of the second special symbol is 100 times. The cumulative time reduction end condition that is satisfied in 1 and the special figure 1 time reduction end condition that is satisfied when the number of lottery (variation number) of the first special symbol reaches 4 times are set, and the cumulative time reduction end condition or special figure 1 is set. It is configured so that the time saving state ends when the time saving ending condition is satisfied.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆใๆใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆงใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใซๆฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ็จใใ็นใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅใซใ็ดฏ็ฉๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใ้ๆใ็จใใ็นใจใใง็ธ้ใใใ In the fourth embodiment having the above-described configuration, the variation pattern of the first special symbol set in the time-saving state is the variation of the special symbol set in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above in the time-saving state. It is configured to have the same contents as the pattern, and the playability in the time saving state (during V rush) is such that the ball is inserted into the special electric starting port 643 with respect to the first embodiment described above, and the ball hits the accessory. Instead of a game in which a game (a hit game in which the V winning device 65 is opened) is executed, a ball is inserted into the second entrance 1645, and a small hit game (V) is won by winning a small hit in a lottery of a second special symbol. Before the number of fluctuations (lottery number) of the first special symbol reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 4 times), the point of using the game of executing the game (a game of opening the winning device 65) and the cumulative time saving end condition are set. It differs from the point that the game in which the time saving state ends even if it is established is used.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๆ้๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๅฏๅค่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใจใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้้ใใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆใฎใใชใจใผใทใงใณใใใๅฏใใ ใใฎใซใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the fourth embodiment, the period for showing the lottery result of the second special symbol (variable period of the second special symbol) can be variably set with respect to the first embodiment described above. For example, as the fluctuation period of the second special symbol, a short fluctuation period (for example, a fluctuation time of 0.1 seconds) and a long fluctuation period (for example, a fluctuation time of 10 seconds) can be set. , The interval of the small hit game executed in the time saving state can be greatly different depending on the change period of the second special symbol to be set. Therefore, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game in the time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ดฏ็ฉๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๆฐใซไธ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅบฆใซ็นๅ ธ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใไปไธใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใ้ฃใๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ญๆ้ใง้ๅฐใซ็นๅ ธ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผใไปไธใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, since the cumulative time saving end condition can be satisfied based on the execution of the lottery of the second special symbol, it is possible to set an upper limit on the number of small hit games executed during the time saving state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being excessively given a privilege (V jackpot game) during the time saving state. Further, by making it difficult to set a short fluctuation period (for example, 0.1 second) as the fluctuation period of the second special symbol set during the time reduction state, the small hit game is frequently executed during the time reduction state. Can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being given an excessive privilege (prize ball) in a short time.
ไปฅไธใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅพด็ใชๆงๆใ้ๆๆงใซใคใใฆไธปใซ่ชฌๆใใใใใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใจใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใไธฆ่กใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆๅคๅใฟใคใใฎ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่ถใใชใใใใซใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใจใใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่ถใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใง็ขบๅฎใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซ็นๅ ธ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใไปไธใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใฆใใใใใใใชใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใ็ดๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅฅ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใฃใฆใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใ็ญใใชใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฟซๆใไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ Hereinafter, the characteristic configuration and playability of the fourth embodiment will be mainly described. First, the update timing of the time reduction number of times and the discrimination processing timing for ending the time reduction state in the fourth embodiment will be described. In the simultaneous variation type gaming machine capable of executing the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol in parallel as in the fourth embodiment, the variation of the special symbol executed in the time saving state. In order so that the number of times does not exceed the specified number of times (for example, 100 times), the update process of the time reduction number and the determination process for ending the time reduction state are executed at the fluctuation start timing of each special symbol. Was there. As a result, the time saving state can be terminated at the timing when the specified number of special symbol changes are executed, so that the 101st special symbol change exceeding the specified number of times (for example, 100 times) can be reliably performed in the normal state. It was possible to execute it, and it was suppressed that the player was given an excessive privilege (special symbol change in a short time state). However, before the final change in the time saving state (100th special symbol change) is stopped and displayed, specifically, immediately after the start of the 100th special symbol change, the time saving state ends. Depending on the timing of discrimination (fluctuation) of the special symbol, there is a problem that the period in which the time saving state is set becomes short, which causes discomfort to the player.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅฅ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆ็ตๅ๏ผใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅฅ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅณใกใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅ๏ผใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฟซๆใไธใใใใจใฏ็กใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆ็ตๅ๏ผใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใชใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใใชๅ ดๅใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฟซๆใไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ Specifically, for example, as the determination (variation) of the first special symbol, the determination (variation) of the second special symbol, that is, immediately after the special symbol variation of the 100th rotation (the final number of time reductions) is executed. , When the special figure change of the 101st rotation is executed, the time saving state can be ended at the timing when the special figure change of the 100th rotation is executed (immediately before the special figure change of the 101st rotation is executed). Although it does not cause discomfort to the player, if the special figure change at the 101st rotation is not executed while the special figure change at the 100th rotation (the final time reduction number of times) is executed, for example, the 100th rotation. In the case where the special figure change of the 101st rotation is started after the special figure change of the 100th rotation is completed, the time saving state ends at the timing when the special figure change of the 100th rotation is executed. There was a problem that the player was uncomfortable with the state of the normal symbol during the change of the special symbol.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ็นๅณๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใไปฅ้ใซใใใฆๆๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ๏ผใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซใใไฝใใใฟใคใใณใฐใฎใใกใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, the time saving end condition is satisfied when the special figure variation number (for example, 100 times) is set as the time saving ending condition for ending the high probability state of the normal symbol. The end timing of the special figure change (for example, the special figure change at the 100th rotation) and the start timing of the special figure change (for example, the special figure change at the 101st rotation) that is executed first after the time saving end condition is satisfied. It is configured to make it possible to discriminate between and, and to end the time saving state based on the timing that is executed first among any of the timings.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๆใใฏ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใ่ถ ใใๅๆฐ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใพใงๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคง้ใฎๆ้ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the high probability state (time saving state) of the normal symbol is set to the timing when the special symbol fluctuation of the specified number of times is stopped and displayed, or the timing when the special symbol fluctuation of the number of times exceeding the specified number is executed. It can be set, it is possible to provide the player with a time saving state for the maximum period, and it is possible to increase the player's motivation to play.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ่ปข็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅฅใ่กใใใๅใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใไบใๅฎใใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ่ถ ใใ็ฏๅฒใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใพใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the fourth embodiment, the timing at which the special figure change at the 101st rotation is executed is configured so that the timing at which the condition for executing the special figure change at the 101st rotation is satisfied can be determined, and the 101st rotation is executed. It is configured so that the time saving state ends before the special symbol is discriminated. As a result, it is possible to reliably prevent the time saving state from being set within the range exceeding the predetermined number of time saving times, and the lottery of the special symbol being executed in the time saving state.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฌกใซ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฎใใกใๅ ใซๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฌกใซ็นๅณๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใฎใฟใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the end timing of the special figure change in which the time saving end condition is satisfied and the timing in which the special figure change is executed after the special figure change in which the time saving end condition is satisfied are satisfied first. It is configured to end the time saving state based on the timing, but is not limited to this, for example, the time saving is based only on the timing when the special figure change is executed next to the special figure change in which the time saving end condition is satisfied. It may be configured to terminate the state.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็๏ผใไปฎๅๆญข๏ผไธญๆญ๏ผใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใ็บ็ใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆธ็ฎใฎๅฅๆฉใใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆธ็ฎใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when a small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol, the fluctuation of the first special symbol (the process of subtracting the fluctuation time of the first special symbol) is temporarily stopped (interrupted). It is configured. Then, if a V prize (a ball wins in the V winning opening 165) occurs during the small hit game and a big hit is given, the special symbol change that was temporarily stopped is resumed after the big hit game ends. It is configured to. Then, in the fourth embodiment, the trigger for subtracting the number of time reductions is configured to be subtracted when the fluctuation of the special symbol whose fluctuation is started during the time reduction game is stopped.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅใซ้ๅงใใใๅคๅใงใใใใใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฏๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใซใใไปไธใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใซๅ ใใฆใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆใๆๅฉใจใชใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๅฏ่ฝใช้ใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใ With this configuration, the fluctuation of the special symbol that was temporarily stopped is the fluctuation that started before the jackpot game, so if the fluctuation of the special symbol that was temporarily stopped resumes and stops, The number of time reductions is not subtracted. That is, in the present embodiment, when a big hit is given by the V prize, in addition to the number of time reductions given by the big hit, the period until the temporarily stopped change of the special symbol is stopped is also shortened. Set as a game state. With this configuration, the time saving state that is most advantageous for the player can be set as long as possible.
ใใใงใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆง๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใจใใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ฎๆใ้ๆๆง๏ผใๅฅใฎๆๆณใงๅฎ็พใใใใใใฎไธไพใจใใฆ็คบใใใใฎใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซ่จ่ผใใๅๆ่กๆๆณใใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎน็ญใฏ้ฉๅฎ่ปข็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใซ็จใใใใๅๆ่กๆๆณใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Here, the fourth embodiment is a big hit due to the playability of the pachinko machine 10 described in the first to third embodiments described above (special symbol lottery and winning of a ball to the special electric operating port 643). It is shown as an example for realizing (gaming property aiming at a game) by another method, and each technical idea described in the first to third embodiments described above, the content of the effect to be executed, etc. are appropriately used. It may be diverted. It should be noted that detailed description of each technical idea and production content used in the same manner as in the first to third embodiments described above will be omitted.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉใฎ้ๆ็คๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ็จใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไปฃใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ็นใจใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ็นใจใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ
<About the game board configuration of the pachinko machine in the fourth embodiment>
First, the configuration of the game board 13 used in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 114. The game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment has a second ball slot unit 1640 for the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above, instead of the general electric winning device 640. The difference is that the second ball entry port 1645 is provided instead of the special electric operation port 643.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๅฝ้ธใใใจ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ๆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 2, the lottery of the first special symbol is executed based on the ball entering the special figure entry port 64 by executing the left-handed game, and through. By passing through the gate 67, a lottery of ordinary symbols is executed, and when the winning is won, the electric accessory 640a is configured to be in an open state in which the game ball can enter the general electric winning device 640. Then, when the game ball enters the special electric actuating port 643, the accessory hit is executed, and the V opening / closing door 65a attached to the V winning device 65 is configured to be in an open state.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไปฃใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใ็นใงๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅฅๆฉใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใงใฏใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๅฅๆฉใจใชใใ On the other hand, the fourth embodiment is significantly different in that the second ball entry port 1645, which serves as a lottery opportunity for the second special symbol, is provided instead of the special electric operation port 643 described above. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the opening trigger of the V opening / closing door 65a is not a prize in the special electric operation port 643, but a small hit is won by a lottery of the second special symbol based on the ball entering the second ball entry port 1645. This triggers the opening of the V opening / closing door 65a.
้ๆ่ ใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใซๅใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๆๆใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใใ When the game state is the normal state, the player launches the game ball toward the left side region of the game board 13 and enters the special figure entry ball 64 in the same manner as in the first embodiment described above. The game is executed while hoping to win a big hit in the lottery of the first special symbol. Then, when the jackpot is won in the lottery of the first special symbol, the gaming state shifts to the time-saving gaming state (high probability state of the special symbol, low probability state of the normal symbol) at a rate of 100%.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใฃใฆ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใใใฐใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใง้้ๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใฎในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎ้้ใๅฅๆฉใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ In the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, if the game is executed aiming at the left side region of the game board 13, the game ball can pass through the through gate 67 at a rate of 100%. When the lottery of the normal symbol executed when the game ball passes through the through gate 67 is won, the second electric accessory 1640a attached to the second ball entry unit 1640 is in an open state (the game ball is open). A state in which the ball can be entered into the second ball entry unit 1640) is set.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใใ A second ball entry port 1645 is provided in the second ball entry unit 1640, and when a game ball enters, a lottery for the second special symbol is executed. Then, in this embodiment, it is configured to win a small hit in the lottery of the second special symbol. If a small hit is won, the V opening / closing door 65a in the V winning device 65 is set to the open state, and a big hit is given when the game ball wins the V winning opening 165.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่ฉณใใใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใๆใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใ In this embodiment, which will be described in detail later, it is stipulated that the probability of winning a small hit in the lottery of the second special symbol is 396/400 (about 9/10). The time-saving state in which the game ball is likely to enter the second entry port 1645 is the state in which the V prize is likely to occur, which is the most advantageous state for the player.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆนๆณใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ธ้็นใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จๆงๆใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใ
<About the electrical configuration of the fourth embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 115 to 118. In the fourth embodiment, the method of special symbol lottery is different from the first embodiment described above, and if the partial configurations of the ROM 202 and the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 are different in response to the above-mentioned differences. I'm letting you.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟ็ญใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใใใใณใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใชใฉใ่กใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงไฝฟ็จใใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 115, a counter and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 115 is a schematic view schematically showing a counter or the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110. These counters and the like are used for a special symbol lottery, a normal symbol lottery, a display setting on the first symbol display device 37, a display setting on the second symbol display device 83, and a display setting on the third symbol display device 81. It is used in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform such as.
็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใใใๅคใใฎๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซไฝฟ็จใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซไฝฟ็จใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค่จญๅฎใซไฝฟ็จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใจใใ็จใใใใใ To set the display of the special symbol lottery and the display of the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, the first random number counter C1 used for the special symbol lottery and the jackpot type of the special symbol are selected. The first hit type counter C2 used for, the stop type selection counter (not shown) used to select the out-of-order stop type in the special symbol, and the small hit type used to select the small hit type of the special symbol. The hit type counter C5, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 used for setting the initial value of the first hit random number counter C1, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 used for selecting the fluctuation pattern are used.
ใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็จใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๆๅค่จญๅฎใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅๆๅคไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใซไฝฟ็จใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใจใใ็จใใใใใใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟใฏใๆดๆฐใฎ้ฝๅบฆใๅๅๅคใซ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใใๆๅคงๅคใซ้ใใๅพ๏ผใซๆปใใซใผใใซใฆใณใฟใจใชใฃใฆใใใ Further, the second random number counter C4 is used for the lottery of the ordinary symbol, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the second random number counter C4, and the variation used for selecting the variation pattern of the ordinary symbol. The type counter CS1 and is used. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0.
ๅใซใฆใณใฟใฏใไพใใฐใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฎ่ก้้ใงใใ๏ผใใช็ง้้ใงๆดๆฐใใใใพใใไธ้จใฎใซใฆใณใฟใฏใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงไธๅฎๆใซๆดๆฐใใใฆใใใฎๆดๆฐๅคใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๅฎ้ ๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใซ้ฉๅฎๆ ผ็ดใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใจใใใชใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใจใใใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅใณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ Each counter is updated, for example, at intervals of 2 milliseconds, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), and some counters are updated irregularly in the main process (see FIG. 55). Then, the updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 203. The RAM 203 includes a first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da corresponding to entry into the special symbol entry port 64 consisting of four holding areas (holding first to fourth areas), and four holding areas (holding). The second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db corresponding to the entry into the second entry port 1645 consisting of the first to fourth areas) is provided, and the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da is provided. Is stored in each value of the first hit random number counter C1, the first hit type counter C2, the stop type selection counter C3, and the variable type counter CS1 according to the timing of entering the special figure entry port 64. ..
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใ Then, when the start condition (variation condition) of the first special symbol is satisfied, various values stored in the hold first area of the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203da are shifted to the first special symbol execution area. , Special symbol variation based on various stored values is started.
ๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅใณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ Similarly, in the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db, the first hit random number counter C1, the first hit type counter C2, the stop type selection counter C3, according to the timing of entering the second ball entry port 1645, Each value of the small hit type counter C5 and the variable type counter CS1 is stored.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใ Then, when the start condition (variation condition) of the second special symbol is satisfied, various values stored in the hold first area of the second special symbol hold ball storage area 203db are shifted to the second special symbol execution area. , Special symbol variation based on various stored values is started.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใใใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ใใใซๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, since the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured to be able to execute the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol at the same time (in parallel), each special symbol is available. The holding ball storage area (first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db) is configured to have an execution area, respectively. As a result, when the start condition of each special symbol is satisfied, the next special symbol change can be promptly executed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎใฟๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this embodiment, since only the second special symbol is configured to have a small hit as a lottery result, the value of the small hit type counter C5 is not stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da. However, for example, it is configured to have a small hit as a lottery result of the first special symbol, and the value of the small hit type counter C5 is stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da. It may be configured.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใๆใใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎไปๆง๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใฎๆ็ก๏ผใซ้ขใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅงๅๅฃ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใซใใฃใฆๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๅ จใฆๆ ผ็ดใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎใใกใๅฟ ่ฆใจใชใๅคใฎใฟใ็จใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎไปๆง๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใฎๆ็ก๏ผใ็ฐใชใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆๆฉใซๅฏพใใฆใๅไธใฎๆงๆใ็จใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้จๅใๆ่กใฎๅ ฑ้ๅใๅณใใใจใใงใใใณในใใฎๅๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as in the present embodiment, a small hit is also made in the reserved ball storage area (first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203da) corresponding to the special symbol type (first special symbol) that does not have a small hit as a lottery result. It may be configured to store the value of the type counter C5. In this way, regardless of the specifications of the special symbol lottery (whether or not there is a small hit), the ball enters the starting port (special symbol entry port 64, second entry opening 1645) that triggers the special symbol lottery. It is configured to store all the counter values acquired by By configuring to execute, the same configuration can be used for multiple gaming machines with different special symbol lottery specifications (presence or absence of small hits), so parts and technologies can be standardized. It is possible to reduce the cost.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใจๅๆงใซ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใข๏ผใใใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็๏ผ็ใฎ้้๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅใณๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ Further, in the RAM 203 of the present embodiment, as in the case of the special symbol described above, the normal symbol hold corresponding to the entry (passage of the ball) into the through gate 67 composed of the four hold areas (hold 1st to 4th areas). A ball storage area 203dc is provided, and in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203dc, each value of the second random number counter C4 and the normal figure variation type counter CS2 is set according to the timing of entering the through gate 67. Each is stored.
ใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅงๅๆกไปถ๏ผๅคๅๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใ Then, when the start condition (variation condition) of the normal symbol is satisfied, various values stored in the hold first area of the normal symbol hold ball storage area 203dc are shifted to the normal symbol execution area, and various stored values are stored. Normal symbol variation based on the value is started.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใไฟ็ใใฆๆ ผ็ดใใๆงๆใใใใณใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใไฟ็ใใฆๆ ผ็ดใใๆงๆใๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใๆฉ่ฝ๏ผไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝ๏ผใ่จญใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this embodiment, each counter value acquired based on the entry of the ball into the second entry port 1645 is reserved and stored, and each counter acquired based on the passage of the ball through the through gate 67. It has a configuration to hold and store the value, but is not limited to this, and does not provide a function (hold storage function) to store each counter value acquired for each symbol (special symbol, normal symbol). It may be configured as follows.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธใจใไธๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธใจใๅใๆฟใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๆๅฉๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใๅคใ็ฒๅพใใ็ถๆ ใงใ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆไธๅฉๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in order to execute the advantageous lottery in the gaming machine in which the lottery that is advantageous to the player and the lottery that is disadvantageous to the player are switched as a lottery of one special symbol type according to the set game state. It is possible to suppress a situation in which a different gaming state is set with a large number of reserved memories of one special symbol being acquired and a disadvantageous lottery is executed with one special symbol.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๆฟใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใพใใๆฐใใซๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใชใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the configuration of the ROM 202 included in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 116. The ROM 202 of the main control device 110 in the fourth embodiment replaces the jackpot type selection table 202d (see FIG. 24 (a)) with respect to the ROM 202 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in the first embodiment described above. The difference is that the jackpot type selection 4 table 202db is provided with the variation pattern selection 4 table 202dc instead of the variation pattern selection table 202e, and the small hit random number table da is newly provided. Since the other elements are the same, the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผๅคๅฎๅค๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใใใผใใซใงใใใ First, the small hit random number table 202da provided in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 117 (a). FIG. 117 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the small hit random number table 202da. The small hit random number table 202da is a table in which a random number value (determination value) determined to be a small hit is defined in the lottery of the second special symbol.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅคๅฎๅคใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผๆฏใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใซ้ขใใใๆๅฎ็ฏๅฒใฎๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็กใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, in the small hit random number table 202da, the judgment value determined to be a small hit is defined for each type of special symbol (first special symbol, second special symbol), and the state of the special symbol (low). Judgment values in a predetermined range are defined regardless of the probability state and high probability state). As shown in FIG. 117 (a), when the symbol type is the first special symbol, the value of the first random number counter C1 corresponding to the small hit is not specified, and the first special symbol is drawn for small. It is stipulated that you will not win a prize.
ไธๆนใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ๏ผ๏ผๅฝ้ธใใชใ๏ผใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, when the symbol type is the second special symbol, the value of the first random number counter C1 corresponding to the small hit is defined in the range of "4 to 399". That is, in the present embodiment, the probability of winning a small hit in the lottery of the first special symbol is 0 (not won), and the probability of winning a small hit in the lottery of the second special symbol is 396/400 (about 9/10). ) Is specified.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅคใจใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฆ็๏ผๅฝใใใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็๏ผใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใจๅฐๅฝใใใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใจใ้ฃ็ถใใฆ๏ผๅๆใซ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, the value of the first random number counter C1 that wins the big hit and the value of the first random number counter C1 that wins the small hit are configured to be different, and a special symbol lottery is performed. In one process (process of determining the presence or absence of a hit), the hit / fail determination of the big hit and the hit / fail determination of the small hit are continuously (simultaneously) executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅๅพใใ๏ผใคใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅค๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไบใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ็ขบ็ใงๅคงๅฝใใใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, a lottery for a big hit or a small hit can be executed with a predetermined probability for one acquired counter value (first random number counter C1 value).
ใใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใไธๅฎๆ้้ๆพ๏ผ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใฆใใๆ้ๅ ใซใ้ๆ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏๅฐๅฝใใใซๅคใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๆๆใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ Then, in the present embodiment, when a small hit is won, the V opening / closing door 65a attached to the V winning device 65 is opened for a certain period of time (a state in which the game ball can enter the V winning device 65). It is configured to. A big hit is given by letting the game ball win the V winning opening 165 in the V winning device 65 within the period when the V opening / closing door 65a is open. Therefore, the player executes the game while hoping that a large number of small hits will be won.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎใใใใๆ้๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใใซ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใฆใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใ๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใผใใซใ่จญใใใใฎใใผใใซใๅ็ งใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใใจใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ ใใงใฏใชใใใใฎๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใ่ๅณใๆใคใใจใใงใใใใ้ทใๆ้๏ผถ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๆๆใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the V opening / closing door 65a is opened for a specified period when a small hit is won, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a type is provided for the winning small hit to win the small hit. The period during which the V opening / closing door 65a is opened may be different depending on the hit type. In such a configuration, it is advisable to provide a small hit type table and refer to the table to determine the small hit type. With this configuration, the player can be interested not only in winning the small hit but also in the winning small hit type, and the small hit in which the V opening / closing door 65a is opened for a longer period of time. The game is executed while hoping to win the door. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใ็นๅ ธใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใใใๅคใๅฎ่กใใใใจๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใชใ้ใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this embodiment, the probability of winning a small hit is different between the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol. With this configuration, the privilege given to the player can be different between the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol. In addition, the player can be enthusiastically played in order to execute more lottery of special symbols that are more advantageous. As described above, in the present embodiment, unless a specific gaming state (time saving state) is set, the lottery of the second special symbol, which is advantageous to the player, is not frequently executed. On the other hand, it is possible to enthusiastically play a game so that a specific game state is set.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใๅฐๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใใซ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใจใใๅฅใ ใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ๏ผใคใฎใใผใใซใ็จใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใจใๅฐๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใจใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซ่ฆๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๆฐใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the table (first random number table 202a) referred to when the big hit lottery is executed and the table (small hit random number table 202da) referred to when the small hit lottery is executed are displayed. Although it is configured separately, the present invention is not limited to this, and a large hit lottery and a small hit lottery may be executed using one table. In this case, for example, the random number table 202a for the first hit may be configured to specify the range of counter values for winning small hits for each type of special symbol. With this configuration, the number of data tables included in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 can be reduced.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใใจใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ถๆ ใจใใซๅฟใใฆไบใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎ็นๅฎๆ้ๅ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๅๆฐใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๅๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใจใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผๅคใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆๅฎใฎ็ฐๅธธๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใๅฐๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใใ็ฐๅธธๆ็จใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅฎๅคใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใชใใใผใฟใใผใใซใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the jackpot is determined according to the value of the acquired first random number counter C1, the type of the special symbol, the state of the special symbol, and the predetermined determination value. It is configured to execute the determination of winning or small hit winning, but is not limited to this, for example, depending on the number of big hit winnings and the number of small hit winnings within a specific period until a predetermined condition is satisfied. The jackpot winning or the small hit winning may be configured so that the first hit random number counter C1 value specified as the winning is variable, or the jackpot lottery or the small hit executed in a state where a predetermined abnormal condition is satisfied. As the data table for abnormal times referred to in the lottery, a data table in which the judgment value corresponding to the big hit and the judgment value corresponding to the small hit are not specified may be provided.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใไธใคใไธกๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใใใซ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซ๏ผๅถ้ใ่จญใใฆใใใใใฎใใใชๅถ้ใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใไพใใฐใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ไธญใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็กใใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅฎๅคใฎใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใๅฐ็จใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅ็ งใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured so that the lottery (variation) of the first special symbol and the lottery (variation) of the second special symbol can be executed at the same time (in parallel), and both special symbols are executed. There is a restriction (so that the jackpot game is not executed) so that the jackpots are not won at the same time (in parallel). In the pachinko machine 10 having such restrictions, for example, during the period from winning a jackpot in a lottery of one special symbol to executing a jackpot game corresponding to the jackpot winning, the lottery of the other special symbol is performed. In order not to win the big hit, the judgment value corresponding to the big hit is not specified, and the lottery of the special symbol is executed by referring to the dedicated data table in which only the judgment value corresponding to the small hit is specified. It may be configured.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the RAM 203 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 118. FIG. 118 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the RAM 203 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 according to the fourth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 118, the RAM 203 of the fourth embodiment has a first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, a second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db, and a normal symbol with respect to the RAM 203 of the first embodiment described above. Hold ball storage area 203dc, 1st special symbol hold ball number counter 203dd, 2nd special symbol hold ball number counter 203de, special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203cf, small hit flag 203df, special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh, special figure 1 The difference is that the fluctuation time counter 203di, the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj, the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk, the special figure 2 subtraction flag 203dl, and the time saving end standby flag 203dm are added. The other elements are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ้ๅๆฐ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผๅ๏ผใพใงใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ่จๆถใใใใใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ้ๅๆฐ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผๅ๏ผใพใงใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ่จๆถใใใใใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ The first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da has various counter values acquired based on the fact that balls have entered the special symbol entry port 64 (starting prize) up to the maximum number (4 in this embodiment). It is a storage area for storing. Further, the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db is acquired based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second entry opening 1645 (starting prize) up to the maximum number (4 in this embodiment). It is a storage area for storing various counter values.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ้ๅงใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใใทใใใใฆ่จๆถใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ้ๅงใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใจๅๆงใงใใใ The first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is a storage area in which various counter values for starting the variable display of the first special symbol are stored, and when the first special symbol stops the variable display, the first special symbol is stopped. When various counter values are stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, the various counter values are shifted and stored in the storage area. The second special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is a storage area in which various counter values for starting the variable display of the second special symbol are stored. For details, refer to the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown). It is the same as (not shown).
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใฎๆคๅบใซไผดใฃใฆใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใก๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใ่จๆถใใใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใใไธๆนใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจๅๆงใซใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใๅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใๅๅฏพๅฟใใใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใใใๅๆงใซ่จๆถใใใใ The first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db, the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown), and the second special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) are started. Each value of the first random number counter C1, the first hit type counter C2, the variable type counter CS1, and the small hit type counter C5 acquired from the counter buffer (see FIG. 115) with the detection of winning is stored. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has entered the special figure entry port 64 (starting prize) in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), the counters C1 to C2 and C5 are used from the counter buffer. , CS1 values are acquired and stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, respectively. On the other hand, when it is detected that the ball has entered the second entry port 1645 (starting prize), the counters C1 to C2, C5 and CS1 are moved from the counter buffer as in the case of the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da. The value is acquired and stored in each corresponding area (not shown) in the same manner.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๅฎ่ก้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎ็ญใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅค๏ผใฎใใกใไธใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใขใธใทใใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใทใใใจใฏใไธใฎ้ ๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅฅใฎ้ ๅใธ็งปๅใใใใใจใ็คบใใ When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the special symbol variation (lottery), the MPU 201 executes a process such as a jackpot lottery and a display setting of the first symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81. One of the data (counters C1 to C2, C5, and CS1) stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da and the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db. The data corresponding to the start winning prize of is shifted to this special symbol reservation ball execution area. The shift in the present embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.
ๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎ้้๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๆคๅบใซไผดใฃใฆใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใก๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใ่จๆถใใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงใ็ใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใใๆๅคง๏ผๅๅใพใง่จๆถ๏ผไฟ็๏ผใงใใใใใซใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใจใชใขใๆใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใธ้้๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใ้ ใซไฟ็็ใฎใใผใฟใใใใผใฟใ็ฉบใใฆใใไฟ็ใจใชใขใฎๅ ใๆถๅใใใ้ ๅบใฎๆฉใไฟ็ใจใชใขใใ้ ใซ่จๆถใใใใ The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203dc is each of the second random number counter C4 and the normal symbol variation type counter CS2 acquired from the counter buffer (see FIG. 115) when the ball passes through the through gate 67 (starting prize) is detected. A storage area where values are stored. When the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 detects that the sphere has passed through the through gate 67 (starting prize) in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39), the value of the second random number counter C4 is obtained from the counter buffer. , The value of the normal symbol variation type counter CS2 is acquired and stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203dc. The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203dc has four holding areas so that data (values of counters C4 and CS2) corresponding to one start winning can be stored (held) up to four times. In the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203dc, the data of the holding balls in the order of passing through the through gate 67 (starting prize) is stored in order from the holding area in which the data is vacant, in the order of being digested earlier. ..
ใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่ก้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใฎ่จญๅฎ็ญใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ็ งใในใใใผใฟ๏ผใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใ่จๆถใใใใใฎใกใขใชใงใใใ In addition, when it is detected that the normal symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is the execution start timing of the fluctuation display effect of the normal symbol based on the start winning prize, each counter value is stored and the winning lottery of the normal symbol is performed. It is a memory for storing data (values of counters C4 and CS2) to be referred to in processing such as setting a display (variation pattern) of the first symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81.
ใชใใ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่ก้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใๆคๅบใใใจใๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎ็ญใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆฎๅณๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใฎใใกใไธใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใใใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใธใทใใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใทใใใจใฏใไธใฎ้ ๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅฅใฎ้ ๅใธ็งปๅใใใใใจใ็คบใใ When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variation display effect of the normal symbol, the above-mentioned normal symbol is held in order to execute processing such as a winning lottery and a display setting of the second symbol display device 83. Of the data corresponding to each start winning prize stored in the ball storage area 203dc (value of the random number counter C4 per second, value of the general figure variation type counter CS2), the data corresponding to one start winning prize is usually used. Shift to the symbol hold ball execution area (not shown). The shift in the present embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฏใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎๆ็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธญใงๆคๅบใใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง่กใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๅพ ๆฉๅๆฐ๏ผใใใใใๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใง่จๆฐใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฏใ้ปๆบๆๅ ฅๅพใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใฃใฆใๅๆๅคใจใใฆใผใญใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๆคๅบใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๆฏใซใใใใใๆๅคงๅค๏ผใพใง๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใใ The first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203de are special symbols detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) that is periodically executed every 2 milliseconds. The number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) of the variable display effect (variable display effect performed by the third symbol display device 81) performed by the first symbol display device 37 based on the winning of the ball opening 64 or the second entry port 1645. ) Is a counter that counts up to 4 times. The first special symbol holding ball number counter 203dd and the second special symbol holding ball number counter 203de are set to zero as initial values by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (see S1701 in FIG. 54). Then, each time the starting prize is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value of 4. On the other hand, the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203de are decremented by 1 each time the variation display effect is executed.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผๅณใกใไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๆคๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใๆฏใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใใงใใใ Further, the value of the first special symbol reserved ball counter 203dd (that is, the number of reserved balls) is stored in the first special symbol reserved ball based on the ball entering the special symbol entry port 64 (starting prize). When the counter value is stored in the area 203da, the voice lamp control device 113 is notified by the first special symbol reserved ball number command output from the main control device 110. The first special symbol reserved ball number command is a command transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time the start winning is detected and the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd is incremented by 1. Is.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฎๅค๏ผๅณใกใไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆ ผ็ดใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้็ฅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใฏใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใๆคๅบใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใใใๆฏใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ไฟกใใใใณใใณใใงใใใ Further, the value of the second special symbol reserved ball counter 203de (that is, the number of reserved balls) is stored in the second special symbol reserved ball based on the ball entering the second entry port 1645 (starting prize). When the counter value is stored in the area 203db, the voice lamp control device 113 is notified by the second special symbol reserved ball number command output from the main control device 110. The second special symbol reserved ball number command is a command transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time the start winning is detected and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203de is incremented by 1. Is.
๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใๅๅพใใใไธ่จใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใใใใ่จๆถใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใใใผใฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใใใฎๅ็ งใใผใฟใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใ่กใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๅใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่กใใใใ The MPU 201 is a value of each of the counters C1 to C2, C5, and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer in the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) or the second special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown). When each is stored, the data stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) or the second special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is stored in the first special symbol change start processing. (Refer to S255 in FIG. 123) or in the second special symbol change start processing (S260 in FIG. 126), a jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data, and a change pattern and a stop type corresponding to the lottery result are determined. do. In the first symbol display device 37, the fluctuation display is performed based on the determined fluctuation pattern and stop type under the control of the main control device 110.
ใพใใใใใงๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณๅใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใพใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใฃใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้็ฅใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซใใ้็ฅใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใ่กใใใใ Further, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type determined here are notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by the first or special figure 2 fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command. Then, under the control of the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs the variation display effect based on the variation pattern and the stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is a flag indicating that the jackpot of the first special symbol is executed while the second special symbol is variable display, and the first special symbol is during the variable display of the second special symbol. It is set to on when the jackpot of the symbol is executed. The special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to on in S852 of the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S257 of FIG. 124) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. Further, it is set to off in the process of S952 of the second special symbol variation start process (see S260 of FIG. 126).
ใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆ็นใงใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๅบฆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, when the jackpot is won in the lottery of the first special symbol and the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed, the second special symbol that is forcibly stopped and displayed as a missed symbol is prevented from executing the lottery again. be able to.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใ้ ๆปใชใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, after executing the process related to the first special symbol in one special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119), the second special symbol is related. By configuring to execute the process, it is configured to execute the variable process for each special symbol without delay.
ใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใไฝใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใพใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฏใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใในใญใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119), when any of the special symbols is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a jackpot, the jackpot control is performed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110. The process (S1804 in FIG. 56) is configured to be executed. In addition, the special symbol variation processing 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119) is a variation processing for each special symbol (S254 in FIG. 119) when the current state is a big hit state or a small hit state (S251: Yes in FIG. 151). It is configured to skip ~ S263).
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๆใใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใฏใๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๆฐใใชๅคๅๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, while the big hit game or the small hit game is being executed based on the lottery result of the special symbol, a new special symbol change (lottery) is not executed. By the variation processing for the first special symbol executed earlier in the special symbol variation processing 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119), the first special symbol is stopped and displayed in the display mode for indicating that the lottery result is a big hit. In this case, a new variation process for the second special symbol is performed in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็จใใใใจใงใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๆฐใใชๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment configured as described above, when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed in the display mode for indicating that the lottery result is a big hit by using the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df, the first special symbol is stopped and displayed. It is possible to prevent the execution of a new variation process for the second special symbol in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S154 in FIG. 119).
ๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใจใชใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The small hit flag 203dg is a flag indicating that the winning / failing determination result of the second special symbol is a small hit, and is set to be turned on when the small hit is won. This small hit flag 203dg is set to on when the winning / failing determination result of the second special symbol is a small hit (see S1151 in FIG. 128), and when the special symbol fluctuation in which the winning result is a small hit is stopped and displayed. Is set to off (see S1655 in FIG. 128).
็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใๅๆญขใใๆ้ใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใๅๆญขใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆญขใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใๅ้ใใใใใฎใงใใใ The special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is a flag indicating a period during which the update (subtraction) of the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is stopped, and when it is set to ON, the update (subtraction) of the fluctuation time is stopped. When the state set to on is set to off, the update (subtraction) of the stopped fluctuation time is restarted.
ใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใ้ใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใๅคๅไธญใจๅๆงใซๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใคใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใฏๅๆญขใใฆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฏๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผใฎๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใฆใใชใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ This special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to be turned on when stopping the change of the second special symbol (special figure 2) whose lottery result is a small hit (S1652 in FIG. 133), and the special symbol change process 4 (S1652 in FIG. (See FIG. 119) (see S252 in FIG. 119). When it is set to ON in the process of S252, the process of updating the display of the first symbol display device 37 corresponding to the first special symbol (special figure 1) is executed in the same manner as during the change (FIG. 119). S253). That is, while the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to on, the update (subtraction) of the fluctuation time is stopped, but the fluctuation display is continuously executed in the first symbol display device. Become. As a result, it is possible to notify that the fluctuation of the special figure 1 is not forcibly stopped because the temporary stop flag 203dh of the special figure 1 is set to on. Then, when it is determined that it is set to on in the first special symbol variation executing process (see FIG. 123) (S751: Yes in FIG. 123), it is set to off (S753 in FIG. 123).
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎใฟๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎใฟใจใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใคใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใใใซ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, only the lottery of the second special symbol is configured so that the small hit can be won. Therefore, the special symbol whose variable display is temporarily stopped based on the winning of the small hit is the first special. Only the symbols are available, but if the lottery for the first special symbol is configured so that a small hit can be won, the special symbol 2 temporary stop flag may be provided to temporarily stop the variable display of the second special symbol. good.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ็ตใฟๅใใใงไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใงๅๆญขใใใๅฆ็ใจใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใใ็คบใ็ตใฟๅใใใงไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไธๆฆๅๆญข๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงๅๆญข๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the lottery result of one special symbol is a big hit, it is based on the fact that one special symbol is stopped in the combination indicating the big hit (based on the execution of the big hit game). ), The process of forcibly stopping the variable display of the other special symbol, and if the lottery result of one special symbol is a small hit, one special symbol is stopped by the combination indicating the small hit. Based on this, the variable display of the other special symbol is temporarily stopped (stopped until the small hit game is completed).
ๅณใกใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๆงใ ใชๆ ๆงใซๅ ๅทฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใจใชใใใใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆไธญใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฏๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใพใใๅฐๅฝใใใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใใๆถๅปใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, it is configured so that the variable display of the other special symbol can be processed in various modes according to the lottery result of one special symbol. With this configuration, the lottery result of one special symbol becomes the most advantageous game result (for example, big hit) for the player, and while the variable display for showing the game result is being executed, the other The special symbol (the lottery result is a small hit) is stopped and displayed, and it is possible to prevent the big hit from being erased by the small hit.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๅคใใปใใใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซๅคใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ The special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is a counter for measuring the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, and corresponds to the fluctuation pattern selected in the first special symbol fluctuation pattern selection process (see S357 in FIG. 122). A value indicating the fluctuation time is set (see S559 in FIG. 122). Then, the value is updated (subtracted) every time the first special symbol variation executing process (see S255 in FIG. 123) is executed, and the value is 0 in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119). Is determined (see S256 in FIG. 119). Here, when it is determined that the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is 0 (S256: Yes in FIG. 119), the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (1st special symbol fluctuation stop processing) for stopping the first special symbol being changed (S26: Yes in FIG. 119). (See S257 in FIG. 119) is executed.
ใใใซใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆฎใฃใฆใใพใใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅพใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆฎใใใๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅบฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is cleared to 0 when the second special symbol is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating a jackpot (see S1555 in FIG. 132). As a result, when the first special symbol is forcibly stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating the deviation when the jackpot stop display of the second special symbol is displayed, the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di remains and is forcibly displayed. After the stop display is displayed, it is possible to suppress that the fluctuation of the first special symbol is restarted again based on the value left in the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๅคใใปใใใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซๅคใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ The special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is a counter for measuring the fluctuation time of the second special symbol, and corresponds to the fluctuation pattern selected in the second special symbol fluctuation pattern selection process (see S956 in FIG. 129). A value indicating the fluctuation time is set (see S1260 in FIG. 129). Then, the value is updated (subtracted) every time the second special symbol variation executing process (see S261 in FIG. 131) is executed, and the value is 0 in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119). Is determined (see S262 in FIG. 119). Here, when it is determined that the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is 0 (S262: Yes in FIG. 119), the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S262: Yes in FIG. 119) for stopping the second special symbol being changed ( (See S263 in FIG. 119) is executed.
ใใใซใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆฎใฃใฆใใพใใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅพใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆฎใใใๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅบฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is cleared to 0 when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating a jackpot (see S855 in FIG. 124). As a result, when the second special symbol is forcibly stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating the deviation when the jackpot stop display of the first special symbol is displayed, the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj remains and is forcibly displayed. It is possible to prevent the second special symbol from being restarted again based on the value left in the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj after the stop display is displayed.
็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใซใใใฆใๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใในใๅคๅใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ The special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is a flag indicating whether or not the value of the time saving counter 203h should be subtracted when the fluctuation is stopped in the fluctuation of the first special symbol. The special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set when it is determined in the first special symbol variation start processing (see S258 in FIG. 120) that the value of the time saving counter 203h is greater than 0 (S358: Yes in FIG. 120). Is set to on (S359 in FIG. 120), and the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is turned on in the time saving update process (see S863 in FIG. 125) of the first special symbol fluctuation stop process (see S257 in FIG. 124). When it is determined (S2101: Yes in FIG. 125), the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted (S2102), and then the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set to off (S2103).
ใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅใๅ้ใใใฆใใใใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใใฉใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใในใญใใใใใใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ If a big hit is won in the lottery of the first special symbol, it is set to off in the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S257 in FIG. 124). Similarly, when a big hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol, it is set to off in the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see SS263 in FIG. 132). In addition, by setting the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk to off when a big hit is won in the special symbol lottery, if the fluctuation of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped after the big hit game is completed, the fluctuation will be changed. When it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is off (S2101 in FIG. 125) and when it is determined that the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is off (FIG. 125). S2101: No), the process of subtracting the value of the time saving counter 203h (see S2102 of FIG. 125) is skipped, and the process of stopping the fluctuation is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใจใฏใชใใใใฃใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใฎๆ็ญ้ๆใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซใใฃใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใซๅ ใใฆใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใชๆ้ใจใชใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the jackpot game ends, the fluctuation of the first special symbol that has been temporarily stopped resumes, and when the fluctuation stops, the remaining time reduction number of times is not updated (subtracted). Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the time-saving game after the end of the jackpot game given by the V prize, in addition to the number of lottery of the special symbol specified by the jackpot, the residual variation of the first special symbol that has been temporarily stopped The time is also shortened. With this configuration, it is possible to set a longer time-saving gaming state, which is an advantageous period for the player.
็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใซใใใฆใๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใในใๅคๅใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใ๏ผๅณใกใๆ็ญไธญใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅ็ งใใใใชใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The special figure 2 subtraction flag 203dl is a flag for indicating whether or not the value of the time saving counter 203h should be subtracted when the fluctuation is stopped in the fluctuation of the second special symbol. The special figure 2 subtraction flag 203dl is , In the second special symbol change start processing (see S260 in FIG. 126), it is determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (see S960 in FIG. 126), and the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0. When it is determined that the value is (that is, the time is being shortened) (S960: Yes), it is set to ON (see S961 in FIG. 126). Then, it is referred to in the time saving update process (S1661) of the special figure 2 disengagement stop process (S1564), and when it is on, the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted and the special figure 2 subtraction flag 203dl is set to off. .. If a big hit is won in the lottery of the first special symbol, it is set to off in the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S257 in FIG. 124) (see S860 in FIG. 124), and the second special symbol If a big hit is won in the lottery, it is set to off in the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S263 in FIG. 132) (see S1560 in FIG. 132).
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคๅใๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใฎๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใๅคๅใฎๅๆญขๆใซใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใ In the present embodiment, in the lottery of the first special symbol, if the big hit is won and the second special symbol is fluctuating, the fluctuation is forcibly stopped. As described above, when a big hit is won in the lottery of the first special symbol, the special figure 2 subtraction flag 203dl is set to off. , The process of updating the value of the time saving counter 203h can be skipped. Therefore, the processing load can be reduced.
ๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅณๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใจใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ่ฆๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ๏ผๅใๆใใฏใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใฎๆ็ญใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใฆใใใ The time saving end waiting flag 203 dm is a flag indicating that the special figure change in which the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied has been started. Specifically, in the present embodiment, after the jackpot game is completed, the special symbol is changed 4 times or 15 times as the specified period of the time saving state, and the time saving state is terminated. It indicates that the final fluctuation of the time saving is started and the time saving state is finished in the waiting state.
ใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใ๏ผๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ The time saving end wait flag 203dm determines whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (that is, the final fluctuation of the specified number of times in the time saving state) in the first special symbol fluctuation start processing (see S258 in FIG. 120). (S360), when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (S360: Yes), it is set to ON (see S361 in FIG. 120). Further, also in the second special symbol change start processing (see S260 in FIG. 126), when the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (S962: Yes), it is set to ON (see S963 in FIG. 126).
ใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ Then, when the time saving update process (see S862 in FIG. 125), which is the timing for stopping the fluctuation of the special symbol, is executed, or when the determination of a new special symbol is executed (first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 121)). Refer to S356)) and the second special symbol jackpot determination process (see S955 in FIG. 127)), and when the time reduction end wait flag 203 dm is set to on, the time reduction end wait flag 203 dm is set to off. ..
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณใกใๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไฝใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใๅฐๆฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๅใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฟใใฆ็ขบๅฎใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON (that is, the standby state), when any of the time saving end timings arrives, it is surely according to each timing. Can be made to execute the time saving end processing.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใ้่คใใฆ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ธ้็นใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ
ๅฎนใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process executed by the main control device in the fourth embodiment>
Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 119 to 136. In the fourth embodiment, the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol are duplicated (in parallel) with respect to the control process of the main control device 110 in the first embodiment described above. It differs in that it is configured to be feasible, and the content of the control process corresponding to the above-mentioned difference is different. The other elements are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็ใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใใๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ็จฎๅคๅฎ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใ่กใใๆๅฎใฎๅถๅพกใซใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฏ่ฝใซๅถๅพกใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใไปฅไธใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ First, the special symbol variation process 4 (S151), which is one of the timer interrupt processes executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described with reference to FIG. 119. FIG. 119 is a flowchart showing the special symbol variation process 4 (S151). The special symbol variation processing 4 (S151 in FIG. 119) makes various determinations (hit / fail determinations) and determinations for the first special symbol and the second special symbol based on the acquired counter values, and controls the first special symbol and the second special symbol by predetermined control. Various commands for controlling the variable display on the first symbol display device 37 so as to enable the variable display on the determined variable display mode, and for executing the variable display effect of the third symbol and the fourth symbol on the third symbol display device 81. Is set, and control is executed for stopping and displaying in a display mode indicating a determination result (hit / fail determination result). Hereinafter, the special symbol variation processing 4 (S151 in FIG. 119) will be described.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใ In the special symbol variation processing 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), first, it is determined whether the jackpot game is in progress (big hit in progress) or the small hit game is in progress (small hit in progress) (S251). Here, based on the information stored in the game state storage area 203g, it is determined whether the current state is during the big hit game (during the big hit) or during the small hit game (during the small hit).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใไธญๅใฏๅฐๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปฎๅๆญขใใใฆใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S251, when it is determined that the jackpot is in the middle or the small hit is in progress (S251: Yes), then it is determined whether the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to ON (S252), and then ON. When it is determined that the setting is set to (S252: Yes), the display of the first symbol display device 83 corresponding to the temporarily stopped special figure (first special symbol (special figure 1 in the present embodiment)) is displayed. Update (S253) and end this process. On the other hand, in the process of S252, if it is determined that the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is not set to ON (S252: No), the present process is terminated as it is.
ใใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๆ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎไปฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Here, the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to be turned on when the second special symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed) in a display mode indicating a small hit winning. In the present embodiment, while the small hit game is being executed, the fluctuation time set in the fluctuation display (special symbol fluctuation display) for showing the lottery result of the special symbol is not updated (subtracted). During that period, the first symbol display device 83 is configured to display a temporary stop display mode for indicating that the variable display of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใซไผดใฃใฆๅฎ่กไธญใงใใฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆถๆป ใใฆใใพใฃใใจ้ๆ่ ใซไธไฟกๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไปฎๅๆญขไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใฏใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็น็ฏใๆถ็ฏใ็นฐใ่ฟใ็นๆป ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใ่ฏใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใ็นๆป ้้ใ้ ใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็น็ฏใๆถ็ฏใ็นฐใๆฟใใ็นๆป ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ่คๆฐ่ฒใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไปฎๅๆญขไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟ่กจ็คบใใๅพใๅฐ็จ่ฒใ็จใใ็นๆป ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, it is possible to notify the player that the variable display of the first special symbol, which was being executed with the start of the small hit game, is temporarily stopped. It is possible to prevent the player from being distrusted when the first special symbol variation in the inside disappears. As a display mode for indicating that the variable display of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped, for example, a display mode for indicating that the normal variable display is in progress (for example, at intervals of 0.2 seconds). The display mode may be the same as the blinking display mode in which lighting and extinguishing are repeated, or a display mode in which the blinking interval is slower than the display mode for indicating that variable display is in progress (for example, lighting and extinguishing at 0.5 second intervals). A blinking display mode in which the above is repeated) may be used. Further, when the display mode of the first symbol display device 83 is configured to be able to display a display mode of a plurality of colors, a blinking display mode using a dedicated color that can be displayed only during a temporary stop is used. Is also good.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the processing of S251, when it is determined that the present is not in the big hit or the small hit (S251: No), the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is larger than 0, that is, the first. It is determined whether or not the special symbol is being displayed in a variable manner (S254). When it is determined that the variation of the first special symbol is being displayed (the value of the variation time counter 203di of the special figure 1 is larger than 0) (S254: Yes), the process of executing the variation of the first special symbol is executed ( S255).
ใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅค๏ผๆดๆฐ๏ผใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๆดๆฐใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In this first special symbol change execution processing (S255), in order to change (update) the variation display mode of the special symbol displayed on the first symbol display device 83 during the period when the first special symbol is changing. Processing is executed. Then, when the processing of S255 is completed, it is next determined whether or not the value of the first fluctuation time counter 203a2 updated in the first special symbol variation execution processing (S255) is 0 (S256), and S256 If it is determined in the process that the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is 0 (S256: Yes), the first special symbol fluctuation stop process is executed (S257), and the process proceeds to the process of S259 described later.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใๆถๅปใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257), when the fluctuation time specified for the first special symbol during the fluctuation display has elapsed, the fluctuation display is stopped with the symbol indicating the lottery result of the first special symbol. Is executed. Further, in the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257), when the lottery result of the first special symbol is a big hit, the second special symbol being executed is forcibly stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a deviation. Is executed. Further, when the second special symbol being executed wins the jackpot, a process for erasing the information related to the jackpot is executed. The details of the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257) will be described later with reference to FIG. 124. Further, when it is determined in the processing of S256 that the fluctuation time counter 203di in FIG. 1 is not 0 (S256: No), the processing of S257 is skipped and the process proceeds to the processing of S259.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใฎๅคๅฅใจใๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใ่กใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ฉณใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S254, when it is determined that the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is not larger than 0 (0) (S254: No), that is, when it is determined that the present is not in the special figure 1 fluctuation. Next, the first special symbol change start processing is executed (S258). In this first special symbol change start processing (S258), a process for executing a new lottery (variation) of the first special symbol is performed, and a new lottery (variation) can be executed. If it is possible to execute a new lottery (variation), a process of performing a new lottery (variation) is executed. The first special symbol change start processing (S258) will be described in detail later with reference to FIGS. 120 to 122.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็นๅณ๏ผใฎๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใๅพใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅพใซใฏใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ After executing the first special symbol change start process (S258), after determining that the change of the special figure 1 is in progress (S256: No) in the process of S256, or after performing the first special symbol change stop process (S257). After the execution, next, the variation processing (S259 to S263) relating to the second special symbol is executed.
ใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใงใใใใใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ First, it is determined whether the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is larger than 0 (S259). That is, it is determined whether or not the second special symbol (special figure 2) is currently being displayed in a variable manner. If it is determined in the processing of S259 that the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is not larger than 0 (0) (S259: No), it means that the current is not in the special figure 2 fluctuation. In addition, the second special symbol change start process (S260) for executing a new lottery (variation) of the second special symbol is executed (S260), and this process is terminated.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไฟ็ใใผใฟ๏ผๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใฐใใใฎไฟ็ใใผใฟใซๅบใฅใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ้ธๆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใพใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผใจใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใพใใฏๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ In the second special symbol change start process (S260), if the hold data (various counter values) is stored in the second special symbol hold ball number storage area 203b, the jackpot determination and the change pattern selection based on the hold data The process is executed. Further, in the second special symbol change start processing (S260), when the lottery result is a big hit (or a small hit), the big hit flag 203i (or the small hit flag 203y) is set to ON.
ไธๆนใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใฎๅ ๅฎนใฎๅฆ็ใใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅคๆดใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S259, when the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is larger than 0, that is, when it is determined that the current special figure 2 is changing (S259: Yes), then the second The special symbol variation executing process is executed (S261). The content of the second special symbol variation executing process (S261) will be described later with reference to FIG. 131, but the processing having the same content as the above-described first special symbol variation executing process (S255) is processed. Is changed from the first special symbol to the second special symbol and executed.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตใใใจใ็พๅจใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, when the second special symbol change execution processing (S261) is completed, it is determined whether the value of the current special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is 0 (S262), and if it is determined to be 0 (S262). : Yes), the second special symbol fluctuation stop process is executed (S263), and then this process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S262 that the value of the fluctuation time counter 203dj in FIG. 2 is not 0 (S262: No), the process of S263 is skipped and the present process is terminated.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใๆถๅปใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใจใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใซใๅฐๅฝใใๆใใฏใๅคใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ The second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S263) will be described later with reference to FIG. 132, but like the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257), it is defined in the second special symbol during the fluctuation display. When the fluctuation time has elapsed, the process of stopping the fluctuation display is executed with the symbol indicating the lottery result of the second special symbol. Further, in the second special symbol change stop processing (S263), when the lottery result of the second special symbol is a big hit, the first special symbol change being executed is forcibly stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a deviation. The process is executed. Further, when the second special symbol being executed wins the jackpot, a process for erasing the information related to the jackpot is executed. In addition, since the present embodiment is configured so that a small hit can be won in the lottery of the second special symbol, if the lottery result of the second special symbol is not a big hit, it corresponds to a small hit or a miss. Is executed.
ไปฅไธใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆงๆใซใใใฆใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ๅ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๆฐใใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ้ ๆปใชใๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๅๆปใช้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above with reference to FIG. 119, in the present embodiment, the lottery (variation) of the first special symbol and the lottery (variation) of the second special symbol can be executed at the same time (in parallel). In, the variation processing (S254 to S258) relating to the first special symbol and the variation processing (S259 to S263) relating to the second special symbol are executed in one special symbol variation process. Therefore, when a new lottery (variation) can be executed for each special symbol, the variation processing can be executed without delay, and a smooth game can be provided.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใใใๅ ใซ๏ผๅชๅ ใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฆ็้ ไฝใๆ็ขบใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใใใจใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๅไธใจใชใฃใใจใใฆใใๅชๅ ใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ Further, in the present embodiment, in one special symbol variation process, the variation process related to the first special symbol is executed before (priority) the variation process related to the second special symbol. By clearly setting the processing order of each special symbol in this way, even if the fluctuation stop timing of the first special symbol and the fluctuation stop timing of the second special symbol are the same, priority is given to the first. 1 The fluctuation stop processing of the special symbol will be executed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใใใๅชๅ ใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใใใๅชๅ ใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ In the present embodiment, the variation processing related to the first special symbol is configured to be executed with priority over the variation processing related to the second special symbol, but the variation is not limited to this, and the variation related to the second special symbol is not limited to this. The process may be configured to be executed with priority over the variable process related to the first special symbol.
ใพใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅชๅ ใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใๅใๆฟใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใฎ้ ็ชใๅใๆฟใใๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซใใฃใฆๆถๆป ๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, it may be configured to preferentially execute the variation processing for the special symbol type in which the lottery that is advantageous to the player is executed in the set gaming state, and the player may execute according to the set gaming state. If the pachinko machine 10 switches the special symbol type in which the lottery is executed, it is preferable to provide a means for switching the order of the special symbol type in which the variation processing is executed. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the lottery result of the lottery that is advantageous to the player from being extinguished (discarded) by the lottery result that is disadvantageous to the player.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the first special symbol variation start process (S258), which is one process of the special symbol variation process 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), will be described with reference to FIG. 120. FIG. 120 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (S258).
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the first special symbol fluctuation start processing (S258 in FIG. 120), first, the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball counter 203dd is acquired (S351), and the acquired first special symbol reserved ball counter 203dd It is determined whether the value (N1) is larger than 0 (S352). When it is determined that the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball counter 203dd is larger than 0 (S352: Yes), the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball counter 203dd is subtracted by 1 (S353). ).
ใใใฆใๆธ็ฎๅพใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขๅดใซ้ ใซใทใใใใใๅฆ็ใ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโๅฎ่กใจใชใขใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผโไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใจใใฃใๅ ทๅใซๅใจใชใขๅ ใฎใใผใฟใใทใใใใใ Then, a hold ball number command indicating the number of hold balls after subtraction is set (S354), and the data stored in the hold area 1 to the hold area 4 of the first special symbol hold ball number storage area 203a is executed in the execution area. The process of shifting to the side in order is performed (S355). More specifically, the data in each area is shifted such as hold area 1 โ execution area, hold area 2 โ hold area 1, hold area 3 โ hold area 2, hold area 4 โ hold area 3.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใ่ฉณใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใทใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ็จใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใๅฆใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใ Next, the first special symbol jackpot determination process is executed (S356). The first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 in FIG. 120) will be described in detail later, but the value of the first random number counter C1 shifted to the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is used. Based on the set game state, the jackpot determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is executed.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่ฉณใใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ธๆใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process is executed (S357). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S357) will be described in detail later, but is based on the result of the hit / fail determination based on the value of the variation type counter CS2 stored in the first special symbol reservation ball execution area (not shown). This is a process for selecting a fluctuation pattern based on each counter value.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญไธญใงใใใใฉใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฏ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๆ็ญไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญไธญใซ้ๅงใใใๅคๅใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใใ The first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S357) is executed, and then it is determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is greater than 0, that is, whether the current gaming state is in the time saving (S358). ). When it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (S358: Yes), the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set to ON (S359), and the process proceeds to S360. On the other hand, when it is determined in the process of S358 that the value of the time reduction counter 203h is not a value larger than 0 (S358: No), the game state is the normal state, and the present process is terminated as it is. In this way, when the value of the time reduction counter 203h is larger than 0, that is, when the time reduction is in progress, by setting the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk to ON, the time reduction is started during the time reduction when the fluctuation is stopped. It is possible to determine whether or not the fluctuation has occurred, and the end condition of the time reduction can be updated (the value of the time reduction counter 203h is subtracted) when the fluctuation is stopped.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใงใใๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใๅคๅฅใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใฏใชใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ After executing the process of S359 described above, it is determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (S360). That is, it is determined whether or not the final fluctuation is the end condition of the time saving state. When it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 (S360: Yes), the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON (S361), and this process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not 1 in the processing of S360, this processing is terminated as it is because it is not the final fluctuation of the time saving game state.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 121, the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356), which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (S258 in FIG. 120), will be described. FIG. 121 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356).
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆ็ญใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพ ๆฉใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๆ็ญใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใ๏ผๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๆ็ญใฎๆ็ตๅคๅไธญใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใฏ็ตไบใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใ็คบใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใชใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ In the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 in FIG. 121), first, each counter value stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) is acquired (S451). Then, in order to determine whether or not the time saving end condition is satisfied and the state is waiting, that is, whether or not the time saving final variation is being executed in the lottery of the second special symbol, the time saving end is performed. It is determined whether the standby flag 203 dm is set to ON (S452). When it is determined that the time reduction end wait flag 203 dm is on (that is, the second special symbol is in the final change of the time reduction) (S452: Yes), the period of the time reduction state set this time ends. Therefore, the normal state is set in the game state storage area 203 g (S453), and the time saving end standby flag 203 dm and the special figure 2 subtraction flag 203 dl are set to off (S454). Next, the value of the time saving counter 203h is set to 0 (S455), a state command indicating that the gaming state has been switched to the normal state is set (S456), and the process proceeds to S457. On the other hand, in the process of S452, when it is determined that the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is not on (S452: No), the process of S453 to S456 is skipped because the final change of the time saving state is not executed. The process proceeds to S457.
ใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบใๅพ ๆฉใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๅพใใๅใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใใซใ้ขใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใใพใใจใใไธๅ ทๅใใชใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใใใฃใฆใ้ฉๆญฃใช้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, in the state of waiting for the end of the time saving state (the state in which the final fluctuation of the time saving state is started in the other special symbol), the game is played before the lottery result of the special symbol is acquired. By setting the state to the normal state, even though the time-saving game state has ended, the time-saving game state with the other special symbol until the change of the special symbol in which the final change of the time-saving state is executed ends. It is possible to eliminate the problem of executing a game based on. Therefore, an appropriate game can be provided to the player.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใจไธ่ดใใใๅฆใๅคๅฎใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใๅๅพใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใใใใซๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆ็กใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅ ใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถ๏ผ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซๅคงๅฝใใใฎๆ็กใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ ๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใใ After finishing the processing of S452 or S453, it is then determined whether or not the value of the first random number counter C1 matches the jackpot determination value based on the first random number table 202a (see FIG. 23B). , The lottery result (determination result) is acquired (S457). Then, it is determined whether the lottery result of this time is a big hit (S458), and if it is determined that it is a big hit (S458: Yes), the big hit flag 203i is set to be turned on so as to indicate the big hit winning of the first special symbol. (S459). In the present embodiment, the jackpot flag 203i is configured to be able to store (set) information indicating the type of the special symbol that has won the jackpot in addition to the information indicating whether or not the jackpot has been won. Information indicating the presence or absence of a big hit can be set for each symbol type. Therefore, in the process of S459, in the jackpot flag 203i, the information indicating the jackpot is set for the area corresponding to the first special symbol.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, the lottery result of the first special symbol is set as a jackpot (S460), and the jackpot symbol of the first special symbol to be displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is set based on the acquired value of the hit type counter C2 (S460). S461), this process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S458 that the result of the lottery this time is not a big hit (S458: No), the out-of-order symbol of the first special symbol is set in the first symbol display device 37 (S462), and this process is completed. do.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S357), which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (S258 in FIG. 120), will be described with reference to FIG. 122. FIG. 122 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S357).
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใๅฆใใฎๅคๅฎใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใงๅคๅฅใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใ In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S357 of FIG. 236), first, in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 of FIG. 121), whether or not the lottery result of the first special symbol is a jackpot, that is, It is determined whether or not the jackpot of the first special symbol is set (S551). Here, the determination as to whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the jackpot flag 203i is turned on for the first special symbol. The jackpot flag 203i is set to ON in the process of S459 in the above-mentioned first special symbol jackpot determination process (see FIG. 121).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใๅๅพใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆฝไผ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S551, when it is determined that the jackpot of the first special symbol is set (S551: Yes), the jackpot type selection 4 table 202db and the value of the acquired first hit type counter C2 are used. The jackpot type is determined based on (S552). Next, the value of the variation type counter CS2 stored in the first special symbol execution area is acquired (S553), and the current game state (normal state, latent state) corresponding to the information stored in the game state storage area 203g is acquired. , Probability change state), and the fluctuation pattern selection 4 table 202dc is read out (S554).
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง้ธๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Then, a variation pattern is selected based on the value of the variation type counter CS2 acquired in the process of S555 and the variation pattern selection 4 table 202dc read in the process of S554 (S555), and the variation pattern selected in the process of S555 is used. Based on this, the special figure 1 variation pattern command is set (S556).
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅๆญขๅณๆใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็คบใๅคใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, the special figure 1 stop type command indicating the stop symbol of the first special symbol is set (S557), the variation start of the first special symbol is set on the first symbol display device 37 (S558), and the selected variation pattern is set. The value indicating the fluctuation time of is set to the value of the fluctuation time counter 203di in FIG. 1 (S559), and this processing is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใ๏ผๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S551, when it is determined that the lottery result of the first special symbol is out of order (that is, the jackpot flag 203i for the first special symbol is off) (S551: No), the process of S552 is performed. It skips and shifts to the process of S553.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซใใไธญๆญใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the first special symbol variation in-execution process (S255), which is one process of the special symbol variation process 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), will be described with reference to FIG. 123. FIG. 123 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation execution processing (S255). In this first special symbol change execution process (S255), a process for updating the fluctuation time of the special symbol change during execution and a special interrupted by winning a small hit in the second special symbol lottery. The process for restarting the symbol change is executed.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆ็นใงใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผไธญๆญใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพ๏ผใซๅๅบฆไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first special symbol change execution processing (S255), first, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to ON. This special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to be turned on when a small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol. In the present embodiment, when a small hit is won with one special symbol, if the other special symbol is being displayed in a variable manner, the other special symbol is changed for a predetermined period (from the small hit winning to the small hit game). (Period until the end of the game) is interrupted, and after a predetermined period has elapsed (after the end of the small hit game), the other special symbol change is restarted again.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธๆนใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใ็กใใใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใ็ฆๆญข๏ผๆๅถ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from executing a game that is difficult for the player to understand because the other special symbol variation ends during one small hit game. Furthermore, based on winning the small hit game in one special symbol lottery, the lottery result of the other special symbol lottery is not discarded. Therefore, for example, by winning a small hit, a big hit is won. It is possible to prohibit (suppress) the occurrence of a situation in which the lottery result (the lottery result that is more advantageous to the player than the small hit winning) is discarded.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅ้ใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the processing of S751 that the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to on (S751: Yes), the special figure 1 fluctuation restart command is set (S752), and the special figure 1 temporary stop flag is set. Set to off (S753), subtract 1 from the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di (S754), update the display of the first special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 (S755), and end this process. ..
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅคใ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, the first special symbol variation executing process is performed in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119) executed by the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) executed every 2 milliseconds. (See S255 in FIG. 119) is configured to be executed, and the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is updated (1 subtraction) in the first special symbol variation executing process (see S255 in FIG. 123). It is configured to do. Therefore, for example, when a fluctuation time of 30 seconds is set as the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, "15000" is set as the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di, and the value is 1 every 2 milliseconds. It is configured to be subtracted.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is not set to ON in the processing of S751 (S751: No), that is, when it is determined that the small hit is not won in the lottery of the second special symbol. Skips the processes of S752 and S753 and shifts to the process of S754.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257), which is one of the special symbol variation processing 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), will be described with reference to FIG. 124. FIG. 124 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257). In this first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257), when it is determined that the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is "0" at present, that is, the fluctuation time of the first special symbol (special figure 1) is determined. This is the process that is executed when it has passed.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจใใพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซใชใฃใใใจใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the first special symbol fluctuation stop process (S257 in FIG. 124) is executed, it is first determined whether the jackpot flag 203i is set to ON for the first special symbol (special figure 1) (S851). When it is determined that the jackpot flag 203i is set to ON for the first special symbol (S851: Yes), then the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to ON (S852), and the special figure is set. 2 A special figure 2 indicating that the fluctuation stop flag 203df has been turned on is set (S853).
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซ่จญ็ฝฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅคใๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, the second special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 is stopped and displayed by the off symbol (S854), and the value of the special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is set to 0 (S855). As a result, when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating a jackpot, the variable display of the second special symbol (special figure 2) being executed is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating the deviation (off symbol). (Confirmed display) can be displayed.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ฉๅฟใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพใใ่จๆถๆ ๅ ฑใๅ้คใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ After finishing the processing of S855, next, it is determined whether the jackpot flag 203i for the second special symbol is set to ON (S856), and if it is determined that it is set to ON (S856: Yes), the above-mentioned In order to adapt the lottery result of the second special symbol to the second special symbol that was forcibly stopped and displayed in the processing of S854, the jackpot flag 203i for the second special symbol was set to off (S857). ), The stored information for the special figure 2 jackpot is deleted (S858), and the process proceeds to S859. On the other hand, in the process of S856, if it is determined that the jackpot has not been won in the lottery of the second special symbol, the process of S857 and 808 is skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S859.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใงๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๆฌกใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใชใปใใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคงๅฝใใไธญ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใงใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๆฝ้ธ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใไธญใๅฐๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใจใๅใใฆ่จๆถใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๆฝ้ธ้ๆใซ้ขใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใ่จๆถใใใใ In the processing of S859, first, the jackpot scenario won by the special symbol variation this time is set (see 809), and then the jackpot flag 203i, the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk, and the special figure 2 subtraction flag corresponding to the first special symbol are set. 203dl, the time saving end wait flag 203dm is set to off, and the value of the time saving counter 203h is reset (S860). Then, information indicating that the current gaming state is in the jackpot (during the jackpot game) is stored in the gaming state storage area 203g (S861). The game state storage area 203g is configured so that the game state related to the lottery game (normal state, time saving state) and the game state related to the winning game (large hit medium, small hit medium) can be stored separately. By executing the process of S861, the game state (normal state, time saving state) related to the lottery game at the timing when the big hit is won and the game state indicating that the big hit is in progress are stored.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆ็นใงใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to determine the game state set at the timing when the jackpot is won at the end of the jackpot game.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ขบๅฎๅๆญขใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็คบใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the processing of S861 is completed, next, a special figure 1 confirmation command for instructing the voice lamp control device 113 to confirm and stop the first special symbol is set (S863), and the first special symbol display device is displayed. The process of stopping the variable display of the first special symbol that is variable-displayed in 37 is executed (S864), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S851, when it is determined that the jackpot flag 203i is not set to ON for the first special symbol (S851: No), the time saving update process (S862) is executed, and the above-mentioned S863 Move to processing. A detailed description of the time saving update process (S862) will be described later with reference to FIG. 125.
ใใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆฝ้ธ้ๆ๏ผ็ตๆใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใจใชใใใใซๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใใใซใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๅไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญขใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ้ฉๆญฃใชๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S257), the processing (S859 to S864) of stopping the fluctuation display with the symbol indicating the result of the lottery (first lottery game) of the first special symbol is executed. If the lottery result this time is a big hit (S851: Yes), the second special symbol that is changing is forcibly stopped and displayed so that the lottery result is out of order (S854). In this way, in the process of stopping display (confirmed display) of one special symbol with the symbol indicating the jackpot, the process of forcibly stopping the other special symbol that is changing is executed at the same time. Appropriate processing can be executed for a plurality of special symbol fluctuations to be executed.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใจใ้ ใซๅฎ่กใใๆงๆใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ๅ ใงๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅฆ็ใ้่คใใฆใใพใใใจใ้ฒใใใจใใงใในใ ใผใบใซๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, like the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, in a configuration in which the variation processing related to the first special symbol and the variation processing related to the second special symbol are executed in order, the execution is performed based on the lottery result of the first special symbol. By executing the variation processing (forced stop processing) of the second special symbol within the variation processing related to the first special symbol, the second special symbol is forcibly stopped at the timing when the variation processing related to the second special symbol is not executed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the processing related to the second special symbol from being duplicated, and the processing can be smoothly executed.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใใๅคใใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญขใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใๅณๆใงๅๆญขใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใๅๆญขใใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใฎใชใ็นๆฎๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ้ใซๅผทๅถ็ใซไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใๆฐใฅใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅคๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆ็กใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In this embodiment, the process of forcibly stopping the other special symbol at the timing when one special symbol is stopped and displayed at the symbol indicating the jackpot is executed. Not limited to, for example, when it is determined that one of the special symbols has won the jackpot, that is, when it is determined that the current lottery result is a jackpot in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 in FIG. 121) ( S458: Yes) of FIG. 121 may be configured so that the fluctuation of the other special symbol is forcibly removed and stopped at the symbol. In this case, it is preferable to configure the other special symbol that has been forcibly removed and stopped to execute a special fluctuation that does not win the jackpot until the jackpot fluctuation of one special symbol ends. With this configuration, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to notice that when the jackpot is won with one special symbol, the other special symbol fluctuation is forcibly stopped. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping whether or not the jackpot has been won by determining that the other special symbol change has been forcibly stopped and displayed.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎ้ใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅฎ่กใใๆฝ้ธ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆ่ ใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซไธไฟกๆใๆใฃใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when one special symbol is stopped and displayed with a symbol indicating a jackpot, the lottery result for the other special symbol change being executed is discarded. Not limited to, for example, it may be configured to suspend the other special symbol change until the jackpot game based on one special symbol ends, and restart the interrupted special symbol change after the jackpot game ends. good. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust of the pachinko machine 10 due to the discarding of the game result of the lottery game executed by the player.
ๅ ใใฆใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅถๅพกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅคใใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅ๏ผๅคใๅคๅ๏ผไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็ ดๆฃใใไธใคใใใฎๅคใๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅ๏ผๅฝใใๅคๅ๏ผไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใงใใใใใซไธญๆญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, when controlling the fluctuation of the other special symbol being executed based on the lottery result of one special symbol, the variation control content is configured to be different according to the lottery result of the other special symbol being executed. For example, when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed as a jackpot symbol, and the lottery for the second special symbol is in a fluctuation (disappearance fluctuation) to indicate that the lottery is out of the lottery, the lottery may be performed. During the fluctuation (hit fluctuation) to show that the lottery result of the second special symbol is a hit (big hit, small hit) by discarding the result and executing the forced stop processing to forcibly stop the deviation fluctuation. In some cases, after the jackpot game of the first special symbol is completed, the interruption process may be executed so that the fluctuation of the second special symbol can be resumed.
ใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใๆฐใใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใใไธญๆญไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใฎใใซใคใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผไธญๆญไธญใๅฆใ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใฎ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ In this case, while making the player interested in whether a new second special symbol change is executed or the suspended second special symbol change is restarted after the jackpot game of the first special symbol is completed. You can play a game. Further, when such a configuration is used, it is configured to execute a suggestion effect for suggesting the situation (whether or not it is interrupted) of the second special symbol to the player during the jackpot game of the first special symbol. Then it is good.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใชใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ่ชฌๆใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใฎๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 125, one process of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S151 in FIG. 119), second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S263 in FIG. 132)). The time saving update process (S862 (S1661)) is described. FIG. 125 is a flowchart showing the contents of this time saving update process (S862 (S1661)). In this time reduction update process (S862 (S1661)), when the game state is the time reduction state, the value of the time reduction counter 203h is updated when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped, and when the end condition is satisfied, the game state is normally changed. Executes the process of transitioning to the state. In the description described later, the process when the fluctuation of the first special symbol is stopped will be described, but the same process is also executed when the target is the second special symbol.
ๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใใฉใใใๅณใกใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใฎใงใใใใฉใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซๅคๅใ้ๅงใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆดๆฐใฎๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅคๅๅๆญขใงใฏใชใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ When the time saving update process (S864 (S1661)) is executed, first, whether or not the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is turned on, that is, the change of the special symbol being executed this time starts to change during the time saving game. It is determined whether or not it is the same (S2101). When it is determined that the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is on, that is, the fluctuation is started during the time saving game (S2101: Yes), the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted (S2102). Then, the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set to off (S2103), and the process proceeds to S2104. On the other hand, in the processing of S2101, when it is determined that the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is not on (S2101: No), the processing of S2102 to S2106 is skipped because it is not a fluctuation stop that triggers the update of the time saving state. Then, the process proceeds to S2107.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใฎๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใพใงๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใๆๅคง้้ทใๆ้ใจใใฆๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, when the game state is the time saving state at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol, the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted when the fluctuation is stopped by setting the subtraction flag of the corresponding symbol type to ON. Can be done. Therefore, the time-saving game state can be set until the final fluctuation of the time-saving game state is stopped. With this configuration, it is possible to provide a time-saving gaming state that is advantageous to the player for the longest possible period.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใฏๅคๅใๅ้ใใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใใซใ่ฉณใใใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใๅใซ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅคๅใๅ้ใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใๅณใกใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซใฏๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญใฎ่ฆๅฎๆ้ใซๅ ใใฆใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅณใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆ็ญ้ๆใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใชๆ้ใจใชใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆๅคง้้ทใๆ้ใจใชใใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใ Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, when a small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol, the fluctuation of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped, and the period until the small hit game is completed is changed. It is configured not to restart. Then, a V prize is generated during the small hit game, a big hit is given, and after the big hit game is completed, the change of the first special symbol that has been temporarily stopped resumes. Further, as will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 137, since the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set to off before the jackpot game is started, the special figure 1 when the temporarily stopped fluctuation resumes and stops. FIG. 1 Since the subtraction flag 203dk is off, the value of the time saving counter 203h is not subtracted. That is, the remaining time reduction number is not subtracted when the fluctuation of the special symbol that has been temporarily stopped after the jackpot game due to the V prize is stopped. With this configuration, in addition to the specified time reduction period set by the jackpot type, the time reduction game is also set for the remaining fluctuation time of the special figure that was temporarily stopped, which is an advantageous period for the player. The time saving state can be set to the maximum long period. Therefore, the interest of the game is improved.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๆ็ญใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใใๆฌกใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the process of S2104, it is determined whether or not the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is on (S2104). When it is determined that the time reduction end wait flag 203 dm is on (S2104: Yes), that is, the variation of the special symbol this time is the final variation of the time reduction, and the time reduction in the second special symbol (the other special symbol). When the next fluctuation has not started from the final fluctuation of, since it is the timing to shift the game state to the normal state, the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to off (S2105) and the game state is stored. A normal state is set in the area 203 g (S2106). Then, the process proceeds to S2107.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ้ๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใใใฎใใใซใๅๆๅคๅใฟใคใใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ้ๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใจใชใๅคๅใฎๅๆญขๆใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๆ็ญ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐใ่ถ ใใๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ตๅคๅใใๆฌกใฎๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใง้ๅๆใฎใชใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S2104, when it is determined that the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is not on (S2104: Yes), the state in which the final variation of the time saving game is not executed, that is, the state in which the time saving state continues. Therefore, the process of S2105 to S2106 described above is skipped, and the process proceeds to the process of S2107. In this way, in the simultaneous fluctuation type gaming machine, when the fluctuation that is the final fluctuation of the time-saving game is stopped, the fluctuation exceeding the specified number of times of the time-saving gaming state (the next fluctuation from the final fluctuation) is executed by the other special symbol. It is determined whether or not the game has been executed, and if it has not been executed, the game state is changed. With this configuration, it is possible to provide a player with a comfortable game.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใจ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใ็คบใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When any of the processes of S2101, S2104, and S2106 is completed, the process proceeds to the process of S2107. In the process of S2107, a command indicating the value of the time saving counter 203h and the game state is set (S2107), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the second special symbol variation start process (S260), which is one process of the special symbol variation process 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), will be described with reference to FIG. 126. FIG. 126 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol change start processing (S260).
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใๆฌๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅใซ๏ผๅไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง๏ผๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใ When the second special symbol change start process (S260) is executed, it is first determined whether or not the special figure 2 change stop flag 203df is set to ON (S951). That is, the lottery of the first special symbol (first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 in FIG. 121)) executed immediately before this process is executed (in the same special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119)). Refer to)) to determine whether or not the jackpot was won.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใฎๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็จใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคใๅณๆใงๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅพใซใๆฐใใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ๅ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจใใฆใไธๅ ทๅใ็ใใใใจ็กใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In the processing of S951, when it is determined that the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to ON (S951: Yes), various processes for starting the fluctuation of the second special symbol are skipped, and the special figure 2 is skipped. The fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to off (S952), and this process ends. That is, in the present embodiment, by using the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df, the first special symbol is stopped and displayed as the jackpot symbol in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (see S356 in FIG. 121), and the second special symbol is stopped and displayed. It is prohibited to execute a new second special symbol change after the special symbol is forcibly stopped and displayed by the off symbol. As a result, even if the second special symbol is forcibly stopped and displayed in the variation processing related to the first special symbol, the control process can be executed without causing a problem.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใจ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅใ ใในใญใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, when it is determined that the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to on in the process of S951 (S951: Yes), the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to off. Therefore, by setting the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df, the second special symbol change start process (S260 in FIG. 126) can be skipped only once.
ใใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅใซ๏ผๅไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง๏ผๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟใ็ดๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใในใญใใใใใฐใใใฎๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใงใใใ This is a lottery of the first special symbol (first special) executed immediately before the second special symbol variation start process (S260) is executed (in the same special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119)). Only when the jackpot is won in the symbol jackpot determination process (see S356 in FIG. 121), if the second special symbol variation start process (S260 in FIG. 126) executed immediately after is skipped, the first special symbol is subsequently executed. The jackpot game is started based on the jackpot information (big hit scenario) set in the jackpot determination process (see S356 in FIG. 121), and the jackpot game is performed by the process of S251 in the special symbol variation process 4 (see S151 in FIG. 119). This is because the second special symbol variation start process (S260 in FIG. 119) is not executed until the end of.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to simplify the process of skipping the variation process of the other special symbol based on the lottery result of one special symbol, so that the control process executed by the main control device 110 can be simplified. The processing load can be reduced.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผๅคใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฐใใชๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซใใใใใซ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญๅฎใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅฆ็ใ๏ผๅในใญใใใใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, when the lottery result of one special symbol is a predetermined lottery result (big hit winning), the other special symbol is forcibly stopped and displayed (stopped and displayed by the off symbol), and one special symbol is displayed. In order to prevent new fluctuations (lottery) of the other special symbol from being executed until the jackpot game based on the symbol lottery result is executed, the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set and the fluctuation processing of the other special symbol is performed. Is used, but other configurations may be used.
ใคใพใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅพ่ฟฐใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ That is, when the lottery result of one special symbol is a predetermined lottery result (big hit winning), the big hit is not won in the other special symbol lottery (variation) until the big hit game based on the big hit winning is completed. It may be configured. For example, when the jackpot control process (see S1804 in FIG. 56) for executing the jackpot game is executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110 described later, the special figure 2 The fluctuation stop flag 203df may be configured to be set to off.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใใๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใจใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงๆฐใใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, even if the timing to turn on the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set before the timing when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed as the jackpot symbol, until the jackpot game is executed. It is possible to prohibit the execution of a new second special symbol change (lottery).
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใๅณใกใๆฐใใชๅคๅใ้ๅงใใชใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใใพใพใซใใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅๅฐ็จใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when the second special symbol change start process (see S260 in FIG. 126) is executed while the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to on, the change of the second special symbol is performed. The process is skipped, that is, a new fluctuation is not started (the second special symbol is kept stopped), but the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is turned on. If it is set, it may be configured to execute the variable display of the second special symbol dedicated to it.
ใใฎๅ ดๅใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใ็นๆฎๆฝ้ธใ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใใฎ็นๆฎๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ็นๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this case, a lottery for the second special symbol is performed using a special lottery that does not win the jackpot, and the variation display of the second special symbol is executed for a period corresponding to the variation pattern determined based on the result of the special lottery. It may be configured, or the period until the jackpot game based on the jackpot winning of the first special symbol is executed without executing the lottery of the second special symbol, and the period until the specific timing during the jackpot game is reached. Alternatively, the second special symbol may be varied and displayed until the jackpot game is completed. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand that the special symbol change has been forcibly stopped.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅคๅๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใฏใใใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใ้ฉๅฎใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจๅๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใฆใใ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ็คบใใณใใณใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็จใใฆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขไธญใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ The content of the variation processing related to each of the above-mentioned special symbols is configured to be appropriately output to the voice lamp control device 113 side by setting a command indicating the content, and is configured to be output to the voice lamp control device 113 side as appropriate. It is configured so that the variable display of the third symbol and the fourth symbol displayed in the main display area Dm of 81 can be synchronized with the display mode of each special symbol displayed on the first symbol display device 37 described above. However, while the second special symbol displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is forcibly stopped, a command indicating that the second special symbol is forcibly stopped and displayed is received on the voice lamp control device 113 side. In this case, the third symbol or the fourth symbol corresponding to the second special symbol that is variablely displayed by the third symbol display device 81 is used to execute the variable effect during the forced stop. Is also good.
ใใฎใใใซใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจๅๆใใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใๅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๅฎ้ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขไธญใซๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, the actual second special is used on the third symbol display device 81, which is easy for the player to visually recognize, by using each symbol (third symbol, fourth symbol) that is variablely displayed in synchronization with the variable display of the special symbol. Even when the symbol is configured to execute the variation effect during the forced stop, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand that the special symbol variation is forcibly stopped.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฏใไธ่จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใงใฎๅๅฆ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅคๆดใใ็นใ้คใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใฎใงใใใฎ่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ In the process of S951, when it is determined that the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is not set to on, that is, the first special symbol is not stopped and displayed as a jackpot symbol (S951: No in FIG. 126), The processes of S953 to S959 are executed, and the process proceeds to the process of S960 described later. In the processes of S953 to S959, the first special symbol hold ball number counter 203dd and the first special symbol hold are performed for each of the processes from S351 to S357 of the first special symbol change start process (S258 of FIG. 120). The value of the ball counter (N1), the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S355), the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S356), and the second special symbol holding ball number. For the counter 203de, the value of the second special symbol reserved ball counter (N2), the second special symbol reserved ball storage area 203db, the second special symbol jackpot determination process (S958), and the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S959). Since they are the same except for the changed points, the description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใงใฎๅๅฆ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅคๆดใใ็นใ้คใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใฎใงใใฎ่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ Further, after executing the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S909), the processes S960 to S963 are executed, and this process is terminated. In the processes of S960 to S963, the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203 dl is changed to the special figure 2 subtraction flag 203 dl for each process from S358 to S361 of the first special symbol change start process (S258 of FIG. 120) described above. Since they are the same except for the above points, the description thereof will be omitted.
ไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆฉใงใใใใใไธกๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใใใฆใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใชใฉใฎไธๅ ทๅใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, since the gaming machine is a gaming machine in which the fluctuation of the first special symbol and the fluctuation of the second special symbol are executed at the same time, the same processing is executed at the start of the fluctuation of both special symbols. In the other special symbol, it is possible to prevent problems such as the number of remaining time reductions not being subtracted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅคๆดใใใใฎไปใไธ้จๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใใฎใงใใใ Next, the second special symbol jackpot determination process (S955), which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (S260 in FIG. 126), will be described with reference to FIG. 127. FIG. 127 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol jackpot determination process (S955). The second special symbol jackpot determination process (S955) changes the type of the target special symbol from the first special symbol to the second special symbol with respect to the above-mentioned first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 in FIG. 121). And some other processing was added.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌกใฎ็นใง็ธ้ใใใๅณใกใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซๅคๆดใใ็นใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใๅฏพ่ฑกใ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใใ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใซๅคๆดใใ็นใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใใฎไปใฎ็นใฏๅไธใงใใใฎใงใใใฎ่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ The second special symbol jackpot determination process (S955 in FIG. 127) differs from the above-mentioned first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 in FIG. 121) in the following points. That is, in the process of S1051 corresponding to the process of S451, the first special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown) was changed to the second special symbol holding ball execution area (not shown), and S452 to S461. When the target is changed from special figure 1 (first special symbol) to special figure 2 (second special symbol) in the process of S1052 to S1061 corresponding to the process of, and the lottery result of the special symbol is out of order. The difference is that the processing to be executed has been changed. Since the other points are the same, the description thereof will be omitted.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the second special symbol jackpot determination process (S955 in FIG. 127), if it is determined that the lottery this time is not a jackpot (S1058: No), the special figure 2 deviation variation process is executed (S1062), and this process ends. do.
ใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใไปฅๅคใๅณใกใๅฐๅฝใใใๆใใฏๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ This special figure 2 deviation variation process (S1062) is a process executed when the lottery result of the second special symbol is other than a big hit, that is, a small hit or a loss. A detailed explanation will be described later with reference to FIG. 128, but if the lottery result is incorrect, the same process as the process of S462 of the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S356 of FIG. 121) described above is executed. If the lottery result is a small hit, the process corresponding to the small win is executed.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 128, the contents of the special figure 2 deviation variation processing (S1062) will be described. FIG. 128 is a flowchart showing the special drawing 2 deviation processing (S1062).
็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅๅพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the special figure 2 deviation variation processing (S1062), first, it is determined whether or not the lottery result (the lottery result acquired in the processing of S1057 of the second special symbol jackpot determination processing (see S955 of FIG. 127)) is a small hit. (S1151).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the process of S1151 that a small hit has been won (S1151: Yes), the small hit flag 203 deg is set to ON (S1152), and the lottery result of the second special symbol is set to a small hit (S1153). ), Then, the small hit symbol of the second special symbol to be displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is set (S1154), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใๅณใกใๅคใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S1151, when it is determined that the lottery result is not a small hit, that is, it is out of order (S1151: No), the out-of-order symbol of the second special symbol to be displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is displayed. It is set (S1155), and this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใฎๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, the special figure 2 deviation change process (S1062 in FIG. 128) executed as one process of the second special symbol change start process (see S260 in FIG. 126), that is, the change in the special symbol (lottery). By setting the small hit flag 203dg to ON when it is determined that the small hit has been won in the process executed at the timing of starting, the setting status of the small hit flag 203dg at the fluctuation stop timing of the second special symbol. It is possible to easily execute the process corresponding to the small hit winning based on.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S959), which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (S260 in FIG. 126), will be described with reference to FIG. 129. FIG. 129 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S959).
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌกใฎ็นใง็ธ้ใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใซๅคๆดใใใ็นใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใงใฎๅๅฆ็ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅฆ็ใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅคๆดใใใ็นใจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใจใใงใใใใ็ธ้ใใใใใฎไปใฎ็นใฏๅไธใงใใใฎใงใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ The second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S959 in FIG. 129) differs from the above-mentioned first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S357 in FIG. 122) in the following points. In the process of S1251 corresponding to the process of S551, the special figure 1 lottery result (lottery result of the first special symbol) is changed to the special figure 2 lottery result (lottery result of the second special symbol), and S552 to S559. In each process of S1252 to S1256 and S1258 to S1260 corresponding to each process up to, the special figure 1 variation pattern command (variation pattern command of the first special symbol) is changed to the special figure 2 variation pattern command. FIG. 2 is different from the point that the processing of the deviation pattern selection processing (S1257) is added. Since other points are the same, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 130, the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern executed in the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S959), which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (S260 in FIG. 126). The contents of the selection process (S1257 of FIG. 130) will be described.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆๅๅพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใ When the second special symbol change start process (S260 in FIG. 126) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the lottery result this time is a small hit (S1351). In the process of S1351, the determination is executed based on the lottery result acquired in the process of S1057 of the second special symbol jackpot determination process (see S959 of FIG. 127).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใใใชใใใใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฐใชใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใใชใใใไพใใฐใ่คๆฐใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซใ่จญใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ็ฐใชใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ In the processing of S1351, if it is determined that the lottery result is a small hit (S1351: Yes), then the value of the small hit type counter C5 is acquired (S1352), and the acquired small hit type counter C5 The small hit type is selected based on the value (S1353). In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since there is only one type of small hit, different small hit types are not set based on the acquired value of the small hit type counter C5. For example, a plurality of small hit types are not set. If the pachinko machine 10 is configured so that the small hit type can be set, a small hit type selection table in which different small hit types are defined for the range of the acquired small hit type counter C5 is provided, and S1352 and S1353 are provided. It may be configured to select a different small hit type depending on the processing of.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใใใชใใซใ้ขใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็จใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้็บๆ้ไธญใซ้ๆใฎไปๆงใๅคๆดใใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๅคๆดใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎนๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใใจใใงใใใ By configuring the processing of S1352 and S1353 to be used even though there is only one type of small hit as in the present embodiment, for example, the specifications of the game can be changed during the development period of the pachinko machine 10. Even if it is changed, it is possible to easily respond to the change.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใใงใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใจใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง้ธๆใใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ After the processing of S1353 is completed, the variation pattern selection table according to the current gaming state is read (S1354), and the read variation pattern selection table and the acquired value of the variation type counter CS1 are used for small hits. (Small hit fluctuation pattern) is selected (S1355). Then, a special figure 2 variation pattern command indicating the small hit variation pattern selected in the process of S1355 is set (S1356), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผๅคใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใใพใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S1351 that the lottery result is not a small hit (out of order) (S1351: No), the process (S1357 to S1359) of the case where the lottery result is out of order is executed. In the process of S1357, first, the variation pattern selection table according to the game state is read (S1357), the variation pattern is selected based on the acquired value of the variation type counter CS2 (S1358), and the feature is based on the selected variation pattern. FIG. 2 A fluctuation pattern command is set (S1359), and this process ends.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่ก๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใ็็ฅใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏใๅฆ็ใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅคๆดใใ็นไปฅๅคใๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 131, the contents of the second special symbol variation in-execution process (S261), which is one process of the special symbol variation process 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), will be described. FIG. 131 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol variation execution processing (S261). In the present embodiment, since the lottery of the first special symbol is configured so as not to win a small hit, in the second special symbol variation executing process (S261), the above-mentioned first special symbol variation executing process (S261) (See S255 in FIG. 123), is the flag (special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh) set when a small hit is won (execution of a small hit game) with the other special symbol set to ON? The difference is that the process of determining is omitted, and other than that, the process is the same except that the target of the process is changed from the first special symbol to the second special symbol, so the detailed description thereof is omitted. ..
ใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็ใซใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฎ่กไธญๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฐ่ฏใใ If the pachinko machine 10 is configured so that a small hit can be won in the lottery of the first special symbol, it means that the small hit is won in the lottery of the first special symbol (the small hit game is executed). A flag for indicating (for example, a special figure 2 temporary stop flag) is provided, and in this second special symbol variation executing process, the same process as the above-mentioned first special symbol variation executing process (see S255 in FIG. 123). Just run.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฆ็ใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅคๆดใใ็นใจใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใไปฅๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใใใฎใใฉใฐใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใจใ็็ฅใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใ Next, the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S263), which is one of the special symbol variation processing 4 (S151 in FIG. 119), will be described with reference to FIG. 132. FIG. 132 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S263). In the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S263), the processing target is changed from the first special symbol to the second special symbol with respect to the above-mentioned first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S257 in FIG. 124). The difference is that the content of the process executed when the lottery result is other than the jackpot is changed and the process of setting the flag for stopping the fluctuation of the other special symbol is omitted.
ๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅ้คใใ็นใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅคๆดใใ็น๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใจใงใใใใ็ธ้ใใใใใฎไปใฎ็นใฏๅไธใงใใใฎใงใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ That is, the point that the processing of S852 in the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S257 in FIG. 124) was deleted, and the point that the processing target of S851 and S853 to S864 was changed to the second special symbol (S1551 and S1553 to S1513). The difference is that when it is determined that the result of the lottery this time is not a big hit (S1551: No), the special figure 2 off-off stop process (S1558) is executed. Since other points are the same, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅๅพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใไปฅๅค๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใใพใใฏๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญขๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 133, the contents of the special figure 2 deviation stop process (S1564) executed in the second special symbol fluctuation stop process (see FIG. 132) will be described. FIG. 133 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special drawing 2 disengagement stop process (S1564). This special figure 2 disengagement stop process (S1564) corresponds to a case where the lottery result acquired in the second special symbol jackpot determination process (see S955 in FIG. 127) is other than a jackpot (small hit or miss). It executes the fluctuation stop processing.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใจ๏ผใใฆใใใใจ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ็นๅณ๏ผใฎไปฎๅๆญขๆ ๆง่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใ When the special figure 2 disengagement stop process (S1564) is executed, it is first determined whether the small hit flag 203dg is set to ON (S1651), and when it is determined that the small hit flag 203dg is set to ON. (S1651: Yes), the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to on (S1652), and the special figure 1 temporary stop command for indicating that the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to on is set (S1651: Yes). S1653). The special figure 1 temporary stop command set here is output to the voice lamp control device 113 by the external output process (S1801) executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110. Then, when the special figure 1 temporary stop command is received on the voice lamp control device 113 side, the temporary stop mode for indicating that the first special symbol (special figure 1) has been temporarily stopped is set. A display command for displaying on the third symbol display device 81 is set and output to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 executes a process for displaying the temporary stop mode display of the special figure 1 on the third symbol display device 81 based on the received display command. With this configuration, the player can easily grasp that the first special symbol is temporarily stopped.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใซใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฐๅฝใใใทใใชใช๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ็จใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใทใใชใช๏ผใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใไธญ๏ผใงใใใใจใ็คบใๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅฐๅฝใใใ็คบใๅณๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅฐๅฝใใๅณๆใงๅคๅๅๆญข๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆธ็ฎใชใฉใฎๅฆ็ใ่กใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Returning to FIG. 133, the description will be continued. When the processing of S1653 is completed, next, a small hit scenario (open operation scenario for small hits) corresponding to the small hit game is set (S1654), the small hit flag 203 deg is set to off (S1655), and the game state is set. The hit information indicating that the small hit game is in progress (small hit is in progress) is stored in the storage area 203 g (S1656), and the second special symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed display) with the symbol indicating the small hit (small hit symbol). A special figure 2 confirmation command for indicating that is set (S1657), and the second special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 is stopped to fluctuate (confirmed display) with a small hit symbol (S1658). Then, a time saving update process (S1661 (S863)) that performs a process such as subtraction of the remaining time saving number is executed, and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคใใ็คบใๅณๆ๏ผๅคใๅณๆ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคใๅณๆใงๅคๅๅๆญข๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, when the small hit flag 203dg is set to off in the processing of S1651 (S1651: No), it is shown that the second special symbol is stopped and displayed (confirmed) with the symbol indicating the deviation (disengaged symbol). The special figure 2 confirmation command of No. 2 is set (S1659), and the second special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 is removed and the fluctuation is stopped (confirmed display) at the symbol (S1660). Then, the time saving update process is executed (S1661 (S863)), and this process is terminated.
ใชใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ็ งใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใฎใฟใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Regarding the time saving update process (S1661 (S863)), the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk referred to in the processing of S2101 and S2104 of the time saving update process (S863 (S1661)) described above with reference to FIG. 2 Since the only difference is that the subtraction flag is changed to 203 dl, the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๅถๅพกใฏใใใใ็ฌ็ซใใฆไธฆ่กใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใๅๆใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ ใซใใใๅคใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅคงๅฝใใใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ ใซไปไธใใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใๅน็ใใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the control of the variation display between the first special symbol and the second special symbol is configured to be independently and in parallel to be executed. The special symbol and the second special symbol can be displayed in a variable manner at the same time. Therefore, it is possible to execute a lottery game with more special symbols within a predetermined time, and it is possible to increase the probability that the player will be given a big hit within the predetermined time. Therefore, the player can play the game efficiently.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใฆๆฝ้ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆงๆใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไธๆนใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซ้ไธญใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ Further, even if the first special symbol and the second special symbol are displayed in a variable manner at the same time and the lottery game is executed, if a big hit game occurs in one of the first or second special symbols, the other Since the variable display of the special symbol is stopped, the player can concentrate on the jackpot game and play the game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใฎใฉใกใใไธๆนใงๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅณๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆ๏ผใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใไปฎๅๆญขใพใใฏๅคๅๆ้ใฎ่จๆธฌใไธญๆญใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใชๅ ดๅใงใฏใไปฎๅๆญขใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฏใไปฎๅๆญขไธญใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใพใใฏๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใงๅๆญขใใใฆใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏๅคๅ่กจ็คบ้ไธญใงใใฃใๆฝ้ธ้ๆใๆถๆป ใใฆใใชใใใจใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใๅฎๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when one of the first special symbol and the second special symbol (big hit symbol) indicating a jackpot is stopped and displayed, the other special symbol is forcibly removed and stopped at the symbol. Although it is configured to be displayed, the present invention is not limited to this, and the other special symbol may be configured to be variablely displayed in a state where the temporary stop or the measurement of the fluctuation time is interrupted. In such a case, the temporarily stopped special symbol is stopped in a display mode or a notification mode that allows the player to know that the temporary stop is in progress, so that the player loses the lottery game that was in the middle of the variable display. It is possible to grasp that it is not, and to play a big hit game with peace of mind.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใใใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใๅคๅฅใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไฟ็ไธ้ๅๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใใใซๆๅคง๏ผๅ๏ผใพใงใๅๅพใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใใใใๆ ผ็ดใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, the start winning process 4 (S152), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 39) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described with reference to FIG. 134. FIG. 134 is a flowchart showing the start winning process 4 (S152). The start winning process 4 (S152 in FIG. 134) determines whether or not a ball has entered (starting prize) in either the special drawing entry port 64 or the second entry opening 1645, and if the start winning is won, Up to the maximum number of reserved balls (up to 4 for each of the special symbol entry slot 64 and the second entry slot 1645), the acquired counter values can be stored in the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203da or the second special symbol hold ball storage area. This is a process of storing each in 203db.
ใพใใไฟ็็ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๅพใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใใใใ่จๆถใใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใพใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎใใใใใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใไบๅใซๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็ญใไบๆธฌใใๅฆ็๏ผๆ่ฌใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใไปฅไธใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ Further, when each counter value acquired based on the reserved sphere is stored in the first special symbol reserved sphere storage area 203da or the second special symbol reserved sphere storage area 203db, the first special symbol reserved sphere storage area 203da is stored. Alternatively, a process (so-called look-ahead process) for predicting a hit / fail determination result, a selected fluctuation pattern, or the like is executed in advance based on each counter value stored in each of the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203db. .. Hereinafter, the start winning process 4 (S152 in FIG. 134) will be described.
ๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅงๅๅฃใงใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใ็ๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใๆคๅบใใใ็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใฃใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅๅพใใๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๆชๆบใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the start winning process 4 (S152 in FIG. 147), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has entered the special drawing entry port 64, which is the first starting opening (starting winning) (S1751). Here, the ball enters the ball detection switch (not shown) provided in the special figure entry port 64. It is determined that the ball has entered the special symbol entry port 64 (there was a start prize) (S1751: Yes), and the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd is acquired (S1752). It is determined whether the acquired value (N1) is less than 4 (S1753).
ใคใพใใ็พๆ็นใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใไฟ็ๅๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใ๏ผๅใใใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใ๏ผๅณใกใไฟ็ๅๆฐใไธ้ๅคใพใง่จๆถใใใฆใใชใใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใๅๅพใใๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๆชๆบใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฟ็ๅๆฐ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ้็ฅใใใใใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ That is, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls for the special figure entry port 64 is less than the upper limit of four at the present time (that is, whether or not the number of reserved balls is stored up to the upper limit). When it is determined that the acquired value (N1) is less than 4 (S1753: Yes), the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd is added by 1 (S1754), and the voice lamp control device 113 A command for the number of reserved balls for notifying the number of reserved balls in the special figure entry port 64 (the number of reserved lottery rights for the first special symbol) is set (S1755).
ใใใฆใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๅคใใซใฆใณใฟ็จใใใใกใใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผๅๅพใใฆ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๅฎ่กใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅฏพๅฟใใไฟ็็ๆฐใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใซๅใ ไฟ็๏ผๆ ผ็ด๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Then, each value of various counter values (random number counter C1 per first, type counter C2 per first, variable type counter CS1) is read (acquired) from the counter buffer, and the first special symbol holding ball execution area of RAM 203 is used. Each is reserved (stored) in the storage area of the corresponding number of reserved balls of 203a (S1756).
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฐใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ็ญใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฐใใซ่จๆถใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ็ญใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฐใใชๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่จๆถ๏ผๆ ผ็ด๏ผใใใฆใใๅ จใฆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใซๅฏพใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ็ญใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Next, the first look-ahead process is executed (S1757). The first look-ahead process (S1757) will be described later with reference to FIG. 135, but the hit / fail determination result and the fluctuation pattern determined from each counter value newly stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da , The process of determining the stop type, etc. is executed. In the present embodiment, it is configured to execute a process of determining a hit / fail judgment result, a determined fluctuation pattern, a stop type, etc. based on each newly stored counter value, but the present embodiment is limited to this. Without, for example, when there is a new start prize, the hit / fail judgment result and the determined fluctuation pattern for all the reserved memories stored (stored) in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, It may be configured to execute a process for determining the stop type and the like.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๆ ผ็ดใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใๆฐใใซ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใๆฐใใซ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when new information (winning information) is stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203da, that is, when the lottery right of the first special symbol is newly acquired, the first special symbol The content of the lottery right (winning information) is determined in advance, but it is not limited to this, and when the lottery right of the first special symbol is newly acquired, the lottery right of the second special symbol (winning information) ) May be configured to be determined in advance.
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใจใๆฌกใซ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็ใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใ็พๆ็นใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใไฟ็ๅๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Then, when the process of S1757 is executed, the process of S1758 is executed next. Further, when it is determined in the process of S1751 that the ball has not entered the special figure entry port 64 (S1751: No), or in the process of S1753, the number of reserved balls for the special figure entry port 64 is the upper limit at present. When it is determined that the value is (S1753: No), the process of adding the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd is skipped, and the process proceeds to the process of S1758.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผ๏ผใไธ้ๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซไปๅ ไพกๅคใไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ้ใซ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd is added, the first look-ahead process (S1757) based on the added winning information (winning information) is performed. It is configured to be executed, but is not limited to this, for example, when it is determined in the process of S1753 that the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203dd is the upper limit number (4) (S1753). : No), that is, the first look-ahead process (S1757) can be executed when a ball is inserted into the special symbol entry port 64 while the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit. It may be configured so that it can be done. As a result, even when the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, the player can continuously play the game in order to execute the look-ahead process. In addition, since it is possible to add value when a ball is put into the special symbol entry port 64 while the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, the first special symbol is reserved. It is possible to suppress a decrease in motivation for playing when a ball enters the special figure entry port 64 while the number of balls has reached the upper limit.
ๆฌกใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใงใฎๅๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใพใงใฎๅๅฆ็ใงๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅงๅๅฃ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅฏพใใฆ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใใจใ็ธ้ใใใฎใฟใงใใใฎใงใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใจใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใใใ Next, each process from S1758 to S1674 is the same as the process performed for winning a ball to the first starting port (special figure entry port 64) executed in each process from S1751 to S1757. The only difference is that the process of the above is the process executed for the second entrance 1645, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted. Since the present embodiment is configured so that a small hit can be won in the lottery of the second special symbol, the value of the small hit type counter C5 is also acquired in the processing of S1763.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ Next, the first look-ahead process (S1757), which is one process of the start winning process 4 (S152 in FIG. 134), will be described with reference to FIG. 135. FIG. 136 is a flowchart showing this first look-ahead process (S1757).
็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๆฐใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใผใฟใๅ ่ชญใฟไฟ็่จๆถใจใชใขใฎ็ฉบใใฆใใ่จๆถใจใชใขใฎใใกใๅ ฅ่ณ้ ๅบใใใฃใจใๅฐใใใจใชใขใซ่จๆถใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the first look-ahead process (S1757 of FIG. 135), first, various counter values are obtained from the storage area newly stored in the first special symbol reservation storage area 203a, that is, the first random number counter C1 and the first type counter C2. , Each value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is read out (S1821). Then, the read data is stored in the area having the smallest winning order among the vacant storage areas of the look-ahead hold storage area (S1822).
ๆฌกใซใๆฐใใซๅ ่ชญใฟไฟ็่จๆถใจใชใขใซ่จๆถใใใๅใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคๅฎใใใใชใใใใใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใจใฎไธกๆนใๅคๅฅใใใใใใใฏใๆฐใใชไฟ็่จๆถใ็บ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชไฟ็๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใ่จๆถใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใจใไปๅๆฐใใซไฟ็ใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใซใฏใฟใคใ ใฉใฐใ็บ็ใใใใจใใใไปๅๆฐใใซไฟ็ใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใไบๆธฌใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใ ใใใงใใใ Next, the hit / fail determination result is determined based on each counter value newly stored in the look-ahead hold storage area. Here, both the winning / failing determination when the special symbol is in the low probability state and the winning / failing determination when the special symbol is in the high probability state are determined. This is a jackpot judgment based on the timing when a new hold storage occurs (the timing when a new hold (winning information) is stored in the first special symbol hold storage area 203a) and the winning information newly held this time. Since there is a time lag with the execution timing, it is possible to predict the game state (probability state of the special symbol) set at the timing when the jackpot judgment based on the newly held winning information is executed. Because it is difficult.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใไธใคใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆใซใใใไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผไฟ็ๅณๆๅๆฐ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฟใคใใณใฐใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใ ใใใงใใใ Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured so that the lottery (variation) of the first special symbol and the lottery (variation) of the second special symbol are executed at the same time (in parallel). In addition, since the variable time set according to the lottery result of each special symbol is set to be variable depending on the number of reserved symbols (number of reserved symbols) at the time of lottery of the special symbol, each special symbol is set. This is because it is difficult to determine in advance the timing at which the fluctuation (lottery) of the game starts.
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใ๏ผไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎใฟๅคงๅฝใใใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎใฟๅคงๅฝใใใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎไฝใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆกไปถ๏ผๆฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, when it is determined that the discrimination result in the processing of S1823 is a big hit (big hit only in the low probability state, big hit only in the high probability state, big hit in any of the low probability state and the high probability state) (S1823: Yes), the big hit is made. The first winning command indicating the winning condition (game state set at the time of lottery) and the jackpot type when winning is set (S1824), and this process is completed.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใๅคใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคใใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined that the discrimination result in the processing of S1823 is not a big hit (the special symbol is out of order in both the high probability state and the low probability state) (S1823: No), the first winning command indicating the omission is set. (S1825), this process is terminated.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฐใชใๆๅณใๆใใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅ ใใๅ ฑ้ๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ่ชญใฟๅบใใใๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใฎๅคใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใง่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใๆฌๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅบๅใใใใ Here, the first winning command set in the process of S1824 or S1825 is used as common information in addition to the above-mentioned information for indicating the winning / failing determination result (information having a different meaning based on the winning / failing determination result). Information for indicating the values of various counter values read out by the process of S1821 is also set. Then, the winning command set in this process is output to the voice lamp control device 113 by the external output process (S2401) executed in the main process (see FIG. 54) of the main control device 110.
้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใไฟ็็ใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆ๏ผไพใใฐใไฟ็็ใฎ่ฒใ้ๅธธใจใฏ็ฐใชใ่ฒใงๅฏๅคใใฆ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใใใๅคๅ้ๅงๅใซไบๅๅณๆ็ญใ่กจ็คบใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใใใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใงใใใ When the winning command is received, the voice lamp control device 113 changes the display mode of the holding ball based on various information included in the winning command (for example, the color of the holding ball is changed to a different color from the usual one). It is possible to execute an effect (pre-reading effect) of displaying (variably) or displaying a notice symbol or the like before the start of the change to suggest the winning / failing judgment result to the player.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใฎๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใจใๅคๅฅใใๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅคๅฎๅค๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใใฎๅคๅฎๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, when the look-ahead process is executed, the hit / fail judgment result in the high probability state of the special symbol and the hit / fail judgment result in the low probability state of the special symbol are discriminated, and the result of each determination is determined. It is configured to set a winning command based on, but is not limited to this, for example, a judgment value that is determined to be a big hit regardless of whether the special symbol is in a high probability state or a low probability state ( The first hit random number counter C1 value) may be specified, and a winning command indicating a big hit of a special symbol may be set only when the determination value is read out.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใจใไบๅๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใใจใซใชใใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the winning command indicating the jackpot is output to the voice lamp control device 113 only when it is determined in advance that it is a specific jackpot, so that the look-ahead effect is not executed. It is possible to have a sense of expectation of winning a big hit against fluctuations.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใฆใใไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ่กใใใ้ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆญฃ็ขบใซๅคๅฅใใฆใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ้ธๆใไฟ็็ๆฐใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅคๅ้ๅงๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใไธๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงๅคๅฅใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๅ ่ชญใฟใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎไฟ็็ใๅคๅ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฎๅคๅ้ ๅบใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใใใใจใงๅคๅ้ๅงๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใงใใใ Further, the game state when the special symbol lottery is performed based on the hold storage (winning information) stored (stored) in the first special symbol hold storage area 203a is accurately determined, and based on the game state. It may be configured to execute the pass / fail judgment. In this case, the selection of the fluctuation pattern is not variable depending on the number of reserved balls, but can be determined by configuring so that a constant fluctuation pattern is selected regardless of the number of reserved balls at the start of fluctuation. When the look-ahead is executed, the game state at the start of the fluctuation can be determined by determining the fluctuation order until the reserved ball starts to fluctuate based on the information stored in the reservation.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใชไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎใไบๅใซไบๆธฌใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆฐใใซๆ ผ็ด๏ผ่จๆถ๏ผใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใไบๆธฌใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when a new hold storage (winning information) is stored (stored) in the first special symbol hold storage area 203a, a look-ahead process based on the winning information is executed, and the look-ahead process is performed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the winning information newly stored (stored) in the first special symbol holding storage area 203a in the look-ahead processing of the main control device 110 ( Even if the information indicating the content (each counter value) of the hold storage) is set as the winning command and the winning / failing judgment result is predicted based on the information included in the winning command received on the voice lamp control device 113 side. good.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่งฃๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใฎไบๆธฌ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅ ทไฝ็ใชๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใฎไบๆธฌ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ก้งใชๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ก้กใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๆญฃใซๅๅพใใใฆใใพใไธๅ ทๅใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With such a configuration, the processing load of the main control device 110 can be reduced. Further, when the voice lamp control device 113 executes a process of determining whether or not to execute the look-ahead effect and determines that the look-ahead effect is to be executed, the information included in the winning command received from the main control device 110 is input. It is preferable to configure it for analysis (prediction of success / failure judgment result). As a result, when the look-ahead effect is not executed, the specific look-ahead process (prediction of the hit / miss determination result) is not executed, so that it is possible to suppress the execution of unnecessary control in the pachinko machine 10. In addition, it is possible to suppress a problem that the player illegally obtains the result of the pre-reading process executed untitled.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่จใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅงๅๅฃ๏ผ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใไฟ็ใใผใฟ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใไบๅใซๅคๅฅ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟ๏ผใใฆใๅ็จฎๅคๅฎใ่กใๅฆ็ใงใใใฎใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคๅฎใ่กใๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅงๅๅฃใซๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅงๅๅฃ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใธใจๅคๆดใใ็นใงใชใใฎใฟใงใใใใใฎไปใฏๅไธใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ Next, the second look-ahead process (S1764), which is one process of the start winning process 4 (S152 in FIG. 134), will be described with reference to FIG. 136. FIG. 136 is a flowchart showing this second look-ahead process (S1764). The second look-ahead process (S1764 in FIG. 134) is based on the above-mentioned first look-ahead process (S1757 in FIG. 133) in which a ball enters the first start port (special figure entry port 64) (starting prize). In contrast to the process of determining (pre-reading) the pending data (winning information) in advance and making various judgments, the second start is based on the winning information based on the start winning of the judgment target at the first starting port. The only point is that the winning information is changed based on the starting prize at the mouth (second ball entrance 1645), and the same processing is performed for the others, so detailed description will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใใใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใใใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the details of the V-passing process 4 (S153) in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 137. FIG. 137 is a flowchart showing the contents of the V-passing process 4 (S153). The V-passing process 4 (S153) in the fourth embodiment wins a small hit in the second special symbol lottery for the V-passing process (see S153 in FIG. 52) in the first embodiment, and the small hit is won. When a V prize is generated during the game, a process of turning off the time saving end waiting flag 203 dm and the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203 dm is added. Since the other processes are the same, the same reference numerals are given and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
๏ผถ้้ๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผถๆๅนๆ้ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใไธญใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใๅฐๅฝใใไธญใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ In the V-passing process 4 (S153), first, the processes of S1501 to S1502 described above are executed, and if it is determined that the V is valid (S1502: Yes), it is determined whether or not it is a small hit (S1571). ). If it is determined that a small hit is in progress (S1571: Yes), the above-described processes S1504 to S1506 are executed, and the process proceeds to S1572. On the other hand, when it is determined that the hit is not in the small hit (S1571: No), the processes of S1504 to S1506 and S1572 to S1575 are skipped, and the process proceeds to the process of S1509.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใๆฐใใชๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ้ๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฐใใชๆ็ญๆ้ใไปไธใใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงๆฐใใชๆ็ญๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซ้ๅธธ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใฆใใพใใจใใไธๅ ทๅใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ In the process of S1572, it is determined whether or not the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is on (S1572). When it is determined that the time saving end waiting flag 203 dm is on (S1572: Yes), a new time saving state period is set after the end of the jackpot game given from this V prize, so that the time saving end waiting flag 203 dm is set to off (S1573). In this way, when a small hit is won in the final fluctuation of the time saving game, a V prize is generated and a big hit is given, a new time saving period is given. Therefore, when a V prize is won, it is possible to prevent a problem that the normal gaming state is immediately entered after a new time saving period is set by setting the time saving end waiting flag 203 dm to off.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใจไธฆ่กใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใพใ ๅๆญขใใฆใใใไปฎๅๆญขใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใใๅคๅฅใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ After executing the process of S1572 or S1573, the process proceeds to the process of S1574. In the process of S1574, it is determined whether or not the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is on (S1574). That is, it is determined whether the change of the first special symbol is executed in parallel with the change of the second special symbol this time, and the change of the first special symbol is not stopped yet and is temporarily stopped. .. When it is determined that the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is on (S1574: Yes), the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set to off (S1575), and the process proceeds to S1509. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is off (S1574: Yes), the processing of S1575 is skipped and the process proceeds to S1509.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใพใใใใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅคๅใงใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้ก็นใใใฃใใ In the present embodiment, a small hit is won by a lottery of the second special symbol. Then, when the lottery of the first special symbol is executed at the time of winning the small hit, the fluctuation of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped. Then, the fluctuation of the special symbol that has been temporarily stopped after the end of the small hit game is configured to resume, but in the present embodiment, a V prize may be given during the small hit game and a big hit may be given. The lottery of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped even during the jackpot game. Then, the fluctuation of the special symbol that was temporarily stopped after the jackpot game is completed is resumed, but in the present embodiment, the number of remaining time reductions is subtracted when the fluctuation is stopped, so even if the fluctuation is temporarily stopped, the remaining time reduction period There was a problem that the number decreased.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅคๅใฎๅๆญขๆใงใฏๆ็ญๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใๆ็ญใฎ่ฆๅฎใใใๆ้ใซๅ ใใฆใใใฎไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅณๆใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆ็ญๆ้ใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใๆ็ญๆ้ใใใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใงใใใใใ้ทใๆ้ๅใณใไธใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the V prize occurs during the small hit, the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk is set to off, so that the time saving period is not subtracted when the fluctuation that has been temporarily stopped is stopped. Therefore, in addition to the specified period of time reduction, the player can also set the remaining variation time of the temporarily stopped symbol as the time reduction period. With such a configuration, it is possible to set a longer time saving period that is advantageous to the player, and it is possible to give joy for a longer period of time.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใไปไธใใใๅพใซใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅคๅใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใช็นๅ ธใไธใใใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใ In this embodiment, when a big hit is won in the lottery of the other special symbol, the fluctuation of the other special symbol is forcibly stopped (discarded). Further, when a small hit is won, the fluctuation of the other special symbol is temporarily stopped, but the present invention is not limited to this, and when the small hit is won, the fluctuation of the other special symbol is suspended. May be configured to discard. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from being given an excessive privilege by winning the jackpot due to the fluctuation that was temporarily stopped after the jackpot game was given by the V winning.
ใพใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใง้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆไธๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใงไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใใใๅคๆงใช้ๆๆงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, when one special symbol wins a jackpot that is disadvantageous to the player, the disadvantageous jackpot fluctuation can be discarded by winning a small hit with the other special symbol. Therefore, it is possible to provide a player with a wider variety of playability.
ไปฅไธใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไธฆ่กใใฆ่กใใใ้ๆๆฉใงใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๆนใฎๅณๆใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใฆใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปไธใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅณๆใๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคๅใฎ้ๅงๆใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใไบๅฎใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใใใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใ As described above, the fourth embodiment is a gaming machine in which the first special symbol and the second special symbol are changed in parallel, and when a small hit is won, the other symbol is temporarily stopped. Then, when a V prize is generated during the small hit game and a big hit is given, the symbol temporarily stopped after the big hit game is completed resumes the fluctuation. Further, in the present embodiment, when the game state is the time saving state at the start of the fluctuation, the fluctuation is set by turning on the flag indicating that the value of the time saving counter is to be subtracted at the start of the fluctuation. When stopped, the value of the time reduction counter 203h is updated.
ใใฃใฆใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ็บ็ๆใซๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใใใฎๅคๅใๅ้ใใๅๆญขใใ้ใซใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟใฏๆธ็ฎใใใชใใๅณใกใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใๅณๆใๅคๅใๅ้ใใๅๆญขใใ้ใซใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ใฏๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใใใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๆ้ใซๅ ใใฆใไปฎๅๆญขใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใๆ็ญๆ้ใๆๅคง้้ทใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, the fluctuation of the special symbol that has been temporarily stopped is restarted by setting the subtraction flag to off when the V prize is generated, and the time reduction counter is not subtracted when the fluctuation is stopped. That is, when the temporarily stopped symbol resumes fluctuation and stops, the time saving period is not updated. Therefore, the player can add the temporarily stopped special symbol to the preset time and short period. The variable period can also be set. Therefore, the time saving period that is advantageous for the player can be set as long as possible.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใซใใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผใคใจใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใ่คๆฐ่จญใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆใๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจไธๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใ่จญใใใใๆงๆใใใจใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใใใใ ใใงใฏใชใใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใ้ขๅฟใๆใกใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the type of jackpot given by the V prize is set to one, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of types may be provided. In the case of such a configuration, it is preferable to provide a jackpot type that is advantageous to the player and a jackpot type that is disadvantageous to the player. With this configuration, the player can execute the game while being interested not only in whether the V prize is generated but also in the jackpot type to be given.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผใคใจใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใ่คๆฐใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซใ่คๆฐใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณใ็บ็ใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the winning small hit type is configured to be one, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of small hit types may be provided. Further, the lottery of the first special symbol may be configured to win a small hit. By providing a plurality of small hit types in this way, the player can execute the game while expecting a small hit that is more likely to generate a V prize.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไธฆ่กใใฆ่กใใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใชใใๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅ ฅ่ณ้ ๅคๅ๏ผใใๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใชใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใงใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใใใๆงๆใใใจใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅณใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๆๆใใชใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ็ทๅผตๆใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the first special symbol and the second special symbol are configured to be changed in parallel, but the variation is not limited to this, and the corresponding special symbol changes in the order of entering the ball. It may be configured to be executed (so-called change in winning order). In the case of such a configuration, the first special symbol and the second special symbol may be configured so that the degree of advantage of the winning jackpot type is different. With this configuration, the player can execute the game while hoping to win the jackpot when the lottery of the special figure which is more advantageous is being executed, so that there is a sense of tension. A game can be provided.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใไปฎๅๆญขใใใใๆงๆใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่คๆฐ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใ๏ผๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใจใไปฎๅๆญขใใๅฐๅฝใใใจใๅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆไธๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใใใ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซไฟใใใใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซใใใจใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคๆงใช้ๆๆงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, in the lottery of the second special symbol, when the small hit is won, the fluctuation of the first special symbol is temporarily stopped, but by providing a plurality of small hit types, the first special The small hit that discards the fluctuation of the symbol (forced stop when it comes off) and the small hit that temporarily stops may be set separately. In such a configuration, if the change of the other special symbol wins a jackpot that is disadvantageous to the player, it is preferable to perform an effect that encourages the player to discard it. .. With this configuration, it is possible to provide a variety of playability to the player.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ๏ผ็จฎ้ก๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใใใ๏ผ็จฎ้ก๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใฆใใใใใ๏ผ็จฎ้ก๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใฆใใใใใพใใ๏ผ็จฎ้กไปฅไธใจใใฆใใใใ In the present embodiment, the game states to be set are set to two types (normal state, time saving state), but may be set to three types (normal state, time saving state, probabilistic state) and four types (normal state, time saving state, Probability change state, latent state) may be used. Further, the number may be two or less.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ้ๆ็ใๆตไธใใใใ็ใฃใฆ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๆงๆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจใฏใชใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใ็ใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฎ่กใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใฆใใใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใฎๅๆฟใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซ็พๅจใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฎ่กใใใจใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซใใฃใฆใ้ๆๆนๆณใ ใใงใชใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the game is executed by aiming at the game ball flowing down the left side area of the game board 13 regardless of the game state, but the game is not limited to this, and the right side area of the game board 13 is not limited to this. You may execute the game method aiming at. Then, the switching of the game method may be set based on the game state. Further, in the case of such a configuration, it is preferable to execute the guidance display mode for showing the player the current game method. The player can grasp not only the game method but also the current game state by this guidance display mode.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใจใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆดๆฐใใใๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใๅคๅฅใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใๅ ใซๅคๅฅใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๅพใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใ่กใฃใฆใใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๅพใซ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As described above, in the fourth embodiment, the update timing of the time saving state, that is, the timing of subtracting the number of time saving states and the timing of determining whether the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied are different. As the configuration, after updating the time saving state, the configuration for determining the establishment of the end condition of the time saving state is used, but the configuration is not limited to this, and for example, whether the ending condition of the time saving state is satisfied is first determined. It may be configured to execute the update process of the time saving state when it is determined and the end condition is not satisfied. Further, although the process of subtracting the number of time reductions is performed after executing the special drawing lottery, the special drawing lottery may be executed after subtracting the number of time reductions.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆ็ตๅคๅใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใๅๆฟๆกไปถ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅใๆฟใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใซ้ ๅปถใใใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅพใพใงๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the fourth embodiment, even if a small hit is won in the final change of the special symbol in the time saving state (the special symbol change executed in the state where the time saving end condition is satisfied), the special symbol change. Is configured to end the time saving state at the timing when the stop is displayed, but it is not limited to this, for example, if a small hit is won in the final fluctuation of a special symbol, the time is shortened until the small hit game ends. It may be configured so that the state does not end. That is, if the switching condition (the result of the special symbol lottery is a small hit) is satisfied at the timing of determining the establishment of the time saving end condition in the state where the time saving end condition is satisfied, the time saving end condition is satisfied. It is preferable to switch the timing for determining the establishment (delay at the end of the small hit game). As a result, it is possible to change the period during which the time saving state continues based on the result of the special symbol lottery during the time saving state, so that the player can play the game with a sense of expectation until the end. ..
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๆฟๆกไปถใจใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผไปฅๅคใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใฆใใใใจใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใๅๆฟๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็ใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็ใซๅซใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซ็นๅฎใฎๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๅซใพใใฆใใใใจใๅๆฟๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซ่คๆฐใฎๅๆฟๆกไปถใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, as the above-mentioned switching condition, other than the above-mentioned contents (small hit winning) may be used. It is possible to set as a switching condition that the game is being executed or that the game is being executed per normal figure, or at the timing of determining the establishment of the time saving end condition, the special symbol hold or the normal symbol that is stored on hold may be set. It may be set as a switching condition that the winning information included in the hold includes specific information (winning information). By providing a plurality of switching conditions in this way, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand the timing at which the time saving state ends, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ตๅใๅคๅฝขไพ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๅคๅฝขไพใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ
ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ
ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ใๅพใๅ้ก็นใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ไธญใซใใใ้ๆใฎๅ่ชฟๅใซใใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้ก็นใ่งฃๆฑบใใใใใซใๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ่คๆฐใฎ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใซๅฟใใฆใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<Example of combination modification of Fuden winning device 640>
Next, a modified example will be described with reference to FIG. 138. In the first embodiment described above, the special electric operating port 643 is provided in the general electric winning device 640, and when a ball that wins the general electric winning device 640 during a game per game wins a prize in the special electric operating port 643. Configured to perform a winning game. Further, in the second embodiment described above, in order to solve the problem that may occur in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, that is, the problem that the motivation to play is reduced due to the monotonization of the game in the time saving state. , A plurality of special electric operating ports (special electric operating port 643, second special electric operating port 1643) are provided in the general electric winning device 640, and a V jackpot game is easily executed according to the special electric operating port in which the ball wins. It was configured so that the game and the game per character, which is difficult to execute the V jackpot game, can be executed.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใไธญๆญ๏ผใใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆฐๅคใๅฎ่กใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใซใชใฃใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ธๆใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆๅฎ่กๆใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใฟใผใณใจใ็ ดๆฃใใใใฟใผใณใจใ็ ดๆฃใใไธใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใฟใผใณใจใใฎไฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใๆฐใใช้ๆๆงใๆไพใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใซใชใใใจใๆๅถใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ Further, in the first embodiment or the second embodiment described above, the special symbol variation being executed is interrupted (the process of subtracting the variation time of the special symbol variation is interrupted) when the game per character is executed. Since it was configured to lengthen the period of the time saving state, it is advantageous for the player to perform many games per character during the time saving state, and there is a problem that the game during the time saving state becomes monotonous. rice field. On the other hand, in the third embodiment described above, the V jackpot type is selected based on the ball winning the special electric actuating port 643, and the accessory hit is performed according to the selected V jackpot type. A pattern that interrupts the special symbol fluctuation that is being executed when the game is executed, a pattern that discards the pattern, and a pattern that terminates the time-saving state after discarding are configured to be executed, and the character is used during the time-saving state. By providing a new game property that allows the player to select whether or not to execute the winning game, it is possible to prevent the game during the time saving state from becoming monotonous.
ๅ ใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆงๆใงใใใฎใซๅฏพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใฎ้ๆๆงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใไธฆ่กใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใๆ่ฌๅๆๅคๅใฟใคใใฎไปๆงใงๅฎ็พใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, in the first to third embodiments described above, a special electric operating port 643 is provided in the general electric winning device 640, and when a ball wins a prize in the special electric operating port 643, a game per character is executed. On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, the second special symbol lottery execution trigger is provided in the Fuden winning device 640, and the first to third embodiments described above are used. The same playability is realized by a so-called simultaneous variation type specification in which the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol are executed in parallel.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใผในใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงไปใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in this modification, as shown in FIG. 138, the second special electric actuating port is based on the configuration of the general electric winning device 640 (see FIG. 88) included in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment described above. A second ball entry port 1645 is provided in place of the 1643 so that the ball winning in the general electric winning device 640 can enter the special electric operation port 643 or the second ball entry port 1645. Is different from other embodiments.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅไธๅ ๅฎนใง้ๆพๅไฝใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, the small hit game executed when the small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery executed based on the ball entering the second entrance 1645, and the ball wins the special electric operation port 643. The V-winning device 65 is configured to be opened with the same contents as the game per character executed based on the above.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใงใใ็ดฏ็ฉๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซ่ฆ็ด ใๆดๆฐใใใใฎใซๅฏพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใซ้ขใใ่ฆ็ด ใๆดๆฐใใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅๆฐใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซ่ฆ็ด ใๆดๆฐใใใๅๆฐใจใใไธ่ดใใชใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆๆกใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the V winning device 65 is opened by the small hit game, the second special symbol lottery is executed, so that the end condition of the time saving state is the same as in the fourth embodiment described above. While the element for satisfying the cumulative time reduction end condition is updated, when the V winning device 65 is opened for the game per character, the element related to the time reduction end condition is not updated. Therefore, the number of times the V winning device 65 is opened and the number of times the element for satisfying the time saving end condition is updated do not match, so that the player is made to grasp the period until the time saving state ends. It can be difficult.
ใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใไพใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฎใๅ ใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฎใๅ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this modified example, the same end condition as that of the fourth embodiment described above is set as the end condition of the time saving state, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a game per character is executed. The time saving end condition may be satisfied even when the number of times has reached a specific number of times (for example, 50 times). With this configuration, the time saving end condition is first satisfied based on the lottery of the second special symbol, or the time saving end condition is satisfied based on the execution of the game per character. Can be played while letting the player predict.
ใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใฎใใกใไฝใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใ็ถๆณใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใฎ็คบๅๆผๅบ๏ผไพใใฐใๅๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎๅๆฐใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆตไธๅ ใซใคใใฆไธๅไธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in this case, as the effect executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, the time saving end condition established based on the lottery of the second special symbol and the game per character are executed. Suggestion effect for suggesting to the player which of the time reduction end conditions that are satisfied is likely to be satisfied (for example, an effect that suggests the number of times until each time reduction end condition is satisfied). It is good to configure to execute. With this configuration, the player can be made aware of the period until any one of the time saving end conditions is satisfied, so that the flow destination of the ball that has won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 can be delighted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผใคใฎใใกใไฝใใใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As shown in FIG. 138, in this modified example, the special electric operating port 643 and the second special electric ball opening 1645 are provided in the general electric winning device 640, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the second special electric operating port 1643 is also provided. It may be configured so that the ball that has won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 wins one of the above three.
ใใใซใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใฎๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใใงๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใๆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, when the configuration of this modification is used, the small hit game is executed based on the ball entering the second entrance 1645, and the ball wins the special electric operation opening 643. The processing content for the special symbol change being executed may be different between the case where the game per character is executed and the game per character is executed. For example, when the small hit game is executed, the game per character is executed. To make it easier to discard the special symbol fluctuation during execution than in the case, and to make it easier to interrupt the special symbol fluctuation during execution when the game per character is executed than when the small hit game is executed. It is good to configure it to.
ใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใซใฏใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅ้ๅพใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใๆใใฏใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In this modified example, the ball may win a prize in the special electric actuating port 643 while the first special symbol variation and the second special symbol variation are being executed. In this case, both the first special symbol change and the second special symbol change are interrupted. Then, after the game per character is completed, the interrupted first special symbol variation and the second special symbol variation are configured to be restarted. Then, when the second special symbol change after resumption is a small hit winning, when the small hit game is executed based on the small hit winning, the execution of the first special symbol change is interrupted or the execution is interrupted. , It is configured to be discarded.
ใใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ๅ ฅ่ณใจใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎ้ๆใๅๆใซๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใ่คๆฐใฎๅฅๆฉใงไธญๆญใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใไธญๆญใใใๆ้ใซใคใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, in this modified example in which the first special symbol fluctuation (lottery), the second special symbol fluctuation (lottery), the ball winning to the special electric operation port 643, and three types of games can be executed at the same time, the time is shortened. Among them, the first special symbol variation, in which a fluctuation time longer than the second special symbol variation is likely to be selected, can be interrupted at a plurality of triggers. Therefore, it is possible to provide the player with a game that is unexpected with respect to the timing at which the first special symbol variation is interrupted and the period during which the first special symbol variation is interrupted during the time saving state.
ใพใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใฃใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใๅคๆดใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in this modification, the ball that has won a prize in the general electric winning device 640 is configured to be able to win a prize in the special electric operating port 643 or the second ball winning port 1645, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example. , The configuration of the game board 13 may be changed so that the player can play the game aiming at the second entrance 1645 or the special electric operation port 643. Specifically, the special electric operation is performed in the general electric winning device 640. A mouth 643 may be provided, and a second ball entrance 1645 may be provided in the right side region (see FIG. 2) of the game board 13. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of selecting a game method.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใจๅบๅใใใใใฎๅ็จฎใณใใณใใฎ่จญๅฎๆนๆณใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใๅใณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซใฆไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎไธ้จใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅถๅพกๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Fifth Embodiment>
Next, the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 139 to 143. The fifth embodiment provides various command setting methods for outputting the control processing contents executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 side with respect to the first embodiment described above. The difference is that the voice lamp control device 113 is different in that a part of the control process to be executed when various commands output from the main control device 110 are received is changed, and the other points are the same. be. The same control contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฟใใๆผๅบ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็นใงไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็ถๆ ใณใใณใ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใ่จๆถใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first embodiment described above, the effect mode of the effect (V rush) according to the fluctuation of the special symbol in the time-saving state (low-probability state of the special symbol, high-probability state of the normal symbol) is set to the remaining period (time reduction) of the time-saving state. The voice lamp control device is based on the information (state command) output from the main control device 110 when the time saving state is set in order to make a variable setting according to the remaining period of the special symbol change executed during the state. The period until the end of the time saving state on the 113 side, that is, the number of times of time saving (the number of fluctuations of the special symbol) set as the end condition of the time saving state is stored, and the information (variation pattern command) indicating the start of fluctuation of the special symbol is stored. By executing a process of updating the number of time reductions when the command is received, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured to be able to determine the remaining period of the time reduction state.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๆ๏ผใจใๆ็ญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใๅคๅฅใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๆ๏ผใจใใ็ฐใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅฐ็จใฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจ็กใใๅณใกใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๆดใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจใใฃใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ็จใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใณใใณใใฎใฟใ็จใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใซๅฟใใๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ With this configuration, the timing for updating the number of time reductions (at the start of the special symbol fluctuation) and the timing for determining whether the time reduction condition is satisfied (at the time when the special symbol fluctuation is stopped) are different from each other in the first embodiment. In the special symbol lottery, such as a state command set when the game state is changed and a variation pattern command set when the variation of the special symbol is started without setting a dedicated command on the main control device 110 side. The remaining period of the time saving state can be grasped on the voice lamp control device 113 side by using only the command indicating the content of the game using, and the effect can be set according to the passage of the period in the time saving state. It was a thing.
ใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใง็จใใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใงใฏๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๆดๆฐ็ถๆณใใใใใฏใขใใๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใชใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฎก็๏ผไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถ๏ผใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซไพ็ตฆใใใฆใใ้ปๆบใ้ฎๆญใใ๏ผๅ้ปใ็บ็ใ๏ผใใใฎๅพใ้ปๆบใฎไพ็ตฆใๅ้ใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ็จฎๆ ๅ ฑใใฏใชใข๏ผๅๆๅ๏ผใใใฆใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎๆดๆฐ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ However, in the control content used in the first embodiment described above, the update status of the game state in the time saving state is managed (temporarily stored) by the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 that does not have the backup function. Therefore, for example, if the power supplied to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off (a power failure occurs) during the period in which the time saving state is set, and then the power supply is restarted, the voice lamp control device is used. There was a problem that various information temporarily stored in the RAM 223 on the 113 side was cleared (initialized), and the voice lamp control device 113 could not determine the update status of the game state in the time saving state. ..
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใๅฆ็๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐ็ตๆใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใๅฆ็๏ผ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment, when the main control device 110 executes the process of starting the special symbol variation (process of setting the variation pattern command), the command indicating the update result of the time reduction number (time reduction command). ) Can be set, and when executing the process to stop the special symbol fluctuation during execution (process to set the confirmation command), set the command (time saving continuation command) to indicate the end determination result of the time saving state. It is configured as follows.
ใใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใจใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅบๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใจๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใจใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅบๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใไฝตใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็พๅจใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซใใใใใซใ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใไฝตใใฆๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็พๅจใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, the variation pattern command and the time saving frequency command are configured to be output at the same timing, and the confirmation command and the time saving continuation command are configured to be output at the same timing. Further, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the fluctuation pattern command, it is determined whether or not the time saving number command is also received, and the current time saving situation can be determined based on the determination result, and further confirmed. When a command is received, it is determined whether or not a time saving continuation command is also received, and the current time saving situation can be determined based on the determination result.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅไฟกใใๅใณใใณใใฎ็ตๅใใซใใฃใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใซใใใฆๅ้ปใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ With this configuration, it is possible for the voice lamp control device 113 to determine the status of the time saving state by the combination of the commands set by the main control device 110 and received by the voice lamp control device 113. Even if a power failure occurs during the display of fluctuations in the symbol, the voice lamp control device 113 can determine the status of the time saving state based on the command output from the main control device 110.
ใพใใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใฎ็ตๅใใซใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใซใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ็คบใใใใซๅใ ใฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใณใใณใใฎ็จฎ้กใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, since it is configured to determine the status of the time saving state by the combination of commands received at the same timing, it is more than the case where individual commands are set to indicate the status of the time saving state on the main control device 110 side. Also, the types of commands set by the main control device 110 can be reduced, and the processing load of the control processing in the main control device 110 can be reduced.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใฎใใกใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control processing content of the main control device in the fifth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 139 to 141, the control processing contents of the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, which is different from the above-described first embodiment, will be described. In the fifth embodiment, the special symbol change start process 5 (see S235 in FIG. 139) is performed instead of the special symbol change start process (see S205 in FIG. 41) with respect to the above-described first embodiment. The special symbol variation stop process 5 (see S238 in FIG. 140) is replaced with the normal symbol variation process (see S106 in FIG. 48) instead of the process (see S208 in FIG. 45), and the normal symbol variation process 5 (see S136 in FIG. 141) is replaced. The difference is that (see) is provided, and the rest is the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first embodiment described above, when the time saving state (low probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol) is set, the number of time saving times (value of the time saving counter 203h) is set when the fluctuation of the special symbol is started. ) Is executed (see S205 in FIG. 139), and a process for determining whether the condition for ending the time saving state is satisfied when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped (FIG. 45). S208) was configured to be executed.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ็ฎก็ใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใ๏ผใจใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the first embodiment described above, a state command output from the main control device 110 (a state command set in the process of S1916 in FIG. 56) is used to manage the state of the time saving state on the voice lamp control device 113 side. ) And the variation pattern command (special figure variation pattern command set in S506 of FIG. 43), and the remaining period of the time saving state can be discriminated.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใๆใใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงใๅๆญขใ็คบใใณใใณใใซๅ ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ็ญ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎๅ็จฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง่จๆถใใฆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ็ฎก็ใใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๆถๅปใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅ้ป็ญใซใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใๆถๅปใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใใๅบๅใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใๆๆกใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment, at the start of the change of the special symbol or the stop of the fluctuation of the special symbol, in addition to the command indicating the start and stop of the special symbol change, the situation of the time saving state (remaining time reduction number of times). When various commands for indicating (etc.) are set and the information for managing the status of the time saving state stored on the voice lamp control device 113 side is deleted (voice lamp control device due to a power failure or the like). Even if the information stored in the RAM 223 of the 113 is erased), the time saving state on the voice lamp control device 113 side based on various commands output from the main control device 110 side (remaining time saving number of times). It is configured so that it is possible to grasp.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงๆใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the contents of the special symbol variation start processing 5 (S235) will be described with reference to FIG. 139. FIG. 139 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special symbol variation start processing 5 (S235). In this special symbol change start process 5 (S235), a process for updating the time saving state at the start of the special symbol change with respect to the special symbol change start process (see S205 of FIG. 41) of the first embodiment described above. Are different, otherwise they are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎน๏ผๆดๆฐ็ตๆ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใๅฆใใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใ๏ผไปๅๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใง่จๆถใใ๏ผใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅใณๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ As described above, in the above-described first embodiment, information for indicating the processing content (update result) of the processing for updating the time saving state executed by the main control device 110 is output to the voice lamp control device 113. Since there is no need to do this, processing for temporarily storing whether or not the special symbol change this time is the final change in the time saving state (memorizing until the special symbol change executed this time is stopped and displayed) (time saving). The process of updating the value of the counter 203h and the process of setting the time saving end flag 203j) were executed.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment, a command for indicating the number of time reductions (remaining time reduction number) of the special symbol is set so that the command can be output to the voice lamp control device 113.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆธ็ฎๅพใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ The processing content of the special symbol variation start process 5 (S235) will be specifically described with reference to FIG. 139. First, it is the same as the special symbol variation start process (see S205 of FIG. 41) of the first embodiment described above. The processing of S301 to S308 is executed. Then, in the processing of S308, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0, that is, the current state is in the time saving state (S308: Yes), then the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted (S371). ), It is determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h after the subtraction is 0 (S372).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใ๏ผ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆธ็ฎๅพใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅณใกใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใ็คบใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ When it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not 0 (1 or more) in the processing of S372, the value of the time saving counter 203h after subtraction, that is, the time saving number command indicating the remaining time saving number is set (S373). , End this process. The time reduction command set in the process of S373 is the main control at the same timing as the special symbol variation pattern command (see S506 in FIG. 43) set in the special symbol variation pattern selection process (see S307 in FIG. 43). It is output to the voice lamp control device 113 in the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 55) executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the device 110.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซไฝตใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Although a detailed description will be described later, in the fifth embodiment, in the control process of the voice lamp control device 113, a time saving number command is also used in addition to the case where the fluctuation pattern command (special figure fluctuation pattern command) is received during the time saving state. It is configured to determine whether or not it has been received, and to determine the number of time reductions (remaining time reductions) corresponding to the current special symbol variation based on the determination result.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆดๆฐๅพ๏ผๆธ็ฎๅพ๏ผใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฎใฟใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซไฝตใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the fifth embodiment, in the process of S372 in FIG. 139, only when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h after updating (after subtraction) is 1 or more (S372: No), the time saving number command is issued. Since it is configured to be set, in the control process of the voice lamp control device 113, when the variation pattern command (special figure variation pattern command) is received during the time reduction state and the time reduction number of times command is not received. Can be determined to be the final variation of the special symbol in the time-saving state.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆดๆฐๅพใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Returning to FIG. 139, the description will be continued. In the process of S372, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h after the update is 0 (S372: Yes), that is, when the special symbol change executed this time is the final change in the time saving state, it is described above. Similar to the first embodiment, the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON (S311), and this process is terminated.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ๏ผ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใ๏ผๅ ดๅใซๅ ใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฟ ใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ ฑ้ๅใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ Although a detailed description will be described later, in the present embodiment, in addition to the case where the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (1 or more), even if the value of the time saving counter 203h is 0, the time saving end flag is flagged. While 203j is set to ON, the high probability state of the normal symbol is set. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 139, when the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 at the fluctuation start timing of the special symbol (S308: Yes), the process of subtracting the value of the time saving counter 203h is always executed. It is possible to standardize the control processing.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆธ็ฎๅพ๏ผๆดๆฐๅพ๏ผใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ๏ผ๏ผไปฅไธ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๆธ็ฎๅพ๏ผๆดๆฐๅพ๏ผใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผใซใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, as described above, in the fifth embodiment, when the time reduction counter 203h value after subtraction (after update) is larger than 0 (1 or more), the time reduction count command is set, and after subtraction (after update). When the time saving counter 203h value is 0, the time saving number command is not set. In addition, the time saving command is set in the same process (special symbol variation start process) as the process for setting the special symbol variation pattern command (special symbol variation pattern command) (see S506 in FIG. 43). It is configured so that it is output to the audio lamp control device 113 at the same timing in the external output process (S1801 in FIG. 55) executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110. ..
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใไฝตใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใๅฆใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใๅฆใใฎๅคๅฅใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไฝตใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไปๅ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใๆดๆฐใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใฎๅคๅฅใ่กใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the variation pattern command in the state where the time saving state is set, it also executes the determination of whether or not the time saving number of times command is received. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether or not the special symbol variation executed this time is the final variation in the time saving state. In addition, when the time saving number command is also received, it is possible to determine the remaining period (remaining time saving number) of the time saving state updated by executing the special symbol change this time.
ใพใใๆดๆฐๅพใฎๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใไฝตใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใชใใใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใจใใฆๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ็คบใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใใงใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใใใคใบ็ญใซใใๆญฃๅธธใซใณใใณใใๅไฟกใงใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅๆใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ Further, when the value of the time saving counter 203h after the update becomes 0, that is, when the special symbol change executed this time is the final change in the time saving state, the time saving number command is not set. On the voice lamp control device 113 side, when the fluctuation pattern command is received in the state where the time saving state is set, and when the time saving number of times command is not received at the same time, it is determined that it is the final fluctuation of the time saving state. , The production mode corresponding to the final fluctuation in the time saving state will be set. In this way, when the final variation of the special symbol (time reduction final variation) in the time reduction state is executed, the time reduction command is not set as the time reduction command, instead of setting the time reduction command indicating 0 remaining time reduction. When the time saving number of times command set by the main controller 110 cannot be received, for example, when the command cannot be received normally due to noise or the like, the time saving final fluctuation occurs. Will be executed.
ใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใณใใณใใๆญฃๅธธใซๅไฟกใงใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅฐ็จใฎๆผๅบใใผใฟใ็จใใใใจ็กใใไธใคใๅฎ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใใใๅฐใชใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจใฎ็กใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, it is not necessary to use the dedicated effect data when the command output from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 cannot be normally received, and the number of remaining time reductions actually set is less than the set number of remaining hours. Since it is possible to execute an effect corresponding to 0 times of the remaining time reduction, it is possible to execute an effect that does not give a sense of discomfort to the player while reducing the processing load of the pachinko machine 10.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใฟใ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅ ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผใซๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, as a time saving end condition for ending the time saving state, the time saving end is established when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol executed during the time saving state reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 4 times). Only conditions are provided, but the conditions are not limited to this. For example, in addition to the end condition that is established based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbol, the end condition that is established based on the lottery result of the special symbol (specified by the special symbol lottery). The lottery result (for example, small hit) may be provided with a predetermined number of times (for example, twice) as an end condition that is satisfied when the player wins.
ใใฎใใใซใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่คๆฐๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกใไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใๅ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพใใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎๆดๆฐ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใใใชใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใ่คๆฐๆ็ซใๅพใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกใไฝใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจใใฆใใไปๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅฎนๆใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, in the pachinko machine 10 having a plurality of end conditions for terminating the time saving state, which of the plurality of end conditions is satisfied depends on the game content of the player. It is necessary to determine the update status until the end condition is satisfied with respect to the end condition. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the final variation of the time saving state is executed, the time saving number command is not set. Therefore, no matter which of the multiple time-saving end conditions that can be satisfied is satisfied, the voice lamp control device 113 can easily determine that the special symbol variation this time is the final variation in the time-saving state. Can be done.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญขๆใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆดๆฐๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing 5 (S238) will be described with reference to FIG. 140. FIG. 140 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special symbol fluctuation stop processing 5 (S238) in the fifth embodiment. This special symbol fluctuation stop processing 5 (S238) differs from the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S208 in FIG. 45) in the first embodiment described above in the update content of the time saving state when the special symbol fluctuation is stopped. It differs in that it is the same, otherwise it is the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใ๏ผ๏ผไปฅไธใ๏ผใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใๅณใกใไปๅๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใ็คบใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the special symbol variation stop process 5 (S238) is executed, first, the same processes of S801 and S802 as the special symbol variation stop process (see S208 of FIG. 45) in the first embodiment described above are executed, and the process of S802 is executed. When it is determined in the process that the time saving end flag 203j is not on (S802: No), then it is determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (1 or more) (S871), and from 0. If it is determined that the special symbol variation displayed stopped this time is not the time saving final variation (S871: Yes), a time saving continuation command indicating that the time saving state continues is set (S872), and the above-mentioned is performed. The same processing of S809 and S810 as the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S208 of FIG. 45) in the first embodiment is executed, and this processing is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใไปๅๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌกใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S871, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not larger than 0 (S871: No), that is, when the current gaming state is the normal state, the processing of S872 is skipped and S809 Move to the processing of. Further, in the processing of S802, when it is determined that the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON, that is, when it is determined that the special symbol variation displayed stopped this time is the time saving final variation (S802: Yes). The same processing of S804 and S805 as the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S208 of FIG. 45) in the first embodiment described above is executed, and then the processing of S809 and S810 is executed to end this processing.
ใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the process of S801 that the jackpot flag 203i is set to ON (S801: Yes), the processes of S806 to S810 are executed, and this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅใณใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅไธใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใไฝตใใฆๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใไปๅๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผใงใใใใๆๆกใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใชใใ As described above, in the fifth embodiment, the special symbol confirmation command is set in the special symbol fluctuation stop process 5 (see S238 in FIG. 140) for displaying (confirmed display) the special symbol fluctuation. At the same time, it is configured to set the time saving continuation command. Then, the special symbol confirmation command set in the special symbol fluctuation stop process 5 (see S238 in FIG. 140) and the time saving continuation command are external outputs executed in the main process (FIG. 55) of the main controller 110. It is output to the audio lamp control device 113 at the same timing in the process (see S1801 in FIG. 55). When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the special figure confirmation command in the state where the time saving state is set, it determines whether or not the time saving continuation command is also received, and based on the determination result, the stop display is displayed this time. It is necessary to grasp whether the special symbol variation is the final variation in the time saving state (time saving final variation) and set the effect mode.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใจใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใจใใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใฎใฟใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎใใใซใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใ่คๆฐใฎใณใใณใใฎ็ตๅใใซใใฃใฆใ็พๅจใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๆๆกๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณใ็คบใใใใซๅใ ใฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใณใใณใใฎ็จฎ้กใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ Specifically, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the special figure confirmation command and the time saving continuation command at the same timing in the state where the time saving state is set, it indicates that the time saving state continues. When only the special figure confirmation command is received, the effect mode for indicating the end of the time saving state is set. In this way, the voice lamp control device 113 can grasp the current status of the time saving state by combining a plurality of commands output from the main control device 110 at the same timing, whereby the main control device 110 It is possible to reduce the types of commands set by the main controller 110 as compared with the case where individual commands are set to indicate the situation of the time saving state.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผๅ ใง็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใจใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใจใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅไธใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใใใฎใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผใใช็งใฎ้้ๅ ใง็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใจใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใจใใใใใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the special symbol confirmation command and the time saving continuation command are set in the special symbol fluctuation stop processing 5 (see S238 in FIG. 140), but the main control device 110 is the main. It suffices if each command is output at the same timing in the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 55) executed in the process (FIG. 55), and the main process of the main controller 110 (see FIG. 55). The special figure confirmation command and the time saving continuation command may be configured to be set within an interval of 4 milliseconds when the external output processing (S1801) is executed.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๅใฎๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใฎ้๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง้๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใใไธๅบฆใซ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใซ๏ผใทใชใขใซใใผใฟใจใใฆๅบๅใใใใใซ๏ผๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใพใง็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใฎๅบๅใๅพ ๆฉใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใจใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใจใใๅไธๅฆ็ๅ ใง่จญๅฎใใ็กใใฆใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 55) executed in the main process (FIG. 55) of the main control device 110 is executed, after the previous external output process is executed. Various commands set in the interval (4 milliseconds) are configured to be output to the voice lamp control device 113 at once (to be output as serial data), but the present invention is not limited to this, for example. When the special figure confirmation command is set, the output of the special figure confirmation command may be made to wait until the external output process (see S1801) is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, three times). With this configuration, it is possible to output the special figure confirmation command and the time saving continuation command to the voice lamp control device 113 at the same timing without setting them in the same process.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the normal symbol variation processing 5 (S136) will be described with reference to FIG. 141. FIG. 141 is a flowchart showing the contents of the normal symbol variation processing 5 (S136). The normal symbol variation process 5 (S136) determines whether the current gaming state is a high probability state of the normal symbol with respect to the normal symbol variation process (see S106 of FIG. 48) of the first embodiment described above. The difference is that the processing for is changed, and the rest is the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใจใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆ็ฎก็ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎใฟใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆ็ฎก็ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ In the fifth embodiment, a state in which the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (a state in which the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 or more) and a state in which the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON are normal symbols. It is configured to be managed as information indicating a high probability state, and only a state in which the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (a state in which the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1 or more) indicates a high probability state of a normal symbol. It is different from the first embodiment managed as information.
ใคใพใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใใพใงๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใฎ็ฐก็ด ๅใๅณใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซๆธ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใใซๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ That is, unlike the first embodiment in which the process of subtracting the value of the time saving counter 203h is skipped when the value of the time saving counter 203h is 1, in the fifth embodiment, the special symbol variation start processing 5 (FIG. In S235) of 139, when the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted to 0 by simplifying the update process of the time saving counter 203h by configuring so that the value of the time saving counter 203h is subtracted to 0. However, the difference is that the time saving end flag 203j is set to be turned on in order to continue the high probability state of the normal symbol until the special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed. ..
ใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใๅคงใใ็กใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Therefore, when the normal symbol variation process 5 (S136 in FIG. 141) is executed, first, the same processes in S1101 to S1108 as in the normal symbol variation process (see S106 in FIG. 48) of the first embodiment described above are executed. If it is determined in the process of S1108 that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not larger than 0 (0) (S1108: No), the time saving end flag 203j is set to on, that is, the time saving final of the special symbol. If it is determined whether or not it is changing (S1171) and if it is determined that it is set to ON (S1171: Yes), it means that the normal symbol is in a high probability state, so that the normal symbol variation of the first embodiment described above is described. The same process of S1109 as the process (see S106 of FIG. 48) is executed, then the processes of S1111 to S1114 are executed, and this process is terminated.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Further, in the process of S1171 when it is determined that the time saving end flag 203j is not set to ON (S1171: No), since the present is a low probability state (normal state) of the normal symbol, the first execution described above is performed. The same processing of S111 to S1114 as that of the normal symbol variation processing of the form (see S106 of FIG. 48) is executed, and this processing is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ๏ผ๏ผไปฅไธ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็จๆฎๅณๅฝใใใทใใชใชๅไฝใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใฎ้้ๅถๅพก้ๅงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1102, when it is determined that the normal symbol is changing (S1102: Yes), S1115-S1118 is the same as the normal symbol change process of the first embodiment described above (see S106 of FIG. 48). When the processing is executed and it is determined in the processing of S1118 that the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0 (1 or more) (S1118: Yes), the scenario operation per time saving is set (S1120). , Set the start of opening / closing control of the electric accessory (S1121), and end this process.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใชใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S1118, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not larger than 0 (0) (S1118: No), then it is determined whether the time saving end flag 203j is set to ON (S1118: No). In S1172), when it is determined that it is set to ON (S1172: Yes), since the normal symbol is currently in the high probability state, the normal symbol variation processing of the first embodiment described above (see S106 in FIG. 48). ), The same processes of S1120 and S1121 are executed, and this process is terminated. Further, in the process of S1172, when it is determined that the time saving end flag 203j is not set to ON (S1172: No), since the present is a low probability state of the normal symbol, the normal symbol of the first embodiment described above is described. The same processing of S1119 and S1121 as the variation processing (see S106 of FIG. 48) is executed, and this processing is terminated.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๆ้๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎ้ทใ๏ผใๆใใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅใใใใใซใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅ ใใๆ็ญ็ตไบใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใๅ็ งใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ้ฉๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the fifth embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, the length of the period (dynamic display period) for stopping and displaying the lottery result of the normal symbol (the length of the dynamic display period), Alternatively, the content of the game per normal symbol (opening pattern of the electric accessory 640a) executed when the player wins the lottery of the normal symbol (general symbol lottery) is set differently according to the probability state of the normal symbol. In order to determine the probability state of the normal symbol, it is configured to refer to the setting status of the time saving end flag 203j in addition to the value of the time saving counter 203h. With this configuration, the probability state of a normal symbol can be appropriately determined.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅถๅพกไพใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control processing of the audio lamp control device in the fifth control example>
Next, the control process of the voice lamp control device 113 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 142 and 143. The control process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment is the control executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above. In relation to the processing, the special figure variation start process 5 (see S4254 in FIG. 142) is replaced with the stop-related process (see S4215 in FIG. 65) instead of the special figure variation start process (see S4204 in FIG. 62). Process 5 (see S4265 in FIG. 143) is different in that it is executed, and is otherwise the same. A detailed description of the same processing content will be omitted.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใใณใใณใใฎ็จฎ้กใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใๅ็จฎใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ้ป็ญใซใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ้ปๆบไพ็ตฆใ้ฎๆญใใใฆใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใฆใใใใผใฟใๆถๅปใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ปๆบใฎไพ็ตฆใๅพฉๅธฐใใๅพใซใๅฎ้ใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใ้ฉๅใชๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ In the fifth embodiment, the types of commands output from the main control device 110 are added to the first embodiment described above, and the time saving state is based on various commands output from the main control device 110. The situation inside (the number of times the remaining time is shortened) can be discriminated on the voice lamp control device 113 side. With this configuration, the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure or the like during the time saving state, and the data temporarily stored in the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is erased. Even in such a case, after the power supply is restored, it is possible to set an appropriate production mode according to the actual situation of the time saving state (remaining time saving number of times).
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใณใใณใๅคๅฅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the contents of the special figure variation start processing 5 (S4254) will be described with reference to FIG. 142. FIG. 142 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special figure variation start process 5 (S4254). The special figure variation start process 5 (S4254) is a process executed when a special figure variation pattern command is received in the command determination process (see S4112 in FIG. 61), and is a special feature of the first embodiment described above. FIG. The difference is that the processing content in the time saving state is changed with respect to the variation start processing (see S4204 in FIG. 62), and the other parts are the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใฎไธญใซใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅซใพใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the special figure variation start process 5 (S4254) is executed, the same process of S4301 to S4305 as the special figure variation start process of the first embodiment described above (see S4204 in FIG. 62) is executed, and this process is completed. do. In the process of S4304, when it is determined that the current gaming state is the time saving state, that is, when the special figure fluctuation pattern command is received while the time saving state is set (S4304: Yes), it is received this time. It is determined whether or not the time saving command is included in the executed command (S4351).
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใ่คๆฐใฎใณใใณใใๆ ผ็ดๅฏ่ฝใชใทใชใขใซใใผใฟใ็จใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใจใใๅไธๅฆ็ๅ ใง่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅไธใฎใทใชใขใซใใผใฟๅ ใซๅฐใชใใจใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใจใๆ ผ็ดใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใจใซใชใใ In the present embodiment, voice lamp control is performed using serial data capable of storing a plurality of commands in the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 60) executed in the main process (see FIG. 60) of the main control device 110. It is configured to output a command to the device 113. Therefore, when the special symbol variation pattern command and the time saving number command are set in the same process in the special symbol variation start process 5 (see S235 in FIG. 139) executed by the main control device 110, , At least the special figure fluctuation pattern command and the time saving number command are stored in the same serial data and output to the voice lamp control device 113.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใใใใใๅณใกใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใใทใชใขใซใใผใฟๅ ใซใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅซใพใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใๅซใพใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใไปๅๅไฟกใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใงใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S4351, it is determined whether the command received this time includes a time reduction command, that is, whether the time reduction command is also included in the serial data in which the special figure fluctuation pattern command is stored (S4351), and the time reduction is performed. When it is determined that the number-of-times command is included (S4351: Yes), the time saving state is set, and the special symbol variation corresponding to the special figure variation pattern command received this time is the final variation in the time saving state. Since this is not the case (final variation in time reduction), a display command for indicating that the time is in the shortened state is set (S4306), and the special figure variation start processing of the first embodiment described above (see S4204 in FIG. 62). ), The same processes of S4306 to S4308 are executed, and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใณใใณใใ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใใใๆ็ญๆ็ตๅคๅใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใๅพใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the processing of S4351 that the received command does not have a time reduction command (S4351: No), the special symbol variation corresponding to the special figure variation pattern command this time is the time reduction final variation, so the time reduction. A display command indicating the final variation is set (S4352), and after shifting to the process of S4307 described above, the process of S4308 is executed to end this process.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅไฟกใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใจๅๆใซๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅคๅฅใใใใจใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅฎนๆใซๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ With this configuration, when the special figure fluctuation pattern command is received during the time saving state, the type of the command received at the same time as the received special figure fluctuation pattern command is determined, and the situation of the time saving state (remaining time saving). The number of times) can be easily determined on the voice lamp control device 113 side.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the stop-related process 5 (S4265) will be described with reference to FIG. 143. FIG. 143 is a flowchart showing the contents of the stop-related process 5 (S4265). In the stop-related process 5 (S4265), the process content executed when the special figure confirmation command is received is changed with respect to the stop-related process (see S4215 of FIG. 65) of the first embodiment described above. It's different. The other processing contents are the same, the same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the stop-related process 5 (S4265) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the special figure confirmation command has been received (S4601), and when it is determined that the special figure confirmation command has not been received (S4601: No), The same process of S4602 to S4611 as the stop-related process of the first embodiment described above (see S4215 of FIG. 65) is executed to end this process.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใ็คบใๅคๅๅๆญข็จใฎ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S4601, when it is determined that the special figure confirmation command has been received (S4601: Yes), then it is determined whether the time saving continuation command has been received (S4631), and it is determined that the time saving continuation command has been received. If this is done (S4631: Yes), a display command for stopping fluctuations indicating continuation of time reduction is set (S4632), and the process proceeds to S4602.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใใงใๆ็ญ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใๅคๅๅๆญข็จใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใ In the process of S4631, if it is determined that the time saving continuation command has not been received, then it is determined whether or not the time saving end command has been received (S4633), and if it is determined that the time saving end command has been received (S4633: yes). ), Set a display command for fluctuating stop indicating the end of the time saving state.
ใใฎใใใซใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๆใใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅๆใซๅไฟกๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใใๆ็ญ็ถ็ถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญ็ตไบใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใไฝใใฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใจใงใๅฏๅคใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใๅคๅๅๆญข็จใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใจใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ใงๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, when the special figure confirmation command is received, the time saving continuation command or the time saving end command can be received at the same time. Therefore, by executing the stop-related process 5 (see S4265 in FIG. 143). , The display mode (effect mode) displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is as follows: when the time saving continuation command is received, when the time saving end command is received, or when none of the commands is received. It can be changed and set. Therefore, a process for setting the display mode for fluctuating stop to be executed when the special figure confirmation command is received, a process for setting the display mode for indicating the status of the time saving state (remaining time saving number of times), and a process for setting the display mode. Can be executed within the same process, and the processing load of the control process can be reduced.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฅๆฉใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ใ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใง้ๆพใใใๆฎ้ปๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ่จญใใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ
ฅ่ณใ็ใ๏ผใใใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผ๏ผถๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๆ้ๅ
๏ผใซใ๏ผถๅ
ฅ่ณ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ่จญใใใใ๏ผถๅ
ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ
ฅ่ณใใใใใจใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใ้ๆ๏ผ็น้ป้ๆ๏ผใ้ๆ่
ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<Sixth Embodiment>
Next, the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 144 to 155. In the first embodiment described above, the aim is to play a game per character, triggered by a game per game that is executed when a player wins a lottery of ordinary symbols (inside the prize-winning device 640, which is opened by the game per game). (Aiming to win a ball in the special electric operating port 643 provided), during the game per character (within the period when the V winning device 65 is opened), to the V winning opening 165 provided in the V winning device 65. It was configured to allow the player to execute a game (special electric game) aiming at executing a jackpot game (V jackpot game) by winning a prize.
ใใใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใพใใฏ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใพใง๏ผๆๅฎๅๆฐ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใพใง๏ผใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใใๅใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใง๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใพใง๏ผ็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใฐใชใใปใฉใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใๆ็ญๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ Then, the time saving state in which the special electric game is executed is until the special symbol lottery is executed a predetermined number of times (4 or 15 times) (until the predetermined number of special symbol fluctuations are stopped and displayed), or reaches a predetermined number of times. It is configured to continue until a big hit is won in the special symbol lottery (until the special symbol to show that the lottery result is a big hit is stopped and displayed), and the special symbol changes during the time saving state. As the time becomes longer, the period in which the time reduction state is set (time reduction period) can be lengthened, and the number of ordinary symbol lottery to be executed during the time reduction period can be increased.
ใใใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใ๏ผใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎไธญๆญใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ็ตไบๅพใๅณใกใๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Furthermore, when the game per character is executed when the ball wins a prize in the special electric actuating port 643 during the game per normal symbol, the special symbol fluctuation during execution is interrupted (the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is subtracted). The process for performing is interrupted), and the interrupted special symbol variation (process for subtracting the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation) is performed after the end of the character-per-character game or the jackpot game (the process for subtracting the fluctuation time). It is configured to restart after the end of the V jackpot game), that is, when a new special symbol variation is satisfied.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็น้ป้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใไธญๆญๆ้ใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคใใใใจใซใชใใใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆใชใในใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใจใ้กใใชใใใไธใคใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆฐๅคใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, the length of the execution period (time reduction period) of the special electric game is changed depending on the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation and the interruption period due to the game per character. It was possible to have the player inside play the game enthusiastically so as to perform a large number of games per character while hoping that the player in the game would select the longest possible fluctuation time as the special symbol variation. ..
ใใใใชใใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ๏ผๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๆ้๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใไธใคใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ใจใชใใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ใงใฏใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชไธๅฉๆ้ใจใชใใ However, during the special electric game, for example, during the fluctuation period of the normal symbol or during the game per normal figure, the ball cannot be awarded to the general electric winning device 640 (it is difficult to win) (electric accessory 640a). (Closed period) is a period in which the game per accessory cannot be executed and the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is subtracted. Therefore, it is possible to win a ball in the electric accessory 640a. The opening period of the electric accessory 640a during the winning game, that is, the period during which the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is subtracted, but the disadvantageous period that is more disadvantageous to the player than the period during which the winning game can be executed. It becomes.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใๆใใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใฎใใกใไฝใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็ใฎ็บๅฐใฎๆ็ก๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In addition, the game per winning combination in which the special symbol change is interrupted is an end condition (winning end condition) or a winning combination that is established when the number of winning balls to the V winning device 65 reaches a predetermined number (3 pieces). It is configured to end when any of the end conditions (time end conditions) that are satisfied when a predetermined period (1.6 seconds) has elapsed since the hit game is started. Therefore, the game per character is terminated when any of the end conditions is satisfied, depending on the content of the game (whether or not the ball is fired) by the player during the game per character.
ใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ใฟใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใ้ธๆใใใ้ๆๆงใๆใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆ้ใซใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใซใใใไธๅฉๆ้๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ้้ๆ้๏ผใจใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใจใ้่คใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅฏๅคใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ That is, in the first embodiment described above, which end condition is satisfied for the game per character being executed in consideration of the fluctuation state of the normal symbol during the special electric game and the game situation of the game per normal figure. It had playability to be selected. With this configuration, depending on the skill of the player, the disadvantageous period during the special electric game described above (the fluctuation period of the normal symbol, the closing period of the electric accessory 640a of the game per normal figure) and the execution period of the game per accessory It was possible to change the length of the period in which and the player overlapped with each other, and it was possible to enthusiastically play the game.
ใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฐใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่คๆฐ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจ้ๆใ่กใฃใใซใ้ขใใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๆใใใใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใพใฃใใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจ้ๆใ่กใฃใใซใ้ขใใใใไบๅใซ็บๅฐใใใฆใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใพใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใพใฃใใใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจใใงใใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ However, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above, since a plurality of end conditions are set, for example, even though the game is played to satisfy the winning end conditions, the V winning device 65 is reached. The ball that was fired in advance moved to the V winning device 65 even though the time end condition was satisfied without winning the ball as expected, or the game was played to satisfy the time end condition. There is a problem that a prize is won and the winning end condition is satisfied, and the player cannot satisfy the desired ending condition.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใพใใฏๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใฎไฝใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใจใใฆใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใ็กใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆใใใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ้ๆ่ ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the sixth embodiment, the player can select either the winning end condition or the time end condition as the end condition of the game per character. That is, when the winning end condition is selected, the time ending condition is not satisfied even if the period during which the time ending condition can be satisfied elapses, and when the time ending condition is selected, the V winning device 65 is reached. Even if the number of winnings reaches the number at which the winning end condition can be satisfied, the winning end condition is not satisfied. With this configuration, it is possible to end the game per accessory when the end condition desired by the player is satisfied, so that the player can be made to play the game during the special electric game more positively. ..
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจ็กใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็กใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธใฎๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็ต้ๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅผทๅถๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใๅคใๅ ฅ่ณๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅผทๅถๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ทๆ้ๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the sixth embodiment, when the winning end condition is selected, the game per character is not completed based on the elapsed time during the game per character, and when the time end condition is selected, the end condition is selected. It is configured so that the game per character does not end based on the number of balls won in the V winning device 65 during the game per character, but the game is not limited to this, and for example, the winning end condition is selected. If so, the forced time end condition or the time end condition that is satisfied when a time (for example, 10 seconds) longer than the elapsed time (for example, 1.6 seconds) set as the normal time end condition elapses. When is selected, the compulsory winning end condition that is established when the number of winnings (for example, 10) is larger than the number of winnings (for example, 3) set as the normal winning end condition is set. It may be configured as. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game per character from being executed for a long time.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎใใกใ็นๅพด็ใชๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฐใใซ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, among the configurations of the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment, a characteristic configuration will be described with reference to FIG. 144. FIG. 144 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment. In the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the operating means (switching button 22za, first selection button 22zb, first selection button 22zb, second The difference is that the 2 selection button 22zc) is newly provided, and the other points are the same. The same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ่ฒธ็ๆไฝ้จ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ่ฟๅดใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆใงๅณๅด๏ผใซใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใไธ็ฟ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆใงๅณๅด๏ผใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผไปฅไธใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ็งฐใ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆผไธๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณ็คบใใชใๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆผไธใๆค็ฅใใๆค็ฅ็ตๆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 144, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, a switching button 22za is provided on the right side of the return button 43 provided in the ball lending operation unit 40 (on the right side in the front view of FIG. 144). A first selection button 22zb and a second selection button 22zc are provided on the right side of the upper plate 17 (on the right side in the front view of FIG. 144). When the player presses the changeover button 22za, the first selection button 22zb, and the second selection button 22zc (hereinafter, also referred to as the end condition switching button group 22z), a detection switch (not shown) detects the pressing and the detection result. Is configured to be output to the input / output port 205 (see FIG. 21) of the main control device 110.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆผไธๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅๆฟใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๆผไธใๆค็ฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆผไธๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๆผไธใๆค็ฅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆผไธๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๆผไธใๆค็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅใ ใฎๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆค็ฅ็ตๆใใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, when the changeover button 22za is pressed, the changeover button detection switch (not shown) detects the changeover button 22za, and when the first selection button 22zb is pressed, the first selection button 22za is pressed. When the detection switch for the 1 selection button (not shown) detects the pressing of the 1st selection button 22zb and the second selection button 22zc is pressed, the detection switch for the 2nd selection button (not shown) is the second. It is configured to detect the pressing of the 2 selection button 22zc, and each detection switch is configured to output the detection result to the main control device 110.
ใคใพใใๅๆฟใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๅ็จฎในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅซใพใใใใฎใงใใใ That is, the changeover button detection switch, the first selection button detection switch, and the second selection button detection switch are included in the various switches 208 described above with reference to FIG. 21.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ด๏ผ๏ผใปใณใ้ข้ใใใฆ่จญใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใใซใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใๆไฝๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใ้ใซ้ๆ่ ใ่ชคใฃใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆไฝใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the sixth embodiment, the above-mentioned end condition switching button group 22z is provided at a distance of about 10 cm from the frame button 22. With this configuration, in order to make the player interested in various effects executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, an operation effect using the frame button 22 is executed, and the game is played. It is possible to prevent the player from accidentally operating the end condition switching button group 22z when the person is made to operate the frame button 22.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใๆผๅบ็จใฎๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ๆๆง่ฝใซๅฝฑ้ฟใไธใใใใจใจใชใๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใใ่จญใใฆใใใๆผๅบ้ขใซใใใฆใ้ๆๆง่ฝ้ขใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใไปปๆใซๅ ๅฎนใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใธใฎๅๅ ใไฟใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an operating means for directing (frame button 22), an operating means that affects the game performance (end condition switching button group 22z), and the pachinko machine 10. Is provided so that the player can arbitrarily select the content in terms of both production and game performance. Therefore, it is possible to enthusiastically encourage the player to participate in the game.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅพด็ใชๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พคใ้ๆ่
ใซๆไฝใใใใใใฎ้ธๆๆผๅบใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พคใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ่
ใฎๆไฝ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅๆฟๆผๅบใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<About the production contents in the sixth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 145 and 146, the characteristic effect contents executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment will be described. In the sixth embodiment, with respect to the first embodiment described above, a selection effect for causing the player to operate the end condition switching button group and a switching for showing the operation result of the player with respect to the end condition switching button group. The production is configured to be feasible.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใธใฎๆไฝใไฟใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 145 (a), the display contents of the ending screen in the jackpot game will be described. FIG. 145 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the display contents displayed on the jackpot ending screen in the sixth embodiment. The display screen shown in FIG. 145 (a) is a display mode for urging the player to operate the switching button 22za with respect to the jackpot ending screen (see FIG. 12 (a)) in the first embodiment described above. It differs in that it is added, and is the same otherwise. The same display contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใๅงใพใใ๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็คบใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใขใผใใซ็งป่กใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใใใใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใฒใใใใจใใใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใ้ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถ็ถๆณ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใ้ใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถ็ถๆณ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ As shown in FIG. 145 (a), in the sub-display area Ds of the third symbol display device 81, the characters "V rush starts after the big hit ends !!" are displayed, and the time saving state is set after the big hit game ends. It is shown to the player in an easy-to-understand manner to shift to the V rush mode indicating that the game is to be performed. Then, in the main display area Dm, a comment is displayed that the remaining time reduction period mode 801 for indicating the period for which the time reduction state set after the end of the jackpot game continues is "40 seconds" and "V rush period 40 seconds get". Will be done. When the display screen of FIG. 145 (a) is displayed, the display screen of FIG. 12 (a) of the first embodiment described above is displayed as the hold storage status of the special symbol (see FIG. 145 (c)). Since it is the same as the reserved storage status of the special symbol (see FIG. 12 (c)), the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅ ใใฆใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅทฆไธๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆใงๅทฆไธๅด๏ผใซใฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใจใไฟใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใใใฟใณ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใง็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆใใฎใณใกใณใใจใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใ In addition, a display area HR20 is formed on the lower left side of the main display area Dm (lower left side in the front view of FIG. 145), and as a display mode for prompting the operation of the switching button 22za, "select end condition with button PUSH". , And an icon imitating the switching button 22za is displayed.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the sixth embodiment, the player operates (presses) the switching button 22za during the period when the ending screen of the jackpot game is displayed, so that the end condition of the game per character can be selected. .. That is, in the sixth embodiment, when the jackpot game is executed, the end condition of the bonus game can be selected, and during the time saving state (V rush) set after the jackpot game ends, the bonus game is hit. It is configured so that the end condition of the game cannot be switched.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใจใใซๅฟใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ ป็นใซๅใๆฟใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆณใๆไพใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใฃใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใ่ก็บใจใ้่คใใใใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the game status during the V rush, that is, the fluctuation status of the special symbol and the fluctuation status of the normal symbol, the end condition of the game per character is frequently switched, and the player is overloaded. It is possible to suppress the provision of a favorable gaming situation. Further, in the jackpot game, the end condition of the game per character can be selected at the timing when the game in which the variable winning device 650 wins the ball is completed and before the special electric game is executed. , The game of firing a ball and the act of selecting an end condition do not overlap, and it is possible to provide a game that is easy for the player to understand.
ๅ ใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๆกใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆ่ ใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ็ญใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใไปปๆใซ่ชฟๆดใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๆ้ใๅน็่ฏใ่จญๅฎใใ็น้ป้ๆใ็ฎๆใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ้ทใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใซใใๅไฝๆ้ๅฝใใใซใใใ็นๅ ธ้๏ผ่ณ็ๆฐ๏ผใๅคงใใใชใ็น้ป้ๆใ็ฎๆใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, as shown in FIG. 145 (a), the end condition of the game per character can be selected while the period (40 seconds) of the time saving state set after the end of the big hit game is notified. Therefore, it is possible to have the player select the end condition of the game per character while grasping the remaining time short period mode 801 displayed on the jackpot ending screen. Specifically, when a display mode indicating that the period of the time saving state is short (for example, 40 seconds) is displayed as the display mode of the remaining time saving period mode 801, the winning end condition is set as the ending condition of the game per character. Aiming at a special electric game in which the period for interrupting the special symbol fluctuation is efficiently set by selecting and arbitrarily adjusting the game period of the game per character, the period of the time saving state is long as the display mode of the remaining time saving period mode 801. When a display mode indicating (for example, 200 seconds) is displayed, a unit is obtained by selecting a time end condition and increasing the number of balls to be awarded to the V winning device 65 in one game per winning combination. It is possible to aim for a special electric game in which the amount of benefits (number of prize balls) per hour increases.
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the sixth embodiment, the player can select the end condition of the game per character during the period when the ending screen of the big hit game is displayed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example. The end condition of the game per character may be selectable at any timing during the jackpot game.
ใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅพ ๆฉ็ป้ข๏ผใใข็ป้ข๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใชๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆ้็ไฝ่ฃใๆใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, even when the standby screen (demo screen) that is displayed when the special symbol change is not executed during the time saving state is displayed, the end condition of the game per character can be selected. Alternatively, the end condition of the game per character may be selectable during the period during which the game per character is being executed. Even in such a case, since the end condition of the game per character can be selected at the timing when the remaining time (time reduction period) in the time saving state is not subtracted, the character can be given a time margin to the player. You can select the end condition of the winning game.
ไธๆนใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆ่กๆๆณใจใฏ็ฐใชใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ไธญใซใฎใฟๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใฎใฟใซ้ไธญใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใไปๅพใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใไบๆธฌใใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, unlike the technical idea of the sixth embodiment, the end condition of the game per character may be selectable only during the period in which the remaining time (time reduction period) in the time reduction state is subtracted. With this configuration, during the special electric game in which the remaining time (short time period) in the time saving state is subtracted, the operation of concentrating only on the special electric game or selecting the end condition of the game per character. It is possible to let the player select whether to execute the game, and it is possible to make the player play the game while predicting the future game content, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ้ๆ่ ใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆผไธใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใใฎ้ธๆ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆ็ป้ขใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ When the player presses the switching button 22za while the screen shown in FIG. 145 (a) is displayed, the display screen shown in FIG. 145 (b) is displayed. Next, with reference to FIG. 145 (b), the display contents of the selection screen for allowing the player to select the end condition of the game per accessory will be described. FIG. 145 (b) is a schematic view showing an example of the display contents displayed as the end condition selection screen.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆผไธใใใใจใๅๆฟใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆผไธใใใใใจใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎ่จญๅฎใใใณใใณใ๏ผๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใ๏ผใใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the changeover button detection switch (not shown) detects that the changeover button 22za is pressed, the detection result is output to the main control device 110. In the main controller 110, a command (switching command) indicating that the switching button 22za is pressed is set, and the set command (switching command) is executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) as an external output process (see FIG. 55). (See S1801 in FIG. 55), the output is configured to be output to the audio lamp control device 113. Then, the voice lamp control device 113 sets the display mode of the display screen shown in FIG. 145 (b) based on the reception of the switching command.
ๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใจใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธ้จใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธใใงใญใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฏใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใงใ็พๅจ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ป้ขใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใฎ็ป้ขใงใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใ The display contents of the end condition selection screen for selecting the end condition of the game per character will be specifically explained with reference to FIG. 145 (b). Please select the end condition "comment is displayed. By visually recognizing this comment, the player can easily grasp that the screen currently displayed is a screen for selecting the end condition of the game per accessory.
ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใช่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅบ็ปๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ In the main display area Dm, display areas (HR21, HR22) corresponding to a plurality of end conditions that can be selected by the player are formed in sections, and the contents of the plurality of end conditions (winning end condition, time end condition). (Contents for satisfying the end condition) is displayed. Specifically, the display area HR 21 is displayed in association with the winning end condition as the end condition of the game per character, and the display area HR 22 is displayed in association with the time end condition as the end condition of the game per character. ..
่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ่ฆไปถใจใใฆใ๏ผถใขใฟใใซใผใซ็ใ๏ผๅๅ ฅใใจ็ตใใใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฏพ่ฑกใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใในใ้ธๆใใฟใณใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผๆฐๅญใฎ๏ผใไปใใใไธธๅฐ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ In the display area HR21, a comment "It will end when three balls enter the V attacker" is displayed as a requirement for establishing the winning end condition, and a "winning end" for indicating the target end condition is displayed. It is displayed in the display area HR21a. In addition, as a guidance display mode 871 for guiding the selection button to be operated by the player when selecting the winning end condition, an icon (a circle with a number 1) imitating the first selection button 22zb is provided. It is displayed.
ไธๆนใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ่ฆไปถใจใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๅงใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง็ต้ใง็ตใใใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฏพ่ฑกใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎใๆ้็ตไบใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใในใ้ธๆใใฟใณใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผๆฐๅญใฎ๏ผใไปใใใไธธๅฐ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the display area HR22, a comment "It will end in 1.6 seconds from the start of hitting the accessory" is displayed as a requirement for satisfying the time end condition, and " "End of time" is displayed in the display area HR22a. Further, as a guidance display mode 872 for guiding the selection button to be operated by the player when selecting the time end condition, an icon (circle with a number 2) imitating the second selection button 22zc is provided. It is displayed.
ใใใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅณไธๅดใซใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใใใใฎใๆ้ใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใฆใใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใๅ ฅ่ณใใฎๆๅญใ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใๅฎ่กใในใๆไฝใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใใใฟใณใง้ธๆใใฆใญใใฎใณใกใณใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใใจใ็คบใใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Further, a display area HR23 is formed on the lower right side of the main display area Dm, and the characters "time" for indicating the type of the end condition currently set as the end condition of the game per character are displayed. Has been done. That is, FIG. 145 (b) shows a state in which the time end condition is set as the end condition of the game per accessory. When the winning end condition is set as the ending condition of the game per character, the character "winning" is set in the display area HR23. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, a comment "Select with a button" and a comment "Select with a button" as a guidance display mode for guiding the operation to be performed by the player in order to select the end condition of the game per accessory, and the first. An icon indicating that the 1-selection button 22zb or the 2nd selection button 22zc is operated (pressed) is displayed.
ใใฎใใใช้ธๆ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆๆกใใชใใใๅฎนๆใซ้ธๆใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใช้ธๆ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใ็คบๅใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใฆ็คบใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ธๆ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ดๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅ็ งใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ By displaying such a selection screen, it is possible for the player to easily select the game while grasping the content of the end condition of the game per character. In addition, in the display screen shown in FIG. 145 (b), when the selection screen in which the end condition of the game per character can be selected is displayed, the period of the time saving state (time saving period) set after the end of the big hit game. It is configured so that the information suggesting the length of the above (for example, the remaining time shortening period mode 801 shown in FIG. 145 (a)) is not displayed, but the selection screen is displayed without limitation. It may be configured so that the remaining time short-term mode 801 is displayed. As a result, it is possible to easily select the end condition of the game per character while referring to the length of the period of the time saving state set immediately after.
็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆค็ฅใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใๅฆ็๏ผ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใจใจใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆๅนใซๆไฝใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผๆไฝใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ When the first selection button 22zb is operated (pressed) while the end condition selection screen (see FIG. 145 (b)) is displayed, the first selection button 22zb is operated (pressed). The detection switch detects it, and the detection result is output to the input / output port 205 of the main control device 110. Then, in the control process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, a process based on the operation of the first selection button 22zb (a process for storing the selected end condition) is executed, and the first is performed. A command (operation command) for indicating that the selection button 22zb has been effectively operated is set.
ไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใฆๆไฝใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๅค้จๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆไฝใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆไฝใใใ้ธๆใใฟใณใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆๅพใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใงใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆๅพใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅพใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ When an operation command is set in the control process of the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device is executed in the external output process (see S1801 in FIG. 55) executed in the main process of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 55). The operation command is output to 113, and the voice lamp control device 113 sets the display mode after selecting the end condition based on the information included in the received operation command (information indicating the type of the operated selection button). NS. Here, an example of the display screen displayed after the end condition is selected will be described with reference to FIG. 146 (a). FIG. 146 (a) is a schematic view showing an example of the display contents displayed after the winning end condition is selected as the end condition of the game per winning combination.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅ จ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธ้จใซ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ้ธๆใๅฎไบใใใใจใ็คบใใๆฑบๅฎใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏไปๅใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใๅๆ ใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ๆ ๆงใจใใฆใๆฌกใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบใซใชใใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใงใใใใจใ็คบใใๅ ฅ่ณใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใ When the first selection button 22zb corresponding to the winning end condition is operated (pressed) while the end condition selection screen shown in FIG. 145 (b) is displayed, as shown in FIG. 146 (a). A display area corresponding to the selected end condition (winning end condition) is formed on the entire surface of the main display area Dm, and the character "OK" indicating that the selection of the end condition is completed is displayed above the main display area Dm. Will be done. Then, in the sub-display area Ds, a comment "The winning will end from the next character hit" is displayed and displayed as a guidance mode for guiding the player to the timing when the selection result of this time is reflected. In the area HR23, the characters "winning" indicating that the currently set end condition is the winning end condition are displayed.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ๅ ใงใใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่คๆฐๅ้ธๆใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๆ็นใซใใใฆ้ธๆใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใ้้ใฃใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใฎ้ใงใใใฐใๅๅบฆ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใ Although detailed description will be omitted, in the present embodiment, the end condition of the game per character can be selected a plurality of times as long as the end condition of the game per character can be selected. It is configured so that the end condition selected at the time when the period during which the end condition of the per-object game can be selected elapses is set as the end condition of the per-feature game. Therefore, even if the player mistakenly selects the end condition, the end condition can be selected again as long as the period during which the end condition of the game per character can be selected elapses.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ธๆใใฟใณใๆไฝใใใๆจใจใๆไฝใใใ้ธๆใใฟใณใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใใ็คบใๆไฝใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๆ็นใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๆ็นใงใๆ็ต็ใซ้ธๆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, in the present embodiment, when the first selection button 22zb or the second selection button 22zc is operated in a state where the end condition of the game per accessory can be selected, it means that the selection button is operated. And, the operation command indicating the type of the operated selection button and the operation command are set, and when the ending period of the jackpot game ends, that is, when the period in which the end condition of the game per character can be selected ends, the final It is configured to set a command (end condition command) indicating the end condition of the game per winning combination selected.
ใคใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ไธญใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่คๆฐๅ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใๅ้ธๆใใฟใณใๆไฝใใๆจใฎใฟใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใ้ธๆใใฟใณใฎๆไฝใซๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใใๆ็ต็ใซ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใฟใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ก็จใชใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, since the player may select the end condition a plurality of times during the period in which the end condition of the game per character can be selected, only the fact that each selection button is operated is output to the voice lamp control device 113. , The display mode corresponding to the operation of the selection button is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, and only the finally selected end condition is output to the voice lamp control device 113. doing. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent unnecessary commands from being output from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113.
ใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฏ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅใ้ๅงใใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆณ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใๅไธใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใง่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใงใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Then, when the jackpot game is completed and the time saving state is set, as shown in FIG. 146 (b), the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is marked with a display mode indicating that the V rush has started. Will be done. FIG. 145 (b) is a schematic view showing an example of the display contents displayed during the V rush. The display screen shown in FIG. 146 (b) is the same as the situation (see FIG. 12 (c)) in which the display screen shown in FIG. 12 (b) of the first embodiment described above is displayed (see FIG. 12 (c)). In the display screen displayed in (see 146 (c)), a display area HR23 for indicating the currently set end condition of the per-feature game is formed with respect to the above-described first embodiment. They differ in that they are the same otherwise. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซใฏๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใๅ ฅ่ณใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใฆใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใฏๅธธใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใๅฎนๆใซๆๆกใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใใใฎใใใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ่ฆ็ด ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผถใขใฟใใซใผ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้๏ผใฎๆดๆฐ็ถๆณใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅคใจใใ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆฅใซ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใๅฐๆใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 146 (b), the characters "winning" indicating that the winning end condition is set as the ending condition of the game per character are displayed on the display screen during the V rush. With this configuration, it is possible to inform the player of the end condition of the game per character executed during the V rush in an easy-to-understand manner. Although not shown, the display area HR23 is configured to be always displayed during the V rush period. For example, the player can set the end condition of the game per character even during the game per character. Is configured so that it can be easily grasped. In addition, when displaying the end condition during the game per character in this way, the element for establishing the end condition (if the winning end condition is set, the V attacker (V winning device 65)) The update status of the number of winning balls and the elapsed time from the start of the game per character when the time end condition is set) and the value at which the end condition is satisfied are displayed on the display surface. It is good to configure it to. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the game per character is abruptly ended and the player is confused.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ
ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ
๏ฝใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ
๏ฝใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ
๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration of the main control device in the sixth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 147, the electrical configuration of the main control device 110 according to the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 147 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the RAM 203 included in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 according to the sixth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 147, the RAM 203 of the sixth embodiment adds the end condition storage area 203ea, the switchable flag 203eb, and the switching flag 203ec to the RAM 203 of the first embodiment described above (see FIG. 29). It differs in that it is the same, otherwise it is the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใใใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใฃใฆใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๆไฝๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซ่ชญใฟๅบใใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅบใฅใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ The end condition storage area 203ea is a storage area for storing the end condition of the game per winning combination selected by the player, and in the switching process (see S171 in FIG. 151), the selection button (first selection button 22zb, When it is determined that the second selection button 22zc) has been operated, the end condition corresponding to the operation content is stored. Then, the end condition stored when the jackpot game ends is read, and is referred to when setting the end condition command corresponding to the read end condition. In addition, the game is read when the game per character is executed, and the game per character is executed based on the read end condition.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซใฏใๅๆใใผใฟใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ซใกไธใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถๅปในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆไฝใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใฎไธ็ฐใจใใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใใ In the sixth embodiment, the end condition storage area 203ea is configured to store information indicating the winning end condition as initial data. Specifically, when it is determined that the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 10) is being operated in the start-up process of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 54) (S1704: Yes in FIG. 54), S1714 As part of the process, information for indicating the winning end condition is stored in the end condition storage area 203ea.
ใใฎใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅฐใชใใจใไฝใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅๆใใผใฟใจใใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใไฝใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆณใ็บ็ใใฆใใพใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๅๆใใผใฟใจใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ๅ ฑใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซ่จๆถ๏ผๆ ผ็ด๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๅๆใใผใฟใจใใฆใๅฐใชใใจใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใจๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this way, by configuring so that at least one of the end conditions of the game per character is stored in the end condition storage area 203ea as the initial data, the end condition of the game per character can be selected. In the pachinko machine 10 having the above, it is possible to surely prevent a situation in which the end condition of the game per accessory is not set. In the present embodiment, as the initial data of the end condition of the end of the game per character, the information corresponding to the winning end condition is stored (stored) in the end condition storage area 203ea. The present invention is not limited to, and for example, at least the winning end condition and the time end condition may be set as the initial data of the end condition of the game per character.
ๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ้ๅงใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใงใใใ The switchable flag 203eb is a flag for indicating that the end condition of the game per character can be selected, and is set to be on when starting the ending period of the jackpot game, and the ending period of the jackpot game. Is set to off when is finished.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใๆไฝใ็กๅนใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใ้ๆ่ ใ่ชคใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the sixth embodiment, if the switching button 22za is operated while the switchable flag 203eb is not set to ON, the operation for the switching button 22za is invalidated. With this configuration, even if the player mistakenly operates the first selection button 22zb or the second selection button 22zc when the switchable flag 203eb is not set to ON, the processing based on the operation can be performed. It can be suppressed that it is executed.
ๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้๏ผๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้๏ผไธญใซใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใจใง็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใจใง็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ In the switching flag 203ec, the switching button 22za is operated (pressed) during the period in which the end condition of the game per character can be selected (the period in which the switchable flag 20eb is set to be on), and the first selection button 22zb Alternatively, it is a flag for indicating that the end condition can be selected by operating the second selection button 22zc, and the first selection button 22zb or the second selection button 22zc is operated. Set to on when the period during which the end condition can be selected is set with.
ใใฎๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฏใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝๅ็ ง๏ผใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ This switching flag 203ec is set when the switching button 22za is operated in the switching process (see S171 in FIG. 151) with the switchable flag 203eb set to ON (see S2201: Yes in FIG. 151). That is, when the switching button 22za is operated during the ending period of the jackpot game (S2203: Yes in FIG. 151), it is set to ON (see S2204 in FIG. 151).
ใใใฆใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใๆไฝใๆๅนใซๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใธใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใพใใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ธๆๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ Then, when it is determined whether the setting status of the switching flag 203ec is a period during which the operations for the first selection button 22zb and the second selection button 22zc can be effectively determined in the switching process (see S171 in FIG. 151). (See S2202 in FIG. 151), and is set to off when the end condition is selected based on the operation of the first selection button 22zb and the second selection button 22zc (see S2206 in FIG. 151) (FIG. 151). (See S2209). If the player does not execute the selection operation while the switching flag 203ec is set to on, it is set to off at the end timing of the jackpot game (see S2303 in FIG. 153).
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ
๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration of the audio lamp control device in the sixth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 148, the contents of the RAM 223 included in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 148 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the configuration of the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 148, in the sixth embodiment, the end storage area 223ea is provided for the RAM 223 (see FIG. 30B) of the voice lamp control device 113 in the first embodiment of the first embodiment described above. It differs in that it is added, and is the same otherwise. The same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฏใ้ธๆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใใใฎ่จๆถใจใชใขใงใใฃใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆไฝๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆใซๅบๅใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผ่จญๅฎใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใจใ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆไบใๆ ผ็ดใใฆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใจใๆฏ่ผใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฏ่ผ็ตๆใ็ธ้ใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใฎใงใใใ The end storage area 223ea is a storage area for storing the end condition of the selected game per winning combination, and is an operation when an operation command is received in the end condition related process (see S4272 in FIG. 156). The corresponding end condition is stored based on the operation information included in the command (information indicating whether the first selection button 22zb is operated or the second selection button 22zc is operated) (see S5706 and S5707 in FIG. 155). ). Then, when the end condition command output at the end of the jackpot game is received (S5709: Yes in FIG. 155), the content of the received end condition command (type of set end condition) and the end storage area 223ea are displayed. The stored information (type of end condition stored in advance based on the operation command) is compared (S5710 in FIG. 155), and if the comparison result is different, the content of the end condition command is added. The corresponding termination condition is stored.
ใคใพใใใใฎ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใใจใ็คบใๆไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฟๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆ็ต็ใซ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง่จญๅฎใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใๅฎ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใๆฏ่ผใใๆฏ่ผ็ตๆใๅไธใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จๆถใใใใ That is, the end storage area 223ea is based on the received operation command when the player receives an operation command indicating that the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) has been operated. The end condition is stored, and the display mode of the switching effect executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 can be set based on the end condition stored in the end storage area 223ea. Then, when the end condition command for indicating the finally selected end condition is received, the end condition set on the voice lamp control device 113 side based on the operation command, the end condition actually set, and the end condition actually set, If the comparison results are not the same, the end condition corresponding to the content of the end condition command is stored.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ต็ใซ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆงๆใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใใๅๆฎต้ใงใฏๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใไบๆธฌใใใใฎไบๆธฌ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใฎ็กใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใฎ่จญๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅ ใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅไฟกใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅณใกใๅฎ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the pachinko machine 10 using the configuration in which the command (end condition command) for indicating the finally selected end condition is set at the end of the jackpot game receives the end condition command. In the previous stage, it is possible to predict the end condition selected by the player based on the operation command and set the effect mode based on the prediction result, and it is possible to execute the effect without discomfort to the player. In the present embodiment, the setting timing of the end condition command is set as the end timing of the jackpot game, but the player is not limited to this, and for example, the player presses the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc). When an operation is performed, the end condition command may be set in addition to the operation command. In this configuration, the display mode to be executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is selected based on the received end condition command, that is, based on the actually set end condition. Can be done.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ
ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ
ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the main control device in the sixth embodiment>
The control process of the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 149 to 153. In the sixth embodiment, the timer interrupt process 6 (see FIG. 149) is replaced with the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) with respect to the first embodiment described above, and the special electric start port winning process (see FIG. 50) is performed. In that the special electric start opening winning process 6 (see S178 in FIG. 150) is replaced with the jackpot control process (see S1804 in FIG. 56) and the jackpot control process 6 (see S1854 in FIG. 152) is executed instead of S108). Different, otherwise the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใงใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ First, the contents of the timer interrupt process 6 will be described with reference to FIG. 149. FIG. 149 is a flowchart showing the contents of the timer interrupt process 6. In the timer interrupt process 6 as opposed to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) described above, the special electric start port winning process 6 (see S178 in FIG. 150) is replaced with the special electric start port winning process (see S108 in FIG. 50). ) Is executed and the switching process (see S171) is added, and the other processes (S101 to S107, S109 to S112) are the same as the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 39) described above. The detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 150, the contents of the special electric start opening winning process 6 (S178) will be described. FIG. 150 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special electric start opening winning process 6 (S178). In the special electric start opening winning process 6 (S178), the processing content to be executed when the execution condition of the game per character is satisfied is changed with respect to the above-mentioned special electric starting port winning process (see S108 in FIG. 50). They differ in that they are the same otherwise. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฎๅพใ็น้ปไฝๅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใไธญใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใจใฉใผใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the special electric start opening winning process 6 (S178) is executed, first, the same processing of S1301 to S1307 as the special electric starting port winning process (see S108 of FIG. 50) of the first embodiment described above is executed, and then the processing of S1301 to S1307 is executed. The end condition stored in the end condition storage area 203ea is read (S1381), and the read end condition is set (S1382). After that, the special electric operation command is set (S1308), and this process is terminated. If it is determined in the process of S1302 that it is not hit by a normal figure (S1302: No), an error command is set (S1309), and this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใฎๅคงๅฐใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆฏใซใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใฎใฟๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๆ็นใๆใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใๆๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใๆฌกใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฏ่จญๅฎใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅไฝใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As described above, in the sixth embodiment, when the execution condition of the game per character is satisfied, the information stored in the end condition storage area 203ea is read, and the end condition corresponding to the read information is set. By setting, it is configured to change the end condition of the game per character. As a result, it is possible to end the game per character when the end condition selected by the player is satisfied, so that the player can select the size of the privilege given during the special electric game, and the game. You can motivate yourself. In addition, in this embodiment, every time the execution condition of the game per character is satisfied, the end condition of the game per character to be executed is set, but during the big hit game as in the present embodiment. If the pachinko machine 10 is configured so that the end condition of the game per character can be selected, the execution condition of the game per character is the first when the jackpot game ends or after the jackpot game ends. When it is satisfied, the end condition stored in the end condition storage area 203ea is read, and the operation scenario per accessory corresponding to the end condition is set, and the setting is made until the next big hit game is executed. It may be configured to execute the game per character based on the action scenario per character.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆฏใซ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใชใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the accessory corresponding to the end condition selected by the player without executing the process of reading the information from the end condition storage area 203ea each time the execution condition of the game per accessory is satisfied. You can perform a winning game.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅใๆฟใใฃใใใจใ็คบใใใฉใฐ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฉใฐ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใงๆฐใใชๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, unlike the sixth embodiment, even in the case of the pachinko machine 10 configured so that the end condition of the game per character can be selected during the special electric game (during the time saving state), for example, the game per character A flag (end condition switching flag) indicating that the end condition has been switched is provided, and only when the end condition switching flag is set to on, the information stored in the end condition storage area 203ea is read and used. It is preferable to configure it so as to switch the end condition of the hit game. As a result, when a new game per character is executed under the same end conditions as the previous game per character, the process of reading the information stored in the end condition storage area 203ea can be skipped. It is possible to simplify the control process when executing the game per character.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใฟใคใๅฒ่พผๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใงใใฃใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the contents of the switching process (S171) will be described with reference to FIG. 151. FIG. 151 is a flowchart showing the contents of the switching process (S171). This switching process (S171) is a control process executed by the timer interrupt process 6 (see FIG. 149), and a process based on the player's operation on the end condition switching button group 22z is executed.
ๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใฎๆไฝใ็กๅนใฎๆ้ใงใใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the switching process (S171) is executed, first, it is determined whether the switchable flag 203eb is set to ON (S2201), and when it is determined that it is not set to ON, that is, the ending of the jackpot game is now. If it is determined that it is not during the period (S2201: No), the operation to the end condition switching button group 22z is invalid, so this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the switchable flag 203eb is set to ON in the process of S2201, that is, when it is determined that the current end period of the jackpot game is in progress (S2201: Yes), then switching is in progress. It is determined whether the flag 203ec is set to ON (S2202).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใงใใฃใฆใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใธใฎๆไฝใใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใงใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใธใฎๆไฝใใใฃใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S2202, when the switching flag 203ec is not set to ON, that is, during the ending period of the jackpot game, the switching button 22za is not operated (the display screen of FIG. 145 (a) is displayed. If it is (S2202: No), it is determined whether there is an operation to the switching button 22za (S2203), and if it is determined that it is not operated (S2203: No), this process is performed as it is. finish. On the other hand, if it is determined that the switching button 22za has been operated (S2203: Yes), then the switching flag 203ec is set to on (S2204), the switching command is set (S2205), and this processing is performed. To finish.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใๆผไธใใใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅๆฟใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆค็ฅใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๆฟใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใฆใใใ Here, the discrimination process of S2203 will be described. In the present embodiment, when the player operates (presses) the switching button 22za, the switching button detection switch detects the pressed switching button 22za, and the detection result is sent to the input / output port 205 of the main control device 110. Is configured to be output. Then, in the determination process of S2203, it is determined whether or not the detection signal is output from the above-mentioned changeover button detection switch.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใงใใฃใฆใๆขใซๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไฝใใใๆไฝใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆผไธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆค็ฅใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆผไธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆค็ฅใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ฅๅบๅใใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S2202, when the switching flag 203ec is set to ON, that is, during the ending period of the jackpot game, the switching button 22za is already operated (display of FIG. 145 (b)). When the screen is displayed (S2202: Yes), it is determined whether any of the selection buttons (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) is operated (S2206). In the discrimination process of S2206, when the first selection button 22zb is operated (pressed), the pressed first selection button 22zb is detected by the detection switch for the first selection button, and the detection result is the main control device. Since it is output to the input / output port 205 of 110, it is determined whether or not the detection signal is output from the detection switch for the first selection button. When the second selection button 22zc is operated (pressed), the second selection button detection switch detects the pressed second selection button 22zc, and the detection result is the input / output port of the main control device 110. Since it is output to 205, it is determined whether or not the detection signal is output from the detection switch for the second selection button.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎไฝใใใๆไฝใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ธๆใใฟใณใๆไฝใใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใๆไฝใใใ้ธๆใใฟใณใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใๅซใๆไฝใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S2206, when it is determined that either the first selection button 22zb or the second selection button 22zc is operated (S2206: Yes), the information indicating that the selection button has been operated and the operation are performed. Set the operation command including the information indicating the type of the selected button (S2207), store the end condition selected by the process of S2206 in the end condition storage area 203ea (S2208), and turn off the switching flag 203ec. Set (S2209) and end this process.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎไฝใใๆไฝใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ็จๆค็ฅในใคใใใใใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Further, in the process of S2206, when it is determined that neither the first selection button 22zb nor the second selection button 22zc is operated, that is, from the detection switch for the first selection button or the detection switch for the second selection button. If it is determined that the detection signal is not output (S2206: Yes), this process is terminated as it is.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใฏใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใธใฎๆไฝใๆๅนใซๅคๅฅใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใไฝใใใฎ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๆ ผ็ดใใใใใ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจ็กใใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใๆไฝใใใ้ธๆใใฟใณใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใๆไฝใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใงใใใฐใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆไฝใใๅๅบฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the switching process (see S171 in FIG. 151), any of the selection buttons is selected at the timing when the operation to the selection buttons (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) is effectively determined. When (1st selection button 22zb, 2nd selection button 22zc) is operated, information indicating the selected end condition is stored in the end condition storage area 203ea, but a command indicating the selected end condition is set. It is configured to set an operation command including information indicating that the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) has been operated and information indicating the type of the operated selection button. doing. Further, since the switching flag 203ec is set to off in the processing of S2209, it is possible to operate the end condition switching button group 22z and select the end condition again during the ending period of the jackpot game. ing.
ใคใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็ขบๅฎใใชใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใใใฎใณใใณใ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใ๏ผใๅบๅใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฌกใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใๅไฟกใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใซๅฟใใๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใๆฏใซ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ็ฐก็ด ๅใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, since the end condition is not fixed until the ending period of the jackpot game is completed, the command (end condition command) for indicating the selected end condition is not output to the voice lamp control device 113. ing. With this configuration, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the end condition command, the information included in the received end condition command (end condition type) until the next jackpot game is executed. It is possible to set the effect according to. Therefore, the control process on the voice lamp control device 113 side is simplified as compared with the case where the end condition command is set every time the player operates the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc). be able to.
ใพใใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใใจใ็คบใๆไฝใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใฏใๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจใฎ็กใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, since the operation command indicating that the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) has been operated while the switching flag 203ec is set to on can be set, it is a big hit. During the ending period of the game, it is possible to execute an effect based on the received operation command. Therefore, it is possible to perform an effect that does not give a sense of discomfort to the player who operates the selection buttons (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใใ็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the jackpot control process 6 (S1854) will be described with reference to FIG. 152. FIG. 152 is a flowchart showing the contents of the jackpot control process 6 (S1854). In the jackpot control process 6 (S1854), with respect to the jackpot control process of the first embodiment described above (see S1804 in FIG. 56), the process executed at the start timing of the ending period and the end timing of the jackpot game are set. Is different from the processing executed in the above, and other than that, it is the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใๅพใซใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆๆๅพใฎใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใๆๅนใซๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ When the jackpot control process 6 (S1854) is executed, first, the same processes of S1901 to S1911 as the jackpot control process of the first embodiment described above (see S1804 in FIG. 56) are executed, and the process of S1911 is completed. Later, the switchable flag 203eb is set to ON (S1951), and this process ends. That is, in the present embodiment, when the ending period set after the last round game is completed in the jackpot game is set, the switchable flag 203eb is set to on, and the player operates the switch button 22za. Is configured to be effectively determined.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใกใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพใ็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S1910, when it is determined that it is not the start timing of the ending period (S1910: No), then it is determined whether it is the timing of the end of the jackpot, that is, the end timing of the ending period (S1912). When it is determined that it is the timing of the end of the jackpot (S1912: Yes), the same processes of S1913 to S1917 as the jackpot control process of the first embodiment described above (see S1804 in FIG. 56) are executed, and then the end condition is executed. The setting process is executed (S1952), and this process is terminated. If it is determined in the process of S1912 that it is not the timing of the end of the jackpot (S1912: No), the same process of S1918 as the jackpot control process of the first embodiment described above (see S1804 in FIG. 56) is executed. This process ends.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆใฎ้ธๆ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Next, the contents of the end condition setting process (S1952) will be described with reference to FIG. 153. FIG. 153 is a flowchart showing the contents of the end condition setting process (S1952). This end condition setting process (S1952) is executed in the jackpot control process 6 (see S1854 in FIG. 152), and the selection of the end condition selection of the bonus game executed during the ending period of the jackpot game. It executes processing based on the result.
็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆ็ต็ใซ้ธๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅๆฟไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใชใใฃใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๆๆใฎ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ When the end condition setting process (S1952) is executed, first, the switchable flag 203eb is set to off (S2301), then it is determined whether the switching flag 203ec is set to on (S2302), and then turned on. If it is determined that the settings have been made, that is, if the jackpot end timing is reached while the selection screen for selecting the end condition (see FIG. 145 (b)) is displayed (S2302: Yes), the switching flag 203ec Is set to off (S2303), the information stored in the end condition storage area 203ea (finally selected end condition type) is read (S2304), and the end condition is read based on the information read from the end condition storage area 203ea. Set the command (S2305) and end this process. On the other hand, when it is determined in the process of S2302 that the switching flag 203ec is not set to ON, that is, when the switching button 22za is not operated on the jackpot ending screen (see FIG. 145 (a)), or the process ends. When the desired selection buttons (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) are operated (pressed) on the condition selection screen (see FIG. 145 (b)) (S2302: No), the process of S2303 is skipped. Then, the process proceeds to S2304.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใๆ็ต็ใซ้ธๆใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใฟใๅฏพ่ฑกใซ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎใฟใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฅๆฉใซ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใธใจๅบๅใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใฎๆฐใ๏ผใคใซใใใใจใใงใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใใๅฐใชใใจใๆฌกใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใง้ฉ็จใใใใใจใซใชใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the end condition command is applied only to the end condition finally selected in the end condition setting process (see S1952 in FIG. 153) executed at the end timing of the jackpot game. Is configured to set. Further, the period during which the end condition of the game per character can be selected is configured to be only during the big hit game. With this configuration, the number of end condition commands output to the voice lamp control device 113 side in the wake of one big hit game can be made one, and the end condition included in the end condition command can be set to one. The termination condition corresponding to is applied at least until the next jackpot game is executed.
ใใฃใฆใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏใๅไฟกใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใๆผๅบใใๅฐใชใใจใๆฌกใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ ฉ้ใซใชใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, on the voice lamp control device 113 side, the effect based on the received end condition command can be continuously executed at least until the next big hit game is executed. When the effect mode is changed accordingly, it is possible to prevent the process for changing the effect mode from becoming complicated.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฟใใฆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซๅฏพใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the audio lamp control device in the sixth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 154 and 155, the content of the control process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 in the sixth embodiment will be described. The sixth embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the command determination process 6 (S4172 in FIG. 154) is executed instead of the command determination process (S4102 in FIG. 61), and other than that. It is the same. The same processing contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใซ้ขใใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the contents of the command determination process 6 (S4172) will be described with reference to FIG. 154. FIG. 154 is a flowchart showing the contents of the command determination process 6 (S4172). The command determination process 6 (S4172 in FIG. 154) is a process for determining whether or not a command regarding the end condition of the game per accessory has been received with respect to the command determination process (S4102 in FIG. 61) in the first embodiment described above. , Is different from the process executed based on the result of the discrimination process in that, and is the same except for the addition. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใจใใฆใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใใๆไฝใณใใณใใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใจใใ่ฉฒๅฝใใใ When the command determination process 6 (S4172 in FIG. 154) is executed, first, the same processes in S4201 to S4219 as in the command determination process (see S4102 in FIG. 61) of the first embodiment described above are executed. Then, in the process of S4218, when it is determined that the hit-related command has not been received (S4218: No), then it is determined whether or not the end condition-related command has been received (S4271). Here, the end condition-related commands include a switching command and an operation command set in the switching process of the main controller 110 (see S171 in FIG. 151) and an end condition setting process (see S1952 in FIG. 153). Corresponds to the end condition command to be set.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎไปใฎใณใใณใใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined that the end condition-related command has been received in the process of S4271 (S4271: Yes), then the end condition-related process is executed (S4272), and this process is terminated. On the other hand, in the process of S4271, if it is determined that the command related to the end condition has not been received (S4271: No), the process corresponding to the other command is executed (S4220), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใ้ธๆๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ้ธๆๆไฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๆงใ ใชๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the contents of the end condition-related processing (S4272) will be described with reference to FIG. 155. FIG. 155 is a flowchart showing the contents of the end condition related process (S4272). In this end condition-related process (S4272), when the player executes a selection operation for selecting the end condition of the game per character, various processes for setting the effect mode corresponding to the selection operation are executed. NS.
็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใฎใฟๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญไปฅๅคใซ็ตไบๆกไปถ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใใคใบ็ญใซใใ่ชคใฃใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใฎๆๅณใใชใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ When the end condition related process (S4272) is executed, first, it is determined whether the current jackpot game is in progress (S5701), and if it is determined that the jackpot game is not in progress (S5701: No), this process is performed as it is. finish. That is, in the present embodiment, since the end condition of the game per character can be selected only during the jackpot game, when the end condition related command is received other than during the jackpot game, it corresponds to the received command. It is configured so that the effect to be performed is not set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from executing an unintended effect when an erroneous command is received due to noise or the like.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ธๆ็ป้ขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S5701, if it is determined that the current jackpot game is in progress (S5701: Yes), then the switching command is received, that is, the player operates the switching button 22za during the jackpot ending period. It is determined whether (pressed) or not (S5702). If it is determined that the switching command has been received in the process of S5702 (S5702: Yes), a display command indicating the selection screen is set (S5703), and this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใฎ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใฏใใใฎไปใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใจๅๆงใซใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎใณใใณใๅบๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ธๆ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใ When the process of S5703 is executed, the ending screen of the jackpot (see FIG. 145 (a)) is switched to the selection screen (see FIG. 145 (b)) for selecting the end condition of the game per character. The display command is set. The display command set here is sent to the display control device 114 in the command output process (see S4102 in FIG. 60) of the main process (see FIG. 60) of the voice lamp control device 113 in the same manner as the other display commands. Is output. Then, when the display control device 114 receives the display command set in the process of S5703, it creates image data for displaying the end condition selection screen (see FIG. 145 (b)), and creates a third symbol display device. The selection screen is displayed at 81.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆฟไธญใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๆไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆไฝใณใใณใใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใจใๆๅนใซๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ้ธๆ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ใง้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใ่จญๅฎใใใใณใใณใใงใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝใใ้ธๆใใฟใณใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใใณใใณใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S5702, if it is determined that the switching command has not been received (S5702: No), then it is determined whether or not the operation command has been received (S5704). This operation command is a switching button when it is effectively determined that the player has operated (pressed) the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc), that is, during the ending period of the jackpot. This command is set when the selection button (first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) is operated while 22za is operated and the end condition selection screen is displayed, and is operated by the player. This command contains information to indicate the type of select button.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆไฝใณใใณใใงใใใใๅณใกใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใงใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบ๏ผๆกไปถ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใ็คบใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆฑบๅฎ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅพใ่จญๅฎใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that the operation command has been received in the processing of S5704 (S5704: Yes), whether the operation command received this time is the operation command corresponding to the first selection button 22zb, that is, the information included in the operation command It is determined whether or not the information for indicating that the first selection button 22zb has been operated is included (S5705), and when it is determined that the first selection button 22zb is used (S5705: Yes), the first selection button 22zb is pressed. A display command indicating the end of winning (condition), which is the corresponding end condition, is set (S5706). When the display command is set in the process of S5706, the end condition determination screen (FIG. 146 (a)) indicating that the player has selected the winning end condition from the end condition selection screen (see FIG. 145 (b)). See) is displayed. After that, the set end condition (winning end condition) is stored in the end storage area 223ea, and this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝใใใใฎใงใใใใใๆ้็ตไบ๏ผๆกไปถ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎ้ธๆ็ป้ข๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใ็คบใ็ตไบๆกไปถๆฑบๅฎ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซๅฏพใใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฟใใฆ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆกๅคง่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใๆ้็ตไบใใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใๆ้ใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅพใ่จญๅฎใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S5705, if it is determined that the operation command received this time does not operate the first selection button 22zb (S5705: No), the operation command received this time operates the second selection button 22zc. Therefore, a display command indicating the end of time (condition) is set (S5707), and this process is terminated. When the display command is set in the process of S5707, the end condition determination screen indicating that the player has selected the time end condition is displayed from the end condition selection screen (see FIG. 145 (b)). Specifically, the display area HR22 (see FIG. 145 (b)) is enlarged and displayed in place of the display area HR21 on the display screen described above with reference to FIG. 146 (a), and the display area HR22a is displayed with "time". "End" is displayed, and the characters "time" are displayed in the display area HR23. After that, the set end condition (time end condition) is stored in the end storage area 223ea, and this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆไฝใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ตไบๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใไปๅๅไฟกใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใจใใๆฏ่ผใใๅไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S5704, if it is determined that the operation command has not been received (S5704: No), then it is determined whether the end condition command has been received (S5709), and it is determined that the end condition command has not been received. If this is the case (S5709: No), the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the end condition command has been received (S5709: Yes), the information indicating the end condition stored in the end storage area 223ea is compared with the information included in the end condition command received this time. , It is determined whether the same termination condition is shown (S5710).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ็คบใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใๅไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใๅไฟกใใๆไฝใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ็คบใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใๅไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็คบใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฎ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใ้ธๆ็ตๆใจใ็ธ้ใใๅ ดๅใงใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ็คบใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S5710, when it is determined that the end conditions are the same, that is, when the end condition set based on the received operation command and the end condition indicated by the end condition command indicate the same end condition. (S5710: Yes) ends this process as it is. If the end condition set based on the received operation command and the end condition indicated by the end condition command do not indicate the same end condition (S5710: No), the end condition actually set and the end condition are determined. Since the selection result displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is different, the display mode displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 corresponds to the end condition indicated by the end condition command. A display command for switching to the display mode is set (S5711), and this process is terminated.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซใฆใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅๆฟไธญใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ตไบๆกไปถใณใใณใใ็คบใ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใ When the display command is set in the process of S5711, the display corresponding to the end condition indicated by the end condition command is displayed in the display area HR23 while displaying the comment "End condition switching in progress" in the center of the main display area Dm. The aspect is displayed.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใพใใฏๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใฎไฝใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใจใใฆใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใ็กใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆใใใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ้ๆ่ ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the sixth embodiment, the player can select either the winning end condition or the time end condition as the end condition of the game per character. That is, when the winning end condition is selected, the time ending condition is not satisfied even if the period during which the time ending condition can be satisfied elapses, and when the time ending condition is selected, the V winning device 65 is reached. Even if the number of winnings reaches the number at which the winning end condition can be satisfied, the winning end condition is not satisfied. With this configuration, it is possible to end the game per accessory when the end condition desired by the player is satisfied, so that the player can be made to play the game during the special electric game more positively. ..
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจ็กใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็กใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธใฎๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็ต้ๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅผทๅถๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธใฎๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใๅคใๅ ฅ่ณๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅผทๅถๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ทๆ้ๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the sixth embodiment, when the winning end condition is selected, the game per character is not completed based on the elapsed time during the game per character, and when the time end condition is selected, the end condition is selected. It is configured so that the game per character does not end based on the number of balls won in the V winning device 65 during the game per character, but the game is not limited to this, and for example, the winning end condition is selected. If so, the forced time end condition or the time end condition that is satisfied when a time (for example, 10 seconds) longer than the elapsed time (for example, 1.6 seconds) set as the normal time end condition elapses. When is selected, the compulsory winning end condition that is established when the number of winnings (for example, 10) is larger than the number of winnings (for example, 3) set as the normal winning end condition is set. It may be configured as. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game per character from being executed for a long time.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆไฝ๏ผๆผไธ๏ผใใใใจใงใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅ๏ผไธญใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the sixth embodiment, the player operates (presses) the switching button 22za during the period when the ending screen of the jackpot game is displayed, so that the end condition of the game per character can be selected. ing. That is, in the sixth embodiment, when the jackpot game is executed, the end condition of the bonus game can be selected, and during the time saving state (V rush) set after the jackpot game ends, the bonus game is hit. It is configured so that the end condition of the game cannot be switched.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅไธญใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใจใใซๅฟใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ ป็นใซๅใๆฟใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆณใๆไพใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใฃใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆใจใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใ่ก็บใจใ้่คใใใใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the game status during the V rush, that is, the fluctuation status of the special symbol and the fluctuation status of the normal symbol, the end condition of the game per character is frequently switched, and the player is overloaded. It is possible to suppress the provision of a favorable gaming situation. Further, in the jackpot game, the end condition of the game per character can be selected at the timing when the game in which the variable winning device 650 wins the ball is completed and before the special electric game is executed. , The game of firing a ball and the act of selecting an end condition do not overlap, and it is possible to provide a game that is easy for the player to understand.
ใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๆกใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆ่ ใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ็ญใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใไปปๆใซ่ชฟๆดใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๆ้ใๅน็่ฏใ่จญๅฎใใ็น้ป้ๆใ็ฎๆใใๆฎๆ็ญๆ้ๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ้ทใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใซใใๅไฝๆ้ๅฝใใใซใใใ็นๅ ธ้๏ผ่ณ็ๆฐ๏ผใๅคงใใใชใ็น้ป้ๆใ็ฎๆใใใจใใงใใใ Furthermore, since the end condition of the game per character can be selected while the period of the time saving state (40 seconds) set after the end of the jackpot game is notified, the remaining displayed on the jackpot ending screen. It is possible to have the player select the end condition of the game per accessory while grasping the time-saving period mode 801. Specifically, when a display mode indicating that the period of the time saving state is short (for example, 40 seconds) is displayed as the display mode of the remaining time saving period mode 801, the winning end condition is set as the ending condition of the game per character. Aiming at a special electric game in which the period for interrupting the special symbol fluctuation is efficiently set by selecting and arbitrarily adjusting the game period of the game per character, the period of the time saving state is long as the display mode of the remaining time saving period mode 801. When a display mode indicating (for example, 200 seconds) is displayed, a unit is obtained by selecting a time end condition and increasing the number of balls to be awarded to the V winning device 65 in one game per winning combination. It is possible to aim for a special electric game in which the amount of benefits (number of prize balls) per hour increases.
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใฃใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the sixth embodiment, the player can select the end condition of the game per character during the period when the ending screen of the big hit game is displayed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example. The end condition of the game per character may be selectable at any timing during the jackpot game.
ใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅพ ๆฉ็ป้ข๏ผใใข็ป้ข๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใชๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆ้็ไฝ่ฃใๆใใใชใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, even when the standby screen (demo screen) that is displayed when the special symbol change is not executed during the time saving state is displayed, the end condition of the game per character can be selected. Alternatively, the end condition of the game per character may be selectable during the period during which the game per character is being executed. Even in such a case, since the end condition of the game per character can be selected at the timing when the remaining time (time reduction period) in the time saving state is not subtracted, the character can be given a time margin to the player. You can select the end condition of the winning game.
ไธๆนใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆ่กๆๆณใจใฏ็ฐใชใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ไธญใซใฎใฟๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใ็น้ป้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใ็น้ป้ๆใฎใฟใซ้ไธญใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใไปๅพใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใไบๆธฌใใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, unlike the technical idea of the sixth embodiment, the end condition of the game per character may be selectable only during the period in which the remaining time (time reduction period) in the time reduction state is subtracted. With this configuration, during the special electric game in which the remaining time (short time period) in the time saving state is subtracted, the operation of concentrating only on the special electric game or selecting the end condition of the game per character. It is possible to let the player select whether to execute the game, and it is possible to make the player play the game while predicting the future game content, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใจใใฃใๅ
จใฆใฎ้ๆใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผไธใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎใใกใๅทฆๅด้ ๅ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผใ็ใๆตไธใใใใใซ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<Second modification>
Next, a second modification in each of the above-described embodiments will be described with reference to FIG. 156. In each of the above-described embodiments, when the normal state is set, when the time saving state is set, in all the games such as the winning game (game per character, small hit game, big hit game), on the game board 13. Of the game areas formed in the above, a game (left-handed game) in which the ball is launched so that the ball flows down the left side area (left side of the variable display unit 80) is executed.
ใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใ็กใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใพใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๆใฎ้ไธญ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้๏ผใงใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฏๅคใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผไพใใฐใใๅณๆใกใใใใฎใณใกใณใ่กจ็คบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ็ญ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As a result, since the game area in which the ball is launched to the player is not changed, it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game. Further, in each embodiment, as described above, since it is not necessary to change the game method during the game (for example, when the winning game is executed), the game per drawing is executed (FIG. 13 (FIG. 13). Even when (see a)) or when a game per character is executed (see FIG. 18 (a)), a guidance notification (for example, a comment display of "right-handed") for changing the game method is provided. It is configured to notify the player of a device (for example, a general electric winning device 640, a V winning device 65, etc.) that is not executed and is opened during the winning game to be executed in the display area HR3.
ใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฏใๅใซใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใใ ใใงใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็่งฃใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใฏไธๅฟ ่ฆใช่กจ็คบใซใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎ้ ๅใซใฏๅถ้ใใใใใใไธๅฟ ่ฆใช่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใใฎไปใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใ้ ๅใ็ญใใชใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธๆนใงใไปใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใ้ ๅใๅบใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎๅ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใพใใจใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใ็ญใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใ้ๆใๆไพใใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ However, in the display area HR3 (see FIG. 13A) in each of the above-described embodiments, there is simply an image display schematically showing a winning device (Public winning device 640) corresponding to the winning game to be executed. There is a problem that it is only displayed and is unnecessary for a player who understands the content of the game to be executed. Further, since the area of the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 provided in the pachinko machine 10 is limited, when an unnecessary display is displayed in the display area HR3 (see FIG. 13A), other display areas are displayed. There is a problem that the area for executing the effect display becomes narrow and the effect of the pachinko machine 10 is reduced. On the other hand, if each display area of the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is set for the purpose of widening the area for executing the other effect display and enhancing the effect, the display area of the display area HR3 becomes. There was a problem that the game became narrower and the player was provided with a game that was difficult to understand.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใ็ใในใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใๆงใ ใชๆกไปถใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅ ๅฎนใฏไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ On the other hand, in the second modification, the guidance display mode (display area HR3) showing the winning devices (Public winning device 640, V winning device 65, variable winning device 650) that the player should aim at during the winning game. It differs from each of the above-described embodiments in that the display mode of the displayed display image) can be variably set based on various conditions. The other contents are the same as those of the above-described embodiments, and the same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ไธญใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฎใฎๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ Here, an example of a display screen displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 on the pachinko machine 10 of the second modification will be described with reference to FIG. 156. FIG. 156 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the display contents displayed when the game per normal figure is executed during the V rush period, and FIG. 156 (b) is FIG. 156. A schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a display screen displayed when a player executes a predetermined operation on the operation means (frame button 22) while the display screen shown in (a) is displayed. It is a figure.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซใฏ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใงใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใไธใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅบ็นใซใ่คๆฐๅฏ่ฝใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the second modification, as in each of the first embodiments described above, when the game per game is executed, the ball can be awarded to the Fuden winning device 640. Then, a special electric operating port 643 is provided inside the general electric winning device 640, and when a ball wins the special electric operating port 643, a game per accessory that enables the ball to win the V winning device 65. It is configured to be executed. Further, a V winning opening 165 is provided in the V winning device 65, and when the ball wins the V winning opening 165, the ball can win the variable winning device 650 (V jackpot). The game) is configured to be executed. That is, it is configured so that a plurality of possible hit games can be executed based on one hit game (game per game in the normal figure).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใงใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใพใใจใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใๆฟใใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ ใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใพใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ ใใใใจใ่ๆ ฎใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใธใจๅฝใใ้ๆใๅใๆฟใใ้ใซใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใฆใใ๏ผใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎ้ใซๅพ ๆฉๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ่ใใใใใใๅพ ๆฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใไธ้ฃใฎๆตใใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ฎๆใ็น้ป้ๆใฎในใใผใๆใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, for example, when the ball enters the special electric operating port 643 during the game per game, the game per character and the game per character are continuously executed. become. In this case, if the guidance display mode is displayed according to the type of the winning game being executed, the guidance display mode displayed in the display area HR3 at the timing of switching from the game per game to the game per character. There is a problem that the timing at which the guidance display mode for guiding the winning device (V winning device 65) corresponding to the game per character is displayed to the player is delayed. In addition, considering that the timing at which the guidance display mode is displayed is delayed, for example, when the hit game is switched from the game per game to the game per character, specifically, the game per game ends. It is conceivable to set a waiting period (for example, 3 seconds) between the time when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643 and the game per character is executed, but the waiting period is set. As a result, there is a problem that the sense of speed of the special electric game aiming at the big hit game (V big hit game) is lowered in a series of flows, and the interest of the game cannot be improved.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฆๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅฝใใ้ๆใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใซใฆ้ๆ่ ใ็ใในใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใไบๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆกๅ ใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the second modification, as shown in FIG. 156 (a), the game is a per-figure game, and an image display imitating the general electric winning device 640 as a guidance display mode in the display area HR3 is displayed. In the executed state, the hit game that can be executed next, that is, the hit game that is executed when the ball is entered into the special electric actuating port 643 in the running normal game per game (game per character). ), The second guidance display mode for guiding the winning device (V winning device 65) to be aimed at by the player to the player in advance is displayed in the display area HR30.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไปๅใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ตๆ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆ็ตๆ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ใในใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใไบใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใงใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็ใในใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใใฎๅพ ๆฉๆ้ใ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใจใใงใใ๏ผๅพ ๆฉๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใ๏ผใใใฃใฆใไธ้ฃใฎๆตใใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ฎๆใ็น้ป้ๆใๅๆปใซ่กใใใใใจใง้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the game result of the game per game this time is a specific game result (game result of winning a ball to the special electric operation port 643), the next game to be executed Since the winning device to be aimed at can be notified to the player in an easy-to-understand manner, it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game. In addition, by notifying in advance the game content of the next game per character that can be executed during the game per game, the role can be played during the period from the end of the game per game to the execution of the game per character. It is possible to eliminate the need to provide a waiting period for the player to grasp the game content (winning device to be aimed at) of the hit game (the length of the waiting period can be shortened). Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game by smoothly performing the special electric game aiming at the big hit game (V big hit game) in a series of flows.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซใฏใใ็ใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใใชใใใพใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใ็ขบๅฎใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใฃใฆใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅ๏ผไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅ๏ผใฎไธ้จใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ่ญๅฅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, since the game per character is configured to be executed when the game result of the game per game being executed becomes a specific game result, the display area is displayed during the game per game. The comment "Aim" is not displayed in the second guidance display mode displayed on the HR30. In addition, in a state where the execution of the game per character is not confirmed, that is, in the state where the game is being played per normal figure and the ball has not entered the special electric actuating port 643, the display imitating the V winning device 65. Only a part of the image (for example, the image displayed in the display area HR3 of FIG. 18A) is displayed. With this configuration, the player can easily understand the first guide display mode showing the game content of the winning game being executed and the second guide display mode showing the game content of the winning game that can be executed next. Since the identification can be made, for example, it is possible to suppress the execution of the game aiming at the V winning device 65 during the game per game.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็คบใใไพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใๅฏพๅฟใใๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆจกใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๆๅญ่กจ็คบใฎใฟใง็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆๅญใจ็ปๅใฎไธกๆนใ็จใใฆ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the example shown with reference to FIG. 156 (a), as the first guide display mode and the second guide display mode, an image display imitating a winning device that is opened in the corresponding hit game is used. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the first guide display mode and the second guide display mode may be set only by displaying characters, or may be set by using both characters and images.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆจกใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใจใใฆใๅฎ้ใซใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใฆใใๅๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆฎๅฝฑใใๆฎๅฝฑใใผใฟใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใจใใฆๅฎ้ใซๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆฎๅฝฑใใ็ปๅใ็จใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๅใใๆใๆผๅบใๅฎๅนใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as an image display imitating the winning device displayed as the first guidance display mode and the second guidance display mode, the photographing data obtained by actually photographing each winning device provided in the pachinko machine 10 may be used. .. As a result, an image actually taken of the winning device can be used as the image displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, so that the player can easily understand the effect.
ๅๅฏพใซใๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎใใกใๅฟ ่ฆๆไฝ้ใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ่คๆฐใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ฐกๆ่กจ็คบใๆต็จใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆๆฉ้็บใฎ่ฒป็จใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ On the contrary, among the winning devices corresponding to the winning game, a simple display that displays only the minimum necessary display information may be used. In this case, since the simple display can be diverted to the plurality of pachinko machines 10, the cost of developing the game machine can be reduced.
ใใใซใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใ็พๅจๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใฃใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅ ฑ็ฅๅฏ่ฝใซใใใใใฎ้ๅปๅฑฅๆญดๆ ๅ ฑๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, although detailed description will be omitted, in the second modification, when the first guide display mode and the second guide display mode are displayed in the display area HR3, the hit game currently being executed (for example, It is configured to display the past history information mode for making it possible to notify the type of the winning game that triggered the execution of the jackpot game).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๅปใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆ่ฟใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when a jackpot game (V jackpot game) is executed, it is possible to look back at the past game contents, so the jackpot game executed this time was won a jackpot by a special symbol lottery. To inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner whether the game is a jackpot game executed based on the above or a jackpot game executed based on the ball winning the V winning opening 165 during the game per character. Can be done.
ใใใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ฒ่ก็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใฎๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ปๅใใผใฟ๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใ็ปๅใใผใฟ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใในใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ปๅใใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใ็ปๅใใผใฟ๏ผใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใจใใ่จญๅฎใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ไฟกใใใ Further, in the second embodiment, the second guide display mode displayed during the game per game is changed according to the progress of the game per game, that is, in the game per game being executed, the special electric operating port 643. It is configured to be variably set according to the change in the degree of expectation that the ball will win. Specifically, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives a command indicating the start of a game per normal figure from the main control device 110, the first image data to be displayed as the first guidance display mode (Public winning prize). A display command indicating (image data schematically showing the device 640) and a display command indicating the second image data (image data schematically showing the V winning device 65) to be displayed as the second guidance display mode. And are set and transmitted to the display control device 114.
่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใไฝๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใคใพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใ็ดๅพใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใๅ ฅ่ณใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆค็ฅใใใใจใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ฒๅฑใ็คบใใณใใณใใๅบๅใใใ The display control device 114 creates the image display data of the first guide display mode and the image display data of the second guide display mode shown in FIG. 156 (a) based on the reception of the above-mentioned display command. , Displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. That is, immediately after the game per game is started, the display screen shown in FIG. 156 (a) is displayed. Then, when a winning command indicating that the winning sensor 640s has detected that the ball has won the winning device 640 during the game per game is output from the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 A command indicating the progress of the game is output to the display control device 114.
ใใใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใชใฃใใใจใ็คบใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกใใ็ปๅใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใๅคใ้ฒๅบใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกใใ็ปๅใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟ๏ผใไฝๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฆใๅๆงใซใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใใ็ถๆ ใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใ็ถๆ ใๆค็ฅใใใใจใ็คบใใณใใณใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกใใ็ปๅๅ จไฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใ As a result, as a second guide display mode, an image imitating the V winning device 65 is shown in FIG. Image display data exposed more than the display mode shown in a) (image display data displaying about 3/4 of the image imitating the V winning device 65) is created, and the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is created. Display on. Similarly, it indicates that a state in which it is confirmed that the ball will win a prize in the special electric actuating port 643, for example, a state in which the ball has passed through the second movable valve 642 and flows down toward the special electric actuating port 643 is detected. When the command is output from the main control device 110, the entire image imitating the V winning device 65 is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 as the second guide display mode.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ฒ่กๅ ทๅใซๅฟใใฆใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใชใใปใฉใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅฝใใ้ๆใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบใๆ็ขบใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to change the display mode of the guidance display (second guidance display mode) for the next winning game that can be executed according to the progress of the winning game being executed, that is, that is, The higher the expectation that the ball wins in the special electric actuating port 643 in the game per game being executed, the more clearly the guidance display for guiding the next game to be executed can be displayed.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็คบใใไพใฏใใใใพใงใไธไพใงใใใ่คๆฐใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใไธ้ฃใฎๆตใใงๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใไธใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ๅฏ่ฝใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅฎ่กใใใไธใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๆฌกใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใใใๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่กจ็คบ่ฒใๅคงใใใใๆฌกใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใปใฉ้ๆ่ ใซ็ฎ็ซใคๆ ๆงใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใพใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฌกใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบ็ใไฝใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅใฎ็ดๅๅใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใไธๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใๆๅฉๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ฆฌๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ปๅใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ The example shown with reference to FIG. 156 (a) is merely an example, and during a period in which one hit game is being executed on a gaming machine capable of executing a plurality of hit games in a series of flows. It suffices if it is possible to guide the game method of the winning game that can be executed next. When a configuration is used in which the probability that the winning game is executed is different, the first guide display mode or the first guide display mode displayed during the winning game is displayed according to the type of the playing game to be executed. 2 The guide display mode may be changed. Specifically, the display color and size of the first guide display mode are changed so that the higher the probability that the next hit game (for example, the game per character) is executed, the more conspicuous the player is. Then it is good. Further, the display mode of the second guide display mode displayed at the start of the game per game may be changed, and for example, the disadvantage that the probability that the next game (for example, the game per character) is executed is low. When the game per figure is executed, the display mode is such that about half of the image of the V winning device 65 is displayed as the second guide display mode, and the game per character is easier to be executed than the game per figure. The horse running the game per figure may be configured to display a display mode in which 3/4 of the image of the V winning device 65 is displayed as the second guide display mode.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่ฆ่ชใใใใจใซใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๅใใๆใๆๆกใใใ ใใงใฏ็กใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅฝใใ้ๆใงใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ตๆใจๆๅพ ๅบฆใซๅฟใใฆๆฎต้็ใซ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใซๅฟใใฆใๆๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๆฎต้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅณใกใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใงใๅ ฑ้ใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใชใใใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใฎๅฎน้ใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, by visually recognizing the first guide display mode and the second guide display mode, not only the game method of the winning game to be executed can be grasped in an easy-to-understand manner, but also the running winning game can be played by the player. Since it is possible to make the player predict whether or not the winning game is advantageous to the player, it is possible to enhance the effect of the first guide display mode and the second guide display mode. Further, as described above, the display mode is configured to be changed stepwise according to the game result and the degree of expectation that are advantageous to the player, and the winning game to be executed (the game per normal figure) is determined according to the degree of advantage. It is executed while using common image data by configuring so that the stage of the display mode initially set is different, that is, by changing the timing of displaying the display mode indicating that the degree of expectation is high. Since it is possible to notify the player of the degree of advantage of the hit game, the capacity of the image data can be reduced.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ ๅฎนใงใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใจใไธไพใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใไพใ็คบใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ่คๆฐใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใไธ้ฃใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ จใฆใฎๅ ดๅใซๅฝ็ถ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, in the above-mentioned contents, the example in which the game per hit figure and the game per character are executed as one example of the hit game is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of hit games are executed as a series of hit games. Of course, it may be used in all cases.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆ่ ใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๆไฝใใใจ๏ผๆผไธใใใจ๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใๆกๅคง่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ็ฅใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๆไฝใใใจใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๅคงใใใใใ็ธฎๅฐ่กจ็คบใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๆไฝใใใจใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใๅ้คใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅๆไฝใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใธใจๆปใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 156 (b), the display contents displayed when the player operates the operating means (frame button 22) during the game per normal drawing will be described. When the player operates (presses) the frame button 22 once while the display screen shown in FIG. 156 (a) is displayed, the display area HR3 that guides the game method of the game per normal figure being executed is displayed. Enlarged display. As a result, it is possible to provide an easy-to-understand game to a player who wants to know the game method of the winning game being executed. Further, when the frame button 22 is operated twice, the display area HR3 is displayed smaller than the size shown in FIG. 156 (a), and when the frame button 22 is operated three times, the display area HR3 is deleted from the display screen and the frame is displayed. When the button 22 is operated four times, the screen returns to the display screen shown in FIG. 156 (a).
ใใฎใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใฎๅคงใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆๆใใๅคงใใใงๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ธฎๅฐใๆใใฏใๅ้คใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่กจ็คบใฟใคใใณใฐใจ้่คใใฆ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎไปใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ฌฆๅท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฆๅท๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ญใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใๅคงใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใฎไปใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใๅคงใใใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฉๆฅต็ใซๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by varying the size of the guide display mode (first guide display mode) for guiding the game method of the hit game being executed based on the player's operation, the size desired by the player. The guidance display mode can be displayed with. Further, when the guidance display mode is reduced or deleted, the display area of other effect displays (effect display such as reference numeral 811 and reference numeral 812) displayed on the display screen overlapping with the display timing of the guidance display mode. Is configured to be large. Further, it has an effect display that is executed only when the display area of the other effect display becomes large. As a result, the player can positively operate the frame button 22.
ใชใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆกๅคง่กจ็คบใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่กจ็คบ็ฎๆใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้ๅธธใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นๅฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๆขใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็่งฃใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Not limited to this, for example, by enlarging the first guide display mode, a detailed display location of the first guide display mode, for example, the second movable valve 642 in the Fuden winning device 640 is imitated. It is configured so that the player can visually recognize that the display mode is a specific display mode different from the usual one, and this specific display mode is configured to be easily displayed when a hit game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Then it is good. As a result, even the player who already understands the game method can be interested in the display mode displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใไพใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใใจใซใใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆกๅคงใพใใฏ็ธฎๅฐๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใธใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใฎใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใใฆใๅฐใชใใจใๅทฆๅณๆนๅใๆใใฏไธไธๆนๅใ็คบใๆไฝใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆนๅๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๅๅญในใคใใ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๆนๅๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใใใจใงใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎไปฅๅคใฎ้ ๅ๏ผใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใ้ ๅใฎไป่ฟ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅ่ปข๏ผๆจชๅ่ปขใ็ธฆๅ่ปข๏ผใใใใใใซๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไบใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ้ ๅๅ จไฝใ็คบใ็ปๅใใผใฟใจใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎ็ซไฝ็ใช็ปๅใใผใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผคใใผใฟ๏ผใจใใ่จๆถใใใฆใใใๆนๅๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใๆไฝๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใๆไฝไฟกๅทใซๅฏพๅฟใใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฐ่ฏใใใใใซใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆนๅๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใๅพใ้ ๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆๆฌฒ็ใซๆไฝใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the example described above, the guide display mode can be enlarged or reduced by the player operating the operation means (frame button 22), but the guide display mode is based on the operation on the operation means. As long as it is variable, for example, if the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a directional operation means (cross switch) capable of performing an operation indicating at least a left-right direction or an up-down direction as an operation means, the directional operation is performed. By operating the means, the area other than the winning device that is the target of the guidance display mode (near the area where the target winning device is arranged on the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10) is displayed. The guide display mode may be changed, or the guide display mode may be changed so as to rotate (horizontally rotate, vertically rotate) the winning device that is the target of the guide display mode. In this case, the display control device 114 stores in advance image data showing the entire game area of the game board 13 and three-dimensional image data (3D data) of the winning device, and stores the operation contents for the direction operating means. When a command corresponding to the indicated operation signal is received, image data corresponding to the command may be created and displayed. Further, in this case, it is preferable that the information that is advantageous to the player is displayed in the area that can be displayed only when the directional control means is operated. As a result, the player can enthusiastically operate the operating means.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใงๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใ่คๆฐใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใไธ้ฃใฎ้ๆใจใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใงใใฃใฆใไธใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๆฌกใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใๅณๆใก้ๆใงๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎๅทฆๅดใซๅฝขๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎๅณๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใ็คบๅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไธ่ฟฐใใๆนๅๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใใใจใงใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใไฝ็ฝฎใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the second modification described above, all the games can be executed by the left-handed game as in the first embodiment described above, but for example, a plurality of hit games are set as a series of games. In an executable gaming machine, when one hit game is executed by a left-handed game and the next hit game is executed by a right-handed game, the display area HR3 on which the first guide display mode is displayed is set to the third symbol. The display area HR30 formed on the left side of the display surface of the display device 81 and displaying the second guide display mode may be formed on the right side of the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. With this configuration, it is possible to suggest the game method to the player depending on the position of the display area formed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. Further, in this case, the player may be able to operate the position where the display area HR3 and the display area HR30 are displayed by operating the above-mentioned direction operation means.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ่คๆฐใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใไธ้ฃใฎ้ๆใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใ็นๅฎใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใๅไฝใงๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ ๅฎนใฎๆผๅบใ้ฉ็จใใใใจใใงใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๆ้ใจๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใไธ้ฃใฎ้ๆใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๆ้ไธญใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็คบใ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซ้ฉ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ใใๅฟ ่ฆๆงใๅฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅ้คใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐ่จญใใ้ๆๆฉใงใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใใใใใฎๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ต็ใซ่กจ็คบใใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็ ฝใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the second modification described above, the case where a plurality of winning games are executed as a series of games has been described, but even when a specific winning game is executed alone, the above-mentioned production can be achieved. Can be applied. For example, a special symbol variation period and a jackpot game are set as a series of games, and during the special symbol variation period, an image aiming at the special symbol entry port 64 is displayed as the first guide display mode, and the second guide display mode is displayed. It may be applied so as to display an image showing the variable winning device 650. In this case, the first guide display mode, which is less necessary to guide the player to the game method, may be deleted, and only the second guide display mode may be displayed. Further, in the case of a gaming machine provided with a plurality of variable winning devices 650 that are opened when a big hit is won in a special symbol lottery, which variable winning device 650 is finally displayed as the second guidance display mode. May be configured to be feasible to inspire the player.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใพใใใใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆใไธไพใฎ้ๆใๅ จใฆๆๅใใๅ ดๅใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใๅณใกใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆตใใ้ ใซ็คบใใใใซๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้ ใซๅใๆฟใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the second modification described above, the guidance display mode when the game per normal figure is executed has been described. For example, a winning game is won by a lottery of ordinary symbols, and the game per normal figure is executed. The period up to this time may be configured to display only the first guidance display mode. In addition, at that timing, the guidance display mode is switched and displayed in order so as to show the flow of the game when all the games of one example are successful, that is, the flow of the game per normal figure, the game per character, and the game per jackpot. It may be configured as follows.
ใใใซใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๅฏๅคๅ ๅฎนใ้ฉๅฎ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆกๅคงใ็ธฎๅฐใๅ่ปขไปฅๅคใซใใ็นๆป ใๅค่ฒใ็จใใฆๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่ฟๅใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๅบ็พใใใใใจใงๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๅฎ้ใฎๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆจกใใ่ฃ ้ฃพ็จๆง้ ็ฉใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใจใ็ตใฟๅใใใฆ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, the variable content of the guidance display mode displayed during the winning game may be appropriately set, and for example, the guidance display mode may be changed by using blinking or discoloration in addition to enlargement, reduction, and rotation. , The guide display mode may be changed by making a character appear in the vicinity of the guide display mode. Further, the game method may be guided by combining the decorative structure imitating the actual winning device and the display surface of the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใๆกๅ ใใใใใซใๅฎ็ฉใๆจกใใ็ปๅใ็จใใ็ปๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎใฉใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใจใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎใใก็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ็ฎๆใจใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎๅ ใซ็ใ้้ใๅพใ้ ๅใจใใฆ้ๆๆฉใซๆๅฉใช้ ๅใจไธๅฉใช้ ๅใจใ่จญใใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆๅฉใช้ ๅใฎ็ฎๆใจใใฎๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผใคใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็จๅบฆใซ็ฐก็ด ๅใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไฝ้ๅฟ ่ฆใชๆ ๅ ฑใๆไพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฐใชใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใๅ ฑ้ใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้็บ่ฒป็จใ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๆใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in each of the second modified examples described above, in order to guide the player to the game method during the game in an easy-to-understand manner, an image display using an image imitating the real thing is executed. Not limited to, for example, the position of the target winning device in the game area, the part of the winning device where the ball can enter, and the area where the ball can pass through the winning device. When an advantageous area and an unfavorable area are provided for the gaming machine, a display image simplified to the extent that the player can grasp at least one of the advantageous area is displayed. You may use it. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide the player with the minimum necessary information, and it is possible to use common image data for different pachinko machines 10, so that the development cost of the pachinko machine 10 is increased. The manufacturing cost can be suppressed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผไธญใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใๆใใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้๏ผๅ ฅ็๏ผใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใซๅบใฅใใฆใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅ้ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the first embodiment described above, when the lottery result of the special symbol is a big hit, or when the ball enters a specific area (V winning opening 165) during the game per character, the big hit game Is configured to be feasible, and a time saving state (low probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol) is set after the jackpot game is completed. In addition, as the end condition of the time reduction state, the time reduction end condition (time reduction number of times) that is established based on the execution of the special symbol lottery a predetermined number of times (for example, 4 times) without winning a big hit in the special symbol lottery. It is configured to be set. Furthermore, if the game per character is executed during the dynamic display period (variable period of the special symbol) from the execution of the special symbol lottery to the stop display of the lottery result, the dynamic display period is subtracted. Is interrupted based on the end of the game per character, or the end of the jackpot game executed based on the ball passing (entering) a specific area during the game per character. It is configured to restart the process for subtracting the dynamic display period.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใซๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅพใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the first embodiment, a process of updating the number of special symbol lottery executed during the time saving state (a process of subtracting the remaining time saving number) is executed based on the execution of the special symbol lottery. Specifically, it is executed during the period from the execution of the special symbol lottery to the execution of the special symbol change, and after the special symbol change is stopped and displayed, it is configured to determine whether the time saving end condition is satisfied. There is.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใใใใฎๅพใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎๅ้ๅพใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ็ต้ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใซใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไธญๆญไธญใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใฎๆฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆฅต็ซฏใซ็ญใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใซใใฃใฆใๅณๅบงใซๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, during the execution of the special symbol variation, the process for subtracting the dynamic display period based on the execution of the game per character is interrupted, and then the interrupted dynamic When the process for subtracting the display period is restarted, the time reduction number can be prevented from being updated when the dynamic display period after the restart has elapsed and the special symbol is stopped and displayed. Therefore, for example, when the time reduction state is set after the jackpot game ends, the residual dynamic display period of the dynamic display during interruption is extremely short, and the time reduction number set after the jackpot game ends changes the special symbol after restarting. It is possible to suppress the immediate subtraction by the stop display of.
ๆดใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใซใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏ่ฝใช้ใ้ทใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ไธญใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใชใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ไธญใซ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the timing of executing the determination of whether or not the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied is the timing at which the dynamic display period of the special symbol has elapsed. Therefore, the time-saving state can be continued until the lottery result of the special symbol lottery that satisfies the end condition of the time-saving state is stopped and displayed, so that the gaming state that is advantageous to the player can be kept as long as possible. Can be continued. Furthermore, since it is not determined whether the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied during the dynamic display period of the special symbol, the gaming state shifts from the time saving state to the normal state during the dynamic display period of the special symbol. There is no. Therefore, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅ ๅฎนใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใ่คๆฐ็จฎ้ก๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ่จญใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผใไธญๆญใๆใใฏ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The above-mentioned contents may be used for the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment is provided with a plurality of types of special symbols (first special symbol, second special symbol), and the first special symbol lottery (variation) and the second special symbol lottery (variation). ) And are configured to be executable. Then, when the result of one special symbol lottery is a predetermined lottery result (small hit, big hit), when the lottery result is stopped and displayed, the other special symbol change (movement of the special symbol) being executed The process for subtracting the target display period) is interrupted or discarded. Specifically, if a big hit is won in one special symbol lottery, the other special symbol fluctuation that is being executed is discarded, and if a small hit is won, the other special symbol fluctuation that is being executed is interrupted. It is configured in.
ใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใจใๅ็ฎใใ็ดฏ็ฉๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, when the time saving state is set, the cumulative number of lottery times, which is the sum of the number of lottery of the first special symbol and the number of lottery of the second special symbol, is a predetermined number of times (for example, 100). When the number of times the lottery of the first special symbol reaches a specific number of times (for example, four times), the time saving end condition is satisfied.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใๅฆใใฎๅคๅฅใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๆใใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็็ตๆใจใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆธ็ฎๅพใฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใใใ The pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment described above performs a process of updating the number of special symbol lottery executed during the time saving state (a process of subtracting the remaining time saving number) based on the execution of the special symbol lottery. The timing of executing the determination of whether or not the time saving end condition is satisfied and the timing of executing the determination of whether or not the time saving end condition is satisfied is the timing when the dynamic display period of the special symbol has elapsed, or one of them. As a result of the process of subtracting the remaining time reduction number executed at the time of the special symbol change, the other one during the execution of the special symbol variation (the special symbol variation in which the time reduction number after subtraction becomes 0) in which the time reduction end condition can be satisfied. This is the timing when the execution condition of the special symbol lottery is satisfied and before the special symbol lottery is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐไปฅไธใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจ็กใใไธใคใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใๅฏ่ฝใช้ใ้ทใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, even in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the special symbol lottery (variation) more than the specified number of times is not executed during the time saving state, and it is advantageous for the player. It is possible to continue the gaming state (time saving state) as long as possible.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใจใใใฎๅฆ็็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใจใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ็ง๏ผ็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใงใ่ฏใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅ๏ผใๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎๆๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ็งๅพ๏ผใๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใ่ฏใใใคใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็๏ผๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅฎ่กๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใฃใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆฌกใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใงใใใฐ่ฏใใ In the first embodiment and the fourth embodiment described above, the process of determining whether the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied and the time saving state are terminated based on the processing result (shift to the normal state). ) Processing is the timing at which the special symbol is stopped and displayed (the timing at which the special symbol is stopped and displayed), but other timings may be used. For example, the stop display of the special symbol has elapsed for a predetermined period (for example, 1 second). It may be the timing (timing that is confirmed and displayed), or if the special symbol fluctuation (final fluctuation in the time saving state) that satisfies the time saving end condition is won (small hit or big hit), the winning game May be executed, a predetermined timing during the hit game (for example, one second after the start of the hit game), and an end timing of the hit game. That is, the process of updating the number of special symbol lottery executed during the time saving state (the process of subtracting the remaining time saving number) is executed, and after the special symbol fluctuation that is the execution target is stopped and displayed, the next special symbol is displayed. It may be a period until the lottery is executed.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธไปฅๅคใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใงใใฃใฆใๅคใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฎใฎ็ตไบ้ ๅใ้้ใใ็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่ถ ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใจใฏ็ฐใชใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใงใใใฐใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the first embodiment described above, as a time saving end condition for ending the time saving state, a time saving ending condition that is satisfied when the number of lottery of the special symbol reaches a specific number of times (for example, 4 times) is provided. , Not limited to this, the number of times that the lottery result of the special symbol becomes a specific lottery result (for example, a lottery result other than the big hit winning and a part of the lottery results in the case of losing and winning) is a predetermined number of times (for example). The time-saving end condition that is satisfied when the time-saving end condition is reached (5 times), the time-saving end condition that is satisfied when the number of balls that have passed through the specific end area in the time-saving state reaches a specific number (for example, 10), The time saving end condition that is satisfied when the elapsed time from the time saving state is set exceeds a predetermined time (for example, 200 seconds) may be set so as to be configurable. Further, as in the fourth embodiment described above, if the gaming machine is configured so that a hit game (small hit game) different from the big hit game can be executed, the number of times the small hit game is executed reaches a specific number of times. The time saving end condition that is satisfied when this is done may be configured to be settable.
ใพใใๆงใ ใชๆกไปถใงๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฅๆฉใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ้ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใงใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ่ทจใใง้ฃ็ถใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใไบๆธฌใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, when the end condition of the time saving state that is satisfied under various conditions is configured to be settable, it is preferable to configure so that different time saving end conditions are set according to the opportunity for setting the time saving state. Specifically, when the time saving state is set after the big hit game ends, the time saving ending condition may be set based on the game state when the big hit is won or the big hit type set at the time of the big hit winning. The time saving end condition may be set based on the number of special symbol lottery executed before the jackpot is won. Further, the time saving end condition may be set based on the number of times that the gaming state (time saving state) advantageous to the player is continuously set across the jackpot game. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of predicting the time saving end condition set.
ๅ ใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช่คๆฐใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกใไปๅใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใฉใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, among a plurality of time saving end conditions that can be set as the time saving end condition, the player may be configured to select the time saving end condition set for the current time saving state. With this configuration, it is possible to make the player perform the game while letting the player predict which time-saving end condition can be selected to execute the most advantageous game.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅ้ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ้ใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅ้ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใไธญๆญๆใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฟใใฆใๅ้ๅพใฎๆ็ญๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใฎใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใ๏ผใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of each of the above-described embodiments, when the special symbol change is interrupted during the time saving state, the time saving number is not subtracted when the restarted special symbol change is stopped and displayed. , Not limited to this, it may be configured so that the number of time reductions is subtracted when the restarted special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the time reduction is performed at the timing when the special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed. It may be configured to execute the update (subtraction) process of the number of times. Even if such a configuration is used, the length of the short period after resumption will be different depending on the length of the residual fluctuation period of the special symbol change at the time of interruption. It is possible to make people interested in when the special symbol change was interrupted (whether the jackpot game was executed).
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใๅฆ็ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใฃใฆใๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใจใใใใชใๅ ดๅใจใ่จญใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ็งๅพใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใฆใใ๏ผ็งๅพใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใฆใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใ็ดๅพใๅณใกใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใช็ถๆ ใ็บ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅ้ๅพใฎ้ๆ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ธๆใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ๏ผๅ้ๅพใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใใฃใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใชใใๆใใฏใๅ้ๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ้ทๆ้็ถ็ถใใใใใจใใงใใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎไธญๆญใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, the process of updating (subtracting) the number of time reductions is configured to be executed during the period from the execution of the special symbol lottery to the start of the special symbol variation. For example, the execution may be performed after a lapse of a predetermined period (5 seconds) after the start of the special symbol variation. With this configuration, depending on the timing at which the special symbol change is interrupted, it is possible to provide a case where the time reduction number is updated (subtracted) based on the special symbol change after the restart and a case where the special symbol change is not performed. Specifically, when the special symbol change is interrupted 2 seconds after the start of the special symbol change, the update process is executed 3 seconds after the special symbol change is restarted. On the other hand, if the special symbol change is interrupted 10 seconds after the start of the special symbol change, the update process for a reduced number of times is not executed after the special symbol change is restarted. Therefore, even if the special symbol change is interrupted immediately after the start of the special symbol change, that is, when the remaining fluctuation time is long, a disadvantageous state may occur for the player. On the other hand, it is possible to make people interested in the game after resuming (the game in the time saving state). In addition, if it is configured to execute the update (subtraction) process of the shortened number of times during the period when the special symbol is fluctuating, the fluctuation pattern of the selected special symbol (variation time, jackpot lottery result, stop type) ), It is preferable to configure so that the timing of executing the update (subtraction) process of the reduced number of times is different. With this configuration, it is advantageous for the player (the number of time reductions is not updated due to the special symbol fluctuation after resumption, or the time reduction state set at the time of resumption can be continued for a long period of time). Since it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand the interruption timing of the above, the player can be made to play the game while predicting the content of the game to be executed later, and the interest of the game can be improved.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๆจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใฉใใญใผใฟใคใ ไธญใซ๏ผถๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฌกๅใฎ๏ผถใฉใใทใฅๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, when the length of the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution satisfies the predetermined condition, an effect for notifying the player to that effect is executed. There is. Specifically, when the remaining period of the special symbol change is longer than a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds), or the remaining period of the special symbol change being executed is longer than the fluctuation time of the next executed special symbol change. It is configured so that a lucky time effect can be executed when is long. With this configuration, if a game per V is executed during the lucky time, the next V rush period can be lengthened, so that the player can enthusiastically play the game. Can be done.
ใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅคๅฅใใ้ใซใๆฎๆ้ใไบใๅฎใใใใ้ทใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๆๆณ๏ผ็ตถๅฏพ็ๅคๅฅ๏ผใจใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ้ทใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๆๆณ๏ผ็ธๅฏพ็ๅคๅฅ๏ผใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆๅฉใซไธญๆญใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, when determining the length of the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution, a method of determining whether or not the remaining period is longer than a predetermined length (for example, 30 seconds) (absolute determination). And a method (relative discrimination) for determining whether or not it is longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation to be executed next is configured to be feasible. As a result, the player can grasp the timing at which the special symbol variation is advantageously interrupted.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใๅพใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎไธญๆญใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ๆ่ ใไบๆธฌๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบใงใใใฐ่ฏใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใไปฅๅคใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใจใใฆๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅไธญใซๅฎ่กใใๆงๆใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็คบใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, it is possible to execute an effect that can notify the player of the length of the remaining period of the special symbol change during execution, but the interruption of the special symbol change that is advantageous to the player. The timing may be any effect as long as it can be predicted by the player, and the effect may be executed with a condition other than the length of the remaining period of the special symbol variation as an execution condition. For example, in the pachinko machine 10 using a configuration in which the update process of the time reduction number of special symbol changes is executed during the special symbol change, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to execute an effect indicating that the update process of the time reduction number of times has been executed. You may.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซ็นๅฎใฎๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใๆใใฏ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅฝใใ้ๆไปฅๅคใฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใๆใใฏ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, when a specific hit game (a game per character, a small hit game, or a big hit game) is executed during the execution of the special symbol change, the execution of the special symbol change is interrupted or discarded. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when a condition other than the winning game is satisfied, the special symbol change during execution may be interrupted or discarded.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๆใใชใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฎๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้๏ผๅ ฅ็๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅณใกใใใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใซใใฃใฆใฏๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใ้้ใ้ฃใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, a winning device is provided in which a winning is won by a lottery of ordinary symbols, and a ball is easily won when a game per game is executed. When the ball passes (enters) a specific area (special electric operation port 643, special electric operation port 1643, second entry port 1645), a game advantageous to the player (a game per character, a small hit game), that is, , Depending on the result of the game, a game in which a jackpot game can be executed can be executed. Further, it is possible to set a gaming state (time saving state) in which the ball winning the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 easily passes through the specific area described above and a gaming state (normal state) in which the ball does not easily pass through.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใจใใฆใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๆไพใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, even if the ball wins the Fuden winning device 640 during the game per game executed in the normal state, it is possible to prevent the ball from entering the specific area. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player who is playing the game in the normal state from being provided with an excessively advantageous game.
ใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใชใใใใซใใใใใฎ็นๆฎใชๆงๆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่จญ่จ่ช็ฑๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎใใกใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้๏ผๅ ฅ็๏ผใใชใใฃใ็ใฏใขใฆใๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅ ธ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผใไปไธใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้๏ผๅ ฅ็๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซไปไธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅพใ้ๆใฎๆไพ๏ผใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผใไปไธใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, in order to prevent the ball from entering a specific area during the normal state, a special method for preventing the ball from winning the prize-winning device 640 by the game per figure performed during the normal state. Since it is not necessary to provide the configuration on the game board 13, the degree of freedom in designing the game board 13 can be increased. In each of the above-described embodiments, among the balls that have won the prize-winning device 640, the balls that have not passed (entered) the specific area are configured to enter the out port, and the player is asked to enter the ball. It is configured so that the privilege (prize ball) is not given, but it is not limited to this, and the first privilege (providing a game that can trigger a big hit game) is given when passing (entering) a specific area. ) May be configured to give a second privilege (prize ball) different from that.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใซใใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใฎ็จฎ้กใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to make the type of privilege given to the player different depending on the ball that has won the Fuden winning device 640 according to the set game state, which is surprising to the player. It is possible to provide a sexual game.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใ้้ใ้ฃใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใๆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใ้ฃใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎไฝใใใซๅใๆฟใใๅๆฟๆๆฎต๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใ Further, in the second embodiment described above, a gaming state (time saving state) in which the ball winning the prize-winning device 640 easily passes through the specific area described above and a gaming state (normal state) in which it is difficult for the ball to pass through are set. The first specific area for executing the game per character, which is easy to establish the trigger for executing the big hit game, in the specific area where the ball that won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 enters during the time saving state after being configured to be possible. (2nd special electric actuating port 1643) or a 2nd specific area (special electric actuating port 643) for executing a per-feature game in which a trigger for executing a big hit game is less likely to be established than the first specific area. A switching means (third movable valve 1642) for switching is provided.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใๅฒๅ๏ผ้้ใๆใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใฃใฆ็ฐใชใใใไธใงใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใๆใใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใใใไธๅฉใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใฎไฝใใใ้้ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใใ็ถๆ ๏ผไปไธใใๆใ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆใใไฝใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ็ใๅ ฅ็๏ผ้้๏ผใใใฎใใซๅฏพใใฆ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพใพใง่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is easy to pass through the specific area after making the ratio (easiness of passing) of the balls winning in the Fuden winning device 640 pass through the specific area different depending on the set gaming state. Either the first specific area in which the ball winning the prize-winning device 640 in the game state (time saving state) is set is advantageous to the player, or the second specific area is more disadvantageous than the first specific area. Can be passed through. Therefore, even in a state where it is confirmed that the first privilege is given to the player by the ball winning the Fuden winning device 640 (a state in which the first privilege is easily given), the ball enters (passes) in any specific area. ) Can be of interest to you. Therefore, it is possible to make the player interested in the game per game that is executed during the time saving state until the end.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆ็ต็ฑใงๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the second embodiment described above, the ease of winning the ball into the V winning opening 165 in the game per winning combination to be executed is determined according to the type of the specific area (special electric operating port) into which the ball enters. It's different. That is, the execution probability of the V jackpot game executed via the character per game is different, but the execution probability is not limited to this, and is not limited to this, for example, the V jackpot game executed when the ball wins the V winning opening 165. The contents (number of rounds, game state (time reduction number) set after the jackpot game is completed) may be configured to be different depending on the type of the specific area (special electric operation port) into which the ball enters.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญ๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใงๅๆญขใใใ๏ผใใใใใ็ ดๆฃใใใไธใงๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above, when the ball wins the special electric operation port 643, the special symbol fluctuation during execution is interrupted (the subtraction process of the fluctuation time is interrupted). However, as in the third embodiment described above, the special symbol variation during execution is discarded (forced special symbol variation) according to the conditions that are established when the ball wins the special electric actuating port 643. It may be configured to end the time saving state after making it stop) or discarding it.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซใ่คๆฐ็จฎ้กใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆ่กๆๆณใ้ฉ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซๅ ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใ่จญใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใฎไฝใใใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๅๆฟๆๆฎตใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใๅฎ่กใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, as in the fourth embodiment described above, for the pachinko machine 10 configured to execute a lottery of a plurality of types of special symbols (lottery of the first special symbol, lottery of the second special symbol) in duplicate. , The technical idea of the second embodiment described above may be applied. In the fourth embodiment described above, the second special symbol lottery execution trigger is provided in the Fuden winning device 640, and the ball wins in the Fuden winning device 640 during the normal state. It is configured so that the winning ball can easily enter the second entry port 1645 when the ball wins in the Fuden winning device 640 during the time saving state than in the case. In addition, the right first ball opening that triggers the lottery of the first special symbol is provided in the Fuden winning device 640, and the ball that wins the Fuden winning device 640 during the time saving state is the second ball opening 1645 or A switching means may be provided so as to enter any of the right first entrances. In this case, a lottery that is more advantageous to the player when the ball enters the second entry slot 1645 than the right first entry slot, which triggers the lottery of the first special symbol that can be executed even in the normal state. Should be configured to be executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตๆใๆๅพใพใง้ๆ่ ใซๆฅฝใใพใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใชใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฎๅไฝใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่ก็ถๆณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใๆใใชใใใใซๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใ็ขบๅฎใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to entertain the player to the end of the result of the game per game that is executed during the time saving state. Further, when the configuration as in each of the above-described embodiments in which the number of lottery (variation number) of the first special symbol is defined as the end condition of the time saving state is used, the lottery (variation) of the first special symbol is used during the time saving state. ) Can be suppressed from occurring. Further, in this case, the operation of the switching means provided in the Fuden winning device 640 may be variably configured based on the execution status of the first special symbol lottery and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol, for example. , When the time saving state is set and the first special symbol lottery is not executed, or when the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is small (for example, one), the Fuden prize is awarded. It is preferable to configure the switching means to control the operation so that the ball winning the device 640 can easily enter the right first ball entry port. With this configuration, the first special symbol lottery can be executed more reliably during the time saving state.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใๅๅฏๅๅผใฎๅไฝใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๆฎ้ๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไบใๅฎใใใใ่ฆๅใซๅพใฃใฆๅไฝใใใใฎใงใใใฐใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, the operation of each movable valve provided in the Fuden winning device 640 is configured to be executed at the start of the game per game, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be configured to execute based on the timing when the normal symbol indicating the winning of the normal figure is stopped and displayed, or the timing when the stop display period has elapsed, or it is predetermined after the game per normal figure is started. It may be configured to be executed at the timing when the period (for example, 0.5 seconds) has elapsed, and may be executed at any timing as long as it operates according to a predetermined rule.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใซ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใซ๏ผใ็นๅฎ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ต็ฑใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ใ้ๆๆงใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, when the time saving state is set, a specific game (game per character) is performed by the end of the time saving state (by the end of the special symbol variation in which the end condition of the time saving state is satisfied). Alternatively, the pachinko machine 10 having a game property of aiming at a big hit game (V big hit game) via a small hit game) has been described.
ใใฎใใใช้ๆๆงใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใฐใชใใปใฉใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้๏ผๆ็ญๆ้๏ผใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใๆ็ญๆ้ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 having such playability, the longer the fluctuation time of the special symbol in the time saving state, the longer the period (time saving period) in which the time saving state is set can be lengthened, and the pachinko machine 10 can be specified during the time saving period. It was possible to increase the number of times the game was executed.
ใใใซใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใ๏ผใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎไธญๆญใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็๏ผใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผถๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใฎ็ตไบๅพใๅณใกใๆฐใใช็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, when the specific game is executed, the special symbol variation during execution is interrupted (the process for subtracting the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation is interrupted), and the interrupted special symbol is configured. When the fluctuation (process for subtracting the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation) is performed after the end of the specific game or the end of the jackpot game (V jackpot game), that is, when the condition for executing the new special symbol fluctuation is satisfied. It is configured to restart.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆ็ญๆ้ใฎ้ทใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใ็นๅฎ้ๆใซใใไธญๆญๆ้ใซใใฃใฆๅฏๅคใใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆใชใในใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใจใ้กใใชใใใไธใคใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๆฐๅคใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, the length of the short period of time varies depending on the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation and the interruption period due to the specific game. It was possible to enthusiastically perform a game so as to execute a large number of specific games while hoping that a long fluctuation time could be selected.
ใใใใชใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ้ๆๆ้๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ไธญใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ็ใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใ๏ผๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๆ้๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใไธใคใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ใจใชใใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆ้๏ผ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใใๆ้ใงใฏใใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้๏ผใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชไธๅฉๆ้ใจใชใใ However, for example, a game period for executing a specific game (a period during which a ball cannot be awarded to the Fuden winning device 640 (difficult to win) during a changing period of a normal symbol or a game per normal symbol) ( The closing period of the electric accessory 640a) is a period during which the specific game cannot be executed and the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation is subtracted. Therefore, the specific game can be executed (the closed period). The opening period of the electric accessory 640a during the game per game in which the ball can be won by the electric accessory 640a, that is, the period during which the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation is subtracted, but the game per accessory is played. It is a disadvantageous period that is more disadvantageous to the player than the period that can be executed).
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฏใ็นๅฎ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎต๏ผ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใๆใใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใฎใใกใไฝใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผ็ใฎ็บๅฐใฎๆ็ก๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ Further, in the specific game in which the special symbol variation is interrupted, when the number of winning balls to the variable ball entering means (V winning device 65) opened during the specific game reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3). Either the end condition that is satisfied (winning end condition) or the end condition that is satisfied when a predetermined period (for example, 1.6 seconds) has elapsed since the game per character was started (time end condition). It is configured to end when the end condition of is satisfied, and it is useful when any of the end conditions is satisfied according to the game content (whether or not the ball is fired) by the player during the game per character. The hit game was over.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใจไธ่ฟฐใใไธๅฉๆ้ใจใ้่คใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎไธๅฉๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผๆ็ซใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in each of the above-described embodiments, when the state in which the specific game is being executed and the above-mentioned disadvantage period overlap, the production mode of the specific game can be changed based on the length of the disadvantage period. It is configured. As a result, it is possible for the player to select the content of the game (the end condition to be established) during the specific game, so that the game can be enthusiastically performed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใใฎใใๆงๆใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผ็ใฎๆตไธๆ้๏ผใใฉใณใใ ใซใใ๏ผ้ ๅปถใใใ๏ผ้ ๅปถๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 3, 88, or 89, a special electric actuating port 643 is provided in the general electric winning device 640 as an opportunity to interrupt the special symbol change during execution. Further, also in the fourth embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 114, a second ball entrance 1645 is provided in the Fuden winning device 640 as an opportunity to interrupt the special symbol change during execution. In the gaming machine with such a configuration, the period (the flow-down period of the ball) until the ball winning the general electric winning device 640 enters the special electric operation port or the second ball entry port is randomized (delayed). It is advisable to provide a delay means.
ๅณใกใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่คๆฐๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆ็ญๆ้ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใงๆฐใใซๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใใใจ็กใ่ฟฝๅ ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆฎใฃใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใไธใคใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ญใๅ ดๅใใใใใใไปฅ้ใงใใฃใฆใๆฎๆ้ๅๆฐใๆธใฃใ็ถๆ ใงใไธใคใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใๅ ดๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใปใใ๏ผๆ็ญๆ้ใ็ญใใชใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใปใใ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅ ดๅใ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in each of the above-described embodiments, the period until the end of the plurality of special symbol fluctuations is configured to be a time-saving period, and the time-saving state (time-saving number of times) is newly set by executing the jackpot game. In that case, the remaining period of the suspended special figure change is added without subtracting the number of time reductions. Therefore, compared to the case where the remaining time reduction number remains and the remaining period of the special figure fluctuation during execution is short, the remaining time number is reduced and the execution special feature is being executed. It is configured so that the player may be advantageous if the jackpot game is executed when the remaining period of the figure fluctuation is long (the jackpot game is executed after the time saving period is shortened).
ใใใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ้ ๅปถๆๆฎตใ่จญใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ ใใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅ ดๅใใใใใใใซใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซๅ ฅ็ใใใฎใใๆฅฝใใพใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใ็ถๆ ใง็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ๆใๆๅณ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, a delay means may be provided in the general electric winning device 640 to delay the timing at which the ball enters the special electric operation port or the second ball entry port, which may be advantageous to the player. As a result, it is possible to entertain at what timing the ball that has won the prize in the Fuden winning device 640 enters the special electric operating port or the second ball winning port. In addition, it is possible to prevent the game of intentionally entering the ball into the special electric operation port or the second ball entry port in a state where the remaining period of the special figure fluctuation is long.
ใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ ๅปถๆๆฎตใจใใฆใ็ใ่ปขๅๅฏ่ฝใชใฏใซใผใณ้จๆใ่จญใใใฏใซใผใณ้จๆใซ่คๆฐใฎ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใใฏใซใผใณ้จๆใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซ่จญใใใใ้้ๅฃใธใจ็ใๆตๅ ฅใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใฎ้้ๅฃใ้้ใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ ๅปถๆๆฎตใ่จญใใชใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎน๏ผๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅบฆๅใ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใๆไฝใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใไปปๆใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this case, as a delay means, a crune member capable of rolling the ball is provided, and when a plurality of balls flow into the crune member, the ball easily flows into the passage port provided at the center of the crune member. It may be configured so that the ball that has passed through the passage port flows into the special electric actuating port or the second ball entry port. With this configuration, the ball can be used as a special electric activation port or a second ball entry port depending on the content of the game during the game (the degree of winning of the ball in the general electric winning device 640) while providing the delay means. It is possible to control the timing of entering the ball. Therefore, it is possible to enthusiastically play the game so that the ball enters the special electric actuation port or the second ball entry port at an arbitrary timing.
ใพใใ้ ๅปถๆๆฎต๏ผใฏใซใผใณ้จๆ๏ผใซ็ใๆตๅ ฅใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆ้๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใๆ้๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ็ใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซๅ ฅ็ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ้ทใๆ้๏ผใงใใใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใ็ตๆๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎตใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใไพใงใฏใ้ ๅปถๆๆฎตใจใใฆใฏใซใผใณ้จๆใ็จใใไพใ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใฎๆตไธๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ปๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใๆใใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๆตไธๆ้๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใ่จญใใ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใฎไฝใใใซ็ใๆฏใๅใใๆฏๅๆๆฎตใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, when the ball flows into the delay means (cruin member), a suggestion effect suggesting to the player a period advantageous to the player (a period in which the remaining period of the special figure fluctuation is long) is executed, or the ball moves. A result notification means may be provided to notify whether the timing of entering the special electric operating port or the second ball entry port is a timing advantageous to the player (a period in which the remaining period of the special figure variation is long). Further, in the above-mentioned example, an example in which a crune member is used as the delay means has been described, but any device that can change the flow period of the ball that has entered the Fuden winning device 640 is sufficient, for example, Fuden. A plurality of flow paths having different periods (flow-down period) from entering the winning device 640 to entering the special electric operation port or the second ball entry port are provided, and one of the plurality of flow paths is provided. A distribution means for distributing the balls may be provided.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใฆ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๆๅคๅไปๆง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใจใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎใใกใๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใใ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใฎใใใใๅ
ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ
๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ
ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
๏ผไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ
ไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
ไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใฎใใใใ
<7th Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 157 to 192. Like the pachinko machine 10 used in the fourth embodiment described above, the lottery for the first special symbol (special figure 1 lottery) and the lottery for the second special symbol (special figure 2 lottery) are executed in duplicate. By making it possible (so-called simultaneous fluctuation specification) and changing the length of the fluctuation time of the first special symbol and the length of the fluctuation time of the second special symbol selected according to the set gaming state, Of the two types of special symbol lottery that can be executed in duplicate, there is one that changes the special symbol type in which the lottery is likely to be executed according to the gaming state. Specifically, when one gaming state (for example, a normal state) is set, a short fluctuation time (for example, 5 seconds to 60 seconds) is selected as the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, and the second special symbol is set. When a long fluctuation time (for example, 10 minutes) is selected as the fluctuation time of the symbol and a specific gaming state (for example, latent state) different from the normal state is set, the first special A long fluctuation time (for example, 10 minutes) is selected as the fluctuation time of the symbol, and a short fluctuation time (for example, 0.5 seconds) is selected as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol. Some are configured so that the first special symbol lottery can be easily executed, and the second special symbol lottery can be easily executed during the latent state.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผไพใใฐใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใใใฎใใใใ Further, in a gaming machine having the above-described configuration, a small hit is configured to be won with a high probability (for example, about 1/1) in the second special symbol lottery, and a small hit is executed based on the small hit winning. There is a case in which a latent state in which a game is frequently executed is set as a game state that is advantageous to the player.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็บใใใ้ๆ๏ผๆๅฉ้ๆ๏ผใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใฎใฟๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใจใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใใชใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆๅบๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใซๅคงใใชๅทฎใ่จญใใใใจใใงใใชใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจๆฎใฉๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใซใใฃใฆใฎใฟๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใซๅทฎใ่จญใใใใฎใงใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใซใชใฃใฆใใพใใจใใ่ใใใฃใใ In the above-mentioned gaming machine, since a game (advantageous game) that frequently causes a small hit game can be executed only in a specific gaming state (latent state), the player is expected to shift the gaming state. However, it was possible to play a game. However, since the fixed fluctuation time (0.5 seconds) is selected as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation executed in the latent state, the small hit game in the latent state is selected. It is not possible to make a large difference in the execution frequency, that is, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when the second special symbol lottery is executed, the small hit is almost won, so the small hit game is executed only by the execution frequency of the second special symbol lottery. Since there is a difference in frequency, there is a risk that the game in the latent state will become monotonous.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ธๆใใๅพใ็ฏๅฒใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใใปใฉใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the seventh embodiment, the range that can be selected as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is changed according to the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. Specifically, the smaller the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol, the easier it is to select a shorter fluctuation time as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation.
ใใใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณใจใใๅ ฑใซ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใๅคใใ็คบใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใซใใใ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment, by executing the game (right-handed game) in the latent state, both the start prize (hold memory) of the first special symbol and the start prize of the second special symbol are both performed. Depending on the small hit type set when the small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery, the first special symbol change that is being executed is interrupted, or the lottery result indicating a loss is forcibly stopped (discarded). It is configured so that it can be made to do. Then, by forcibly stopping the movement of the first special symbol during execution, it is possible to positively reduce the number of reserved first special symbols. As a result, the number of reserved memories of the first special symbol can be reduced based on the lottery result of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state.
ใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใจๆงๆไธใซใใใฆ็ธ้ใใ็นใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ค้ขๆงๆใไธ้จๅคๆดใจใชใฃใฆใใ็นใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใไธ้จๅคๆดใจใชใฃใฆใใ็นใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใไธ้จๅคๆดใจใชใฃใฆใใ็นใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใไธ้จๅคๆดใจใชใฃใฆใใ็นใใใใณ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใไธ้จๅคๆดใจใชใฃใฆใใ็นใงใใใใใฎไปใฎๆงๆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธใงใใใไปฅไธใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใใใฎๅณ็คบใจ่ชฌๆใจใ็็ฅใใใ The difference in configuration between the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment and the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment is that the board surface configuration of the game board 13 is partially changed, and the ROM 202 of the main control device 110. , And the configuration of the RAM 203 is partially changed, the configuration of the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 is partially changed, and the control process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is partially changed. The point is that the control process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is partially changed. Regarding other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, other processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the display control device 114, the first 4 It is the same as the pachinko machine 10 in the embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the fourth embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใคใใฆ็ฐกๅใซ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๆงๆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ้ซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๆงๆใใฆใใใไปฅ้ใฎ่ชฌๆใงใฏใๅ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใขใผใใฎๅ็งฐใ็จใใฆ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใๅ ดๅใใใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธใขใผใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅคใขใผใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใฉใใทใฅใขใผใใจ็งฐใๅ ดๅใใใใ First, the gaming state in the seventh embodiment will be briefly described. In the seventh embodiment, the gaming states are a normal state (low probability state of special symbol, low probability state of normal symbol), probabilistic state (high probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol), and latent state. A certain state (high probability state of a special symbol, low probability state of a normal symbol) can be set, and a detailed explanation will be described later, but the latent state is configured as the most advantageous gaming state for the player. However, the normal state is configured as the game state that is most disadvantageous to the player. Further, the probabilistic state is configured as a gaming state in which the degree of advantage is higher than that of the normal state. In the following description, the game state may be indicated by using the name of the effect mode executed during each game state. For example, the normal state is referred to as a normal mode, the probability change state is referred to as a probability change mode, and the latent state is referred to as a rush mode. In some cases.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ค้ขๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ค้ขๆงๆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๏ผใใใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ค้ขๆงๆ๏ผๅณ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ้คใใใไปฃใใใซๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใพใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ ่จญไฝ็ฝฎใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 157, the board surface configuration of the game board 13 in the seventh embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 157, the board surface configuration of the game board 13 in the seventh embodiment is based on the board surface structure (see FIG. 2) of the game board 13 in the fourth embodiment (and the first embodiment) described above. The V winning device 65 and the electric accessory 640 have been deleted, and instead, a right variable winning device 1650, a right electric accessory 164, and a right second entrance ball 645 are provided. Further, they are different in that the arrangement positions of the variable winning device 650 and the through gate 67 are different. Other configurations are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎใใกๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผๅทฆๅด้ ๅ๏ผใจใๅณๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผใจใใฎใใใใใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๅ ฅ็๏ผใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ค้ขๆงๆใจใฏ็ฐใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅทฆๅด้ ๅใซ็ใๆตไธใใใ้ๆ๏ผๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใจใๅณๅด้ ๅใซ็ใๆตไธใใใ้ๆ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใจใใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 157, in the seventh embodiment, of the game areas formed on the game board 13, the left side area (left side area) and the right side area (right side area) of the variable display unit 80 are respectively. A winning opening (entry opening) is provided so that the ball can be won (winned). Therefore, unlike the board surface configuration of the game board 13 of the first embodiment described above, a game in which the ball is allowed to flow down to the left side region (left-handed game) and a game in which the ball is allowed to flow down to the right side region (right-handed hitting). It is configured so that the game) and can be executed.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใใซๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Although a detailed description will be described later, in the seventh embodiment, the player is configured to perform a different game according to the set game state, and when the normal state is set, the player is configured to perform a different game. A left-handed game is executed to allow the ball to enter the first ball opening 64, and when a probability variation state is set, a right-handed game is executed to cause the right electric accessory 164 to win the ball. When the latent state is set, the right-handed game is configured to execute a right-handed game in order to allow the ball to enter the right second entrance 645. Further, even when a hit game (big hit game, small hit game) is executed, the right-handed game is executed.
ใคใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็พๅจใๆๅฉใช็ถๆณใงใใใๅฆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใซใใฃใฆๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใใใณๅ็จฎๅฝใใ็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, when a game that is advantageous to the player is executed, the right-handed game is configured to be performed. Therefore, since it is possible to make the player grasp whether or not the current situation is advantageous by the game method, it is possible to provide an easy-to-understand game. Although the details will be described later, during the game state (probability change state, latent state, and various hit states) in which the right-handed game is executed, the player can see the right-handed game on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. It is configured so that the guidance display mode for executing the above is displayed. As a result, it is possible to provide a game that is easier for the player to understand.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅใจใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅใจใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ค้ขไธใซๆค่จญใใใ้ใใๅ็จฎๆง้ ็ฉใซใใฃใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅทฆๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใ As shown in FIG. 157, the first ball entry port 64 is arranged below the variable display unit 80, but a ball that has flowed down the left side region due to a left-handed game enters the first ball entry port 64. The ratio and the ratio of the ball that has flowed down the right side area due to the right-handed game to enter the first entrance 64 are different depending on the nails planted on the board surface of the game board 13 and various structures. Specifically, about 15 balls that have flowed down the left side area by the left-handed game are configured so that one ball enters the first entrance 64, and the right side area is formed by the right-handed game. One ball out of about 250 balls that have flowed down is configured to enter the first ball entry port 64. Therefore, in the normal state in which the lottery of the first special symbol is executed by inserting the ball into the first ball entry port 64, the left-handed game is the most advantageous game method for the player.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผใซใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตใซ่จญใใใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใจใใใฎในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตใซ่จญใใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ้ขใ้ๆพใใใณ้้ใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธ๏ผ้้๏ผใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅ ฅ็ๅฃใฎไฝใใซใๅ ฅ็ใใใซๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ใใไธๆต้ ๅใซๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 157, in the right area of the game board 13 (the area on the right side of the variable display unit 80), a right variable winning device 1650 and a through gate 67 provided downstream of the right variable winning device 1650 are provided. A right electric accessory 164 having an opening / closing door 164r1 capable of opening and closing the upper surface of the right first entry port 164r provided downstream of the through gate 67 and the right first entry opening 164r. With the opening / closing door 164r1 closed, the ball that has flowed down (passed) on the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 can enter the right second entry port 645, and the ball does not enter any of the above-mentioned entry openings. A variable winning device 650 is provided in the downstream region where the ball flowing down the right region reaches.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใฎใฟใๅฐ้ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซใ้ๆ็ใฎๆตไธ็ต่ทฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใใจใใฆใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใใปใผๅ จใฆใฎ้ๆ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใพใใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅคใขใผใ๏ผใซใใใฆใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้ๆใ้ฒ่กใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 157, only the game ball that has passed through the through gate 67 with the right electric accessory 164 closed (the opening / closing door 164r1 is closed) to the right second entrance 645. The flow path of the game ball is set so that it can be reached. That is, even if the right-handed game is performed in a high-probability state (probability variation state) of a normal symbol in which the right electric accessory 164 is likely to be opened, almost all the game balls that have passed through the through gate 67 enter the right first position. Since the ball enters the ball opening 164r, the game ball cannot enter the right second entry port 645. With this configuration, even in the probabilistic state (probability change mode), the game can be advanced by the right-handed game.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใใปใผๅ จใฆใฎ็ใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซใๅฏๅค้จๆ๏ผ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎต๏ผใงใใใ In the seventh embodiment, the variable member (opening / closing door) 1650a is variably configured so that almost all the balls flowing down the right side region can win the right variable winning device 1650 in the open state by the right-handed game. There is. The right variable winning device 1650 is a variable winning device (variable ball winning means) that is opened in a small hit game executed when a small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery.
ๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใ้ ๅ๏ผๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๆนใซๆค่จญใใใ้ใซใใฃใฆๅบ็ปๅฝขๆใใใๅทฆๅณ้ ๅใฎใใกใๅณๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใๆฎใใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅทฆๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ต่ทฏ๏ผใๆตไธใใใใใฎๅทฆๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ต่ทฏ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใณๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใจ็กใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใ When the right variable winning device 1650 is closed (when the small hit game is not executed), about 1/2 of the balls flowing down the right area is the area where the through gate 67 is arranged (right variable winning). Of the left and right regions formed by the nails planted on the left side of the device 1650, the right region (first path)) flows down, and the remaining about 1/2 is the left region (second path). Flow down. The ball flowing down the left region (second path) flows down toward the variable winning device 650 without entering the right electric accessory 164 and the right second entrance ball opening 1645.
ไธๆนใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใๅณๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ต่ทฏ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใฏใใใฎๅ จใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅด๏ผ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธๆต็ซฏๅด๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใไธๆตๅดใใไธๆตๅดใธใจๆตไธใใใใใใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใใๆๅบใใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๆฎใใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใฎ้ใซๅฝขๆใใใ้้ใ้้ใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใ On the other hand, all of the spheres that have flowed down the right region (first path) where the through gate 67 is arranged flow down toward the upstream side of the right electric accessory 164 (upstream end side of the opening / closing door 164r1). , The upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 flows down from the upstream side to the downstream side. Then, about two-thirds of the balls discharged from the upper surface of the right electric accessory 164 enter the right second entrance 645, and the remaining about one-third are the right electric accessory 164 and the right second. It passes through the gap formed between the ball entry port 645 and flows down toward the variable winning device 650.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅณๅด้ ๅใธใจ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใ็ต่ทฏใ่คๆฐ่จญใใฆใใใ็ใๆตไธใใใฎใซ่ฆใใๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใซๅ็ต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ต่ทฏ๏ผใฎ็ใฎๆตไธๆ้ใ็ด๏ผ็งใๅทฆๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ต่ทฏ๏ผใฎ็ใฎๆตไธๆ้ใ็ด๏ผ็งใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฐใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็บๅฐใใใ็๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็๏ผใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็บๅฐใใใ่คๆฐใฎ็ใใๅๆงใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญ๏ผใซใใใฆใ่คๆฐใฎ็ใๅๆใซๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใๆตไธ็ใฎๆๅใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the seventh embodiment, a plurality of routes for the ball launched to the right side region by the right-handed game to reach the variable winning device 650 are provided, and the period required for the ball to flow down is different for each. A route is formed. Specifically, the flow period of the sphere in the right region (first path) is about 2 seconds, and the flow period of the sphere in the left region (second path) is about 1 second. With this configuration, balls fired at different timings (balls fired by right-handed games), specifically, a plurality of balls fired at intervals of 0.6 seconds can be changed at the same timing. It is possible to reach the winning device 650. Therefore, during the period when the variable winning device 650 is in the open state (during the big hit game), it is possible to easily make a plurality of balls win the variable winning device 650 at the same time. You can be interested in the behavior of the sphere.
ๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ้ธๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใงใใใใใใงใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ๏ผใใใใณใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ็ฐกๅใซ่ชฌๆใใใใ The right electric accessory 164 is opened when a winning prize is won in a lottery of ordinary symbols (general drawing lottery) in which the lottery conditions can be satisfied when the ball passes through the through gate 67 (when a game per normal drawing is executed). It is a variable ball entry means that is operated. Here, the contents of the ordinary symbol lottery (general drawing lottery) and the game per normal symbol in the seventh embodiment will be briefly described.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใใไฝ็ขบ็ใงใฏใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใฎๅฒๅใง็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฒๅใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅทฆๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใฎๅฒๅ๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใฎๅฒๅ๏ผใใใไฝใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใฏใๅฟ ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใจๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใ็ฒๅพ๏ผๆฝ้ธๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the seventh embodiment, even if the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, the ball can enter the right electric accessory 164 by the right-handed game, although the probability is low. For example, when a right-handed game is played in a normal state, one ball out of about 50 balls is configured to win a prize in the right electric accessory 164. This ball entry ratio is set lower than the ratio of balls that enter the first ball entry port 64 (ratio of about 1 ball in 20 balls) when a left-handed game is performed in a normal state. The ball that has entered the right electric accessory 164 is configured to always enter the right first entry port 164r. Then, when the ball is inserted into the right electric accessory 164, the lottery right of the first special symbol is acquired (the lottery condition is satisfied) as in the case where the ball is inserted into the first entry port 64. ).
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ็นๅ ธใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใซๅ ใใ่ณ็๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใไปไธใใใใไธๆนใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ็นๅ ธใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใซๅ ใใ่ณ็๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใไปไธใใใใๅณใกใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใ็ฒๅพใๆใใไธใคใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใ็ฒๅพใใใใใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ใซไปไธใใใ่ณ็ๆฐใๅคใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏๅณๆใก้ๆใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใจใชใใ Further, when a ball is inserted into the first entry port 64, a prize ball (4 pieces) is given in addition to the lottery right of the first special symbol as a privilege of inserting the ball. On the other hand, when a ball is inserted into the right electric accessory 164, a prize ball (1 piece) is given in addition to the lottery right of the first special symbol as a privilege of inserting the ball. That is, when the normal state (low probability state of the normal symbol) is set as the game state, the lottery of the first special symbol is performed when the left-handed game is executed rather than when the right-handed game is executed. It is configured so that it is easy to acquire the right and the number of prize balls given when the ball is inserted into the entrance to which the ball is inserted in order to acquire the lottery right of the first special symbol is increased. ing. Therefore, in the normal state, the left-handed game is more advantageous to the player than the right-handed game.
ใพใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซใชใใใใฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใไปไธใใใไธใคใ่ณ็ใ๏ผ็ไปไธใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงใฏใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใ่จๆถ๏ผไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅๆปใซ่กใใใใใจใ็กใใ In addition, when a right-handed game is played in the normal state, about one-third of the balls flowing down the right side region enter the right second entrance 645. When a ball enters the right second entrance 645, a lottery right for executing the lottery of the second special symbol is given, and one prize ball is given. Although a detailed description will be described later, in the second special symbol lottery executed in the normal state, a long fluctuation time (10 minutes) is set as the fluctuation time. Further, in the present embodiment, the lottery right of the second special symbol is not stored (held storage). Therefore, even if the right-handed game is performed in the normal state, the second special symbol lottery is not smoothly performed.
ใใใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใใ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใฏๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๆ้ไธญใซใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใไธ้ๅคใจใชใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 157, when the jackpot game is executed, a right-handed game is performed and a game in which the ball is awarded to the variable winning device 650 is executed. Since the normal state of the normal symbol is set during the jackpot game, the ball enters the right first entrance 164r in the right electric accessory 164 during the jackpot game, and the jackpot game ends. After that, the number of reserved balls (number of reserved balls) of the first special symbol becomes the upper limit value.
ใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใฎ็ถๆ ใง้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใใจใซใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ้ ป็บใใใชใใๅคใใฎ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใใ้ๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As a result, when the latent probability state is set after the jackpot game is completed, the game is started with the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol being the upper limit. In the present embodiment, when the latent state is set, a short variation (0.5 seconds, 10 seconds) is selected as the variation time of the second special symbol, and a long time (10 minutes) is selected as the variation time of the first special symbol. ) Is selected. Then, a game (small hit RUSH) in which a large number of prize balls are obtained while frequently winning small hits in the second special symbol lottery is executed.
ใใใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใๆใใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใๆๅฎๆฐไปฅๅคใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผๅใ๏ผๅใ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐใจใชใๆ้ใใๅไฝๆ้ๅฝใใใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๆฐใๆใๅคใใชใๆใๆ้ใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆๆ้ใจใชใใ Further, when the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol in the latent state becomes a predetermined number (1 or 2), it is more than when the number is other than the predetermined number (0, 3, 4). It is configured so that a short fluctuation time can be easily selected as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation. That is, the period during which the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol becomes a predetermined number during the latent state is the period during which the number of small hit games executed per unit time is most likely to increase, which is advantageous for the player. It becomes.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใ่จๆถใใไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใชใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใงใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใๆใใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใงใใใใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใ่กใใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, the present embodiment does not have a hold storage function for storing the lottery right of the second special symbol, so that it is necessary to continuously execute the right-handed game during the latent state. Then, the fluctuation time of the first special symbol in the latent state is configured to be a long time (10 minutes). Therefore, it is difficult to reach a predetermined number (1 or 2) of the reserved balls of the 1st special symbol in the latent state with the lapse of the fluctuation time of the 1st special symbol. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in a part of the case where a small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol, the first special symbol change during execution is forcibly stopped (discarded). As a result, the player can be made to play a game in which the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is reduced while playing a game aiming at a small hit by a lottery of the second special symbol in the latent state.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๆๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใ้ๆ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๆๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฉๆ้ใใใคใพใง็ถ็ถใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the advantageous period of the second special symbol lottery (variation) in the latent state is set based on the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol, and further, the second special symbol lottery is performed. It is configured so that the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol can be increased when the game to be executed (right-handed game) is executed. Therefore, when the advantageous period of the second special symbol lottery (variation) is set, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand how long the advantageous period will continue.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใ่จๆถใใไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใชใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใจใใๅ็ฎใใๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Since the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment does not have a hold storage function for storing the lottery right of the second special symbol, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is based on the number of hold storages of the first special symbol. Is configured to be selected, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the second special symbol is based on the total value of the reserved storage number of the first special symbol and the reserved storage number of the second special symbol. It may be configured to select the fluctuation time of.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ธๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซใคใใฆใๅฟ ใ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใง็ญๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใ็พ่ฑกใใใ็พๅฎ็ใชๆๆณใฎไธญใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใๅซใพใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใๆธๅฐใใใๅฅๆฉใๅฎ่ณช่คๆฐๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of the first special symbol selected during the latent state is configured so that a long fluctuation time is always selected, but the variation time is not limited to this, for example. As the fluctuation time of the first special symbol fluctuation in the latent state, the fluctuation time of the short fluctuation (for example, 20 seconds) may be selected with a probability of about 1/10. With this configuration, the variation time lapse of the first special symbol can be included in the realistic method of causing the reserved storage of the first special symbol to occur during the latent state. Therefore, it is possible to have a substantially plurality of triggers for reducing the number of reserved balls (number of reserved balls) of the first special symbol in the latent state.
ใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆ็ ดๆฃๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใๆ็ซใๅพใ็ ดๆฃๆกไปถใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใ็ๆฐใๆๅฎใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผใ่ถ ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใ็ ดๆฃๆกไปถใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซ้ ่จญใใใๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใ็ ดๆฃๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซใๆงใ ใช่ฆๅ ใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใฎ็ ดๆฃ็ถๆ ใๆ็ซใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, although a detailed description will be described later, in the present embodiment, when the discard condition is satisfied in a part of the case where the small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol, the execution of the first special symbol change is discarded. However, a discard condition that can be satisfied regardless of the lottery result of the second special symbol may be used. For example, the number of balls entered into the right variable winning device 1650 during the execution of the small hit game. You may set a discard condition that is established based on the fact that the number of prizes exceeds a predetermined prize condition (for example, 11 prizes), or a prize arranged in any of the game areas (right side area) of the game board 13. Discarding conditions that can be established when a ball enters the ball mouth may be set. In this way, by establishing the discard state to the first special symbol due to various factors, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand at what timing the advantageous period is set.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้็ถๆ ๏ผ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆญฃ้ขๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆญฃ้ขๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ Next, the configuration of the right electric accessory 164 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 158 and 159. FIG. 158 (a) is a front perspective view schematically showing a closed state of the right electric accessory 164 (a state in which the opening / closing door 164r1 is closed), and FIG. 158 (b) is a front perspective view of the right electric accessory 164. It is a front perspective view which shows typically the open state (the state which the opening / closing door 164r1 is open).
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎๆตไธใๅฆจใใใใใซ่จญใใใใฆใใๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฏใๅๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆๆตไธใๅฆจใใใใใฎใงใๅๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคๅจใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใๅณ็คบๅทฆๅดใใๅณๅดใธใจๆตไธใใใใคใพใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซใฏใๅๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใซใใฃใฆใคใฅใๆใ็ถใฎๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฎใใใๅๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณใกใ้ๆ็ใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅทฆๆนๅใใๅณๆนๅใธใจ็ด็ท็ใซๆตไธใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใจๆฏ่ผใใฆใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธใใใใพใงใซ่ฆใใๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใไธใคใฎ็ใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธใใฆใใ้ใซใ่คๆฐใฎ็๏ผๅพ็ถใฎ็๏ผใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใธใจๅฐ้ใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธใใฆใใๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 158 (a), the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 is provided with convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c provided to prevent the flow of the game ball. Since the game ball flowing down the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 is prevented from flowing down by the convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c, it flows down on the opening / closing door 164r1 from the left side to the right side along the outer circumference of each convex portion 164r1a to 164r1c. That is, on the opening / closing door 164r1, a zigzag-shaped flow path is formed by the convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c. Therefore, as compared with the case where the convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c are not provided (that is, the game ball flows linearly on the opening / closing door 164r1 from the left direction to the right direction in the front view), the opening / closing door 164r1 It is possible to lengthen the period required to completely flow down the upper surface of the door. Thereby, while one sphere is flowing down the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1, a plurality of spheres (subsequent spheres) can easily reach the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1. Therefore, the period during which the ball passing through the through gate 67 flows down the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 can be lengthened, and it is easy to make the ball win the right electric accessory 164 when the game is executed. can do.
่ฉณ็ดฐใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใฎๆฎใฉใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใจใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใฎ็ต่ทฏใ่จญ่จใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใใใ้ซใใไธใคใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใใชใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธใไธใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Details will be described later with reference to FIG. 160, but in the present embodiment, when a high probability state (probability variation state) of a normal symbol is set as a game state, most of the balls that have passed through the through gate 67 are on the right. The fluctuation time of the normal symbol, the operation content of the game per normal symbol, and the path of the ball passing through the through gate 67 are designed so as to enter the electric accessory 164. With this configuration, the probability of winning a big hit in the special symbol lottery is higher than in the normal state, and by executing the right-handed game, the first special symbol is drawn more than in the normal state. Can be made easier to execute. Further, since it becomes difficult to execute the lottery of the second special symbol during the probabilistic state, it is possible to prevent the player who is playing the game in the probabilistic state from executing an excessively advantageous game. can. In the present embodiment, if a ball enters the right second entrance 645 during the probability change state and the lottery for the second special symbol is executed, the fluctuation time (60) is shorter than that in the normal state. Seconds) is configured to be selected.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ไธญใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใฆใใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใซใ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใ้ทๆ้ๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใชใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใฆใใใ With this configuration, while the second special symbol fluctuation for a long time (for example, 10 minutes) is being executed, the probabilistic state changes to the latent state, and the state shifts to the latent state. Nevertheless, it suppresses the occurrence of a situation in which the lottery for the second special symbol cannot be executed for a long time.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใชใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as a transition condition for shifting the gaming state from the probabilistic state to the latent probable state, the number of executions of the special symbol lottery (variation) executed during the probabilistic state is set to a predetermined number (50 times). Set the first transition condition that is satisfied when the game is reached and the second transition condition that is satisfied when a specific small hit (small hit C) is won in the lottery of the second special symbol executed during the probability change state. doing. That is, in a probabilistic state in which it is difficult to execute the lottery of the second special symbol, if a specific small hit (small hit C) is won in the lottery of the second special symbol (when the second transition condition is satisfied), the probabilistic change Even if the number of times the special symbol lottery (variation) executed during the state has not reached the predetermined number of times (50 times), the state can be shifted to the latent state.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆญฃ้ข่ฆๆๅๅดใใๆญฃ้ข่ฆๅฅฅๅดใซๅใใฆในใฉใคใๅไฝใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใฆใใ้ๅฃ้จใไปใใฆ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅดใซๅ็ดใใใใใใใซใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใใใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๆ็คบใซๅบใฅใใฆใชใณ็ถๆ ใจใใชใ็ถๆ ใจใซๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใชใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใจ้ฃ็ตใใฆใใใใใฎใฝใฌใใคใใซๅฏพใใฆ้ปๆตใๆตใใๅ ดๅใซใใฝใฌใใคใใใชใณ็ถๆ ใจใชใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใฝใฌใใคใใซๅฏพใใฆ้ปๆตใๆตใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใฆใใๆ้ใฎใใกใๅ ใใๅฒๅใๅคงใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใงใฏ้ปๅใ่ฆใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆถ่ฒป้ปๅใๆใใใใจใใงใใใ FIG. 158 (b) is a diagram showing a state in which the opening / closing door 164r1 is opened. As shown in FIG. 158 (b), the opening / closing door 164r1 slides from the front side of the front view toward the back side of the front view, and enters the inside of the game board 13 through the opening provided in the game board 13. It is stored. As a result, the right first ball entry port 164r is opened. Although detailed description will be omitted, the opening / closing door 164r1 is connected to a solenoid (not shown) that can switch between an on state and an off state based on an instruction from the main control device 110. When a current is passed through the solenoid, the solenoid is turned on and the opening / closing door 164r1 is opened. That is, it is configured so that the current is passed to the solenoid only when the winning is won by the lottery of the normal symbol and the game is executed per the normal symbol. As a result, it is not necessary to require power during the period when the opening / closing door 164r1, which occupies a large proportion of the power of the pachinko machine 10, is closed, so that the power consumption of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed. ..
็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใใใจ๏ผ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซใชใใจ๏ผใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใพใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ดใใใใใฎ้ๅฃ้จใฎ้ซใๆนๅใฎ้้ใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎ็ดๅพใซๅฏพใใฆๅๅใซไฝใใฎใงใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎในใฉใคใ็งปๅใ้ๅงใใใๆ็นใง้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธไธญใงใใฃใ้ๆ็ใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจๅ ฑใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใซๅ็ดใใใใใจใ็กใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จใธใจในใฉใคใ็งปๅใใๅ ดๅใซใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅใใฆ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใใ่ฝไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ When the first ball entry port 164r is opened (when the opening / closing door 164r1 is opened), the ball that has passed through the through gate 67 can win the right electric accessory 164. Further, since the distance in the height direction of the opening for accommodating the opening / closing door 164r1 is sufficiently low with respect to the diameter of the game ball, the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 is moved when the sliding movement of the opening / closing door 164r1 is started. The game ball that was flowing down is not stored inside the game board 13 together with the opening / closing door 164r1, and is located on the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 when the opening / closing door 164r1 slides into the game board 13. The ball can be dropped from above the opening / closing door 164r1 toward the first entry port 164r.
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซ๏ผใคใฎๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆ็ใ่ฟๅใใๆงๆใจใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้ใใ้้ๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใไพใใฐใๅธ้จ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝใ่จญใใใฎใซไปฃใใฆใใพใใฏๅ ใใฆใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใฎๆ่ณชใใไปใฎ้จๅ๏ผ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ้ขใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้ข็ญ๏ผใใใๆฉๆฆไฟๆฐใๅคงใใๆ่ณช๏ผไพใใฐใๅผพๆงไฝ็ญ๏ผใงๆงๆใใใใ้ๆ็ใ่ปขๅใ้ฃใใชใๅ ๅทฅใๆฝใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ่กจ้ขใซๅนๅธใ่จญใใ็ญ๏ผใใฆใใใใ In the seventh embodiment, by providing the three convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c on the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1, the game ball bypasses the convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c, and the game ball passes through the opening / closing door 164r1. It was configured to have a longer transit period, but it is not limited to this. For example, instead of or in addition to providing the convex portions 164r1a to 164r1c, the material of the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 has a friction coefficient higher than that of other parts (the surface of the game board 13, the inner surface of the variable winning device 65, etc.). It may be made of a large material (for example, an elastic body or the like), or may be processed to make it difficult for the game ball to roll (for example, the surface may be provided with irregularities).
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้็ดไธ้ขๅดใใ่ฆใๅนณ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใฎใใกใ็ใ่ปขๅๅฏ่ฝ๏ผๅฎนๆ๏ผใชใคใฅใๆใ็ถใฎ็ต่ทฏใซใ็ใฎ้้ใๆคๅบๅฏ่ฝใช้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใ่พผใพใใฆใใใใใใใฎ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใ็ต่ทฏใซใใใฆใไบใใซๅฐใชใใจใ้ๆ็ใฎ็ดๅพใ่ถ ใใ่ท้ขใ้ขใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใใใใใฎ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใฎไธๆนใซ้ๆ็ใ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅบๅใ๏ผจ๏ผใใค๏ผใจใชใใไธๆนใๅฆจใใใใฎใไฝใใชใๅ ดๅใซๅบๅใ๏ผฌ๏ผใญใผ๏ผใจใชใๅ ฌ็ฅใฎๅ ๅญฆใปใณใตใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใใใฎ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅบๅใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใง็ฃ่ฆใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใใฆใ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅบๅใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซใใฃใฆใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซใใใ็ใฎ้้็ถๆณใ็ฎๅบใใ็ฎๅบ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใ็้้็ถๆณๅ ฑ็ฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ FIG. 159 is a plan view of the opening / closing door 164r1 as viewed from the vertical upper surface side. As shown in FIG. 159, on the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1, passage detection sensors 228a to 228f capable of detecting the passage of the sphere are embedded in a zigzag path on which the sphere can roll (easily). These passage detection sensors 228a to 228f are arranged at a distance exceeding at least the diameter of the game ball from each other in the path formed on the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1. These pass detection sensors 228a to 228f are known to have an output of H (high) when a game ball is arranged above them, and an output of L (low) when there is nothing obstructing the upper part. It consists of an optical sensor. In the seventh embodiment, the combination of the outputs of the passage detection sensors 228a to 228f is monitored on the voice lamp control device 113 side. Then, the passing status of the ball on the opening / closing door 164r1 is calculated by combining the outputs of the passing detection sensors 228a to 228f, and the ball passing status notification based on the calculation result can be executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฉใใใใ่ฟใฅใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กใใใ็้้็ถๆณๅ ฑ็ฅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใใใใใใใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซใฎใฟ้ ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใฆใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎ้ ๅใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใ้้ใใๅพใฎ้ ๅใซ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใตใ่จญใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใ็ๆฐใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใ้้ใใ็ๆฐใๆคๅบๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, the player can grasp how close the ball launched by the right-handed game to the right second entrance 645 in the probabilistic state. Therefore, by shifting the execution timing of the right-handed game in the probabilistic state based on the content of the ball passing status notification to be executed, it is possible to improve the interest of the game in the probable change state. In the seventh embodiment, as shown in FIG. 159, the passage detection sensors 228a to 228f are arranged only on the opening / closing door 164r1, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the ball has the through gate 67. Passage detection sensors are provided in the area from the passage to the top of the opening / closing door 164r1 and the area after passing the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1, and the number of balls reaching the opening / closing door 164r1 and the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 are determined. The number of passed balls may be detected.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ้ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 160, the flow state when the ball launched by the right-handed game flows down the right side region will be described. FIG. 160 (a) is a schematic state in which the ball is in a latent state (high probability state of a special symbol, low probability state of a normal symbol), and the flow state of the ball when the ball enters the right second entry port 645. FIG. 160 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the flow-down state of the ball in the case where the small hit game is executed in the latent state.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใ้้็ถๆ ใงใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธ้ขใๆตไธใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใ In the seventh embodiment, when a latent state (high probability state of a special symbol, low probability state of a normal symbol) is set, a ball is inserted into the right second entrance 645 by a right-handed game. The game of making a ball is configured to be the most advantageous game for the player. When the right-handed game is executed in the latent state, as shown in FIG. 160A, the ball passing through the through gate 67 flows down the upper surface of the opening / closing door 164r1 of the right electric accessory 164 in the closed state, and the right second 2 Enter the ball into the ball entrance 645.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใงใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใไธใคใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ขบๅฎ๏ผใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใฎๅฒๅใงในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ้้ใใใใใ๏ผ็ใซ๏ผ็ใฎๅฒๅใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซ๏ผๅใฎๅฒๅใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ Although a detailed explanation will be described later, in the latent state, which is a low probability state of the normal symbol, the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery executed based on the passage of the ball through the through gate 67 is halved. It is set so that 30 seconds is set as a period (variation time) from the execution of the normal symbol lottery to the stop display (confirmation) of the lottery result. That is, when a right-handed game is performed during a game state (normal state, latent state, jackpot game state) in which a low probability state of a normal symbol is set, the through gate 67 is played at a rate of 1 in 2 balls. Will pass, so one out of every four balls will win a game per game, and the game will be played once every 60 seconds.
ใใใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซ่่ก็ถใฎ็ๆต่ทฏ๏ผ้้ๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฝขๆใใฆใใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ้ซ็ขบ็ใง่คๆฐใฎ็ใ้้็ถๆ ใงใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซๆปๅจใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment, as described above with reference to FIG. 158, a meandering spherical flow path (passing period 1. Since 3 seconds) is formed, by continuously executing the right-handed game, it is possible to have a plurality of balls stay on the opening / closing door 164r1 of the right electric accessory 164 which is in the closed state with high probability. It is configured.
ใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ๏ผๅ้ใซ๏ผใ๏ผๅใฎ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๅ ใใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใซ็ใๆปๅจใใๆใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใ็ญๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใจใใฆใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, even when the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, it is possible to win one or two balls in one minute to the right electric accessory 164. In addition, since the ball is easily allowed to stay on the opening / closing door 164r1 of the right electric accessory 164, even if the game period of the game per normal figure is set to a short period (for example, 0.2 seconds open). It is possible to make it easier for the ball to win the right electric accessory 164 during the game per game.
ใใฎใใใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆๆ้ใ็ญใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅคๅฅใใๅพใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใพใงใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใฆใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅน็่ฏใ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ By setting the game period of the game per normal figure short in this way, when the right-handed game is executed after determining that the game per normal figure is to be executed based on the stop display mode of the normal symbol, the ball is played. By the time it reaches the right electric accessory 164, it is possible to finish the game per game. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the execution of the right-handed game after determining that the lottery result of the normal symbol is a hit, and the game of efficiently winning the ball to the right electric accessory 164.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใใใไธๆน๏ผไธๆต๏ผๅดใซใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซใผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅๆปใซๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใ็ใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 160 (b), in the seventh embodiment, a right variable winning device (second attacker) that is opened during the small hit game is provided on the upper (upstream) side of the through gate 67. It is provided. Therefore, even if the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, if the game state (latent state) in which the second special symbol lottery can be smoothly executed, the small hit game is executed. It is possible to prevent the ball from reaching the through gate 67 and the right electric accessory 164.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใฎใปใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใๅณๆใก้ๆใงใฏๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใไธ้ใพใง็ฒๅพใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใใชใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้ๅฐใซ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, even when the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, it is more difficult for the right electric accessory 164 to win the ball in the normal state or in the latent state than in the jackpot game. can do. Therefore, in the right-handed game executed during the jackpot game, it is possible to obtain the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol (special figure 1 reserved balls) up to the upper limit by winning a ball in the right electric accessory 164. However, it is possible to prevent the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 from being excessively increased due to the right-handed game executed during the latent state.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใฎใใกใ็นๅพด็ใชๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅ
ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใฎๆผๅบใฎๆตใใๅใณใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ
<About the production content in the 7th embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 161 to 165, characteristic production contents among various production contents executed by the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment will be described. Specifically, the flow of the effect from the setting of the probability change state as the game state to the setting of the latent state, and the flow of the effect executed during the latent state will be described.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใฎๆผๅบใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใงใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๆๅฎใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฌกๅๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใพใง็ถ็ถใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็คบๅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใฎๆกไปถใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ First, with reference to FIGS. 161 and 162, the flow of the effect from the setting of the probability variation state as the gaming state to the setting of the latent probability state will be described. In the present embodiment, in a part of the case where the big hit is won in the special symbol lottery, the probability change state (high probability state of the special symbol, high probability state of the normal symbol) is set after the end of the big hit game. There is. Then, when a predetermined transition condition is satisfied while the probability change state is set, the game state is configured to shift from the probability change state to the latent state. Specifically, as a probabilistic state, the high-probability state of the special symbol continues until the next big hit, and the high-probability state of the normal symbol continues until the special symbol lottery is executed 50 times. That is, the game state is configured to shift from the probabilistic state to the latent state when the special symbol lottery is executed 50 times without winning a big hit after the probabilistic state is set. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the probability change state is set, an effect for suggesting the period until the latent probability state that is most advantageous to the player is set is executed. As a result, it is possible to inform the player of the conditions until the latent state is set in an easy-to-understand manner.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅคใขใผใ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅคใขใผใไธญใซใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ FIG. 161A is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of display contents displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 in a state where the probability change state (probability change mode) is set. 161 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the display contents displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 when the transition condition to the latent probability state is satisfied in the probability change mode. ..
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใ็ต้๏ผๅ ็ฎ๏ผใใใใใจใซใใใ็ดๆฅใๆใๆๅฉใชๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅคใขใผใ๏ผใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็ฎๆใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใฆใตใฎใๆจกใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒฉๅฑฑใใใ็ปใฃใฆใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใๅฒฉๅฑฑใ็ปใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซๅฝขๆใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใใ้ ไธใ็ฎๆใ๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใ็ขบๅคใขใผใใ็ตไบใใ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ็ต้ใใ๏ผใพใงใฎๆฎใใฎๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผใ็คบๅใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไพใงใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใไพ็คบใใฆใใใใใฎ้ ไธใพใงใฎๆฎใใฎใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ๏ผใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซ๏ผ๏ฝใใคๆธ็ฎ่กจ็คบใใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ ไธใพใงใฎๆฎใใฎใกใผใฟใผ๏ผ่ท้ข๏ผใใๆฝ็ขบใขใผใใธใจ็งป่กใใใพใงใฎๆฎใใฎๅคๅๅๆฐใงใใใจใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the seventh embodiment, the time saving number of times is elapsed (added) in the probabilistic state, so that the mode directly shifts to the most advantageous latent mode (latent state). Therefore, in the probabilistic state (probability change mode), an effect aiming at the latent probability state is executed. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 161 (a), an effect in which a character 811 imitating a rabbit climbs a rocky mountain is executed. In addition, the characters "Aim for the top !!" are displayed in the display area HR1 formed above the character 811 climbing the rocky mountain, and the display area HR2 formed on the right side of the character 811 has a probability change mode. The display content suggesting the remaining number of fluctuations (number of lottery) until the end of (the number of time reductions elapses a predetermined number (for example, 50 times)) is displayed. In the example of FIG. 161 (a), the case where the character "remaining 50 m" is displayed with respect to the display area HR2 is illustrated. The remaining meter display to the top is subtracted by 1 m each time the fluctuation display (variation display of the third symbol) is executed, so that the remaining meter (distance) to the top is displayed to the player. ) Is the remaining number of fluctuations until the transition to the latent mode.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซๅฏๅค๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใๅฏๅค๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅพใฎใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซใใใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซๅ ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆฐๅค๏ผใใ็นๅฎใฎๆฐๅคใพใงๅ ็ฎใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ็ขบใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๅฟ ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใๅฟ ่ฆใฏ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใฎๅคงๅกใฎๆ้ใ่ช่ญใใใชใใใใไธๅบฆใซใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆฐๅค๏ผใๅคงใใๆธๅฐใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the display mode of the meter display displayed in the display area HR2 described above is variably (subtracted) each time the variable display of the third symbol is executed, and the meter display after the variability (subtraction) is displayed. When the display mode becomes a specific transition display mode (for example, "remaining 0 m"), the game state is configured to shift from the probabilistic state to the latent state, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example. , It is configured so that it is added every time the fluctuation display of the third symbol is executed, and the display mode (numerical value) of the meter display is configured so that the latent probability mode is set when a specific numerical value is added. You may. Further, it is not always necessary to change the display mode of the meter display each time the variation display of the third symbol is executed. For example, when the variation display of the third symbol is executed a plurality of times, the display mode of the meter display is changed. It may be configured to be variable. With this configuration, the timing at which the display mode of the meter display changes can be made different from the variation display timing of the third symbol, so that the player can see the latent mode (latent state). It is possible to provide an unexpected effect by performing an effect in which the display mode (numerical value) of the meter display is greatly reduced at one time while recognizing the approximate period until is set.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใๆฝ็ขบใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ญใใชใฃใฆใใใใจใ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใฟใคใใณใฐใ่ฟใฅใใฆใใใใจ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆฐๅค๏ผใๆธ็ฎใใใๆผๅบใฎใฟใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ใซ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใซใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆฐๅค๏ผใไธๆ็ใซๅขๅ ใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๅธธใซๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as the display mode of the meter display displayed in the display area HR2, the period until the latent probability mode is set is shortened (the timing at which the transition condition is satisfied is approaching). Is configured to perform only the effect of subtracting the display mode (numerical value) of the meter display in order to notify the player, but a specific transition display mode (for example, when the latent state is set) is executed. It suffices if "remaining 0 m") is displayed. For example, an effect of temporarily increasing the display mode (numerical value) of the meter display may be executed while the probability change state is set. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to predict at what timing the latent state is set, so that the player can play the game while always expecting the latent state to be set.
ใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใฆใๅฐใชใใจใ่คๆฐใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใฃใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆ็ซใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใใใๆ็ซใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใฎใใกใไฝใใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ใซใๆ็ซใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฎ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎใพใพใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆธ็ฎใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅฎ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅขๅ ใใใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใไฝใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this case, as the transition conditions for transitioning from the probabilistic state to the latent state, at least a plurality of transition conditions, specifically, the jackpot type that triggered the setting of the probabilistic state and the jackpot winning time As the time saving end condition for ending the time saving state according to the game state, a first transition condition (for example, 20 times of time saving) that is easy to be satisfied and a second transition condition that is harder to be satisfied than the first transition condition (for example, 20 times of time saving). For example, the number of times of time reduction is 50), which is configured to set one of the time reduction end conditions, and when the probability change state is set, a display indicating the period until the first transition condition, which is easy to be satisfied, is satisfied. When the mode (for example, "remaining 20 m") is configured to be displayed in the display area HR2 and the time saving end condition actually set is the first transition condition, the display mode of the meter display is subtracted as it is. When the time reduction end condition actually set is the second transition condition, it is specified at the timing when the second transition condition is satisfied while increasing the display mode of the meter display based on the number of remaining time reductions. It may be configured so that the transition display mode of is displayed. With this configuration, when the probability change state is set after the jackpot game ends, it is possible for the player to make it difficult for the player to understand what the time saving end condition set for the current probability change state is.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฎใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใฆ่คๆฐใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฏใไบใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฎๅบๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅบใฅใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใๆธ็ฎใใใฆใใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใไธๆนใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใๅใซ๏ผใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซใชใๅใซ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๆฐๅค๏ผใๆฅๆฟใซๆธๅฐใใ็ญ็ธฎๆผๅบใจใใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅขใใใๅฑฑใ็ปใฃใฆใใๆผๅบใฎๅพใซใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผใจใชใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, a plurality of time saving end conditions are set in the probability change state set after the execution of the specific jackpot game. More specifically, the first time saving end condition that is satisfied when the number of executions of the special symbol variation (lottery) executed during the probability change state reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times), and the execution during the probability change state. The second time saving end condition that is satisfied when the result of the special symbol change (lottery) to be performed is a specific result (for example, small hit C winning) is set. Then, the display area HR2 is configured to display a meter display based on the first time reduction end condition that can calculate the timing at which the time reduction end condition is satisfied in advance. That is, during the probability change state, the meter display is subtracted each time the special symbol change is executed, and the latent state is set when the meter display becomes a specific transition display mode (for example, "remaining 0 m"). The effect of notifying that it is done is executed. On the other hand, if the second time reduction end condition is satisfied before the above-mentioned first time reduction end condition is satisfied (before the display mode of the meter display becomes a specific transition display mode), the meter display is displayed. As a shortening effect in which the aspect (numerical value) sharply decreases, an effect in which the meter display becomes a specific transition display mode (for example, "remaining 0 m") is executed after the effect in which the character 811 vigorously climbs a mountain.
ใใฎใใใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใๆงใ ใชๆ ๆงใงๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ้ๆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กใๅธธใซๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใไฝใใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใกใผใฟใผ่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่ก่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by configuring the meter display displayed in the display area HR2 to be variable in various modes, it is possible to make it difficult to understand at what timing the transition to the latent state is made. It is possible to make the player who is playing the game play the game while always expecting the transition to the latent state. In addition, regardless of which time reduction end condition is satisfied, the player can be notified of the transition to the latent state by displaying a specific transition display mode as the display mode of the meter display. It is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand effect.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅคใขใผใ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐใ็ต้ใใใ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใ๏ผๅ ดๅใซใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใๆ็ซใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฒฉๅฑฑใฎ้ ไธใซๅฐ้ใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใ้ ไธๅฐ้๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใๆฎใ๏ผ๏ฝใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใจใใใใจใๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 161 (b), the content of the effect to be executed when the time saving end condition is satisfied in the probability change state will be described. FIG. 162 (a) is a diagram showing an example of display contents when the number of time reductions has elapsed (the time reduction end condition is satisfied) in the probability variation mode (probability variation state). As shown in FIG. 162 (a), when the time saving end condition (for example, a predetermined number of special symbol fluctuations) is satisfied, the effect that the character 811 reaches the top of the rocky mountain is executed, and the display area HR1 is displayed. The words "Come to the top !!" are displayed. Further, the characters "remaining 0 m" are displayed on the display area HR2. From these display contents, it is possible to easily make the player understand that the state has shifted to the latent state (latent mode).
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไปฅๅคใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงใฏ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใใใ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคใใฎ็นๅ ธ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไปฅไธใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใใจ็งฐใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบใใจ็งฐใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ Here, in the present embodiment, when the latent probability state is set, by executing the right-handed game, the lottery of the second special symbol is performed as compared with the case where the game state other than the latent probability state is set. Is configured to be easy to execute, and the lottery of the second special symbol is configured to win a small hit with a high probability (higher probability than the lottery of the first special symbol). Then, by frequently executing the second special symbol lottery, the small hit game is frequently executed, and the player is configured to execute the game in which many benefits (prize balls) can be obtained. .. Hereinafter, a game in which a small hit game is frequently executed by a second special symbol lottery in a latent state is referred to as "RUSH", and an effect executed during the RUSH game is referred to as "RUSH effect".
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใฆใใใๅฎ้ใซ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใจใชใใพใง๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใพใง๏ผใฎ้ใฎ็ถๆ ๏ผๆบๅ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฐ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซใๅณๆใกใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใๅณๆใกใง๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใ้ๅงใใใใใ ๏ผ๏ผใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅไธญใใจใใๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใจใง่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใช๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ถๆ ใซ็ชๅ ฅใใใจใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎนๆใซ็่งฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ FIG. 162 (a) shows from the transition to the latent state (latent mode) to the state in which the prize ball can actually be obtained (until the small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol). It is a figure which showed the display mode in the state (preparation state) in between. As shown in FIG. 162 (a), in the prepared state, the characters "right-handed" are displayed in the small area Dm3, and the display area HR1 is "started RUSH by right-handed !!". Is displayed. In addition, the characters "RUSH is being prepared" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. From these display contents, it is possible to easily make the player understand that the player enters the RUSH state in which the prize ball can be obtained by performing the right-handed game.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใชใๅ ดๅใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใจใซใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใชใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the latent probability state is set when the time saving end condition is satisfied in the probability change state, but the second special symbol lottery is executed immediately after the latent probability state is set. It may not be possible to make it. Specifically, when the second special symbol change is executed during the probability change state and the time saving end condition is satisfied based on the execution of the first special symbol change while the second special symbol change is being executed. Will shift the gaming state from the probabilistic state to the latent state while the second special symbol change is being executed. In this case, a situation occurs in which the second special symbol change in the latent state is not executed until the second special symbol change being executed (the second special symbol change in which the change is started during the probability change state) is stopped and displayed. ..
ใใฎใใใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆฐใใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้็ใใฆใใพใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ข๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅ็ป้ข๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅพใซ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใซใ้ขใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใๆ้ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซไธไฟกๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, after the latent probability state is set, if there is a period during which the second special symbol lottery cannot be newly executed, the display screen (RUSH preparation) shown in FIG. 162 (a) occurs. By displaying the screen), it is possible to notify the player that the RUSH game will be executed later, so that the RUSH game is not executed even though the latent state is set. It is possible to suppress giving a feeling of distrust to the player.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ไปฅไธ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅๆ้่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅฎ้ใซๆๅฉ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๆๅฎๆ้ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅพใซๆๅฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใไธๅฉ้ๆ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผไพใใฐใๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใจใๆๅฉ้ๆ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผไพใใฐใๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฎ้ใซๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็จใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅไธญ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, as described above, at the timing when the gaming state shifts from the probabilistic state to the latent state, the remaining variation time of the second special symbol variation during execution is a predetermined period or more (for example, 10 seconds or more). In this case, the RUSH preparation period display shown in FIG. 162 (a) is executed, but it is actually advantageous after the game state in which the advantageous game that is advantageous to the player can be executed is set. When the length of the period until the execution condition of the game is satisfied is a predetermined period, it may be configured to notify that the advantageous game will be executed later. For example, the game may be played during the disadvantageous game (probability change state). In the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine 10 has a different game method (for example, a left-handed game) to be executed by a player and a game method (for example, a right-handed game) to be executed by a player during an advantageous game (latent state). It is preferable to configure the RUSH preparing display shown in FIG. 162 (a) to be executed by using the period from the setting of the latent state to the actual execution of the second special symbol change by the right-handed game. ..
ใใใซใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใไธๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคใใซๅฝ้ธใๆใใไธใคใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ้ทใใชใๆใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็นใซใใใฆใไธๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ไธญใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅๆ้่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใซๅฏพใใฆใๆกๅ ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณๆใกใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ้่กจ็คบ๏ผ่ฆใ้ฃใ่กจ็คบ๏ผใใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใฆใๆบๅไธญใๆซใใๅพ ใกไธใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใจ่ฏใใๅณใกใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ๏ผๅฎ่กใ้ฃใ๏ผ็ถๆณใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅๆ้่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใซใ้ขใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธไฟกๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, for example, a disadvantageous gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player is easier to win in the lottery of the normal symbol than the advantageous gaming state that is advantageous to the player, and the length of the selected variable time is longer. The pachinko machine 10 is configured to be easy to become, and is configured so that the second special symbol lottery can be easily executed during the normal symbol winning game that is executed when the normal symbol lottery is won. If so, at the time when the advantageous gaming state is set, the RUSH preparation period display shown in FIG. 162 (a) is executed during the period until the normal symbol variation executed during the disadvantageous gaming state is stopped and displayed. It may be configured to do so. In this case, on the display screen shown in FIG. 162 (a), the display mode of "right-handed" displayed in the guidance display area Dm3 is hidden (displayed invisible), or "preparation" is performed in the display area HR1. It is good to display the characters "Please wait for a while." That is, although the latent state is set, the player is notified that the second special symbol lottery cannot be executed (difficult to execute) even if the right-handed game is executed. It is advisable to display the RUSH preparation period display as shown above. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being distrusted because the RUSH game is not executed even though the right-handed game is executed.
ใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๅงใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏๅฎ็ฎฑใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใฏใๅฎ็ฎฑใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็จใใๆผๅบ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Then, when the second special symbol change (lottery) is executed during the latent state, the display screen shown in FIG. 162 (b) is displayed and the RUSH effect is executed. FIG. 162 (b) is a schematic diagram showing an example of display contents displayed when the RUSH game is executed. As shown in FIG. 162 (b), when the ball enters the right second entrance 645 during the latent state and the second special symbol change in which the small hit is won is executed, the display area HR1 The characters "RUSH start" are displayed in, and the characters "RUSH rush !!" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. Further, an icon (treasure box 812) imitating a treasure box is displayed in the main display area Dm. Thereby, during the RUSH game, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the effect (RUSH effect) using the icon (treasure box 812) imitating the treasure box is executed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใใฆใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใ้ใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใใใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใฏใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝใใฎๆๅญใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใๅฐใใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎใใใซใๅธธๆ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๆผๅบใจใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญ่บซใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ ใใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใๆผๅบใจใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๆผๅบใจใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญ่บซใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใจใใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๆฐใๆธใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 163, the display contents of the RUSH effect executed during the RUSH game in the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 163 is a schematic diagram showing an example of display contents displayed during the RUSH effect. As shown in FIG. 163, when the RUSH effect is executed, the effect that the character 811 opens the treasure box 812 is executed. Then, from the opened treasure chest 812, an effect of displaying the lottery result display mode showing the lottery result of the second special symbol lottery is executed. As the lottery result display mode, for example, when the lottery result of the second special symbol lottery is a small hit, a display mode imitating "V" is displayed, and when it is a big hit, the character "win" is imitated. The display mode is displayed, and if it is out of alignment, a display mode imitating a "cross mark" is displayed. In this way, the lottery result of the second special symbol can be displayed only by executing the effect of opening the treasure box 812 and the effect of displaying the contents of the treasure box 812 with respect to the treasure box 812 that is always displayed. , The effect of displaying the treasure box 812, the effect of opening the treasure box 812, and the effect of displaying the contents of the treasure box 812 are performed when the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is set shorter than in the case of executing. However, since the number of effects to be executed can be reduced, it is possible to execute an effect that is easy for the player to understand.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใไปใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใงใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐไปฅๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็บใใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซ็นๅ ธ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผใไปไธใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 164 and 165, the effect performed during the super RUSH game, which is more advantageous to the player than during the other RUSH games, will be described. In the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol executed during the latent state is configured to be variable based on the number of special symbols held and stored (the number of reserved special symbols held). Specifically, in the second special symbol variation executed when the number of special figure reservations is a specific number (for example, 1), the second special symbol variation is executed when the number of special figure reservations is other than the specific number. 2 It is configured so that a shorter fluctuation time can be easily selected than a special symbol fluctuation. As described above, while the latent state is set, the effect of giving the player a privilege (prize ball) is executed by frequently performing the small hit game based on the small hit winning of the second special symbol lottery. ..
ใใฃใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใใฐ็ญใใปใฉใๅไฝๆ้ใซๅ ใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๆ้ใฎๅฒๅใๅคงใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ๆใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใใใจใใงใใใไปฅไธใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใจใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใๆ้ไธญใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใจ็งฐใ่ชฌๆใใใใ Therefore, the shorter the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation in the latent state, the larger the ratio of the small hit game period to the unit period can be increased, so that the player can make the game state more playable. can. Hereinafter, during the RUSH game, the RUSH game during the period in which the number of reserved special symbols becomes a specific number and the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation becomes short will be referred to as a super RUSH game and will be described.
ใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใๆใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถ็ใซๅคใใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใฏ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็๏ผใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใชใใใๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ใๆธๅฐใใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ First, the content of the effect executed when the RUSH game is switched to the super RUSH game will be described. FIG. 164 (a) is a schematic view showing an example of the effect content executed in a state where the number of reserved special figures is easily subtracted during the RUSH game. In the present embodiment, when a specific small hit (for example, small hit B) is won in the second special symbol lottery executed during the latent state, the first special symbol change being executed is forcibly removed. It is configured to stop and display with. Further, it is configured so that a long fluctuation time (for example, 10 minutes) can be easily selected for the first special symbol fluctuation executed in the latent state. Further, the right-handed game executed during the latent state is configured so that the reserved ball of the first special symbol (special figure 1 reserved ball) can be acquired. That is, while executing the RUSH game in the latent state, it is difficult to reduce the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 based on the passage of the fluctuation time.
ใใฃใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใง็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใใใใชใ้ ใใ็ฎๆใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ้ซใไฝ็ฝฎใ็ฎๆใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Therefore, in order to reduce the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 until the conditions for executing the Super RUSH game are satisfied, it is necessary to win a specific small hit in the second special symbol lottery. Then, when the second special symbol change in which a specific small hit is won is executed, as shown in FIG. 164 (a), the characters "Aim for further summit" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds, and the main character is displayed. In the display area Dm, an effect for the character 811 to aim at a higher position is executed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็พๅจ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆกไปถใจใชใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใฎๅทฎๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฎต้ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅณๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใๆกๅ ็คบๅ่กจ็คบใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Specifically, a display mode indicating a stage corresponding to the difference between the number of special figure 1 reserved balls currently acquired and the number of special figure 1 reserved balls, which is a condition for executing the super RUSH game, is displayed. In the display area HR71 formed on the right side of the main display area Dm, a guidance suggestion display suggesting to the player the situation until the super RUSH game is executed is displayed.
ใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใใซ่คๆฐๅๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใชใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผใจใชใ๏ผใๆ็ซใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ้ ไธใซๅฐ้ใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆใซๅใฃใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ็พๅจใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ๏ผใใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Then, when a specific small hit is won a plurality of times during the RUSH game and the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 reaches the specific number (2), the display mode shown in FIG. 164 (b) is displayed. FIG. 164 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the display contents displayed when the execution condition of the super RUSH game is satisfied. When the execution condition of the super RUSH game (for example, the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is 2) is satisfied, the character 811 reaches the top, and the display mode for notifying that the execution condition of the super RUSH game is satisfied is handed. The production taken in is executed. Then, in the display area HR71, a display mode โ2โ indicating that the current number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 has the execution condition of the super RUSH game is displayed.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใๅพ่ฟฐใใ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใๅพใซใๆฐใใซ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใซใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๆฐใใซ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใ็ฒๅพใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅใๆฟใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใๆฐใใซ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ ใๆฐใใซ็ฒๅพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใฎๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ้ ใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅๅฅๆฉใๆถๆป ใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใฎไธใใใใจใฎ็กใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, after setting the state in which FIGS. 164 (a) and 164 (b) are displayed, that is, the effect mode suggesting the entry of Super RUSH in the special figure discard setting process (see S4643 in FIG. If the special figure 1 hold is acquired, the super RUSH game may not be executed when the first special symbol change being executed is discarded. Therefore, in the state where FIGS. 164 (a) and 164 (b) are displayed, a process of determining whether or not the special figure 1 hold is newly acquired is executed, and if it is acquired, the effect mode is switched. It is configured to execute the processing of. For example, when the special figure 1 hold is newly acquired, the effect that the peak shown in FIG. 164 (a) moves away corresponding to the number of newly acquired special figure 1 hold is executed. As a result, even if the super RUSH rushing opportunity disappears during the execution of the effect suggesting the rushing into the super RUSH, it is possible to execute the effect that does not give a sense of discomfort to the player.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใใไปฅๅคใซใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็พๅจใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผๅๅขๅ ใใใใจใงๆๅฉๆ้๏ผในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ้๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅขๅ ๆๅฉ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅขๅ ๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎๅคๅฅใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅใณใๆฎๅณไฟ็ใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็ใจๅไธใฎๅฆ็ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅฆ็ใซ็ธๅฝ๏ผใซใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใใฎไบๅๅคๅฅ็ตๆ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใใใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ใใชใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใๅขๅ ใใๆฉไผใๅฐๆฅใใใใจใ็คบๅใใใใใฎในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใ Further, in FIGS. 164 (a) and 164 (b), the content of the effect when the super RUSH game is executed by reducing the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 has been described. Even when the super RUSH game is executed by increasing the number of balls, an effect suggesting the entry of the super RUSH is executed. In this case, the process of determining whether the advantageous period (the period during which the super RUSH game is executed) is set (increased advantageous state) is executed by increasing the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 by one. , When it is determined that the game is in an increasing advantageous state, it is determined whether or not the game per normal figure is executed. In this determination, the lottery result of the fluctuation of the normal symbol being executed and the pre-reading process based on the information held in the normal symbol (the same process as the pre-reading process for the special symbol executed in each of the above-described embodiments is performed as the normal symbol. It is determined whether or not the game per normal figure is executed based on the pre-determination result (pre-reading result) of whether or not the information to be won per normal figure is included in (corresponding to the process to be executed for). Then, when it is determined that the game per normal figure is executed, the super RUSH rush effect is executed to suggest that the opportunity to increase the special figure 1 hold will soon come.
ใใฎในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใง๏ผๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใง๏ผใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆกๅฏ่ฝใๅณใกใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใจใใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฏ่ฝใจใชใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใจใฎใฟใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๆธๅฐใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As an effect mode of this super RUSH rush effect, the player is notified that the super RUSH game will be executed by increasing the number of holdings in Special Figure 1 (by winning a ball in the right electric accessory 164). The notification mode is set. This makes it easier for the player to establish the conditions for executing the super RUSH game. In this embodiment, the player can grasp the conditions for executing the super RUSH game, that is, the case where the super RUSH game is executed by reducing the number of balls reserved in special figure 1 and the case where the super RUSH game is executed and reserved in special figure 1. The case where the super RUSH game is executed by increasing the number of balls and the case where the super RUSH game is executed are configured to execute an effect that allows the player to distinguish, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the super RUSH game is executed. It is configured to notify the player only that the condition to be performed is likely to be satisfied, and to let the player select whether to execute a game in which the number of reservations is increased or a game in which the number of reservations is decreased. You may.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใฎๆผๅบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใ็ตๆใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก้้ใ็ญใใชใๅไฝๆ้ใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใใใๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใฏใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆๆ้ใจใชใใใใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่คๆฐใฎๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใในใใผใใขใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 165, the content of the effect executed during the super RUSH will be described. FIG. 165 is a diagram showing an example of an effect screen during Super RUSH. When the super RUSH game is executed, the second special symbol variation with a shorter fluctuation time than the normal RUSH game is likely to be executed. As a result, the execution interval of the small hit game is shortened and the small hit game is executed in a unit time. The number of times can be increased as compared with the normal RUSH game. Therefore, during the super RUSH game, the game period is more advantageous to the player than during the normal RUSH game. Then, during the Super RUSH game, as shown in FIG. 165 (a), the characters "Super RUSH" are displayed in the main display area Dm, and a plurality of treasure chests 812a to 812c are displayed. Then, the characters "speed up" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds.
ใคใพใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใชใใ๏ผๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅฎ็ฎฑใ่กจ็คบใใๆผๅบ๏ผใจใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅฎ็ฎฑใ้ๆพใไธญ่บซใ่กจ็คบใใๆผๅบ๏ผใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใจใชใใใใไบใ่คๆฐใฎๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใ้ฉๅฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ็ฎฑใ้ๆพใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, during the super RUSH game, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation is short (for example, 0.5 seconds), and the second special symbol lottery is drawn using the fluctuation period of one second special symbol fluctuation. Since it is difficult for the player to easily understand the effect of suggesting the result (the effect of displaying the treasure box) and the effect of notifying the lottery result (the effect of opening the treasure box and displaying the contents), there are a plurality of effects in advance. The treasure chests 812a to 812c are displayed, and the effect of opening the treasure chests is executed based on the lottery result as appropriate.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ่ฒใใใถใคใณ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใ่คๆฐใฎๅฎ็ฎฑใไบใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใๅฎ็ฎฑใ้ๆพใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่น่ฒใ้่ฒใฎ่ฑช่ฏใชๅฎ็ฎฑใ้ๆพใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใๅณใกใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใญใใญใฎๅฎ็ฎฑใ้ๆพใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Specifically, a plurality of treasure chests having different display modes (for example, color and design) are displayed in advance, and an effect of opening the treasure chest according to the lottery result of the second special symbol to be executed is executed. It is configured in. In this case, as a lottery result in which the lottery result of the second special symbol is advantageous to the player, for example, when the big hit in which the latent state is set again after the big hit game is won, the rainbow color or the golden color As a result of the lottery that opens the luxurious treasure box and is disadvantageous to the player, for example, if the jackpot whose normal state is set after the jackpot game ends, that is, the jackpot at the end of the RUSH game is won, it is tattered. The effect of opening the treasure chest is executed.
ใใฎใใใซใไบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็ฐใชใ่คๆฐใฎๅฎ็ฎฑใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅฎ็ฎฑใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบ๏ผ้ๆพใใๅฎ็ฎฑใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ By displaying a plurality of treasure chests having different display modes in advance in this way, the lottery result can be obtained without performing an effect of changing the display mode of the treasure chests displayed according to the result of the second special symbol lottery. It is possible to facilitate the execution of an effect that suggests (an effect that makes the display mode of the treasure box to be opened different).
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใใฆใใชใใใใไพใใฐใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใฎไบๅๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฝ่ฉฒๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅใฎๆ้ใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๆ้ใ้ทใ่จญๅฎใ้ฃใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใไบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็ฐใชใ่คๆฐใฎๅฎ็ฎฑใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใจใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, since the second special symbol mainly executed during the RUSH game (super RUSH game) does not have the hold storage function, for example, the winning information of the second special symbol that is held and stored can be obtained. It is not possible to perform an effect (so-called look-ahead effect) that suggests the lottery result from the period before the second special symbol change based on the winning information is executed based on the pre-determination result. It is configured in. Therefore, since it is difficult to set a long period for executing the effect suggesting the lottery result of each second special symbol lottery, it is possible to further enhance the effect of displaying a plurality of treasure chests having different display modes in advance. can.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใซไบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็ฐใชใ่คๆฐใฎๅฎ็ฎฑใ่กจ็คบใใๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅฎ็ฎฑใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใฉใณใใ ใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆๅๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ็พๅจใฎ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใๆใ็ถๆ ใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ็ฎฑใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ็ฎฑใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๆฐใ็จใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ ใใงใฏ็กใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ When using a configuration in which a plurality of treasure chests having different display modes are displayed in advance as in the present embodiment, the number of treasure chests displayed at the same time and the display mode may be randomly set, or the latent probability may be set. The display mode may be changed according to the number of games played (the number of times the special symbol lottery is executed) in the state. In addition, the current number of reserved balls for the special figure (the number of reserved balls for the first special symbol) is read, and based on the read result, it is determined whether or not the super RUSH game is likely to end, and the treasure box is determined based on the determination result. It may be configured to change the display mode and the number of displays. With this configuration, not only the lottery result of the second special symbol lottery but also the game status of the super RUSH game can be grasped by the player using the display mode and the number of displays of the treasure box. Can be improved.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใ็คบๅใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅๅใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใๅขๅ ใๅพใใใใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใๆงๆใใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ Next, with reference to FIG. 165 (b), the production content of the effect suggesting the end of the super RUSH game during the super RUSH game will be described. FIG. 165 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen displayed in an end suggestion effect suggesting the end of the super RUSH game. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the number of reserved balls of the special figure (the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol) is a specific number (1 or 2), the super RUSH game is configured to be executed. The right side area of the game board 13 is configured so that the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol (the number of reserved balls of special figure 1) can be increased by the game (right-handed game) executed during the super RUSH game. (See Fig. 157).
ใใฃใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใๅณใกใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใใ๏ผๅใซๅขๅ ใใฆใใพใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฎใใใชๅ ดๅใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใใช็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใงใใฃใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธ๏ผๅฝ้ธ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใงใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใฟ่พผใใงใใพใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็คบๅใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใ็ตไบใฎใใณใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Therefore, the super RUSH game may end when the number of special figure 1 reserved balls increases during the super RUSH game, that is, the number of special figure 1 reserved balls increases from 2 to 3. In such a case, the end suggestion effect as shown in FIG. 165 (b) is executed. In the state shown in FIG. 165 (b), the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is 2, and the player wins the normal symbol during the Super RUSH game (winning probability 1/30), and the right electric accessory 164 It is an end suggestion effect executed when the character is opened, and a display mode suggesting that the character 811 crouches down and the super RUSH game ends is displayed in the main display area Dm. Then, the characters "Pinch of end" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds.
ใใฎใใใซ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใจใซใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใไพใงใฏใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใ่ฆๅ ใๅณใกใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใจใซใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใๆใ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใๅณๆใกใไธญๆญใใฆใฆใตใฎใไผๆฉใใใใใฎใณใกใณใใ่กจ็คบใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใใๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใฎๅขๅ ใซๅบใฅใใฆในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ By executing the end suggestion effect in this way, the right electric accessory 164 wins a ball during the super RUSH game, and the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 increases, so that the super RUSH game shifts to the normal RUSH game. If this is done, it is possible to prevent the player from giving a sense of discomfort. In the example shown in FIG. 165 (b), the factor for ending the super RUSH game, that is, in the state where the super RUSH game ends due to the increase in the number of reserved balls in special figure 1, the number of reserved balls in special figure 1 increases. It is configured not to notify the player that it is in a state where it is easy to increase (a state in which the game is executed per normal figure), but it is not limited to this, for example, "Stop right-handed and rest the rabbit. You may display the comment "Let's do it" and execute a guidance notification that makes it difficult for the ball to win the right electric accessory 164 during the game. As a result, it is possible to prevent the super RUSH game from ending based on the increase in the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1, and the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 during the super RUSH game for the player. Since the display content displayed on the screen can be watched, the effect of the effect can be enhanced.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใฏใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงใ่ฏใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅฝ่ฉฒๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใชใฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใฎไบๅๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใๆๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅ๏ผใงใ่ฏใใ Further, the execution timing of the end suggestion effect shown in FIG. 165 (b) may be the start timing of the game per normal figure, or the normal symbol variation (variation time 10 seconds to 30 seconds) that is won per normal figure. The start timing, the timing when the remaining fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation reaches a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), and the information contained in the normal symbol holding ball are determined in advance, and the predetermined value is set based on the preliminary determination result. The timing may be (for example, 30 seconds before the game is executed per normal figure).
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใใจใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใใๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๅ ๅฎนใๆๆกใใฆใใๅณๆใก้ๆใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธญๆญๅใซๅฎ่กใใฆใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใ็จๅบฆใฎๆ้ใ็ขบไฟใใฆๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅใๅฎ่กใใใจ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅใซๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๆกๅ ๅ ฑ็ฅใๆๆกใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใชใ้ๆใ็ขบๅฎใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅฎ้ใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใๅ ดๅใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆไฟ็็ใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจไบๅๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅณๆใก้ๆใไธญๆญใใชใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใๅพใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบ๏ผๆ่ฌใใฌใปๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, when the above-mentioned guidance notification (guidance notification that makes it difficult for the ball to win the right electric accessory 164 during the normal game by interrupting the right-handed game) is executed, the notification content of the guidance notification is executed. If the right-handed game is interrupted after grasping, secure a period so that the ball fired by the right-handed game that was executed before the interruption cannot win the right electric accessory 164. It is preferable to execute the notification, and for example, it is preferable to configure the guidance notification to be executed 10 seconds before the game per game is executed. As a result, it is possible to reliably execute the game in which the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is not increased for the player who has grasped the guidance notification. In addition, when the game per game is not actually executed, or when, for example, the information contained in the normal symbol holding ball is determined in advance and it is determined in advance that the game per game will be executed 60 seconds later, that is, the right. The above-mentioned end suggestion effect (so-called Gase effect) may be executed at a timing when the number of reserved balls cannot be increased even if the striking game is not interrupted.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใจใซใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅๅใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใชใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใๅพใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใ่ชฌๆใใใใ้ใซใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใจใซใใ็นๅณ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅๅใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใชใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใๅพใๅ ดๅใใใใ In FIG. 165 (b) described above, it is executed when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is not a specific number (1 or 2) due to an increase in the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 and the super RUSH game can be completed. However, as the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 decreases, the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is no longer a specific number (1 or 2), and the Super RUSH game ends. In some cases.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ็ถๆ ใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจๅๆงใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 166, the end suggestion effect executed when the super RUSH game ends due to the decrease in the number of reserved balls in Special FIG. 1 will be described. FIG. 166 is a diagram showing an example of an effect screen of an end suggestion effect executed when the super RUSH game ends due to a decrease in the number of reserved balls in Special Fig. 1. The state shown in FIG. 166 is a state in which the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is one, and the remaining fluctuation time of the first special symbol change during execution is 1.5 seconds. As shown in FIG. 166, in the main display area Dm of the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, the end suggestion effect is executed in the same display mode as that shown in FIG. 165 (b) described above. ..
ใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๆฌกใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใจใง็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใซใชใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใ็ตไบใฎใใณใ๏ผ๏ผไฟ็ใ่ฒฏใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎใใใซ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใชใใใฐในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ In this case, after 1.5 seconds, the first special symbol change is stopped and displayed, and the next first special symbol change is started, so that the number of balls reserved for special figure 1 becomes 0 and the super RUSH game ends. Become. Therefore, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "Pinch to end !! Save hold" are displayed. By executing the end suggestion effect in this way, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the super RUSH game will end unless the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is increased.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใๅฅๆฉใ่คๆฐ่จญใใฆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใใใใไฝใใฎๅฅๆฉใๆ็ซใใ๏ผๆ็ซใๅพใ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, a plurality of triggers for reducing the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 are provided, and as shown in FIG. A specific small hit (small hit B) may be won in a special symbol lottery, and the first special symbol change being executed may be forcibly stopped (discarded). Regardless of the state in which any of the triggers is established (can be established), by executing the end suggestion effect shown in FIG. 166, the game is played when the super RUSH game shifts to the normal RUSH game for the player. It is possible to suppress giving a person a sense of discomfort.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขๅฝ้ธใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใซใชใใพใงใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ฎๅบใใใใฎ็ฎๅบ็ตๆใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใใ๏ผๅใซใชใฃใใฟใคใใณใฐใใๆๅฎ้้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๅณใกใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅๅขๅ ใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใซใชใๅพใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅคๅฅใใใใจ็กใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใซใใใใใใซ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As the timing for executing the end suggestion effect shown in FIG. 166, the residual fluctuation time of the first special symbol fluctuation during execution and the residual fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation in which the small hit B is won are determined. , Even if the remaining period until the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 becomes 0 is calculated based on the determination result, and the execution is performed at the timing when the calculation result becomes a predetermined period (for example, 10 seconds). Alternatively, it may be configured to execute at predetermined intervals (for example, 30-second intervals) from the timing when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is changed from 2 to 1. That is, in the state where the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is 1, the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 becomes 0 because the super RUSH game continues even if the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 increases by 1. It may be configured to execute the end suggestion effect in order to make the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 two without determining the timing to obtain.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๅ ดๅใใๆธๅฐใใๅ ดๅใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใ้ๆใจใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใชใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใ้ๆใจใใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใไปใพใงใซ็กใๆฌๆฐใช้ๆๆงใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the super RUSH game can be completed regardless of whether the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 increases or decreases. Therefore, for the player during the super RUSH game. So far, it is possible to execute a game in which the super RUSH game is continued by increasing the number of balls held in Special Figure 1 and a game in which the super RUSH game is continued by not increasing the number of balls held in Special Figure 1. It is possible to provide a novel playability that is not found in the game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใจใฏ็ฐใชใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใ็ถๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใ็ถๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅไธใซใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ธๆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅณใกใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใจใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใชใใใใซใใใใใซๅณๆใก้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใจใงในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใจใซใใฃใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใ่ชคใฃใ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ธๆใใ้ๆๆนๆณใๅพใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใซไธใใๅฝฑ้ฟใใใๅคงใใใใใใจใใงใใใ It should be noted that, different from the effect content of the present embodiment, for example, the end suggestion effect (FIG. 165) is executed in a state where the end condition for ending the super RUSH game is easily satisfied by increasing the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1. (B)) and the end suggestion effect (see FIG. 166) executed in a state where the end condition for ending the super RUSH game is likely to be satisfied by reducing the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 are the same. , The sub-display area Ds may be configured to execute an effect that allows the player to select whether or not to continue the right-handed game. As a result, the game method selected by the player, that is, the game method in which the super RUSH game is continued by executing the right-handed game in order to increase the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1, and the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 are increased. Since the duration of the super RUSH game can be different depending on the game method in which the super RUSH game is continued by interrupting the right-handed game in order to prevent the game from being caused, the player is enthusiastically played the game. Can be done. Further, when the player selects an erroneous game method, the game method becomes a game method that facilitates the establishment of the end condition of the super RUSH game, so that the game method selected by the player is used as a later game result. The impact can be greater.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ้ใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ้ฃ็ถใใ็นๅฎ็ฏๅฒ๏ผ๏ผๅใ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ้้ฃ็ถใฎ็ฏๅฒใซในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใจ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใซในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใจใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใใ๏ผๅใซใชใๅพใๅ ดๅใจใ๏ผๅใใ๏ผๅใซใชใๅพใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใฎ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใใ๏ผๅใๅใฏ๏ผๅใใ๏ผๅใซใชใๅพใๅ ดๅใซใฏใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใฎ็ตไบใ็คบๅใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฎๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใจใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใจใใฆๅพ ๆฉๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใไพใซใใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใฆใใๅขๅ ใใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใใใใๅพ ๆฉๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใใฎๆจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็จใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ใๅทฎใๅผใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใจใชใๅ ดๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใซใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ็ญใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใธใจ็งป่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the period during which the super RUSH game is executed is configured to be within a specific range (1 or 2) in which the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is continuous. Without limitation, for example, the number of special figure 1 reserved balls in which the super RUSH game is executed may be set in a discontinuous range. For example, the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is 1 and 3. In some cases, the super RUSH game may be configured to be executed. In this case, as the end suggestion effect, in the case where the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 can be changed from 1 to 0 and the number can be changed from 3 to 4, the above-mentioned FIGS. 165 (b) and 166 are shown. When the same end suggestion effect is executed and the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 can be changed from 1 to 2, or 3 to 2, the end of the Super RUSH game is not suggested, but the end of the Super RUSH game. It is preferable to configure the standby effect to be executed as an effect suggesting the transition to the standby state. That is, according to the above-mentioned example, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is 2, the super RUSH game is executed even if the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 decreases or increases. Special Figure 1 Compared to the case where the number of reserved balls is 0 or 4, the super RUSH game is more likely to be executed (standby state), so by executing the standby effect, the player is informed to that effect. It can be notified in an easy-to-understand manner. Further, in this case, the first special symbol change executed when the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is two (the special figure 1 reserved ball used in the first special symbol lottery this time is subtracted). The fluctuation time selected in (1st special symbol variation when the number of balls is 2) is configured to be shorter than when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is 0 or 4. You may. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the transition from the standby state to the super RUSH game, and it is possible to enthusiastically perform the game for the player who has transitioned to the standby state.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ้ท็งปๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใ้ท็งปๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆใ่กใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใฎ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๅคใใฎ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใๆฌกใใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎ้ ใง้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใฎ้ใๅฐใชใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 167, the flow of the game in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 167 is a transition diagram schematically showing the transition contents of the gaming state in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 167, in the present embodiment, the gaming state is a normal state (low probability state of special symbol, low probability state of normal symbol), probabilistic state (high probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol). , The latent state (high probability state of special symbol, low probability state of normal symbol) can be set. Then, the amount of the privilege given to the player who plays the game is configured to be different according to the set game state. Specifically, when the latent state is set, the player is given the most benefits, and then the amount of the benefits given to the player is reduced in the order of the probabilistic state and the normal state. It is configured.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฏใชใขในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใชใใ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใ็ใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ The pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment is configured so that a normal state is set as an initial state of the pachinko machine 10 (a state in which the power is turned on while operating the RAM clear switch 122). Then, in the normal state, it is easier to execute the special symbol lottery when the left-handed game is executed than when the right-handed game is executed. Is executed. When a ball enters the first entry port 64 in the normal state, the first special symbol lottery in which the jackpot is won with a probability of 1/200 is executed. If the jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery, the jackpot type (big hit A7) in which the normal state is set again after the jackpot game ends is set at a rate of 35%, and the probability changes after the jackpot game ends at a rate of 45%. The jackpot type (big hit B7) in which the state is set is set, and the jackpot type (big hit C7) in which the latent state is set after the jackpot game ends is set at a rate of 20%.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใธใจๆใ็งป่กใๆใใๆฌกใใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใๆใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฏๆใ็งป่กใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ต็ฑใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆๆงใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the seventh embodiment, when a big hit is won in the special symbol lottery in the normal state, it is most likely to shift to the probabilistic state, then to the normal state, and to the latent state most. It is configured to be difficult. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a game property in which a latent state that is most advantageous to the player is set by passing through a plurality of game states.
ๆฌกใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใๆใใชใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๆใใชใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใจใชใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Next, when the probability variation state is set, the normal symbol becomes a high-probability state, so that the right electric accessory 164 is easier to open than the low-probability state of the normal symbol, and the first ball is entered by the left-handed game. Since it is easier to insert the ball into the right first entry port 164r by the right-handed game than to insert the ball into the mouth 64, the game of executing the first special symbol lottery is executed by the right-handed game. .. Further, during the probability change state, the special symbol becomes a high probability state, and the first special symbol lottery in which the jackpot is won with a probability of 1/60 is executed. If a jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery executed during the probability change state, a jackpot type (big hit A7) in which the normal state is set after the jackpot game ends is set at a rate of 35%, and a jackpot game is set at a rate of 45%. The jackpot type (big hit B7) in which the latent probability state is set after the end is set, and the jackpot type (big hit C7) in which the probability change state is set again after the jackpot game ends is set at a rate of 20%.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅๆ็ถๆ ใงใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎใปใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ้ใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใๆใ็ถๆ ใจใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ถ็ถใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the seventh embodiment, the probabilistic state is configured to be easier to shift to the latent probable state when the jackpot is won than in the normal state which is the initial state. As a result, when a big hit is won during the normal state and the state shifts to the probabilistic state, the probabilistic state can be made easier to shift to the latent state than the normal state. It is possible to facilitate continuous game play.
ใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผๅฝ้ธ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใจ็กใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ซ็ขบ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใไธใคใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ซ็ขบ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใฎใใกใไฝใใใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใชใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ซ็ขบ็ใๅฏๅคใใใใฎใงใใใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใฆๅคใๅฝ้ธ๏ผๅฝ้ธ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ๏ผๆ็ซ็ขบ็ใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใ In addition, if the special symbol variation is executed 50 times without winning the jackpot in the state where the probability variation state is set, the condition for ending the high probability state of the normal symbol (time saving end condition) is satisfied. , It is configured to shift to the latent state. In other words, when the probability variation state is set, the probability variation is the first transition condition (establishment probability is about 35%) that is satisfied when the special symbol lottery is executed 50 times without winning the jackpot (winning probability 1/60). The latent state is set when any of the second transition conditions (establishment probability is about 30%) that is satisfied when the jackpot is won during the state and the jackpot B7 is set. Will be. Further, the above-mentioned first transition condition changes the probability of establishment according to the remaining period of the probability change state. For example, in the state where the special symbol change is executed 49 times during the probability change state, it is executed next. The first transition condition is satisfied (probability of establishment is about 90%) when the player loses the prize (probability of winning 59/60) in the 50th special symbol change.
ใใฎใใใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใใใใใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใ่คๆฐ่จญใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ซ็ขบ็ใๅฏๅคใใ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ซ็ขบ็ใๅฏๅคใใใใจใฎ็กใ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผใจใใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆใฎ็ต้ใซๅฟใใฆๆๆใใ้ๆ็ตๆใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบ็ใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบ็ใฎใปใใ้ซใใชใๆ้ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใๅฆใใ็ ฝใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ็ขบๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบ็ใฎใปใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบ็ใใใ้ซใใชใๆ้ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใๅฆใใ็ ฝใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ In this way, when a plurality of transition conditions for transitioning the gaming state from the probability change state to the latent probability state are provided, the transition condition in which the probability of establishment changes according to the number of executions of the special symbol change (first transition condition). By providing a transition condition (second transition condition) in which the probability of establishment does not change according to the number of times the special symbol change is executed, the game is played against the player who is playing the game in the probabilistic state. The desired game result can be changed according to the progress of. Therefore, immediately after the probability variation state is set, that is, the probability that the latent probability state is set based on the establishment of the second transition condition rather than the probability that the latent probability state is set based on the establishment of the first transition condition. In the period when the value is higher, the player is subjected to an effect of inciting whether or not the second transition condition is satisfied, and when a predetermined period elapses after the probability change state is set, that is, the first transition condition is satisfied. In the period when the probability that the latent probability information is set based on the above is higher than the probability that the latent probability state is set based on the establishment of the second transition condition, the first transition condition is satisfied for the player. It is possible to perform an effect that incites whether or not.
ๆฌกใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ๅธธใฎ้ทใใ้ธๆใใๆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ๅธธใใใ็ญใ้ทใใ้ธๆใใๆใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใ้ๆ็ถๆณ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใๅไฝๆ้ๅฝใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใใฒใใฆใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใๆๅฉใช๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, the flow of the game in the latent state will be described. When the latent state is set, as described above, the RUSH game is executed according to the number of reserved special figures (the number of reserved balls in special figure 1). Specifically, when the number of special figure holdings (special figure 1 holding number of balls) is 0,3,4, it is easy to select a normal length as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation in the latent state. When the RUSH game is executed and the number of special figure holdings (special figure 1 holding number of balls) is 1 or 2, a shorter length than usual is selected as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation in the latent state. It is configured to perform an easy Super RUSH game. In this way, by changing the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation according to the game situation (special figure 1 reserved number of balls), the number of executions of the second special symbol lottery per unit time, and by extension, the small hit game Since it is possible to change the number of times of execution of the game, it is possible to make the player play the game in the latent state while expecting the player to perform the RUSH game which is more advantageous.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅใณใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใฏๅ ฑใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฝใใ็ขบ็๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใฏๅ ฑ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใใไธๆนใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏๅคใใใใจใ็กใใใคใพใใไธๅบฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใพใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ๏ผใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใใงใใใ Both the above-mentioned RUSH game and the super RUSH game are games executed in the latent state, and the winning probability of the special symbol (winning in the second special symbol) is set to common (1/60). ing. Further, in the present embodiment, the probability of winning a small hit in the lottery of the second special symbol is set to be high (59/60). If the jackpot is won during the latent state, the jackpot type (big hit D7) in which the normal state is set after the jackpot game ends is set at a rate of 35%, and the latent state is set at a rate of 65% after the jackpot game ends. Is set again. On the other hand, if a small hit is won during the latent state, the game state does not change. That is, once the latent state is set, the RUSH game (game in the latent state) can be continued until the jackpot D7 (35% of the jackpot winning) is set.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ่จญใใใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๅใณใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ่จญใใใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใๅคๆดใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration in the 7th embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 168 to 174. The pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment has a part of the ROM 202, a part of the RAM 203, and a voice lamp control provided in the main control device 110 with respect to the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment described above. The difference is that a part of the RAM 223 provided in the device 113 is changed, and the other parts are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆๅใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใซไปฃใใฆๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใ่จญใใ็นใๅใณใๆฐใใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใใซใๅณ็คบใฏ็็ฅใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใๅพใ็ฏๅฒใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใๅพใ็ฏๅฒใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅคๆดใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใงใใใใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the configuration of the ROM 202 provided in the main control device 110 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 168 to 172. First, the contents of the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 168 (a). FIG. 168 (a) is a schematic view schematically showing the contents specified in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 168, the ROM 202 of the present embodiment is smaller than the ROM 202 of the fourth embodiment described above (see FIG. 116) by using a random number 7 table 202fa per first instead of the random number table 202a per first. The small hit random number 7 table is replaced with the hit random number table 202de, the second hit random number 7 table 202fc is replaced with the second hit random number table 202b, and the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd is replaced with the jackpot type selection 4 table 202db. The difference is that the variation pattern selection 7 table 202fe is provided instead of the pattern selection 4 table 202dc, and the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff and the normal figure variation pattern selection 7 table 202fg are newly provided. ing. Further, although not shown, in the seventh embodiment, the range in which the value of the random number counter C1 per first can be updated is "0 to 399" to "0 to 599" with respect to the fourth embodiment described above. The difference is that the range in which the value of the random number counter C2 per second can be updated is changed from "0 to 999" to "0 to 299". Since the other configurations are the same, the same reference numerals are given and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใๅใณใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ First, the random number 7 table 202fa per first will be described with reference to FIG. 168 (b). FIG. 168 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the random number 7 table 202fa per first. The first random number 7 table 202fa is determined to be a hit against the above-mentioned first random number table 202a (see FIG. 23B) according to the symbol type of the special symbol and the probability state of the special symbol. The difference is that the value of the random number counter C1 per first is specified.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใซ้ขใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅค๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใๅค๏ผใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใ่ฆๅฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณใกใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงไฝใใฎ็จฎๅฅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅธธๆ ใงไฝใใฎ็จฎๅฅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅ ฑ้ใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฎๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใ Specifically, regardless of the type of special symbol (first special symbol, second special symbol) for which the special symbol lottery has been executed, if the low probability state of the special symbol is set, the jackpot judgment value (special). If the range of the value "0 to 2" of the first random number counter C1 is defined as the value determined to be a jackpot in the symbol lottery and the high probability state of the special symbol is set, the jackpot determination value is the first. The range of the value "0 to 9" of the random number counter C1 per unit is defined. That is, in the seventh embodiment, no matter which type of special symbol lottery is executed in a state where the low probability state of the special symbol is set, the jackpot is won with a probability of about 1/200, and the special symbol is selected. Regardless of which type of special symbol lottery is executed in the normal state where the high probability state is set, the jackpot is configured to be won with a probability of about 1/60. In the present embodiment, the value of the first random number counter C1 that is determined to be a big hit is commonly defined for each special symbol type, but the value is not limited to this, and is different for each special symbol type. The value of the random number counter C1 per unit may be specified to be the jackpot determination value, or the number of values of the first random number counter C1 which is the jackpot determination value may be different for each special symbol type. ..
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅงๅๅ ฅ่ณๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฝ่ฉฒๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็นใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฅ๏ผไบๆธฌ๏ผใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจ็กใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใใจใไบๅใซไบๆธฌใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใฎๅฐใชใใจใไธ้จใๆใใฏๅ จ้จใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจๅคๅฎใใใชใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅไธใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅฝ่ฉฒๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใ็จใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใใ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใใไธๆญฃ่ก็บใ่กใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the value (โ0 to 2โ) of the first random number counter C1 that is determined to be a big hit when the low probability state of the special symbol is set is the value of the special symbol. Even when the high probability state is set, the value of the first random number counter C1 which is determined to be a big hit is set. With this configuration, the first look-ahead process (see S1757 of FIG. 135) and the second look-ahead process executed in the start winning process 4 (see S152 of FIG. 134) executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 and the second look-ahead process. In the process (see S1764 of FIG. 136), for example, when the value of the first random number counter C1 determined to be a big hit in the low probability state of the special symbol is acquired, the special symbol lottery corresponding to the winning information is executed. It is possible to predict in advance that the winning information includes information on winning a big hit without executing a process of determining (predicting) the gaming state at a certain point in time. Not limited to this, at least a part or all of the value of the first random number counter C1 which is determined to be a big hit in the low probability state of the special symbol is not determined to be a big hit in the high probability state of the special symbol. The contents of the random number table 202fa per first may be specified. With this configuration, when the same value of the first random number counter C1 is acquired, it is set when the jackpot determination using the acquired value of the first random number counter C1 is executed. The determination result can be different depending on the game state. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for fraudulent acts to acquire the value of the specific first random number counter C1.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅคๆดใใ็นใซไผดใใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใธใจๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ ใใงใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงใฏ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the small hit random number 7 table 202fb will be described with reference to FIG. 168 (c). FIG. 168 (c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the small hit random number 7 table 202fb. The small hit random number 7 table 202fb has a symbol in accordance with the change in the range of possible values of the first random number counter C1 with respect to the small hit random number table 202da (see FIG. 117) in the fourth embodiment described above. The only difference is that the types are different in that the range of the small hit determination value in the second special symbol is changed to "10 to 599", and the other points are the same, so detailed description thereof will be omitted. That is, the seventh embodiment is configured so that the small hit is not won in the lottery of the first special symbol, but the small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol with a high probability (590/600).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฎๅคใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the second random number 7 table 202fc will be described with reference to FIG. 168 (d). FIG. 168 (d) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the second random number 7 table 202fc. As shown in FIG. 168 (d), in the second random number 7 table 202fc, when the normal symbol is in the low probability state, the acquired second random number counter C4 has a value of "0", which is a normal symbol hit. In the case of a high probability state of a normal symbol, the acquired second random number counter C4 is defined in the range of "0 to 299".
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝ็ขบ็ใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใจใใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่ก็ขบ็ใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, when the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal symbol (1/299) is set to the low probability. As a result, the execution probability of the game per normal symbol can be made different between the normal state and the latent state, which are the low probability states of the normal symbol, and the probabilistic state, which is the high probability state of the normal symbol.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใจใงๅไธใฎ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใงใฏๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใงใฏๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the same game method (right-handed game) is executed in the probabilistic state in which the high probability state of the normal symbol is set and the latent state in which the low probability state of the normal symbol is set. It is configured to. Then, in the right-handed game executed in the latent state, a game in which the second special symbol lottery is executed by inserting the ball into the right second entrance 645 (see FIG. 157) is performed, and the game is in the probabilistic state. In the right-handed game to be executed in, a game is configured in which the first special symbol lottery is executed by inserting a ball into the right electric accessory 164.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎ่ฆๅฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจๅๆงใซใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎๅคๅฎๅคใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 169, the details of the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd in the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 169 is a diagram showing the specified contents of the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd. The jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd is a data table in which determination values for determining the jackpot type are stored for each type of special symbol, as in the jackpot type selection table 202d in the first embodiment.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใฎ๏ผๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใฎ๏ผๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 169, in the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd in the seventh embodiment, three jackpots of "big hit A7" to "big hit C7" are set as the jackpot types of the first special symbol (special figure 1). The type is specified. On the other hand, as the jackpot type of the second special symbol, two jackpot types of "big hit D7" to "big hit E7" are defined.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅฆใใๅฏๅคใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏ่จญๅฎใใใชใ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใๆใไธๅฉใช้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใใ As shown in FIG. 169, as the jackpot type of the first special symbol (special figure 1), the value of the first hit type counter C2 is in the range of "0 to 34", and the jackpot type is "big hit A7". It is specified in association with each other. This "big hit A7" is a type of big hit (8 rounds (R) normal big hit) in which the number of rounds of the big hit is 8 rounds and the normal state of the special symbol is set after the end of the big hit. In addition, it is variable whether or not a high probability state (time saving state) of a normal symbol is set according to the game state at the time of winning a big hit. More specifically, when the "big hit A7" is won in the normal state, the probability change state, and the latent state, the time reduction state of the normal symbol is not set (0 is set in the value of the time reduction counter 203f). That is, if the "big hit A7" is won in the normal state, the probability change state, and the latent state, the most disadvantageous normal state is set again.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใฎใใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใ Of the 100 possible random numbers (counter values) of the first hit type counter C2, 35 are the random numbers (counter values) associated with the "big hit A7", so the lottery for the first special symbol In the case of a big hit, the rate at which "big hit A7" is determined is 35% (35/100).
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใไธๆนใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 169, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in association with the range of "35 to 79" and "big hit B7" as the jackpot type. This "big hit B7" is a type of jackpot (8 rounds probability variable jackpot) in which the number of rounds of the jackpot is 8 and the probability variation state of the special symbol is set after the jackpot ends. If the "big hit B7" is won in the normal state, 50 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h, while if the "big hit B7" is won in the probabilistic state and the latent state, the time saving counter 203h The value is set to 0.
ๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใๆฏ่ผ็ๆๅฉใช็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซๅฏพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๆใใฏๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆใๆๅฉใชๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ้ขใงๆฏ่ผ็ๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใไธๆนใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไปฅๅคใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ้ขใงๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใ That is, if the "big hit B7" is won in the normal state, the state shifts to a relatively advantageous probability change state (50 times). On the other hand, when the "big hit B7" is won in the probabilistic state or the latent state, the number of time reductions is set to 0, so that the gaming state after the big hit is the most advantageous latent state. Therefore, "big hit B7" is a big hit type that is relatively advantageous in terms of the gaming state when winning in the normal state. On the other hand, if the player wins in a game state other than the normal state, it is the most advantageous jackpot type in terms of the game state.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใฎใใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใ Of the 100 possible random numbers (counter values) of the first hit type counter C2, 45 are the random numbers (counter values) associated with the "big hit B7", so the lottery for the first special symbol In the case of a big hit, the rate at which "big hit B7" is determined is 45% (45/100).
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใ็ขบๅคใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใไธๆนใงใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 169, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in association with the range of "80 to 99" and "big hit C7" as the jackpot type. This "big hit C7" is a type of jackpot (8 rounds probability variable jackpot) in which the number of rounds of the jackpot is 8 and the probability variation state of the special symbol is set after the jackpot ends. If the "big hit C7" is won in the probability variation, 50 is set as the value of the time saving counter 203h, while if the "big hit C7" is won in the normal state and the latent state, the value of the time saving counter 203h is set. Is set to 0.
ๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใงใๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๅคใใใใจใ็กใใ That is, in the normal state, winning the "big hit C7" is more advantageous to the player than winning the "big hit B7", and in the probabilistic state, winning the "big hit B7" rather than winning the "big hit C7". It is more advantageous for the player to win. Further, in the latent state, the degree of advantage does not change depending on whether the "big hit B7" is won or the "big hit C7" is won.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใฎใใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผ๏ผใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใ Of the 100 possible random numbers (counter values) of the first hit type counter C2, 20 are the random numbers (counter values) associated with the "big hit C7", so the lottery for the first special symbol In the case of a big hit, the rate at which "big hit C11" is determined is 20% (20/100).
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใ้ใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใๆใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใชใใฃใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the ratio of shifting to the gaming state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player is determined according to the gaming state when the jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery. It is configured differently, with 20% in the normal state, 45% in the probabilistic state, and 65% in the latent state, so that the latent state is set after the jackpot game ends. .. With this configuration, when the game state shifts, for example, when the jackpot is won during the normal state and the probability change state is set after the jackpot game ends, the state shifts to the latent state rather than the normal state. Since it is possible to provide an easy advantageous state, it is possible to enthusiastically continue the game for the player whose latent state has not been set.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅฆใใๅฏๅคใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏ่จญๅฎใใใชใ๏ผๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใๆใไธๅฉใช้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 169, as the jackpot type of the second special symbol (special figure 2), the value of the first hit type counter C2 is in the range of "0 to 34", and the jackpot type is "big hit D7". Is specified in association with each other. This "big hit D7" is a big hit type in which the same contents as the above-mentioned "big hit A7" are defined, the number of rounds of the big hit is 8 rounds, and the type in which the special symbol is set to the normal state after the big hit is completed. The jackpot (8 rounds (R) normal jackpot). In addition, it is variable whether or not a high probability state (time saving state) of a normal symbol is set according to the game state at the time of winning a big hit. More specifically, when the "big hit D7" is won in the normal state, the probability change state, and the latent state, the time reduction state of the normal symbol is not set (0 is set in the value of the time reduction counter 203f). That is, if the "big hit D7" is won in the normal state, the probability change state, and the latent state, the most disadvantageous normal state is set again.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใฎใใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใ็ตไบๅฅๆฉใจใชใใ Of the 100 possible random numbers (counter values) of the first hit type counter C2, 35 are the random numbers (counter values) associated with the "big hit D7", so the lottery for the first special symbol In the case of a big hit, the rate at which "big hit D7" is determined is 35% (35/100). In the present embodiment, the second special symbol lottery is easily executed when the game state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player is set. Therefore, this "big hit D7" is a game. It is an end opportunity to end the game state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใไธๆนใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 169, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in association with the range of "35 to 99" and "big hit E7" as the jackpot type. This "big hit E7" is a type of jackpot (8 rounds probability variable jackpot) in which the number of rounds of the jackpot is 8 and the probability variation state of the special symbol is set after the jackpot ends. If the "big hit E7" is won in the normal state, 100 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h, while if the "big hit E7" is won in the probabilistic state and the latent state, the time saving counter 203h The value is set to 0.
ๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใๆฏ่ผ็ๆๅฉใช็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซๅฏพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๆใใฏๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆใๆๅฉใชๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ้ขใงๆฏ่ผ็ๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใไธๆนใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไปฅๅคใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ้ขใงๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใ That is, if the "big hit E7" is won in the normal state, the state shifts to a relatively advantageous probability change state (100 times). On the other hand, when the "big hit E7" is won in the probabilistic state or the latent state, the number of time reductions is set to 0, so that the gaming state after the big hit is the most advantageous latent state. Therefore, "big hit E7" is a big hit type that is relatively advantageous in terms of the gaming state when winning in the normal state. On the other hand, if the player wins in a game state other than the normal state, it is the most advantageous jackpot type in terms of the game state.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใฎใใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใ Of the 100 possible random numbers (counter values) of the first hit type counter C2, 65 are the random numbers (counter values) associated with the "big hit E7", so the lottery for the first special symbol In the case of a big hit, the rate at which "big hit E7" is determined is 65% (65/100).
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆใไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใซใผใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใใชใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใใจใ้กใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ As described above, in the seventh embodiment, in the game state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player, when a big hit is won in the second special symbol lottery (special figure 2 lottery) that is mainly executed. Is configured so that the latent state loops at a rate of 65% and the latent state ends (normal state is set) at a rate of 35%. Therefore, the player wishes not to win the "big hit E7" while winning the prize ball by the small hit game executed with a high probability (59/60) in the state where the latent state is set. It will be executed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅๆงใซใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใจใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใฎๅ ๅฎนใไธ้จๅคๆดใใ็นใจใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ Next, the details of the variation pattern selection table 202fe in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 170 and 171. Similar to the fluctuation pattern selection table 202d (see FIG. 25) in the first embodiment, the fluctuation pattern selection table 202fe determines the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the fluctuation display from the value (random value) of the fluctuation type counter CS1. It is a data table to do. In the seventh embodiment, as the variation pattern selection table 202fe, the contents of the data table referred to when the game state is the normal state are partially changed with respect to the first embodiment described above, and the game state. Is different in that the probability variation 7 table 202fe2 referred to when is in the probability variation state and the latency 7 table 202fe3 referenced when is in the latency state are added.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใใใฎ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ๅธธ็จใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ็นใงๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ First, the contents of the normal 7 table 202fe1 referred to when the gaming state is the normal state will be described with reference to FIG. 170. FIG. 170 is a diagram showing the contents specified in the normal 7 table 202fe1. The normal 7 table 202fe1 has a variation pattern corresponding to the first special symbol (special figure 1) and a second special as a symbol type with respect to the normal table 202d1 (see FIG. 25) of the first embodiment described above. There is a big difference in that the fluctuation patterns corresponding to the symbols (Special Figure 2) are defined respectively.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฝใใใใผใใซๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฝใใในใผใใผๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฝใใในใใทใฃใซๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใช็ง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใ Specifically, as a fluctuation pattern determined when a big hit is obtained in the lottery of the first special symbol, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is in the range of "0 to 99" and the normal fluctuation (10000 milliseconds (10 seconds)). )) Is associated, super fluctuations (15,000 milliseconds (15 seconds)) are associated with the range of "100 to 179", and special fluctuations (20,000 milliseconds (20 seconds)) are associated with the range of "180 to 198". Are associated with each other.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅ็จฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใใใช็งๅไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅไฝ๏ผใง็คบใใฆใใใใ่ชฌๆใฎไพฟๅฎไธใไปฅไธใฎ่ชฌๆใงใฏๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใใ็งๅไฝใ็จใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ In FIG. 170, the length of the fluctuation time defined for various fluctuation patterns is shown in milliseconds (1/1000 second unit), but for convenience of explanation, the length of the fluctuation time is shown in the following description. Will be described using seconds.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคใใทใงใผใๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅคใใใใซๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅคใซๅคใในใผใใผๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใ As the fluctuation pattern determined when the first special symbol is out of the lottery, the fluctuation pattern of the short fluctuation (1 second) out of the range of "0 to 180" is associated with the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. , The range of "181 to 197" is associated with the out-of-middle fluctuation (10 seconds), and the value of "197,198" is associated with the out-of-order super variation (15 seconds).
ไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงใฏใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฏพใใฆใใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผๅฝใใใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅคใใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the lottery of the second special symbol, long fluctuations (long fluctuations per hit, long fluctuations missed) (600 seconds) are associated with the entire range "0 to 198" of the fluctuation type counter CS1 regardless of the lottery result. Has been done.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซใฏใๅ จ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใฎๅ็ฎๅคใๅ็ งใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎใฟไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅฎ่ณชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใๅพๆฎตใงๅฎ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎ็ถๆ ใงๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใฏใชใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฏ็ฌ็ซใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผๅใฎ็ถๆ ใงๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใใใใ In the present embodiment, when selecting the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol fluctuation, the fluctuation pattern is selected by referring to the total value of the reserved storage numbers of all the special symbols. In this embodiment, since only the first special symbol is configured to have the hold storage function, the variation pattern of the first special symbol is substantially based on the number of hold storages (number of reserved balls) of the first special symbol. , And the variation pattern of the second special symbol will be selected. Here, the process of selecting the variation pattern of the first special symbol (see S307 of FIG. 139) is executed after the process of subtracting the reserved ball of the first special symbol (see S303 of FIG. 139). Therefore, as shown in FIG. 170, the fluctuation pattern is not selected when the number of special figure reserved balls is four. On the other hand, since the process of selecting the variation pattern of the second special symbol (see S1277 of FIG. 179) is executed independently of the first special symbol lottery as in the fourth embodiment described above, the special symbol is reserved. The fluctuation pattern may be selected when the number of balls (special figure 1 reserved balls) is four.
ๆฌกใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๅน็่ฏใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใฏใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใจๅไธใงใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 171 (a), the contents of the probability variation 7 table 202fe2 referred to when selecting the variation pattern of the special symbol variation in the probability variation state will be described. FIG. 171 (a) is a diagram showing the contents specified in the probability variation 7 table 202fe2. In the present embodiment, as described above, in the state where the probability variation state is set, the game in which the right electric accessory 164 wins a ball by the right-handed game and the first special symbol lottery is executed more efficiently than in the normal state. Will be done. Then, for the first special symbol variation in the probability variation state, a variation pattern having the same contents as the above-mentioned normal 7 table 202fe1 is defined. On the other hand, for the second special symbol variation, a variation pattern in which a variation time (60 seconds) shorter than the variation pattern defined in the normal 7 table 202fe1 is set is defined. Since the other elements are the same as those of the above-mentioned 7 table 202fe1 for normal use, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใฏ้ซ็ขบ็ใงๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใใใจใซใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ๆใ้ฉๆญฃใช้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ๆใ้ฉๆญฃใช้ๆๆนๆณใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, in the probabilistic state in which the high probability state of the normal symbol is set, the right electric accessory 164 is opened with high probability, so that it is difficult for the ball to enter the right second entrance 645. It is configured to be. That is, it is configured so that it is more difficult for the ball to enter the right second entrance 645 when the right-handed game is executed in the probabilistic state than when the right-handed game is executed in the normal state. .. Further, when the normal state is set, the game of entering the ball into the first ball opening 64 by the left-handed game is the proper game method, and when the probability variation state is set, the right-handed game is used to move the ball to the right. The game in which the ball is inserted into the electric accessory 164 is configured to be an appropriate game method.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎนๆใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅฎนๆใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใง้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใใซใใฆใใใ In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, when the right-handed game is executed in the normal state, the ball can be easily entered into the right second entrance 645, and thus the ball can be easily entered into the right second entrance 645. By setting a fluctuation pattern in which a long fluctuation time (10 minutes) is defined as the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol fluctuation executed during, the right-handed game is executed in the normal state, and the second special symbol is executed. The act of executing the lottery is suppressed.
ไธๆนใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ้ฉๆญฃใช้ๆๆนๆณใงใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใๆฎใฉใฎ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใไธ่ฆๅใชๆๅใไพใใฐใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ฃใณ่ถใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใใใใ On the other hand, when the right-handed game, which is an appropriate game method, is executed in the probabilistic state, most of the balls fired by the right-handed game play the right electric role as described above with reference to FIGS. 157 to 160. The ball enters the object 164, but when the ball flowing down the right region behaves irregularly, for example, when the balls flowing down the right region collide with each other and jump over the open / close door 164r1 in the open state, the second entry to the right The ball may enter the ball mouth 645.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใฎใใใซ้ฉๆญฃใช้ๆๆนๆณใๅฎ่กใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไบๆธฌใๅพใชใๆๅใง็ใๆตไธใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆฐใซ้ขใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, when the proper game method is executed in this way, the ball flows down in an unpredictable manner, and the ball enters the right second entrance 645, that is, the probability change. When a ball enters the right second entrance 645 during the state and the second special symbol lottery is executed, the fluctuation time is shorter than when the second special symbol lottery is executed during the normal state ( 60 seconds) is set. Further, as will be described in detail later, when a specific small hit (small hit C) is won in the second special symbol lottery, the probability change state is in the latent state regardless of the number of special symbol changes executed during the probability change state. It is configured so that it can be migrated to.
ใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใฎๆๅใซๆณจ่ฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, the player who is executing the game in the probabilistic state is made to pay close attention to the behavior of the ball flowing down the right area, and is enthusiastically playing the game while expecting that the second special symbol lottery is executed. Can be done.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใใๅน็่ฏใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใฏใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใไธ้ๆฐใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 171 (b), the contents of the latent probability 7 table 202fe3 referred to when selecting the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol variation in the latent probability state will be described. FIG. 171 (b) is a diagram showing the contents specified in the latent probability 7 table 202fe3. In the present embodiment, as described above, in the state where the latent probability state is set, the ball is made to enter the second ball entrance 645 by the right-handed game, and the second special symbol lottery is executed more efficiently than in the normal state. The game to make is performed. Then, by executing a long fluctuation (10 minutes) for the first special symbol fluctuation executed in the latent state, the number of reserved memories (special) of the special symbol (first special symbol) in the latent state is executed. (Fig. 1 Number of reserved balls) is configured to be the upper limit. Further, in the present embodiment, the variation pattern of the second special symbol set in the latent state is changed according to the number of reserved balls (the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1) of the special symbol (first special symbol). It is configured.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซ้ขใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅฝใใ่ถ ใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅคใ่ถ ใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใฏๅฟ ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, as shown in FIG. 171 (b), the variation pattern determined in response to the first special symbol lottery is the lottery result of the first special symbol lottery or the value of the acquired variation type counter CS1. Regardless of this, a fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 600 seconds (super long fluctuation per hit, super long fluctuation off) is associated. That is, the fluctuation time of 600 seconds is always set for the first special symbol fluctuation executed in the latent state.
ไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฝใใใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฝใใใทใงใผใๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, as a fluctuation pattern determined when a winning (big hit) is obtained in the lottery of the second special symbol, when the number of holding special figures (number of holdings of special figure 1) is "0 to 3", the fluctuation type When a long fluctuation (10 seconds) is associated with the entire range of the counter CS1 "0 to 198" and the number of special figure holdings (special figure 1 holding number) is "4", all of the fluctuation type counter CS1 A short variation (1 second) is associated with the range "0 to 198".
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผฃๅซใ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅคใใทใงใผใๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅคใใใใซๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใ In addition, as a fluctuation pattern determined when the lottery of the second special symbol is missed (including small hits A and C), the number of special figure reservations (special figure 1 reservation number) is "1, 2". Is associated with a short variation (0.5 seconds) out of the entire range "0 to 198" of the variation type counter CS1, and the number of special figures held (number of reserved figures 1) is "0, 3, 4". In this case, a deviation middle variation (10 seconds) is associated with the entire range โ0 to 198โ of the variation type counter CS1.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐๅฝใใใใใซๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใซๅฐๅฝใใใทใงใผใๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใ Further, as a fluctuation pattern determined when a small hit B is obtained in the lottery of the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern is determined when the number of special figure reservations (special figure 1 reservation number) is "0, 1, 2". When the small hit middle fluctuation (10 seconds) is associated with the entire range "0 to 198" of the type counter CS1 and the number of special figure holdings (special figure 1 holding number) is "3,4", the fluctuation type counter A small hit short variation (0.5 seconds) is associated with the entire range "0 to 198" of CS1.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ็ญๅคๅใจใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ทๅคๅใจใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใง่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผขใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ็ญๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ๏ผในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๆฐไปฅๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ้ทๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, as the fluctuation pattern (variation time) set for the second special symbol fluctuation executed in the latent state, it is set when a small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery. As the fluctuation pattern, a short fluctuation of 0.5 seconds and a long fluctuation of 10 seconds are set, and the small hits A and B, which are set at about 95% of the small hits, were won. In that case, if the number of special figures held is a specific number (1, 2), a game (super RUSH game) in which a short variation (0.5 seconds) is set is executed, and a game other than the specific number (0, 3, 4) is executed. ), The game (RUSH game) in which the long variation (10 seconds) is set is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๅไฝๆ้ๅฝใใใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ตๆใจใใฆใๅไฝๆ้ใซ้ๆ่ ใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธ้๏ผ่ณ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ฎๆใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the number of small hit games per unit time can be made different according to the number of special figure holdings (special figure 1 holding number of balls) in the latent state, and as a result, the unit time The amount of benefits (number of prize balls) that the player can obtain can be different. Therefore, the player who is executing the RUSH game in the latent state can be enthusiastically played with the aim of the super RUSH game which is more advantageous to the player.
ไธๆนใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅคใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ญๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ทๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, if the small hit B is won, that is, if the small hit type in which the process of discarding (forced stop) the first special symbol change during execution is won is won, the number of special figure pending (special figure 1 reserved). When the number of balls (number of balls) is larger than the specific number (1, 2) (3, 4), a short variation (0.5 seconds) is set, and the special figure hold number (special figure 1 hold ball number) is set to the specific number (1). , 2) When it is less than or equal to (0, 1, 2), the long variation (10 seconds) is set. That is, if a small hit that can reduce the number of balls held in Special Figure 1 is won, and the number of balls held in Special Figure 1 (the number of balls held in Special Figure 1) is larger than the specific number, the number of balls held in Special Figure 1 is held. It is configured so that a shorter fluctuation time is determined than when (the number of reserved special figures) is less than a specific number.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใ็ถๆ ใงๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆฉๆฅใซ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใซใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใไธๆนใงใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใงๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใจใใฆ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใพใงใซ่ฆใใๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๆธๅฐใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, if the small hit B is won when the number of special figure 1 reserved balls (special figure reserved number) is larger than the specific number, the first special symbol change that is being executed is immediately discarded. Therefore, it is possible to easily set the number of balls reserved for special figure 1 (number of reserved balls for special figure) to a specific number. On the other hand, if the small hit B is won when the number of special figure 1 reserved balls (the number of special figure reserved) is less than the specific number, a long fluctuation time is set as the small hit fluctuation, so that the game is being executed. It is possible to lengthen the period required to discard the first special symbol variation of the above, and thus it is possible to prevent the number of balls held in the special figure 1 (the number of reserved balls in the special figure) from being reduced from the specific number. ..
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคไปฅๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใจใใฆ้ทๆ้ๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅคๅ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใไฝใใฎๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใ้ทๆ้ๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅคๅ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern (variation) of the second special symbol fluctuation is more in the case where the number of special figure reserved balls is "0", which is the lower limit value, than in the case where the number of special figure reserved balls is other than the lower limit value. It is configured so that long-term fluctuation (10-second fluctuation) can be easily set as time). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 171 (b), when the number of special figure reserved balls is "0", which is the lower limit value, it fluctuates for a long time (10 seconds) regardless of which small hit is won. Fluctuation) is configured to be set.
ใใฎใใใซใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใจใใใใใซใใฃใ่ชฒใใใจใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅพใซใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใใซใชใใพใง้ๆใไธญๆญใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใง้ๆใไธญๆญใใฆใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by imposing a penalty that the fluctuation is likely to be executed for a long time when the number of reserved balls in the special figure is "0", which is the lower limit value, the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 is set after the latent state is set. The game is interrupted until (the number of reserved special symbols) becomes "0". Specifically, the game is played until the first special symbol fluctuation in the latent state in which the fluctuation time of 10 minutes is set is executed four times. After the interruption, it is possible to suppress the act of executing the game in the latent state.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ๏ผๆฎต้ใซๅใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ๏ผๆฎต้ไปฅไธใซๅใใฆๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ทๆ้ๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅคๅ๏ผใใใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ๅคใงใใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใซ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใจใใใใใซใใฃใใใๅคงใใชใใฎใซใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใกใไธๆน๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใฎใปใใไปๆน๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the degree of advantage in the latent state is divided into two stages according to the number of reserved special figures, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the latent state is in the latent state according to the number of reserved special figures. The degree of advantage in the middle may be divided into three or more stages. In this case, for example, as the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol set when the number of reserved balls of the special figure is "0", which is the lower limit value, the fluctuation time (for example, the fluctuation time longer than the above-mentioned long-time fluctuation (10-second fluctuation)) is longer. , 30 seconds) can be set to increase the penalty that the long-time fluctuation is likely to be executed when the number of special figure holding balls is "0", which is the lower limit value, or the special figure holding Of the specific numbers (1, 2), the number of special figure reservations on one side (for example, 1) has a shorter fluctuation time (for example, 0.1 seconds) than the number of special figure reservations on the other side (for example, 2). It may be configured to be settable so that an advantageous game that is more advantageous to the player can be executed.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฅๆฉใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใจใงใ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใๅ็ งใใใใใซๆงๆใใไธๆนใฎๅฅๆฉ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฅๆฉ๏ผใๆ็ซใใใใจใซใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใปใใใไปๆนใฎๅฅๆฉ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฅๆฉ๏ผใๆ็ซใใใใจใซใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, there are cases where the latent probability state is set, that is, when the jackpot where the latent probability state is set after the end of the jackpot game is won, and when the latent probability state is set via the probability change state. It is configured to refer to different fluctuation pattern tables, and the one in which the latent state is set when one of the triggers (for example, the trigger in which the latent state is set after the end of the jackpot game) is established is the other trigger (for example). For example, an advantageous game (second special symbol variation) that is more advantageous to the player during the latent state than when the latent state is set due to the establishment of the latent state via the probability change state). A game in which a short fluctuation time is easily selected as the fluctuation pattern of the above) may be easily executed.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใซ้ขใใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆๅฎๅ ๅฎนใง็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆ๏ผๆฑบๅฎ๏ผใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้๏ผๅๅๆ้๏ผใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้็ต้ๅพใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้๏ผๅพๅๆ้๏ผใจใใง้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ่ฆๅฎๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅณๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅ็ฎใใๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ้ทๆ้็ถ็ถใใใใใจใซใใใๅณใกใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใๆ้๏ผๆ่ฌใใใใชๆ้๏ผใ้ทใใชใใปใฉ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใจใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๆฌๆฐใช้ๆๆงใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the variation pattern of the special symbol is selected (determined) with the same specified contents regardless of the number of executions of the special symbol variation executed in the latent state. Not limited to, for example, the specified contents of the fluctuation pattern selected in the first period (first half period) after the latent state is set and the second period (second half period) after the first period elapses. In this case, for example, with respect to the latent probability 7 table 202fe3 shown in FIG. 171 (b), the number of special figure fluctuations (first) after the latent probability state is set. Different fluctuation patterns are defined according to the total number of special symbol fluctuations and the second special symbol fluctuations), and the second period is more advantageous to the player than the first period (second special symbol fluctuations). It is preferable to configure the game so that a short fluctuation time can be easily selected as the fluctuation pattern of the game). With such a configuration, it is possible to make the player more advantageous by continuing the latent state for a long time, that is, the longer the period during which the jackpot is not won (so-called hamari period) during the latent state. It is possible to provide a novel playability.
ใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใจ็กใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใฟใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใจๅ ฑใซใใใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅ ใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใฟใๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฐ่ฏใใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆฐใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซใใใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅ ใซใใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ็จใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใฟใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ็จใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใฟใจใใไบใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใฐ่ฏใใ In addition, when the probability change state is set, the lottery of the second special symbol is executed, and based on winning the small hit C, the probability is latent without executing the specified number of special symbol fluctuations (50 times). When the state is changed, the advantageous game that is most advantageous to the player (the game in which a short fluctuation time is easily selected as the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol fluctuation) may be executed. In this case, for example, for the probability variation 7 table 202fe2 that is referred to when the probability variation state is set after the end of the jackpot game, the special symbol variation is the specified number of times (50 times) for the variation pattern data referred to during the probability variation state. ) It is sufficient to specify the period until the execution, and to specify the special fluctuation pattern data that is referred to when the state shifts to the latent state within the specified number of times. That is, for the special symbol variation executed in the probability variation 7 table 202fe2 in which the variation pattern data is specified for the range of the specified number of special symbol variations (50 times) during the probability variation state within the specified number of times. The fluctuation pattern data of the above and the fluctuation pattern data for the special symbol fluctuation executed in the latent state may be defined in advance.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใไปฅ้ใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใไปฅ้ใใใใฎ่ฆๅฎๅๆฐๅ ใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใฟใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, it is possible to make the player play the game while more expecting that the second special symbol change (lottery) will be executed during the probability change state. In this case, after the number of executions of the special symbol variation executed after the jackpot game ends reaches the specified number (50 times), the variation is made with reference to the latent probability 7 table 202fe3 shown in FIG. 171 (b). It may be configured to set a pattern, or even after the number of executions of the special symbol variation executed after the jackpot game ends reaches the specified number of times (50 times), the state shifts to the latent state within the specified number of times. The special fluctuation pattern data referred to in the case of the above may be continuously settable.
ไปฅไธใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใง่ชฌๆใใไพใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใๅใณๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆ่กๆๆณใ้ธ่ฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒ๏ผไปใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจๆฏใใฆ็ธๅฏพ็ใซๆ่กๆๆณใ้ธ่ฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใฐ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่ชฌๆใ็ฐก็ฅๅใใใใใซใๆงใ ใช็นๅฎๆกไปถไธใซใใใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใใไพใ็คบใใฆใใใใๅ็นๅฎๆกไปถไธใซใใใฆใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆฝ็ขบใๅพใๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ้ธๆๅฒๅใๅใณใๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใๅนณๅๅคใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆ่กๆๆณใ้ธ่ฑใใชใ็ฏๅฒใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใ็นๅณ๏ผ็จใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใๅ ใใช็ขบ็๏ผไพใใฐใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซ่จญๅฎใใๅพใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Although the fluctuation pattern (variation time) set in accordance with each gaming state has been described above with reference to FIGS. 170 and 171 but not limited to the example described in the present embodiment, the setting is not limited to the example described in the present embodiment. The fluctuation time of each fluctuation pattern set based on the game state, the symbol type of the special symbol, and the result of the hit / fail judgment does not deviate from the technical idea of the present embodiment (compared to other fluctuation patterns). It suffices if it is stipulated so that it does not deviate from the technical idea relatively). Further, in the present embodiment, in order to simplify the explanation, an example in which a specific fluctuation pattern (variation time) is determined under various specific conditions is shown, but the variation type acquired under each specific condition is shown. A different fluctuation pattern (fluctuation time) may be selectably configured according to the value of the counter CS1. In this case, it is stipulated that the selection ratio of each fluctuation pattern that can be latent and the average value calculated based on the fluctuation time of each fluctuation pattern do not deviate from the technical idea of the present embodiment. For example, as a fluctuation pattern for special figure 1 defined in the latent probability 7 table 202fe3, it is executed in the latent probability state with a small probability (for example, when the value "1" of the fluctuation type counter CS1). It may be configured so that a fluctuation time (for example, 1 second) shorter than the fluctuation pattern (variation time) that can be set for the second special symbol fluctuation to be set is set.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใไธปใช้ๆใฎๆตใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจ็กใใไธใคใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใ็จใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใๅฐใไธ่ฟฐใใไพใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใไพใซๆใใฆใใใใๅๆงใฎๆ่กๆๆณใฎๅบใไปใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพใใฆๅๆงใฎๆ่กๆๆณใ้ฉ็จใใฆใๅฟ่ซ่ฏใใ With such a configuration, it is possible to rarely provide a game that is unexpected to the player without changing the flow of the main game executed in the latent state. Can improve the interest of. In the above-mentioned example, the fluctuation pattern selected for the latent state is given as an example, but based on the same technical idea, for the fluctuation pattern selected when another gaming state is set. Of course, the same technical idea may be applied.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅพใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใฎ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 172 (a), the contents of the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff will be described. The small hit type selection 7 table 202ff is a data table that is referred to when selecting a small hit type after winning a small hit in a special symbol lottery, and corresponds to the value of the acquired small hit type counter C5. It is stipulated that three types of small hits, "small hit A7", "small hit B7", and "small hit C7", are selected.
็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ็ขบๅฎใใใใใใซ่ฆใใๆ้๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็จใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆใฎใฟๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใใใ If you win a small hit in the special symbol lottery, depending on the selected small hit type, the small hit operation content, the symbol confirmation time (the period required to confirm the stop display of the special symbol), and the special symbol being executed It is configured so that the processing contents for fluctuations can be different. In this embodiment, as explained using the small hit random number 7 table 202fb (see FIG. 168 (c)), the small hit is won only by the lottery of the second special symbol. In the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (see S1277 of FIG. 179) executed by the control device 110, when it is determined that the small hit has been won, the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff is referred to.
ๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใจใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใใจใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ To specifically explain the contents specified in the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff, "small hit A" is associated with the range where the value of the small hit type counter C5 is "0 to 74". , "Small hit B7" is associated with the range of "75 to 79", and "Small hit C" is associated with the range of "80 to 99". Since the range of possible values of the small hit type counter C5 is 100 from "0 to 99", the ratio of "small hit A" selected at the time of winning the small hit is 75% (75/100), " The ratio of selecting "small hit B" is 5% (5/100), and the ratio of selecting "small hit C" is 20% (20/100).
ใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ้ธๆใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใๅฅๆฉใซๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใๅ้ใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้๏ผไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ้๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซใไพใใฐใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใพใ้่คใใฆๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ When "small hit A" is selected, a small hit game is executed in which the right variable winning device (second attacker) 650 is opened for 1.5 seconds. Further, "0.2 seconds" is selected as the symbol confirmation time of the special symbol, and the process of interrupting the first special symbol (special symbol 1) being executed is executed. Here, when the process of suspending the first special symbol (special figure 1) being executed is executed, the process of suspending the process for measuring the fluctuation time lapse of the first special symbol variation during execution is performed. Will be executed. Specifically, when the small hit game is executed, the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to on, and while the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203d is set to on, the first special symbol (special). A process of skipping the process of updating the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di showing the fluctuation time (remaining fluctuation time) of FIG. 1) is executed. Then, when the small hit game ends, the restart condition is established (special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203 dh is set to off), and the process of updating the value of the interrupted special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203 di is restarted. .. With this configuration, it is possible to prohibit the remaining fluctuation time of the first special symbol fluctuation during execution from being reduced while the small hit game is being executed (while the interruption condition is satisfied). Therefore, while the small hit game is being executed, for example, the winning first special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed, and the winning game (big hit game, small hit game) is executed in duplicate. Can be banned. Therefore, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
ใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใ่จๆธฌใใๅฆ็ใไธญๆญ๏ผในใญใใ๏ผใใใฆใใใ ใใงใใใใใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅพใซใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅใซๅฎ่กใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆขใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ็ขบๅฎใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใคใพใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐใใๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใไบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใง็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐใใๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ้ไธญใงไธญๆญใใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใชใใใใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, since the process of measuring the change time elapsed of the special symbol change during execution is only interrupted (skipped), the first special symbol change that was executed before the small hit game after the restart condition is satisfied. Can be restarted. Therefore, it is possible to reliably notify the player of the result of the special symbol lottery that has already been executed. In the present embodiment, when the interruption condition is satisfied when the small hit is won, the process of interrupting the special symbol change during execution is executed, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the special symbol change during execution may be continuously executed, and the stop display of the first special symbol change may be interrupted when the change time of the special symbol change has elapsed. That is, even if the interruption condition is satisfied, the update process for updating the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation is continuously executed, and the update process is executed until the preset variation time elapses. If it is determined whether or not the condition is satisfied and it is determined that the interruption condition is satisfied, the stop display of the special symbol change may not be executed until the restart condition is satisfied. As a result, it is not necessary to interrupt the update process for updating the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation in the middle, so that the processing load can be reduced.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใไธญๆญๆผๅบใจใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆณใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญไธญใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅ่กจ็คบใจใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ๅพ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพ๏ผใซไธญๆญไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆกๅ ่กจ็คบใจใใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใใฎๆจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Although detailed description is omitted, in the state where the interruption condition is satisfied and the special symbol fluctuation is interrupted, that is, the process of updating the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is skipped, the first 3 On the display surface of the symbol display device 81, the interruption effect of interrupting the variation display of the special symbol variation (first special symbol variation) and the fact that the first special symbol variation is interrupted as the current game situation are played. A notification display for notifying a person and a guidance display for indicating that the suspended special symbol change is resumed after a predetermined period has elapsed (after the end of the small hit game) are configured to be displayable. As a result, when the special symbol change is interrupted, the player can be notified in an easy-to-understand manner.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใไธญๆญๆผๅบใจใใฆใฏใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ็จใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใไธญๆญๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใไพใใฐใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๆ็นใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ซ้ๅคๅใๅณใกใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชๅฐ้ฃใช้ๅบฆใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธญๆญๆผๅบใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ้ซ้ๅคๅใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใไฝ้ๅคๅใๅณใกใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅบฆใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธญๆญๆผๅบใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎไฝ้ๅคๅใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆ็นใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไธญๆญๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจ็กใไธญๆญๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as the above-mentioned interruption effect, for example, an effect mode of the variable display effect (variable display effect using the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol) executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. It is preferable to configure different interruption effects to be executable according to the above. For example, when the interruption condition is satisfied and the special symbol fluctuation is interrupted, the third symbol fluctuates at high speed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. That is, when the third symbol is fluctuating at a speed that is difficult for the player to see, as an interruption effect, an effect of continuing the high-speed fluctuation of the third symbol until the restart condition is satisfied is executed. When the third symbol fluctuates at a low speed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, that is, the third symbol fluctuates at a speed at which the player can see the fluctuating third symbol. Is configured to execute an effect of continuing the low-speed fluctuation of the third symbol until the restart condition is satisfied as the interruption effect. In this way, by making the variation effect mode (interruption effect mode) of the period during which the interruption condition is satisfied different according to the variation effect mode of the third symbol at the time when the interruption condition is satisfied, the player can see. It is possible to execute the interruption effect without giving a sense of discomfort.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญข็ดๅใซใใใฆไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ่คๆฐใฎๅณๆใฎใใกใไธใฎๅณๆใ้คใไปใฎๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็ตๅใ๏ผๅไธๆฐๅญใ็คบใๅณๆใฎ็ตๅใ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๆฎใใฎไธใฎๅณๆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็ตๅใใงๅๆญขใใใๅฆใ๏ผๅ จใฆใฎๅณๆใๅไธใฎๆฐๅญใงๅๆญขใใใๅฆใ๏ผใ็ ฝใๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผๆ่ฌใชใผใๆผๅบ๏ผไธญใซไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฎใใฎไธใฎๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ็ถ็ถใใใไธญๆญๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบไธญใฎไธใฎๅณๆใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใไธๆฆไผๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใชใผใๆผๅบใ็ตไบใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใฆใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅพใซใใไผๆฉ็ตไบ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใชใผใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจ็กใใไธญๆญๅใซๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใชใผใๆผๅบใฎ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฟใใฆๆงใ ใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใๅคๆงๅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, when the interruption condition is satisfied immediately before the fluctuation of the third symbol is stopped, for example, among a plurality of symbols, the other symbols other than one symbol are stopped at the combination indicating the jackpot winning (combination of symbols showing the same number). It is displayed, and the interruption condition during the fluctuation effect (so-called reach effect) that fuels whether the remaining one symbol stops at the combination indicating the jackpot winning (whether all the symbols stop at the same number). If is satisfied, the interruption effect of continuing the variation display for the remaining one symbol described above may be executed, or the one symbol in the variation display may be displayed indicating that the interruption condition is satisfied. The reach effect may be terminated by displaying the stop display in a mode (for example, "temporarily resting !!"). Then, after the restart condition is satisfied, the characters "Break end !!" are displayed, and the result of the reach effect that was executed before the interruption is stopped and displayed without executing the reach effect. good. As a result, various effects can be executed according to the timing when the interruption condition is satisfied, so that it is possible to diversify the effects to be executed based on the establishment of the interruption condition and enhance the effect. Can be done.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ้ธๆใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅใณๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใซ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใฏใชใขใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใใฏใชใข๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎ๏ผใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 172 (a). When "small hit B" is selected, a small hit game is executed in which the right variable winning device (second attacker) 650 is opened for 1.5 seconds. In addition, "0.5 seconds" is selected as the symbol confirmation time of the special symbol, and the process of discarding the first special symbol (special symbol 1) being executed is executed. Here, when the process of discarding the first special symbol (special figure 1) being executed is executed, the first special symbol change regardless of the lottery result of the first special symbol change being executed and the remaining fluctuation time. A process for stopping and displaying the lottery result in a display mode indicating that the lottery result is out of order is executed. Specifically, when the small hit game is executed, the process of clearing the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di indicating the fluctuation time (remaining fluctuation time) of the first special symbol (special figure 1) to 0 is performed. Execute and set a forced stop command indicating that the first special symbol change has been stopped and displayed. Furthermore, if the first special symbol change that is the target of the forced stop has won the jackpot, the information indicating the jackpot winning set at the start timing of the first special symbol change is cleared (special figure 1 jackpot flag). 203i is set to off).
ๅผทๅถๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจ๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใๆฟใใใใใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ When the forced stop command is set and the voice lamp control device 113 receives the forced stop command (when the forced stop display condition is satisfied), the third symbol change during execution (the third symbol display corresponding to the first special symbol change). A forced stop effect for switching the variation display mode of the third symbol variation displayed on the display surface of the device 81) is executed.
ใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ็ถๆ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Although detailed description is omitted, the forced stop condition is satisfied based on the winning of "small hit B", and the special symbol fluctuation is forcibly stopped on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. , The special symbol variation (first special symbol variation) is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating that the lottery result is forcibly stopped due to a loss. Further, depending on the timing at which the forced stop condition is satisfied, the effect mode of the forced stop effect for displaying the forced stop display of the third symbol change during execution is configured to be different.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ซ้ๅคๅใๅณใกใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชๅฐ้ฃใช้ๅบฆใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใจใใฆใ้ซ้ๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพใใฆ็ญๆ้๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้๏ผใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใไฝ้ๅคๅใๅณใกใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅบฆใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใจใใฆใไฝ้ๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใใใ้ทใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใ็จใใฆๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, the third symbol fluctuates at high speed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, that is, the third symbol is fluctuating at a speed at which it is difficult for the player to see the fluctuating third symbol. When the forced stop display condition is satisfied, as a forced stop effect, an effect is executed in which the forced stop display is executed in a short period (first period) with respect to the third symbol fluctuation display during high-speed fluctuation, and the third symbol is executed. When the third symbol fluctuates at a low speed on the display surface of the display device 81, that is, when the third symbol fluctuates at a speed at which the player can see the fluctuating third symbol, the slow fluctuation is performed as a forced stop effect. It is configured to execute the effect that the forced stop display is executed by using the second period longer than the above-mentioned first period with respect to the third symbol variation display inside.
ใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ้ซ้ๅคๅไธญใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฐ้ฃใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใๆฅใซๅคใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใ็กใใใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅณๅบงใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใฆใ็ญใๆ้๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้๏ผใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎ้ซ้ๅคๅไธญใฏใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใงๆฅใซๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใใพใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฅใซๅใๆฟใใฃใใจ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจใซใชใใใพใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใฏๆ็ต็ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฅใซๅใๆฟใใฃใๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซใชใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใใฆใใพใใจใใไธๅ ทๅใใใฃใใ That is, during the high-speed fluctuation of the third symbol, it is difficult for the player to identify the third symbol that is displayed in a variable manner. Therefore, even if the third symbol is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a sudden deviation, the game is played. Since it does not give a sense of discomfort to the person, the third symbol is displayed forcibly stopped in a short period (first period) for the purpose of immediately notifying the player that the forced stop condition has been satisfied. On the other hand, during the high-speed fluctuation of the third symbol, the player can identify the third symbol that is displayed in a variable manner. Therefore, if the forced stop effect is suddenly executed in that state, it is executed. If the production mode of the third symbol variation in the inside is suddenly changed, the player feels uncomfortable. In addition, since the forced stop effect is to stop and display the third symbol in a display mode indicating that the result of the special symbol lottery is finally out of order, the effect mode of the third symbol change during execution is suddenly switched. After that, the third symbol is displayed off the display, which causes a problem that the player's motivation to play is reduced.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใไฝ้ๅคๅใๅณใกใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ชๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅบฆใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅคๅใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใจใใฆใไฝ้ๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซๅฏพใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใใใ้ทใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใ็จใใฆๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใๆ็ต็ใซๅคใ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆ็นใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅใณๆผๅบๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจ็กใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, when the third symbol fluctuates at a low speed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, that is, when the third symbol fluctuates at a speed at which the player can visually recognize the fluctuating third symbol. , As the forced stop effect, it is configured to execute the effect that the forced stop display is executed by using the second period longer than the first period described above for the third symbol fluctuation display during the low speed fluctuation, and is being executed. The effect mode of the forced stop effect to be executed during the second period is set according to the content of the third symbol variation display of the above, and the off display is finally executed. Therefore, according to the variation effect mode of the third symbol at the time when the forced stop condition is satisfied, from the time when the forced stop condition is satisfied until the third symbol is stopped and displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. By making the effect mode and the effect period different, it is possible to execute the forced stop effect without giving a sense of discomfort to the player.
ใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ้ธๆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใจๅๆงใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅณใกใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ When "small hit C" is selected, a small hit game is executed in which the right variable winning device (second attacker) 650 is opened for 1.5 seconds. Further, "1.5 seconds" is selected as the symbol confirmation time of the special symbol, and the process of discarding the first special symbol (special symbol 1) being executed is executed in the same manner as the above-mentioned "small hit A". Further, when "small hit C" is selected during the high probability state (probability variation state) of the normal symbol, a process of shifting the high probability state of the normal symbol to the low probability state is executed. That is, "small hit C" is set as a time-saving end condition for shifting the high-probability state of the normal symbol to the low-probability state.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅฆ็ใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฉใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็๏ผไธญๆญใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆใๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, if the processing to be executed for the first special symbol change being executed differs depending on the small hit type selected when the small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery. I'm letting you. With this configuration, it is possible to make the player interested in which small hit type is selected when the small hit is won. Further, the degree of advantage of the game to be executed later can be different depending on the content of the process (interruption, discard) executed for the first special symbol change.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใใ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใไบๆธฌใ็ใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, the determination time of the special symbol is different depending on the small hit type selected when the small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery. As a result, the period from when the special symbol for indicating the small hit winning is stopped and displayed until the small hit game is executed can be made different according to the selected small hit type. Therefore, it is possible to predict the timing at which the small hit game is executed and make it difficult to execute the game of firing the ball.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใฉใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซใใๅไธใฎ้ๆพๅ ๅฎนใงๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใใขใฟใใซใฎ็จฎๅฅใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใใ้ๆพๅไฝๅ ๅฎน๏ผ้ๆพๆ้ใ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, the small hit game is configured to be executed with the same open content regardless of which small hit type is selected, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, it is selected. Depending on the type of small hit, the type of attacker to be opened in the small hit game may be different, or the content of the opening operation (opening time, number of times of opening) may be different.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใจใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๅใใผใฟใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the general map variation pattern selection table 202fg will be described with reference to FIG. 172 (b). FIG. 172 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the normal map fluctuation pattern selection table 202fg. The normal symbol variation pattern selection table 202fg is a data table that is referred to when selecting a variation pattern of the ordinary symbol lottery, and is based on the acquired value of the second variation type counter CS3 and the set gaming state. Each data is defined so that different fluctuation patterns (fluctuation times) are selected accordingly.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ็ฏๅฒใง่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใญใณใฐๅคๅ๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใๅไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใฟใคใใณใฐใใฒใใฆใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๆฎๅณๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใไบๆธฌใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Specifically, when the gaming state is the normal state, the fluctuation time is set in the range of 10 seconds to 30 seconds with respect to the value of the second variation type counter CS3 in the range of "0 to 198". Each fluctuation pattern (long fluctuation) is specified. More specifically, the fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds" in the range of "0 to 99", the fluctuation pattern of "20 seconds" in the range of "100 to 149", and "30 seconds" in the range of "150 to 198". Fluctuation patterns are associated with each other. In this way, by configuring the fluctuation patterns of different fluctuation times to be selectable according to the value of the second fluctuation type counter CS3 acquired when the same gaming state is set, it is normal for the player. The stop display timing of the symbol variation, and by extension, the normal symbol variation is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating the normal symbol hit, and it is possible to make it difficult to predict the timing at which the game per normal symbol is executed.
ใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใทใงใผใๅคๅ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใ้ซ็ขบ็ใงๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, during the probability variation state, a variation pattern (short variation) of "0.8 seconds" is associated with the entire range in which the value of the acquired second variation type counter CS3 is "0 to 198". With this configuration, the ball that has passed through the through gate 67, which triggers the execution of the normal symbol lottery in the right-handed game executed during the probability change state, can be entered into the right electric accessory 164 with high probability. Can be done.
ไธๆนใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎใปใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ้ฉๅบฆใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, when the latent state is set, the acquired fluctuation pattern of "0.1 seconds" is associated with the range of "0 to 169" for the value of the second fluctuation type counter CS3, and "170 to 198". The fluctuation pattern of "10 seconds" is associated with the range of "". With this configuration, it is possible to make it more difficult for the ball to enter the right electric accessory 164 in the latent state than in the latent state, and the ball can be appropriately used as the right electric accessory in the latent state. The ball can be entered into the object 164.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จๆถใใใใใฎ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็จฎ้กใๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใๅพใๆ ๅ ฑใฎ็จฎ้กใๆฐใ็ฐใชใฃใฆใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅฝนๅฒใใๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใฏๅไธใงใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 173, the contents defined in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 in the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 173 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 according to the seventh embodiment. The RAM 203 of the seventh embodiment is different from the configuration of the RAM 203 of the fourth embodiment described above in that a probability variation flag 203fa for storing a high probability state of a special symbol is added, and the other parts are the same. be. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted. As described above, in the seventh embodiment, the types and numbers of game states that can be set are different from those of the fourth embodiment described above, so that the game state can be stored in, for example, 203 g of the game state storage area. Although the types and numbers of information are different, the role of the game state storage area 203g and the processing contents for updating the stored information are the same, so detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใจใชใฃใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ The probability change flag 203fa is a flag for indicating that the game state has changed to the probability change state, and is set to on when it is determined that the probability change state is set. Then, it is set to off when the end condition of the probability change state is satisfied.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the configuration of the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 174. FIG. 174 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113. In the present embodiment, with respect to the fifth embodiment described above, the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa, the special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb, the fluctuation number counter 223fc, the preparation state flag 223fd, and the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 223fe , Special figure 2 Fluctuation time counter 203ff, RUSH middle flag 223fg, ceiling effect executing flag 223fh, super RUSH middle flag 223fi are added, and the other points are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใงใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใใๅฝ่ฉฒใใฉใฐใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใฎใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅฝ่ฉฒใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใใๅฝ่ฉฒใใฉใฐใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa and the special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb will be described. The special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa and the special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb are different from the above-mentioned special figure fluctuation start flag 223d and stop type selection flag 223e in that the target is changed to the second special symbol. doing. Therefore, in the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa and the special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb, the process of determining whether or not the flag is set to ON and the process of determining the setting status of the flag are the first special. Whereas the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa and the special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb were executed based on the symbol variation, the flag was turned on in the process executed based on the second special symbol variation. A process of determining whether or not to set the flag and a process of determining the setting status of the flag are executed. Since the other elements are the same, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๅๆฐใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎใงใใใ The fluctuation number counter 223fc is a counter for measuring the number of fluctuations of the special symbol variation, and the counter value is updated based on the execution of the special symbol variation.
ๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใใใชใณใงใใใฐๆบๅ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐๆบๅ็ถๆ ใงใฏใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใใใฎๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใใฆใๆขใซๆบๅ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใฆใใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใฎ่กจ็คบใซๅใๆฟใใฃใฆใใ๏ผใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ถๆ ใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใ The ready state flag 223fd is a flag for indicating whether or not it is in the ready state. If it is on, it means that it is in the ready state (see FIG. 162 (a)), and if it is off, it means that it is in the prepared state. Means not. In the latent state, the flag 223fd in the ready state is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the prepared state has already been completed (switched to the display in RUSH), and whether or not the effect of the prepared state is executed. , Determines whether to perform the RUSH state effect.
๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญ๏ผ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใใใชใณใงใใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญ๏ผ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญ๏ผ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผใงใฏใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใฏใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใๅ็ งใใใฆใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ็จใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใ The RUSH middle flag 223fg is a flag for indicating whether or not the RUSH game is in progress (ream villa mode). If it is on, it means that the RUSH game is in progress (ream villa mode). It means that it is not during RUSH game (ream villa mode). In the latent state, the preparation state flag 223fd and the RUSH middle flag 223fg are referred to, and it is determined which state to set the effect mode.
ๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใใพใใฏๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆฎใ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใๅฒฉๅฑฑใฎ้ ไธใธใจใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐ้ใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใฎๆผๅบ๏ผ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบ๏ผใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใๅฆใใ็คบใใใฉใฐใงใใใใใฎๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใฐใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใฏใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใใใฎๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใฎ็ถๆ ใงๅณๆๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใชใใใจใงใ้ฃ่ใขใผใใธใจ็งป่กใใฆๆบๅ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผใฎๆฎๅๆฐใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใฎๆธ็ฎ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅพใ ใซๅฏๅคใใใฆใใใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใๆฅใซ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใๆ ๅ ฑใจใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฐ็จใฎ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใจใใฆใใฏใผใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใ้ๅๆ็กใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใจๅ ฑใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใไบๅฎใใใๆฉใใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ ไธใซๅฐ้ใใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผใใจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Whether or not the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is executing the effect of the effect mode in which the character 811 reaches the top of the rocky mountain (top arrival effect), which is executed with the probability variation number or the time reduction number remaining 1. It is a flag indicating whether or not. If the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is on, it means that the peak reaching effect (see FIG. 161 (b)) is being executed, and if it is off, it means that the peak reaching effect is not being executed. do. When the symbol stop timing is reached while the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is on, the mode shifts to the consecutive villa mode and the preparation state is set. In the present embodiment, even if the remaining number of probable changes (time reductions) in the probabilistic state is not 1, the time reduction ends when the result of the special symbol lottery is a specific lottery result (small hit C). It is configured so that the condition is satisfied, and the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is set to ON. In this case, the effect mode is gradually changed according to the subtraction situation of the number of probability changes, and the summit arrival effect is suddenly executed as compared with the case where the summit arrival effect is executed. Therefore, for example, a small hit. Based on the information indicating that C has been won and the setting status of the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh, it is preferable to configure the warp effect to be executed as a dedicated peak reaching effect. As a result, the effect executed by the third symbol display device 81 can be executed without discomfort, and the player reaches the summit earlier than planned (the latent state is set). It is possible to notify that in an easy-to-understand manner.
ในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใจใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใใใชใณใงใใใฐในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใชใใงใใใฐในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใงใฏใชใใใจใๆๅณใใใใใฎในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใ The super RUSH middle flag 223fi is a flag for indicating that the number of special figure reserved balls is a specific number while the RUSH game is being executed, and that the RUSH game that is advantageous to the player is being executed, and whether it is on or not. If it is off, it means that it is in a super RUSH game, and if it is off, it means that it is not in a super RUSH game. When the flag 223fi in Super RUSH is set to ON, the Super RUSH effect (see FIG. 165) is executed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใจๅๆงใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใจใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใๆฉ่ฝ๏ผไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝ๏ผใๅ้คใใ็นใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใจใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ็จฎ้กใๅขใใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅฆ็ใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นใจใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ็งป่กใใใ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ
ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ
ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใ็นใจใใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅ็
งใใใๅ็จฎใใผใฟใใผใใซใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ
ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใจๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the main control process in the seventh embodiment>
Next, the content of the control process executed by the main control device 110 in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 175 to 182. The pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment has a lottery of the first special symbol (special figure 1) (special figure 1 lottery) and a lottery of the second special symbol (special figure 2), similarly to the fourth embodiment described above. (Special figure 2 lottery) is configured to be executable in duplicate, and the function (holding storage function) for temporarily storing the lottery right of the second special symbol is deleted from the above-mentioned fourth embodiment. The points that have been set, the points that the high probability state of the special symbol can be set, and the types of small hits that are set when the small hits are won in the special figure 2 lottery are increased, and the types of small hits that are set are increased. A game in which the processing to be executed is different for the first special symbol change (special figure 1 change) being executed according to the above, and when the set small hit type is a specific small hit type. It differs in that it is configured to shift the state (shift the high-probability state of a normal symbol to the low-probability state). Further, as described above with reference to FIGS. 168 to 172, the difference is that the contents specified in the various data tables referred to in the control process executed by the main control device 110 are different. .. Other than that, it is the same as the above-described fourth embodiment, and the same contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅๅคๅๅๆญขใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅคๆดใใ็นใจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅๅคๅๅๆญขใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅๅฆ็ใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใฎๅๆญข๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็จฎใใฉใฐใๅใณๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใใฏใชใขใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 175, the contents of the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (see S278 in FIG. 175) will be described. In the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (see S278 in FIG. 175), the special figure 1 jackpot flag 203i is set with respect to the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S258 in FIG. 124) of the fourth embodiment described above. When it is determined that it is not set to ON (S581: No), that is, when the first special symbol fluctuation which is stopped this time is an out-of-bounds fluctuation, the time saving update process (see S862 in FIG. 124) is executed. When it is determined that the time saving update process 7 (see S882 in FIG. 175) is changed and the special figure 1 jackpot flag 203i is set to ON (S581: Yes), that is, the first special symbol whose fluctuation is stopped this time. Among the processes executed when the fluctuation is a jackpot fluctuation, various flags and various counters are cleared based on the stop of the jackpot fluctuation (start of the jackpot game) (S860 in FIG. 124), and the probability change flag 203fa is used. The difference is that the process in which is added (S870 in FIG. 175) is executed, and the other processes are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the content of the time saving update process 7 (see S882 of FIG. 176) executed in the first special symbol fluctuation stop process 7 (see S278 of FIG. 175) will be described with reference to FIG. 176. FIG. 176 is a flowchart showing the contents of the time saving update process 7 (see S882 of FIG. 176). The time saving update process 7 (see S882 in FIG. 176) determines that the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON for the time saving update process (see S862 in FIG. 125) in the fourth embodiment described above. The difference is that the gaming state set in the case (S2104: Yes in FIG. 125) is changed, and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใฎ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ็ขบๅคใขใผใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ In the seventh embodiment, as described above with reference to FIG. 167, the gaming states are the normal state (low probability state of the special symbol, low probability state of the normal symbol) and the probabilistic state (high probability state of the special symbol, normal). It is configured to be able to set three types of gaming states: a high-probability state of a symbol) and a latent state (a high-probability state of a special symbol and a low-probability state of a normal symbol). Then, when the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON, the high probability state of the normal symbol is configured to shift to the low probability state. The state shifts from the state in which the probability change mode is set to the state in which the latent probability mode (RUSH game) is executed.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใชใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใ้ๅงๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the second special symbol change start processing 7 (see S280 in FIG. 177) will be described with reference to FIG. 177. FIG. 177 is a flowchart showing the contents of the second special symbol change start processing 7 (see S280 in FIG. 177). Since the seventh embodiment is different from the fourth embodiment described above in that it does not have the hold storage function of the second special symbol, the variation of the second special symbol is started (second). The content of the information to be referred to when (determining whether the start condition for starting the special symbol change is satisfied) is changed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใชใใใ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆ ผ็ดใจใชใขใๆใใฆใใชใใใ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๆจฉๅฉใ็ฒๅพใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ Specifically, as shown in FIG. 177, when the second special symbol fluctuation start process 7 (see S280 in FIG. 177) is executed, it is determined whether or not the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to ON. (S951), if it is determined that it is set to on (S951: Yes), the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to off (S952), and this process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined in the process of S951 that the special figure 2 fluctuation stop flag 203df is set to ON (S951: Yes), then the ball moves to the second entry port (right second entry port 645). It is determined whether or not the ball has entered (S974). In the present embodiment, since the second special symbol does not have the hold storage function (because it does not have the second special symbol hold ball number counter and the second special symbol hold ball storage area), the second special symbol In the state where the fluctuation start process 7 (S280) is executed, it is determined whether or not the ball has entered the right second entrance 645 and has acquired the right to execute the second special symbol lottery.
่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๅณ็คบใใชใๆค็ฅในใคใใใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใ็ญใ้ทใใฎๆ้ใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็ใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใฃใฆ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใ็คบใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅใใใผใใฆใใพใใใจใ็กใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไธๅบฆ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใๅใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅบๅใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจใใฆใใ๏ผๅใฎๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใฎๅบๅใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใใซ้ใใใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใๅไฟกใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใ็พๅจๅบๅใใใฆใใๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใ็กๅนใจใชใใใใซใใฉใฐใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผๅใฎๆค็ฅไฟกๅทใฎๅบๅใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใใใ็ขบๅฎใซๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Although detailed description is omitted, when a detection switch (not shown) detects that the ball has entered the right second entry port 645, the second special symbol change start process 7 in the control process of the main control device 110. (S280) is the length of the period during which the execution is performed a plurality of times, and the detection signal is output for a period shorter than the shortest fluctuation time set for the second special symbol variation. It is configured so that the detection signal indicating that the ball has entered the right second entry port 645 is not missed due to the processing timing of various control processes executed by the main control device 110. Here, in the process of S974, once the winning of the ball is detected, the process for starting the second special symbol change is executed, and the second special symbol change is executed at a predetermined fluctuation time. Therefore, even if the control process of the main control device 110 is configured to output the detection signal for the length of the period during which the second special symbol variation start process 7 (S280) is executed a plurality of times, one detection is performed. It is possible to prevent the second special symbol variation from being executed a plurality of times based on the output of the signal. Not limited to this, a flag is set so that the currently output detection signal becomes invalid when the process for starting the second special symbol variation is executed based on the reception of the detection signal. Processing may be added. With such a configuration, it is possible to more reliably suppress that the second special symbol variation is executed a plurality of times based on the output of one detection signal.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็ใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็ใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S974, if it is determined that the ball has entered the second ball entry port (right second ball entry port 645) (S974: Yes), then the second special symbol jackpot determination process 7 is executed. (S978), after that, the same processes of S959 to S963 as those of the second special symbol variation start process (see S260 of FIG. 126) described above are executed, and this process is terminated. If it is determined in the process of S974 that the ball has not entered the second ball entry port (right second ball entry port 645) (S974: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 178, the contents of the second special symbol jackpot determination process 7 (see S978 of FIG. 178) executed in the second special symbol variation start process 7 (see S280 of FIG. 177) will be described. do. FIG. 178 is a flowchart showing the contents of the second special symbol jackpot determination process 7 (see S978 in FIG. 178). The second special symbol jackpot determination process 7 (see S978 in FIG. 178) is a special symbol set for the second special symbol jackpot determination process (see S955 in FIG. 127) of the fourth embodiment described above. The difference is that the jackpot judgment corresponding to the probability state is executed, and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ As shown in FIG. 178, when the second special symbol jackpot determination process 7 (see S978 in FIG. 178) is executed, S1051 and S1052 are the same as the second special symbol jackpot determination process (see S955 in FIG. 127) described above. If it is determined in the process of S1052 that the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON (S1052: Yes), the processes of S1053 to S1056 are executed, and the process proceeds to the process of S1071. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S1052 that the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is not set to ON (S1052: No), the process proceeds to the process of S1071 as it is.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅ็ งใใฆๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใๅๅพใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใใผใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใๅ็ งใใฆๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผใๅๅพใใใ In the process of S1071, it is determined whether the probability variation flag 203fa is set to on, that is, whether the current state is a high probability state of the special symbol (S1071), and it is determined that the probability variation flag 203fa is set to on. (S1071: Yes), the lottery result (win / fail judgment result) with reference to the data defined in the high probability state of the first random number table (7 random numbers per first table) 202fa (see FIG. 168 (b)). To get. On the other hand, in the processing of S1071, when it is determined that the probability variation flag 203fa is not set to ON, that is, it is a low probability state of the special symbol (S1071: No), the first random number table (7 random numbers per first). The lottery result (win / fail determination result) is acquired by referring to the data defined in the low probability state of 202fa (see FIG. 168 (b)).
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๅพใใๅพใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, after the lottery result is acquired by the processing of S1073 or the processing of S1072, the same processing of S1058 to S1062 as the above-mentioned second special symbol jackpot determination processing (see S955 of FIG. 127) is executed, and this End the process.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใใๅซใๅคใใงใใ๏ผๅ ดๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 179, the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (S1277) will be described. The special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (S1277) is executed in the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (see S956 of FIG. 129) for selecting the variation pattern of the second special symbol variation. Yes, this is a process executed when selecting a variation pattern when the result of the target second special symbol lottery is not a big hit (it is a miss including a small hit).
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซใไปๅๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆ๏ผๆฑบๅฎ๏ผใใ้ใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ FIG. 179 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (S1277), and as shown in FIG. 179, the above-mentioned special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process (see S1257 of FIG. 130) On the other hand, when selecting the fluctuation pattern, the difference is that the processing content when selecting (determining) the small hit type is different for the small hit won this time, and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (S1277) is executed, first, the same processing of S1371 as the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process (see S1257 of FIG. 130) is executed, and this second special When it is determined that the lottery result of the symbol (special figure 2 lottery result) is not a small hit (S1371: No), the same processing of S1377 to S1379 as the special drawing 2 deviation pattern selection process (see S1257 of FIG. 130). Is executed to end this process. On the other hand, when it is determined in the processing of S1371 that it is a small hit (S1371: Yes), the value of the small hit type counter C5 is acquired (S1372), and the small hit type is acquired based on the value of the acquired small hit type counter C5. Selection 7 The small hit type is selected with reference to the table 202ff (S1391). Next, the same processes of S1374 to S1376 as the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process (see S1257 of FIG. 130) are executed, and this process is terminated.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคๅฎใใๅฆ็๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผ๏ผใซใฆไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๅใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใจๅคๅฎใใใ้ใซ็จใใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅค๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใใซใฆใณใฟใฎ็จฎ้กใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใใงใใ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, in the process of selecting the variation pattern of the second special symbol, the process of selecting the small hit type is executed, but the process is not limited to this, and for example, the lottery result of the second special symbol can be obtained. When the determination process (second special symbol jackpot determination process 7 (see S978 in FIG. 178)) determines that the current lottery result is a small hit, a process of selecting the small hit type is also executed. It is also possible to specify different small hit judgment values for each small hit type, and make them correspond to the small hit judgment value (value of the first random number counter C1) used when the small hit is determined to be won. It may be configured so that the small hit type is determined. As a result, the types of counters can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅคๅไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใฎไธ้จๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (S283) will be described with reference to FIG. 180. FIG. 180 is a flowchart showing the contents of the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (S283). The second special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (S283) is a process executed when the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation has elapsed and the second special symbol fluctuation during the fluctuation is stopped, and is the second described above. It differs from the special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S263 in FIG. 132) in that a part of the processing executed when the second special symbol fluctuation to be processed is a jackpot fluctuation is changed, and other than that. Are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใก็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใฉใฐ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๆธ็ฎใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใชใปใใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (S283) is executed, first, the same processing of S1551 to S1559 as the above-mentioned second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (see S263 in FIG. 132) is executed, and then the special symbol fluctuation stop processing 7 (S283) is executed. FIG. 2 The jackpot flag (the flag corresponding to the second special symbol lottery among the jackpot flags 203i), the special figure 1 subtraction flag 203dk, the special figure 2 subtraction flag 203dl, the time saving end waiting flag 203dm, and the probability variation flag 203fa are set to off. The value of the time saving counter 203h is reset to 0 (S1580).
ใคใพใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฎๅ จใซ็ ดๆฃใใใใใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็ขบๅคใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ จใฆใชใปใใใใใใใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใซใชใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้ๆพใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎต๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใซใใๅพใ็นๅ ธ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผไปฅๅคใฎ็นๅ ธใ้ๆ่ ใ็ฒๅพใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, when one special symbol change is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a jackpot winning, the lottery result for the other special symbol change being executed and the remaining fluctuation time are completely discarded and then stopped and displayed. All the information related to the game state (probability change flag 203fa, time saving counter 203h, time saving end waiting flag 203dm) is also reset. Therefore, since the normal state is set during the jackpot game, the privilege (prize ball) other than the privilege (prize ball) obtained by winning the ball in the variable ball entry means (first attacker 1650) opened by the jackpot game is given. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to acquire the prize, and it is possible to suppress a situation in which the player is given an excessive privilege.
ใใใซใๅๆๅคๅไปๆงใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅใซๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆๅใซๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅบใฅใๆ ๅ ฑใซใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใใใจใ็กใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใๆฌกใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 having the simultaneous fluctuation specification, the special symbol variation executed before the jackpot game is resumed after the jackpot game is completed, or the number of time reductions is subtracted by the information based on the special symbol variation executed before the jackpot game. Since it is not played, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game. When the process of S1580 is completed, the same processes of S1561 to S1563 as the above-described second special symbol fluctuation stop process (see S263 of FIG. 132) are then executed to end this process.
ๆฌกใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใฏๅไธใงใใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใใใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ Next, the contents of the special drawing 2 detachment stop processing 7 (S1584) will be described with reference to FIG. 181. FIG. 181 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special drawing 2 disengagement stop process 7 (S1584). The special figure 2 disengagement stop process 7 (S1584) determines that the small hit flag 203 deg is set to ON for the above-mentioned special figure 2 disengagement stop process (see S1564 in FIG. 133) (S1651 :. Yes), the small hit process (S1671) is executed. Since the other processing contents are the same, detailed description will be omitted. Here, the contents of the small hit process (S1671) executed in the special figure 2 disengagement stop process 7 (S1584) will be described with reference to FIG. 182.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ้ใซๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใ้ธๆใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๅฆ็๏ผไธญๆญๅฆ็ใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅฆ็๏ผใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใ FIG. 182 is a flowchart showing the contents of the small hit process (S1671). This small hit process (S1671) is executed when the second special symbol that has won the small hit is stopped and displayed, and is a process (interruption process, forced stop (interruption process, forced stop) according to the selected small hit type. This is for executing the (discard) process) for the first special symbol change during execution.
ๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ้ธๆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎใชใณใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the small hit process (S1671) is executed, first, in the small hit type set for the second special symbol variation this time (special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (see S1277 in FIG. 179)). The selected small hit type) is read (S1682), and it is determined whether the read small hit type is โsmall hit Aโ (S1683). When it is determined that it is "small hit A" (S1683: Yes), it is determined whether the current special figure 1 is changing (the first special symbol is changing) (S1684), and the special figure 1 is changing. (S1684: Yes), the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is set to on (S1685), and the special figure 1 temporary stop command indicating that the special figure 1 temporary stop flag 203dh is turned on is set (S1686). , End this process. In the process of S1684, if it is determined that the special figure 1 is not changing (S1684: No), the processes of S1685 and S1686 are skipped and the present process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไปๅใฎๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ็กใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S1683, when it is determined that it is not "small hit A" (S1683: No), then it is determined whether the read small hit type is "small hit C" (S1687), and " When it is determined that it is "small hit C" (S1687: Yes), it is determined whether the value of the time saving counter 203h is larger than 0, that is, whether the current state is in the probability variation state (in the high probability state of the normal symbol). (S1688). When it is determined that the current state is in the probabilistic state (S1688: Yes), that is, the second special symbol change in which the "small hit B" is won in the second special symbol lottery executed during the probabilistic state is processed this time. If it is a target, then it is determined whether the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to on (S1689), and it is determined that the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is not turned on (S1689: No), that is, the probability change. When it is determined that it is not the final fluctuation of the state, the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON (S1690), and the process proceeds to S1684 described above. Further, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not larger than 0 in the processing of S1688, that is, it is determined that the current state is not in the probability change state (S1688: No), or in the processing of S1689, the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set. When it is set to ON, that is, when it is determined that it is the final variation of the probabilistic state (S1689: Yes), the process of S1690 is skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S1684 described above.
ใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใพใงๆธ็ฎใใใชใใฆใใๅผทๅถ็ใซๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใๅใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใๅฝ้ธใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅๆฐใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใใจ็กใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใฆใใพใๅฏ่ฝๆงใไฝใ็ถๆ ใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใใใใจใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใๅฝ้ธใซใใๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใชใใใชใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใงๅไธใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ That is, when the "small hit C" is won in the probabilistic state, the time saving end wait flag 203dm is forcibly set to ON even if the value of the time saving counter 203h is not subtracted to 0, so that the probabilistic change state is in progress. It is possible to shift the gaming state from the probabilistic state to the latent state before executing the special symbol change (lottery) of the above a predetermined number of times (50 times). Therefore, the "small hit C" winning is set as an end condition for ending the probability change state (high probability state of the normal symbol). In the present embodiment, since the latent probability state is more advantageous to the player than the probability change state, the number of special symbol lottery executed during the probability change state is small, that is, the jackpot is won during the probability change state. By setting the value of the time reduction counter 203h to 0, it is possible to shift to the latent state with a low possibility of shifting to the normal state without shifting to the latent state. The end condition established by winning the "small hit C" is the end condition that is more advantageous to the player than the end condition that shifts to. When the value of the time saving counter 203h is 0 (when the normal symbol is in the low probability state), that is, when it is in the normal state or the latent state, the process for ending the time saving state is not executed. , The same process is executed when the "small hit C" is won and when the "small hit A" is won.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅๆญขใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅคใๅณๆใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซใปใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใ In the processing of S1687, when it is determined that the hit is not "small hit C", that is, when it is determined that the read small hit type is "small hit B" (S1687: No), the special figure 1 is currently changing. (S1691) is determined whether the special figure 1 is changing (S1691), and if it is determined that the special figure 1 is changing (S1691: Yes), the special figure 1 fluctuation stop command indicating the stop of the special figure 1 change is executed. (S1692), the first special symbol of the first symbol display device is stopped and displayed at the off symbol (S1693), and the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 203di is set to 0 (S1694).
ใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใก็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใฉใฐ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใก็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใฉใฐ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใก็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใฉใฐ๏ผใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพใใ่จๆถๆ ๅ ฑใๅ้คใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใก็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใฉใฐ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคใๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, it is determined whether the special figure 1 jackpot flag (the flag corresponding to the first special symbol among the jackpot flags 203i) is set to on, that is, whether the first special symbol variation during execution is the jackpot variation ( S1695), when it is determined that the special figure 1 jackpot flag (the flag corresponding to the first special symbol among the jackpot flags 203i) is set to on (S1695: Yes), the special figure 1 jackpot flag (big hit flag 203i) is set. Of these, the flag corresponding to the first special symbol) is set to off (S1696), the stored information for the special figure 1 jackpot is deleted (S1697), and this process is terminated. In the process of S1691, if it is determined that the special figure 1 is not changing (S1691: No), this process is terminated as it is. Further, in the processing of S1695, the special figure 1 jackpot flag (the flag corresponding to the first special symbol among the jackpot flags 203i) is not set to on, that is, the first special symbol variation during execution is an out-of-bound variation. If it is determined (S1695: No), the processes of S1696 and S1697 are skipped and the present process is terminated.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ
ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไปฃใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใงใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅๆงใซไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๆงใ
ใชใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the audio lamp control device in the seventh embodiment>
Next, the control processing contents of the voice lamp control device 113 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 183 to 192. First, the contents of the command determination process 7 (S4192) will be described with reference to FIG. 183. FIG. 183 is a flowchart showing the contents of the command determination process 7 (S4192). This command determination process 7 (S4192) is a control process executed in place of the command determination process (S4112 in FIG. 61), and is received from the main control device 110 in the same manner as the command determination process 7 (S4192) described above. It executes processing corresponding to various commands.
ใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใพใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎๅไฟกใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅไฟกใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใใขใผใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ่้ข็ปๅ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็คบใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฑฑใ็ปใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็คบใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใชใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใฎๅๆฟๅถๅพกใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใ When the command determination process 7 (S4192) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the state command has been received (S4231), and if it is determined that the state command has been received (S4231: Yes), the state command reception process is executed (S4232). , End this process. This received command process (S4232) executes the same process as the received command process (see S4213 in FIG. 64) executed in the command determination process (S4112 in FIG. 61) described above. Although detailed description is omitted, a state command indicating the current gaming state is received, a mode effect mode is set according to the game state, and a corresponding effect mode (for example, on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81) is set. , Rear image) display command is set. For example, when a state command indicating a probabilistic state is received, a display command corresponding to an effect mode in which the character 811 shown in FIG. 161 climbs a mountain is set, and when a state command indicating a latent state is received, a state command is received. A display command corresponding to the preparation state shown in FIG. 162 or the effect mode for showing the RUSH gaming state shown in FIG. 163 is set. The details of the switching control of the effect mode in the latent state will be described later.
ใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใ้ ๅบใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใฎๅคๅฅใใใๅ ใซ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคๅฎใใไธใงใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใๅฆ็ใ็ขบๅฎใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไธ่ฟฐใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธใฎ้ ๅบใงๅ็จฎใณใใณใๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the command determination process 7 (S4192), the order of determining whether or not the status command is received is different from the above-mentioned command determination process (S4112 in FIG. 61). Specifically, it is configured to execute the determination of whether the state command is received before the determination of whether the special figure fluctuation pattern command is received. With this configuration, it is possible to reliably execute the process based on the special figure variation pattern command after determining the current gaming state. Not limited to this, various command determinations may be executed in the same order as the above-mentioned command determination process (S4112 in FIG. 61).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็ถๆ ใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๆฝๅบใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that the status command has not been received in the processing of S4231 (S4231: No), then it is determined whether or not the special figure fluctuation pattern command has been received (S4203), and when it is determined that the status command has been received (S4203). : Yes), set the fluctuation start flag (special figure fluctuation start flag 223d, special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa) corresponding to the received special figure fluctuation pattern command to on (S4233), and issue the fluctuation pattern command from the received command. Extract (S4234). Then, this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใณใใณใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใๆฝๅบใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that the special figure fluctuation pattern command has not been received in the processing of S4203 (S4203: No), then it is determined whether or not the special figure stop type command has been received (S4205), and it is determined that the command has been received. (S4205: Yes) sets the stop type selection flag (stop type selection flag 223e, special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb) corresponding to the received special figure stop type command to on (S4235), and from the received command. The stop type is extracted (S4236). Then, this process ends.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ If it is determined that the special figure stop type command has not been received in the process of S4205 (S4205: No), the same processes of S4208 to S4214 as the above-mentioned command determination process (S4112 of FIG. 61) are executed, and the process of S4214 is performed. If it is determined that the stop-related command has been received in the process, the stop-related process 7 is executed (S4236), and this process is terminated. The detailed contents of the stop-related process 7 (S4236) will be described later with reference to FIG. 184.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅๆญข้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใซไปฃใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใฎๅไฟกใซๅบใฅใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใจๅๆงใซใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅไฝๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใ้ๆพใใใฉใฆใณใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใ็คบใใฉใฆใณใใณใใณใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใ็คบใใจใณใใฃใณใฐใณใใณใใๅฐใชใใจใๅซใพใใฆใใใๅไฟกใใๅใณใใณใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the process of S4214, when it is determined that the stop-related command has not been received (S4214: No), then the same processes of S4216 to S4218 as the above-mentioned command determination process (S4112 of FIG. 61) are executed, and S4214 is executed. If it is determined that the stop-related command has been received in the process of, the hit-related process 7 is executed (S4237), and this process is terminated. Although detailed description of the hit-related process 7 (S4237) is omitted, the above-mentioned hit-related process (see S4219 in FIG. 67) is a process based on the reception of a small hit-related command instead of the accessory hit-related command. Is executed. Similar to the above-mentioned bonus hit-related command, this small hit-related command indicates a small hit start command indicating the start of the small hit game, and a round game open by the winning device to be operated during the small hit game. At least a round command and an ending command indicating the end of the small hit game are included, and a process of setting a display command corresponding to each received command is executed. As a result, the effect mode corresponding to the small hit game executed by the main control device 110 can be executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81.
ใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝใใ้ข้ฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Then, in the process of S4218, if it is determined that the hit-related command has not been received (S4220: No), this process is terminated as it is.
ๆฌกใซใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใจใ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the stop-related process 7 (S4236) executed in the command determination process 7 (see S4192 in FIG. 183) will be described with reference to FIG. 184. FIG. 184 is a flowchart showing the contents of the stop-related process 7 (S4236). This stop-related process 7 (S4236) is a preparation state setting process (S4641 in FIG. 184) when a special figure confirmation command is received (S4601: Yes) for the above-mentioned stop-related process (see S4215 in FIG. 65). When it is determined that the special figure discard command has been received in the process of S4642 by executing the process of determining whether the special figure discard command has been received (S4642) and the point where the process of executing (see) has been added (S4642: Yes), the difference is that the process of executing the special figure discard setting process (S4643) is added, and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆบๅ็ถๆ ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใใใฎๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ็กใใใใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆบๅไธญใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใใใณๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใใใใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Here, the contents of the preparation state setting process (S4641) will be described with reference to FIG. 185. FIG. 185 is a flowchart showing the contents of the preparation state setting process (S4641). As described above, this preparation state setting process (S4641) is a process for setting the preparation state (see FIG. 162 (a)). In this preparation state setting process (S4641), first, it is determined whether or not the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is on (S8001), and if it is determined that it is off (S8001: No), the state shifts to the preparation state. Since there is no possibility of causing it, this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, in the process of S8001, when it is determined that the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is on (S8001: Yes), the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is set to off (S8002), and the display mode during RUSH preparation (S8002). (See FIG. 162 (a)) is set (S8003). Next, both the RUSH middle flag 223fg and the ready state flag 223fd are set to ON (S8004), and this process ends.
ใใฎๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๆ็นใใใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ By executing this preparation state setting process (see FIG. 185), the display mode of the preparation state can be set from the time when the mode shifts to the consecutive villa mode (RUSH game).
ไปฅไธ่ชฌๆใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผใจใใฆๆงๆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆใไธๅฉใช้ๅธธใขใผใใจใใฆๆงๆใใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใใใจใซใใใๆใๆๅฉใช้ฃ่ใขใผใใธใจ็งป่กใใๆงๆใจใใใใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใๅคงๅฝใใใไปใใใซ็ดๆฅๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใ็ต้ใใใใใจใไธใคใฎ็ฎๆจใจใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment, the latent probability state is an advantageous gaming state in which the lottery of the second special symbol is easily executed and the small hit game is frequently executed (consecutive villa mode). And configured the normal state as the most unfavorable normal mode. Then, by ending the number of probable changes (50 times) in the probable change state, the mode shifts to the most advantageous consecutive villa mode. In other words, it is possible to directly shift from the probabilistic state to the most advantageous gaming state without going through a big hit. With this configuration, it is possible to play a game with the goal of elapse of the number of probable changes in the probable change state.
ใใใงใๅพๆฅใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ตใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซใใ้ๆๆฉใ็ฅใใใฆใใใใใใใชใใใไฟใๅพๆฅๅใฎ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใ้ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใ็กใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซๆปๅจใใฆใใ้๏ผๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใพใงใฎ้๏ผใฏใๆใก็ใๆธใๆใไธๅฉใช็ถๆ ใๅฝขๆใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆบ่ถณๆใๆฑใใใใซใฏ่ณใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใ้ฃใใจใใๅ้ก็นใใใฃใใ Here, conventionally, there has been known a gaming machine that sets the latent probability state to the most advantageous gaming state and makes it possible to set the latent probability state after winning a big hit. However, in such a conventional gaming machine, the latent state is not set unless the jackpot is won, so that the ball is held while staying in the normal state (that is, until the jackpot is won). Since it forms a disadvantageous state that is easily reduced, it does not give the player a sense of satisfaction, and there is a problem that it is difficult to improve the interest of the player.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใใไธๅฉใช็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใ็ตไบ๏ผ็ต้๏ผใใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใไปใใใใจ็กใ็ดๆฅใๆใๆๅฉใช้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๆงๆใจใใใใคใพใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใฆใใๅณๆใก้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใ ใใงๅฎนๆใซ่ณ็ใๆญ็ถ็ใซ็ฒๅพใ็ถใใใใจใใงใใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใๅคงใใชๆบ่ถณๆใ้ๆๆใๆฑใใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the seventh embodiment, by ending (elapsed) the number of probability changes in the probability change state, which is more disadvantageous than the latent state, the most advantageous consecutive villa mode (latent state) is directly performed without going through the jackpot winning. ). In other words, even if the jackpot is not won, the player can easily continue to win the prize balls intermittently just by continuing the right-handed game. With this configuration, when the number of probable changes can be completed, the player can have a greater sense of satisfaction and accomplishment, so that the player's interest in the game can be improved. Can be done.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใ็ต้ใใใใใจ็กใๆใๆๅฉใช้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๆงๆใจใใใใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธไปฅๅคใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, in the state where the probability change state is set, when the result of the special symbol lottery is a specific lottery result (small hit C), the most advantageous consecutive villa mode without elapse of the number of probability changes. It is configured to shift to (latent state). As a result, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation for the lottery results other than the jackpot winning in the probabilistic state.
ๅ ใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใงใฎใฟๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใไธ่ฆๅใชๆๅใงๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅพ ๆใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, the above-mentioned lottery result (small hit C) is configured so that it can be won only by a lottery of a special symbol (second special symbol) that is difficult to be executed during the probability change state. Therefore, when the game ball launched by the right-handed game in the probabilistic state enters the right second entrance 645 with irregular behavior and the second special symbol lottery is executed, the player feels expectation. Can be given.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใๆใใฆใใชใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใชใ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใๅพใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็ใฎๆๅใๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใฎใฟใๆก็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใซๅบใฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใซ่คๆฐๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๆ้ไธญใฎๆผๅบใจใใฆใไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ไธใ็ฎๆใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใฎๅๆฎต้ใจใใฆใใใชใณใใฟใผใซไนใ่พผใใๅฆใใ็ ฝใๆผๅบ๏ผใฏใผใ็ ฝใๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใชใณใใฟใผใซไนใ่พผใฟใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ ไธใซๅฐ้ใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, since the second special symbol is not held and stored, the small hit C cannot be won unless the ball is entered into the second entrance 645 during the probability change state. It is configured. Therefore, it is possible to make the player pay close attention to the behavior of the ball in the probabilistic state. It should be noted that only a part of the configuration of the present embodiment described above may be adopted. For example, a second special symbol having a hold storage function and acquired during a jackpot game in which a probability change state is set, for example, may be adopted. The second special symbol lottery based on the reserved memory of the special symbol may be configured to be executed during the probability change state. With this configuration, it is possible to execute the second special symbol variation a plurality of times immediately after the probability variation state is set. In this case, as an effect during the period when the second special symbol change is executed, for example, as a pre-stage of the effect mode in which the character 811 shown in FIG. When (warp fanning effect) is executed and the lottery result of the second special symbol is "small hit C", the character 811 gets into the helicopter and executes the effect of reaching the summit shown in FIG. 161 (b). good.
ใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใๆใๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐๆชๆบ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅๆชๆบ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใทใงใผใๅคๅ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใซๅบใฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅๆปใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner that a period during which the probability change state is easily set is set immediately after the probability change state is set. Further, in this case, as the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol fluctuation executed during the probability variation state, when the number of special symbol fluctuations executed after the probability variation state is set is less than a predetermined number (for example, less than 10 times). , It is preferable to configure so that short fluctuation (variation time is 5 seconds) can be easily selected. As a result, the second special symbol lottery based on the special diagram 2 hold acquired during the jackpot game can be smoothly executed.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ป็นใซ้ๆพใใใใใจใงใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใๆงๆใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅ ใใช็ขบ็๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็๏ผใง้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใไธๆ็ใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๆใ็ถๆ ใๅฝขๆใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆไธๆ็ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใชใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๆฉไผใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงใฎใฟๅฝ้ธๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใไฝใๅ ใใช็ขบ็๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, by frequently opening the right electric accessory 164 during the probability change state, it is difficult for the ball launched by the right-handed game to enter the right second entrance 645. However, for example, a fluctuation pattern having a long fluctuation time (for example, 10 seconds) is temporarily selected as a fluctuation pattern of a normal symbol with a small probability (for example, a probability of 1/100), and is temporarily right. It may be configured so that a state in which the ball can easily enter the second entry port 645 can be formed. As a result, it is possible to temporarily facilitate the execution of the second special symbol lottery in the probabilistic state. Therefore, in the state where the probability change state is set, the result of the special symbol lottery becomes a specific lottery result (small hit C), the chance of shifting to the latent state can be increased, and the interest of the game is improved. be able to. Further, in the present embodiment, the "small hit C" that triggers the transition from the probabilistic state to the latent state can be won only in the second special symbol lottery, but the first is not limited to this. The special symbol lottery may also be configured so that it can be won with a slight probability (for example, 1/200) lower than that of the second special symbol lottery.
ๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๆๅใซๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใพใงใฎ้ใๆบๅ็ถๆ ใจใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆงๆใจใใๅฎ้ใซ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใๅพใ็ถๆณใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณใกใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใชใฃใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ถๆ ใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใซใใใใใใ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใงใใชใ็ถๆณใ้ทใ็ถใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๆบๆใๆฑใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ The pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment is configured to notify the state of preparation from the transition to the consecutive villa mode (latent state) to the first winning of a small hit in the lottery of the second special symbol. When it becomes possible to actually win a prize ball (that is, when a small hit fluctuation is started), it is configured to notify that an advantageous state (RUSH state) has been reached. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from being dissatisfied with the situation in which the prize ball cannot be obtained for a long time even though the RUSH state is notified.
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅฐๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใฏไปปๆใซๅฎใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใไฝใใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the seventh embodiment, the probability of winning a small hit in the lottery of the second special symbol is set to about 1/1 (59/60), but the probability is not limited to this, and the probability of a small hit is not limited to this. It may be arbitrarily determined. For example, the small hit probability may be lowered.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅๆญข้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ็ ดๆฃใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็๏ผใ็ขบไฟใใชใใใไธปใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใ้ ป็นใซๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the special figure discard setting process (S4643) will be described with reference to FIG. 186. FIG. 186 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special figure discard setting process (S4643). This special figure discard setting process (S4643) is executed when the special figure discard command is received in the stop-related process 7 (see S4236 of FIG. 184). In the present embodiment, by executing the right-handed game in the latent state, the lottery of the second special symbol is mainly executed while securing the reserved ball of the first special symbol (special figure 1 reserved ball), and the lottery is performed frequently. The RUSH game is configured to execute the small hit game.
ใใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใจใชใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใใปใฉ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผใๆใใฏ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, during the latent state, the fluctuation time set as the first special symbol fluctuation is likely to be long (600 seconds). Further, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol change executed during the latent state is configured to be different according to the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1. Specifically, the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 is set. The smaller the number (when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is 1 or 2), the shorter the fluctuation time is selected as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation. In addition, when a specific lottery result (โsmall hit Bโ) is won in the second special symbol lottery, the first special symbol change being executed is discarded (forced stop).
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็นใซๅฎ่กใใใชใใใไธใคใ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใๅน็ใฎ่ฏใ้ๆ๏ผๅไฝๆ้ๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใ้ๆ๏ผใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ That is, in the present embodiment, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is reduced by winning a specific small hit while frequently executing the small hit game in the second special symbol lottery in the latent state. A game aiming at an efficient game (a game that increases the number of small hit games executed within a unit time) will be executed.
ใใใงใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใจใ้ๅธธใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใใใๅไฝๆ้ๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅๆฐใๅขๅ ใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใจใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใธใฎ็งป่กใ็คบๅใใ็คบๅๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ๏ผในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใๅญๅจใใใใจใๅใณใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎ็ถๆณใๅใใใใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in the present embodiment, the RUSH games executed in the latent state are the normal RUSH games, the super RUSH games in which the number of small hit games executed within a unit time is increased as compared with the normal RUSH games. Is made possible to execute the effect of notifying the player, and when a specific lottery result (โsmall hit Bโ) is won in the second special symbol lottery, a suggestion effect suggesting a transition to the super RUSH game (see FIG. 164). ) Is executable. As a result, the player who is executing the game in the latent state is notified in an easy-to-understand manner that a more advantageous state (super RUSH game) exists and the situation until the super RUSH game is executed. It is possible to increase the player's motivation to play.
็นๅณ็ ดๆฃ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ When the special figure discard setting process (S4643) is executed, it is first determined whether the RUSH medium flag 223fg is set to ON (S8101), and if it is determined that it is not set to ON (S8101: No). Since the current state is not the latent state (RUSH game), the processes of S8102 to S8107 described later are skipped, and the process proceeds to the process of S8108.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็พๅจใฎ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅใ็คบใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใๅ็จฎๆ ๆงใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S8101, when it is determined that the RUSH middle flag 223fg is set to ON (S8101: Yes), the value of the special figure reserved ball number counter (first special symbol reserved ball number counter) 203dd is read out. , Determines if the current number of reserved special figure balls is 3. That is, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is 3 and the state is forcibly stopped (S8103). Here, when it is determined that the number of special figure reserved balls is 3 (S8103: Yes), the effect mode (see FIG. 164 (b)) indicating the entry of Super RUSH is determined, and the Super RUSH middle flag is set to ON. (S8105), the forced stop mode of the first special symbol is determined (S8108), display commands for indicating the determined various modes are set (S8109), and this process is terminated.
ใใใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผ้่คใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใฟใคใใณใฐใจใฏ็ก้ขไฟใงๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใ็ดๅพใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบ็ดๅใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใ่ฃ ้ฃพ็จๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ ๆงใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็ต้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใไพใใฐใๅคๅ้ๅง็ดๅพใฏ้ๆ่ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ่ญๅฅๅฐ้ฃใช็จๅบฆใฎ้ซ้ๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็ตไบ้้๏ผๅคๅๅๆญข็ดๅ๏ผใซใชใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช็จๅบฆใซๅคๅ้ๅบฆใ่ฝใจใใไฝ้ๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใไธ่ฌ็ใงใใใ Here, the processing of S8108 will be described. In the present embodiment, since the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery are executed in parallel (overlapping), a specific small hit (small) in the second special symbol lottery The timing at which the second special symbol variation won in B7) is stopped and displayed is determined regardless of the variation timing of the first special symbol variation. Therefore, it may be forcibly stopped (discarded) immediately after the first special symbol change is started, or it may be forcibly stopped (discarded) at the timing immediately before the stop display of the first special symbol change. Then, the variation mode of the third symbol (decorative symbol that is variablely displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81) that is variablely displayed in response to the first special symbol variation is variable based on the passage of the variable time. With the pachinko machine 10, for example, immediately after the start of the fluctuation, the player executes a high-speed fluctuation display to the extent that it is difficult to identify the third symbol, and when the fluctuation time is about to end (immediately before the fluctuation is stopped), the third symbol is displayed. It is common to execute a low-speed fluctuation display in which the fluctuation speed is reduced to the extent that the player can identify.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใ็คบใใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใฆใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใพใพๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใพใใจใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใไฝ้ๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใพใ่ใใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, based on the forced stop of the first special symbol change, the third symbol change being executed is displayed by the third symbol display device at the timing when the command indicating the forced stop is received. If the display mode displayed on the display surface of 81 is stopped and displayed, for example, when the third symbol is displayed in low-speed fluctuation, the third symbol is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating a jackpot. There was a risk that it would end up.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆ ๆงใจใใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ซ้ๅคๅๆๅๆญขๆ ๆงใจใไฝ้ๅคๅๆๅๆญขๆ ๆงใจใฎไฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใฆใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใซใฆ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงใฏใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใฆใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆ ๆงใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใๆฑบๅฎใใๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅบใฅใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใ On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the high-speed fluctuation stop mode and the low-speed stop mode are based on the remaining period of the first special symbol change being executed as the forced stop mode of the special symbol (first special symbol) in the processing of S8108. One of the stop modes at the time of fluctuation is determined. Then, it is output to the display control device 114 by the display command set in the process of S8109. On the display control device 114 side, the forced stop display mode of the third symbol that is variablely displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is determined based on the type of the forced stop mode included in the received display command. , Execute display control based on the determined forced stop display mode.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ซ้ๅคๅๆๅๆญขๆ ๆงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ซ้ๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆบๅใใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใซๅผทๅถๅๆญขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใๅฒใ่พผใพใใ้ซ้ๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๆฅใซๅผทๅถๅๆญขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅใๆฟใใใใใซ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใ้ ๆป็กใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ซ้ๅคๅไธญใฏๅคๅใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฐ้ฃใช็ถๆณใงใใใใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆฅใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจใใฆใใ็ปๅใๅทฎใๆฟใใฃใใใจใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจใ็กใใ Specifically, when a display command indicating the stop mode during high-speed fluctuation is received, the image data of the display mode indicating forced stop is interrupted by the image data prepared for executing the high-speed fluctuation display, and the high-speed fluctuation is performed. Display control is executed so that the display suddenly switches to the display mode indicating forced stop. With this configuration, it is possible to notify the player without delay that the first special symbol has been forcibly stopped. In addition, since it is difficult for the player to identify the fluctuating third symbol during high-speed fluctuation, even if the display mode indicating forced stop is suddenly stopped and displayed, the image is replaced. It does not give the player a sense of discomfort.
ไธๆนใไฝ้ๅคๅๆๅๆญขๆ ๆงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ๏ผใใใ๏ผ็ปๅใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใชใผใ็ถๆ ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็ตใฟๅใใใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใช็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใใใฆใ็พๅจใใชใผใ็ถๆ ใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฝ้ๅคๅ่กจ็คบ็จใซ็จใใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใฎใใกใๅ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๆๅฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผๆ็ซใฉใคใณ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ปๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญข็ปๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญข็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใงไฝ้ๅคๅใ็ถ็ถใใใๅพใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใพใใใชใผใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคๅไธญใฎๆฎใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅใซๅซใพใใไธใฎๅณๆใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๅณๆใซๅทฎใๆฟใใ็ปๅใใผใฟใไฝๆใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๅผทๅถๅๆญข็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใ็ๆใใใใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญข็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใผใฟใซๅบใฅใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใ On the other hand, when a display command indicating the stop mode at low speed fluctuation is received, the image displayed (or is) displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is read out, and the reach state (a combination indicating a jackpot winning combination) is the first. 3 Determine whether or not the symbol can be stopped and displayed). Then, when it is determined that the current state is not in the reach state, the image corresponding to the display data in which each third symbol is displayed at a predetermined position (establishment line) among the display data used for the low-speed fluctuation display is forcibly stopped. The image is determined, and the slow fluctuation is continued until the forced stop image is displayed, and then the fluctuation display is forcibly stopped. In addition, in the reach state, image data is created in which one symbol included in the remaining third symbol row that is changing is replaced with a forced stop symbol indicating forced stop, and the forced stop symbol is stopped and displayed. The variation display data for forced stop is generated so as to be performed, and the display control based on the variation display data for forced stop is executed.
ใใฎใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅๆใไธใใใใจ็กใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, when the first special symbol is forcibly stopped, the third symbol is forcibly stopped according to the variation display mode of the third symbol executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. By making the processing different, the third symbol can be stopped and displayed without giving a sense of discomfort to the player regardless of the timing at which the first special symbol variation is forcibly stopped.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใฆใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใ็ขบๅฎใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใใฎๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ขบๅฎใใใพใงใฎๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใใฎๆๅฎๆ้ๅ ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ็จฎๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใฐ่ฏใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใจใ็คบใใณใใณใ๏ผ็ขบๅฎใณใใณใ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅบๅใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅผทๅถๅๆญข็ขบๅฎ็จใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใฐ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ้ใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ฐใชใใใใจใใฆใ็ขบๅฎๆ้ๅ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซใ็ขบๅฎๆ้็ต้ๆใซๅไธใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใๅผทๅถๅๆญข็ขบๅฎ็จใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, when the above-mentioned display control is executed, the period from the forced stop of the first special symbol variation to the stop display of the third symbol variation display is set to the variation display mode of the third symbol variation being executed. In this case, for example, in the case of forcibly stopping the first special symbol change, the period from the forcible stop display of the first special symbol change to the confirmation of the forcible stop, or the first special symbol change. The symbol confirmation period from the stop display of the special symbol indicating the small hit B winning in the second special symbol fluctuation in which the forced stop condition for forcibly stopping the game is satisfied to the confirmation is defined as a predetermined period (for example, 1 second). Then, within the predetermined period, various forced stop display controls for stopping and displaying the third symbol variation may be executed. Then, if a third symbol display mode (for example, "123") for forcibly stopping confirmation is displayed based on the output of the command (confirmation command) indicating that the confirmation period has elapsed from the main control device 110. good. With this configuration, when the third symbol variation display is forcibly stopped, the period until the third symbol variation display is forcibly stopped is different depending on the changing display mode of the third symbol variation being executed. However, the third symbol variation display can be forcibly stopped within the fixed period, and further, when the fixed period elapses, the third symbol can be displayed in the same display mode in the display mode for forced stop confirmation.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ้ ไธใ็ฎๆใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆผๅบ็ป้ขใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไธๆฎตไธใซไธใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Returning to FIG. 186, the description will be continued. In the process of S8103, when it is determined that the number of special figure reserved balls is not 3 (S8103: No), then it is determined whether the number of special figure reserved balls is 4 (S8106), and it is determined to be 4. If this is the case (S8106: Yes), an effect mode aiming at the top (for example, an effect mode in which the character 811 goes up one step from the effect screen shown in FIG. 164 (a)) is determined (S8107), and the process proceeds to S8108. Transition. If it is determined that the value is not 4 in the process of S8106, the process of S8107 is skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S8108.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใกใคใณๅฆ็ใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็ๆใ่จญๅฎใใใ Next, the contents of the variable display setting process 7 (S4153) will be described with reference to FIG. 187. FIG. 187 is a flowchart showing the contents of the variable display setting process 7 (S4153). This variation display setting process 7 (S4153) is executed in the main process executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 in the seventh embodiment, and the variation effect is executed in the third symbol display device 81. , The display variation pattern command is generated and set based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110.
ๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใ๏ผๅณใกใใชใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฎใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้็ฅใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅๅพใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ๆใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใผใฟใใทใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the variation display setting process 7 (S4153), first, it is determined whether the special figure variation start flag 223d provided in the RAM 223 is on (S5201). Then, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is not on (that is, it is off) (S5201: No), the fluctuation pattern command is not received from the main controller 110, so the process of S5234 is performed. Move to. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is on (S5201: Yes), 1 is added to the value of the fluctuation number counter 223fc (S5231), and the special figure fluctuation start flag 223d is set to off (S5202). ), Next, the effect mode setting process for generating the display variation pattern command for notifying the display control device 114 based on the acquired variation pattern type is executed (S5232), and the data in the winning information storage area 223b is input. It shifts (S5233) and shifts to the processing of S5234.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใ๏ผๅณใกใใชใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฎใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผ็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผ็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใ็ตใใใจใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ In the process of S5234, it is determined whether or not the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa provided in the RAM 223 is on (S5234). Then, when it is determined that the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa is not on (that is, it is off) (S5234: No), the fluctuation pattern command is not received from the main controller 110. Move to processing. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa is on (S5234: Yes), the value of the fluctuation number counter 223fc is added by 1 (S5235), and the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fa is set to off (S5234: Yes). S5236), then the variation display setting process 7 for special figure 2 is executed (S5237). The details of the variation display setting process 7 (S5237) for the special figure 2 will be described later with reference to FIG. 190. When the processing of S5237 is completed, the process proceeds to the processing of S5238.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใพใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅ้ธๆใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใพใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏใชใ๏ผๅณใกใใชใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใใฎใงใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใพใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใพใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ้ๅงใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใใณใใณใใใๆฝๅบใใๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็จ็นๅณ๏ผใพใใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๅๆญข็จฎๅฅใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S5238, it is determined whether the stop type selection flag 223e or the special figure 2 stop type selection flag 223fb provided in the RAM 223 is on (S5238). Then, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation start flag 223e or the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fb is not on (that is, is off) (S5238: No), the fluctuation pattern command is not received from the main controller 110. Since it is in a state, this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special figure fluctuation start flag 223e or the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fb is on (S5238: Yes), the special figure fluctuation start flag 223e or the special figure 2 fluctuation start flag 223fb is set to off ( S5239), then, the display special figure 1 or special figure 2 stop type command is set based on the stop type extracted from the command (S5240), and then this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใใงใไธ่ฟฐใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซใใ้็ฅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใ็พๅจใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใๅคฉไบๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, the details of the above-mentioned effect mode setting process (S5232) will be described. As described above, this effect mode setting process (S5232) is a process for setting an effect mode according to the variation type of the first special symbol notified by the variation pattern command. In this effect mode setting process (S5322), first, it is determined whether the current state is the normal state (S8201), when it is determined that the current state is not the normal state (S8201: No), and then it is determined whether the state is the probability change state. (S8202). In the process of S8202, when it is determined that the state is not in the probabilistic state (S8202: No), it means that the state is in the latent state (consecutive villa mode), the ceiling effect setting process is executed (S8203), and the determined effect mode is determined. The display variation pattern command indicating the above is set (S8208), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใใซใๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใธใจ็งป่กใใๅใฎๆๅพใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ้ธๆใใใใใฎๅคฉไบๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ฃ่ใขใผใ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ็กใใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซๅฏพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๅธธใขใผใ็จใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฆ็ใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, when it is determined in the processing of S8202 that it is in the probabilistic state (S8202: Yes), the value of the fluctuation number counter 223fc is set in order to determine whether the first special symbol this time is the final variation in the probabilistic state. It is determined whether it is 1 (S8204). In the process of S8204, when it is determined that the value of the fluctuation number counter 223fc is 1 (S8204: Yes), the ceiling effect setting for selecting the effect mode of the final variation display effect before shifting to the RUSH game. The process is executed (S8206), and the process is transferred to S8208. On the other hand, in the processing of S8204, when it is determined that the number of remaining time reductions is not 1 (S8204: No), that is, there is no possibility of shifting to the latent state (consecutive villa mode), the fluctuation pattern command indicates. The effect mode corresponding to the variation type is determined (S8205), and the process shifts to S8208. On the other hand, in the process of S8201 when it is determined that the current gaming state is the normal state (S8201: Yes), then the effect mode for the normal mode corresponding to the variation type indicated by the variation pattern command is determined. (S8207), the process shifts to S8208.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๅคฉไบๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅคฉไบๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใฎใใผใฟใ่ชญใฟๅบใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใฎใใผใฟใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใใใผใฟใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใจ็กใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ้ ไธๅฐ้ใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใจ็กใใๅคงๅฝใใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใๅดใ็ปใฃใฆใใ้ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใซใ้ขใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅพใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไปฅๅคใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฟซๆใไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, the details of the ceiling effect setting process (S8202, S8206) described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 188. As shown in FIG. 188, in the ceiling effect setting process (S8203 (S8206)), first, the data of the execution area corresponding to the first special symbol in the prize information storage area 223b is read (S8301), and the read execution is performed. It was determined whether or not the area data was data corresponding to the jackpot (S8302), and when it was determined to be a jackpot (S8302: Yes), that is, it was determined that the special figure 1 fluctuation this time was a jackpot fluctuation. In this case, the effect mode corresponding to the variation type indicated by the variation pattern command (determining the effect mode for notifying the jackpot (S8303)) and ending this process. That is, when the jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery. Since the jackpot game is executed without shifting to the latent state, the effect mode for notifying the jackpot without determining the effect mode for notifying the arrival of the summit (see FIG. 161 (b)). (For example, an effect mode in which a display mode indicating a jackpot winning is displayed while climbing a cliff) is determined. With this configuration, a jackpot game is performed even though the summit reaching effect is executed. Is executed, and after that, a game state other than the latent state is set, and it is possible to prevent the player from being uncomfortable.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซ้ขใใใใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใไธใงใใใซใ้ ไธใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใซใฆ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅไธญ๏ผใซใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใไธใงใใใซใ้ ไธใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ไธใ็ฎๆใๆผๅบ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆฎๆ้ใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใไธใคใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅฎใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when it is determined that the special symbol variation is a jackpot winning in the process of S8302, the peak reaching effect is not executed regardless of the selected jackpot type. If a jackpot whose latent state is set after the jackpot game is won, the summit reaching effect is executed, and then an effect of displaying a display mode indicating the jackpot winning is executed on the summit. It may be configured as follows. Further, in the present embodiment, it is configured to execute a process of determining whether or not to execute the peak reaching effect in the final fluctuation of the probability change state, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the jackpot game is performed during the probability change state. When the jackpot for which the latent state is set after the end is won (during the jackpot fluctuation), the effect of reaching the summit is executed, and then the effect of displaying the display mode indicating the jackpot winning is executed on the summit. It may be configured. As a result, the production mode of the effect (the effect in which the character 811 aims at the top) executed during the probability change state can be changed based on the remaining period of the probability change state and the lottery result of the first special symbol lottery. In addition, when the peak reaching effect is executed, the latent state can be reliably set, and the effect of the effect can be enhanced.
ใใใซๅฏพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใใ่ชญใฟๅบใใใใผใฟใๅคงๅฝใใใ็คบใใใผใฟใงใฏใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฒฉๅฑฑใฎ้ ไธใซใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐ้ใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคฉไบๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S8302, when it is determined that the data read from the execution area is not the data indicating the jackpot (S8302: No), the effect mode in which the character 811 reaches the top of the rocky mountain (FIG. 169 (b)). (See) is determined (S8304), the ceiling effect executing flag 223fh is set to ON (S8305), and this process ends.
ใใฎๅคฉไบๆผๅบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๆ็นใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใ้ ไธๅฐ้ๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅฎ่กๅฏๅฆใๅฅฝ้ฉใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ By executing this ceiling effect setting process (see FIG. 189), the summit reaching effect (see FIG. 169 (b)) is performed according to the pre-reading result of the lottery result of the first special symbol at the time of transition to the latent state. It is possible to preferably set whether or not to execute.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใญใผใใฃใผใใๅ็ งใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผ็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผ็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผ็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 190, the details of the variation display setting process 7 (S5237) for special figure 2 executed in the variation display setting process 7 (see S4153 of FIG. 187) described above will be described. The variation display setting process 7 (S5237) for the special figure 2 is a process for setting a variation effect corresponding to the variation pattern of the second special symbol variation. When the variation display setting process 7 (S5237) for special figure 2 is executed, it is first determined whether or not the RUSH medium flag 223fg is on (S8401), and it is determined that the RUSH medium flag 223fg is off. (S8401: No), that is, when it is determined that the current gaming state is the normal state or the latent state, then it is determined whether or not the probabilistic state is set (S8402).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S8402, when it is determined that the probability variation state is not set, that is, when it is determined that the current gaming state is the normal state (S8402: No), the first variation corresponding to the variation type indicated by the variation pattern command. 2 The variable display mode of the special symbol is determined (S8403), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎ็ขบๅคไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ็ขบๅคไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S8402, when it is determined that the current gaming state is the probabilistic state (S8402: Yes), the probabilistic change setting process for setting the variation display mode of the second special symbol variation in the probabilistic state (S8402: Yes). S8404) is executed to end this process. The detailed contents of this probabilistic change setting process (S8404) will be described later with reference to FIG. 191.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญ๏ผๆบๅ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใใจใๆๅณใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ In the process of S8401, if it is determined that the RUSH medium flag 223fg is on (S8401: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the preparation state flag 223fd is on (S8405), and the preparation state flag is determined. When it is determined that 223fd is off (S8405: No), it means that the player is in the RUSH game (the state in which the preparation state is completed), and therefore the second special symbol in the latent state (RUSH game). The RUSH medium setting process (S8410) for setting the variation display mode of the variation is executed, and this process is terminated. The detailed contents of the RUSH middle setting process (S8410) will be described later with reference to FIG. 192.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใใ๏ผๅณใกใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใซใใๅฐๅฝใใใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใ้็ฅใใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใฎๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใ้็ฅใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆบๅ็ถๆ ไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅใๅ ฑ็ฅใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ชๅ ฅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใฆ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the process of S8405, when it is determined that the preparation state flag 223fd is on (that is, the preparation state is in progress) (S8405: Yes), then the fluctuation pattern command notifies the fluctuation type of the small hit. If it is determined whether or not it is (S8406), and if it is determined that the variation type of the small hit is notified (S8406: Yes), the preparation state flag 223fd is set to off (S8407), and the effect of this variation display effect is produced. As an aspect, an effect mode (see FIG. 162 (b)) of the RUSH rush effect for notifying the RUSH rush is determined (S8408), and this process is terminated.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็ขบๅคไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅคไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ขบๅคไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใ้ใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ็ต้ใใใใจ็กใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใทใงใผใใซใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใๆฎใฉใฎ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใชใใใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ๅๅฃซใ่ก็ชใใ็ญใซใใใไธ่ฆๅใชๆๅใใจใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ็จใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใงใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กใ่กใใใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใฃใณในใ่จชใใใใจใ็คบใใใใซ็นๅฅใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the processing content of the probabilistic change setting process (S8404) will be described with reference to FIG. 191. FIG. 191 is a flowchart showing the contents of the probabilistic change setting process (S8404). This probabilistic change setting process (S8404) is for setting the effect mode when the second special symbol change is executed during the probabilistic change state, and the small hit C is won during the probabilistic change state, and the probability change number (S8404). The process for setting the effect mode (shortcut effect mode) when the latent probability state is set is executed without elapse of 50 times). As described above, in the present embodiment, when the right-handed game is executed in the probabilistic state, most of the balls flowing down the right side region win the right electric accessory 164, and the first special symbol change is executed. It is configured in. However, when the balls that flow down the right area collide with each other and behave irregularly, the balls rarely enter the right second entrance 645, and the second special symbol lottery is executed. In some cases. Then, when the small hit C is won by the second special symbol lottery executed during the probability change state, the probability change is performed without executing the special symbol change for the number of probability changes (50 times), which is the end condition of the probability change state. It is configured so that the state can be transferred to the latent state. Therefore, when the second special symbol lottery (variation) is executed during the probability change state, a special effect is executed to indicate to the player that the chance to shift to the latent state has come. ..
็ขบๅคไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใพใใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅคๅใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใง่ชญใฟๅบใใๅคๅๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ขบๅคๆฎๅๆฐใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผ็ชๅ ฅใ็คบใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใๅพ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ When the probabilistic change in-probability setting process (S8404) is executed, first, it is determined whether or not the second special symbol change this time is a change in which the small hit C is won (S8501). When it is determined that the small hit C is (S8501: Yes), then the value of the fluctuation count counter 223fc is read (S8502), and the probability variation remaining number is 5 based on the value of the fluctuation counter 223fc read in the process of S8502. It is determined whether the number of times is less than or equal to (S8503), and when it is determined to be less than or equal to 5 times (S8503: Yes), the effect mode indicating the small hit RUSH (RUSH game) rush is determined, and the process of S8506 described later is performed. Transition.
ไธๆนใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ฎๅๆฐใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใงใฏ็กใ๏ผ๏ผๅไปฅไธใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใซใทใงใผใใซใใ็ชๅ ฅใใใใจใ็คบใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใใฏใผใๆผๅบ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๅคๅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S8503, when it is determined that the number of probabilistic transformations is not 5 times or less (6 times or more) (S8503: No), an effect indicating that a shortcut is entered into the small hit RUSH (RUSH game). A mode (for example, warp effect) is determined (S8504), and the process proceeds to S8506. Further, in the process of S8501, if it is determined that the current fluctuation does not win the small hit C (S8501: No), the process proceeds to the process of S8506 as it is.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ็ขบๅคไธญใซ็น๏ผๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็คบใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใ่บซใซ็บใ๏ผใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใ๏ผใๅฑฑใๅขใใใ็ปใๅบใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the process of S8506, the character 811 wears a flame from the effect mode (for example, the display mode shown in FIG. 161 (a)) indicating that the special 2 variation (second special symbol variation) is executed during the probability variation (for example, the character 811 wears a flame from the display mode shown in FIG. 161 (a)). (Variable display mode of character 811), determine (S8506), set display pattern commands indicating various determined production modes (S8507), and end this process. ..
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅ็จฎๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the contents of the RUSH middle setting process (S8410) will be described with reference to FIG. 192. FIG. 192 is a flowchart showing the contents of the RUSH middle setting process (S8410). In this RUSH middle setting process (S8410), a process for setting various effects for the second special symbol variation executed during the RUSH game is executed.
๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใไปๅใฎๅคๅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขๅฝ้ธใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขๅฝ้ธใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคๅๅๆญขๆใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใใในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็ตไบใฎใใณใใ็คบใ็ตไบ็คบๅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎไปใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใ็คบใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็จใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the RUSH middle setting process (S8410) is executed, it is determined whether the super RUSH middle flag 223fi is set to ON (S8601), and if it is determined that it is set to ON (S8601: Yes), the next step. In addition, it is determined whether or not the change this time is a small hit B winning (S8602). If it is determined that the small hit B has been won (S8602: Yes), the first special symbol fluctuation that is being executed is forcibly stopped when the fluctuation is stopped. It is set (S8603), and the effect mode for RUSH corresponding to the variation type indicated by the variation pattern command is determined (S8604), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๅคๅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขๅฝ้ธใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใฎใพใพ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใฎๅพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S8602, when the current fluctuation does not win the small hit B (S8602: No), or when it is determined in the processing of S8601 that the super RUSH middle flag 223fi is not set to ON (S8601: No) proceeds to the process of S8604 as it is, and then ends this process.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ้ๆ็คๆงๆใ็จใใๅฅไพใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใซในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธใๅพใๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใฎๆต่ทฏๅ
ใซๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้
่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใซใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้็ถๆ
๏ผ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซๅ
ฅ่ณๅฐ้ฃใจใชใ็ถๆ
๏ผใฎ้ใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใ็ใๆตไธใใใใใซๆต่ทฏ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใๅฝขๆใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใๆตไธใใ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใไฝ็ฝฎใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้
่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใใฒใใฆใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธๅฏ่ฝใชๆต่ทฏ๏ผไปฅไธใ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใจ็งฐใ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ
ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅ๏ผๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ
ใซ่จญใใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅงๅๅฃ๏ผใธใจๅ
ฅ็ใใๅฒๅ๏ผใจใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ
ฅ็ใใๅฒๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅงๅๅฃใธใจๅ
ฅ็ใใๅฒๅ๏ผใจใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<About another example using the game board configuration of the 7th embodiment>
In the seventh embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 157, a flow path through which the ball passing through the through gate 67 can flow down is formed in the right side region of the game board 13, and the right electric accessory 164 is placed in the flow path. It is configured to be arranged, and while the right electric accessory 164 is closed (a state in which it is difficult for the ball to win a prize in the right electric accessory 164), the ball is placed on the opening / closing lid 164r1 of the right electric accessory 164. A flow path (see FIG. 158) was formed so that the ball could flow down, and a right second entry port 645 was arranged at a position where a ball flowing down on the opening / closing lid 164r1 could enter. Then, according to the opening pattern of the right electric accessory 164 (opening operation pattern of the game per normal figure), a flow path through which a ball flowing down the right region, and by extension, a ball passing through the through gate 67 can flow down (hereinafter, specified). The rate at which the ball flowing down the flow path wins the right electric accessory 164 (the right first ball entrance 164r provided in the right electric accessory 164 (referred to as a lottery opportunity for the first special symbol lottery). The rate of entering the ball into the starting port) and the rate of entering the ball into the right second entry port 645 (the rate of entering the ball into the starting port that triggers the lottery of the second special symbol lottery) can be changed. It was configured to be able to.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ็ใฎๆฎใฉใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใจใใ่ฆๅฎใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใไฝใใใใใใซๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใๅณ้ปๅโๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณใจใใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใซใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใไฝใใใใใใซๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใชใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใจ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจใงใฏใๅ ฑใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผใฏๅไธใงใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้้ใ็ฐใชใใใ็ตๆใจใใฆ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, when the probabilistic state is set as the game state, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation and the right electric motor so that most of the balls flowing down the specific flow path win the right electric accessory 164. When the open pattern of the accessory 164 is specified and the latent probability state is set, the ball flowing down the specific flow path wins the right electric accessory 164 than when the probability variation state is set. The fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation and the opening pattern of the right electric-accessory 164 are specified so as to reduce the ratio of the movement. In addition, when the normal state is set, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol fluctuation is specified so that the rate of winning the right electric accessory 164 is lower than when the latent state is set. ing. In addition, the low probability state of the normal symbol is set in both the latent state and the normal state, and the opening operation pattern (opening pattern of the right electric accessory 164) executed in the game per normal symbol is the same. However, by changing the fluctuation time of the normal symbol, the interval at which the game is executed per normal symbol is different, and as a result, the rate at which the ball flowing down the specific flow path wins the right electric accessory 164 is different. It was composed of.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใซใใใฐใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๆใๅงๅๅฃ๏ผๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใซใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใไธปใจใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅฎนๆใซ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฐใชใ้ๆๆงใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ According to the configuration of the seventh embodiment described above, the starting ports (right first ball entry port 164r, right second ball entry port 645) where the ball can easily enter are made different according to the set gaming state. As a result, by executing the right-handed game, it is possible to easily make different types of special symbols for which the special symbol lottery is mainly executed. Therefore, when different gaming states are set for the player, different games are played. It was possible to play sexual games and improve the interest of the games.
ใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปใจใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใชใ้ใใไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใๅไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใง้ทๆ้้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใๆฉๆใซ้ๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ However, in the seventh embodiment described above, a special symbol type in which a special symbol lottery is mainly executed is defined for a set gaming state (for example, a probabilistic state), and specifically, in the probabilistic state. Was configured so that the first special symbol lottery could be easily executed and the second special symbol lottery could be easily executed during the latent state. Therefore, unless the set game state is variably set, the special symbol type corresponding to the special symbol lottery that is mainly executed cannot be different, and the player who is playing the game for a long time in the same game state There was a problem of getting tired of the game early.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅ้กใ่งฃๆฑบใใใใใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใซไปฃใใฆไปฅไธใฎๅๆงๆใๆใใฏๅๆงๆใ็ตใฟๅใใใฆ็จใใใจ่ฏใใ In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, it is preferable to use each of the following configurations or a combination of each configuration instead of the configuration of the seventh embodiment.
๏ผๆงๆไพ๏ผ๏ผๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใฎๆงๆ๏ผ
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๅพใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใๅไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒ้ๆ็ถๆ
ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆฐใซ้ขใใใใๅไธๅ
ๅฎนใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใใๅๅพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๆงๆไพ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ
๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใงๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ธๆๅฒๅใใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใๆงๆใใใฆใใใ
<Structure example 1: Configuration of the normal map fluctuation pattern selection table>
In the seventh embodiment described above, as shown in FIG. 172 (b), the fluctuation pattern is defined corresponding to the set gaming state and the value of the second fluctuation type counter CS3, and the fluctuation pattern is selected. When the processing to be performed is executed, the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the value of the acquired second fluctuation type counter CS3 is selected. That is, in the seventh embodiment described above, when the same gaming state is set, the variation pattern having the same content is defined regardless of the number of special symbol variations executed during the gaming state. The fluctuation pattern was selected based on the value of the second fluctuation type counter CS3 acquired from the data table. On the other hand, in the present configuration example 1, according to the number of special symbol fluctuations (the number of special symbol lottery executed after the end of the probabilistic jackpot game), which is executed in a state where a specific game state (probability change state) is set. , The normal figure fluctuation pattern selection table is configured so that the selection ratio of the selected fluctuation time and the length of the selected fluctuation time can be different.
ใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๆงๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใ๏ผใ๏ผๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใงใฏใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ฏๅฒใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจๅๆงใซๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ That is, with respect to the configuration of the normal figure fluctuation pattern selection table 202fg (see FIG. 172 (b)) of the seventh embodiment described above, different fluctuation patterns are generated according to the number of special symbol fluctuations after the game state is set. It differs in that it is specified. Specifically, in the range where the number of special symbol fluctuations after the probability variation state is set is 1 to 2, the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time is 2 seconds is defined, and in the range of 3 to 50 times, it is described above. Similar to the normal map fluctuation pattern selection table 202fg of the seventh embodiment, a fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 0.8 seconds is defined.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎ้ใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใฏใๅฝ่ฉฒๆๅฎๆ้ๅค๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใไปฅ้ใฎๆ้๏ผใใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎไธ้จๆ้ใฎใฟ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎไธ้จๆ้ใฎใฟ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใไบใๅฎใใใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็ต้ใๅพ ใใใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๆใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ With this configuration, a fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 2 seconds is selected as the normal symbol fluctuation from the time when the probability variation state is set until the special symbol variation is executed twice. Therefore, the predetermined period after the probabilistic state is set (the period until the special symbol change is executed twice) is to the right of the outside of the predetermined period (the period after the special symbol change is executed twice). It is possible to make it easier for the ball to enter the second entry port 645. As a result, it is possible to facilitate the execution of the second special symbol lottery only for a part of the period during the probability change state. Therefore, a specific small hit (small hit C) is won in the second special symbol lottery only for a part of the period during the probability change state, and the probability change without waiting for the elapse of a predetermined predetermined period (probability change number of times 50 times). It is possible to facilitate the transition from the state to the latent state which is more advantageous to the player than the probable state.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆไพ๏ผใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฎๆ้ใใใใฎๆๅฎๆ้ไปฅๅคใฎๆ้ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใใใใใซ้ธๆใใๅพใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็นๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใจ็กใ็นๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฎๆ้ๅ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจ็กใ้ทๆ้ใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the configuration example 1 described above, a variation pattern of a normal symbol that can be selected so that a predetermined period after the probability variation state is set is more advantageous to the player than a period other than the predetermined period is defined. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, when a specific period elapses after the probability variation state is set, a variation pattern of a normal symbol that is advantageous to the player may be easily selected. With this configuration, when a specific period elapses without ending the probabilistic state, it is possible to make the player perform a game that is more advantageous than within the specific period. Therefore, it is possible to enthusiastically play a game for a player who is playing a game for a long time without changing the game state.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆไพ๏ผใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅๆ้๏ผๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใซ้ขใใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใ็ขบ็ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใ๏ผๅไปฅๅ ใฎๅ ดๅใงใๆใใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใๅถๆฐใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผใฎใปใใใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ้ธๆๅฒๅใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใ ใใง้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ้ใๅฎนๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the above-described configuration example 1, different fluctuation times (fluctuation patterns) are selected according to the number of special symbol fluctuations after the probability variation state is set, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example. Regardless of the number of special symbol fluctuations, a fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 2 seconds and a fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 0.8 seconds can be selected, and the probability that each fluctuation pattern is selected is determined by the number of special symbol fluctuations. Specifically, when the number of times the special symbol changes after the probability variation state is set satisfies a predetermined condition (for example, the special symbol executed after the probability variation state is set). A fluctuation pattern (when the number of fluctuations is 2 or less, or when the number of special symbol fluctuations after the probability variation state is set is an even number) is more advantageous to the player than when the predetermined conditions are not satisfied (the variation pattern (when the number of fluctuations is 2 or less) is more advantageous to the player. It may be configured so that a 2-second fluctuation pattern) can be easily selected. With this configuration, it is possible to easily set the period during which the game advantageous to the player is executed only by variably setting the selection ratio of each fluctuation pattern according to the number of fluctuations of the special symbol.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆไพ๏ผใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใจใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฐใชใใใผใฟใใผใใซใๅ็ งใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅไธใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใฃใฆใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฐใชใใใผใฟใใผใใซ๏ผๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๆๅฉๆ้๏ผไปใฎๆ้ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใใๆๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใพใใ็นๅฎใฎๆๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๅ จๆ้ใๆๅฉๆ้ใจใชใใใใซใใ็นๅฎใฎไธๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๅ จๆ้ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the above-mentioned configuration example 1, one type is used as the general figure fluctuation pattern selection table to be referred to when the probabilistic state is set, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it depends on the jackpot type that triggers the probable change state to be set. , You may configure to select the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol by referring to different data tables. In this case, even if the jackpot type is set to the same probability variation state after the jackpot game ends, the winning jackpot Depending on the type, it is possible to select a fluctuation pattern (variation time) of normal symbol fluctuation by referring to a different data table (normal symbol fluctuation pattern table). In this case, depending on the jackpot type, the length of the advantageous period (the period during which a game advantageous to the player (for example, the second special symbol lottery) is more likely to be executed than other periods) and the timing at which the advantageous period is set are determined. It is good to configure it so that it is different. In addition, when a specific advantageous jackpot type is set, the entire period of the probable change state is set as the advantageous period, and when a specific disadvantageous jackpot type is set, the advantageous period is set for the entire period of the probable change state. It may be configured so that it is not set.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใใใใซ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ใฎใใกใไธ้จใฎๆ้ใซใใใฆใไปใฎๆ้ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅ ใใ็พๅจใๆๅฉๆ้๏ผไปใฎๆ้ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใๆ้๏ผใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅ๏ผๅ ฑ็ฅ๏ผใใใใใฎๆ้็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใไพใใฐใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฑฑ็ปใๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผไธญใซใใฆใตใฎใๆจกใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฏใผใขใใใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅคๆดใใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใใใฏใใซใพใผใณ็ชๅ ฅใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใ้ ไธใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ญ็ธฎใๅพใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ In addition, in the period in which a specific game state (probability change state) is set as described above, when a game that is more advantageous to the player than other periods is configured to be playable in a part of the period, it is possible to execute the game. For the player, in addition to the current game state, the player is asked whether the current period is an advantageous period (a period in which a game that is more advantageous to the player than other periods (for example, a second special symbol lottery) is likely to be executed). It is preferable to configure the period suggestion effect for suggesting (notifying) the rabbit, for example, during the mountain climbing effect (see FIG. 161 (a)) executed during the probabilistic state in the seventh embodiment described above. The character 811 that imitates the above is changed to a more powerful display mode, the characters "Powerful zone entry" are displayed in the main display area Dm, and the effect that the period until reaching the summit can be shortened is executed. Then it is good.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็พๅจใๆๅฉๆ้ใงใใใใจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใจใใฆๆๅฉๆ้ใ็ฐใชใ่คๆฐใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ่คๆฐ็จๆใใฆใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใไธใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉๆ้ใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆ้็คบๅๆผๅบใฏใๆๅฉๆ้ไธญใฎใปใใๆๅฉๆ้ๅคใใใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใๅ จใฆใฎๆผๅบใๅฏพ่ฑกใจใใใใฎใงใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็พๅจใๆๅฉๆ้ใงใใใใจใ็ดๆฅ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใๆผๅบไปฅๅคใฎๆผๅบใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็นใงใ็พๅจใๆๅฉๆ้ใฎๅฏ่ฝๆงใฎใปใใใๆๅฉๆ้ๅคใงใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใใใ้ซใใชใใใๆ้็คบๅๆผๅบใซๅซใพใใใใใฃใฆใๆ้็คบๅๆผๅบใฏใใใฎๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใๆๅฉๆ้ใใใไฝใใชใใฐ่ฏใใๆๅฉๆ้ๅคใฎๆ้๏ผไธๅฉๆ้๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, it is possible to inform the player that the current period is advantageous in an easy-to-understand manner. Therefore, for example, a plurality of normal map fluctuation pattern tables having different advantageous periods are prepared as the normal map fluctuation pattern tables referred to during the probability change state, and one of them is based on the jackpot type set at the time of winning the probability change jackpot. Even when the normal map fluctuation pattern table is configured to be selectable, the advantageous period can be notified to the player in an easy-to-understand manner. It should be noted that the above-mentioned period suggestion effect is intended for all effects configured so that it is easier to be executed during the advantageous period than outside the advantageous period, and the present is the advantageous period for the player. Even if it is a production other than a production that directly explains a certain thing, when the production is executed, the possibility that the current advantageous period is higher than the possibility that it is outside the advantageous period suggests the period. Included in the production. Therefore, the period suggestion effect may be executed in a period outside the advantageous period (unfavorable period) as long as the execution frequency is lower than the advantageous period.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆ้็คบๅๆผๅบใๅณใกใ็พๅจใๆๅฉๆ้ใงใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ้ซใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใฎๆผๅบใซๅ ใใไปๅใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใฆๅ็ งใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งๅฏ่ฝใช่คๆฐใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใฎใใกใๆๅฉๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใงใใใใจใ็คบๅใใ็ถๆ ็คบๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in addition to the above-mentioned period suggestion effect, that is, an effect for suggesting to the player that the present is likely to be an advantageous period, the normal map fluctuation pattern table referred to in the current probability change state is changed. Of the plurality of normal map fluctuation pattern tables that can be referred to during the state, a state suggestion effect suggesting that the normal map fluctuation pattern table is easy to set an advantageous period may be executed.
ใใใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใ็พๅจใๆๅฉๆ้ใงใใใๅฆใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆๅฉๆ้ไธญใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅ ฅ็้ ปๅบฆใ้ซใ็ถๆ ๏ผๆๅฉๆ้ไธญ๏ผใซใใใ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๅฐใซ็ฅ็ฆใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจ็กใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅ ฅ็้ ปๅบฆใไฝใ็ถๆ ๏ผไธๅฉๆ้ไธญ๏ผใง็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆๅฉๆ้ไธญใซ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใๅพใๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ็ฅ็ฆใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซ็นๅฎใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซๅฏพใใๅ ฅ็ใฎใใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใ่คๆฐใฎๆ้ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใๆ้ไธญใซ็ใ็นๅฎใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฅใชๆผๅบๆ ๆงใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, when the probability variation state is set and the ball enters the right second entry port 645, a notification for notifying that the ball has entered the right second entry port 645 is notified. The production mode of the effect may be configured to be different based on the determination result of whether or not the present is the advantageous period. For example, the ball enters the right second entrance 645 during the advantageous period. If this is the case, the ball is entered in a state where the frequency of entering the ball is high (during the advantageous period). Notification effect that can be set when the ball enters the right second entrance 645 in the state (during the disadvantageous period) and the ball enters the right second entrance 645 during the advantageous period. It is preferable to configure so that the effect mode for blessing the player is set rather than the effect mode of. In this way, when a plurality of periods with different ease of entering a specific ball opening are configured to be set, the effect mode of the notification effect can be changed according to the set period. When the ball can be entered into a specific entry port during a period in which it is difficult to enter the ball, it is possible to execute a notification effect of a special effect mode.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆไพ๏ผใงใฏใๆๅฎๆกไปถ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅค๏ผใซๅฟใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใใ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธใใๆต่ทฏ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใๅฒๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๆฎๅณ็ขบๅฎๆ้๏ผใฎ้ทใใใๅฝ้ธใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆใใฏใ้ธๆใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใๅณใกใๆฎ้ๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใฆใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใใๆๅฎๆกไปถ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใๆฎๅณๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ็ญ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the above-described configuration example 1, the specific flow path (through gate 67 is set. It is configured to change the rate at which the ball that has flowed down (the flow path through which the ball has passed) reaches the right second entrance 645, but it is not limited to this, and for example, it is a hit in a normal symbol lottery. If you win, select the winning normal symbol type or select the length of the period (normal symbol confirmation period) from when the winning normal symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed until the game is executed. It may be different depending on the type of the general map fluctuation pattern. That is, the period from the start of the normal symbol fluctuation to the execution of the game per normal symbol is set as a predetermined condition (big hit type, game state, number of special symbol fluctuations, value of fluctuation type counter CS3, result of lottery for regular symbols, etc.). It may be configured so that it can be changed according to the above.
๏ผๆงๆไพ๏ผ๏ผๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๆงๆ๏ผ
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ
ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎไพใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ
ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใ่คๆฐ็จฎ้ก่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้็ถๆ
๏ผ็ใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆตไธใใฆๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ๏ผใจใชใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ
ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏ๏ผในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธใใๆต่ทฏ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใๅฒๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใ
<Structure example 2: Opening operation configuration of the right electric accessory>
In the seventh embodiment described above, an example is shown in which the opening operation pattern of the right electric accessory 164 in the game per normal figure executed during the probabilistic state is one type, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the probabilistic state. A plurality of types of opening operation patterns of the right electric accessory 164 in the game per normal figure executed during the game can be set, and the right electric accessory 164 in the game per normal figure can be set according to the set opening operation pattern. It may be configured so that the length of the period in which the ball is in the closed state (the ball flows down the opening / closing lid 164r1 and reaches the right second entry port 645) is different. With this configuration, the ball that has flowed down the specific flow path (the flow path through which the ball that has passed through the through gate 67 flows down) is the second on the right, depending on the hit type of the game that is executed during the probability change state. The rate of reaching the entrance 645 can be changed.
ใใใซใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใๆใ็ถๆ ๏ผใ๏ผ็ง้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้้็ถๆ ๏ผ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใ้ฃใ็ถๆ ๏ผใ๏ผ็ง้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจ๏ผๅๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, for example, as an opening operation pattern of the game per normal figure, the first open state (a state in which the ball is easily won to the right electric accessory 164) is in the first closed state (the ball is moved to the right electric accessory 164) for 2 seconds. When an open operation pattern is set in which the second open state is set for 5 seconds and the second open state is set for 0.5 seconds, and one ball wins the right electric accessory 164 during the game per game. It may be configured so that the game per normal figure ends.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใฆใใพใใจใใใฎๆ็นใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใใชใใใใซ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๆ็นใงๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ็บๅฐใใใใ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผๅฆใใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, for example, if the ball is awarded to the right electric accessory 164 during the first open state, the game per normal figure ends at that point, but during the first open state, By executing the game so that the ball does not win the right electric accessory 164, it is possible to make it easier for the ball to reach the right second entrance 645 during the game per game. Further, in this case, it is preferable to configure the opening operation pattern in which the game per normal figure ends when the period of the first opening state elapses. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of letting the player choose whether or not to shoot the ball (perform the right-handed game) during the normal game.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅฅๆงๆไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใซในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธใๅพใๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใฎๆต่ทฏๅ ใซๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใซใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้็ถๆ ๏ผ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณๅฐ้ฃใจใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎ้ใฏใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใ็ใๆตไธใใใใใซๆต่ทฏ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใๅฝขๆใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผไธใๆตไธใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใจใชใไฝ็ฝฎใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใใฟใผใณ๏ผๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใใฟใผใณ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๅณๅด้ ๅใๆตไธใใ็ใใฒใใฆใฏใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใ็ใๆตไธๅฏ่ฝใชๆต่ทฏ๏ผไปฅไธใ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใจ็งฐใ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅฒๅ๏ผๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใซ่จญใใใใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅงๅๅฃ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅ๏ผใจใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅงๅๅฃใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใๅฒๅ๏ผใจใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใฎไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใฎใปใใไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฒๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใไธๆตๅดใฎๅงๅๅฃใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฒๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใฎไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใปใใใไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the seventh embodiment described above and another configuration example of the seventh embodiment, in the above-mentioned seventh embodiment, as shown in FIG. 157, a ball that has passed through the through gate 67 in the right region of the game board 13. The right electric accessory 164 is arranged in the flow path to form a flow path through which the right electric accessory 164 can flow down, and the right electric accessory 164 is closed (the ball wins a prize in the right electric accessory 164). During the difficult state), a flow path (see FIG. 158) is formed so that the ball flows down on the opening / closing lid 164r1 of the right electric accessory 164, and the ball flowing down on the opening / closing lid 164r1 can enter. The right second entrance 645 was arranged at such a position. Then, according to the opening pattern of the right electric accessory 164 (opening operation pattern of the game per normal figure), a flow path through which a ball flowing down the right region, and by extension, a ball passing through the through gate 67 can flow down (hereinafter, specified). The rate at which the ball flowing down the flow path wins the right electric accessory 164 (the right first ball entrance 164r provided in the right electric accessory 164 (referred to as a lottery opportunity for the first special symbol lottery). The rate of entering the ball into the starting port) and the rate of entering the ball into the right second entry port 645 (the rate of entering the ball into the starting port that triggers the lottery of the second special symbol lottery) can be changed. In the probabilistic state, the second special symbol lottery is more advantageous to the player than the first special symbol lottery. That is, the starting port provided on the upstream side of the specific flow path is configured to execute a lottery that is more disadvantageous to the player than the starting port provided on the downstream side, and the starting port provided on the upstream side is reached. By changing the winning ratio of the balls, the winning ratio of the balls to the starting port on the downstream side where the lottery that is advantageous to the player is executed is configured to be variable, but the present invention is not limited to this, for example. , It is configured so that a lottery that is more advantageous to the player is executed when the ball enters the starting port provided on the upstream side of the specific area than when the ball enters the starting port provided on the downstream side. You may.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใฉใฎๅฅๆฉใง่จญๅฎใใใใจใใฆใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๆๅฎใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใๆ็ซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใงใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็นใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็๏ผใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผๅ๏ผ็ขบไฟใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆใใใใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๆใใฏ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ต็ฑใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใไธ้ๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ถๆ ใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, no matter what trigger is set in the latent state that is most advantageous to the player, specifically, the jackpot in which the latent state is set after the jackpot game is completed is won. However, even if the latent state is set after the jackpot game ends, or even if a predetermined transition condition (for example, the number of probability changes is 50) is satisfied during the probability change state and the latent state is set, the latent state is set. Is executed during the jackpot game or the probability change state in order to facilitate the state in which a predetermined number (for example, 4) of the hold memory (special figure 1 hold) of the first special symbol is secured at the time when is set. It was configured so that the special figure 1 hold could be obtained in the right-handed game. Specifically, since the first special symbol change is executed during the probability change state and the first special symbol change is not executed during the jackpot game, the latent probability state is set when the latent jackpot is won. In this case, the latent probability state is more likely to be executed when the special figure 1 hold number is the upper limit value (4) than when the latent probability state is set via the probability change state.
ใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใฎๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใฎ็ฐใชใ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใฎ็ฐใชใ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๆนใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, when the latent state is set, a game (second special symbol lottery) having a different degree of advantage (different variation time) is executed according to the number of special figure 1 hold, and special figure 1 hold. It is configured so that the smaller the number, the more advantageous the game is to the player than the case where the number of holdings in Special Figure 1 is large.
ใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆฐ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใ้ซ็ขบ็ใงไธ้๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใชใใใๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใใใใๅใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใซๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใฏใไปใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅใซใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใจใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็นใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅฐใชใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใไปใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฐ้ๆใซๆ็ซใใ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, when the probability change number (the number of special symbol fluctuations executed during the probability change state) reaches 50 times during the probability change state, the special figure is played by the right-handed game executed until the probability change number reaches 50 times. It was configured so that the number of 1 hold was the upper limit (4) with high probability. Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, when the small hit C is won in the second special symbol lottery during the probability change state, the probability change state is changed to the latent state before the number of probability changes reaches 50 times. It was configured so that it could be migrated. Therefore, for example, when the small hit C is won immediately after the probability change state is set and the state shifts to the latent state, the latent state is set as compared with the case where the latent state is set based on the establishment of other transition conditions. Since the execution period of the right-handed game before the certainty state is set is shortened, it is possible to easily reduce the number of special figures 1 held at the time when the latent probability state is set. Therefore, it is possible to make the transition condition more advantageous to the player than the other transition conditions described above (the transition condition that is satisfied when the probability variation number reaches 50 times).
ใใฎใใใซใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซ่คๆฐใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธ๏ผใไบใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใๆ็ซใใ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ ใใงใฏ็กใใๆ็ซใใ็งป่กๆกไปถใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๅไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซ่คๆฐใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธ๏ผใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใไปใใใใจ็กใๆ็ซใๅพใ็งป่กๆกไปถใไบใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใๆ็ซใใ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใจใๆๅฉใช็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใจใใไธฆ่กใใฆ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใไบใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธ๏ผใฏใๆ็ซใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฟใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅพใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๅฏๅคใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใง็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅพใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ๏ผในใผใใผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใฎใใๆๅพ ใๆใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅธธใซ็นๅฎใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, in order to set a specific gaming state (for example, latent state), a plurality of transition conditions (big hit, probability variation number 50 times, small hit C winning) are set in advance, and the type of transition condition that is established. By variably configuring the degree of advantage after a specific game state is set according to the player, not only the game state set for the player but also the transition condition to be established is interested. be able to. Furthermore, in order to set a specific gaming state (for example, latent probability state) in a state where the same gaming state (for example, probability change state) is set, a plurality of transition conditions (probability change number of times 50 times, small hit C winning) Since the transition conditions that can be established without going through the jackpot are set in advance, and the degree of advantage after the specific game state is set is variably configured according to the type of the established transition conditions, the game is played. A game aiming to win a big hit against a person and a game aiming to establish an advantageous transition condition can be performed in parallel. Further, since the specific transition condition (small hit C winning) set in advance is configured so that the degree of advantage after setting the latent probability state can be easily changed according to the timing of establishment, specifically. , Special Figure 1 When the transition condition is satisfied with a small number of reservations, it is configured so that an advantageous game (Super RUSH) can be easily executed after the latent state is set. It is possible to play the game while having an expectation that the transition condition will be satisfied. Further, since the specific transition condition (small hit C winning) can be satisfied regardless of the number of reservations in Special Figure 1, it is possible to make the player always expect that the specific transition condition is satisfied. ..
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ่คๆฐใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใฎใใกใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธใซใใๆ็ซใใ็งป่กๆกไปถใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎใปใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใ็ถๆ ใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใปใใใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใฐ่ฏใใ In the seventh embodiment described above, among the plurality of transition conditions for transitioning to the latent state, the transition condition established by winning the small hit C is configured to be most advantageous to the player, but the present invention is limited to this. It may be configured so that it is more advantageous to the player when the number of probable changes reaches 50 times. In this case, for example, it is configured so that the probability variation state is more advantageous to the player than the latent probability state, or the latent probability state is set in the state where the number of reserved balls is large in Special Figure 1. It may be configured so that a game that is more advantageous to the player than the state is set is executed.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅใณ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็คบใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅฑฑ็ปใๆผๅบ๏ผใจใใฆใ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใใใฎๆ็นใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅพใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎ็ถๆ ใง็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏใๆ็ซใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใใ่ฑช่ฏใช้ ไธ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ ไธใ่ฑ็ใซใชใฃใฆใใๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใง็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใซๅฝ้ธใใๆ็น๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๆ็น๏ผใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใใๆ็น๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใๅ ่ชญใฟใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใใๆ็น๏ผใงใๅณๆใก้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใใจใไฟใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็ก้งใซ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใๅขๅ ใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as the effect (mountain climbing effect) executed during the probabilistic state shown with reference to FIGS. 161 (a) and 161 (b), the effect mode of the effect executed when the transition condition is satisfied is set at that time. It may be changed according to the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1. For example, when the execution condition for executing an advantageous game after setting the latent probability state is satisfied (for example, the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 is one). When the transition condition is satisfied in the state of It may be configured to notify that the transition condition is satisfied in an advantageous state. In addition, when the small hit C is won (when the second special symbol change in which the small hit C is won is started) or when it is confirmed that the number of probability changes will reach 50 times (special figure 1 hold is pre-read and the probability changes). When it is confirmed that the big hit will not be won by the time the number of times reaches 50 times), the effect of urging the right-handed game to be interrupted may be executed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the number of special figure 1 reservations from increasing unnecessarily.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใงใ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅๅคๅ๏ผใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใใพใง้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใจใงใๅผทๅถ็ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใง้ๆใ่กใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ทๆ้ใฎ้้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๆใไธๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใซใใฃใ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใ้ธๆใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใ๏ผใใใๅคใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, the game is forcibly interrupted until the first special symbol variation (10-minute variation) of the long-term variation is executed a plurality of times in the state where the latent probability state is set. It was possible to play the game in a game state that is advantageous to the player, but on the other hand, by interrupting the game for a long time during the latent state, the game that is most disadvantageous to the player is executed. It is good to set a penalty like this. Specifically, it is configured so that the selected normal symbol fluctuation pattern differs according to the number of reserved symbols (the number of reserved symbols), and is selected when the number of reserved symbols of the ordinary symbol is 0. It is preferable to configure the normal figure fluctuation pattern so as to be more disadvantageous to the player than the normal figure fluctuation pattern selected when the number of reserved memories of the normal symbol is more than 0 (for example, 3). More specifically, it may be configured so that a normal map fluctuation pattern in which a long fluctuation time is set can be easily selected.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ทๆ้้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใใจใซใใใๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผใซใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใ๏ผใใๅขๅ ใใ้ฃใไธๅฉ็ถๆณใง้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐใจ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผๅๆใใฏ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใซใชใๆใใชใใใใซ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใใๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๆฐใใซ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใ็ฒๅพใ้ฃใใใใใใซใ้ทใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ With this configuration, if the game is interrupted for a long time during the latent state, and the number of reserved figures is set to 0, the player is in a disadvantageous situation where it is difficult to increase the number of reserved figures 1 from 0. Can play a game. Further, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a normal figure fluctuation pattern may be configured so as to be selectable based on the number of normal figure reservations and the number of special figure 1 reserved balls. When the number of reserved figures is 1 or 2, it is easy to set a short fluctuation time as the fluctuation time of the normal symbol so that the number of reserved balls in the special figure 1 is likely to be 3 or more, and the number of reserved figures is 0. Then, when the number of special figure hold is 0, it is preferable to set a long fluctuation time in order to make it difficult to newly acquire the special figure 1 hold.
ใใใซใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใๆงๆใใไปฅไธใฎๆงๆใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฉ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใจใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅทฆๅด้ ๅใซใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผๅทฆๅด้ ๅใซ็ใๆตไธใใใ้ๆ๏ผใจใๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผๅณๅด้ ๅใซ็ใๆตไธใใใ้ๆ๏ผใจใฎไฝใใฎ้ๆใ่กใฃใใจใใฆใ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใ็นใง็ฐใชใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใจใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅทฆๆใก้ๆใจใๅณๆใก้ๆใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใฆใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใๅ ดๅใจใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใๅ ดๅใจใงใ็บๅฐใใ็ใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซไฝใใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใซใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๆใซ็ฒๅพใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใใปใใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใๆๅฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใๆฎๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใๆนใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใไธๅฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใ Further, the pachinko machine 10 having the following configuration may be applied with a configuration in which the fluctuation pattern of the normal symbol is changed according to the number of reserved storages of the normal symbol. Specifically, as a configuration of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, a through gate 67 is also provided in the left side region with respect to the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment shown in FIG. 157, and a left-handed game is played. A position where the ball can be won regardless of whether the game is a right-handed game (a game in which the ball is made to flow down in the left area) or a right-handed game (a game in which the ball is made to flow down in the right area) (for example, the first ball is entered). The configuration of the game board 13 is different in that a variable winning device 650 that is opened during the jackpot game is arranged at the lower position of the mouth 64), and the left-handed game and the right-handed game are played during the jackpot game. It is configured so that a person can make a choice. Then, the ratio of the launched ball passing through the through gate 67 is different between the case where the right-handed game is performed and the case where the left-handed game is performed. As a result, the number of reserved symbols (the number of reserved symbols) acquired at the end of the jackpot game can be made different depending on which game is played during the jackpot game. Then, as the game states set after the jackpot game is completed, the first game state is more advantageous than the case where the number of reserved figures is large, and the second is more disadvantageous than the case where the number of reserved figures is small. The game state and the game state can be set.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใไบๆธฌใใชใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With such a configuration, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of selecting the game method during the jackpot game while predicting the game state set after the jackpot game is completed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎๅคๅฝขไพ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๆๅคๅไปๆง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
๏ผไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใๆดใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<Modified example of the seventh embodiment>
Next, a modification of the seventh embodiment described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 193 to 200. In the seventh embodiment described above, a gaming machine (so-called simultaneous variation) capable of duplicating the lottery of the first special symbol (special figure 1 lottery) and the lottery of the second special symbol (special figure 2 lottery). In the specification), when a specific gaming state (for example, latent state) is set, a long-term (for example, 10 minutes) fluctuation pattern as the fluctuation time of the first special symbol fluctuation becomes the second special symbol fluctuation. It was configured so that a fluctuation pattern for a short time (for example, 1 second) was set as the fluctuation time, and further, a small hit could be won in the special figure 2 lottery.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ ป็บใใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๆไพๅฏ่ฝใจใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ With this configuration, the number of executions of the special figure 2 lottery can be increased more than the number of executions of the special figure 2 lottery during the latent state, and the execution is performed based on the lottery result of the special figure 2 lottery. By making small hit games occur frequently, it is possible to provide a game that is advantageous to the player.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๆๅคๅไปๆง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅชๅ ็ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใใใใ On the other hand, in the modified example of the seventh embodiment, the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol can be performed in duplicate as in the seventh embodiment described above (so-called so-called gaming machine). , Simultaneous variation specification), when a specific gaming state (for example, probability variation state) is set, the variation time of one special symbol (for example, the first special symbol) becomes longer (for example, 10 minutes). By configuring the other special symbol (for example, the second special symbol) so that the fluctuation time is shortened (for example, 1 second), the other special symbol lottery is preferentially executed.
ใใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฉใจใชใใใใซ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๆใใชใใๆใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎน๏ผๆงๆใใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใ่กใใๆใใใใใฎใใใใ Then, the lottery of the other special symbol lottery (for example, the second special symbol) is more advantageous than the lottery of one special symbol lottery (for example, the first special symbol) (for example, of the second special symbol lottery). It is easier to win a small hit than the first special symbol lottery, or the content of the big hit game executed when the big hit is won), and it is advantageous to the player during a specific game state (for example, a probability change state). There is something that makes it easier for the game to be played.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๅฐใชใใจใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใไธๅฉๆฝ้ธใจใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉๆฝ้ธใจใชใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผใคใซใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคใๅฝ้ธๅใฏๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใซใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆฐๅคใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆงใๆไพใใใใจใงใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใฎใใใใ In the above-mentioned gaming machine, at least during the period when the probability variation state is set, the first special symbol lottery is a disadvantageous lottery that is disadvantageous to the player, and the second special symbol lottery is an advantageous lottery that is advantageous to the player. .. Further, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the lottery result of one special symbol lottery (for example, the first special symbol lottery) is predetermined as at least one of the termination conditions for terminating a specific gaming state (for example, a probabilistic state). Set the end condition that is established when the lottery result (for example, a missed win or a big hit win) is set, and provide a playability that allows a large number of advantageous special symbol lottery to be executed before the end condition is satisfied by the disadvantageous special symbol lottery. By doing so, there are things that improve the interest of the game.
ใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใใฎๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซใใฃใฆใฎใฟ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ทใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใจใชใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใไธๆฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใจใใใฎๆ้ใๅฏๅค๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when a specific gaming state (for example, a probability variation state) that is an advantageous gaming state favorable to the player is set, the period during which the advantageous gaming state continues is the first special symbol lottery. Since it is set only by the result of the above, there is a problem that it is not possible to enthusiastically play the game while expecting the player to continue the advantageous gaming state for a long time. Specifically, when the result of the first special symbol lottery is a lottery result for ending the advantageous game state (for example, a big hit winning in which the normal state is set after the end of the big hit game), the lottery result is shown. The period until the special symbol is stopped and displayed (the period until the jackpot game based on the lottery result is started) becomes the period during which the advantageous gaming state continues, and once the period during which the advantageous gaming state continues is set. , There was a problem that the period could not be changed (discarded).
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ตๆใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็ตๆ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใงใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅปถ้ท๏ผ็ถ็ถ๏ผใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็ ดๆฃใใใไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใใฃใฆไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆฐใๆดๆฐ๏ผๅ ็ฎ๏ผใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๅคๅๅๆฐ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅปถ้ท๏ผ็ถ็ถ๏ผใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the seventh embodiment, when a small hit is won in the advantageous special symbol lottery (second special symbol lottery) mainly executed in the advantageous gaming state, the disadvantageous special symbol change during execution (the second special symbol lottery). 1 Special symbol change) is configured to be discarded. That is, if the result of the unfavorable special symbol change during execution is the result of ending the advantageous gaming state (for example, the result indicating the jackpot winning in which the normal state is set after the jackpot game ends), the lottery result is displayed. By discarding it, it is possible to extend (continue) the advantageous gaming state. In addition, when the unfavorable special symbol change (first special symbol change) being executed is discarded, the number of unfavorable special symbol changes is not updated (added) due to the discarded unfavorable special symbol change. Therefore, as an end condition for ending the advantageous game state, a change number end condition that is satisfied when the number of disadvantageous special symbol changes in the advantageous game state reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 2 times) is set. Even in the case, it is possible to extend (continue) the advantageous gaming state.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ่กใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the period for which the advantageous gaming state continues can be changed based on the lottery result of the advantageous special symbol (second special symbol), so that the player who plays the game during the advantageous gaming state can use it. On the other hand, it is possible to enthusiastically play a game.
ใใใซใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใซใฆๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใ็ ดๆฃใใไธใงใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in this modification, when a small hit is won in the advantageous special symbol lottery in the advantageous game state (probability change state), the small hit type that discards the above-mentioned disadvantageous special symbol change (first special symbol change) during execution. (Small hit B) and the small hit type (small hit C) that terminates the advantageous gaming state after discarding the disadvantageous special symbol fluctuation (first special symbol fluctuation) being executed can be set at least. ing.
ใคใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่คๆฐ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใไบๆธฌใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in this modified example, as the end condition for ending the advantageous gaming state, the end condition that is established based on the lottery result of the advantageous special symbol (second Tobetsu symbol) is set. By providing a plurality of termination conditions for terminating the advantageous gaming state in this way, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to predict the length of the period during which the advantageous gaming state continues.
ใพใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใๅพใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใใฃใฆใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใใ็ญใใใใใ้ทใใใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅพใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใซๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, since the end condition that can be established based on the lottery result of the advantageous special symbol (second special symbol) in the advantageous game state is set, it is possible to provide the player with a surprising game. In addition, as described above, when a small hit is won in the advantageous special symbol lottery, the period during which the advantageous gaming state continues can be shortened or lengthened depending on the set small hit type. When a small hit is won in the lottery of the advantageous special symbol (second special symbol), the player can pay attention to the content of the subsequent game.
ใใใซใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใฎๅ็ฎๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๅฏๅค่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใฎๅ็ฎๆฐ๏ผใๅฐใชใใปใฉใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ญๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present modification, as in the seventh embodiment described above, the number of reserved balls of the disadvantageous special symbol (first special symbol) (the total number of reserved balls of the special symbol and the reserved balls of the advantageous special symbol). The fluctuation time of the advantageous special symbol (second special symbol) fluctuation can be set variably according to the above. Specifically, the number of reserved balls of the disadvantaged special symbol (first special symbol) (unfavorable special symbol) The smaller the number of reserved balls and the total number of reserved balls of the advantageous special symbol), the shorter the variation time is set as the variation time of the second special symbol variation executed during the advantageous gaming state (during the probability variation state). It is configured to be easy.
ใใใซใใใๆๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไธๅฉ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใงใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใ As a result, the number of lottery of the second special symbol in the advantageous gaming state can be increased by winning a small hit in the lottery of the advantageous special symbol (second special symbol) and discarding the unfavorable special symbol fluctuation during execution. ..
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฌกใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใงใฎ้ใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใฏใๆๅฎใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๅๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไธๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๆฌกใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใพใง็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎๅฟใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใไธๆนใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใง็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็กใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, when the high probability state of the special symbol is set after the jackpot game is completed, the high probability state of the special symbol continues until the next jackpot is won by the special symbol lottery. The probability state of the normal symbol shifts from the high probability state to the low probability state when a predetermined transition condition (a specific small hit winning or execution of a special symbol lottery a predetermined number of times) is satisfied. It was configured like this. In the pachinko machine 10 configured in this way, once the high probability state of the special symbol is set, the jackpot winning probability in the special symbol lottery can be increased until the next jackpot winning, so that the player can play the game with peace of mind. On the other hand, if the high-probability state of the special symbol is set, the high-probability state of the special symbol will not end until the jackpot is won, so the high-probability state of the special symbol will not end. There was a problem that the player's motivation to play was reduced.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๆกไปถใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใ้ๆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ทๅผตๆใๆใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in this modification, a condition is added to shift the high-probability state of the special symbol to the low-probability state, and even if the big hit is not won in the special symbol lottery, the high-probability state of the special symbol is low. It is configured so that it can move to a stochastic state. As a result, even if the high probability state of the special symbol is set, the high probability state of the special symbol may end without winning the jackpot, so the player is playing in the high probability state of the special symbol. It is possible to make the player play a game with a sense of tension.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใใใๅ ใซๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใใใๅ ใซๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใไธกๆนใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, in this modification, when the probabilistic state (high probability state of special symbol, high probability state of normal symbol) is set, when the first transition condition is satisfied, the low probability state of special symbol is set, and the first 2 When the transition condition is satisfied, the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, and when the first transition condition is satisfied before the second transition condition, the probability change state is changed to the time saving state (low probability of the special symbol). When the state shifts to the high probability state of the normal symbol (high probability state of the normal symbol) and the second transition condition is satisfied before the first transition condition, the probability change state is changed to the latent state (high probability state of the special symbol, low of the normal symbol). It is configured to shift to the probabilistic state). Then, when both transition conditions are satisfied, the normal state (low probability state of the special symbol, low probability state of the normal symbol) is set.
ใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใฎๆ็ซ้ ๅบใซใใฃใฆ็ฐใชใ้็จใ็ตใฆใๆ็ต็ใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใ้ๆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใค็ตไบใใใฎใใ ใใงใฏ็กใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใฉใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใฎใใซใคใใฆใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, it is configured to finally transition to the normal state through different processes depending on the order in which the first transition condition and the second transition condition that can be satisfied during the probability change state are satisfied. With this configuration, the player playing in the probabilistic state is interested not only in when the probabilistic state ends, but also in which gaming state the probabilistic state shifts to. be able to.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใฎใใใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅ ฑใซ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅคๅใใฆใใพใ่ใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅๆปใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment described above, a long-term (for example, 10 minutes) fluctuation pattern is set as the fluctuation time of the first special symbol fluctuation while the latent state is set, and the normal state is set. While is set, a long-term (for example, 10 minutes) fluctuation pattern is set as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation, and a big hit is made by a special symbol lottery as in this modification. When the first transition condition (for example, the number of executions of the special symbol lottery is 50 times) that can be satisfied even if the player does not win is set, the normal state is set based on the establishment of the first transition condition. Among them, there is a possibility that both the first special symbol fluctuation and the second special symbol fluctuation fluctuate for a long time (for example, 10 minutes), and there is a problem that the player cannot smoothly play the game. was there.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ทๆ้ๅคๅใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใไปใใใซ็ดๆฅ็งป่กใใใใจใ็กใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅ ฑใซ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅคๅใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅๆปใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in this modification, from the gaming state (for example, the probabilistic state) in which the long-term fluctuation is set as the fluctuation pattern of one special symbol fluctuation (for example, the first special symbol fluctuation), the other special symbol fluctuation (For example, the second special symbol variation) is configured so as not to directly shift to the gaming state (for example, the normal state) in which the variation pattern is set for a long time without going through the jackpot winning of the special symbol. , The first special symbol variation and the second special symbol variation are both configured to be less likely to occur for a long time (for example, 10 minutes). As a result, the player can smoothly play the game.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ๆ้ ๅใฎใใกใๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใ้ ๅ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใ็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, the configuration of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 in this modified example will be described with reference to FIG. 193. FIG. 193 is a front view schematically showing the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 in the modified example of the seventh embodiment. The pachinko machine 10 of this modification is located on the right side of the gaming area formed on the game board 13 (on the right side of the variable display unit 80) with respect to the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 157) of the seventh embodiment described above. Some of the configurations of the formed regions) are different, and the other configurations are the same. The same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅณๅด้ ๅใฎไธๆตๅดใซๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใๅทฆๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅณๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใซไบคไบใซๆฏใๅใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 193, in this modification, the distribution member 700 is provided on the upstream side of the right side region, and the left flow path 701 in which the ball launched by the right-handed game is formed on the left side of the distribution member 700. It is configured so that it can be alternately distributed to the right flow path 702.
ๅทฆๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅดใซใฏใๅทฆๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆตไธ้ขใๅฝขๆใใๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใจใๅณ็คบใใชใๅฏๅๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆไธๅฎใฎ้้ๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใซ้ ่จญใใใๅณๅด็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใๅ ฅ็ๅฐ้ฃ๏ผไธๅฏ่ฝ๏ผใช้้็ถๆ ใจใซใไฝ็ฝฎใใใใใซ้้ๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the upstream side of the left side flow path 701, a movable lid 1500 forming the flow bottom surface of the left side flow path 701 is provided, and when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, a constant opening / closing operation is performed by a movable control means (not shown). Is configured to be executed, and an open state in which a ball can enter the right first ball entry port 64b arranged below the movable lid 1500 and a closed state in which it is difficult (impossible) to enter the ball. It is configured so that the opening and closing operation is executed so that it is located.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจใใฆใๅฏๅ่้้ๅฆ็ใ่จญใใๅฏๅ่้้ๅฆ็ใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้ๆพๆ้ใจใๅนณๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ้้ๆ้ใจใไบใๅฎใใใใใทใใชใชใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ็นฐใ่ฟใ้้ๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎใใใซ้้ๅถๅพกใใใๅณๅด็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ Specifically, a movable lid opening / closing process is provided as a process executed every 4 milliseconds in the main process of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 55), and the movable lid opening / closing process results in an opening period of 0.1 seconds. And an opening / closing operation that repeats a closing period of 0.8 seconds on average according to a predetermined scenario is executed. The right-side first ball entry port 64b, which is controlled to open and close in this way, is configured to make it more difficult for a ball to enter than the first ball entry port 64.
ใใใฆใๅทฆๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใๆตไธใใ็๏ผ้้็ถๆ ใซไฝ็ฝฎใใๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใซๅฝขๆใใใๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ็๏ผใฏใๅทฆๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฑๆฒ้จใๆตไธใใๅทฆๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆตไธ็ซฏ้จใ่จใไฝ็ฝฎใซๆค่จญใใใ้ใซใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใ Then, the sphere that has flowed down the left side flow path 701 and has flowed down on the movable lid 1500 (the sphere that has flowed down the flow path formed on the movable lid 1500 located in the closed state) has flowed down the bent portion of the left side flow path 701. Then, it flows down toward the electric accessory 640a by a nail planted at a position facing the lower end of the flow path 701 on the left side.
ไธๆนใๆฏๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๅณๅดๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏๅฑๆฒ้จใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฑๆฒ้จใฎๆตไธ้ขใฎไธ้จใจใชใใใใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้้ๅถๅพกใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใๆตไธใใๆต่ทฏใจใใใฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใๆงๆใใใฆใใใใชใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้้่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้้ๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใจๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ On the other hand, a bending portion is formed in the right flow path 702 by the sorting device 700, and a small hit attacker (variable ball entry means) 3650 is arranged so as to be a part of the flow bottom surface of the bending portion. ing. The small hit attacker 3650 flows in when the opening / closing lid 3650a, which is controlled to open / close during the small hit game executed based on the small hit winning in the second special symbol lottery, and the opening / closing lid 3650a are in the open state. It is composed of a flow path through which the ball flows down and a small hit winning opening 3653 in which the ball flowing down the flow path enters. Regarding the opening / closing control content of the opening / closing lid 3650a during the small hit game, the accessory hit control process executed in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 in the above-described first embodiment. Since it is the same as the content of, the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใใใงใๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅไฝใซใคใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎๅธธๆๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ปๆบใๆๅ ฅใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใไบใๅฎใใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใง้ๆพไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ๆพ็ถๆ ๏ผใจ้้ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ้้็ถๆ ๏ผใจใซๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใกใคใณๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆ๏ผใใช็งๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฏๅ้จๆ้งๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ็คบใใ๏ผใซใใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅฏๅใทใใชใชใซๅบใฅใใฆๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใฆใใใใใฎๅฏๅใทใใชใชใฏใๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใใใฎๅพ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้้ใใใๅไฝใ็นฐใ่ฟใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใ Here, the operation of the constantly movable member 1500 will be described in detail. The constantly movable valve 1500 is configured to be variable to an open position (open state) and a closed position (closed state) at a predetermined timing based on the power being turned on to the pachinko machine 10. There is. Specifically, in the movable member drive process (not shown) executed every 4 milliseconds in the main process (see FIG. 55) of the main control device 110, operation control is performed based on the movable scenario stored in the ROM 203. Has been done. In this movable scenario, the operation of constantly opening the movable member 1500 for 0.1 seconds and then closing it for 0.8 seconds is repeatedly executed.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใ่ปขๅ้ขใ่ปขๅใใชใใไธๆตๆนๅใธใจๆตไธใใฆใใใใใฎ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใ่ปขๅ๏ผใพใใฏใๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆไธใซ่ฝไธ๏ผใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๅธธๆๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๅ่ดใใๅ ดๅใซ็ใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใฎๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใฆใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซใชใใ That is, in the game board 13 of this modified example, the ball launched in the right-handed game flows into the first flow path 701 at 1.2 second intervals, and the rolling surface on which the movable member 1500 is always arranged is arranged. It flows down in the downstream direction while rolling. When the timing when the ball flows into the first flow path 701 and rolls on the constantly movable member 1500 (or falls on the constantly movable member) and the timing when the constantly movable valve 1500 is opened coincide with each other. The ball passes through the constantly movable member 1500 in the open state and enters the right first ball entry port 64b.
ๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใ่ปขๅ๏ผใพใใฏใๅธธๆๅฏๅ้จๆไธใซ่ฝไธ๏ผใใใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใงใใใๅธธๆๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งไธญใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใงใใใใใไธก่ ใๅ่ดใใใฟใคใใณใฐใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใซไธๅใจใชใใๅณใกใๅณๆใก้ๆใ้ฃ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผๅ้ใซ็ด๏ผ็บใฎ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซใชใใ The timing of rolling (or falling onto the constantly movable member) on the constantly movable member 1500 is at 1.2 second intervals, and the timing when the constantly movable valve 1500 is in the open state is 0 in 0.9 seconds. Since it is .1 second, the timing at which the two match is about once every 15.6 seconds. That is, when the right-handed game is continuously executed, about four balls per minute enter the right first ball entrance 64b.
ใคใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใจใใฃใใๅณๆใก้ๆใ็ถ็ถ็ใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใๅฎๆ็ใซๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซใชใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็๏ผใ็กใ็ถๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใ้ฒๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅธธๆๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅใซ้ๆพใใๆ้ใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใ็ใๆใกใใใใจใๅฐ้ฃใชๆ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ็ใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in a game state in which the right-handed game is continuously executed, such as during a jackpot game or a time-saving game, the ball enters the right first entrance 64b on a regular basis, so that the jackpot game is played. It is possible to prevent a state in which the first special symbol is not held (special figure 1 hold) occurs when the probability change state is set after the end. In addition, since the period (0.1 seconds) in which it is difficult for the player to aim is set as the period during which the constantly movable valve 1500 is opened at one time, the first ball entry port is set in the normal state of the game. A right-handed game can be more disadvantageous to the player than a left-handed game aimed at 64.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใจใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใ่กใใจใ็บๅฐใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็บใฎ็ใฎใใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ด๏ผ๏ผ็บใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซ่จญ่จใใใฆใใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ็บใฎ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใใใพใใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ด๏ผ็บใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซ่จญ่จใใใฆใใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅใฎ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใใใใฃใฆใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็บใฎ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ใๅๅบฆ็บๅฐใใใใใจใ่ๆ ฎใใใจใ็ด๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใ Specifically, when the game state is the normal state, when a left-handed game is performed, about 15 balls are designed to enter the first entry port 64 out of the 250 balls fired. If a ball enters, five prize balls will be paid out. In addition, it is designed so that about 5 balls enter the general entry port 63, and when a ball enters, 5 prize balls are paid out. Therefore, in the left-handed game, when 250 balls are fired, it is possible to put about 20 balls into the first entrance 64, considering that the prize balls to be paid out are fired again. Become.
ไธๆนใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใฃใๅ ดๅใฏใ็บๅฐใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใฎใใกใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ็ด๏ผ็บใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซ่จญ่จใใใฆใใใ็ๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ็บใฎ่ณ็ใๆใๅบใใใใใพใใๅณๅด้ ๅใซใฏไธ่ฌๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใใใฆใใชใใใใฃใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใงใฏใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็บใฎ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ใๅๅบฆ็บๅฐใใใใใจใ่ๆ ฎใใใจใใฆใใ็ด๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใๅณ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใใงใใชใใๅพใฃใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, when the game state is the normal state and the right-handed game is performed, it is designed so that about 9 balls out of the 250 fired balls enter the right first entry port 64b. If you enter the ball, two prize balls will be paid out. Further, the general entry port 63 is not provided in the right side region. Therefore, in the right-handed game, when 250 balls are fired, about 10 balls are allowed to enter the right first entrance 64b even if the prize balls to be paid out are to be fired again. I can only do it. Therefore, when the game state is the normal state, it is possible to prevent the player from playing the right-handed game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใ้้ใใ้ๆ้ ๅ๏ผๅณๅด้ ๅ๏ผใซไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใชใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใชใ็จๅบฆใฎ่จญ่จๆๆณใฎๅบใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใใฆใ่ณ็ใจใใฆๆใๅบใใใ็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the general winning opening 63 is not provided in the game area (right area) through which the ball launched by the right-handed game passes, but in the normal state of the game, the right-handed game is more than the left-handed game. The general winning opening 63 may be arranged based on the design concept to the extent that the player is not more advantageous to the player. As a result, the number of balls paid out as prize balls can be increased in the right-handed game in the time saving state or the jackpot state.
ใใใซใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎ็ต่ทฏใซใ็ใฎๆตไธใ้ ใใใ้ ๅปถๆๆฎตใจใใฆๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใใฟใคใใณใฐใไบๆธฌใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ใฎๆตไธใ้ ใใใ๏ผ็ใฎๆตไธๆๅใ็ฐใชใใใ๏ผใใใฎ็ฎ็ใจใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใธใจๆฏใๅใใใใใฎ็ฎ็ใจใใๅ ผใญใฆๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅใ ใฎ็ฎ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใใๅฅใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆฏใๅใใใใ็ใซๅฏพใใฆใใใฎ็ใฎๆตไธๆ้๏ผๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใพใงใฎๆตไธๆ้๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใใใใฎ้ ๅปถๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐใๆตไธ้ขใฎๆฉๆฆไฟๆฐใไปใฎๆตไธ้ขใจ็ฐใชใใใๆต่ทฏใใ็ใฎๆตไธๆนๅใ้ไธญใงๅๅฒใใไฝใใซๅๅฒใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใๆ็ต็ใซๅฏๅ่๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใๆต่ทฏ๏ผใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, since the distribution member 700 is provided as a delay means for delaying the flow of the ball on the path until the ball launched by the right-handed game reaches the movable lid 1500, the ball launched by the right-handed game is movable. It is possible to make it difficult to predict the timing of reaching the lid 1500. In this modified example, the purpose is to delay the flow of the ball (to make the flow behavior of the ball different) and to distribute the ball launched by the right-handed game to a plurality of flow paths. The distribution member 700 is provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and different configurations may be used for each purpose, or the sphere distributed to the first flow path 701 by the distribution member 700 may be used. On the other hand, a delay means for making the flow period of the sphere (the flow period until reaching the movable lid 1500) different (for example, a flow path having a friction coefficient of the flow surface different from that of other flow surfaces, or a sphere). A flow path that finally reaches the movable lid 1500 may be provided regardless of which direction the flow direction is branched.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใๅใณใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใฎไฝใใใๅฐ้ใๅพใ้ ๅใซ่จญใใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช่ชๅฐ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ชๅบ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใ็ใๅใๅ ฅใใใใจใใงใใชใ่งฃ้ค็ถๆ ๏ผๅ่จญ็ถๆ ๏ผใจใใซๅฏๅคใใใใ Next, the electric accessory 640a reached by the ball flowing down the first flow path 701 and the second flow path 702 will be described. As shown in FIG. 193, the electric accessory 640a is provided in a region where both the ball flowing down the first flow path 701 and the ball flowing down the second flow path 702 can reach, and is usually used by a symbol lottery. A guided state (protruding state) in which a ball that has reached the electric accessory 640a can flow down toward the second entry port 640 and an electric accessory 640a by a game per hit that is executed when a hit is won. It is variable to the release state (buried state) in which the ball that has reached is not accepted.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆฎๅณๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅฏๅคๆ ๆง๏ผ้้ๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎน๏ผใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใฏใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใฎใซๅๅใชๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ชๅฐ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซ้้ๅถๅพกใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใฏใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฐ้ใใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใๅพใชใๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่ชๅฐ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซ้้ๅถๅพกใใใใ Further, the variable mode (opening / closing control content) of the electric accessory 640a executed as the above-mentioned game per normal symbol is different depending on the set probability state of the normal symbol, and the high probability state of the normal symbol is set. In the set gaming state (probability change state, time saving state), the electric accessory 640a has a sufficient time (for example, 3 seconds) for the ball that has reached the electric accessory 640a to reach the second entry port 640. In the gaming state (normal state, latent state) in which the opening and closing is controlled so that the player is in the guided state and the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, the ball reaching the electric accessory 640a goes to the second entrance 640. The opening and closing control is performed so that the electric accessory 640a is in the guided state for a time that cannot be reached (for example, 0.1 second).
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๆๅฉ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆๅฉ้ๆใจใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผไธญใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆๅฉ้ๆใจใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, during the game state (for example, normal state, latent state) in which the low probability state of the normal symbol is set, the left-handed game is more advantageous to the advantageous player than the right-handed game. In a gaming state in which a high probability state of a normal symbol is set (for example, a probabilistic state or a time saving state), a right-handed game can be regarded as an advantageous game that is more advantageous to the player than a left-handed game.
ๆๅพใซใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใ็๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็๏ผใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅฐ้ใใใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้้ๅถๅพกใใใใใฎใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็นๅฎใฒใผใใใใใใใจใซใใฃใฆใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Finally, the sphere that has passed through the electric accessory 640a (the sphere that has flowed down the first flow path 701 and the sphere that has flowed down the second flow path 702) reaches the V winning device 2650. The V winning device 2650 is opened and closed by a jackpot game executed when a jackpot is won in a special symbol lottery, and a ball winning a prize in the V winning device 2650 during the jackpot game passes through a specific gate. It is configured so that a high probability state of a special symbol can be set after the jackpot game is completed.
ๆฌกใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จๆง้ ใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆง้ ใซใคใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ่งฃๆ่ฆๅณใงใใใ Next, the internal structure of the V winning device 2650 will be described with reference to FIGS. 194 to 196. First, the structure of the V winning device 2650 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 194. FIG. 194 is an exploded perspective view of the V winning device 2650.
๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅบใใฆ้ ็ฝฎใใใ้ๅฃ้จๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใฎ้ๅฃ้จๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่้ขๅดใซ็ตใฟๅใใใใฆใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซใใน็ใใใใใใฎใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่้ขๅดใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ้ขๅดใซๅฏพใใฆ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ็น็ฏใใใใใใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ่คๆฐ้ ็ฝฎใใใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคๅบๆฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจ็ญๆใใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใจใ้ๅฃ้จๅฝขๆ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅฝขๆใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใใใใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใ้้ใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎ่้ขๅดใซ็ตใฟๅใใใใฆๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใๆต่ทฏใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใจๆต่ทฏใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใงๅฝขๆใใใๆต่ทฏใซ็ชๅบใใฆ้ๆ็ใฎๆต่ทฏใๅใๆฟใใๅๆฟ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎๅๆฟ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจไฟๆญขใใใใชใณใฏ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใๆต่ทฏใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่้ขๅดใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ่้ขใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎ่้ขใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่้ขๅดใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใชใณใฏ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไฝๅใใใๆต่ทฏใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใใฎๆต่ทฏใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่้ขๅดใใ่ฆใฃใฆ่้ขใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใในใซใใๅบๅฎใใใใใฎๅบๅฎ็จใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใงๆงๆใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 194, the V winning device 2650 is combined with the opening forming member 2650b arranged so as to project toward the front side of the game board 13 and the back side of the opening forming member 2650b to form the V winning device 2650. A base member 2650c for screwing to the game board 13 and a plurality of LEDs arranged on the back side of the base member 2650c to light the LEDs from the back side of the base member 2650c to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. To open and close the arranged LED substrate 2650d, the back cover body 2650e that sandwiches the LED substrate 2650d with the base member 2650c, and the jackpot winning opening (big hit winning opening) 2650a formed in the opening forming member 2650b. The opening / closing unit 2650f having the opening / closing door 2650f1 of the above, the flow path cover body 2650g which is combined on the back side of the back cover body 2650e to form a flow path, and the back cover body 2650e and the flow path cover body 2650g are formed. A switching member 2650h that protrudes into the flow path and switches the flow path of the game ball, a link member 2650i that is locked to the switching member 2650h, a back cover body 2650j that is arranged on the back side of the flow path cover body 2650g, and the like. A fixing cover body for fixing the flow path solenoid 2650k, which is fixed to the back side of the back cover body 2650j and operates the link member 2650i, and the flow path solenoid 2650k for covering the flow path solenoid 2650k from the back side and fixing to the back cover body 2650j with screws. It is composed of 2650m.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฌ๏ฝโ๏ผฌ๏ฝๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅฃ้จใงใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนใ็ฅ้ทๆนๅฝข็ถใฎ้ๅฃใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใฎ้ๅฃใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅทฆๆนๅใซ่ชๅฐใใใใใใซๅทฆไธๆนใซๅพๆใใๅบ้ขใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใๅบ้ขใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้จใซใฏใ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ่ณใๆค็ฅใใใใใฎ็ฃๆฐใปใณใต๏ผ็ๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงๆงๆใใใๆคๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ ็ฝฎใใใฆใใใใใฎๆคๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ้้ใใ้ๆ็ใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใง็คบใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎ่้ขๅดใซๅฝขๆใใใๆฏใๅใๆต่ทฏใธใจ่ชๅฐใใใใ FIG. 195 is a cross-sectional view of the V winning device 2650. FIG. 195 (c) is a top view of the V winning device 2650, and FIG. 195 (b) is a cross-sectional view of Lb-Lb of the V winning device 2650. As shown in FIG. 195 (b), the V winning device 2650 is formed with a jackpot winning opening (big hit winning opening) 2650a, which is an opening through which a game ball can enter. The jackpot winning opening (big hit winning opening) 2650a has a substantially rectangular opening formed above the pachinko machine 10, so that the game ball passing through the opening is guided to the left in FIG. 195 (b). A bottom surface inclined to the lower left is formed in. At the left end of the bottom surface, a detection port 2650a1 composed of a magnetic sensor (ball detection switch) 2650c1 for detecting a winning of a game ball is arranged. The game ball that has passed through the detection port 2650a1 is guided to the distribution flow path formed on the back side of the back cover body 2650e shown in FIG. 195 (b).
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซๅคงๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ้ๅฃใฏใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผๅดใใๅบๆฒกๅฏ่ฝใชใทใฃใใฟใผๆฉๆงใงๆงๆใใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆพ็ถๆ ใจๅ ฅ็ไธๅฏ่ฝ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฐ้ฃ๏ผใช้้็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคใใใใ้้็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้ๅฃใๅฎๅ จใซ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ่ฆใใใ้้ๆใฎไธ้จใ็ใ่ปขๅๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใใใพใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅด๏ผ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จ๏ผใซ้้ฟใใใใใจใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใใ้้ฟใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 195 (b), the opening of the jackpot winning opening (big hit winning opening) 2650a is opened by the opening / closing door 2650f1 composed of a shutter mechanism that can appear and disappear from the game board 13 side. It is variable to a state and a closed state where it is impossible to enter the ball (difficult to enter the ball). In the closed state, the opening is completely covered by the opening / closing door 2650f1 so that the ball can roll over the upper part of the opening / closing door. Further, in the open state, the opening / closing door 2650f1 is configured to be retracted from the inside of the jackpot winning opening (big hit winning opening) 2650a by being retracted to the inside of the base member 2650c (inside the game board 13). ..
ใพใใ้ๆพ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ้ๆ็ใๆตไธใใๆนๅใจ็ดไบคใใ้ขใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๅฃใจใใฆๆงๆใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใใใๅคใใฎ้ๆ็ใๅน็ใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ ใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใ็ขบๅฎใฎ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎๅน็ๅใๅณใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the open state, the surface orthogonal to the direction in which the game balls flow down can be configured as the opening of the V winning device 2650, so that more game balls can be efficiently used for the jackpot winning opening (big hit winning opening) 2650a. You can win a prize inside. Therefore, the ball can be made to win a certain V winning device 2650 during the big hit game, and the efficiency of the game can be improved.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใ๏ผฌ๏ฝโ๏ผฌ๏ฝๆญ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซๆคๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใ็ฃๆฐใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๆฏใๅใๆต่ทฏๅดใธใจๆคๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅพใใใใซใใผใน้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๅบๅฎใใใฆใใใ FIG. 195 (a) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line La-La shown in FIG. 195 (b). As shown in FIG. 195 (a), the magnetic sensor 2650c1 having the detection port 2650a1 is fixed to the base member 2650c so that the detection port 2650a1 is tilted toward the distribution flow path side of the back cover body 2650e.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎๆฏใๅใๆต่ทฏใซ่ชๅฐใใใ็ใๅพ่ฟฐใใ้ๅธธๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใจ็นๅฅๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใจใซๆฏใๅใใใใๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 196, a configuration in which the sphere guided to the distribution flow path of the back cover body 2650e is distributed to the normal discharge flow path 2650e1 and the special discharge flow path 2650e2, which will be described later, will be described.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ใ็นๅฅๆๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๆฏใๅใใใใใใใซๅๆฟ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใไฝๅใใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใ่ฃใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ใฎ่้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๅๆฟ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใใชใณใฏ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ช้จใๆฟๅ ฅใใใไฟๆญข็ฉด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจ็ใ่ชๅฐใใ่ชๅฐ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใจใๆใใฆใใใๆต่ทฏใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่้ขๅดใใๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซ่ปธๆฏใใใฆใใใใใใงใๆต่ทฏใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซใฏใใใฎ่ชๅฐ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฟ้ใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅฃ้จใ่จญใใใใฆใใใๆต่ทฏใซใใผไฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่้ขๅดใใๆฏใๅใๆต่ทฏๅ ใซ่ชๅฐ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅๅๅฏ่ฝใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ FIG. 196 (a) is a rear view of the back cover body 2650e showing a state in which the switching member 2650h is operated so that the spheres are distributed to the special exhaust flow path 2650e2. As shown in FIG. 196 (a), the switching member 2650h has a locking hole 2650h1 into which the protrusion of the link member 2650i is inserted and a guide piece 2650h2 for guiding the ball, and the switching member 2650g has a flow path cover body 2650g. It is rotatably supported from the back side. Here, the flow path cover body 2650 g is provided with an opening through which the guide piece 2650 h2 can be inserted, and the guide piece 2650 h is rotated into the distribution flow path from the back surface side of the flow path cover body 2650 g. It is configured so that it can be arranged as possible.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใใซใๆคๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใๆฏใๅใๆต่ทฏๅ ใซ่ชๅฐใใใ็ใฏใๅทฆๆใไธๆนใซ้ ็ฝฎใใใ่ชๅฐ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใซ่ชๅฐใใใฆ็นๅฅๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็นๅฎใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซ่ชๅฐใใใใ็นๅฅๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็นๅฎใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ้้ใใ๏ผถใซใผใใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ็นๅฅๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็นๅฎใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใฎ้้ใๆคๅบๅฏ่ฝใชๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใซๆคๅบใใใใใฎๅพใใขใฆใ็ใจใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผๅคใธๆๅบใใใใ As shown in FIG. 196 (a), the sphere guided into the distribution flow path from the detection port 2650a1 is guided to the upper surface of the guidance piece 2650h2 arranged diagonally downward to the left and is guided to the special discharge flow path (specific gate) 2650e2. Is guided to. The special discharge flow path (specific gate) 2650e2 is configured to have a V route through which the inflowing sphere passes through the specific region (detection switch) 2650e3, and the sphere that has flowed into the special discharge flow path (specific gate) 2650e2. The passage is detected by the detection switch 2650e3 that can detect the passage, and then the ball is discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 as an out ball.
ใใใงใ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใใฆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซไธ่จใใๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ็ใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ๏ผถใซใผใใ็ใ้้ใใใใจใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฎใใชใฌใจใใฆๆงๆใใใฆใใใใพใใๅๆฟ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใฎๆต่ทฏใจใใฆใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใชๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็นๅฅๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็นๅฎใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผๆค็ฅในใคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใ้้ไธๅฏ่ฝ๏ผๅฐ้ฃ๏ผใชๆต่ทฏ๏ผ้ๅธธๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝใใใฎๆต่ทฏใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎใใฎใงใใฃใฆใๆต่ทฏใฝใฌใใคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใง๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใ็นๅฅๆๅบๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ ๏ผใๆตไธใใใใใซๆต่ทฏใๅใๆฟใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Here, the details will be described later, but in the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment, when the above-mentioned detection switch 2650e3 detects a ball during the jackpot game, that is, when the ball passes through the V route, a special symbol is used. It is configured to set a high probability state. That is, the specific area (detection switch) 2650e3 is configured as a trigger for setting a high probability state of the special symbol. Further, the switching member 2650h is a flow path (special discharge flow path (specific gate) 2650e2) capable of passing through a specific area (detection switch) 2650e3 as a flow path of a ball that has won a prize in the V winning device 2650 during the jackpot game. The purpose is to set any flow path (normal discharge flow path 2650e1) that cannot (difficultly) pass through the specific area (detection switch) 2650e3, and the flow path solenoid 2650k is set to ON. The flow path is switched so that the ball winning the V winning device 2650 flows down the special discharge flow path 2650e2 (see FIG. 196 (a)).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใ้ท็งปๅณใงใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 198, the transition content of the gaming state in this modified example will be described. FIG. 198 is a transition diagram schematically showing the transition contents of the gaming state in the modified example of the seventh embodiment. In this modified example, the probability of winning a big hit in the special symbol lottery is set to 1/200, and in the state where the normal state is set, the ball is put into the first entrance 64 by the left-handed game. A game is performed in which a lottery for the first special symbol is executed. When a big hit is won in the first special symbol lottery (special figure 1 lottery), the big hit A is set at a rate of 40% and the big hit B is set at a rate of 60% as the big hit type. Then, when a big hit is won in the second special symbol lottery (special figure 2 lottery), the big hit C is set at a rate of 100% as the big hit type.
ๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผ็นๅณ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผดๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ๏ผๆฎๅณ้ซ็ขบ็๏ผใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผใจใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผก๏ผใๆใใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผข๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ When the jackpot A is set as the jackpot type, the same jackpot game as the jackpot A7 (see FIG. 169) of the seventh embodiment described above is executed, and the normal state is set after the jackpot game is completed. When the jackpot B is set, the same jackpot game as the jackpot B7 (see FIG. 169) of the seventh embodiment described above is executed, and the probability change state is set after the jackpot game is completed. In this modification, when the probability variation state is set, the special symbol executed during the high probability state of the special symbol is set as the end condition (first transition condition) of the high probability state (special symbol high probability) of the special symbol. The number of lottery (ST times) is set to 50, and the number of special symbol lottery executed during the high probability state of the normal symbol is set as the end condition (second transition condition) of the high probability state of the normal symbol (high probability of the normal symbol). (Time saving number of times) 70 times (second transition condition A) or special figure 1 lottery number of times 2 times (second transition condition B) is set.
ๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใไธ้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใไธใคใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ When the jackpot game is executed, a right-handed game is performed. As described above with reference to FIG. 193, by executing the right-handed game during the jackpot game, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol (special figure 1 reserved balls) is the upper limit (4) after the jackpot game is completed. Can be easily reached. During the probability change state, a game in which the special figure 2 lottery is executed is performed by a right-handed game. In this modification, the special figure 2 lottery is configured to execute the lottery that is more advantageous to the player than the special figure 1 lottery so that the game state that is most advantageous to the player becomes the probabilistic state, and is normal. It differs from the above-described seventh embodiment in that it is configured so that the special figure 2 lottery can be easily executed when the high probability state of the symbol is set.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎใปใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๆใๆงๆใใฆใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ขบ็ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, the special figure 2 lottery is configured to be easier to win a small hit than the special figure 1 lottery, and the probability of winning a small hit in the special figure 2 lottery is set to 1/20. Further, it is configured so that it is easier to set a game state (probability change state) that is advantageous to the player after the big hit game is completed in the case of winning the big hit in the special figure 2 lottery than in the case of winning the big hit in the special figure 1 lottery. ing. Further, the latent probability 7 table 203fe3 referred to when selecting the fluctuation pattern in the latent probability state in the seventh embodiment described above is referred to when selecting the fluctuation pattern in the high probability state of the normal symbol. In the seventh embodiment, the probability variation 7 table 202fe2 referred to when selecting the fluctuation pattern in the high probability state of the normal symbol is configured to be referred to when selecting the fluctuation pattern in the latent probability state. ..
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๅใณๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใไธปใซๅฎ่กใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๅใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใไธปใซๅฎ่กใใใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใ่กใใใใ In the present embodiment configured in this way, a right-handed game in which a special figure 2 lottery is mainly executed is performed in a probabilistic state in which a high probability state of a normal symbol is set and a time saving state, and a low probability of a normal symbol is performed. A left-handed game is performed in which the special figure 1 lottery is mainly executed in the normal state in which the state is set and the latent state.
ๆฌกใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆ็ตๆใจใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็งป่กๅ ๅฎนใจใฎ้ขไฟใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผดๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใจใใฆใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผก๏ผใๆใใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธๅๆฐ๏ผๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผข๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, the relationship between the game result in the probabilistic state and the transition content of the game state will be described. As described above, in this modification, the first transition condition for transitioning from the probable change state to the time saving state when it is satisfied and the second transition condition for transitioning from the probable change state to the latent state when it is satisfied are set. Has been done. Specifically, as the first transition condition, the number of special symbol lottery (ST times) 50 times executed during the high probability state of the special symbol is set, and as the second transition condition, during the high probability state of the normal symbol. It is configured so that the number of executed special symbol lottery (time reduction number) 70 times (second transition condition A) or the number of special figure 1 lottery times 2 times (second transition condition B) is set.
ใคใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจ็กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใจใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใฎๅพใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใจใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใงใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ๏ผใจๅๆงใซใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐไปฅไธใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใๆๅฎๆฐไปฅไธใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In other words, after the probability change state is set, if the special symbol lottery is executed 50 times without winning the jackpot, it shifts to the time saving state, and then the special symbol lottery in the time saving state is executed 20 times. , It is configured to shift to the normal state. Here, in the present modification, different fluctuation times are set as the fluctuation time of the second special symbol according to the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol (the number of reserved balls of the special diagram 1) in the probability variation state. It is configured. Specifically, as in the case of the latent probability 7 table 203fe3 in the seventh embodiment described above, when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 1 is less than or equal to a predetermined number (for example, 1 and 2), and when the number is more than a predetermined number (for example, for example). It is configured so that a shorter fluctuation time than 4) can be easily selected.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ่จญๅฎๆ้๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผดๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใซๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใง็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใจใใๆฌๆฐใช้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in the probabilistic state in which the set period (ST number of times 50 times) is defined, the lottery that is advantageous to the player is likely to be executed. By winning the small hit B in two lottery and discarding the fluctuation of the special figure 1, the player can be made to perform a novel game of reducing the number of balls held in the special figure 1.
ใใใซใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆใไธญๆญใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ่คๆฐๅๅฎ่กใใใใใจใง็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใ่ก็บใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใๆ็ซใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ทๆ้ใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆ้ใ้ๆใไธญๆญใใใใจใซใใ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใไฝไธใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in this modification, since the second transition condition B is set, for example, when the probability change state is set after the jackpot game is completed, the game is interrupted and the special figure 1 change is executed a plurality of times. When the act of reducing the number of reserved balls is executed in Special Figure 1, the second transition condition B is satisfied, and the transition from the probabilistic state to the latent state is configured. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the operation of the game is lowered due to the interruption of the game during the period in which the special figure 1 fluctuation in the probabilistic state in which the long-time fluctuation time is easily selected is executed. can.
ๆฌกใซใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใๆ็ซใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ใฎๆตใใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ้ใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใซๆฐใใช็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆฐใใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ็จใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ทๆ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใ้ทๆ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, the fluctuation status of each special symbol when the gaming state shifts will be described. First, the flow when the second transition condition B is satisfied and the latent probability state is set while the probability change state is set will be described. As described above, since the second transition condition B can be satisfied when the special figure 1 change is stopped and displayed, a new special figure 1 change is executed immediately after the latent state is set. Since the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the newly executed special figure 1 fluctuation is selected using the fluctuation pattern table referred to during the latent state, the fluctuation pattern of the special figure 1 fluctuation is during the normal state. A variable pattern that can be selected will be selected. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the special figure 2 fluctuation from being executed for a long time during the execution of the special figure 1 fluctuation for a long time.
ไธๆนใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฎไฝใใซใใใฆใๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใ้ทๆ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใใใชใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใ๏ผ๏ผๅใๆใใฏใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผ๏ผๅๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅ็ฎๅคใๅฐใชใใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ้ทใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใใใ็ญใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใฎๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, a case where the first transition condition is satisfied and the time saving state is set during the probability change state will be described. As described above, the first transition condition can be satisfied either when the special figure 1 fluctuation is stopped or displayed, or when the special figure 2 fluctuation is stopped and displayed, so that the time saving state is set. At the same timing, the special figure 1 fluctuation for a long time may be executed. However, the time saving state is configured to continue until the special figure lottery is performed 20 times or the big hit is won in the special drawing lottery, and the total fluctuation time for the special figure 2 fluctuation 20 times executed during the time saving state is added. The value is configured to be at least longer than the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation set during the latent state. The contents of the variation pattern table are defined so that the variation of the special figure 1 executed in the time saving state can be easily selected as the variation time shorter than the variation of the special figure 1 executed in the latent state.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใฎๅพใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅ ฑใซ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅคๅใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅณๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใๆฐใใช็นๅณๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅฅๆฉใซๆฐใใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๅใใๅฎ่กใใฆใใ้ทๆ้ใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅ ฑใซ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅคๅใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, in the case of transitioning from the probabilistic state to the time-saving state and then to the normal state, both the first special symbol fluctuation and the second special symbol fluctuation take a long time (for example, 10 minutes). ) It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a fluctuating situation. In addition, if a big hit is won in the special figure lottery during the time saving state or the latent state, the special figure fluctuation during execution is discarded, so after the big hit game ends, the game state set after the big hit game ends. A new special drawing lottery will be executed accordingly. Therefore, when a new game state is set with the jackpot winning as an opportunity, the long-time special figure fluctuation that was executed before the jackpot winning is continuously executed even after the jackpot game ends, so that the first special It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which both the symbol variation and the second special symbol variation fluctuate for a long time (for example, 10 minutes).
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใปใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็นใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผใจใชใใ As described above, in this modified example, the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery are configured to be executable in duplicate, and the second special is more than the case where the big hit is won in the first special symbol lottery. It is configured so that the jackpot winning in the symbol lottery makes it easier to set the probability change state after the jackpot game is completed. With this configuration, the second special symbol lottery is more advantageous to the player than the first special symbol lottery in terms of the game state set after the jackpot game is completed (game).
ใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใจๅไธใฎๆ่กๆๆณใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใจใฏ็ฐใชใ้ๆๆงใๆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฉ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใ็จใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใชใใฆใใๆๅฎใฎๅฎ่กๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้ปๅงๅๅฃใธใฎ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธ๏ผใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฎ้ๆ๏ผๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซใใใใฎๆๅฎ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ฉ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ The same technical idea as that of the present modification may be applied to the pachinko machine 10 having a game playability different from that of the present modification. For example, the pachinko machine 10 using the first to third embodiments described above may be applied. Even if the big hit is not won in the special symbol lottery, if the predetermined execution conditions (for example, the ball enters the special electric start port or the small hit is won in the special symbol lottery), the predetermined game ( The fact that a ball that has entered a variable ball-entry means that is open during a predetermined game has entered a specific area (for example, a V winning opening) by enabling a game per character or a small hit game. It may be applied to the pachinko machine 10 in which the jackpot game is executed as an opportunity.
ใใฎๅ ดๅใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ้จๆง้ ใๅคๆดใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๆฎ้ๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๆใใฏ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใซๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฏๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใใพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใ็ใๆฎ้ๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใ๏ผถๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใจๅไธใฎ่ณ็ใไปไธใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ In this case, as shown in FIGS. 197 (a) and 197 (b), the internal structure of the small hit attacker 3650 is changed, and the ball winning the small hit attacker 3650 is either the normal winning opening 3652 or the V winning opening 3653. The movable valve 3651 may be configured to be movable so as to win a crab, and the jackpot game may be executed when the ball wins the V winning opening 3653 (see FIG. 197 (b)). Further, even if the ball winning the small hit attacker 3650 wins the normal winning opening 3652 (see FIG. 197 (a)), the same winning ball as when winning the V winning opening 3653 is given. It is good to configure it to.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆงใ ใช็งป่กๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๆ็ซใใ็งป่กๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใซ้ขใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 199 and 200, the content of the effect executed in this modification will be described. As described above, in the present embodiment, various transition conditions for terminating the probabilistic state are set, and the probabilistic state is configured to shift to a different gaming state according to the established transition conditions. Among them, the content of the effect relating to the second transition condition B, which is established when the special figure 1 fluctuation is executed a predetermined number of times (twice) during the probability change state, will be described.
ๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจ็กใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In this modified example, when a small hit is won in the special figure 2 lottery, the small hit type (small hit A, small hit C) that interrupts the execution of the special figure 1 fluctuation is the same as in the seventh embodiment described above. , The small hit type (small hit B) that discards the special figure 1 fluctuation during execution can be set. Then, when the special figure 1 change is stopped and displayed without being discarded, the special figure 1 change number is updated.
ใคใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใจ็กใใๆฐใใช็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใ็ถใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใๆ็ซใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธๆนใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ท็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใจใ็ญๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ญ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใจใใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใ้ท็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใใฃใฆใใใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใไพใใฐ๏ผๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใซๅฝ้ธใใ้ท็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใซๅฝ้ธใใ้ท็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผขใๆ็ซใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใๅ ดๅใใใฃใใ That is, if the small hit B is set when the small hit is won in the special figure 2 lottery, the execution of the special figure 1 fluctuation is discarded, and the special figure 1 fluctuation number is not updated, and a new special figure 1 is created. It is configured to carry out fluctuations. Therefore, it is configured so that the above-mentioned second transition condition B is unlikely to be satisfied when the execution special figure 1 fluctuation is continuously discarded in the probabilistic change state. On the other hand, as the fluctuation pattern of the special figure 1 fluctuation in the probabilistic state, a long special figure 1 fluctuation in which a long-time (for example, 10 minutes) fluctuation time is set and a short-time (for example, 1 minute) fluctuation time are set. When the short special figure 1 variation to be performed and the short special figure 1 variation are configured to be selectable, and the long special figure 1 variation is being executed and the remaining variation time is, for example, 8 minutes, the small hit B is won. It is more advantageous for the player to win the small hit A and interrupt the change in the long special figure 1 than to discard the change in the long special figure 1. That is, in some cases, it may be difficult to satisfy the second transition condition B.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ้ท็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใๅพใซๆฐใใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ญ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ท็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใชใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฎ็ญ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใใจใซใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใฆใใพใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ้ซใใชใๅ ดๅใใใฃใใ Specifically, when the special figure 1 variation newly executed after discarding the long special figure 1 variation being executed is the short special figure 1 variation, the case where the long special figure 1 variation is not discarded is compared with the case where the long special figure 1 variation is not discarded. As the fluctuation time of the short special figure 1 fluctuation elapses, there is a high possibility that the number of fluctuations of the special figure 1 is updated.
ใใใงใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใ๏ผใจใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใจใไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใงใใใๅฆใ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆใ็ถๆ ใงใใใๅฆใ๏ผใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, in this modification, in the state where the probability variation state is set, the status of the special figure 1 fluctuation during execution (the length of the remaining fluctuation time) and the special figure 1 variation to be executed next are set. Based on the fluctuation pattern (variation time) and the lottery result of the special figure 2 lottery that is mainly executed, whether or not the current gaming state is advantageous to the player (a state in which the probability variation state can be easily continued). It is configured to execute an effect that suggests (whether or not). As a result, it is possible to inform the player of the game content in the probabilistic state in an easy-to-understand manner.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ๏ผไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใใใจใ็คบใๅปถ้ท่กจ็คบใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใ็ญ็ธฎใใใใจใ็คบใๅปถ้ท่กจ็คบใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใฃใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใใใจใ็คบใๅปถ้ท่กจ็คบใฎไธไพใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ็จฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใใกใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ FIG. 199 (a) schematically shows an example of the display contents when the RUSH period variable effect executed when the small hit is won in the special figure 2 lottery in the probability change state (RUSH). FIG. 199 (b) is a schematic view schematically showing an example of an extension display showing that the RUSH period has been extended as a result of the effect of the RUSH period variable effect. Further, FIG. 200 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of an extension display showing that the RUSH period has been shortened as a result of the effect of the RUSH period variable effect, and FIG. 200 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the extension display. FIG. It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the extension display which shows that the RUSH period was extended as a production result of a variable effect. Of the various display modes displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 in this modification, the same elements as those in the seventh embodiment described above are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted. do.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ไธญใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใใๅคใใฎไธ้จ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆใฆใตใฎใๆจกใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใพใใฎ่ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅใไปใใใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็บ่ฆใใๆผๅบ๏ผๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใพใใฎไธญ่บซใฏไฝใ ใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใใใ่ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๆ้๏ผใใฉใฎใใใซๅฏๅคใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 199 (a), during the RUSH period, when the result of the special figure 2 lottery is a predetermined lottery result (big hit, small hit, part of the miss), the rabbit in the main display area Dm. An effect (variable period effect) is executed in which the character 811 imitating the above finds the treasure box 812 to which the extra bag 812h is attached. Then, the characters "what is the extra content?" Are displayed in the sub-display area Ds. The treasure box 812 is a display mode for showing the lottery result of the special figure 2 lottery that is mainly executed, and how the RUSH period (probability change state period) of the bag 812h is changed based on the lottery result of the special figure 2 lottery. This is a display mode for notifying the player of the bag.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใ้ๅงใใใๅพใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใใใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใไพใงใฏใ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผถใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใชใใ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ๏ผถใใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฝใใฎๆๅญใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใๅคใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใๅฐใใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใ After the period variable effect shown in FIG. 199 (a) is started, when the special figure 2 fluctuation is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. 199 (b), the second of the opened treasure chests 812 is displayed. An effect of displaying the result display mode 812a indicating the lottery result of the special symbol lottery (special figure 2 lottery) is executed. In the example shown in FIG. 199 (b), as the result display mode 812a, the display mode of "V" indicating that the small hit was won in the special figure 2 lottery is displayed. As the result display mode 812a, when the lottery result of the second special symbol lottery is a small hit, a display mode imitating "V" is displayed, and when it is a big hit, the character "win" is imitated. The display mode is displayed, and if it is out of alignment, a display mode imitating a "cross mark" is displayed.
ใใใฆใ้ใใ่ข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธญใใใไปๅใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๆ้๏ผใๅฏๅคใใใ๏ผๅฏๅคใๆใ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใ๏ผใ็คบใ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใไพใงใฏใ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใใใจใ็คบใใๅปถ้ทใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใชใใ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใๅปถ้ทใใใใจใ็คบใใๅปถ้ทใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงไปฅๅคใซใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใ็ญ็ธฎใใใใจใ็คบใใๆฎๅฟตใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใ็ตไบใใใใจใ็คบใใ็ตไบใใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใงใใฃใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจๆ้ใซๅฝฑ้ฟใไธใใชใใ๏ผใใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใจใ็ฅ็ฆใใใ็ฅใใจใใฃใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Then, from the opened bag 812h, a situation display mode 812j indicating whether the RUSH period (probability change state period) is variable (shifted to a state in which it is easy to change) based on the lottery result of the special figure 2 lottery this time. Is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 199 (b), as the situation display mode 812j, a display mode of "extension" indicating that the RUSH period has been extended is displayed. As the status display mode 812j, in addition to the display mode of "extension" indicating that the RUSH period has been extended, "sorry" indicating that the RUSH period has been shortened and a small hit C are set and the RUSH period ends. "End" indicating "End", "?" That does not affect the RUSH period because the lottery result of the special figure 2 lottery that is the target of the variable period production is out of order, and the lottery of the special figure 2 lottery that is the target of the variable period production A display mode such as "celebration" is displayed to congratulate the result as a big hit.
ใใใงใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ็จฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎ่จญๅฎๆนๆณใซใคใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใ็จใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใพใใใณใใณใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใณใใณใๅไฟกๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ Here, regarding the setting method of various display modes displayed when the period variable effect is executed, the control process executed by the voice lamp control device 113 of the seventh embodiment described above (see FIGS. 183 to 192). Will be explained using. First, in the state command receiving process (see S4322 in FIG. 183) executed in the command determination process 7 (S4192 in FIG. 183), it is determined whether the current gaming state is in the probabilistic state, and the probabilistic state is in progress. When it is determined, the process of setting a display command for displaying "RUSH in" shown in FIG. 199 (a) on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is executed.
ๆฌกใซใๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผ็จๅคๅ่กจ็คบ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซไปฃใใฆใไปๅใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใๅคใๅคๅใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ้ธๆใใ้ธๆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎ้ธๆๅฆ็ใงใฏๅฐ็จใฎใใผใฟใใผใใซ๏ผๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใ้ธๆใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไปๅใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใๅคใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซใฎๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Next, instead of the variation display setting process 7 for special figure 2 (see S5237 of FIG. 190) executed in the variation display setting process 7 (see S4153 of FIG. 187), the variation of the special figure 2 this time is a jackpot variation. It discriminates whether it is a small hit fluctuation or a missed fluctuation, and executes a selection process for selecting whether to execute a period variable effect based on the discrimination result. In this selection process, it is selected whether or not to execute the period variable effect based on the contents defined in the dedicated data table (period variable effect selection table). Specifically, if the special figure 2 fluctuation this time is a big hit fluctuation, it is about 20%, if it is a small hit fluctuation, it is 100%, and if it is a missed fluctuation, it is 10%. The contents of the period variable effect selection table are specified so that the execution of the variable effect is selected.
ใใใงใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใซใใใฆๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใๅฝใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใ็ฅใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใๅคใๅคๅใใใฆๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅใใใฆใ็ตๆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใใใๅฐใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใ๏ผใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Here, when it is selected to execute the period variable effect in the jackpot fluctuation, the display mode of "this" is set as the result display mode 812a and the display mode of "celebration" is set as the situation display mode 812j in accordance with the stop timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation. A display command for displaying the display mode on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is set. Further, when it is selected to execute the period variable effect in the out-of-range fluctuation, the display mode of "cross mark" is set as the result display mode 812a and "?" Is set as the situation display mode 812j according to the stop timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation. A display command for displaying the display mode of is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is set.
ไธๆนใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใซใใใฆๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจ้ธๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆฌกใใงใไปๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ชญใฟๅบใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใใๅคๅฎใใ็จฎๅฅๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใๆฌกใซใ็พๅจๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฎๅบใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผไฟ็็ฌฌ๏ผใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅซใพใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใไบๆธฌใใใ On the other hand, if it is selected to execute the period variable effect in the small hit fluctuation, then the small hit type set in the current small hit fluctuation is read out, and the special figure 1 being executed at the stop timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation. The type determination process for determining whether the type of small hit is to interrupt the fluctuation or the type of small hit to discard is executed. Next, the remaining time of the special figure 1 fluctuation currently being executed is calculated based on the value of the special figure 1 fluctuation time counter 223fe, and is executed next from the winning information stored in the winning information storage area 223b. The fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation (the fluctuation pattern command included in the winning information stored in the reserved first area) is predicted.
ใใใฆใ็จฎๅฅๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใจๅคๅฎใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธญๆญๆใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซใฏ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใๅปถ้ทใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใไธญๆญๆใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ็ญใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆฎๅฟตใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใ็จฎๅฅๅคๅฎๅฆ็ใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใจๅคๅฎใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ ดๆฃๆใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซใฏ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใๆฎๅฟตใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใ็ ดๆฃๆใซใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ็ญใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅปถ้ทใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใใซใไปๅ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใ็ถๆณ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใฆใ็ตไบใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Then, as a result of the type determination process, when it is determined that the type is a small hit type that interrupts the special figure 1 fluctuation, the remaining time of the special figure 1 fluctuation at the time of interruption is the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation to be executed next. If it is longer than, the display mode of "extension" is set as the status display mode 812j, and if the remaining time of the special figure 1 fluctuation at the time of interruption is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation to be executed next, "extension" is displayed. A display command for displaying the display mode of "Sorry" on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is set. Further, as a result of the type determination process, when it is determined that the special figure 1 fluctuation is a small hit type for discarding, the remaining time of the special figure 1 fluctuation at the time of discarding is the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation to be executed next. If it is longer than, the display mode of "sorry" is set as the status display mode 812j, and if the remaining time of the special figure 1 fluctuation at the time of discarding is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation to be executed next, "sorry" is displayed. A display command for displaying the display mode of "extension" on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is set. Further, when the small hit type set this time is small hit C, the high probability state of the normal symbol shifts to the low probability state at the stop timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation, so that the situation display mode 812j is "finished". A display command for displaying the display mode of is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is set.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅไธใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใๆฌกๅๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใๅฏๅคใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆใไปๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใฎๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใๅ ดๅใจใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใๅ ดๅใจใงไฝใใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใงใใใใ็ธๅฏพ็ใซๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๆ็นใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in this modified example, even if the same small hit type is set, the timing at which the small hit fluctuation is stopped and displayed and the special figure 1 fluctuation to be executed next time are It is configured so that the effect result of the period variable effect is variable according to the set variation pattern. That is, as a result of the effect of the variable period effect, at the timing when the current small hit fluctuation is stopped and displayed, there is a case where the special figure 1 fluctuation being executed is interrupted at the stop timing of the special figure 2 fluctuation, and a case where the small hit type is interrupted. It is configured to relatively determine which is more advantageous to the player depending on the type of small hit to be discarded, and to set the effect mode (display mode) of the period variable effect based on the determination result. ing. Therefore, regardless of the timing of the small hit fluctuation, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner whether or not the small hit type advantageous to the player is set at that time.
ใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ธๅฏพ็ใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใ้ใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็นๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใ้ทใใๅฆใใงๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใ้ใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็นๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใใใ้ทใใๅฆใใงๆ้ๅฏๅคๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ In this modified example, as described above, the effect mode of the variable period effect is relatively set, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the remainder when the special figure 1 variation is interrupted. The production mode of the period-variable effect may be determined depending on whether or not the fluctuation time is longer than the specific time (for example, 1 minute), or the remaining fluctuation time when the special figure 1 fluctuation is discarded is the specific time (for example, 1 minute). , 30 seconds) may be determined depending on whether or not it is longer than 30 seconds.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆ่กๆๆณใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใฎๆ่กๆๆณใจใ็ตๅใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธไปฅๅคใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, the technical idea of the seventh embodiment described above and the technical idea of the modified example of the seventh embodiment may be combined. For example, in the latent state of the seventh embodiment, an end condition other than the jackpot winning is provided. , The latent state may be terminated even when the termination condition is satisfied.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใจใฎๅ่จใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ Specifically, the first end condition that can be satisfied when the total number of lottery of the first special symbol and the number of lottery of the second special symbol reaches 100 times, and the number of lottery of the first special symbol is 5. A second end condition that can be satisfied when the number of times is reached and a third end condition that can be satisfied when the lottery result of the second special symbol is a specific small hit (small hit C) can be set. Just do it.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใคใพใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๅบฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใพใใจใๅฐใชใใจใๆฌกใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใง๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใง๏ผใฏๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใซใชใฃใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ้ทใ็ถ็ถใใใๆใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใ้ๆใซๆฉๆใซ้ฃฝใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the latent probability state that is advantageous to the player is set for the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment described above, the player is informed how long the latent probability state will continue. It can be confusing. That is, in the seventh embodiment described above, once the latent state is set, the latent state continues at least until the next big hit game is executed (until the big hit is won), so that the latent state is in the latent state. There was a problem that the game became monotonous, but in this modified example, it is possible to let the player play the game while expecting that the latent state will continue for a long time or will continue until the jackpot is won. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the game at an early stage.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅคใใงๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็ ดๆฃใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใใฃใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใฎใๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฎ่ก็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ Furthermore, when a small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery, the small hit type (small hit A) that interrupts the execution of the first special symbol change and the second special symbol change that is being executed are discarded (forced by missing). A plurality of small hit types including at least a small hit type (small hit B) to be stopped) can be set. Then, when the small hit B is set as the small hit type and the first special symbol change is discarded, the number of lottery of the first special symbol in the latent state is updated by the discarded first special symbol change. It is configured so that it will not be done. With this configuration, the ease with which the above-mentioned second end condition is satisfied in the latent state can be changed based on the lottery result of the second special symbol. Further, the degree of advantage of the lottery result of the second special symbol can be made different depending on the execution status of the first special symbol.
ไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้๏ผก๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใๅคๅๆ้๏ผข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅคๅๆ้๏ผข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผๅใใใ้ทใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใใใไธญๆญใใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๆ้ใ๏ผๅใใใ็ญใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใไธญๆญใใใใใใ็ ดๆฃใใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใ For example, in a gaming machine configured so that at least the fluctuation time A (2 minutes) and the fluctuation time B (10 minutes) can be set as the fluctuation time of the first special symbol in the latent state, the fluctuation time B (10 minutes). ) Is set, and when the remaining time of the first special symbol change during execution is longer than 2 minutes, the first special symbol being executed is discarded rather than being discarded. , It is more advantageous for the player to be interrupted, and when the remaining time of the first special symbol fluctuation during execution is shorter than 2 minutes, it is better for the player to discard the first special symbol during execution than to interrupt it. It becomes advantageous to.
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใจใใฎไธกๆนใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ่คๆฐใฎไบ่ฑก๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณ๏ผใฎ็ตๅใใซใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใธใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใ้ฃใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Therefore, it is possible to make the player interested in both the lottery result of the special symbol and the change status of the first special symbol, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Further, since the degree of advantage to the player can be made different by combining a plurality of events (special symbol lottery, change status of the first special symbol), it is possible to provide the player with a game that is difficult to predict.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆ่กๆๆณใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใ็จใใ้ๆๆฉใซ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็น้ปไฝๅๅฃใซๅ ฅ่ณใใๅ ดๅใซๅๅพใใๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ใ็ฐใชใใใใฐ่ฏใใ Further, the above-mentioned technical idea may be used for a gaming machine using the configuration of the third embodiment. In this case, the processing for the special figure change during execution may be different depending on the winning type acquired when the special electric power operating port is won.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใจใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๆๅคๅไปๆง๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใๆใใฏไธญๆญใใใใใจใซใใใๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใๅพใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใ้ฃใใใใใจใงใ้ทๆ้ใฎๆๅฉ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ฎๆใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใใซไปฃใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซๅ ใซ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ่จญใใ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment, the lottery result of the second special symbol is obtained in a gaming machine (so-called simultaneous variation specification) in which the lottery of the first special symbol and the lottery of the second special symbol can be executed in duplicate. Correspondingly, the length of the period in which the advantageous gaming state is set is changed by discarding or interrupting the first special symbol variation during execution. That is, by discarding the first special symbol fluctuation, it is difficult to satisfy the end condition that can be satisfied based on the number of executions of the first special symbol lottery, thereby aiming for a long-term advantageous gaming state. Instead of this, when a specific area is provided in the small hit attacker opened in the small hit game executed when the small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol, and the ball passes through the specific area. May be configured so that the jackpot game is executed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎใฟไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใๆใใฆใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใฎไฝใใซใไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใไฟ็็ๆฐใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎใฟใๅ็ งใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใๅ็ฎใใ็ดฏ่จไฟ็็ๆฐใๅ็ งใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใฎๅทฎๅใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅทฎใๅผใใๅคใๅคใใปใฉใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ In the seventh embodiment described above, the configuration in which only the first special symbol has the hold storage function is used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the hold storage is limited to both the first special symbol and the second special symbol. A function may be provided. In this case, as the number of reserved balls referred to when selecting the fluctuation time of the second special symbol to be executed in the gaming state (latent state) that is advantageous to the player, only the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is used. May be configured to refer to, or the cumulative number of reserved balls, which is the sum of the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol, may be referred to. Further, the variation time of the second special symbol may be selected based on the difference between the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol. In this case, for example, the second The larger the value obtained by subtracting the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol from the number of reserved balls of the special symbol, the easier it is to select a fluctuation pattern (variation pattern with a short fluctuation time) that is advantageous to the player as the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol. It is good to configure it so that it becomes.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ใ็ฒๅพใใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใๅฟ ่ฆใใใใใใ้ๆใไธญๆญใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใ่ก็บใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใๅ็ฎใใ็ดฏ่จไฟ็็ๆฐใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใฎๅทฎๅใจใฎไธกๆนใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ดฏ่จไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใฃใฆใไธใคใๅทฎๅใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the player needs to reduce the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol while acquiring the reserved balls of the second special symbol, so that the game is interrupted and the first special symbol is reserved. The act of reducing the number of balls can be suppressed. In addition to this, the cumulative number of reserved balls, which is the sum of the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol, and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol. When the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is selected based on both the difference and the total number of reserved balls is a specific number (for example, 5) or more, and the difference is 3 or more. In the above, it is preferable to configure the variation pattern so that the variation pattern advantageous to the player (the variation pattern having a short variation time) can be easily selected as the variation pattern of the second special symbol. As a result, the player can be made to play the game positively, so that the operation of the game can be improved.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅๅใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅฎๆฐไปฅๅคใฎๅ ดๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผ็ญๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นๅฎๆฐใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅคใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅๅใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใใฆใ่ฏใใใ้ขใใๅค๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅๅใฏ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใใไธๅฉใจใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใๆ่จใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅ ดๅใจใ็ ดๆฃใใชใ๏ผไธญๆญใใใ๏ผใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅ ดๅใจใ่จญใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใจใฎ้ขไฟๆงใซใคใใฆใใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the seventh embodiment described above, when the gaming state (latent state) advantageous to the player is set and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is a specific number (1 or 2). , The variation pattern (short-time variation pattern) that is more advantageous to the player is selected as the second special symbol variation than in the case other than the specific number, and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is set as the specific number. Although a small value is set, the value is not limited to this, and for example, a specific number may be a plurality of values (for example, 3 or 4) including the upper limit number (4) of the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. However, the values may be separated (for example, 1 or 3). In this case, if a small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery and a small hit type is set to discard the first special symbol fluctuation during execution, the small hit winning is advantageous or disadvantageous to the player. Can be changed according to the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. In other words, depending on the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol, there are cases where it is advantageous for the player to discard the first special symbol variation, and cases where it is advantageous for the player not to discard (interrupt). Can be provided. With this configuration, the player can be more interested in the relationship between the lottery result of the second special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ๏ผ็จฎ้กใใ่จญใใฆใใชใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅคๆฐ่จญใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ่คๆฐ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผ็ญๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใใจ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใ็ฎๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไบๆธฌใใ้ฃใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ่คๆฐ่จญใใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผ็ญๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใๆใ๏ผๅฟ ใ้ธๆใใใ๏ผๆๅฉๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผ็ญๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใ้ธๆใใ้ฃใ๏ผ้ธๆใใใใใจใ็กใ๏ผไธๅฉๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใจใใฎไธกๆนใๆใใฏไธๆนใ่จญใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, in the seventh embodiment described above, one type of variation pattern table is referred to when selecting the variation pattern of the second special symbol when the gaming state (latent state) advantageous to the player is set. However, it is not limited to this, for example, a large number of jackpot types in which the probability change state and the latent probability state are set after the end of the jackpot are provided, and are referred to during the latent probability state based on the set jackpot type. A plurality of fluctuation pattern tables referred to during the latent state may be provided so that the fluctuation pattern tables can be made different. In this case, the second special may be provided according to the reference fluctuation pattern table. It is preferable to make the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol different, which makes it easy to select a variation pattern (short-time variation pattern) that is advantageous to the player as the symbol variation. With this configuration, it is possible to change the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol aimed at by the player during the latent state, so that it is possible to provide the player with a game that is difficult to predict. Further, when a plurality of fluctuation pattern tables referred to during the latent state are provided, in some of them, the player is given a second special symbol variation regardless of the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. It is advantageous for the player as the second special symbol variation regardless of the advantageous variation pattern table in which the advantageous variation pattern (short-time variation pattern) is easily selected (always selected) and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. It is preferable to provide both or one of the disadvantageous fluctuation pattern table in which the fluctuation pattern (short-time fluctuation pattern) is difficult to be selected (not selected).
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆธ็ฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ็ญๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ็ง๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅน็่ฏใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผๅฝ้ธใใใพใง็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๆฌๆฐใช้ๆๆงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the modified example of the seventh embodiment described above, when the first special symbol variation during execution is discarded, the number of time reductions is not subtracted, but the first special symbol is not limited to this. It may be configured so that the number of time reductions is subtracted when the fluctuation is discarded. In this configuration, when a gaming state (probability variation state) that is advantageous to the player is set, a short-time (for example, 5 seconds) variation time is set as the variation pattern of the second special symbol variation. The fluctuation pattern is configured so as to be easily selected, and the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of a long time (for example, 10 minutes) is set is easily selected as the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol fluctuation. Then, in the second special symbol variation that is efficiently executed in response to the first special symbol variation, the probability variation state is reached until a predetermined number of times (for example, twice) is won for a small hit that discards the executing first special symbol variation. It is possible to provide the player with a novel game property that the game inside can be executed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใ๏ผๅใๆใใฏ๏ผๅใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใใใจใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใจใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใ้ๆ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใ็ฒๅพๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใงๅคใใฎ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใใ้ๆใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใๆธๅฐใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใ้ซใใ้ๆใจใใๅๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใไปใพใงใซ็กใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In the seventh embodiment described above, when the number of reserved storages of the first special symbol becomes one or two during the latent state, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation is shortened. rice field. Furthermore, the number of reserved memory of the first special symbol is reduced by winning a specific small hit (small hit B) in the second special symbol lottery and discarding (forced stop) the execution of the first special symbol fluctuation. Was configured in. Further, as a configuration of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, in a game (right-handed game) executed in the latent state, the hold memory of the first special symbol can be acquired. In addition, the fluctuation time of the first special symbol variation executed during the latent state is configured to be long (for example, 10 minutes). With this configuration, as a game in the latent state, a lottery that is more advantageous to the player than the first special symbol lottery is executed. In the second special symbol lottery, a big hit or a small hit that is advantageous to the player. A game that wins a lot of prize balls by winning the game and a game that reduces the holding memory of the first special symbol and increases the execution frequency of the second special symbol lottery, which is an unprecedented game It was something that could be provided to the player.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผไธ้๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่ก้ ปๅบฆใ้ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆ๏ผไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถใ็ฒๅพใใ้ฃใๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใใ On the other hand, when the number of reserved storages of the first special symbol is 4 (upper limit), the execution frequency of the second special symbol lottery may be increased. In this case, with respect to the configuration of the seventh embodiment described above, it may be difficult to acquire the hold memory of the first special symbol during the game (right-handed game) in the latent state. In this case, unlike each of the above-described embodiments, it is disadvantageous for the player to win a specific small hit (small hit B) in the second special symbol lottery.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใช็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใฎๆฝ้ธใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใงใใใใพใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใไธ้ๅคใพใง็ฒๅพใใฆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆๅฉใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใไธ้ๅคใพใง็ฒๅพใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Even in this configuration, it is easy to draw a special symbol (second special symbol) that is advantageous to the player according to the number of reserved special symbols (first special symbol) that is disadvantageous to the player. It can be different. Further, in this case, for example, by acquiring the reserved memory number of the first special symbol up to the upper limit value during the jackpot game in which the latent state is set after the jackpot game is completed, the second special symbol lottery is advantageously executed. It is possible to easily set the state to be performed. Therefore, it is possible to enthusiastically perform the game in order to acquire the reserved memory number of the first special symbol up to the upper limit value during the jackpot game.
ใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใไธ้ๅคใพใง็ฒๅพใใใจใใฆใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใฎ่จญๅฎๅพใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅฆ็ใฎใปใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅฆ็ใใใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅฆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅฆ็ใใใๅ ใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฒๅพใใไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใใๅฏๅคใใใ๏ผๆธๅฐใใใ๏ผใใจ็กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, even if the reserved memory number of the first special symbol is acquired up to the upper limit value during the jackpot game, the process of starting the first special symbol change after setting the latent probability state starts the second special symbol change. Since it is executed before the processing, it is possible to suppress that the second special symbol variation is executed in an advantageous state after the latent probability state is set. As the control process of the main control device 110, the process of starting the second special symbol variation may be executed before the process of starting the first special symbol variation. With this configuration, for example, when the latent state is set after the jackpot game ends, the number of reserved memories of the first special symbol is changed (decreased) from the number of reserved memories acquired during the jackpot game. The second special symbol change can be executed without any problem.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ็นๅฎๆฐใซใๆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ้ๆ๏ผใจใ็นๅฎๆฐใซใ้ฃใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใงๅๆญขใใใ้ๆ๏ผใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใใใๅฐใชใๆฐใจใชใใใใซ่จญ่จใใ็พ็ถใฎ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใ็พ็ถใฎ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใงใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใๅ ดๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the seventh embodiment, when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol (the number of reserved balls of the special symbol) is a specific number (for example, one), the game is advantageous to the player (for example, the first game). The first game (for example, a game in which the special symbol change is forcibly stopped) is configured so that the 2 special symbol fluctuations can be easily executed, and the number of reserved balls of the special symbol (the number of reserved balls of the special symbol) can be easily set to a specific number. ) And a second game (for example, a game in which a special symbol fluctuation is stopped after a lapse of a fluctuating time), which makes it difficult to make a specific number, are configured to be feasible. Further, it is designed so that the specific number (for example, 1) of the special figure reserved balls in which a game advantageous to the player is easily executed is smaller than the upper limit number of the special figure reserved balls (for example, 4). However, when the current number of special figure reserved balls is larger than the specific number, the first game is more likely to be executed than when the number is less than the specific number. Further, when the current number of reserved special figure balls is a specific number, or when the number is less than the specific number, the first game is more difficult to be executed than when the number is larger than the specific number.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใ ใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใธใจ่ฟใฅใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the number of special figure reserved balls can be brought close to a specific number simply by having the player play the game with the aim of executing the first game, and the player can understand. Easy games can be played.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎไธ้ๆฐใใๅฐใชใๆฐใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎไธ้ๆฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฎๆฐ๏ผใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใๆธๅฐใๆใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใช้ๆใจใชใใใคใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใจใ็ฎๆใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใจใใๆฌๆฐใช้ๆๆงใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In the seventh embodiment described above, the number of special figure reserved balls that makes it easy for the player to execute a game advantageous to the player is set to a number smaller than the upper limit number of special figure reserved balls, but the number is not limited to this, for example. , The upper limit number of special figure reserved balls may be set as the number of special figure reserved balls (specific number) that makes it easy for the player to perform a game advantageous to the player. In this case, when the game for forcibly stopping the special symbol fluctuation is executed, the number of balls reserved for the special symbol tends to decrease, which is disadvantageous to the player. That is, it is possible to provide the player with a novel game property in which the game is performed with the aim of preventing the game in which the special symbol change is forcibly stopped from being executed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ
ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกๆใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ
<8th Embodiment>
Next, the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 201 to 215. In the seventh embodiment described above, the processing content for the first special symbol change during execution is configured to be different depending on the small hit type set when the small hit is won in the lottery of the second special symbol. rice field. Specifically, when small hit A or small hit C is set as the small hit type, the special symbol change during execution is interrupted, and when small hit B is set, the special symbol change during execution is interrupted. It was configured to be destroyed.
ใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใไฝใงใใฃใฆใใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใงใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅไธญใงใใฃใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใพใใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใ้ซๆๅพ ๅบฆๆผๅบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใๅใซๅฎ่กใใฆใใพใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็กๅนใซใชใฃใ๏ผใใจใๆฐไปใใใฆใใพใใใใ้ซๆๅพ ๅบฆๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใ้ฃใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ In the pachinko machine 10 using such a configuration, regardless of the lottery result of the first special symbol change being executed, the processing according to the set small hit type is executed. Therefore, for example, the small hit winning Even during the jackpot fluctuation, which is a lottery result that is more favorable to the player, there is a problem that the jackpot fluctuation is discarded based on the small hit winning. In addition, when such a configuration is used, a high expectation effect having a high expectation that the first special symbol fluctuation during execution is a big hit is executed before the second special symbol is stopped and displayed. Then, since the player notices that the jackpot fluctuation has been discarded (the jackpot winning has become invalid), there is a problem that it is difficult to execute the high-expectation effect.
ๅ ใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใไธใคใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใไฟ็่จๆถใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใๅใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใๅฆใใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใจใใฆใใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใ็ดๅใจใชใฃใฆใใพใใใใ้ซๆๅพ ๅบฆๆผๅบใ้ทๆ้๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๆ้๏ผๅฎ่กใ้ฃใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ In addition, in the seventh embodiment described above, when the gaming state (latent state) advantageous to the player is set, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is shorter than the fluctuation time of the first special symbol. Moreover, since the second special symbol is configured so as not to be stored on hold, for example, the second special symbol won by the small hit is stopped and displayed at a timing before the first special symbol won by the big hit is stopped and displayed. Even if a means for determining whether or not to perform is provided in advance, the timing at which it is determined that the stop display is not displayed is immediately before the jackpot fluctuation is stopped and displayed. There was a problem that it was difficult to execute (time corresponding to the fluctuation time of).
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็น๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆ็น๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณไปฅๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ On the other hand, in the eighth embodiment, when the small hit game is executed (when special processing is executed for the special symbol change during execution), the content of the special symbol change during execution is determined. It is significantly different from the above-described seventh embodiment in that it is configured to determine the processing content. More specifically, at the time when the small hit game is executed based on one special symbol lottery (when the special symbol indicating the small hit winning is stopped and displayed), the fluctuation pattern of the other special symbol fluctuation during execution. If the discrimination result is a specific fluctuation pattern (for example, a fluctuation pattern in which a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more is set), the other special symbol fluctuation being executed is discarded and the specific fluctuation is specified. When it is other than the pattern, it is configured so that the other special symbol change during execution can be interrupted.
ใใใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใไธๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใง็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the eighth embodiment, as the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol fluctuation (big hit fluctuation) in which the jackpot is won, the advantageous jackpot type in which the jackpot game advantageous to the player (for example, the probability variation jackpot) is executed and the disadvantage to the player are disadvantageous. It is configured so that different fluctuation patterns are selected depending on the disadvantageous jackpot type on which a large hit game (for example, normal jackpot) is executed, and further, the fluctuation pattern selected according to the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is selected. It is configured to be different.
ใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใใๆๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งๆชๆบใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใๆงๆใใไธๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใๆงๆใใฆใใใ More specifically, when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is large, the fluctuation time of less than 30 seconds is set as the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the advantageous jackpot type than when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is small. The pattern is easily selected, and the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more is set is easily selected as the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the disadvantageous jackpot type.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใ็ ดๆฃใใ้ฃใ๏ผใไธใคใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใ็ ดๆฃใใๆใ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใๅ ใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ่ฒฏใใใใใใจใใงใใ็ตๆใจใใฆ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is large, it is easier to execute a jackpot game (for example, probabilistic jackpot) which is advantageous to the player than when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is small (for example). It is possible to make it difficult to execute a big hit game (for example, a normal big hit) that is disadvantageous to the player (it is easy to be abandoned by a small hit winning). That is, the ratio of the probabilistic jackpot at the time of winning the jackpot can be changed according to the number of reserved balls of the special symbol. Therefore, the player can enthusiastically accumulate the number of reserved balls of the special symbol while expecting that the advantageous jackpot game is executed, and as a result, the operation of the game can be improved.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฎไฝใใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฎไฝใใไธๆนใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใไปๆนใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใๅ ใใๅฒๅใ็ขบๅฎใซ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the eighth embodiment is different from the seventh embodiment described above in that it is configured so that a small hit can be won in any of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery. There is. With this configuration, even if one of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery wins a big hit, the big hit can be discarded by the other small hit. Depending on the number of reserved balls of the special symbol, the ratio of the probabilistic jackpot at the time of winning the jackpot can be surely different.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใง็จใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใง็จใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆญฃ้ขๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅณๅด้ ๅใฎๆงๆใฎไธ้จใจใไธๅด้ ๅ๏ผๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใฆใใใ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๅดใฎ้ ๅ๏ผใฎไธ้จใฎๆงๆใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใใฎ่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 201, the configuration of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 used in the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 201 is a front view schematically showing the configuration of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 used in the eighth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 201, the configuration of the game board 13 in the present embodiment is a part of the configuration of the right side region and the lower region (variable) with respect to the above-described modified example of the seventh embodiment (see FIG. 193). It differs in that a part of the configuration of the lower area of the display unit 80) is different. The other configurations are the same, and the same configurations are designated by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใง็จใใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใๆฏใๅใใใใ็ใๆตไธใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใๅณๅด้ ๅใฎไธๆนๅดใพใงๅปถไผธใใฆ่จญใใใใฆใใ็นใจใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆงๆๅใณ้ ่จญไฝ็ฝฎใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไปฃใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎไธๆนไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ As shown in FIG. 201, the gaming board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 used in the eighth embodiment has a configuration (see FIG. 193) of the gaming board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 of the modified example of the seventh embodiment described above. The point that the first flow path 701 and the second flow path 702 through which the balls distributed by the distribution member 700 can flow down are provided extending to the lower side of the right side region, the through gate 67, and the electric combination. The configuration and arrangement position of the object 640a have been changed, and the small hit attacker (second attacker) that is opened in a part of the small hit game that is opened in the small hit game instead of the small hit attacker 3650. ) 5650 is different in that it is arranged at the lower center position of the game board 13. Other than that, they are the same, and the same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจใฎ็ธ้็นใไธญๅฟใซ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆฏใๅใใใใ็ใฏใๅฑๆฒ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้้ใใฆๅณๅด้ ๅไธๆนใธใจๆตๅบใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆฏใๅใใใใ็ใฏใใใฎไธๆตๅดใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใๆตๅ ฅๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆตๅ ฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅด๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฆ็นใงๅฅฅๅด๏ผใซ่จญใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆตไธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซไป้ใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้้ใใฆๆตๅบๅฃใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผไธใฎๅณๅด้ ๅไธๆนใธใจๆตๅบใใใใใใฆๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆ๏ผใคใฎๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆฏใๅใใใใ็ใฏๅณๅด้ ๅไธๆนใงๅๆตใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไธใๆตไธใใขใฆใๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๆตๅ ฅใใใ First, the configuration of the right side region of the gaming board 13 will be described focusing on the differences from the configuration of the gaming board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 of the modified example of the seventh embodiment described above (see FIG. 193). The ball distributed to the first flow path 701 by the distribution member 700 passes through the bending path 701a, passes through the through gate 67, and flows out to the lower side of the right side region. Further, the sphere distributed to the second flow path 702 flows down the third flow path 703a provided on the downstream side thereof, flows into the inflow port 704a, and flows into the back surface side of the first flow path 701 (FIG. 201). It flows down the fifth flow path 704b provided on the back side from the viewpoint), passes through the electric accessory 640a attached to the second entrance 640, and flows out from the outflow port to the lower right region on the game board 13. .. Then, the balls distributed to the two flow paths (first flow path 701 and second flow path 702) by the distribution member 700 merge in the lower right region and flow down on the variable winning device (first attacker) 2650 and out. It flows into the mouth 66.
ๆฌกใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใซ้ ่จญใใใๆงๆใฎใใกใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฑๆฒ่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆต้จใซในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆต้จ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ็ซฏ้จ๏ผใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ใง็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใฎๆตไธ้ๅบฆใไฝไธใใใใใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅใใฆๆตไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใฎๆตไธ้้ใไธๅฎใซใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ ใง็ใ้ฃใชใฃใฆใใพใ่คๆฐใฎ็ใๅๆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใใใจใซๆฐไปใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ๆพใใฆใใใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใกๆฉใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, among the configurations arranged in the right side region of the game board 13, the through gate 67 and the second entrance 640 will be described. In the present embodiment, the through gate 67 is arranged in the downstream portion of the first flow path 701 having the bending path 701a, and the second ball enters in the downstream portion of the second flow path 702 (the lower end portion of the fifth flow path 704b). A mouth 640 is arranged. With this configuration, the ball flowing into the second flow path 702 can flow down toward the second entry port 640 at intervals of 1.2 seconds without reducing the flow speed of the ball. Therefore, since the flow interval of the balls flowing down the second flow path 702 can be made constant, the balls are connected in the second flow path 702, and a plurality of balls are simultaneously entered into the second entry port 640. It can be suppressed that it ends up. Further, when the third symbol display device 81 notifies that the electric accessory 640a is open without noticing that the electric accessory 640a has been opened, the ball is promptly inserted into the second entrance 640. You can enter the ball.
ใพใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใจใใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆฏใๅใใใใ็ฐใชใๆต่ทฏ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ้ ่จญใใใใใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฝใใไธๆนใฎๆต่ทฏใซใฎใฟ็ใๆตไธใใใใใใซ็ ดๅฃใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๆฏใๅใๆฉ่ฝใ็กๅนใซใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๆฏใๅใใใใไธๆนใฎๆต่ทฏใซในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใจใ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ ่จญใใๅ ดๅใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ ดๅฃใใไธๆนใฎๆต่ทฏใซใฎใฟ็ใๆตไธใใใ็ถๆ ใไฝใๅบใใใจใง็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใ็ถๆ ใไฝใๅบใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใฃใฆใใพใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใฎๆงๆใ็จใใใใจใงใไธๆญฃใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใ็ถๆ ใไฝใๅบใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, different flow paths (first flow path 701, 1st flow path 701,) in which the through gate 67, which triggers the execution of the lottery of the normal symbol, and the electric accessory 640a whose operation is controlled by winning the normal symbol, are distributed by the distribution member 700. Since it is arranged in the second flow path 702), when the distribution member 700 is destroyed so as to allow the ball to flow down to only one of the flow paths (when the distribution function is disabled), the second entry port It is possible to make it difficult for the ball to enter the 640. That is, when the through gate 67 and the electric accessory 640a are arranged in one of the flow paths distributed by the distribution member 700, the distribution member 700 is destroyed and a state is created in which the ball flows down only in one of the flow paths. This makes it possible to create a state in which it is easy to insert a ball into the second entrance 640, but by using the configuration of this modification, the ball is illegally inserted into the second entrance 640. It is possible to suppress the creation of a state that is easy to make.
ๆฌกใซใ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใๅ ดๅใฎ่ชฌๆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๆฏในใฆ็ใๆตไธใใๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใๆตๅบๅฃใใๆตๅบใใใใพใงใซ่ฆใใๆ้ใ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผๅ้ใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎ็ใๅณๅด้ ๅใซๅใใฆ็บๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใจใใใฎ็ใฎๆฌกใซ็บๅฐใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆตๅ ฅใใ็ใจใใปใผๅๆ๏ผ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅทฎ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณไธ้ ๅ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใ้ ๅ๏ผใๆตไธใใใใจใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใพใใฏๅฐๅฝใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใซใใใฆใไธๅบฆใซ่คๆฐใฎ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Next, a case where the sphere flows down the second flow path 702 will be described. The second flow path 702 is configured so that the period during which the sphere flows down is shorter than that of the first flow path 701 described above. Specifically, it is configured so that the time required for the ball flowing into the second flow path 702 to flow out from the outflow port is about 1.5 seconds. With this configuration, when 100 balls are fired toward the right side region in one minute, the balls that have flowed into the first flow path 701 and the balls that are fired next to the balls are fired next to the second flow path 702. The ball that has flowed into the game board 13 flows down the lower right region of the game board 13 (the region where the first variable winning device 2650 is arranged) almost at the same time (with a difference of about 0.1 seconds). Therefore, in the gaming state (big hit state or small hit state) in which the first variable winning device 2650 is opened, it is possible to easily win a plurality of balls at one time.
ใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซ่จญใใๆญฃ้ข่ฆใง่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใ้่คใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฅฅ่กใๆนๅใๅฉ็จใใฆ่คๆฐใฎ็ๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใใใจใงใ็ๆต่ทฏใๅฝขๆใใในใใผใน๏ผ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใ็ๆต่ทฏใๅ ๆใใ้ ๅ๏ผใๅฐใใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, a part of the second flow path 702 (fifth flow path 704b) is provided on the back side of the first flow path 701 so that a plurality of flow paths overlap when viewed from the front. In this way, by forming a plurality of ball flow paths using the depth direction of the game board 13, the space for forming the ball flow paths (the area occupied by the ball flow paths of the game board 13) can be reduced. can.
ใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ๅบๅฃใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆตๅบๅฃ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆตๅด๏ผใใใไธๆนใซไฝ็ฝฎใใไธใคใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณไธ้ ๅใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆตๅบใใ็ใใใไธๆตๅดใซ็ใๆตๅบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๆตๅบๅฃ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใๅขใใใๆตๅบใใ็๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆตไธใใ็ใใใ้ซ้ใงๆตๅบใใ็๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๆตๅบใใ็ใซ็ดๆฅ่ก็ชใใฆใใพใไธ่ฆๅใช็ๆตใใ็บ็ใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the ball outlet of the second flow path 702 is located below the outlet of the first flow path 701 (downstream side of the second entry port 640), and the first ball outlet is in the lower right region of the game board 13. The sphere is configured to flow out to the downstream side of the sphere that has flowed out from the flow path 701. As a result, the spheres that flowed out vigorously from the outlet 704c (the spheres that flowed out at a higher speed than the spheres that flowed down the first flow path 701) directly collided with the spheres that flowed out from the first flow path 701, which was irregular. It is possible to suppress a situation in which a ball flow occurs.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใฃใฆๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใไบคไบใซ๏ผใคใฎๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใ๏ผใคใฎๆต่ทฏใซๅฏพใใฆไบคไบ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใชใใ็ฐใชใๅฒๅใง็ใๆฏใๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ๏ผใคไปฅไธใฎๆต่ทฏใซๅฏพใใฆ็ใๆฏใๅใใๆงๆใซใใฆใใใใใใใซใ็ใฎ่ช้ใใๆตไธใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฟใใฆใฉใณใใ ใซ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใธใจ็ใๆฏใๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้้ใใ็ใฎ่ช้ใซใใฃใฆๆฌกใซ้้ใใ็ใฎๆฏใๅใๅ ใๅคๅใใๆฏๅ้จๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใไบใๅฎใใใใ่ฆๅใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ้ปๆฐ็ใซ้งๅใใๆฏๅ้จๆใ็จใใฆใใใใ In the present embodiment, the ball launched by the right-handed game is alternately distributed to the two flow paths by the distribution member 700, but other configurations may be used, for example, two. The spheres may be distributed at different ratios instead of alternating (1: 1) with respect to the flow paths, or the spheres may be distributed to three or more flow paths. Further, the sphere may be randomly distributed to a plurality of flow paths according to the weight of the sphere and the timing of flow down. Further, in the present embodiment, the distribution member 700 whose distribution destination of the next passing sphere changes depending on the weight of the passing sphere is used. For example, the vibration is electrically driven according to a predetermined rule. A component member may be used.
ๆฌกใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ ่จญใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆน้ ๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธๆนไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซๆค่จญใใใ้ใซใใฃใฆใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผไธใๆตไธใใ็ใๅฐ้ใ้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใ้ฃใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใ Next, the lower region of the game board 13 in which the small hit attacker 5650 is arranged will be described. The small hit attacker 5650 is a variable ball entry means that is opened in a small hit game executed when a small hit is won in the first special symbol lottery. As shown in FIG. 201, the small hit attacker 5650 is arranged at a position below the first ball entry port 64, and a ball flowing down on the game board 13 reaches by a nail planted in the game board 13. It is configured to be difficult. Therefore, when the small hit is won in the first special symbol lottery, the small hit game in which it is difficult for the player to win the prize ball is executed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅใณ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใๆใใฏๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใ้ฃใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฎใฎๅถๅพก๏ผไธญๆญใๆใใฏๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅฎ่กๅฅๆฉใจใชใใใฎใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when a small hit is won in the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the control for suspending or forcibly stopping the other special symbol fluctuation during execution is configured to be executable, and further, the execution is executed. It is configured to switch the control content to be executed based on the fluctuation content of the other special symbol variation in the inside. That is, when a small hit is won in the first special symbol lottery, it is difficult for the player to win the prize ball, but a predetermined control (interruption or forced stop) is executed for the second special symbol change during execution. It will be an execution opportunity to make it happen.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จๆงๆใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จๆงๆใจใใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration in the eighth embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration in the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 202 to 208. The eighth embodiment is different from the seventh embodiment in that the partial configuration of the ROM 202 of the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 and the partial configuration of the RAM 203 are different from each other. Everything else is the same. The same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใซไปฃใใฆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซไปฃใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 202, the contents specified in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 in the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 202 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 according to the eighth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 202, the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment is a small hit random number 8 table instead of the small hit random number 7 table 202fb with respect to the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment described above (see FIG. 168 (a)). 202gb is replaced with the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd, the jackpot type selection 8 table 202gd is replaced with the variation pattern selection 7 table 202fe, the variation pattern selection 8 table 202ge is replaced with the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff, and the small hit type is replaced with the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff. The difference is that the selection 8 table 202 gf is provided, and the other points are the same.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใไนฑๆฐ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใไนฑๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Here, the contents of the small hit random number 8 table 202 gb will be described with reference to FIG. 203. FIG. 203 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the small hit random number 8 table 202 gb. As shown in FIG. 203, the small hit random number 8 table 202 gb defines the small hit determination value for the first special symbol. Specifically, for the first special symbol whose symbol type is the first special symbol, the small hit determination value is defined in the range where the value of the first random number counter C1 is "300 to 599" regardless of the probability state of the special symbol. With respect to the second special symbol, the small hit determination value is defined in the range where the value of 1 of the first random number counter C1 is "550 to 599" regardless of the probability state of the special symbol.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎ็ด๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ขบ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใๅพใชใ๏ผใ้ฃใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ้ซ็ขบ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใจใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๅฐใซ็นๅฎ๏ผ่ณ็๏ผใไปไธใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใใใไฝใ็ขบ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆใก็ใๆธๅฐใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, a small hit is won with a probability of about 1/2 when the first special symbol lottery is executed, and a small hit is won with a probability of about 1/12 when the second special symbol lottery is executed. It is configured to win. In the present embodiment, when a small hit is won in the first special symbol lottery, the small hit attacker 5650, in which the ball cannot (difficultly) win during the small hit game, is opened. Is executed, and when a small hit is won in the second special symbol lottery, the variable winning device 65, which is opened during the big hit game, is configured to execute the small hit game. Therefore, even if it is set to win a small hit with a high probability in the first special symbol lottery, it is possible to prevent the player from being excessively given a specific (prize ball). Further, in the second special symbol lottery, the small hit probability is set to be lower than the small hit probability of the first special symbol lottery, and in the probabilistic state or the latent state in which the game is executed by the right-handed game. , It is possible to make it difficult to reduce the number of balls held by the player.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ๆพๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใจใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใจใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆ็จใใๅๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆ็จใใๅๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใง่ชฌๆใฎไพฟๅฎไธใใใฎๅ็งฐใฎไธ้จใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใจๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใใ็ธ้็นใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใฎ็กใ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 204, the contents of the jackpot type selection 8 table 202gd will be described. FIG. 204 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the jackpot type selection 8 table 202gd. As shown in FIG. 204, the jackpot type selection 8 table 202gd provides a winning device (a winning device to be opened) for executing the jackpot operation with respect to the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd (see FIG. 169) described above. The difference is that the value of the time reduction counter 203h set after the end of the jackpot is different, and the other points are the same. For convenience of explanation, each jackpot type used in the seventh embodiment described above and each jackpot type used in the eighth embodiment have different names (for example, jackpot A7). And jackpot A8), but the elements that do not explain the differences are the same. The detailed description of the same element will be omitted.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎใใก๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใง่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใๅณใกใๅฎ่ณชใๆฌกๅๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใพใง็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 204, in the eighth embodiment, when a normal jackpot (big hit A8, jackpot D8) is won in the first special symbol lottery or the second special symbol lottery, it is set at the time of winning the jackpot. Regardless of the gaming state, the value of the time saving counter 203h is set to 0, that is, it is stipulated that the high probability state of the normal symbol is not set after the jackpot game is completed. In addition, when the jackpot C8, which is set at a rate of 20% of the jackpot wins in the first special symbol lottery, is won, the value of the time saving counter 203h is 10,000 regardless of the game state set at the time of the jackpot winning. Is set to. That is, in reality, the probability change state is set until the next big hit is won.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใ็ฐใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆใไธๅฉใช้ ใซใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ่จใๆใใใฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใ As described above, the jackpot types set when the jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery are defined as jackpot types having different degrees of advantage for the player, and "big hit A8" in the order of the most disadvantageous to the player. "Big hit B8" and "Big hit C8" are specified. In other words, it is stipulated that "big hit C8" is the most advantageous jackpot type for the player.
ไธๆนใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใง็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใๅณใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใ On the other hand, when the probability variation jackpot is won in the second special symbol lottery (when the jackpot E8 is won), the value of the time saving counter 203h is set to 100 regardless of the game state set at the time of winning the jackpot. .. That is, when the "big hit E8" is won, the probability change state of 100 times (the special symbol variation is 100 times) is set after the big hit game is completed.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผ้่คใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กใใ้ใซใใใฆใๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็ฎๆใใชใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใชใใใจใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, when the right-handed game is executed during the probability change state and the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol are executed in parallel (overlapping), the most advantageous jackpot type is ". While aiming to win the jackpot C8, a game is executed aiming not to win the jackpot types "big hit A8" and "big hit D8" whose probabilistic state ends.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซใฎใใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็ งใใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใจใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใจใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ ใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๅณใงใใใ Next, with reference to FIGS. 205 and 206, among the fluctuation pattern selection tables in the eighth embodiment, the probability variation 8 table 202ge and the latent probability 8 table 202ge referred to during the probability variation state will be described. do. FIG. 205 is a diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the probability variation 8 table 202ge, and FIG. 206 is a diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the latency 8 table 202ge. ..
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๅใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใจใๅ็ฎใใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, the right-handed game is executed in the state where the probability variation state and the latent probability state are set, and the game in which the first special symbol and the second special symbol are executed in duplicate is performed. Then, the fluctuation pattern set when the jackpot is won is configured to be different according to the selected jackpot type. Further, it differs based on the total number of reserved balls of the first special symbol (the number of reserved balls of the special figure 1) and the total number of reserved balls of the second special symbol (the number of reserved balls of the special figure 2). It is configured so that the fluctuation pattern can be selected.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใๆนใใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็ญใๅ ดๅใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ญใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใๆนใใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ็ญใๅ ดๅใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Specifically, the larger the total number of special figures held, the shorter the fluctuation time selected when the jackpot is won in favor of the player than when the total number of special figures held is short. , The larger the total number of special figures held, the longer the fluctuation time selected when the jackpot, which is disadvantageous to the player, is won than when the total number of special figures held is short.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆใใใฎๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๆชๆบใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when a small hit is won in one special symbol lottery, control is executed for the other special symbol fluctuation during execution according to the fluctuation pattern of the other special symbol fluctuation during execution. It is configured so that the contents are different. Specifically, when the other special symbol variation being executed is a variation pattern of 30 seconds or more, a process for discarding the special symbol variation is executed. If the fluctuation pattern is less than 30 seconds, a process for interrupting the special symbol fluctuation is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใฏใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใๆใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใ้ฃใ๏ผไธญๆญใใๆใ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใๅคใ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the total number of special figures held is large, the special symbol fluctuation is discarded when the jackpot type that is more disadvantageous to the player is set than when the total number of special figures held is small. When a jackpot type that is advantageous to the player is set, it is possible to make it difficult to discard (easily interrupt) the special symbol variation. Therefore, it is possible to enthusiastically play the game so that the player can continue the state in which the total number of special figures held is large.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ขบๅค็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใจใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผ้ธๆใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ็ตๆ๏ผใจใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ As shown in FIG. 205, in the probability variation 8 table 202g2, the variation differs based on the special symbol type, the hit / fail judgment result (result of the selected type), and the special figure hold number (total special figure hold number). The pattern is specified.
ใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ More specifically, the symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special diagram 1), and among the jackpots in the winning / failing judgment result, the jackpot type is "big hit A" and the number of special symbol reservations (total special symbol). In the range where the number of holdings) is "0 to 3", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 28 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of holdings of the special figure is In the range of (total number of reserved special figures) of "4 to 7", the entire range of the fluctuation type counter CS1 ("0 to 198") is associated with a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. It is stipulated.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special symbol 1), and among the jackpots in the winning / failing judgment result, the jackpot type is "big hit B" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is In the range of "0 to 3", a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of reserved special figures (total special figure). In the range where the number of holdings) is "4 to 7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined by associating a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 28 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. ..
็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ่ถ ใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ่ถ ใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special symbol 1), and among the jackpot judgment results, the jackpot type is "big hit C" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0". In the range of "~ 3", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with an ultra-long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 60 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figures held (total special figure hold). In the range where the number) is "4 to 7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined by associating an ultra-short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 10 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. ..
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅซใ๏ผใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใใซๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special symbol 1), the hit / fail judgment result is incorrect (including small hits), and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0 to 3". In the range of, the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 35 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations) is ". In the range of "4 to 6", the entire range (" 0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a middle fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 25 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figures held (total special figure hold). In the range where the number) is "7", a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 15 seconds is defined as a fluctuation pattern in association with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the second special symbol (special symbol 2), and among the jackpot judgment results, the jackpot type is "big hit D" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is In the range of "0 to 3", a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 20 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of reserved special figures (total special figure). In the range where the number of holdings) is "4 to 7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined by associating a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 35 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. ..
็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The symbol type of the special symbol is the second special symbol (special symbol 2), and among the jackpot judgment results, the jackpot type is "big hit E" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0". In the range of "~ 3", a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 35 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations). ) Is defined in the range of "4 to 7" in which a short variation with a variation time of 20 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the variation type counter CS1 as a variation pattern.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅซใ๏ผใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅณใกใๅ จ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the second special symbol (special symbol 2), the hit / fail judgment result is incorrect (including small hits), and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0 to 7". In the range of, that is, the entire range, a short variation with a variation time of 15 seconds is defined as a variation pattern in association with the entire range (โ0 to 198โ) of the variation type counter CS1.
ไธๆนใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็จ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใจใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆ๏ผ้ธๆใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ็ตๆ๏ผใจใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 206, in the latent probability 8 table 202g2, the special symbol type, the hit / fail judgment result (result of the selected type), and the special figure hold number (total special figure hold number) are displayed. Different fluctuation patterns are defined based on this.
ใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ More specifically, the symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special diagram 1), and among the jackpots in the winning / failing judgment result, the jackpot type is "big hit A" and the number of special symbol reservations (total special symbol). In the range where the number of holdings) is "0 to 4", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 28 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of holdings of the special figure is In the range where (total number of special figures held) is "5 to 7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. It is stipulated.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผขใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special symbol 1), and among the jackpots in the winning / failing judgment result, the jackpot type is "big hit B" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is In the range of "0 to 4", a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 28 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of reserved special figures (total special figure). In the range where the number of holdings) is "5 to 7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined by associating a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. ..
็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special symbol 1), and among the jackpot judgment results, the jackpot type is "big hit C" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0". In the range of "~ 4", a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations). ) Is defined as a variation pattern in which a short variation with a variation time of 28 seconds is associated with the entire range (โ0 to 198โ) of the variation type counter CS1.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅซใ๏ผใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใใใซๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the first special symbol (special symbol 1), the hit / fail judgment result is incorrect (including small hits), and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0 to 6". In the range of, the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 35 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations) is ". In the range of "7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined by associating a middle fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 25 seconds as a fluctuation pattern.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผคใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the second special symbol (special symbol 2), and among the jackpot judgment results, the jackpot type is "big hit D" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is In the range of "0 to 4", a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 28 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of reserved special figures (total special figure). In the range where the number of holdings) is "5 to 7", the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is defined by associating a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. ..
็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใใกใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The symbol type of the special symbol is the second special symbol (special symbol 2), and among the jackpot judgment results, the jackpot type is "big hit E" and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0". In the range of "~ 4", a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds is associated with the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations). ) Is defined as a variation pattern in which a short variation with a variation time of 28 seconds is associated with the entire range (โ0 to 198โ) of the variation type counter CS1.
ใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใๅฝๅฆๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅคใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅซใ๏ผใงใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใญใณใฐๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใใซๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผๅ็ฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผใใ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅ จ็ฏๅฒ๏ผใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใซใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎใทใงใผใๅคๅใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฎๅถๅพก๏ผไพใใฐใไธญๆญๆใใฏ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅฎ่กๆ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใฎๅ ๅฎนใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅฎ่กๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎๅๆฟๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็นๅฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผใธใจๅใๆฟใใๅๆฟๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅๆฟๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ๏ผ้ธๆใใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใ๏ผใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใฉใฎใใใซๅใๆฟใใใฎใใไบๆธฌใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใฎใๆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๆงใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใจใชใ็ขบ็ใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใใซใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใฉใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใฉใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ็ตๆใๅคงใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๅๆกไปถใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆ้ธๆใใๅพใๅคๅๆ้ใ่คๆฐ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใๅๅพใใๅคๅ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅใๆฟใใๆกไปถใจใใฆๅคๅๆ้๏ผ๏ผ็งใ้พๅคใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ่คๆฐใฎ้พๅคใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅใๆฟใใๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใ้พๅคใซ่ฟไผผใใๅคๅๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง๏ผใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅๆผๅบใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅไธใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใฎๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅทฎๅ๏ผ๏ผ็งๅ๏ผใซใคใใฆใฏใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใใ้ ใใใใใๅคๅๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใใๆฉใใใใใใใจใงๅฏพๅฟใใใฐใใใใใฎๅทฎๅๆ้ใซใคใใฆใฏใ้ๆญข็ปๅ๏ผไพใใฐใๅคๅๆผๅบ้ๅงๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅใๅคๅๆผๅบ็ตไบๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ปๅ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฐ่ฏใใ In addition, the symbol type of the special symbol is the second special symbol (special symbol 2), the hit / fail judgment result is incorrect (including small hits), and the number of special symbol reservations (total number of special symbol reservations) is "0 to 3". In the range of, the entire range ("0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a long fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 35 seconds as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations) is ". In the range of "4 to 6", the entire range (" 0 to 198") of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with a middle fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 325 as a fluctuation pattern, and the number of special figure reservations (total number of special figure reservations). ) Is the range of "7", and the entire range of the fluctuation type counter CS1 ("0 to 198") is defined by associating a short fluctuation with a fluctuation time of 15 seconds as a fluctuation pattern. As described above, in the present embodiment, the execution is performed when the execution condition for executing the specific control (for example, interruption or discard) is satisfied for the special symbol change during execution (for example, when the small hit game is executed). The content of the specific control to be performed is configured to be switched according to the content of the special symbol change during execution. Then, the variation display mode of the special symbol variation during execution (the variation display mode set at the time of executing the special symbol variation) is configured to be switched to the variation display mode according to the content of the specific control. As a result, the switching content of the variation display mode can be changed according to the content of the special symbol variation during execution, so that the interest of the game can be improved. Further, as shown in FIGS. 205 and 206, a switching condition for switching the variable display mode of the special symbol fluctuation during execution to the specific variable display mode (variable display mode for forcibly stopping) according to the set gaming state. The ease of establishment of is different. Furthermore, the ease with which the switching condition is satisfied is different depending on the type of the special symbol being executed and the set jackpot type (the length of the selected fluctuation time is different). As a result, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of predicting how the variable display mode is switched when the execution condition is satisfied. In addition, in the present embodiment, the ease with which the execution condition is satisfied differs depending on the special symbol type, and specifically, the lottery result in which the execution condition can be satisfied by the special symbol lottery (specifically, the lottery result ( The probability of winning a small hit) is different depending on the special symbol type, and the length of the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation set when the small hit is won is also different. As a result, the game result can be greatly different depending on which special symbol type executes the variation indicating which lottery result at which timing. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 205 and 206, a specific fluctuation time is selected according to each condition, but the present invention is not limited to this, and each condition is supported. A plurality of fluctuation times that can be selected may be defined so that different fluctuation patterns of the fluctuation time are selected according to the acquired value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time of 30 seconds is set as a threshold value as a condition for switching the content of the specific control to be executed, but the threshold value is not limited to this, and a plurality of threshold values may be set. Further, in the present embodiment, a fluctuation time (for example, 28 seconds or 30 seconds) that approximates a threshold value set as a condition for switching the content of the specific control to be executed is selected. As a result, when the variation effect corresponding to the selected variation pattern is executed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, the variation effect of the same effect mode can be executed. The difference in fluctuation time (for 2 seconds) can be dealt with by delaying the start timing of the fluctuation effect from the start timing of the special symbol variation, or by advancing the end timing of the variation effect from the end timing of the special symbol variation. The difference period may be configured to display a still image (for example, an image displayed at the start of the variation effect or an image displayed at the end of the variation effect).
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ฆๅฎใใ็นใจใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ้ๆพๅฏพ่ฑกใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่กใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 207, the contents of the small hit type selection 8 table 202 gf in the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 207 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents specified in the small hit type selection 8 table 202 gf. The small hit type selection 8 table 202gf defines the small hit type for the first special symbol with respect to the above-mentioned small hit type selection 7 table 202ff (see FIG. 172 (a)), and the small hit. The difference is that the release target that is opened in the game is changed, the symbol confirmation time is changed, and the control content that is performed for the special symbol change during execution is changed, and other than that, it is the same. be. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใจใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใใจใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ To explain specifically the contents specified in the small hit type selection 8 table 202gf, "small hit A8" is associated with the range where the value of the small hit type counter C5 is "0 to 89". , "Small hit B8" is associated with the range of "90 to 99". Since the range of possible values of the small hit type counter C5 is 100 of "0 to 99", the ratio of "small hit A8" selected at the time of winning the small hit is 90% (90/100), " The ratio of "small hit B8" selected is set to 10% (10/100).
ใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ้ธๆใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใไธญๆญใใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผๆฎๅคๅๆ้๏ผใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใๅฅๆฉใซๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผใไธญๆญใใใฆใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้ใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใๅฆ็ใๅ้ใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้๏ผไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใ้๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธๅฐใใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซใไพใใฐใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใพใ้่คใใฆๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใ็ฆๆญขใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ When "small hit A" is selected, a small hit game is executed in which the small hit attacker (second attacker) 5650 is opened for 0.1 seconds. Further, "0.1 second" is selected as the symbol confirmation time of the special symbol, and the process of interrupting the second special symbol (special symbol 2) being executed is executed. Here, when the process of interrupting the second special symbol (special figure 2) being executed is executed, the process for interrupting the process for measuring the fluctuation time lapse of the second special symbol variation during execution is performed. Will be executed. Specifically, when the small hit game is executed, the special figure 2 temporary stop flag is set to on, and while the special figure 2 temporary stop flag is set to on, the second special symbol (special figure 2). 2) The process of updating the value of the variation time counter 203dj, which indicates the variation time (residual variation time) of), is executed. Then, when the small hit game ends, the restart condition is satisfied (the temporary stop flag of the special figure 2 is set to off), and the process of updating the value of the interrupted special figure 2 fluctuation time counter 203dj is restarted. With this configuration, it is possible to prohibit the remaining fluctuation time of the second special symbol fluctuation during execution from being reduced while the small hit game is being executed (while the interruption condition is satisfied). Therefore, while the small hit game is being executed, for example, the winning second special symbol fluctuation is stopped and displayed, and the winning game (big hit game, small hit game) is executed in duplicate. Can be banned. Therefore, it is possible to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
ใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้็ต้ใ่จๆธฌใใๅฆ็ใไธญๆญ๏ผในใญใใ๏ผใใใฆใใใ ใใงใใใใใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅพใซใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆๅใซๅฎ่กใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅ้ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆขใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ็ขบๅฎใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใคใพใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐใใๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใฏ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใไบใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใง็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆดๆฐใใๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใ้ไธญใงไธญๆญใใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใชใใใใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, since the process of measuring the change time elapsed of the special symbol change during execution is only interrupted (skipped), the first special symbol change that was executed before the small hit game after the restart condition is satisfied. Can be restarted. Therefore, it is possible to reliably notify the player of the result of the special symbol lottery that has already been executed. In the present embodiment, when the interruption condition is satisfied when the small hit is won, the process of interrupting the special symbol change during execution is executed, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the special symbol change during execution may be continuously executed, and the stop display of the first special symbol change may be interrupted when the change time of the special symbol change has elapsed. That is, even if the interruption condition is satisfied, the update process for updating the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation is continuously executed, and the update process is executed until the preset variation time elapses. If it is determined whether or not the condition is satisfied and it is determined that the interruption condition is satisfied, the stop display of the special symbol change may not be executed until the restart condition is satisfied. As a result, it is not necessary to interrupt the update process for updating the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation in the middle, so that the processing load can be reduced.
ใใใซใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅฏพ่ฑกใๅฐๅฝใใใขใฟใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใ้ฃใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใ Further, when "small hit A" is selected, the target for opening the small hit game is the small hit attacker (second attacker) 5650, and the small hit game in which it is difficult to obtain a prize ball during the small hit game is executed. ..
ใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผขใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใจๅไธใฎๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใงๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๆใใฏใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใๅฆ็ใฎไฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅถๅพกใฎๅ ๅฎนใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ็ถๆณ๏ผๅคๅ็ถๆณใ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งๆชๆบใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็ ดๆฃใใใๅฆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใใฟใคใใณใฐใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใ When "small hit B" is selected, the small hit game is executed with the same operation content as the above-mentioned "small hit A". Further, depending on the change status of the second special symbol being executed, either the process of interrupting the change of the special figure 2 being executed or the process of forcibly stopping (discarding) is executed. As described above, in the present embodiment, in a part of the case where a small hit is won in one special symbol lottery, the content of the control to be executed for the other special symbol change being executed is the status of the other special symbol change ( It is configured to be switchable based on the fluctuation status and setting status). Specifically, when the fluctuation pattern set for the other special symbol fluctuation being executed is a fluctuation pattern having a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more, the special symbol fluctuation is forcibly stopped (discarded). In the case of a fluctuation pattern having a fluctuation time of less than 30 seconds, the control content can be switched so as to interrupt the special symbol fluctuation. With this configuration, it is determined whether or not to discard the lottery result of the special symbol lottery being executed according to the fluctuation status of the special symbol fluctuation during execution, so that the timing of winning the small hit B8 is determined. The player can be watched at what timing.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅ ๅฎนใๅณใกใๅคๅๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใๅใๆฟใใๆกไปถใจใใฆ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ้ทใใชใใใใซๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใผใใซใ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใ ใใง้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใ้ใซ็จใใๆกไปถใฏใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฎๅคๅๆ้ใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใๅฆใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใฎ็ตๆใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใฎ็ตๅใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, since the content of the fluctuation pattern, that is, the length of the fluctuation time is set as a condition for switching the control content for the special symbol fluctuation during execution, for example, it corresponds to a lottery result that is disadvantageous to the player. By simply defining the fluctuation pattern table so that the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern is long, it is possible to make it easy to forcibly stop (discard) the special symbol fluctuation corresponding to the lottery result which is disadvantageous to the player. The conditions used when determining the control content are not limited to this, and for example, the remaining fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation during execution and whether or not the lottery result satisfies the specific condition are determined, and the determination result is determined. The result of the control content may be determined based on. Further, the control content to be executed for the executing first special symbol variation may be determined based on the combination of the executing first special symbol variation and the lottery result of the second special symbol won by the small hit. ..
ๆฌกใซใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎใใกใๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใใจใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the small hit type corresponding to the second special symbol (special figure 2) as the symbol type in the small hit type selection 8 table 202 gf will be described. "Small hit C8" is associated with the value of the small hit type counter C5 in the range of "0 to 79", and "small hit D8" is associated with the range of "80 to 89". , "Small hit E8" is associated with the range of "90 to 99". Since the range of possible values of the small hit type counter C5 is 100 of "0 to 99", the ratio of "small hit C8" selected at the time of winning the small hit is 80% (80/100), " The ratio of selecting "small hit D8" is 10% (10/100), and the ratio of selecting "small hit E8" is 10% (10/100).
ใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จใขใฟใใซ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅณๆ็ขบๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็งใใ้ธๆใใใใใพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใใไธ่ฟฐใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใจๅไธใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๆใใฏใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใใใๅฆ็ใฎไฝใใใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใๆใใฏๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใ้ใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใฏใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใใ ใใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ When "small hit C8" is selected, a small hit game is executed in which the big hit attacker (first attacker) 2650 is opened for 1.5 seconds. In addition, "0.5 seconds" is selected as the symbol confirmation time of the special symbol. Further, even when "small hit D8" is selected, the same small hit game as the above-mentioned "small hit C8" is executed, and further, it is being executed according to the changing state of the first special symbol being executed. Special Figure 1 Either the process of interrupting the fluctuation or the process of forcibly stopping (discarding) is executed. The content of the control process when suspending or forcibly stopping the first special symbol change based on the "small hit D8" is the target of the control process executed based on the "small hit B8" as the second special symbol. Since it is only switched from the first special symbol to the first special symbol, the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the configuration of the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 208. FIG. 208 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the configuration of the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 according to the eighth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 208, the present embodiment is different from the RAM 203 of the seventh embodiment described above in that the special variation flag 203ga is added, and is the same except for the addition. The same components are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใใใใ็คบใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅๆ ๆงใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซ่จญๅฎใใๅคๅๆ ๆงใจใฏ็ฐใชใๅคๅๆ ๆงใธใจๅใๆฟใใๅฆ็ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅๆ ๆงใซๅฟใใฆๅใๆฟใๅพใฎๅคๅๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The special fluctuation flag 203ga is for indicating whether the special symbol fluctuation to be executed is a fluctuation pattern in which a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more is set, and when a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more is set. Set to on. In the present embodiment, when the small hit variation won in a specific small hit type is stopped and displayed, the other special symbol variation is interrupted according to the variation pattern set for the other special symbol variation being executed. It is configured so that it can be switched between executing the process and executing the process of discarding (forced stop). That is, in one special symbol lottery, for the other special symbol variation, the processing condition for switching the changing mode during execution to a variation mode different from the variation mode set when executing the other special symbol variation. When is satisfied, the variation mode after switching is configured to be different depending on the variation mode during execution.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฆ็ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใใฉใฎใใใชๅคๅๆ ๆงใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใใฎใใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the above-mentioned processing conditions are satisfied, what kind of variation mode is switched to is determined based on the other special symbol variation, which is surprising to the player. A certain game can be provided.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นใจใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใ้ใซใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใจใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅฆ็ๅ
ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the main control device in the eighth embodiment>
Next, the control processing contents of the main control device 110 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 209 to 215. In the eighth embodiment, with respect to the seventh embodiment described above, a point configured so that a small hit can be won in the first special symbol lottery, and a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more when a fluctuation pattern is selected. Is added to the point that determines whether the fluctuation pattern for which is set is selected, and when the special symbol fluctuation that has won the small hit is stopped and displayed, it is executed for the other special symbol fluctuation that is being executed. The difference is that the process for determining the process content is added, and the other points are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใชใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅฏพ่ฑกใซๅฎ่กใใๅ็จฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ็จใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅพด็ใชๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๅณ็คบใใชใใ่ชฌๆใใใใใๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใฏใๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กใใใใใ่ชฌๆใ้่คใใใใๅณ็คบใ็จใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ In the eighth embodiment, various control processes executed for the first special symbol will be used to illustrate and explain the characteristic processing contents of the eighth embodiment, but the same processing contents will be described. , It is also executed in the control process of the corresponding second special symbol, but since the description is duplicated, the detailed description using the illustration will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 209, the contents of the first special symbol jackpot determination process 8 (S386) will be described. FIG. 209 is a flowchart showing the contents of the first special symbol jackpot determination process 8 (S386). In the first special symbol jackpot determination process 8 (S386), the result of this lottery is different from the first special symbol jackpot determination process (see S356 in FIG. 121) of the seventh embodiment (fourth embodiment) described above. When it is determined that the hit is not a big hit (see S457 in FIG. 121), the difference is that the special figure 1 deviation processing 8 (S481) is executed, and the other points are the same. The same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅคใๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใชใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใ Next, the contents of the special figure 1 deviation variation process 8 (S481) executed in the first special symbol jackpot determination process 8 (see S386 in FIG. 209) will be described with reference to FIG. 210. FIG. 210 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special figure 1 deviation processing 8 (S481). In the special figure 1 deviation variation processing 8, when the big hit is not won in the first special symbol lottery (when the deviation is won), a process for determining whether or not the small hit is won is executed. The detailed contents differ from the above-mentioned special figure 2 deviation processing (see S1059 in FIG. 128) in that the processing target is switched from the second special symbol to the first special symbol, and other than that. Are the same.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใใพใใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅๅพใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the special figure 1 deviation variation processing 8 (S481), first, whether or not the lottery result (the lottery result obtained in the processing of S457 of the first special symbol jackpot determination process (see S386 in FIG. 209)) is a small hit. Determine (S485).
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ If it is determined in the processing of S485 that a small hit has been won (S485: Yes), the small hit flag 203i is set to ON (S486), and the lottery result of the first special symbol is set to a small hit (S487). ), Then, the small hit symbol of the first special symbol to be displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is set (S488), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฐๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใๅณใกใๅคใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคใๅณๆใใปใใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S485, when it is determined that the lottery result is not a small hit, that is, it is out of order (S485: No), the out-of-order symbol of the first special symbol to be displayed on the first symbol display device 37 is displayed. It is set (S485), and this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ้ๅงๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎไธๅฆ็ใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ๏ผๆฝ้ธ๏ผใ้ๅงใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅๅๆญขใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใฎๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ่จญๅฎ็ถๆณใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, the special figure 1 deviation change process (S481 in FIG. 210) executed as one process of the first special symbol change start process (see S258 in FIG. 120), that is, the change in the special symbol (lottery). By setting the small hit flag 203i to ON when it is determined that a small hit has been won in the process executed at the timing of starting, the setting status of the small hit flag 203i at the fluctuation stop timing of the first special symbol. It is possible to easily execute the process corresponding to the small hit winning based on.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใง็จใใใใๅฐๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผ้ ๅใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผ้ ๅใจใใๆใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผ้ ๅใฎใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผ้ ๅใฎใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใง้่คใใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใๅฎนๆใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใใใจใใงใใใ The small hit flag 203i used in the present embodiment has a special figure 1 area indicating that the small hit was won in the first special symbol lottery and a special figure 2 area indicating that the small hit was won in the second special symbol lottery. If you win a small hit in the first special symbol lottery, set the flag of the special figure 1 area to on, and if you win a small hit in the second special symbol lottery, , The flag of the special figure 2 area is set to be on. As a result, even if a small hit is won in duplicate in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, the state can be easily memorized.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๅพใซใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅคๅฅๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธไปฅๅคใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใฆ็นใจใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 8 (S387) will be described with reference to FIG. 211. FIG. 211 is a flowchart showing the contents of the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 8 (S387). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 8 (S387) is performed with respect to the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (see S357 in FIG. 122) executed in the seventh embodiment (fourth embodiment) described above. , After selecting the fluctuation pattern, there is a difference between the point that the discrimination process for setting the special fluctuation flag is added and the point that the process for selecting the fluctuation pattern other than the jackpot winning is added, and other than that. Are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพใไปๅ้ธๆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใซๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใๅคๅๆ้ใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 8 (S387) is executed, the same processes of S551 to S555 as the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (see S357 in FIG. 122) are executed, and then the process is selected this time. It is determined whether the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern with a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more (S582). Then, when it is determined that the fluctuation time is 30 seconds or more (S582: Yes), the special fluctuation flag 203ga is set to ON (S583), and the first special symbol fluctuation pattern selection process (see S357 in FIG. 122) is performed. The same processes S556 to S559 are executed, and this process is terminated. If it is determined that the fluctuation time is not 30 seconds or more (S582: No), the processing of S583 is skipped and the same S556 to S559 as the first special symbol fluctuation pattern selection processing (see S357 of FIG. 122). Process is executed and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆไปๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅพ่ฟฐใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S551 that the result of the lottery this time is not a big hit (S551: No), the special figure 1 deviation pattern selection process is executed (S581), and then the process proceeds to the process of S551. The contents of the deviation pattern selection process (S581) of the special figure 1 will be described later with reference to FIG. 212.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใใๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Here, the contents of the special figure 1 deviation variation pattern selection process 8 (S581) will be described with reference to FIG. 212. FIG. 212 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special figure 1 deviation pattern selection process 8 (S581). In the special figure 1 deviation variation pattern selection process 8 (S581), the same processing content as that of the special figure 2 deviation variation pattern selection process 7 (see S1277 in FIG. 179) of the seventh embodiment described above is applied to the second special symbol. The process of switching from to the first special symbol is executed.
็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใฎๅฆ็ใใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅคๆดใใฆๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๅฐๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใๅๅพใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใฎๅฆ็ใใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅคๆดใใฆๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the special figure 1 deviation variation pattern selection process 8 (S581) is executed, if it is determined that the lottery result (special figure 1 lottery result) of the first special symbol this time is not a small hit (S591: No), The processing having the same contents as S1377 to S1379 of the special figure 2 deviation fluctuation pattern selection process 7 (see S1277 of FIG. 179) is executed by changing the processing target to the first special symbol (S597 to S599), and then the main processing. To finish. On the other hand, when it is determined in the processing of S591 that it is a small hit (S5911: Yes), the value of the small hit type counter C5 is acquired (S592), and the small hit type is acquired based on the value of the acquired small hit type counter C5. Selection 8 The small hit type is selected with reference to the table 202gf (S593). Next, the same processing as the processing of S1374 to S1376 of the special figure 2 deviation fluctuation pattern selection process (see S1277 of FIG. 179) is executed by changing the processing target to the first special symbol (S594 to S596). End the process.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅๅคๅๅๆญขใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญๆดๆฐๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅคๆดใใ็นใจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใซใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ็นใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใฎๅๆญข๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅง๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ็จฎใใฉใฐใๅใณๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟใใฏใชใขใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 213, the contents of the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing 8 (S288) will be described. FIG. 213 is a flowchart showing the contents of the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing 8 (S288). The first special symbol fluctuation stop process 8 (S288) determines that the special figure 1 jackpot flag 203i is not set to ON for the first special symbol fluctuation stop process 7 (see S278 in FIG. 175) described above. In the case of (S851; No), that is, the time saving update process 7 (see S882 in FIG. When it is determined that the point changed to 8 (S892) and the special figure 1 jackpot flag 203i is set to ON (S581: Yes), the process of determining whether the second special symbol change is executed is executed. (S891), various flags and various types based on the point configured to skip the processing of S853 to S855 when the second special symbol change is not executed, and the stop of the big hit change (start of the big hit game). The difference is that the process of adding the special variation flag 203ga (S893 of FIG. 213) is executed in addition to the process of clearing the counter (S870 of FIG. 175), and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใไธใคใๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซไปฃใใฆๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 214, the contents of the special figure 1 disengagement stop process 8 (S892) will be described. FIG. 214 is a flowchart showing the contents of the special drawing 1 disengagement stop process 8 (S892). In the special figure 1 disengagement stop process 8 (S892), the same process as the special figure 2 disengagement stop process 7 (see S1584 in FIG. The difference is that the small hit process 8 (S1972) is executed instead of the small hit process (see S1671 in FIG. 181) by switching to the special symbol, and the other points are the same. The description is omitted.
ใใใงใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคใๅๆญขๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใคใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผฅ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใๅฆ็๏ผไธญๆญๅฆ็ใๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใ Here, the small hit process 8 (S1972) executed in the special figure 1 disengagement stop process 8 (see S892 in FIG. 214) will be described with reference to FIG. 215. FIG. 215 is a flowchart showing the contents of the small hit process 8 (S1972). The small hit process 8 (S1972) differs from the small hit process of the seventh embodiment described above (see S1671 in FIG. 182) in the content of the control process executed according to the winning small hit type. It differs in that. Specifically, when a specific small hit type (small hit B, D, E) is won, processing (interruption processing, forced stop (discard) processing) according to the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol fluctuation being executed is performed. It differs in that it is configured to run.
ๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกๅใฏๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญ๏ผไปฎๅๆญข๏ผใใใใจใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใใฉใฐใฎใชใณใ็คบใ็นๅณ๏ผไปฎๅๆญขใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผๅคๅไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the small hit process 8 (S1972) is executed, first, the small hit type set for the first special symbol variation this time is read (S1682), and the read small hit type is "small hit A or small". It is determined whether it is "hit C" (S1981). When it is determined that it is "small hit A" or "small hit C" (S1981: Yes), it is determined whether or not the current special figure 2 is changing (the second special symbol is changing) (S1684). FIG. 2 When it is determined that the fluctuation is in progress (S1684: Yes), the special figure 2 temporary stop flag indicating that the second special symbol change is interrupted (temporary stop) is set to ON (S1685), and the special figure 2 is set. A special figure 2 temporary stop command indicating that the temporary stop flag is turned on is set (S1686), and this process is terminated. In the process of S1684, if it is determined that the special figure 2 is not changing (S1684: No), the processes of S1685 and S1686 are skipped and the present process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ่ชญใฟๅบใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ไธญ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฌกใซใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ On the other hand, in the processing of S1981, when it is determined that it is not "small hit A" or "small hit C" (S19811: No), then it is determined whether the read small hit type is "small hit E8". However, when it is determined that the value is "small hit E8" (S1982: Yes), the value of the time reduction counter 203h is larger than 0, that is, the current state is in the probability change state (normal symbol is in the high probability state). ) (S1688). When it is determined that the current state is in the probabilistic state (S1688: Yes), then it is determined whether the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to on (S1689), and the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is not turned on. When it is determined (S1689: No), that is, when it is determined that it is not the final fluctuation of the probabilistic state, the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set to ON (S1690).
ๆฌกใซใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใงใฏ็กใใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใฆๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใ็กใใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆใใฏใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆ็ญ็ตไบๅพ ๆฉใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฎๆ็ตๅคๅใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆใไธ่ฟฐใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใไธๆนใงใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใๅใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Next, it is determined whether the special variation flag 203ga is set to ON (S1983), and when it is determined that the special variation flag 203ga is not set to ON, that is, the variation pattern set for the second special symbol variation being executed is determined. If the fluctuation pattern does not have a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more, or if the second special symbol fluctuation is not executed (S1983: No), the process proceeds to S1684 described above. Further, when it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203h is not larger than 0 in the processing of S1688, that is, it is determined that the current state is not in the probability change state (S1688: No), or in the processing of S1689, the time saving end wait flag 203 dm is set. When it is set to ON, that is, when it is determined that it is the final variation of the probabilistic state (S1689: Yes), the process of S1690 is skipped and the process proceeds to the process of S1684 described above. On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S1983 that the special variation flag 203ga is set to ON (S1983: Yes), the process proceeds to the process of S1692. Further, when it is determined in the processing of S1982 that it is not "small hit E8", that is, when it is determined that it is "small hit B8" or "small hit D8" (S1982: No), the processing of S1688 to S1690 Is skipped and the process proceeds to S1983.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅๆงใฎๅฆ็ใใๅฆ็ๅฏพ่ฑกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใธใจๅใๆฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพใ็นๆฎๅคๅใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ In the processing of S1692 to S1697, the same processing as the small hit processing of the seventh embodiment described above (see S1671 of FIG. 182) is executed by switching the processing target from the second special symbol to the first special symbol, and then executing the processing. , The special fluctuation flag 203ga is set to off (S1184), and this process is terminated.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็น๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใ็นๅฅๅณๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆ็น๏ผใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณไปฅๅคใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใไธญๆญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใจใใฆใใ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใจใใฆใไธญๆญใใฎใฟใๆฑบๅฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใใไธญๆญใๆใใฏใ็ ดๆฃใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใฎๆฑบๅฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใซใใใๅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใ้ๆๆงใซๅคๆงๆงใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the eighth embodiment, when the small hit game is executed (when special processing is executed for the special symbol change during execution), the content of the special symbol change during execution is executed. It is configured to determine the processing content according to. More specifically, at the time when the small hit game is executed based on one special symbol lottery (when the special symbol indicating the small hit winning is stopped and displayed), the fluctuation pattern of the other special symbol fluctuation during execution. If the discrimination result is a specific fluctuation pattern (for example, a fluctuation pattern in which a fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more is set), the other special symbol fluctuation being executed is discarded and the specific fluctuation is specified. When it is other than the pattern, it is configured so that the other special symbol change during execution can be interrupted. That is, when a specific condition for executing special processing is satisfied for a special symbol fluctuation during execution, the processing content of the special processing is determined by referring to the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the special symbol being executed. Although it is configured, the content of the special process determined when a specific condition is satisfied may be different depending on, for example, the set gaming state. Specifically, when the normal state is set, even if a specific condition is satisfied, only "interruption" is determined as a special process, and when the probability change state is set, the above-mentioned eighth implementation is performed. Similar to the form, it may be configured so that "interruption" or "discard" is set. By making the decision content of the special process different according to the game state set in this way, it is possible to give diversity to the game playability in each game state.
ใพใใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๆฑบๅฎใใใ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใใ็ ดๆฃใใๆฑบๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใใใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใ้ฃใใชใใใใซ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ้ฃใใชใใใใซ๏ผๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใใ็ ดๆฃใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๆกไปถ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ๏ผใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซใฆ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใใใๆ็ซใ้ฃใๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใไฝใใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใง็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใซใใฃใฆใ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the content of the special processing to be determined may be different depending on the type of the special symbol for which the specific condition is satisfied. For example, the second special symbol is more than the case where the specific condition is satisfied for the first special symbol. It may be configured so that "discard" is more easily determined when the specific condition is satisfied. Specifically, the first special symbol lottery may be configured so that the specific conditions are more difficult to be satisfied than the second special symbol lottery (so that it is difficult to win the small hit), or the specific conditions are satisfied. In the case, the condition for determining "discard" (in the eighth embodiment, the fluctuation pattern during execution is 30 seconds or more) is set in the second special symbol when the specific condition is satisfied in the first special symbol. It may be configured so that the condition is less likely to be satisfied than when the specific condition is satisfied (for example, the fluctuation pattern during execution is 32 seconds or more). As a result, the content of the special processing can be changed depending on which special symbol type the specific condition is satisfied, so that the interest of the game can be improved.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณ๏ผๅคๅๆ้๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใใ็ ดๆฃใใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅฐๅฝใใใฎๅ ดๅใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใงใใ็ ดๆฃใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๆกไปถ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธ๏ผใ็ฐใชใใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใใ็ ดๆฃใใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ่จญ่จๆๆณใซ้ฉใใ้ๆใๅฎนๆใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, when a specific condition for executing special processing is satisfied for a special symbol fluctuation during execution, the processing content of the special processing is determined with reference to the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the special symbol being executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, when the lottery result of the special symbol change during execution is a specific lottery result, the special symbol change during execution is not "discarded". Alternatively, the condition in which "discard" is determined depending on whether the lottery result of the special symbol change during execution is a big hit, a small hit, or a miss (in the eighth embodiment, the fluctuation pattern during execution). May be different (30 seconds or more). With this configuration, the ease of "discarding" can be made different according to the lottery result of the special symbol lottery, so that a game suitable for the design concept can be easily executed.
ใใใซใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅ๏ผใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใไธๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใง็ฐใชใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the eighth embodiment, as the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol fluctuation (big hit fluctuation) in which the jackpot is won, the advantageous jackpot type in which the jackpot game advantageous to the player (for example, the probability variation jackpot) is executed and the disadvantage to the player are disadvantageous. It is configured so that different fluctuation patterns are selected depending on the disadvantageous jackpot type on which a large hit game (for example, normal jackpot) is executed, and further, the fluctuation pattern selected according to the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is selected. It is configured to be different.
ใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใใๆๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งๆชๆบใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใๆงๆใใไธๅฉๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใจใใฆ๏ผ๏ผ็งไปฅไธใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใๆใๆงๆใใฆใใใ More specifically, when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is large, the fluctuation time of less than 30 seconds is set as the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the advantageous jackpot type than when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is small. The pattern is easily selected, and the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time of 30 seconds or more is set is easily selected as the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the disadvantageous jackpot type.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๆใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใ็ ดๆฃใใ้ฃใ๏ผใไธใคใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใ็ ดๆฃใใๆใ๏ผใใใใจใใงใใใใคใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใๅ ใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ่ฒฏใใใใใใจใใงใใ็ตๆใจใใฆ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is large, it is easier to execute a jackpot game (for example, probabilistic jackpot) which is advantageous to the player than when the number of reserved balls of the special symbol is small (for example). It is possible to make it difficult to execute a big hit game (for example, a normal big hit) that is disadvantageous to the player (it is easy to be abandoned by a small hit winning). That is, the ratio of the probabilistic jackpot at the time of winning the jackpot can be changed according to the number of reserved balls of the special symbol. Therefore, the player can enthusiastically accumulate the number of reserved balls of the special symbol while expecting that the advantageous jackpot game is executed, and as a result, the operation of the game can be improved.
ใพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฎไฝใใฎๆฝ้ธใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฎไฝใใไธๆนใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใไปๆนใฎๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซใใฃใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็ ดๆฃใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใๅ ใใๅฒๅใ็ขบๅฎใซ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the eighth embodiment is different from the seventh embodiment described above in that it is configured so that a small hit can be won in any of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery. There is. With this configuration, even if one of the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery wins a big hit, the big hit can be discarded by the other small hit. Depending on the number of reserved balls of the special symbol, the ratio of the probabilistic jackpot at the time of winning the jackpot can be surely different.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๆฎๅฆ็๏ผไธญๆญใๆใใฏ็ ดๆฃ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใๆกไปถ๏ผ็นๅฎๆกไปถ๏ผใจใใฆใไปๆนใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผใซใฆ็นๅฎใฎๅฐๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใๆกไปถใ็คบใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใซ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใๅฅๆฉใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ็ใ็นๅฎใฎๅ ฅ็ๅฃใซๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆไพ็ตฆใใใ้ปๅใๆญฃๅธธใงใฏ็กใ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใใใคใบใ็บ็ใใไธๆ็ใซ้ปๆบใๆญใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆๆนๆณใไธๆญฃใช้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฃๅใๆคๅบใใ็ฃๆฐใปใณใตใ่จญใใใใฎ็ฃๆฐใปใณใตใ็ฃๅใๆคๅบใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ้ๆๆนๆณใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ่กๆใๆคๅบใใ่กๆๆค็ฅใปใณใตใ่จญใใใใฎ่กๆๆค็ฅใปใณใตใๆๅฎ้ใฎ่กๆใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใซใใใ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผใๆค็ฅใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the eighth embodiment described above, the other special symbol is set as a condition (specific condition) that triggers the execution of special processing (interruption or discard) for one special symbol variation (for example, the first special symbol variation). The conditions that are satisfied when a specific small hit is won in the fluctuation (for example, the second special symbol fluctuation) are shown, but other than this, an opportunity to establish the specific condition may be provided, for example, the ball is specified. It may be configured so that a specific condition is satisfied when the ball enters the ball entrance of the pachinko machine, or a state in which the power supplied to the pachinko machine 10 is not normal (for example, noise is generated and the power is temporarily supplied). May be configured so that a specific condition is satisfied when it is determined that the condition is rejected. Further, a game method in which the game method executed by the player is illegal (for example, a magnetic sensor for detecting a magnetic force is provided, and a game method when the magnetic sensor detects the magnetic force, or an impact detection for detecting an impact on the pachinko machine 10). A sensor may be provided so that a specific condition is satisfied when the impact detection sensor detects a predetermined amount of impact).
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ ดๆฃใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅๆฐใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃ๏ผๅผทๅถๅๆญข๏ผใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผใๅ ็ฎใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅค๏ผใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใซๅๆใใฆ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใใใจ็กใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅๆฐ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆดๆฐใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅพฉๅ ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใใฐๅ ็ฎใ็ต้ใใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใใฐๆธ็ฎ๏ผใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฐ่ฏใใ Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, when the special symbol variation executed when the high probability state of the normal symbol is set (when the probability variation state and the time saving state are set) is discarded (forced stop). , The number of time reductions (probability change number) is not added according to the discarded special symbol fluctuation. Specifically, in a gaming machine configured to set the latent probability state when the number of special symbol changes reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times) while the probability change state is set. When the special symbol change executed during the probability change state is discarded (forced stop), the time reduction number (probability change number) is not added. In the pachinko machine 10 using such a configuration, for example, a display mode for showing the number of time reductions (probability change number) until the probability change state ends on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 (for example, FIG. 161 (for example, FIG. The value) displayed in the display area HR2 in a) is also configured so that the display mode is not updated in synchronization with the number of time reductions. Therefore, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the special symbol variation has been discarded without updating the number of time reductions. In this case, for example, a pachinko machine configured to update the display mode for indicating the number of time reductions (probability variation number) displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 at the start timing of the special symbol variation. In the case of the machine 10, the display mode is restored based on the fact that the special symbol variation is discarded (for example, when the remaining time reduction number is displayed, the addition is performed, and when the elapsed time reduction number is displayed, the display mode is displayed. If there is, subtract it).
ใพใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใฎ็งป่กๆกไปถ๏ผๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎ้ซ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใ่คๆฐใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใจใฎๅ็ฎๅๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใซๅฐ้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฏใ่คๆฐใฎๆ็ญ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกใๆใๆ็ซใๆใ็ตไบๆกไปถ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅ๏ผๅใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ๏ผใ๏ผใฎใฟใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ดๅพใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใ๏ผใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ๏ผ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใ็ถๆ ใงใๆดใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใ๏ผใใฎ่กจ็คบใใ๏ผใใธใจๆดๆฐใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซใ็ขบๅค๏ผๆ็ญ๏ผ็ถๆ ไธญใซ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆ็ญๅๆฐ่กจ็คบใๆดๆฐใใใๅฆใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใจใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, as a transition condition for transitioning from the probabilistic state to the latent state (end condition for ending the high probability state of the normal symbol (time reduction end condition)), a plurality of time reduction end conditions (for example, the first special symbol). The first time-saving end condition that is satisfied when the total number of fluctuations and the second special symbol change reaches 100 times, and the second time-saving end condition that is satisfied when the second special symbol change is executed five times). In the pachinko machine 10 that has been set, the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 corresponds to the end condition that is most likely to be satisfied among the plurality of time-saving end conditions (for example, the second special symbol variation 5 times). If the pachinko machine 10 is configured to notify the player of the game content in an easy-to-understand manner by displaying only "5"), the first special symbol change is executed immediately after the probability change state is set. However, the display mode of "5" displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is configured so as not to be updated. Then, when the first special symbol change is executed 95 times after the probability variation state is set and the first special symbol change is further executed (when the 96th first special symbol change is executed), the first special symbol change is executed. , The display control for updating the display of "5" displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 to "4" is executed. In this way, it is determined whether or not to update the time reduction number display displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 according to the special symbol type in which the special symbol change is executed during the probability change (time reduction) state. This makes it possible to inform the player of the period until the probabilistic state ends in an easy-to-understand manner.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซๅฏพใใฆใไฟ็่จๆถๆฉ่ฝใ่จญใใ็นใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
ไธญ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญๆผๅบ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๆ
ๆงใๅคๆดใใ็นใจใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅใณๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ็ฐใชใใใ็นใงๅคงใใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ
<9th embodiment>
Next, the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 216 to 223. The ninth embodiment has a point that a hold storage function is provided for the second special symbol as opposed to the seventh embodiment described above, and an effect (RUSH) executed during the latent state (RUSH game). There is a big difference between the change in the production mode of (medium production) and the difference in the big hit type, small hit type, and variation pattern of the normal symbol.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ฝๅ็ ง๏ผใใพใใ่ฟๅนดใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ็คบใใใใซใ็นๅณไฟ็ๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฐใฎไฟ็ๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใฎใใใใใใใซใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅๅฆ็๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆ๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅ็ตๆ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟใใไฟ็ๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅค๏ผไพใใฐใไฟ็ๅณๆใฎ่ฒใใจใใงใฏใใๅคๆดใๅใฏไฟ็ๅณๆใฎใใถใคใณใๅคๆด๏ผใใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใไฟ็ๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใใใใ In the seventh embodiment described above, the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is configured to display the number of reserved special symbols for indicating the number of reserved special symbols (see dm1a in FIG. 161). Further, in recent gaming machines, in order to show the number of reserved special figures to the player in an easy-to-understand manner, the number of reserved symbols corresponding to the number of reserved special figures is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. .. Further, a look-ahead process (pre-determination process) is executed for the winning information of the special symbol stored on hold, and the look-ahead result (pre-determination result) is displayed in a variable display mode of the corresponding hold symbol (for example, the hold symbol). There is a device that executes a hold change effect to notify the player by changing the color and effect of (or changing the design of the hold symbol).
ใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใไฟ็ๅคๅๆผๅบใฏใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใซๅฟใใฆไฟ็ๅคๅๆผๅบใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใไฟ็ๅณๆๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใใใไฟ็ๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ้ฃใใชใใใคใพใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ๅณๆใ็จใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใไปฅไธใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆ๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅ็ตๆ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผไฟ็ๅคๅๆผๅบ๏ผใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใๅฏๅคใใใฆใใพใใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใฏใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพๅบๆฅใชใใใจใซๅฏพใใไธๆบๆใจใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๅนๆใไฝไธใใใจใใไธๆบๆใจใไธใใใใจใซใชใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ However, in the above-mentioned hold change effect, the number of reserved symbols to be subject to the hold change effect is determined according to the number of acquired special figure hold balls. Figure It is more difficult to execute the hold change effect than when the number of hold balls is large. That is, as long as the effect using the reserved symbol displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 is executed according to the number of acquired special symbol reserved balls, the number of acquired special symbol reserved balls is increased. Since the effect of the look-ahead effect (hold change effect) that notifies the player of the look-ahead result (preliminary determination result) is variable, for example, for a player who cannot acquire a large number of special figure hold balls. Has a problem that the player's motivation to play is reduced because he / she gives a feeling of dissatisfaction with not being able to acquire a large number of special figure holding balls and a feeling of dissatisfaction that the effect of the look-ahead effect is reduced.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅๅฆ็๏ผใฎ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใซ้ขใใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅฐ็จใขใคใณใณ๏ผใฎๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใขใคใณใณๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใงใใๅ ดๅใจๅๆงใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใๆผๅบๅนๆใฎ้ซใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the number of special figure reserved balls acquired is set according to the result of the look-ahead processing (preliminary determination processing) executed for the winning information of the special symbol held and stored. Regardless of this, it is configured to execute a look-ahead effect (icon effect) that changes the number of specific symbols (dedicated icons displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81). As a result, even when the number of reserved special figure balls acquired is small, the same look-ahead effect as when the number of reserved special figure balls acquired is the upper limit can be executed according to the look-ahead result. It will be possible. Therefore, even for a player who cannot acquire a large number of special figure reserved balls, it is possible to provide a look-ahead effect with a high effect of the effect, so that the player's motivation to play can be suppressed. Can be done.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใฎไธ้ๅคใใไฟ็่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใฎไธ้ๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎไฟ็ๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใชใ๏ผ้ๆ่ ใๅคๅฅใ้ฃใใใใซ่กจ็คบใใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใใใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎไฟ็ๅณๆใงใใใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the upper limit of the number of specific symbols displayed in the above-mentioned icon effect is the number of special symbol reserved balls that can be reserved and stored (the reserved memory of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state). The number) is configured to be the upper limit (4), and the reserved symbol for indicating the number of acquired special symbol reserved balls is not displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 (it is difficult for the player to discriminate). Is displayed). With this configuration, the specific symbol displayed to the player in the icon effect is as if the number of special symbol reserved balls (the number of reserved memory of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state). It can be made to think that it is a reserved symbol for showing. It is possible to prevent a player who cannot acquire a large number of special figure reserved balls from losing their motivation to play.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใไฟ็่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใฎไธ้ๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅคใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใใไฟ็ๅณๆใงใใใจ้ฏ่ฆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, in the present embodiment, when the pre-reading result is a specific result (for example, a jackpot in which the latent state is set), the number of specific symbols displayed in the icon effect can be reserved and stored. It is configured to be larger than the upper limit value (4) of the number (the number of reserved storages of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state). With this configuration, it is possible to provide a player with an unexpected effect to the player who has the illusion that the specific symbol displayed by the icon effect to the player is a reserved symbol.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅๅฆ็๏ผใฎ็ตๆใจใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใใขใฟใใซใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใใขใฟใใซใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎไธ้จใจใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎใขใฟใใซ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as a result of the pre-reading process (pre-determination process) executed for the winning information of the special symbol stored on hold, the number of times the attacker released in the small hit game is released is determined. , It is configured to determine the number of display of a specific symbol based on the discrimination result. Then, the number of times the attacker is opened in one small hit game is configured to be different depending on the type of the winning small hit. Further, as a part of the big hit game executed when the big hit is won, the same attacker opening operation as the small hit game is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไปๅพๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๆฐใไบๆธฌใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฎๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใ็ตไบใใชใๆ้ใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆใซ็นๅฎๅณๆใ๏ผใคใงใๆฎใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใไบๅใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๅบฆใซ้ๆ่ ใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซๆณจ่ฆใใใใจใซใชใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to make the player predict the number of small hit games to be executed in the future based on the number of specific symbols displayed as the icon effect. Further, in the present embodiment, it is configured to notify the player that the period in which the specific symbol is displayed is the period in which the latent state (RUSH game) does not end. That is, if at least one specific symbol remains at the end of the jackpot game, it is notified in advance that the latent state will be set after the end of the jackpot game. Therefore, every time the number of specific symbols is changed, the player pays attention to the icon effect, so that the effect can be enhanced.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใฎใใกใ็นๅพด็ใชๆผๅบๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅ
ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ
ไธญ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญ๏ผใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใฎใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฏใ็ฒๅพๆธใฟใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็๏ผใซๅฏพใใๅ
่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅฎๅณๆ๏ผใขใคใณใณ๏ผใฎๆฐใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใงใใใ
<About the production content in the 9th embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 216 to 219, characteristic production contents among the production contents executed by the pachinko machine 10 of the ninth embodiment will be described. Specifically, the content of the icon effect for variably displaying the specific symbol executed in the latent state (during the RUSH game) will be described. This icon effect is an effect of variably displaying the number of specific symbols (icons) based on the pre-reading result for the reserved memory (special figure 2 hold) of the acquired second special symbol.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ็ดๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใฎ่กจ็คบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ็ชๅ ฅๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใใจใณใใฃใณใฐ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅๆงใซใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใซ็ชๅ ฅใใๅๅฝใใๆใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใจใงใใใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 216 (a), the display contents of the ending screen of the jackpot game in which the latent state (RUSH game) is set immediately afterwards will be described. FIG. 216 (a) is a schematic view showing an example of an ending screen displayed during the ending period in the jackpot game before entering the RUSH game. In the ninth embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, when a latent jackpot (a jackpot in which the latent state is set after the jackpot game ends) is won in a state where the latent state is not set, that is, , The first hit when entering the RUSH game and the case where the latent jackpot is won with the latent state set are configured so that the production mode displayed during the ending period is different. ..
๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใซ็ชๅ ฅใใๅๅฝใใๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎๅทฆๅดใซ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใไธญๅคฎ้จใซ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใๅฝขๆใใใใใใใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไบบๅใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฒๅพๆฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใขใคใณใณใใใใใกใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใ็ถใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใ During the ending period at the time of the first hit when entering the RUSH game, as shown in FIG. 216 (a), the display area 71 is formed on the left side of the main display area Dm, and the display area HR70 is formed in the central part. Then, in the display area HR70, the icon 871 imitating a carrot and the acquired number information 872 (4 in FIG. 216 (a)) are displayed. Then, the characters "RUSH continues as long as there is an icon" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐๅใณใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๆฝ้ธๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ่ชญใฟๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆใ่กจ็คบๆฐใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, when the RUSH game is executed, the icon 871 is displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, and the game executed during the RUSH game based on the number of the icons 871 displayed and the display mode. It is configured to suggest the contents of. The icon 871 is configured so that the number of displays and the display mode can be variably set based on the information (lottery information, look-ahead information) about the second special symbol mainly executed during the RUSH game.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใซ็ชๅ ฅใใๅฅๆฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใจใณใใฃใณใฐๆ้ไธญใซๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบๅๆ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎๆ็นใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅใณใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใฉใฎใใใช็ถๆ ใง๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ็ชๅ ฅๆใซใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅไธใซใใใใจใใงใใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใๆ็นใซใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซใใฃใฆ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment configured to execute the icon effect during the RUSH game, the initial icon effect shown in FIG. 216 (a) is performed during the ending period of the jackpot game that triggers the entry into the RUSH game. The display screen is displayed, and four icons 871 are displayed regardless of the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol at that time and the look-ahead result. As a result, regardless of the state in which the RUSH game is executed, the production mode of the icon effect at the time of entering the RUSH game can be the same. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the player's willingness to play.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงๆใซใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงๆใซ็นๅฎ้ๅงๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ใซๅฏพใใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใๅๅบฆ่จญๅฎใใใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใๅญๅจใใๅ ดๅใซใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงๆใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฐใ๏ผๅไปฅๅคใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผๅใใใๅฐใชใๆฐใฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, four icons 871 are displayed at the start of the icon production, but the present invention is not limited to this, and if a specific start condition is satisfied at the start of the icon production, for example. , The number of icons 871 displayed at the start of the icon production when there is a jackpot advantageous to the player (latent jackpot for which the latent probability state is set again) in the look-ahead result for the reserved ball of the second special symbol. May be configured so that the number of icons is other than 4, and in this case, the number of icons 871 which is less than 4 may be displayed.
๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใฆใตใฎใๆจกใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็จใใๆผๅบใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้่กจ็คบๆฐใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็ไธ้ๆฐใจๅไธใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใๆๅคงใง๏ผๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใ When the RUSH game is started, the icon 871 displayed in the display area HR70 is displayed as a hold icon 873 in the display area HR71, and the main display is an effect using the hold icon 873 and the character 811 imitating a rabbit. It is executed in the area Dm. As shown in FIG. 216 (b), in the present embodiment, the upper limit display number of the hold icon 873 is configured to be the same as the hold upper limit number of the second special symbol whose lottery is mainly executed during the RUSH game. Therefore, a maximum of four hold icons 873a to 873d are displayed in the display area HR71.
ไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒใฎไธใใ้ ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ ใซๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใใใใใฆใๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใใๅ้คใใใใจใๆฎใฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใใใใไธใคๅใฎ้ ็ชใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใธใจใทใใ่กจ็คบใใใใใพใใๆฐใใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆขใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๅพใฎ้ ็ชใซ่ฟฝๅ ่กจ็คบใใใใ For the hold icons 873a to 873d, the first hold icon 873a, the second hold icon 873b, the third hold icon 873c, and the fourth hold icon 873d are displayed in order from the top of the display area HR, and the first hold icon 873a is produced in order. Used. Then, when the first hold icon 873a is deleted from the display area HR71 for use in the production, the remaining second hold icons 873b to fourth hold icons 873d are shifted and displayed to the hold icons in the previous order. NS. In addition, when a new hold icon is acquired, it is additionally displayed in the order after the hold icon that has already been displayed.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅ ่ชญใฟใใใใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎไธ้จใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆๅฎๅๆฐ้ๆพใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In the present embodiment, the small hit game executed during the RUSH game, more specifically, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is pre-read, and the number of hold icons is determined based on the pre-reading result. ing. Then, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is different in the small hit game according to the winning small hit type, and even when the big hit is won, a part of the winning big hit type is the second. The jackpot game that opens the attacker 1650 a predetermined number of times is configured to be executed.
ใคใพใใไพใใฐใ็ฒๅพๆธใฟใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใงใใๅ ดๅใงใใใใฎ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ใซๅฏพใใๅ ่ชญใฟ๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅ๏ผ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆ๏ผๅใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ้ใซ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพๅบๆฅใฆใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใใ่่ถฃใซๅฏใใ ใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, for example, even if the number of acquired special figure 2 reserved balls is two, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is four as a result of pre-reading (preliminary determination) for the two special figure 2 reserved balls. In this case, the number of hold icons to be displayed can be set to four. With this configuration, the number of holding icons displayed can be determined regardless of the number of special figure 2 reserved balls actually acquired. Therefore, in a state where many special figure 2 reserved balls have not been acquired. Even if there is, it is possible to perform an interesting icon production.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎใใกใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆถ่ฒปใใๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ฃในใๆถๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจๅ ฑใซใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ฒๅพใใ่ณ็ใ็คบใ่ณ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใไพใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใ๏ผๅๅ ฅ่ณใใ๏ผ๏ผ็ใฎ่ณ็ใใใฃใใใจใ็คบใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใง่ณ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใใพใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใใใใ ใใพใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ้ฃในใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 217 (a), among the icon effects during the RUSH game, the contents of the effects that consume the hold icon will be described. FIG. 217 (a) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen displayed when a small hit game is executed during a RUSH game. As shown in FIG. 217 (a), when the small hit game is executed, the digestion effect in which the character 811 eats the hold icon 873a is executed, and the prize ball display mode showing the prize balls acquired in the small hit game is executed. 874 is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 217 (a), the prize ball display mode 874 is displayed in the display mode of "+15" indicating that one ball has won a prize in the second attacker 1650 and there are 15 prize balls. There is. In addition, the characters "Itadakimasu" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds, and the player is informed in an easy-to-understand manner that the effect of the character 811 eating the hold icon 873a is executed.
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใไพใซๆถๅๆผๅบไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎ่ชฌๆใใใใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใซๅใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๆฐใ๏ผใคใงใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใคใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ้ฃในใๆถๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ้จใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๆใใฏใไธ้จใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐๅ้ๆพใใใๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๅๆฐใๅคใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, in FIG. 217 (a), since the display screen displayed during the digestion effect is explained by taking as an example the case where the second attacker 1650 is opened once and the small hit game is executed, the character 811 is in hand. The number of hold icons 873a to be taken is one, but for example, when the small hit game in which the second attacker 1650 is opened twice is executed, the digestion effect in which the character 811 eats the two hold icons is executed. Will be done. Although detailed description will be described later, in the present embodiment, in some small hit games or some big hit games, a hit game in which the second attacker 1650 is opened a plurality of times is executed. In the big hit game, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is larger than that in the small hit game.
ใคใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใๆผๅบใจใใฆใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่คๆฐๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ้ฃในใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใปใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅฏพใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎใใกใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆถ่ฒป๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆธๅฐ๏ผใใใๆผๅบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, as the effect shown in FIG. 217 (a), the effect that the character 811 eats a plurality of hold icons is executed, so that the degree of expectation for the jackpot winning can be increased. With this configuration, the player can be interested in the content of the effect that consumes the hold icon (reduces the number of hold icons) among the icon effects executed during the RUSH game.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๆ ๆงใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๆ ๆงใจใใๅไธใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใๆๆกใใใใจใงใไปๅใฎๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ๏ผใ้ๆ่ ใซๅคๅฅใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the opening operation mode of the second attacker 1650 that is opened in the small hit game and the opening operation mode of the second attacker 1650 that is opened in the big hit game are configured to be the same. ing. Therefore, by grasping the opening operation content of the second attacker 1650 executed during the hit game, it is possible to prevent the player from discriminating the type of the hit game (small hit game, big hit game) this time. Can be done.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผๅใฎๆถๅๆผๅบใซใฆใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃในใๆฐใๅณใกใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฐใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๆถๅๆผๅบใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๆถๅๆผๅบใซ็จใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆฎใๆผๅบใๅณใกใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅๆฐใใใๅคใๆฐใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็จใใๆถๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆถๅๆผๅบใฎ้ๅงๆ็นใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใธใฎๆๅพ ๆใ้ซใใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the number of hold icons 873 corresponding to the number of times the character 811 eats in one digestion effect, that is, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened in the small hit game being executed is displayed. , Not limited to this, for example, the hold icon used for the digestion effect remains at the end timing of the digestion effect, that is, the number of holds is larger than the number of times the second attacker 1650 is released in the small hit game. Digestion effects using icons may be performed. With this configuration, the number of pending icons displayed at the start of the digestion effect can be increased, so that the player can be expected to win the jackpot.
ใพใใๆถๅๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๆ้ไธญใซใๆถๅๆผๅบใง็จใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใฎไฝใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใใใฎๆถๅๆผๅบๆ้ไธญใฎๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใๆถๅๆผๅบๆ้ไธญใซๅขๅ ใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, the number of hold icons used in the digestion effect may be changed during the execution period of the digestion effect. As a result, the number of hold icons can be increased at any time, so even if an icon effect with a low jackpot expectation is executed, the number of hold icons used for the effect during the digestion effect period can be increased. It is possible to play the game while expecting an increase during the digestion production period.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใจใใฆใ่คๆฐใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใ็คบใ็ฒๅพๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใจใใฆใ่คๆฐใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใ็คบใ็ฒๅพๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅๆงใซใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใใใฎๅฎ็ฎฑใฎไธญใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆๅฎๅๆฐ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฒๅพๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 217 (b), as the icon effect executed during the RUSH game, the effect content of the acquisition effect indicating that a plurality of hold icons have been acquired will be described. FIG. 217 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen displayed in the acquisition effect indicating that a plurality of hold icons have been acquired as the icon effect executed during the RUSH game. In the present embodiment, the effect of opening the treasure box 812 by the character 811 is executed in the same manner as the effect (see FIG. 162 (b)) executed during the RUSH game of the seventh embodiment described above. Then, it is configured to execute an acquisition effect in which a predetermined number (1 to 3) of hold icons are displayed from the treasure box.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซใฏใไบบๅใๆจกใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจ็ฒๅพๆฐๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผใจใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใฆใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใไบบๅใฒใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ As shown in FIG. 217 (b), the treasure box 812 displayed during the RUSH game opens, and in the display area HR70, an icon 871 imitating a carrot and an acquired number information 872 (3 in FIG. 217 (b)) are displayed. Is displayed. Then, the characters "get carrot" are displayed in the sub-display area Ds, and an effect of notifying the player that the number of display of the hold icon has increased is executed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใ้ใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผใซใชใใชใใใใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅถๅพกใใฆใใใๆงใ ใชใฟใคใใณใฐใงไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅขๅ ใใใใใใฎ็ฒๅพๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใ๏ผๅใฎ็ฒๅพๆผๅบใซใฆ็ฒๅพใใใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆฐใๅคใใปใฉใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็คบๅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใฎๅขๅ ใฟใคใใณใฐใจใฏ็ฐใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the icon production of the present embodiment, the number of hold icons displayed is controlled so that the hold icon does not become 0 while the RUSH game continues, and acquisition for increasing the number of hold icons at various timings. The production is configured to be feasible. Then, it is configured to suggest that the more the number of icons 871 acquired in one acquisition effect is, the more advantageous the game is executed by the player. Further, in the present embodiment, the number of display of the hold icon can be increased at a timing different from the timing of increasing the number of hold balls in Special Figure 2.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅคๅ้ๅงๆใซๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฏใ๏ผๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฟใผใณใจใ่คๆฐใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซ่ทจใใฃใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใฟใผใณใจใใใใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆ็จใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 218 (a), the contents of the continuous effect executed during the icon effect will be described. FIG. 218 (a) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen displayed during the continuous effect executed during the icon effect. In the present embodiment, the continuous effect can be executed when a predetermined condition is satisfied at the start of the fluctuation of the second special symbol. This continuous effect has a pattern executed for one fluctuation period of the second special symbol fluctuation and a pattern executed over a plurality of second special symbol fluctuations, and is displayed as a hold. The production using all the icons is executed.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผๅ๏ผไธ้ๆฐ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ๏ผๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใไธป่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใฎไธญๅคฎ้จใซไธๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใใญใฃใฉใฏใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใ้ ใซ้ฃในใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใฆใๆๅพใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅพใใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธ๏ผใ็คบใ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบใใใใฎใไบบๅใ้ฃในๅใ๏ผ๏ผไธญใใใๅฎใใงใใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Specifically, in the present embodiment, the continuous effect can be executed when four hold icons (upper limit number) are displayed, and when the continuous effect is executed, FIG. 218 (a). ), The four hold icons (873a to 873d) displayed in the display area HR71 are displayed in a row in the center of the main display area Dm, and the character 811 eats in order from the first hold icon 873a. Is executed. Then, behind the last hold icon 873d, a V icon 873y indicating a jackpot winning (a jackpot winning of a jackpot type advantageous to the player) is displayed. Further, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "I have eaten all the carrots !! Maybe a treasure will come out from inside" are displayed to show the player the contents of the continuous production.
ใคใพใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆถๅใใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใใ็คบๅใใใใจใซใชใใใใใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบๅฎ่กไธญใงใใฃใฆใๆๅพใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆถๅใใใพใงใฎ็ถๆ ใงๆถๅไธญใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎไธญใใ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใใใใ That is, when the continuous production is executed, it is suggested whether the hold icon is completely digested and the jackpot is won, or the hold icon cannot be digested and the RUSH game is continued. Further, as shown in FIG. 218 (b), the V icon 873z may be displayed from the pending icons being digested in the state where the continuous production is being executed and the last pending icon is digested.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใซ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฎๆผๅบๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใใใใจ็กใใ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฒๅพใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆถๅใใฆใใ้ไธญ๏ผ้ฃในใฆใใ้ไธญ๏ผใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธญใใ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็บ่ฆใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆถๅใใใฆใใชใใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ฌฌ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใจใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใพใพๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใใฎๆ็นใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใซใชใใ Here, with reference to FIG. 218 (b), the content of the effect when the V icon 873z is displayed during the continuous effect will be described. FIG. 218 (b) is a diagram showing an example of a display screen when the V icon 873z is acquired without digesting all the hold icons during the continuous production. As shown in FIG. 218 (b), while the third hold icon 873c is being digested (while eating), the effect of discovering the V icon 873z from the third hold icon 873c is executed. .. In this case, since the fourth hold icon 873d has not been digested, the fourth hold icon 873d is displayed in the display area HR71. If the jackpot game is started in this state, the jackpot game will be executed with the hold icon displayed. Therefore, at this point, the latent state (RUSH game) will be executed again after the jackpot game is completed. The player will be notified.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบไธญใซใใใฆ้ๅธธใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบไธญใซ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขใฎไธไพใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพ่ฟฐใใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใๅ ่ชญใฟใใฆ็ฎๅบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใ็ฎๅบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 219, the content of the effect in which a special icon different from the normal hold icon is displayed during the icon effect will be described. FIG. 219 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a display screen when a special icon is displayed during the icon production. Details will be described later, but in the present embodiment, the number of reserved icons that can be displayed is calculated based on the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 and the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened, which is calculated in advance. There is.
ใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐไปฅไธ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅไปฅไธ๏ผใๅณใกใ่กจ็คบไธ้ๆฐใ่ถ ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐใ่ถ ใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Then, when the number of hold icons that can be displayed exceeds a predetermined number (for example, 4 or more), that is, the display upper limit number is exceeded, a special icon is displayed. Then, when the second special symbol change during execution or the pre-reading result of the second special symbol includes a jackpot winning that is advantageous to the player, the number of pending icons that can be displayed is easily exceeded by a predetermined number. doing.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆๅฎๆฐไปฅไธใจ็ฎๅบใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฒๅพๆผๅบใซใฆ่ฑช่ฏใชไบบๅใๆจกใใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๅฎ็ฎฑ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธญใใ็พใใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅฏ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฆใไปๅ็ฒๅพใใใขใคใณใณใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใใญใผใ๏ผณ๏ผฐไบบๅใฒใใใใฎๆๅญใ่กจ็คบใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซๅๆใซ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใขใคใณใณๆฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐใงใใ๏ผๅใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใใใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใ๏ผๅใ่ถ ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใง่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซๅๆใซ่กจ็คบใใใใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎไธ้ใ็ถญๆใใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใธใฎๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใ๏ผๅใ่ถ ใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ็นๆฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅ๏ผใซใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅ๏ผจ๏ผฒ๏ผ๏ผใซๅๆใซ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎไธ้ๆฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐใใใๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใฆใใใจ่ช่ญใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐใ่ถ ใใๆฐใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใงๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐใ่ถ ใใๆฐใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใฎ้ซใๆผๅบใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใ็จใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As shown in FIG. 219, when the number of pending icons that can be displayed is calculated to be a predetermined number or more, a special icon effect in which a special icon 873x imitating a gorgeous carrot appears from the treasure box 812 is executed in the acquisition effect. Then, in the sub-display area Ds, the characters "lucky, SP carrot get" are displayed to indicate to the player that the icon acquired this time is a special icon. In the present embodiment, the number of icons that can be displayed simultaneously in the display area HR71 is defined as four, which is the upper limit of the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol, so that the number of reserved icons that can be displayed is four. When the number of icons exceeds the number, a special icon is displayed so that the player can perform an effect that raises the expectation for a big hit while maintaining the upper limit of the number of icons displayed at the same time in the display area HR71. However, the maximum number of hold icons that can be displayed simultaneously in the display area HR71 is set when the number of hold icons that can be displayed exceeds 4 (when special conditions are met). It may be configured to be larger than the upper limit of the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol. With this configuration, the player who has recognized that the hold icon indicates the number of hold balls of the second special symbol is held for a number exceeding the upper limit of the number of hold balls of the second special symbol. By displaying the icon, it is possible to perform an unexpected effect. Furthermore, when the number of hold icons exceeding the upper limit of the number of hold balls of the second special symbol is displayed, the expectation of winning a big hit can be increased, so that the player is surprised to see a production with a high expectation of a big hit. It can be performed using a sexual effect.
ไปฅไธใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅพด็ใชๆผๅบ๏ผใขใคใณใณๆผๅบ๏ผไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆงใ ใชๆผๅบ็ป้ขใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใ๏ผๅใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผๅไปฅไธ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใใจใฎ็กใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็จใใ็ไผผๅคๅๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ้่กจ็คบใซใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As described above, various production screens executed during the characteristic production (icon production) executed in the ninth embodiment have been described with reference to FIGS. 216 to 219, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the number of special figure 2 hold is 0 while the RUSH game is being executed, one or more hold icons are displayed so that the result of the special symbol lottery is not related to the hold. It may be configured to execute the pseudo-variation effect using the icon, or it may be configured to hide the hold icon.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใ้ๅธธใฎไบบๅใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ็ ง๏ผใจใ่ฑช่ฏใชไบบๅใๆจกใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ็ ง๏ผใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎไฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใ็นๅฎใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใไธๅบฆใซๅคง้ใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่ฟฝๅ ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซใๅคง้ใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใไธๅบฆใซๆถๅใใใๆธๅฐๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as the display mode of the hold icon, a display mode imitating a normal carrot (see the hold icon 873a in FIG. 217 (a)) and a display mode imitating a luxurious carrot (special icon in FIG. 219). (Refer to 873x) and is configured to be configurable, but other display modes may be settable. For example, the first display mode corresponding to either a small hit or a big hit and a big hit The corresponding second display mode and the third display mode corresponding to a specific jackpot may be configured to be configurable. Further, in order to additionally display a large number of hold icons at one time, a reduction effect for digesting a large number of hold icons at one time may be executed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ปๆฐ็ๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จๆงๆใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จๆงๆใจใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จๆงๆใจใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎ่ฆ็ด ใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<About the electrical configuration in the ninth embodiment>
Next, the electrical configuration in the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 220 to 223. In the ninth embodiment, the partial configuration of the ROM 202 of the main control device 110, the partial configuration of the ROM 222 of the voice lamp control device 113, and the partial configuration of the RAM 223 are different from those of the seventh embodiment described above. doing. Other than that, they are the same, and the same elements are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผกใ๏ผฃ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅไฝใฎ้ๆพๅฏพ่ฑกใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใ็ฐใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ็จฎ้กใๅขๅ ใใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใ First, with reference to FIG. 220, the contents of the jackpot type selection 9 table 202 hd included in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 220 is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the jackpot type selection 9 table 202 hd. The jackpot type selection 9 table 202hd has a jackpot type (big hit) associated with the first special symbol (special figure 1) with respect to the jackpot type selection 7 table 202fd (see FIG. 169) in the above-described seventh embodiment. The open target of the jackpot operation specified for A to C) and the value of the time reduction counter 203h set after the jackpot game is completed are different from each other and are associated with the second special symbol (special figure 2). The difference is that the types of jackpot types have been increased, and the others are the same.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใจๅไธใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๅ ๅฎนใฎ่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใ Specifically, as shown in FIG. 220, as the jackpot type of the first special symbol (special figure 1), the value of the first hit type counter C2 is in the range of "0 to 34", and as the jackpot type. "Big hit A9" is specified in association with each other. Since this "big hit A9" is the same big hit type as the "big hit A7" of the seventh embodiment described above, the detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in the range of "35 to 79" in association with "big hit B9" as the jackpot type. This "big hit B9" is different from the "big hit B7" of the seventh embodiment described above in that the value of the time reduction counter 203h set after the end of the big hit game is changed, and is the same except for that.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใไธๆนใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Specifically, when the "big hit B9" is won in the normal state, 100 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h, and when the "big hit B9" is won in the probabilistic state, the value of the time saving counter 203h is 50. Is set. On the other hand, when the "big hit 9" is won in the latent state, 0 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h.
ๅณใกใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๆใใฏ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใๆฏ่ผ็ๆๅฉใช็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใใซๅฏพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆ็ญๅๆฐใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆใๆๅฉใชๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใงๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ็ขบๅคๅๆฐใๅฐใชใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ That is, if the "big hit B9" is won in the normal state or the probability change state, the state shifts to a relatively advantageous probability change state. On the other hand, when the "big hit B9" is won in the latent state, the number of time reductions is set to 0, so that the gaming state after the big hit is the most advantageous latent state. Further, even if the probability change state is set after the jackpot game is completed, it is more advantageous for the player to win the "big hit B9" in the probability change state than to win the "big hit B9" in the normal state. In order to set the probabilistic state, the number of probable changes is smaller when winning in the probabilistic state than when winning in the normal state.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅๆใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใงใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใใ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใๆใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ฎๆใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to easily shift to a gaming state that is most advantageous to the player by shifting from the normal state, which is the initial gaming state, to a different gaming state. It is possible to enthusiastically play a game aiming at the most advantageous gaming state.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅคๆดใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใ Further, as shown in FIG. 220, the value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in association with the range of "80 to 99" and "big hit C9" as the jackpot type. This "big hit C9" is different from the "big hit C7" of the seventh embodiment described above in that the value of the time reduction counter 203h set after the end of the big hit game is changed, and is the same except for that.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅณใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใๅฟ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใใชใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฏใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใจใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใจใฎไพกๅคใๅไธใจใชใใ Specifically, when the "big hit C9" is won in the normal state, the probability variation state, and the latent state, that is, when the "big hit C9" is won, the time saving counter 203h is used regardless of the set gaming state. The value is set to 0. That is, when the "big hit C9" is won, the game state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player is always set after the jackpot game is completed, and the jackpot type is the most advantageous to the player. In the state where the latent state is set, the values of the "big hit B9" and the "big hit C9" are the same.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใๆ็นใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใๅฒๅใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๅใณ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใจใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใจใง็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the ratio of shifting to the gaming state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player is determined according to the gaming state at the time when the jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery. , Normal state and probabilistic state are set and latent state is set differently, 20% in normal state and probable state, 65% in latent state. It is configured so that the latent state is set after the jackpot game is completed.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กๅฒๅใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใๅใณ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใฏใๅ ฑใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใง็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กๆๅพ ๅบฆใ็ฐใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใ็งป่กๅฒๅใๅไธใซ่จญๅฎใใใจใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๆฏใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กๆๅพ ๅบฆใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, as described above, the normal state in which the transition rate to the latent probability state is set to 20% and the probabilistic state are both configured to shift to the probabilistic state at a rate of 45%. It is configured so that the degree of expectation of transition to the latent state when transitioning to is different. With this configuration, the transition ratio that shifts to the most advantageous gaming state (latent state) for the player after the end of the jackpot game is set for a plurality of gaming states as the gaming states set at the time of winning the jackpot. Even if they are set to be the same, the degree of expectation of transition to the latent state can be different for each game state set at the time of winning the jackpot.
ๆฌกใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ๏ผ็จฎ้ก๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใ๏ผง๏ผ๏ผ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใ Next, the jackpot type selected when the jackpot is won in the second special symbol lottery will be described. As shown in FIG. 220, in the ninth embodiment, four types of jackpots (big hits D9 to G9) associated with the second special symbol (special figure 2) are defined, depending on the selected jackpot type. The contents of the opening operation of the jackpot game are different.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใงใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ Specifically, as the jackpot type of the second special symbol (special figure 2), the value of the first hit type counter C2 is in the range of "0 to 34", and the jackpot type is associated with "big hit D9". Is stipulated. This "big hit D9" is a big hit type in which the same contents as the "big hit D7" of the seventh embodiment described above are defined. The value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in the range of "35 to 69" in association with "big hit E9" as the jackpot type. This "big hit E9" is a type of jackpot (8 rounds probability variable jackpot) in which the number of rounds of the jackpot is 8 and the probability variation state of the special symbol is set after the jackpot ends. When the "big hit E9" is won in the normal state, the probable change state, and the latent probable state, 0 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h.
ๅณใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ้ขใใใใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใๅณใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผใๅฟ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆใๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใฎใใกใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใไนฑๆฐๅค๏ผใซใฆใณใฟๅค๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใฎใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅคงๅฝใใใซใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใใใ That is, when the "big hit C9" is won, 0 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h regardless of the set gaming state. That is, when the "big hit C9" is won, the game state (latent state) that is most advantageous to the player is always set after the jackpot game is completed, and the jackpot type is the most advantageous to the player. Of the 100 possible random numbers (counter values) of the first hit type counter C2, 35 are the random numbers (counter values) associated with the "big hit E9", so the lottery for the first special symbol In the case of a big hit, the rate at which "big hit E9" is determined is 35% (35/100).
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใพใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ The value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in the range of "70 to 89" in association with "big hit F9" as the jackpot type. This "big hit F9" has 9 jackpot rounds, and in the 1st round (R), the 2nd attacker 1650 opens for 1.5 seconds, and the 2nd round (R) to the 9th round (R) Until then, the jackpot game in which the first attacker 650 opens for 30 seconds is executed, and after the jackpot ends, the jackpot of the type (9 round probability variation jackpot) is set to the probability variation state of the special symbol. When the "big hit F9" is won in the normal state, the probable change state, and the latent probable state, 0 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใๆๅใฎ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ฎใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ่ชญใฟใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ็ฎๅบใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบๅใใใใฟใผใณใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบๅใใใใฟใผใณใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใไธ่ฟฐใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใจๅไธใจใชใใใใซใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, when the "big hit F9" is won, the same opening operation as the small hit game is executed as the first round. That is, in the look-ahead of the second special symbol, in addition to the jackpot winning, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated once. As a result, in the icon production in which the number of pending icons to be displayed is determined based on the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened (the number of times the small hit game is opened), a pattern suggesting a small hit win and a pattern suggesting a big hit win are obtained. It can be difficult for the player to understand, and the effect of the effect can be enhanced. Further, in the "big hit F9", a 9-round jackpot game is defined so that the number of times the first attacker 650 is opened is the same as the above-mentioned "big hit E9". With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from being aware of the jackpot type selected based on the number of opening operations of the first attacker 650.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใซๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎไปฅ้ใซๅฎ้ใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใจใใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ็ตฑไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฉใณใใฎ็น็ฏใซใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆๆฎต๏ผใ่จญใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใฎ็จฎ้กใๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎตใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆๆกใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the same opening operation as the small hit game is executed in the first round (R), and the actual big hit game is executed in the second round (R) and thereafter. For example, even if the "big hit F9" is won, the jackpot game of 8 rounds (R) is executed, and the second attacker 1650 is opened for 1.5 seconds in the 1st round (R). It may be configured to execute the opening operation and the opening operation of opening the first attacker 650 for 28.5 seconds. With this configuration, the number of rounds of the jackpot game to be executed can be unified. Therefore, for example, a notification means (for example, LED) for notifying the first symbol display device 37 of the number of rounds of the jackpot game being executed. When the means for notifying the number of rounds by lighting the lamp) is provided, the types of the number of rounds notified by the notifying means can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping the jackpot type based on the notification content of the notification means.
็ฌฌ๏ผๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใงใใใ๏ผใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใพใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎใใใ็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใชใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใใใณๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใๆ็ญใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใซ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใใใ The value of the first hit type counter C2 is defined in the range of "90 to 99" in association with "big hit G9" as the jackpot type. This "big hit G9" has 11 jackpot rounds, and in the 1st to 3rd rounds (R), the 2nd attacker 1650 opens for 1.5 seconds, and the 4th round (R) to the 11th round (R). ) The jackpot game in which the first attacker 650 opens for 30 seconds is executed, and after the jackpot ends, the jackpot is set to the probability variation state of the special symbol (11 round probability variation jackpot). When the "big hit G9" is won in the normal state, the probable change state, and the latent probable state, 0 is set in the value of the time saving counter 203h.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ็ฎใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใคใพใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ่ชญใฟใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ็ฎๅบใใใใใจใซใชใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบๅใใใใฟใผใณใจใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบๅใใใใฟใผใณใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผๅใ็ฎๅบใใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅคใ็ฎๅบใใใใจใใงใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅคๆงๅใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใไธ่ฟฐใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใจๅไธใจใชใใใใซใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ธๆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, when the "big hit G9" is won, the same opening operation as the small hit game is executed as the first to third rounds. That is, in the look-ahead of the second special symbol, in addition to the jackpot winning, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated to be three times. As a result, in the icon production in which the number of pending icons to be displayed is determined based on the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened (the number of times the small hit game is opened), a pattern suggesting a small hit win and a pattern suggesting a big hit win are obtained. It can be difficult for the player to understand, and the effect of the effect can be enhanced. In addition, since the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated as the result of one lottery for the second special symbol lottery, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated even when the number of reserved balls in the special figure 2 is small. Can be calculated in large numbers, and the production mode of the icon production can be diversified. Further, in the "big hit G9", 11 rounds of big hit games are defined so that the number of times the first attacker 650 is opened is the same as the above-mentioned "big hit E9". With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from being aware of the jackpot type selected based on the number of opening operations of the first attacker 650.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใซๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎไปฅ้ใซๅฎ้ใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผ็ฎใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ็ตฑไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฉใณใใฎ็น็ฏใซใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆๆฎต๏ผใ่จญใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใฎ็จฎ้กใๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃฝ้ ใณในใใๅๆธใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๅ ฑ็ฅๆๆฎตใฎๅ ฑ็ฅๅ ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆๆกใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ In this embodiment, the same opening operation as the small hit game is executed in the first round (R) to the third round (R), and the actual big hit game is executed after the fourth round (R). Although it is configured, it is not limited to this, for example, even if the "big hit G9" is won, the big hit game of 8 rounds (R) is executed, and the second attacker 1650 in the 1st round (R). The opening operation for opening the first attacker 650 for 1.5 seconds may be executed three times, and then the opening operation for opening the first attacker 650 for 25.5 seconds may be executed. With this configuration, the number of rounds of the jackpot game to be executed can be unified. Therefore, for example, a notification means (for example, LED) for notifying the first symbol display device 37 of the number of rounds of the jackpot game being executed. When the means for notifying the number of rounds by lighting the lamp) is provided, the types of the number of rounds notified by the notifying means can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping the jackpot type based on the notification content of the notification means.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใฎ็จฎ้กใๅขๅ ใใใ็นใจใๅๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฏพใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅฐๅฝใใๅไฝๅ ๅฎน๏ผๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๆพๅไฝๅ ๅฎน๏ผใๅใณใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใธใฎๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใๅคๆดใใฆใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 221 (a), the contents of the small hit type selection 9 table 202hf will be described. FIG. 221 (a) is a schematic diagram showing the contents of the small hit type selection 9 table 202hf. As shown in FIG. 221 (a), the small hit type selection 9 table 202hf has an increased number of small hit type types with respect to the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff of the seventh embodiment described above. The small hit operation content (opening operation content of the small hit game) specified for the small hit type and the processing content for the first special symbol change executed when the small hit game is executed are changed. It differs in that it is the same, otherwise it is the same. The detailed description of the same contents will be omitted.
ใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจๅใใ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅพใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๅๅพใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใฎ๏ผ็จฎ้กใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ This small hit type selection 9 table 202hf is a data table that is referred to when selecting a small hit type after winning a small hit in a special symbol lottery as in the above-mentioned small hit type selection 7 table 202ff. It is stipulated that four types of small hit types, "small hit A9" to "small hit D9", are selected according to the value of the small hit type counter C5.
็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใงๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใๅไฝๅ ๅฎนใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฝใใฎๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฏพใใฆไธญๆญๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎไธญๆญๅฆ็ใฏใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅคๅๆ้ใๆธ็ฎใใๅฆ็ใไธๆ็ใซ๏ผไพใใฐใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใง๏ผไธญๆญใใใๅฆ็ใงใใใใใฎไธญๆญๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธๅ ๅฎนใงใใใใใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ When a small hit is won in the special symbol lottery, the small hit operation content and the processing content for the special symbol change during execution can be different depending on the selected small hit type. In the present embodiment, no matter which small hit type is selected, the interruption process is executed for the special symbol change during execution. This interruption process is a process of temporarily suspending (for example, until the end of the small hit game) the process of subtracting the fluctuation time of the special symbol variation during execution. Since this interruption process has the same contents as the above-described seventh embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใจใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅใๅพใๅคใฎ็ฏๅฒใฏใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใงใใใใจใใใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆใซใใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅฒๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ To explain specifically the contents specified in the small hit type selection 7 table 202ff, "small hit A9" is associated with the range where the value of the small hit type counter C5 is "0 to 59". , "Small hit B9" is associated with the range of "60 to 79", and "Small hit C9" is associated with the range of "80 to 89", and the range of "90 to 99". Is associated with "small hit D9". Since the range of possible values of the small hit type counter C5 is 100 of "0 to 99", the ratio of "small hit A9" selected at the time of winning the small hit is 60% (60/100), " The percentage of "small hit B9" selected is 20% (20/100), the percentage of "small hit C9" selected is 10% (10/100), and the percentage of "small hit D9" selected is 10%. It is configured to be (10/100).
ใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ็ง้ๆพใ๏ผๅๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใฆใใใ When "small hit A9" is selected, a small hit game is executed in which the variable winning device (first attacker 650) is opened for 1.5 seconds, and when "small hit B9" is selected, a right variable winning is performed. A small hit game that opens the device (second attacker) 2650 for 0.5 seconds is executed, and when "small hit C9" is selected, the right variable winning device (second attacker) 2650 is opened for 0.5 seconds. When the small hit game to be executed twice is executed and "small hit C9" is selected, the small hit game to execute the 0.5 second opening of the right variable winning device (second attacker) 2650 three times is executed. It is stipulated to be.
ใคใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใไธปใจใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจใไธปใจใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ดๅพใซใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใฏ๏ผใจ้ๆ่ ใซๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅๅบฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฃใฆใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผกใใซๅฝ้ธใใใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใๆ็นใงๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใฏใจ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅไธๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, in the present embodiment, according to the small hit type selected when the small hit is won, the small hit game that opens the first attacker 650 that is mainly opened during the big hit game and the small hit game that mainly opens during the small hit game. A small hit game that opens the second attacker 2650, which is operated to be opened, is configured to be feasible. With this configuration, isn't the big hit game executed immediately after the small hit game is executed? Can make the player think. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the jackpot game is executed while the hold icon is displayed during the latent probability state, the latent probability state is set again after the jackpot game ends. Icon production is executed. Therefore, if the "small hit A" is won while the hold icon is displayed, the player can be delighted that an advantageous big hit game has been executed when the first attacker 650 is released.
ใพใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅๆฏใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใฆใใใใคใพใใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ็ฎๅบใใ้ใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใใฒใใฆใฏๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธๆฐใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงใใไน้ขใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจๅๆใใใใใจ็กใ่กจ็คบใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, when "small hit B9" to "small hit D9" are selected, a small hit game in which the second attacker 1650 is opened is executed, but the second attacker is executed for each selected small hit type. The number of times 1650 is opened is different. That is, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened, which is calculated for one special symbol lottery, can be made different. As a result, when calculating the number of pending icons displayed in the icon production, the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened can be greatly deviated from the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 and the number of small hits won. Become. Therefore, the number of display of the hold icon determined based on the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened can be easily displayed without being synchronized with the number of hold balls in the special figure 2.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ธๆใใใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎใใกไฝใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใ๏ผๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใใ้ ใซ้ๆพใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ๏ผๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆพๅไฝใใ่คๆฐๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ฃ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใจ้ๆ่ ใซๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ๏ผๅใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใจใฎ้ขไฟๆงใใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the small hit game in which either the first attacker 650 or the second attacker 1650 is opened is executed according to the selected small hit type. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, an opening operation may be set in which the first attacker 650 and the second attacker 1650 are opened in order in one small hit game. Thereby, the opening operation executed as one small hit game can be made to make the player think that a plurality of small hit games are continuously executed. Therefore, it is possible to make it more difficult to understand the relationship between one special symbol lottery and the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๅฏพใใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซ้ธๆใใใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใจๅไธใซใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, with reference to FIG. 221 (b), the contents of the general map variation pattern selection 9 table 202hg will be described. FIG. 221 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the normal-figure variation pattern selection 9 table 202hg. As shown in FIG. 221 (b), the normal symbol variation pattern selection 9 table 202hg changes the normal symbol selected during the latent state with respect to the general map variation pattern selection table 202fg of the seventh embodiment described above. The difference is that the pattern is the same as in the normal state, otherwise it is the same. Detailed description of the same contents will be omitted.
ๆฎๅณๅคๅใใฟใผใณ้ธๆ๏ผใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ไธญใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ๅๆงใซๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใไธๆนใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็บๅฐใใใ็ใฏไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๆฏในใฆๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅ ฅ็้ฃใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใคใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใงใใฃใฆใๅณ้ปๅๅฝน็ฉ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๆใใใ้ๆๆงใงใใใฎใซๅฏพใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆงใๆใใฆใใชใใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใจๅไธใฎๅคๅใใฟใผใณใ้ธๆใใใใ As shown in the normal figure fluctuation pattern selection 9 table 202hg, in the present embodiment, the ball launched by the right-handed game is configured to enter the right electric accessory 164 during the probability variation state as in the seventh embodiment. doing. On the other hand, the ball launched by the right-handed game during the latent state is configured to be more difficult to enter the right electric accessory 164 as compared with the seventh embodiment described above. That is, in the seventh embodiment described above, even in the latent state, the ball is inserted into the right electric accessory 164 to facilitate the increase in the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. In the ninth embodiment, since it does not have such game playability, the same fluctuation pattern as in the normal state is selected.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใใ่จญใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of ROM 222 included in the audio lamp control device 113 of the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 222 (a). FIG. 222 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of ROM 222 in the ninth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 222 (a), in the ninth embodiment, the icon display number selection table 222ha, the continuous effect selection table 222hb, and the ROM 222 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the seventh embodiment described above are provided. The difference is that the above is provided, and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅใณๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใจใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใจใซๅบใฅใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The icon display number selection table 222ha is a data table referred to when selecting the display number of the hold icon displayed in the above-mentioned icon effect with reference to FIGS. 216 and 217, and is a non-display information storage area 223hb. The number of display of hold icons based on the information on the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened calculated based on the winning information command received from the main control device 110 stored in, and the number of special figures 2 held in the acquired figure 2. Is stipulated.
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ธๆใใๅพใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ๏ผใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎใใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใฎใซใฆใณใๅค๏ผใจใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Here, the contents of the icon display number selection table 222ha will be described with reference to FIG. 223 (a). FIG. 223 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents defined in the icon display number selection table 222ha. As shown in FIG. 223 (a), the number of icon displays (number of pending icons displayed) that can be selected is the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol among the number of reserved balls of the special figure 2 (count of the number of reserved balls of the special symbol 223c). The number of icon displays is defined based on the value) and the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใฆใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็น๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใไธๆนใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใไปฅไธใซใชใใใจใ็กใใใๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใชใใ Specifically, when the number of reserved special figures 2 is "1" and the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "0 to 2", "1" is defined as the number of icons to be displayed. When the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "3 to 5", "5 (special)" is specified as the number of icon displays. On the other hand, when the number of reservations in Special Figure 2 is "1", the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb does not become "6" or more, so the corresponding value is not specified.
ใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใฆใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็น๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Further, when the number of reserved special figures 2 is "2" and the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "0 to 2", "1 to 2" is specified as the number of icons to be displayed. When the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "3 to 5", "1 to 4" is specified as the number of icons to be displayed, and the icon is stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb. When the value is "6 to", "5 (special)" is specified as the number of icons to be displayed.
็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใฆใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Special figure 2 When the number of reserved items is "3" and the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "0 to 2", "1 to 3" is specified as the number of icon displays. When the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "3 to 5", "2 to 4" is specified as the number of icon displays, and the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is specified. In the case of "6 to", "4" is specified as the number of icon displays.
ใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ๆฐใใ๏ผใใงใใฃใฆใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใใ๏ผใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผใใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ When the number of reserved special figures 2 is "4" and the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "0 to 2", "1 to 4" is defined as the number of icon displays. When the value stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb is "3 to 5", "3 to 4" is specified as the number of icons to be displayed, and the icon is stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb. When the value is "6 to", "4" is specified as the number of icon displays.
ใใใงใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผ็น๏ผใใ้ธๆใใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐใงใใใ๏ผใใใใๅคงใใชใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ้ธๆใใใ็ถๆ ใงใใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎไธ้่กจ็คบๆฐใใ๏ผใใงใใใใใ้ธๆใใใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใฎไธ้ๆฐใงใใใ๏ผใใ่ถ ใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝๅ็ ง๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใใใ Here, when the number of icon displays is "5 (special)", the number of icon displays larger than "4", which is the upper limit of the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2, is selected. In the form, since the upper limit display number of the hold icon is "4", a special icon (Fig.) For indicating that the selected icon display number exceeds the upper limit number "4" of the special figure 2 hold ball number. 219 special icon 873x) is displayed.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใ่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅคใจใฎๅทฎใๅคงใใใปใฉใๅณใกใ๏ผใคใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ่คๆฐๅ็ฎๅบใใใใปใฉใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใ็ถๆณใงใใฃใใจใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅพ ๆใไธใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, the larger the difference between the number of reserved balls in the special figure 2 and the value stored in the display information storage area 223hb, that is, as a look-ahead result of one reserved ball in the special figure 2. The more the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated, the easier it is for the special icon to be displayed. With this configuration, even if the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is small, it is possible to execute an effect that gives the player a sense of expectation.
ไธๆนใงใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅใ๏ผๅ๏ผใฏใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใใชใใใจใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใใใใ๏ผใคใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็ใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ่คๆฐๅ็ฎๅบใใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ้ซใใชใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅใ๏ผๅ๏ผใฏใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใใฆใ๏ผ๏ผ็น๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใใใซใใ๏ผใใ่จญๅฎใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใใ๏ผใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅพ่ฟฐใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็นๆฎใขใคใณใณใ้ ป็นใซ่กจ็คบใใใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, when the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is large (for example, 3 or 4), the number of special figure 2 reserved balls to be read ahead is large, so that the execution is performed when the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is small. There is a higher possibility that the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated multiple times as the look-ahead result of one special figure 2 hold, but when the number of special figure 2 hold balls is large (for example, 3). (4) is configured so that "4" can be easily set without setting "5 (special)" as the number of icons to be displayed. Then, when the number of icon displays is "4", the continuous effect described later is easily executed. With this configuration, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a special icon is frequently displayed in a state where the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is large.
ใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใใใๅคใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ Further, even when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is small (for example, 2), when the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is large as a pre-reading result, that is, the small hit C9 or the small hit D9 (FIG. 221 (a)). If you win the jackpot G9 (see FIG. 220), or if you win the jackpot G9 (see FIG. 220), the number of icon displays that is larger than the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is selected.
ไธๆนใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅคใใฎๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใใใๅฐใชใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ้ธๆใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใ On the other hand, even when the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is large, when the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is small as a pre-reading result, that is, when the lottery result of the second special symbol is out of order, or when the small hit A9 (small hit A9) If the winner is (see FIG. 221 (a)), or if the jackpot D9 and the jackpot E9 (see FIG. 220) are won, the number of icon displays smaller than the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is selected. It is configured to.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใ่่ถฃใซๅฏใใ ๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, the number of reserved icons used for icon production can be determined regardless of the actual number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2, so it is very interesting regardless of the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2. However, it is possible to perform a look-ahead effect.
ๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผใ่กจ็คบใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎไฟ็ๅณๆใจๆใใๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใ่่ถฃใซๅฏใใ ๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซ็จใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใจใๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใไฟ็ๅณๆใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใจใๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใไพใใฐใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใงไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅคใ่กจ็คบใใใใจๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใฎใงใฏใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, since the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol (the number of reserved balls of the special figure 2) is not displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81, the hold icon is displayed to the player. Special Figure 2 It is configured to make you think that it is a reserved symbol to show the number of reserved balls, and it is configured so that you can perform an interesting look-ahead effect regardless of the actual number of reserved balls, but it is limited to this. However, for example, the hold icon used for the icon effect and the hold symbol indicating the actual number of reserved balls in the special figure 2 may be displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. In this case, since the player can grasp the actual number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 and the number of displayed hold icons, for example, when a large number of hold icons are displayed while the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 is small. You can make me think that I won the jackpot.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฎๅบใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผๆใใฏๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆไบๆธฌๅฏ่ฝใชๅคงๅฝใใใฏๅ จใฆๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใใใใฃใฆใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆง๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบ๏ผใซๅบใฅใไบๆธฌใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎไบๆธฌใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใชๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅซใไบๆธฌใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, when the jackpot type (big hit F9 or jackpot G9) for which the number of times the second attacker is opened is calculated is won, the latent state is set after the jackpot game is completed. Therefore, all jackpots that can be predicted based on the number of hold icons displayed are jackpots for which the latent state is set. Therefore, since the prediction based on the production mode (holding icon display) of the icon production is the prediction of the jackpot winning which is advantageous to the player, it is possible to make the player more interested than the prediction including the jackpot winning which is disadvantageous to the player. It can improve the fun of the game.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฎๅบใใใชใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใชใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฒๅใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใไบๆธฌใๅพใชใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใงใใๅ ดๅ๏ผไพใใฐใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ๏ผใงๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใๆฎใใใจใใงใใใใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅฎๅ จใซๆถๅใใใใๅฆใใ็ ฝใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆญณใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผใคใงใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใฐๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใ๏ผใใจใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ In addition, in the present embodiment, when a jackpot winning in which the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is not calculated, that is, a jackpot in which the second attacker 1650 is not released (big hit D9, jackpot E9) is executed during the jackpot game, the jackpot is executed. The rate at which the latent state is set after the jackpot game is completed is set to 50%. Therefore, even if the big hit is won when the effect mode of the icon effect is an effect mode in which the big hit winning cannot be predicted (for example, the number of pending icons displayed is small), the latent state is changed after the big hit game is completed. You can leave the possibility of being set. In this case, the effect of inciting whether or not the hold icon is completely digested is executed before the jackpot game is executed, and if even one hold icon is displayed at the age when the jackpot game is executed, the jackpot is hit. It is configured to notify that the latent state is set (RUSH game continues) after the game is completed.
ใใฎใใใซใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆงใ ใช็จ้ใง็จใใใใจใงใใใๅคๅฝฉใชๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ In this way, by using the hold icon displayed in the icon effect for various purposes, it is possible to execute a wider variety of effects and enhance the effect.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๅฆใใ้ธๆใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใผใฟใใผใใซใงใใฃใฆใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ๏ผๅใงใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ็ งใใใใใใฎ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใซ้ขใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 222. The continuous effect selection table 222hb is a data table that is referred to when selecting whether or not to execute the above-mentioned continuous effect with reference to FIG. 218, and the number of pending icons displayed in the icon effect is four. It is referred to when the second special symbol change is started in the state. The continuous effect selection table 222hb defines whether or not to execute the continuous effect based on the winning information (special figure 2 winning information) regarding the second special symbol stored in the winning information storage area 223b.
ใใใงใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆๅ ทไฝ็ใซ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใฏใ็นๅณ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใฎใใกใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใซใฆ็จใใใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใจใไฟ็ๅ ๏ผไฟ็ใจใชใข๏ผใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใจใๅๅพใใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใฎใฟ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ้ธๆใใๅพใใใใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Here, the contents defined in the continuous effect selection table 222hb will be specifically described with reference to FIG. 223 (b). FIG. 223 (b) is a schematic view schematically showing the contents defined in the continuous effect selection table 222hb. As shown in FIG. 223 (b), in the continuous production selection table 222hb, among the special figure 2 prize information, the prize information of the execution area (the prize information used in the second special symbol lottery this time) and the pending information are displayed. Whether or not to execute is defined based on the winning information of (holding area), the acquired value of the effect counter 223f, and the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc, and the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is 4. That is, it is stipulated that the continuous effect can be selected only when four hold icons 873 are displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81.
ๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๅซใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅคงๅฝใใใๅณใกใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใๅคงๅฝใใๅคๅใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผง๏ผใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผกใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผก๏ผใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅๅพใใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎ็ฏๅฒใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ้ๅฎ่กใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผขใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผข๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใชใใๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใซ้ขใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไปๅใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใฎๅพใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใไฟ็ใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ่ๆ ฎใใใใจใชใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Specifically, when the winning information included in the execution area is a big hit, that is, when the second special symbol change executed this time is a big hit change, when the big hit type is "big hit F9, big hit G9". , Execution of continuous effect A (execution A) is specified, and in the case of other jackpot types "big hit D9, jackpot E9", the range of the acquired effect counter 223f is continuous in the range of "0 to 89". The non-execution of the effect is associated with it, and the execution of the continuous effect B (execution B) is associated with the range of "90 to 99". If the execution area contains winning information related to the jackpot winning, the jackpot game will be executed after the second special symbol change this time, so the winning information stored in the holding area will not be taken into consideration. Whether or not to execute the production is specified.
ใใใงใๆ็ต็ใซๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใใใฟใผใณใฎ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใงใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใใฆ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใฒใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใจใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใใใซ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใฒใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใจใฎใใกใไฝใใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไปๅใฎ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใ๏ผง๏ผ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผขใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผใฏใๅ จใฆใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆถๅใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใ่จญๅฎใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใ่จญๅฎใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใ่จญๅฎใใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผ็ตๆ้ธๆๆฝ้ธ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใฎ็ตๆ้ธๆๆฝ้ธใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆผๅบ็ตๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆฎใฃใ็ถๆ ใงๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใซใ้ขใใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใชใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใใจใ็ขบๅฎใซๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Here, in the continuous production of the pattern in which the jackpot is finally won, as the production result of the continuous production, the first result of getting the V icon 873y by digesting all the hold icons and the V icon without digesting all the hold icons. Of the second result of obtaining 873z, which effect result is to be determined is executed. More specifically, when it is determined whether the jackpot to be executed in this continuous production is a probabilistic jackpot (big hit E9 to G9) and not a probabilistic jackpot (big hit D9) (execution B). (Case) sets the first result to digest all the hold icons, and if it is determined that it is a probabilistic jackpot, a lottery (result) to decide whether to set the first result or the second result. The selection lottery) is executed, and the type of the effect result is set based on the result of the selection lottery. With this configuration, it is possible to reliably suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the latent state is not set after the end of the jackpot game even though the jackpot game is executed with the hold icon remaining. can.
ใพใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใฆใใๅ ดๅ๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผก๏ผใงใใฃใฆใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใ่จญๅฎใใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใไพใใ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใใฒใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅพใพใงๆๅพ ใๆใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใใ็ถๆ ใง็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๆๅฎใฎ็บ็ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใพใงใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใๆไฝใใใๆไฝๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๆไฝๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซ็บ็ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใ Further, even if the probability variation jackpot is won (execution A), the first result can be set as the effect result of the continuous effect, so that the continuous effect of getting the V icon 873y is obtained, for example. Even if is executed, the player can be made to play the game with expectation until the end. If a jackpot game corresponding to a probable change jackpot is executed with all the hold icons digested, the hold icon will be displayed by the time the jackpot game ends when a predetermined generation condition is satisfied during the jackpot game. It may be configured to execute the effect to be displayed. For example, when an operation effect for causing the player to operate the frame button 22 during the jackpot game is executed and the effect result of the operation effect is a predetermined effect result. It is preferable to configure so that the generation condition is satisfied.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฎ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใกๆฉใๆๆกใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใ็บ็ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใๆๆณใฏใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎต๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๆๅฎๆฐใฎ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็บ็ๆกไปถใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพๅไฝใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใฏ็ฐใชใๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ็ใๆๅฎๅๆฐๅ ฅ็ใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็บ็ๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใฆใ่ฏใใ With this configuration, it is possible to enthusiastically allow a player who is in a big hit game to play a game in order to quickly grasp the game state set after the big hit game is completed. Further, the method for satisfying the generation condition is not limited to this, and for example, a predetermined number of balls are won by a variable ball-entry means (first attacker 650 or second attacker 1650) which is opened during a jackpot game. It is also possible to set a generation condition that is satisfied when a predetermined number of balls are inserted into a ball entry means different from the variable ball entry means that is opened during the jackpot game.
ๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซๆปใ่ชฌๆใ็ถใใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผข๏ผใใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผค๏ผใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็ๅ ใซใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผงใใฎไฝใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผขใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผข๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ้ๅฎ่กใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใพใใไฟ็ๅ ใซใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผงใใฎไฝใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ็กใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๆผๅบใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใใ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ้ๅฎ่กใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใใ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผใใฎ็ฏๅฒใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผฃใฎๅฎ่ก๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผฃ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟไปใใใใฆ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใใพใใ็นๅณ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๅฐๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใๅฐๅฝใใ๏ผก๏ผใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็ใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซ้ขใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ้ๅฎ่กใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 223 (b). Special Figure 2 If the execution area of the winning information contains the winning information indicating the small hit winning, and the winning information is "small hit B9" to "small hit D9", "big hit E" in the hold, When there is winning information indicating the jackpot type of either "big hit F" or "big hit G", the execution (execution B) of the continuous production B is associated with the value of the effect counter 223f in the range of "0 to 69". It is defined that the non-execution of the continuous effect is associated with the range of "70 to 99". If there is no winning information indicating the jackpot type of "big hit E", "big hit F", or "big hit G" in the hold, the value of the effect counter 223f is continuous in the range of "0 to 69". The non-execution of the effect is associated with it, and the execution of the continuous effect C (execution C) is associated with the range of "70 to 99". In addition, if the execution area of the special figure 2 prize information includes the prize information indicating the small hit winning and the prize information is "small hit A9", the prize information stored in the hold area does not matter. , Non-execution of continuous production is stipulated.
็นๅณ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅฎ่กใจใชใขใซๅคใๅฝ้ธใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใไฟ็ๅ ใซใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผงใใฎไฝใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใๅ ดๅใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใ่ฆๅฎใใใไฟ็ๅ ใซใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฆใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผงใใฎไฝใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ็กใๅ ดๅใซๅฏพๅฟไปใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ้ๅฎ่กใ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใใ Special Figure 2 If the execution area of the winning information contains the winning information indicating the winning, the winning information indicating the jackpot type of "big hit E", "big hit F", or "big hit G" in the hold. If there is, the execution of continuous production is specified in association with it, and if there is no winning information indicating the jackpot type of "big hit E", "big hit F", or "big hit G" in the hold, it is associated and continuous. Non-execution of production is stipulated.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใ้ธๆใใ้ใซใใใฆใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅใณใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆ๏ผไฟ็ใจใชใขใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ซใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็นใงๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใๆๆกใใไธใงใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใจใชใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตๆใจใชใใใๆณจ่ฆใใใชใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, when selecting whether or not to execute the continuous effect, the lottery result of the second special symbol executed this time and the look-ahead result of the second special symbol stored on hold (stored in the hold area). Since it refers to the winning information), it is possible to execute a continuous production with a high degree of expectation for a big hit. Therefore, after grasping that the jackpot will be won when the continuous production is executed, it is possible to watch the continuous production while paying close attention to whether the production result of the continuous production is the first result or the second result. Therefore, the effect of the production can be enhanced.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใๅคใใปใฉใ๏ผๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใๆใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ๏ผๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใใฃใฆใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใไธ้ๆฐ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผ่กจ็คบใใใชใๅ ดๅใใใใใใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใซๅฐ้ใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ๏ผๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ็จผๅใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the continuous effect is executed only when four hold icons are displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 223 (a), the larger the actual number of reserved balls in the special figure 2, the easier it is to display the four reserved icons. Therefore, the player can be enthusiastically played the game so that the four hold icons are displayed, and the operation of the game can be enhanced. In addition, even if the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 has reached the upper limit, the upper limit number (4) of hold icons may not be displayed, so the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 has reached the upper limit. Even in the state, the player can be enthusiastically played the game so that the four hold icons are displayed, and the operation of the game can be further enhanced.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏ๏ผๅใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผๅไปฅไธ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไพใใฐใๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใๅ ดๅใซใฎใฟใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใง้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็นใซใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใซๅฟใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆๅพ ๅบฆใๅณใกใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใฎๆๅพ ๅบฆใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the present embodiment, the continuous effect can be executed only when four hold icons are displayed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is continuous when two or more hold icons are displayed. It may be configured so that the production can be executed. In this case, for example, it is configured to determine whether or not to execute the continuous effect based on the actual number of reserved balls in the special figure 2 and the look-ahead result, and for example, the jackpot (big hit E9) which is advantageous to the player is won. It is preferable to configure the continuous production to be executed with a small number of hold icons only when there is prize information indicating that the game is to be performed. As a result, the expectation of the continuous production, that is, the expectation of the jackpot winning, which is advantageous to the player, can be changed according to the number of display of the hold icons at the time when the continuous production is executed. On the other hand, it is possible to be interested in the timing when the continuous production is executed.
ใใใซใๅฎ้ใฎ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผฅ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฝ้ธใใใใจใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎๆบๅๆผๅบใจใใฆใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใไธ้ใจใชใใใใซๅผทๅถๅขๅ ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใๅพใซใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, it is configured to determine whether or not to execute the continuous effect based on the actual number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 and the look-ahead result. When there is winning information to be shown, as a preparatory effect for executing the continuous effect, the continuous effect may be executed after the forced increase display is executed so that the number of hold icons displayed is the upper limit. ..
ใชใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซ่ฆๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ๅฎนใ่ชฌๆใใ้ใซใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผก๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผก๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผข๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผข๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผฃ๏ผๅฎ่ก๏ผฃ๏ผใ่จญใใๅฎ่ก๏ผกใงใฏใไธปใจใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎ้ไธญใง๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฒๅพใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใๅฎ่ก๏ผขใงใฏใไธปใจใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆๅพใซ๏ผถใขใคใณใณใ็ฒๅพใใๆผๅบ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎ๏ผถใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฒๅพใใๆผๅบ๏ผใใๅฎ่ก๏ผฃใงใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใซไบบๅใๆจกใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใๆถๅใๅใใ๏ผ้ฃในใใใ๏ผใ๏ผถใขใคใณใณใ็ฒๅพๅบๆฅใชใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ่ชฌๆใใใใไธปใจใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๅ ๅฎนใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใฐใใใไพใใฐใไฝ็ขบ็ใงๅฎ่ก๏ผกใซใฆๅฎ่ก๏ผขใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใๅณใกใๆผๅบ็ตๆใๅฎ้ใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใใใไธๅฉใจใชใๆผๅบใงใใใฐใๅฅใฎ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ When the contents specified in the continuous effect selection table 222hb are explained with reference to FIG. 223 (b), the types of continuous effect include continuous effect A (execution A), continuous effect B (execution B), and so on. A continuous effect C (execution C) is provided, and in the execution A, a continuous effect (see FIG. 218 (b)) in which the V icon 873z is acquired mainly in the middle of the continuous effect is provided, and in the execution B, the V icon is mainly obtained at the end of the continuous effect. In the execution C, the hold icons 873a to 873d imitating carrots cannot be completely digested (cannot be eaten), and V Although it has been explained that the effect in which the icon cannot be acquired is executed, it is sufficient that the effect having the above-mentioned contents is mainly executed. For example, the effect of execution B is executed in execution A with a low probability, that is, If the production result is more disadvantageous than the actual game result, another continuous production may be configured to be feasible.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆจกๅผ็ใซ็คบใใๆจกๅผๅณใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใซ็คบใใ้ใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆใใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the configuration of the RAM 223 of the audio lamp control device 113 according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 222 (b). FIG. 222 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing the contents of the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 according to the ninth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 222 (b), the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the ninth embodiment is not displayed with respect to the RAM 223 (see FIG. 174) of the voice lamp control device 113 of the seventh embodiment described above. The difference is that the information storage area 223ha, the number of undisplayed icons counter 223hb, the number of displayed icons counter 223hc, and the continuous production flag 223hd are added, and the other points are the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฎๅบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใไธๆ็ใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎใใผใฟ้ ๅใงใใฃใฆใๅพ่ฟฐใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซใใใฆใๆฝๅบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๆ ผ็ดใใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใๆ ผ็ดใใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใ้ใซๅ็ งใใใใใฎๅพใๅ็ งใใใๆ ๅ ฑใ็ ดๆฃใใใใใพใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅใซๆขใซ็ฒๅพๆธใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซใคใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใฆๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ จใฆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๆฝๅบใใใใใฎ็ตๆใๆ ผ็ดใใใใ The undisplayed information storage area 223hb is a data area for temporarily storing the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened, which is calculated based on the winning information command (winning command) received from the main control device 110, and will be described later. In the winning command process 9 (see S4281 in FIG. 224), the number of times the extracted second attacker 1650 is opened is stored (S4486 in FIG. 224). Then, it is referred to when determining the number of icons to be displayed based on the stored information, and then the referred information is discarded. In addition, regarding the winning information that has already been acquired before the latent state is set, the second attacker 1650 is opened for all the winning information stored in the winning information storage area 223hb at the end timing of the jackpot game. The number of times is extracted and the result is stored.
ใใฎใใใซๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใๅไฟกใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใๅฎนๆใซ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใ By providing the undisplayed information storage area 223hb in this way, the timing of receiving the winning information of the special symbol and the timing of determining the effect mode can be easily made different.
ๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็พๅจ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎใใกใใพใ ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆฐใใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใๆธ็ฎใใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅขๆธใใใๆผๅบใจใใฆใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅขๆธใใใ็ใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใจใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅขๆธใใใใใจ็กใใ่ฆใ็ฎใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎใฟใๅขๆธใใใ็ไผผๆผๅบ๏ผๆ็ต็ใซใฏๅไธใฎๅคใจใชใๆผๅบ๏ผใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The number of undisplayed icons counter 223hb is a counter for indicating the number of pending icons that have not yet been displayed among the number of pending icons that can be displayed at present, and the value of the counter is subtracted when a new pending icon is displayed. Will be done. In the present embodiment, as the effect of increasing / decreasing the hold icon, the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb, the true icon effect of increasing / decreasing the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc, and the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb are displayed. A pseudo effect (an effect that finally has the same value) that increases or decreases only the number of reserved icons in appearance without increasing or decreasing the value of the completed icon number counter 223 hc is configured to be feasible.
่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ็พๅจ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใ่จๆธฌใใใใใฎใซใฆใณใฟใงใใฃใฆใๆฐใใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ ็ฎใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆธๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซๆธ็ฎใใใใซใฆใณใฟใงใใใๆฐใใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใ้ใซใฏใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใๅ็ งใใฆใ่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ็ทๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎๆฑบๅฎใใ็ทๆฐใจ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใจใฎๅทฎๅใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใ The displayed icon number counter 223hc is a counter for measuring the number of currently displayed pending icons, and is a counter that is added when a new pending icon is displayed and subtracted when the number of pending icons decreases. Is. When displaying a new hold icon, the total number of hold icons to be displayed is determined by referring to the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb and the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc, and the determined total number is used. The number of displayed icons is determined based on the difference from the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc.
้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎใใฉใฐใงใใฃใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใซใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใฏใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๅขๆธใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ The continuous effect in progress flag 223 hd is a flag for indicating that the continuous effect is being executed, and is set to on while the continuous effect is being executed. While the continuous effect in-progress flag 223 hd is set to on, the icon effect is configured so that the effect of increasing or decreasing the number of pending icons is not executed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎๅถๅพกๅ
ๅฎนใฎใใกใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅ
ๅฎนใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆๅ
ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซไปฃใใฆๅ
ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็ใซไปฃใใฆๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใๆบๅ็ถๆ
่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซไปฃใใฆๆบๅ็ถๆ
่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใซไปฃใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็
ง๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the audio lamp control device of the ninth embodiment>
Next, among the control contents of the ninth embodiment, the control process executed by the voice lamp control device will be described with reference to FIGS. 224 to 227. The control content of the voice lamp control device in the ninth embodiment is that the winning command processing 9 (see S4281 in FIG. 224) is performed instead of the winning command processing (see S4211 in FIG. 183) with respect to the seventh embodiment described above. The jackpot end process 9 (see S4954 in FIG. 225) is set in place of the jackpot end process, and the preparation state setting process 9 (see S4691 in FIG. 226) is set in RUSH instead of the preparation state setting process (see S4641 in FIG. 185). The difference is that the RUSH middle setting process 9 (see S8450 of FIG. 227) is executed instead of the process (see S8410 of FIG. 192), and the other processes are the same. Detailed description of the same contents will be omitted.
ใพใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ่ชฌๆใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใๅใณใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใง่กจ็คบใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ First, the contents of the winning command process 9 (see S4281 in FIG. 224) will be described with reference to FIG. 224. FIG. 224 is a flowchart showing the contents of the winning command process 9 (S4281). In the winning command process 9 (S4281), information related to the icon effect executed during the RUSH game is updated, and a process of determining the number of hold icons 873 (see FIG. 217) displayed in the icon effect is executed. Will be done.
ๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅฏพๅฟใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅฐๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ When the winning command processing 9 (S4281) is executed, first, the received winning command information is set in the corresponding winning information storage area 223b (S4481), and it is determined whether the RUSH middle flag 223fg is set to ON. (S4482), if it is set to ON (S4482: Yes), the winning information (big hit information, small hit information) included in the received winning command is extracted (S4484). That is, it is determined whether or not the winning command received this time is a winning command to win.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใ็คบใๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๅฐๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๆฝๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใๅๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใจๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ้ธๆใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใ้ธๆใใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใจ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใฎๅทฎๅใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅ ็ฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎไปใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that there is hit information in the process of S4484 (S4484: Yes), the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is extracted based on the hit type (big hit type, small hit type) indicated by the hit information (S4485). A value corresponding to the number of times of extraction is stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb (S4486). Then, the number of icons to be displayed is selected with reference to the icon display number selection table 222ha based on the number of reserved balls in Special Figure 2 and the information stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb (S4487). After that, the difference between the selected icon display number and the displayed icon number counter 223hc is added to the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb (S4488), other processing is executed (S4412), and this processing is terminated.
ไธ่ฟฐใใ้ใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใจใใฆๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซ็จใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใใฎใฟใงใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใชใใใใใซใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใใคใฉใฎใใใซๅฏๅคใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใใจใใงใใใใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใจใใฆๅฝใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซ็จใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใๅฎ่กใใใฎใฟใงใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆๅฎใฎๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ As described above, in the present embodiment, when the winning command is received as the winning command, only the information used for the icon effect is updated, and the control for changing the display number of the hold icon is not executed. As a result, the timing at which the display number of the hold icon changes and the timing at which the winning command is received can be made different, which makes it difficult for the player to understand when and how the display number of the hold icon changes. be able to. In this embodiment, when a winning command is received as a winning command, only the information used for the icon production is updated, and the control for changing the display number of the hold icon is not executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the control for changing the display number of the hold icon may be executed, or the control for changing the display number of the hold icon when a predetermined lottery is executed and won is performed. It may be configured to run.
ใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใขใคใณใณๆฐใๅขๆธใใใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๆ ๆงใซๅใใใฆๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ Further, in the processing of S4484, when it is determined that there is no hit information (S4484: No), then it is determined whether or not the continuous production flag 223 hd is set to ON (S4489), and it is not set to ON. (S4489: No), it is determined whether the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb is larger than 0 (S4490). When it is determined that it is larger than 0 (S4490: Yes), the effect mode of the pseudo effect for increasing or decreasing the number of icons is set (S4491), the execution timing of the pseudo effect is set (S4492), and the mode of the pseudo effect is adjusted. The values of various counters (undisplayed icon number counter 223hb, displayed icon number counter 223hc) are updated (S4493), display commands for indicating the set production mode are set (S4494), and the process proceeds to S4412. do.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎ่จญๅฎใ่กใใใจ็กใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ When it is determined that the continuous production flag 223hd is set to ON in the processing of S4489 (S4489: Yes), that is, when the continuous production is currently in progress, or the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb is 0. In the case (S4404: No), that is, when the number of hold icons displayed cannot be increased, the process proceeds to S4412 without setting the pseudo effect.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆขใซ็ฒๅพใใฆใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซ้ขใใๆ ๅ ฑใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใ็นใงไธ่ฟฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจๅคงใใๅฆ็ๅ ๅฎนใ็ธ้ใใฆใใใ Next, the contents of the jackpot end processing 9 (S4954) will be described with reference to FIG. 225. FIG. 225 is a flowchart showing the contents of the jackpot end processing 9 (S4954). The jackpot end processing 9 (S4954) is based on the winning information already acquired when the RUSH game can be executed after the jackpot ends, that is, when the latent probability state is set and the probability variation state is set. The processing content is significantly different from the above-mentioned jackpot end processing in that the processing for setting the information related to the icon effect is executed.
ๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใใงใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญไปฅๅคใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใใซใฆ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใฏใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ่จๆถใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๅ จใฆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ่ชญใฟๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅซใพใใฆใใๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅฐๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผใๆฝๅบใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝๅบใใๅฝใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฎๅบใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใใฆใ็ฎๅบใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซใฎๅ่จๅๆฐ๏ผๅ่จ้ๆพๅๆฐ๏ผใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ When the jackpot end process 9 (S4954) is executed, first, it is determined whether the RUSH middle flag 223fg is set to ON (S5051), and if it is determined that it is not set to ON (S5051: No), Next, it is determined whether or not the current jackpot is a probabilistic jackpot (S5052). When it is determined that the probability variation jackpot is (S5052: Yes), that is, when the probability variation state is set by the jackpot executed at a timing other than during the RUSH game, all the winning information storage areas 223b are stored. The winning information is read out (S5053), the winning information (big hit information, small hit information) included in the winning information is extracted (S5054), and the number of times the second attacker 1650 is opened is calculated based on the extracted winning information (S5053). S5055). Then, the calculated total number of times of the second attacker (total number of times of opening) is stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb (S5056).
ๆฌกใซใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅฏพๅฟใใๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผๆบๅใขใผใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใขใผใ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅ้คใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ Next, it is determined whether or not the current jackpot is a latent jackpot (S5057), and if it is a latent jackpot (S5057: Yes), a display for indicating the corresponding latent mode (preparation mode, RUSH mode). Set the command (S5058), set the number of displayed icons to 4 (S5059), set the value of the displayed icon number counter to 4 (S5060), and use the information stored in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb. The information corresponding to the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is deleted (S5061), a display command indicating the end of the jackpot is set (S5062), and this process is terminated.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใ๏ผ็ขบๅคๅคงๅฝใใใงใใ๏ผใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ขบๅคใขใผใใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the processing of S5057 that it is not a latent jackpot (probability variation jackpot) (S5057: No), a display command for indicating the probability variation mode is set (S5063), and the process proceeds to S5062. ..
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซ้ขใใๅ็จฎใใฉใฐใใซใฆใณใฟใใชใปใใ๏ผๅๆ็ถๆ ใซ่จญๅฎ๏ผใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฏพๅฟใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ็จ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใธ็งป่กใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ็ตไบใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ้ๅธธๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใในใญใใใใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใใใ When it is determined that the RUSH middle flag 223fg is set to ON in the processing of S5051, that is, when it is a jackpot won during the RUSH game (S5051: Yes), it is determined whether the jackpot this time is a normal jackpot. However, if it is a normal jackpot (S5064: Yes), the RUSH game ends, so various flags and counters related to the RUSH game are reset (set to the initial state) (S5065), and this jackpot The corresponding RUSH display command is set (S5066), and the process proceeds to S5062. In this case, in the process of S5066, a display command indicating the end of the RUSH game is set. If it is determined that the process of S5065 is not a normal jackpot (S5064: No), the process of S5065 is skipped and the process of S5066 is executed. In this case, a display command indicating that the RUSH game is continued is set.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใ่ฟฝๅ ใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅไธใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆใฏๅไธใฎ็ฌฆๅทใไปใใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใ็็ฅใใใ Next, the contents of the preparation state setting process 9 (S4691) will be described with reference to FIG. 226. FIG. 226 is a flowchart showing the contents of the preparation state setting process 9 (S4691). In the preparation state setting process 9 (S4691), the hold icon is displayed at the timing of transition from the probability change state to the latent state with respect to the preparation state setting process (see S4641 of FIG. 226) of the seventh embodiment described above. The difference is that the processing for is added, and the rest is the same. The same contents are designated by the same reference numerals and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
ๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใๆบๅ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใฎๅพใๅฏพๅฟใใๆฝ็ขบใขใผใ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใขใผใ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใขใคใณใณ่กจ็คบๆฐใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟใฎๅคใ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซๆ ผ็ดใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅ้คใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the preparation state setting process 9 (S4691) is executed, first, the same processing of S8001 to S8004 as the preparation state setting process (see S4641 of FIG. 226) is executed, and then the corresponding latent mode (RUSH mode) is executed. Set the display command to indicate (S8051), set the number of displayed icons to 4 (S8052), set the value of the displayed icon number counter to 4 (S8053), and store it in the undisplayed information storage area 223hb. The information corresponding to the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is deleted from the displayed information (S8054), and this process is terminated.
ๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๆใซๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใจๅไธใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใใใซใใใไฝใใฎๅฅๆฉใงๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๅๆ่กจ็คบ๏ผ็นๅณ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซ้ขใใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใ็ถๆ ๏ผใ็ตฑไธใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใธใฎ็งป่กๅฅๆฉใซๅฟใใฆใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใ็ตฑไธใใใใจใใงใใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎ่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ That is, the same process as that executed at the end of the jackpot when the latent state is set after the end of the jackpot game is executed. As a result, it is possible to unify the initial display of the icon effect (a state in which four holding icons are displayed regardless of the number of holding balls in Special Figure 2) regardless of the trigger when the latent state is set. Therefore, the load of the control process can be reduced because the control process for changing the effect mode of the icon effect can be unified according to the transition to the latent state.
ๆฌกใซใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็ งใใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆๅคๅใซๅฟใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใ Next, the contents of the RUSH middle setting process 9 (S8450) will be described with reference to FIG. 227. FIG. 227 is a flowchart showing the contents of the RUSH middle setting process 9 (S8450). In the RUSH middle setting process 9 (S8450), a process for setting an effect mode of the icon effect to be executed according to the second special symbol change executed during the RUSH game is executed.
๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญ่จญๅฎๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใพใใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบ้ธๆใใผใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใๅ็ งใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ้ธๆใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ธๆใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใชใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใงใฏใ้ธๆใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใซใฆ็จใใ๏ผๆถ่ฒปใใ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใใใฎใพใพๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When the RUSH middle setting process 9 (S8450) is executed, first, it is determined whether the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is 4 (S8561), and if it is 4, (S8561: Yes), continuous production selection is performed. The continuous effect is selected with reference to the table 222hb (S8562), and it is determined whether to execute the continuous effect (S4453). When it is determined that the continuous effect is to be executed (S4453: Yes), a display command for indicating the effect mode of the selected continuous effect is set (S4454), and this process is terminated. In the process of S4454, the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc and the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb are also updated according to the number of reserved icons used (consumed) in the selected continuous effect. If it is determined in the process of S4453 that the continuous effect is not executed (S8563: No), the present process is terminated as it is.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใใใๅคงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใใขใคใณใณๆฐใๅขๆธใใใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๆ ๆงใซๅใใใฆๅ็จฎใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่จญๅฎใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, in the processing of S8561 when it is determined that the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is not 4 (S8561: No), it is then determined whether or not the continuous production flag 223hd is set to ON (S8655). ), When it is determined that it is not set to ON (S8655: No), it is determined whether the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb is larger than 0 (S8656). When it is determined that it is larger than 0 (S8656: Yes), the effect mode of the pseudo effect for increasing or decreasing the number of icons is set (S8657), the execution timing of the pseudo effect is set (S8658), and the mode of the pseudo effect is adjusted. The values of various counters (undisplayed icon number counter 223hb, displayed icon number counter 223hc) are updated (S8659), a display command for indicating the set effect mode is set (S8660), and this process is terminated. ..
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใ็พๅจใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใงใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใๅณใกใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใชใ็ถๆ ใงใใๅ ดๅใฏใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎ่จญๅฎใ่กใใใจ็กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ When it is determined that the continuous production flag 223hd is set to ON in the processing of S8655 (S8655: Yes), that is, when the continuous production is currently in progress, or the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb is 0. In that case, that is, when the number of hold icons displayed cannot be increased, this process ends without setting the pseudo effect.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ๆฌกใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใงใฏใๅ
่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใฆใใใฎ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ
ๆงใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ่จญๅฎใใ้ใซๆฑบๅฎใใฆใใใๅ
ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใใฆใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๆฎๅญใใใใใใซๅฎ่กใใๆผๅบๆ
ๆงใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ
จใฆๆถๅใใใใใซๅฎ่กใใๆผๅบๆ
ๆงใจใใฃใใๆผๅบๆ
ๆงใฎ็จฎๅฅใไบใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใใใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ตๆใจใๅฎ้ใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใจใ็ธ้ใใใใจ็กใใไธใคใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใซๅคๆงๆงใๆใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใ
<About a modified example of the ninth embodiment>
Next, a modified example of the ninth embodiment described above will be described. In the icon effect executed in the ninth embodiment described above, the continuous effect can be executed based on the pre-reading result. Then, the production mode of the continuous production was determined when setting the continuous production. Specifically, as a result of the continuous production, the type of the production mode, such as the production mode in which the hold icon is executed so as to remain or the effect mode in which all the hold icons are digested, is determined in advance. It was configured so that the production according to the type was executed. With this configuration, the production result of the continuous production and the actual game result do not differ, and the processing load during the continuous production can be reduced. However, the production pattern of the continuous production There was a problem that it was not possible to give diversity to.
ใใใซๅฏพใใฆๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงๆใซใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใๆฎๅญใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใพใงใฎๅๅๆ้ใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใใฎๅพๅๆ้ใจใซๅใใฆๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใๅคๆงๅใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ On the other hand, in this modified example, at the start of the jackpot game that is the target of the continuous production, the production mode of the continuous production is changed based on the winning jackpot type and the number of remaining pending icons. There is. With this configuration, it is possible to set the production mode of the continuous production by dividing it into, for example, the first half period until the jackpot game is started and the second half period after the jackpot game is started. Therefore, it is possible to easily diversify the production pattern of the continuous production.
ใพใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅๅๆ้ใซใใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใฆใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใฎๅๅๆ้ใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใ้ใฎ็ฆๅๆกไปถใ็ทฉใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใๅคๆงๅใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in this modified example, since the process of increasing the number of hold icons displayed can be executed after the jackpot game is started, the effect mode in which all the hold icons are exhausted is set in the first half period of the continuous effect. Even so, if the winning jackpot type is a latent jackpot, the number of hold icons displayed can be increased during the jackpot game. Therefore, it is possible to relax the prohibition conditions when determining the production mode in the first half period of the production pattern of the continuous production, and it is possible to facilitate the diversification of the production patterns.
ใใใซใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใซๅใใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ้ฒๅฑใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใฆใใใซใ้ขใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in this modified example, the continuous effect is configured to progress in accordance with the opening operation of the second attacker 1650 executed during the jackpot game. As a result, even though the second attacker 1650 is open in the big hit game, the player can be made to think that the small hit game is being executed.
๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใฎๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ๏ผ
ใใใงใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅ็
งใใฆใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใซใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ
็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ
ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใ็นใง็ธ้ใใใใไปฅๅคใฏๅไธใงใใใๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฏๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅ
ๅฎนใ็คบใใใใญใผใใฃใผใใงใใใ
<Regarding the control process of the audio lamp control device in the modified example of the ninth embodiment>
Here, the control process of the voice lamp control device 113 in this modification will be described with reference to FIG. 228. The present modification differs from the above-described ninth embodiment in that the jackpot-related process 9 (S4802) executed at the start timing of the jackpot game is executed, and is the same except for the above-described ninth embodiment. FIG. 228 is a flowchart showing the contents of the jackpot related process 9 (S4802).
ๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ่กจ็คบ็จๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅพใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๆฌกใซใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฏพ่ฑกใจใชใๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใใ When the jackpot related process 9 (S4802) is executed, it is determined whether or not the jackpot start command has been received (S4901), and if it is determined that the jackpot start command has been received (S4901: Yes), the jackpot start command for display is set (S4902). ), After that, it is determined whether the RUSH middle flag 223fg is set to on (S4951), and if it is determined that it is set to on (S4951: Yes), then the continuous production flag 223hd is turned on. It is determined whether it is set (S4952). That is, it is determined whether or not the current jackpot is a jackpot that is the target of continuous production.
๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใณใซ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบไธญใใฉใฐ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใใชใใซ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผน๏ฝ ๏ฝ๏ผใๅคงๅฝใใไธญใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๆฐใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆๆช่กจ็คบๆ ๅ ฑๆ ผ็ดใจใชใข๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๆ ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใๅณใกใไปๅๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆถๅใใใใใใซใๅๅคใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ In the process of S4952, if it is determined that the continuous production flag 223 hd is set to on (S4952: Yes), the continuous production flag 223 hd is set to off (S4953), and the current jackpot is a latent jackpot (S4953). It is determined whether the hit is a jackpot in which the latent state is set after the jackpot game is completed (S4954), and if it is determined to be a latent jackpot (S4954: Yes), the number of open second attackers 1650 during the jackpot is set. Correspondingly, the information of the undisplayed information storage area 223hb and the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc are updated, that is, the hold icon is displayed corresponding to the opening of the second attacker 1650 executed in the jackpot game executed this time. Each value is updated to digest the number (S4955).
ใใฎๅพใๆดๆฐใใๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆดๆฐๅพใซ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผใงใใใใๅคๅฅใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใง๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจใ็ถ็ถใใใซใ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพใซๅใใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ้ฒๅฑใใใๅ ดๅใซใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ๏ผใซใชใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กๅพใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ๏ผๅ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฎ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบ๏ผๆ ๆง๏ผใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใใใง่จญๅฎใใใ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซใใใฆใ็ฉบใใไบบๅใ้ใฃใฆใใๆผๅบ็ญใใใใใพใใ่ฉณ็ดฐใช่ชฌๆใฏ็็ฅใใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใงใใฃใฆใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใๅณใกใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใๅฆใใฎ็ไผผ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎ็ไผผ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบใฏ่ฟฝๅ ๆผๅบใจๅๆงใซ็ฉบใใไฝใใ้ใฃใฆใใใใจใ็ ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆผๅบใจใ็ฉบใใไบบๅไปฅๅคใฎใใฎใ้ใฃใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆผๅบใจใใๅฝขๆใใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅพใพใงๆๅพ ใๆใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ After that, a display command corresponding to the updated content is set (S4956), and after the update, it is determined whether the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is 0 (S4957), and if it is determined to be 0, that is, If the number of hold icons displayed becomes 0 when the continuous production is advanced in accordance with the opening of the second attacker 1650 even though RUSH continues due to the latent jackpot (S4957), the continuous production is executed. Later, an additional effect (aspect) for displaying one hold icon is set (S4958), and this process ends. As an additional effect mode set here, there is an effect in which carrots fall from the sky during the jackpot game. Further, although detailed description is omitted, when the jackpot game executed during RUSH is in progress and the hold icon is not displayed, that is, when the RUSH game may be terminated by this jackpot game. Is configured to execute a pseudo additional effect as to whether or not the above-mentioned additional effect is executed. Like the additional effect, this pseudo additional effect is composed of a first effect that encourages something to fall from the sky and a second effect that something other than carrots falls from the sky. As a result, it is possible to make the player play the game while having expectations until the end.
ไธๆนใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใฏ็กใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใๅณใกใไปๅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใง๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใฏใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถ่ฒปใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใใฏใชใขใ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใใพใใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใซใใใฆใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๅงใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใฆใใชใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใฏ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผใไธ่ฟฐใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ข้ฃๅฆ็๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใจๅไธใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใๆฌๅฆ็ใ็ตไบใใใ On the other hand, if it is determined in the processing of S4954 that this jackpot is not a latent jackpot (S4954: No), that is, if the RUSH game ends with this jackpot, all the displayed hold icons are consumed. The effect mode is determined (S4959), the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc is cleared (S4960), and this process is terminated. If it is determined that the jackpot start command has not been received in the process of S4951 (S4951: No), the same processes of S4913 to S4916 as the above-mentioned jackpot related process (see S4802 of FIG. 68) are executed. This process ends.
ใชใใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใง็จใใๆ่กๆๆณใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๆ่กๆๆณใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎไธญใงๅฎ่กใใไปฅๅคใฎ็จ้ใง็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ In addition, the technical idea used in this modification, that is, the technical idea of executing the effect of changing the display number of the hold icons at the timing when the jackpot game is started, is used for purposes other than executing in the continuous effect. Is also good.
ๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๅๅๆ้ใซใใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅ จใฆๆถๅใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใฆใใๅฝ้ธใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใๆฝ็ขบๅคงๅฝใใใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใฎๅๅๆ้ใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใ้ใฎ็ฆๅๆกไปถใ็ทฉใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบใใฟใผใณใๅคๆงๅใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In this modified example, since the process of increasing the number of hold icons displayed after the jackpot game is started is configured to be executable, it is assumed that the effect mode in which all the hold icons are exhausted is set in the first half period of the continuous effect. However, if the winning jackpot type is a latent jackpot, the number of hold icons displayed can be increased during the jackpot game. Therefore, it is possible to relax the prohibition conditions when determining the production mode in the first half period of the production pattern of the continuous production, and it is possible to facilitate the diversification of the production patterns.
ใใใซใๆฌๅคๅฝขไพใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้ๆพๅไฝใซๅใใใฆ้ฃ็ถๆผๅบใ้ฒๅฑใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผใขใฟใใซ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ๆพใใใฆใใใซใ้ขใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in this modified example, the continuous effect is configured to progress in accordance with the opening operation of the second attacker 1650 executed during the jackpot game. As a result, even though the second attacker 1650 is open in the big hit game, the player can be made to think that the small hit game is being executed.
ไปฅไธใ่ชฌๆใใใ้ใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅๅฆ็๏ผใฎ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใฎๆฐใซ้ขใใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅฐ็จใขใคใณใณ๏ผใฎๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบ๏ผใขใคใณใณๆผๅบ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใไธ้ใงใใๅ ดๅใจๅๆงใฎๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใใๆผๅบๅนๆใฎ้ซใๅ ่ชญใฟๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ As described above, in the ninth embodiment described above, the special figure acquired according to the result of the pre-reading process (pre-discrimination process) executed for the winning information of the special symbol stored on hold. It is configured to execute a look-ahead effect (icon effect) that changes the number of specific symbols (dedicated icons displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81) regardless of the number of reserved balls. As a result, even when the number of reserved special figure balls acquired is small, the same look-ahead effect as when the number of reserved special figure balls acquired is the upper limit can be executed according to the look-ahead result. It will be possible. Therefore, even for a player who cannot acquire a large number of special figure reserved balls, it is possible to provide a look-ahead effect with a high effect of the effect, so that the player's motivation to play can be suppressed. Can be done.
ใใใซใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธ่ฟฐใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใฎไธ้ๅคใใไฟ็่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใฎไธ้ๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใ็ฒๅพใใฆใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐใ็คบใใใใฎไฟ็ๅณๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซ่กจ็คบใใชใ๏ผ้ๆ่ ใๅคๅฅใ้ฃใใใใซ่กจ็คบใใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใใใใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใ็คบใใใใฎไฟ็ๅณๆใงใใใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ็นๅณไฟ็็ใๅคใ็ฒๅพใใใใจใๅบๆฅใชใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, the upper limit of the number of specific symbols displayed in the above-mentioned icon effect is the number of special symbol reserved balls that can be reserved and stored (the reserved memory of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state). The number) is configured to be the upper limit (4), and the reserved symbol for indicating the number of acquired special symbol reserved balls is not displayed on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81 (it is difficult for the player to discriminate). Is displayed). With this configuration, the specific symbol displayed to the player in the icon effect is as if the number of special symbol reserved balls (the number of reserved memory of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state). It can be made to think that it is a reserved symbol for showing. It is possible to prevent a player who cannot acquire a large number of special figure reserved balls from losing their motivation to play.
ๅ ใใฆใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏๅ ่ชญใฟ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ตๆ๏ผไพใใฐใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅคงๅฝใใ๏ผใงใใๅ ดๅใซใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใไฟ็่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅณไฟ็็ๆฐ๏ผๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ไธญใซไธปใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎไฟ็่จๆถๆฐ๏ผใฎไธ้ๅค๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใๅคใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใใไฟ็ๅณๆใงใใใจ้ฏ่ฆใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition, in the present embodiment, when the pre-reading result is a specific result (for example, a jackpot in which the latent state is set), the number of specific symbols displayed in the icon effect can be reserved and stored. It is configured to be larger than the upper limit value (4) of the number (the number of reserved storages of the second special symbol mainly executed during the latent state). With this configuration, it is possible to provide a player with an unexpected effect to the player who has the illusion that the specific symbol displayed by the icon effect to the player is a reserved symbol.
ใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ่ชญใฟๅฆ็๏ผไบๅๅคๅฅๅฆ็๏ผใฎ็ตๆใจใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใฆ้ๆพๅไฝใใใใขใฟใใซใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใๅคๅฅใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฆใๅฝ้ธใใๅฐๅฝใใใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ๏ผๅใฎๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใซใใใใขใฟใใซใฎ้ๆพๅๆฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใซใๅคงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎไธ้จใจใใฆใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใจๅไธใฎใขใฟใใซ้ๆพๅไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใ Further, in the present embodiment, as a result of the pre-reading process (pre-determination process) executed for the winning information of the special symbol stored on hold, the number of times the attacker released in the small hit game is released is determined. , It is configured to determine the number of display of a specific symbol based on the discrimination result. Then, the number of times the attacker is opened in one small hit game is configured to be different depending on the type of the winning small hit. Further, as a part of the big hit game executed when the big hit is won, the same attacker opening operation as the small hit game is executed.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใซใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใจใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไปๅพๅฎ่กใใใๅฐๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅๆฐใไบๆธฌใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฎๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ใใๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ๏ผ๏ผฒ๏ผต๏ผณ๏ผจ้ๆ๏ผใ็ตไบใใชใๆ้ใงใใใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๅณใกใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆใซ็นๅฎๅณๆใ๏ผใคใงใๆฎใฃใฆใใๅ ดๅใฏใใใฎๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๆฝ็ขบ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใไบๅใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใๅบฆใซ้ๆ่ ใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซๆณจ่ฆใใใใจใซใชใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, it is possible to make the player predict the number of small hit games to be executed in the future based on the number of specific symbols displayed as the icon effect. Further, in the present embodiment, it is configured to notify the player that the period in which the specific symbol is displayed is the period in which the latent state (RUSH game) does not end. That is, if at least one specific symbol remains at the end of the jackpot game, it is notified in advance that the latent state will be set after the end of the jackpot game. Therefore, every time the number of specific symbols is changed, the player pays attention to the icon effect, so that the effect can be enhanced.
ใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใขใคใณใณๆฐ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใฆใใใๆงใ ใชใฟใคใใณใฐใง่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๆฐใๅขๆธใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใขใคใณใณๆฐ๏ผไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐ๏ผใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฆ็๏ผ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐๆฑบๅฎๅฆ็๏ผใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใ็คบใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๆฏใซๅฎ่กใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใฟๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใๅๅใฎ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐๆฑบๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆๅฎๆ้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ็งใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใ็คบใๆ้ใๆใใฏใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใ๏ผใฎ่ฟฝๅ ๅไฟกๆฐใ๏ผๅใจใชใใพใงใฎๆ้๏ผใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐๆฑบๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅฎ้ใซๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฉใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฎใใใซใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎๆฑบๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใงใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎ็ฏๅฒๅ ใง่กจ็คบใใใฆใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๅขๆธใใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใฆไน้ขใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๆไพใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ In the ninth embodiment described above, the number of icons (number of pending icons) that can be displayed in the winning command process 9 (S4281 in FIG. 224) executed when the winning information command indicating the winning information of the special symbol is received. ) Is determined, and the effect of increasing or decreasing the number of pending icons displayed at various timings is executed, but the process (display) of determining the number of icons that can be displayed (number of pending icons) The winning command processing 9 (S4281 in FIG. 224), which is executed when the winning information command indicating the winning information of the special symbol is received, is not executed every time the winning command processing 9 (S4281 in FIG. 224) is executed. When the process 9 (S4281 in FIG. 224) is executed, it may be configured to be executed only when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Specifically, the number of additional receptions of a predetermined period (for example, a period indicating an elapsed time of 30 seconds or a prize information command (winning command)) after the previous process of determining the number of displayable icons is executed is three. It may be configured to execute the displayable icon number determination process when the period up to) has elapsed. As a result, the timing at which the prize information command (winning command) is actually received and the timing at which the number of displayable icons is determined based on the information contained in the command can be made different. It is possible to make it difficult to understand whether the number of hold icons has been determined for the figure hold memory). In this way, the received prize information command includes an effect mode in which the number of pending icons displayed is increased or decreased within the range of the number of icons that can be displayed by changing the timing of determining the number of icons that can be displayed. Since it is possible to easily dissociate the winning information, it is possible to easily provide the player with an unexpected effect.
ใใใซใๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใๅฆ็๏ผ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผไปฅๅคใซใไพใใฐใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฎใฎๆไฝใ่กใฃใๅ ดๅใซใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐๆฑบๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ้ขใซใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆๅฎๅ ๅฎนใงๆไฝใใใใใใฎๆไฝๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅฎ่กใใใๆไฝๆผๅบใซๅฏพใใฆๆญฃใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅไฟกใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in addition to the winning command processing 9 (S4281 in FIG. 224), for example, when a predetermined operation is performed on the operation means (frame button 22) that can be operated by the player, the displayable icon number determination processing is executed. It may be configured to do so. In this case, it is preferable to execute an operation effect for causing the player to operate the operation means with predetermined contents on the display surface of the third symbol display device 81. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player who correctly operates the operation means for the operation effect to be executed to execute the icon effect based on the prize information included in the received prize information command. Can be enthusiastically played.
ใพใใใใไปฅๅคใซใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใซ่จญใใใใไธ่ฌๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใซ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆค็ฅใใใใฎๆค็ฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ๏ผๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใฎๆๅฎ็ขบ็ใง๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐๆฑบๅฎๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใง็นๅฅๅณๆๆฝ้ธใจใฏ้ขไฟใฎ็กใ้ๆใซใใฃใฆใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฎ้ใซๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใณใใณใ๏ผๅ ฅ่ณใณใใณใ๏ผใๅไฟกใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใใฎใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฉใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑ๏ผ็นๅณไฟ็่จๆถ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ In addition to that, it is detected that a ball has entered the general winning opening 63 or the through gate 67 provided in the game board 13, and is displayed based on the detection result (with a predetermined probability when the ball is entered). It may be configured to execute the process of determining the number of possible icons. With this configuration, the number of pending icons that can be displayed is determined by the game that is not related to the special symbol lottery, so the timing when the player actually receives the winning information command (winning command) and , The timing to determine the number of displayable icons based on the information contained in the command can be different, so you can see which winning information (special figure hold memory) the number of hold icons was decided. It can be difficult.
ใชใใๆฌๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใๅขๆธใใใๆผๅบใจใใฆใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅขๆธใใใ็ใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใจใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅขๆธใใใใใจ็กใใ่ฆใ็ฎใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎใฟใๅขๆธใใใ็ไผผๆผๅบ๏ผๆ็ต็ใซใฏๅไธใฎๅคใจใชใๆผๅบ๏ผใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใไฝใใฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใซใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กใฎๆ็กใๅคๅฅใใ็ไผผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใจๅคๅฅใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ไผผๆผๅบใซใฆๅขๆธใใใไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎ็ฏๅฒใจ็ไผผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใ่จญๅฎใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆ็ไผผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใๅไฟกใใ่กจ็คบ็จใณใใณใใซๅซใพใใๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ In the present embodiment, as the effect of increasing / decreasing the hold icon, the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb, the true icon effect of increasing / decreasing the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc, and the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb are displayed. Pseudo-effects that increase or decrease only the number of reserved icons that appear without increasing or decreasing the value of the completed icon number counter 223hc (effects that eventually have the same value) are configured to be feasible, and any production is produced. The mode is also configured to be set by the control process executed by the voice lamp control device 113, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the voice lamp control device 113 determines whether or not the pseudo effect is executed and pseudo. When it is determined that the effect is to be executed, the range of the number of hold icons to be increased / decreased by the pseudo effect and the display command indicating that the pseudo effect is to be executed are set, output to the display control device 114, and output to the display control device 114. When a display command indicating that the pseudo effect is to be executed is received, the effect mode may be determined based on the information included in the received display command.
ใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๅ ฅ่ณๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบ๏ผ็ใฎใขใคใณใณๆผๅบ๏ผใฎใฟ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅถๅพกใใใฐ่ฏใใชใใใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใๆช่กจ็คบใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใ่กจ็คบๆธใขใคใณใณๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎๅคใๅขๆธใใใใใจ็กใ่ฆใ็ฎไธใฎไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎใฟใๅขๆธใใใ๏ผๅฏๅคใใใ๏ผ็ไผผๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใงใใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใซใใใฆไฟ็ใขใคใณใณๆฐใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใๅคๆงๅใใใใจใใงใใใๅ ใใฆใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฏๆ็ต็ใชไฟ็ใขใคใณใณใฎๅขๅ ๅใจๆธๅฐๅใจใไธ่ดใใใใใซๅฎ่กใใใใใใ็ใฎใขใคใณใณๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใ้ใซใ็ไผผๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบ็ถๆณใๆฐใซใใๅฟ ่ฆใ็กใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพกๅฆ็ใฎๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใ่ปฝๆธใใใใใจใใงใใใ With this configuration, only the icon effect (true icon effect) set based on the winning information of the special symbol needs to be controlled by the voice lamp control device 113. Therefore, the voice lamp control device 113 only needs to control the effect mode. It is possible to reduce the processing load of the control processing of. In addition, by executing a pseudo effect of increasing / decreasing (variable) only the apparent number of reserved icons without increasing / decreasing the value of the undisplayed icon number counter 223hb and the value of the displayed icon number counter 223hc, the icon effect is held. The variable pattern of the number of icons can be diversified. In addition, since the simulated effect is executed so that the increase and decrease of the final hold icon match, when setting the effect mode of the true icon effect, the effect state of the pseudo effect is taken into consideration. There is no need to do so, and the processing load of the control processing of the voice lamp control device 113 can be reduced.
ไธ่จๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผใๆดๆฐใใใๅบฆ๏ผๅณใกใๅขๅ ใใๅ ดๅใใๆธๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใใใใ๏ผใซใไฟ็็ๆฐใณใใณใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใๅ ดๅใซใคใใฆ่ชฌๆใใใใๅฟ ใใใใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใไพใใฐใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅค๏ผ๏ผฎ๏ผใๅขๅ ใใๅ ดๅใ ใใไฟ็ๆฐใณใใณใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธ้ไฟกใใใใพใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใ้ไฟกใใใๅคๅใใฟใผใณใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใใจใ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผไฟ็็ๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใ๏ผๆธใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใใใซใใใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธไฟ็ๆฐใณใใณใใ้ไฟกใใๅๆฐใจใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใไฟ็ๆฐใณใใณใใๅไฟกใใๅๆฐใจใใใใใๆธใใใใจใใงใใใฎใงใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใณ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๅถๅพก็่ฒ ๆ ใ่ปฝๆธใใใใจใใงใใใ In each of the above embodiments, every time the value (N) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203d is updated in the main control device 110 (that is, when it increases or decreases), the reserved ball number command is used. Has been described for transmission from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the hold number command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 only when the value (N) of the first special symbol hold ball number counter 203d increases in the main control device 110. Further, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured to reduce the value of the special symbol 2 reserved ball number counter 223b by 1 when receiving the fluctuation pattern command transmitted from the main control device 110. As a result, the number of times the main control device 110 transmits the hold number command to the voice lamp control device 113 and the number of times the voice lamp control device 113 receives the hold number command can be reduced, respectively. The control load on the voice lamp control device 113 can be reduced.
ไธ่จๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใฆใฏใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใฏๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงใในใซใผใฒใผใ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ใฏๆๅคง๏ผๅใพใงไฟ็ใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใใๆๅคงไฟ็็ๆฐใฏใใใซ้ๅฎใใใใใฎใงใชใใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใๅใฏใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใฎๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใซ่จญๅฎใใฆใใใใใพใใ็นๅณๅ ฅ็ๅฃ๏ผ๏ผใธใฎๅ ฅ่ณใซๅบใฅใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็็ๆฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ้จใซใใใฆใๆฐๅญใงใๆใใฏใ๏ผใคใซๅบ็ปใใใ้ ๅใไฟ็็ๆฐๅใ ใ็ฐใชใๆ ๆง๏ผไพใใฐใ่ฒใ็น็ฏใใฟใผใณ๏ผใซใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใจใฏๅฅไฝใงใฉใณใ็ญใฎ็บๅ ้จๆใ่จญใใ่ฉฒ็บๅ ้จๆใซใใฃใฆไฟ็็ๆฐใ้็ฅใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ In each of the above embodiments, the winning of the special figure entrance 64 is held up to 4 times, and the passage of the through gate 67 is held up to 1 time, but the maximum number of held balls is limited to this. However, it may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). In addition, the number of reserved balls for variable display based on the winning of the special figure entry port 64 is set by a number in a part of the third symbol display device 81, or the area divided into four is divided by the number of reserved balls. It may be displayed in a different mode (for example, color or lighting pattern), and a light emitting member such as a lamp is provided separately from the first symbol display device 37, and the number of reserved balls is notified by the light emitting member. It may be configured as.
ใพใใไธ่จๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซ็คบใใใใซใๅ็่กจ็คบใฎไธ็จฎใงใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ่กจ็คบ็ป้ขไธใง่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใฎๅณๆใ็ธฆๆนๅใซในใฏใญใผใซใใใใใฎใซ้ๅฎใใใใ็ธฆๆนๅใใใใฏ๏ผฌๅญๅฝข็ญใฎๆๅฎ็ต่ทฏใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๅณๆใ็งปๅ่กจ็คบใใฆ่กใใใฎใงใใฃใฆใใใใใพใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใจใใฆใฏใๅณๆใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใไพใใฐใ๏ผๅใฏ่คๆฐใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใๅณๆใจๅ ฑใซใ่ฅใใใฏใๅณๆใจใฏๅฅใซๅค็จฎๅคๆงใซๅไฝ่กจ็คบใพใใฏๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใใฆ่กใใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใชใฉใๅซใพใใใฎใงใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ๏ผๅใฏ่คๆฐใฎใญใฃใฉใฏใฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใจใใฆ็จใใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใๆฎ้ๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ฃ ้ฃพๅณๆใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใ้ๆ่ ใ่ญๅฅๅฐ้ฃใจใชใใใใซใไพใใฐใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใๆใใๅ ฑ้ใฎ็ปๅใใผใฟใ็จใใฆๅ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใ Further, as shown in each of the above embodiments, the variable display, which is a kind of dynamic display, is not limited to the one in which the symbol as the identification information is scrolled vertically on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. The design may be moved and displayed along a predetermined path such as a vertical direction or an L-shape. Further, the dynamic display of the identification information is not limited to the variable display of the symbol, for example, one or a plurality of characters are displayed together with the symbol or in a wide variety of motion display or change display separately from the symbol. It also includes the effect display. In this case, one or more characters are used as the third symbol. In addition, it is difficult for the player to distinguish between the display mode of the dynamic display of the third symbol for showing the lottery result of the special symbol and the display mode of the dynamic display of the decorative symbol for showing the lottery result of the normal symbol. Therefore, for example, each display mode may be set using common image data included in the display control device 114.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบใ๏ผใคใฎ่กจ็คบๆๆฎต๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅณๆใฎใใกใ้ๆ่ ใซๅผท่ชฟใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใไธปๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใๅพๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใง็ฐใชใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใ่จญใใฆใใใใใพใใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใฎๆงๆใจใใฆใๆถฒๆถใใฃในใใฌใคไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, the third symbol display for showing the player the lottery result of each symbol is executed by one display means (third symbol display device 81), but other configurations are used. For example, in the third symbol, different display means may be provided for the display means for displaying the main symbol to be emphasized and displayed to the player and the display means for displaying the subordinate symbol. Further, as the configuration of the display means, a configuration other than the liquid crystal display may be used.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผๆ็ญ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใจใใใฎๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใจใชใ้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใฎๅ ดๅใจใงใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ใ้ ๅใ็ฐใชใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใฎๅ ดๅใฏ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅณๅด้ ๅใ็ใๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, the left side of the game board 13 is divided into a game state (time saving state) that is advantageous to the player and a gaming state (normal state) that is more disadvantageous to the player than the time saving state. Although it is configured so that the left-handed game aiming at the area is executed, it may be configured so that the target area of the different game board 13 is different depending on the game state. For example, in the normal state, the game board is configured. A left-handed game aiming at the left side area of 13 may be executed, and in the case of a time saving state, a right-handed game aiming at the right side area of the game board 13 may be executed. May be executed and a right-handed game may be executed during the normal state.
ใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใไฝใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใ้ๆ็ค๏ผ๏ผใฎๅทฆๅด้ ๅใ็ใๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใซ้ใใใจ็กใใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใจใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใฏๅณๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ไธญใฎใฟๅทฆๆใก้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆนๆณ๏ผๅณๆใก้ๆใๅทฆๆใก้ๆ๏ผใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใงใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ็่งฃใใใใใจใใงใใใ Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, the left-handed game aiming at the left side area of the game board 13 is executed regardless of which game state is set or the jackpot game is set. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a right-handed game may be executed during the jackpot game and a left-handed game may be executed only during the normal state when the time saving state is set. With such a configuration, it is possible to make the player understand in an easy-to-understand manner whether or not the player is in an advantageous state according to the game method (right-handed game, left-handed game) to be executed.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆผไธๅไฝใใใใจใซใใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใใใใจใๅคๅฅใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ็จใใฆใใใใใใไปฅๅคใฎๆงๆใ็จใใฆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅทฆๅณใพใใฏๅๅพใซๅพๅใใใใใจใงๆไฝใใใใใจใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชใฌใใผ็ถใซๆงๆใใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใใ้ๆ่ ใๆฅ่งฆใพใใฏ่ฟๆฅใใใงๆไฝใใใใใจใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชใฟใใใปใณใตๅผใฎๆไฝๆๆฎตใใๆๅฎใฎ้ปๆณขใ็บไฟกใใใใจใงๆไฝใใใใใจใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช็ก็ทๅผใฎๆไฝๆๆฎต็ญใ็จใใฆใ่ฏใใใพใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ปๆฐ็ใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใใใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใซใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใฎๆผๅบ็จๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใใฆ็จใใฆใใใใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ๏ผใงๅฎ่กใใใๅ็จฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใฐ่ฏใใไพใใฐใๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซๅฏพใใฆ้ปๆฐ็ใซๆฅ็ถใใใฆใ่ฏใใใๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใใฎๅบๅไฟกๅทใๅ ฅๅๅฏ่ฝใซใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ้ณๅฃฐๅบๅ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใใฉใณใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใธใจๅบๅๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบ่จญๅฎไฟกๅทใ็ๆๅฏ่ฝใชๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎใ่จญใใฆใ่ฏใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆผๅบ็จๆไฝๆๆฎตใ่คๆฐ่จญใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ่คๆฐใฎๆผๅบ็จๆไฝๆๆฎตใใๅบๅใใใๅบๅไฟกๅท๏ผๆไฝไฟกๅท๏ผใ้ไธญ็ฎก็ใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆผๅบ็จๆไฝๆๆฎตใธใฎ้ๆ่ ใฎๆไฝใซๅฏพใใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅๆปใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใ In each of the above-described embodiments, as the operating means that can be operated by the player, the frame button 22 that determines that the operating means has been operated by the player's pressing operation is used, but other configurations are used. May be used, and it is possible to determine that the player has been operated by tilting it to the left or right or back and forth to determine that it has been operated by a lever-shaped operating means, or that the player has been operated by touching or approaching. A touch sensor type operating means, a wireless operating means capable of determining that the operation has been performed by transmitting a predetermined radio wave, or the like may be used. Further, the frame button 22 is electrically connected to the voice lamp control device 113, and the frame button 22 changes the effect mode of the effect executed by the pachinko machine 10 based on the operation of the player. Although it is used as an effect operation means for the purpose, it suffices if it is possible to change the effect mode of various effects executed by the pachinko machine 10 based on the player's operation on the frame button 22, for example, the frame button 22 is displayed. It may be electrically connected to the control device 114, or an output signal from the operating means (frame button 22) can be input, and the display control device 114, the voice lamp control device 113, the voice output device 226, and the lamp display can be input. A control device capable of generating an effect setting signal that can be output to the device 227 may be provided. With this configuration, even when a plurality of production operation means are provided, the output signals (operation signals) output from the plurality of production operation means can be centrally managed, so that the production operation can be performed. It is possible to smoothly set the effect mode for the player's operation on the means.
ใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใงใฏใๅฝน็ฉๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆใใใใใฎๅๆฟใใฟใณ็พค๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผๅๆฟใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ธๆใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผใ่จญใใๅฏๅๅผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ่ฒฏ็่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ่ฒฏ็่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่ฒฏ็่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ่งฃ้ค็จใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ใใฟใณ๏ผ่งฃ้ค็จใใฟใณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅๅไฝๅถๅพกใฎไธ้จใพใใฏๅ จ้จใไธปๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใงใฏใชใใ้ณๅฃฐใฉใณใๅถๅพก่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅดใงๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใ Further, in the sixth embodiment described above, a switching button group 22z (switching button 22za, first selection button 22zb, second selection button 22zc) for selecting the end condition of the game per accessory is provided, and the movable valve 750 and the like are provided. Part of each operation control of the storage device (first storage device 770, second storage device 771), second frame button (release button) 22b (1022b, 1122b), third frame button (release button) 22c, or The whole may be configured to be executed on the voice lamp control device 113 side instead of the main control device 110.
ๆฌ็บๆใไธ่จๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใใฟใคใใฎใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใซๅฎๆฝใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใไธๅบฆๅคงๅฝใใใใใจใใใใๅซใใฆ่คๆฐๅ๏ผไพใใฐ๏ผๅใ๏ผๅ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็ถๆ ใ็บ็ใใใพใงใๅคงๅฝใใๆๅพ ๅคใ้ซใใใใใใใชใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ้็งฐใ๏ผๅๆจฉๅฉ็ฉใ๏ผๅๆจฉๅฉ็ฉใจ็งฐใใใ๏ผใจใใฆๅฎๆฝใใฆใใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใ่กจ็คบใใใๅพใซใๆๅฎใฎ้ ๅใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฎใฎ้ๆไพกๅคใไปไธใใ็นๅฅ้ๆใ็บ็ใใใใใใณใณๆฉใจใใฆๅฎๆฝใใฆใใใใใพใใ๏ผถใพใผใณ็ญใฎ็นๅฅ้ ๅใๆใใๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๆใใใใฎ็นๅฅ้ ๅใซ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใณใณๆฉใซๅฎๆฝใใฆใใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใๆฝ้ธใซไฟใ็ขบ็ใฎ็ตใฟๅใใ๏ผ้็งฐใ่จญๅฎใจ็งฐใใใ๏ผใ่คๆฐๆฎต้่จญใใใใ้ๆๅบๅดใง่จญๅฎใๅคๆดใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉใจใใฆๅฎๆฝใใฆใใใใๆดใซใใใใณใณๆฉไปฅๅคใซใใใขใฌใใใ้็ใในใญใใใใทใณใใใใใใใใณใณๆฉใจในใญใใใใทใณใจใ่ๅใใ้ๆๆฉใชใฉใฎๅ็จฎ้ๆๆฉใจใใฆๅฎๆฝใใใใใซใใฆใใใใ The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from each of the above embodiments. For example, once a jackpot is hit, a pachinko machine (commonly known as a two-time right item, a three-time right item) that raises the expected value of the jackpot until multiple times (for example, two or three times) a big hit state occurs including that. It may be carried out as). Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, it may be carried out on a pachinko machine that has a winning device having a special area such as a V zone and is in a special gaming state on the condition that a ball is won in the special area. Further, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine in which a combination of probabilities related to the jackpot lottery (commonly known as a setting) is provided in a plurality of stages and the setting can be changed on the game store side. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, it may be implemented as various game machines such as a pachinko machine, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine.
ใชใใ่คๆฐๆฎต้ใฎ่จญๅฎใ่จญใใใใฆใใใใใณใณๆฉใจใใฆใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใฎ็ตใฟๅใใ๏ผไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใจใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใจใฎ็ตใฟๅใใ๏ผใ่คๆฐๆฎต้๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๆฎต้๏ผใฎใใใใใซ่จญๅฎใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใไปฃ่กจไพใจใใฆๆใใใใใใใใใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏใชใใๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใซไปฃใใฆใๅใฏๅ ใใฆใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซๆฑบๅฎใใใๅๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆ๏ผๅๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅ๏ผใฎๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใใใณใณๆฉใจใใฆๅฎๆฝใใฆใใใใๅณใกใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใช็จฎๅฅใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใๅฏๅคใใใใใใฆใใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไพใใฐใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅคใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใฉใฆใณใๆฐใๅฐใชใ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใใใจใซใใใ่จญๅฎๆฏใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๅฏๅคใใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใพใใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซๅคใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ๏ผใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใๅฐใชใๆ็ญๅๆฐ๏ผไพใใฐใ๏ผๅ๏ผใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใฆใใใใๆดใซใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใ๏ผ่ฅใใใฏ็งป่กใๆใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใไธๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ๏ผไพใใฐใ้ๅธธ็ถๆ ๏ผใธใจ็งป่กใใ๏ผ่ฅใใใฏ็งป่กใๆใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใฆใใใใใพใใ็นๅฎใฎ่จญๅฎใงใฎใฟๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใๅคงๅน ใซ้ซใใชใ๏ผไปใฎ่จญๅฎใงใฏใปใผๆฑบๅฎใใใใใจใใชใ๏ผๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไพใใฐใ่จญๅฎใ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎ๏ผๆฎต้ใง่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใๆใๆๅฉใช่จญๅฎใ่จญๅฎ๏ผใจใใใใใใฆใ่จญๅฎ๏ผใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใซ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใฉใฆใณใๆฐใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใไธๆนใงใไปใฎ่จญๅฎใงใฏ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ ใฎๅฒๅใงใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใฎๅคงๅฝใใใๆฑบๅฎใใใชใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๅคงๅฝใใใ๏ผใฉใฆใณใใง็ตไบใใๆ็นใงใๆใๆๅฉใช่จญๅฎ๏ผใงใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใๆฅตใใฆ้ซใใชใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใฎใฉใฆใณใๆฐใซๆณจ็ฎใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใใซไปฃใใฆใๅใฏๅ ใใฆใไพใใฐใ่จญๅฎ๏ผใงใฏใๅคงๅฝใใ็ตไบๅพใซ๏ผ๏ผๅใฎๆ็ญๅๆฐใไปไธใใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใชใๅฒๅใไปใฎ่จญๅฎใใใ้ซใใชใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใฎใใใซๆงๆใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใๅๆฐใซๆณจ็ฎใใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใพใใใใใใซไปฃใใฆใๅใฏๅ ใใฆใไพใใฐใๅคงๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซไปใฎๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใไฝๅใใฟใผใณใงๅคงๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผ่ฅใใใฏๅคงๅ ฅ่ณๅฃใฎๅ ้จใฎๅฝน็ฉ็ญ๏ผใไฝๅใใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ่จญใใๆงๆใจใใๅฝ่ฉฒๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใ็นๅฎใฎ่จญๅฎใงๆฑบๅฎใใๆใใชใ๏ผๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฒๅใ้ซใใชใ๏ผใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใพใใๅคงๅฝใใใฎ็ขบ็ใฎ็ตใฟๅใใใ่จญๅฎใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไฝ็ขบ็็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช่จญๅฎใงใใใปใฉๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใไธๆนใงใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฉใช่จญๅฎใงใใใปใฉๅคงๅฝใใ็ขบ็ใ้ซใใใๆงๆใจใใฆใใใใๆฌๆงๆใฏใ็นใซใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใๅคใใชใ็จๆใก็ใๅขๅ ใใๆใ๏ผ็บๅฐใใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆฐใใใใๆใๅบใใใ่ณ็ๆฐใฎๆนใๅคใใชใๆใ๏ผใฟใคใใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆๆๅนใงใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใไพใใฐใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใๆฌกใซๅคงๅฝใใใซๅฝ้ธใใใพใง็ถ็ถใใๆงๆใงใใใไธใคใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใงใฏ้ซ็ขบ็ใงๅฐๅฝใใใจใชใใฟใคใใฎ้ๆๆฉใซ้ฉ็จใใใใจใงใ้ซ่จญๅฎใฎๅชไฝๆงใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใๅณใกใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใ็ขบ็ใไฝใใจใๆฌกใซๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใใพใงใฎๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใๅคใใชใๆใใฎใงใๅฐๅฝใใใจใชใฃใฆ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใใๆฉไผใๅคใใชใใใใฃใฆใ็ขบๅค็ถๆ ใซใชใใจใๆฌกใซๅคงๅฝใใใจใชใใพใงใฎ้ใซใใๅคใใฎ่ณ็ใ็ฒๅพใๆใใชใใฎใงใ้ๆ่ ใซใจใฃใฆๆๅฉใจใชใใ In addition, as a pachinko machine provided with a setting of a plurality of stages, a combination of jackpot probabilities (combination of a jackpot probability in a low probability state and a jackpot probability in a probabilistic state) may be one of a plurality of stages (for example, 6 stages). A typical example is one that can be set to, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead of or in addition to the combination of jackpot probabilities, for example, the ratio of each jackpot symbol (each jackpot type) determined in the case of a jackpot can be changed according to the setting as a pachinko machine. You may. That is, the ratio of determining the type of jackpot that is advantageous to the player may be changed according to the setting, or the ratio of determining the type of jackpot that is disadvantageous to the player may be changed. More specifically, for example, the ratio at which the jackpot with a large number of rounds (for example, 16 rounds) is determined can be changed according to the setting, or the jackpot with a small number of rounds (for example, 2 rounds) is determined. The degree of advantage for each setting may be changed by changing the ratio according to the setting. Further, for example, the rate at which a large number of time reductions (for example, 100 times) is determined after the end of the big hit is changed according to the setting, or a small number of time reductions (for example, 0 times) is given. The ratio at which is determined may be changed according to the setting. Further, the rate at which the jackpot that shifts to (or is easy to shift) to an advantageous gaming state (for example, a probabilistic state) after the end of the jackpot is determined can be changed according to the setting, or the disadvantageous gaming state (for example, the normal state) can be changed. ) May be changed according to the setting. In addition, a configuration may be provided in which a jackpot type is provided in which the ratio determined only in a specific setting is significantly increased (almost never determined in other settings). Specifically, for example, the setting is configured to be configurable in 6 steps from 1 to 6, and the most advantageous setting is set 6. Then, in setting 6, the jackpot of 6 rounds is determined at a rate of 2% in the case of a jackpot, while in other settings, the jackpot of 6 rounds is determined only at a rate of 0.01%. It may be configured. With this configuration, when the jackpot ends in 6 rounds, the possibility of the most advantageous setting 6 is extremely high, so the player is made to pay attention to the number of jackpot rounds to play the game. be able to. Further, instead of or in addition to this, for example, in setting 6, the ratio of the jackpot type in which 66 time reductions are given after the jackpot ends may be set to be higher than other settings. With this configuration, the game can be played by paying attention to the number of times the time saving state ends. In addition to or in addition to these, for example, a jackpot type in which the jackpot (or an accessory inside the jackpot) operates in an operation pattern different from other jackpot types during the execution of the jackpot game. The jackpot type may be provided so as to be easily determined by a specific setting (the rate of determination is high). In addition, when the combination of jackpot probabilities is changed according to the setting, in the low probability state, the jackpot probability is increased as the setting is advantageous to the player, while in the probabilistic state, the setting is disadvantageous to the player. It may be configured to increase the jackpot probability as much as possible. This configuration is a type in which it is easy to increase the number of balls held as the number of lottery of special symbols increases (the number of prize balls to be paid out is more likely to be larger than the number of game balls fired), especially in the probabilistic state. It is effective in gaming machines. More specifically, for example, by applying it to a gaming machine of a type in which the probability change state continues until the next big hit is won, and the probability change state is a small hit with a high probability, the advantage of the high setting is achieved. You can improve your sex. That is, if the probability of winning a big hit in the probabilistic state is low, the number of lottery until the next big hit tends to increase, so that there are many chances to win a prize ball as a small hit. Therefore, in the probabilistic state, it becomes easier for the player to win more prize balls until the next big hit, which is advantageous for the player.
ใพใใในใญใใใใทใณใฏใไพใใฐใณใคใณใๆๅ ฅใใฆๅณๆๆๅนใฉใคใณใๆฑบๅฎใใใ็ถๆ ใงๆไฝใฌใใผใๆไฝใใใใจใซใใๅณๆใๅคๅใใใในใใใใใฟใณใๆไฝใใใใจใซใใๅณๆใๅๆญขใใใฆ็ขบๅฎใใใๅจ็ฅใฎใใฎใงใใใๅพใฃใฆใในใญใใใใทใณใฎๅบๆฌๆฆๅฟตใจใใฆใฏใใ่คๆฐใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใใใชใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑๅใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใๅพใซ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅใใๅงๅ็จๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐๆไฝใฌใใผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใใๅๆญข็จๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐในใใใใใฟใณ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใใใจใซใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใฆ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎๅๆญขๆใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎ็ตๅใใ็นๅฎใฎใใฎใงใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฎใฎ้ๆไพกๅคใไปไธใใ็นๅฅ้ๆใ็บ็ใใใในใญใใใใทใณใใจใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆๅชไฝใฏใณใคใณใใกใใซ็ญใไปฃ่กจไพใจใใฆๆใใใใใ Further, in the slot machine, for example, the symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in a state where the coin is inserted and the symbol effective line is determined, and the symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of the slot machine is "provided with a display device that displays the identification information in a variable manner after displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information in a variable manner, and is caused by the operation of the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The variable display of the identification information is started, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed and displayed due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and the stop is stopped. It becomes a "slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that the combination of time identification information is specific". In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Take as an example.
ใพใใใใใณใณๆฉใจในใญใใใใทใณใจใ่ๅใใ้ๆๆฉใฎๅ ทไฝไพใจใใฆใฏใ่คๆฐใฎๅณๆใใใชใๅณๆๅใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใใๅพใซๅณๆใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใๅใใฆใใใ็ๆๅบ็จใฎใใณใใซใๅใใฆใใชใใใฎใๆใใใใใใใฎๅ ดๅใๆๅฎใฎๆไฝ๏ผใใฟใณๆไฝ๏ผใซๅบใฅใๆๅฎ้ใฎ็ใฎๆๅ ฅใฎๅพใไพใใฐๆไฝใฌใใผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆๅณๆใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใไพใใฐในใใใใใฟใณใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใใใจใซใใใๅณๆใฎๅคๅใๅๆญขใใใใใฎๅๆญขๆใฎ็ขบๅฎๅณๆใใใใใๅคงๅฝใใๅณๆใงใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฎใฎ้ๆไพกๅคใไปไธใใ็นๅฅ้ๆใ็บ็ใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซใฏใไธ้จใฎๅ็ฟใซๅค้ใฎ็ใๆใๅบใใใใใฎใงใใใใใใ้ๆๆฉใในใญใใใใทใณใซไปฃใใฆไฝฟ็จใใใฐใ้ๆใใผใซใงใฏ็ใฎใฟใ้ๆไพกๅคใจใใฆๅใๆฑใใใจใใงใใใใใใใใณใณๆฉใจในใญใใใใทใณใจใๆททๅจใใฆใใ็พๅจใฎ้ๆใใผใซใซใใใฆใฟใใใใ้ๆไพกๅคใใใกใใซใจ็ใจใฎๅฅๅใฎๅๆฑใซใใ่จญๅไธใฎ่ฒ ๆ ใ้ๆๆฉ่จญ็ฝฎๅๆใฎๅถ็ดใจใใฃใๅ้กใ่งฃๆถใๅพใใ Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device for variably displaying a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols and then confirming the symbol is provided, and a handle for launching a ball is provided. Some are not. In this case, after a predetermined amount of balls are thrown in based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the symbol variation is started due to, for example, the operation of the operation lever, and for example, due to the operation of the stop button or a predetermined amount. As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game is generated that gives the player a predetermined game value on the condition that the confirmed symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player is given a predetermined game value. Is for paying out a large amount of balls to the lower saucer. If such a game machine is used instead of a slot machine, only the ball can be treated as a game value in the game hall, which is a game value seen in the current game hall where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on the locations where game machines are installed can be solved.
ไธ่จใใๅๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใใใใณๅๅถๅพกไพใซใคใใฆใใใฎๅ จ้จใพใใฏใใฎไธ้จใ็ตใฟๅใใใฆๆงๆใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใไธ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใๅณๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ๏ผใฎ้้ๆคๅบใปใณใต๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใฎๆงๆใใไปใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซ้ฉ็จใใฆใใใใไพใใฐใไธ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซ้ฉ็จใใใใจใงใๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใใใใใฃใณในใกใผใฟใผ๏ผฃ๏ผญใฎใฒใผใธๆฐใใ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใๆตไธไธญใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅๆฐใซใใๆญฃ็ขบใซใชใณใฏใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅ ทไฝ็ใซใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ้้ๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใใใ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใซใ่จญใใๆงๆใจใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใจๅไธใฎๆนๆณใง้้ๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใ๏ผๅณ๏ผ๏ผใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผณ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅ็ ง๏ผใใใใฆใๅพ ๆฉ็ถๆ ๆผๅบใฎๅฎ่กไธญใฏใ้้ๅๆฐใซใฆใณใฟ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅคใๆดๆฐใใใๆฏใซใๆดๆฐๅพใฎใซใฆใณใฟๅคใซๅฏพๅฟใใใฒใผใธๆฐใซใชใใใใซใใฃใณในใกใผใฟใผ๏ผฃ๏ผญใฎๆ ๆงใๆดๆฐใใใใใใซใใใใใฃใณในใกใผใฟใผ๏ผฃ๏ผญใฎๆ ๆงใใๅฎ้ใฎ้้ๆ๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ผใฎไธ้ขใฎ็ถๆณใซๅณใใๆ ๆงใจใใใใจใใงใใใไปใฎๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซใคใใฆใใๅๆงใฎๆนๆณใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใฎๆงๆใ่ปข็จใใใใจใใงใใใ Each of the above-described embodiments and each control example may be configured by combining all or a part thereof. For example, the configuration of the passage detection sensor 228 of the right variable winning device 65 in the sixth embodiment may be applied to other embodiments. For example, by applying to the first embodiment, the number of gauges of the chance meter CM during execution of the standby state effect can be accurately linked by the number of game balls flowing down the upper surface of the opening / closing door 65f1. More specifically, the passing number counter 223k in the sixth embodiment is also provided in the RAM 223 in the first embodiment, and the value of the passing number counter 223k is updated by the same method as in the fourth embodiment (FIG. 87). See S4211, S4212, S4219, S4220). Then, during the execution of the standby state effect, every time the value of the passing number counter 223k is updated, the mode of the chance meter CM is updated so that the number of gauges corresponds to the updated counter value. As a result, the mode of the chance meter CM can be set to match the condition of the upper surface of the actual opening / closing door 65f1. For other embodiments, the configuration of the sixth embodiment can be diverted by the same method.
ไปฅไธใซใๆฌ็บๆใฎ้ๆๆฉใซๅ ใใฆไธ่ฟฐใใๅฎๆฝๅฝขๆ ใซๅซใพใใๅ็จฎ็บๆใฎๆฆๅฟตใ็คบใใ The concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention are shown below.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผก็พค๏ผ๏ผๆ็ญๅๆฐใฎๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๆ็ญ็ตไบใฎๅคๅฅใฟใคใใณใฐใจใ็ฐใชใใใ๏ผ
ๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎใใกใไฝใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ
่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใซ้ขใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ
ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐๅฏ่ฝใชๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๆดๆฐใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ
ๅ ฑใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็ตไบๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ
่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใงๅ่จ็ตไบๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅ่จ็ตไบๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใ็ตไบๅคๅฅใฟใคใใณใฐใจ็ฐใชใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ
<Characteristic A group> (The update timing of the number of time reductions and the determination timing of the end of the time reduction are different)
By the discrimination means that executes the discrimination when the discrimination condition is satisfied, the dynamic display means that can dynamically display the identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means for a predetermined period, and the dynamic display means. When the dynamically displayed identification information is stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result, the privilege game execution means capable of executing the privilege game, the first game state, and the first In a gaming machine having a second gaming state different from the gaming state, and a gaming state setting means capable of setting any of a plurality of gaming states including at least one of the gaming states, the discrimination by the discriminating means The gaming state setting includes an update means capable of updating the related first information and an end determination means capable of determining whether the first information updated by the update means satisfies the end condition. The means sets the second gaming state when it is determined by the ending determining means that the ending condition is satisfied while the first gaming state is set, and the gaming machine sets the second gaming state. The gaming machine A1 is characterized in that the update timing of the first information by the update means is executed differently from the end determination timing for determining whether the end condition is satisfied by the end determination means.
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตใๅพใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใซใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๆใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใพใง่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ทใๆ้ๆไพใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใๅขๅคงใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็้ใๆธใใใใจใงใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, the winning or failing of the game is drawn, and the lottery result that is stopped and displayed after a predetermined fluctuation period is won. If so, a privileged game that is advantageous to the player was executed. Further, a plurality of gaming states can be set, and when a specific gaming state is set, an advantageous state in which a gaming ball can easily enter the starting port is set until the number of lottery reaches a specific number of times. (For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-033569). In such a gaming machine, the player can be made to play the game while expecting that the first gaming state is set, and the player's motivation to play can be enhanced. Further, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the lottery result is stopped and displayed for the measurement (subtraction) process of the number of lottery times in the advantageous state and the end process of the advantageous state executed based on the number of lottery times reaching a specific number of times. It was configured to be executed at the timing to be executed, and to provide the player with the set advantageous state for a longer period of time. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the lottery result is stopped and displayed: the measurement (subtraction) process of the number of lottery times in the advantageous state and the end process of the advantageous state executed based on the number of lottery times reaching a specific number of times. Since it is configured to be executed when the execution is performed, there is a problem that the processing to be executed at a predetermined timing (stop display timing of the lottery result) increases. It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of reducing the processing load by reducing the amount of processing executed at the same timing in the above-mentioned gaming machine.
ใพใใ่ฟๅนดใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝ๏ผ้่ค้ๆๅฏ่ฝ๏ผใซๆงๆใใไธๆนใฎ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใไปๆนใฎ้ๆใซใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆใงใฏใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใๅน็่ฏใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใซใไธๆนใฎ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใไปๆนใฎ้ๆใไธๆ็ใซไธญๆญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้่คใใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅใใ้ฃใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ Further, in recent game machines such as pachinko machines, games for executing privileged games are configured to be playable in duplicate (duplicate games are possible), and lottery in the other game is performed according to the game result of one game. There is a gaming machine configured to interrupt the subtraction of the fluctuation period for showing the result (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-12907). In such a game, since a plurality of games can be executed in duplicate, a game aiming at executing a privilege game can be efficiently performed. Further, since the other game can be temporarily interrupted according to the game result of one game, the privileged game is executed in duplicate by a plurality of games to be executed in duplicate, and the player is notified. On the other hand, it was possible to prevent the execution of a privilege game that was difficult to understand.
ใใใใชใใใ้่ค้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใใไพใใฐใไธๆนใฎ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใไปไธใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆไปๆนใฎ้ๆใซใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใซใใฃใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใๅ้ใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใๅณใกใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไปฅๅคใงๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฅฝ้ฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใชใใจใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฅฝ้ฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ However, when the above-mentioned advantageous state can be set for the gaming machine capable of executing the duplicate game, the lottery count measurement (subtraction) processing in the advantageous state and the lottery count have reached a specific number of times. Since the termination process of the advantageous state executed based on is executed at the timing when the lottery result is stopped and displayed, for example, the lottery result in the other game is based on the privilege game being given by one game. If the subtraction of the variable time to indicate is interrupted and the advantageous state is set by the granted privilege game, the subtraction of the suspended variable time is restarted and the lottery result is stopped and displayed. If this is done, there is a problem that the lottery count measurement (subtraction) process is executed. That is, since the lottery count measurement (subtraction) process in the advantageous state is executed based on the fact that the lottery result executed in the non-advantageous state is stopped and displayed, the game in the advantageous state is performed for the player. There was a problem that it could not be executed satisfactorily. It is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of the game by causing the player to appropriately perform the game in the advantageous state.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใจใ็ตไบๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ตไบใฎๅคๅฅใจใใ็ฐใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใใใจใซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็้ใๆธใใใใจใใงใใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A1, the update of the first information by the update means and the determination of the end by the end determination means can be executed at different timings. Therefore, when the end condition is satisfied by updating the first information, it is possible to reduce the amount of processing executed at the same timing, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the game machine A1, the update timing is the timing at which the determination is executed by the determination means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใซ้ขใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใฆใใใใใๅคๅฅๅ ๅฎนใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใ็ขบๅฎใซ่กใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใใพใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใงๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใๅพใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใจใ่จญๅฎใใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใฎไธกๆนใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใใใใซใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใใใใ็ก้งใซๆดๆฐๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A1, the update timing of the first information related to the discrimination of the discriminating means is set as the timing when the discriminating is executed by the discriminating means. There is an effect that the information can be updated reliably. Further, since the first information can be updated by the updating means by executing the discrimination by the discriminating means, the player is interested in both the discriminating the discriminating means and the set gaming state. This has the effect of improving the enjoyment of the game. Further, when the discrimination by the discrimination means is executed, the first information is updated by the update means, so that it is possible to suppress the unnecessary execution of the update process and reduce the processing load. There is.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ตไบๅคๅฅใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅพใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the gaming machine A1 or A2, the ending determination timing is after the identification information is stopped and displayed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใชใๆ้ใซ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๆๆกใใใใใซ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๆณจ่ฆใใฆใใ้ใซ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅคใใฃใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A1 or A2, the determination of the end condition is executed during the period when the identification information is not dynamically displayed, so that the player can grasp the discrimination result of the discrimination means. It is possible to prevent the gaming state from changing while paying close attention to the dynamic display of the identification information. Therefore, there is an effect that an easy-to-understand game can be provided to the player.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใซใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็ตไบๅคๅฅใฟใคใใณใฐใฏใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใใๆฌกใซๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎ้ใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the gaming machine A3, the discriminating means executes discrimination corresponding to the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, and the end discriminating timing is set after the identification information is stopped and displayed. Next, the gaming machine A4 is characterized in that it is until the determination by the determination means is executed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใธใจๆดๆฐใใใซใ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅใซๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใฟใคใใณใฐใจใ็ตไบๅคๅฅใฟใคใใณใฐใจใใ็ฐใชใใใใจใใฆใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅคๅฅใ้ฉๆญฃใซๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, even though the update means updates the first information to the first information that can satisfy the end condition, the determination by the determination means is executed before the second game state is set. Can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the update timing of the first information and the end determination timing are different, there is an effect that the determination executed by the determination means can be appropriately executed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใใ๏ผก๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใฎๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๆดๆฐใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines A2 to A4, the gaming machine A5 is characterized in that the first information is updated by the updating means based on the number of times of the determination executed by the discriminating means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใใ๏ผก๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๆฏใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐ็ถๆณใๅใใใใใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๆฅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใธใจ็งป่กใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใๅฐๆใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines A2 to A4, the first information is updated every time the discrimination means executes the discrimination, so that the update status of the first information is updated for the player. Can be made easy to understand. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent a situation in which the first gaming state suddenly shifts to the second gaming state and the player is confused.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใฎๅคๅฅใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎ้ใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the gaming machine A5, the updating means updates the first information between the execution of the determination by the determination means and the execution of the dynamic display for showing the determination result of the determination. A gaming machine A6 characterized by being a thing.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใชใใใใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A5, since the first information is not updated during the period in which the identification information is dynamically displayed, there is an effect that the processing load can be reduced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใใ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใจใใใฎไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใใๅ้ๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ใใใๅ้ๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๆดๆฐใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๆ ๅ ฑๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the gaming machines A1 to A6, when the interruption condition is satisfied while the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means, the interruption means for interrupting the dynamic display and the interruption means interrupt the interruption. It is possible to change the restart means for restarting the dynamic display when the restart condition is satisfied and the first information updated by the update means when the dynamic display is interrupted by the suspend means. The gaming machine A7, characterized in that it has various information variable means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใใ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใๅ ดๅใซใๆ ๅ ฑๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๅฏๅคใใใๅ ดๅใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบไธญใซใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅ ใใฆใไธญๆญใฎๆ็กใซใคใใฆใๆฅฝใใพใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines A1 to A6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the dynamic display is interrupted, the first information may be changed by the information changing means. Therefore, it is possible to entertain the player with the presence or absence of interruption in addition to the discrimination result of the discrimination means during the dynamic display of the identification information, which has the effect of improving the interest of the game. ..
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใใใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใ้ฃใๅฏๅค็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the gaming machine A7, the information variable means changes the first information to variable first information in which the end condition is less likely to be satisfied than the first information.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบไธญใซใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, during the dynamic display of the identification information, the player can be made to play the game while expecting that the dynamic display is interrupted by the interruption means, and there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved. ..
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จไธญๆญๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ็ซใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใ In the gaming machine A7 or A8, the privileged game executing means also performs the privileged game when a second condition different from the first condition that can be satisfied based on the result of the determination executed by the discriminating means is satisfied. The gaming machine A9 is feasible, and the interruption condition is satisfied based on the satisfaction of the second condition.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใ็จใใใใจ็กใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใจใฏๅฅใฎ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆไพใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A7 or A8, the interruption condition can be satisfied when the second condition that the privilege game can be executed without using the discrimination by the discriminating means is satisfied. Therefore, it is possible to provide the player with a game different from the discrimination of the discrimination means, and there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใ The gaming machine A9 is characterized in that it has a ball-entry means capable of entering a game ball, and the second condition is satisfied when the game ball enters the ball-entry means. A10.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใจใฏๅฅใฎ้ๆใจใใฆใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine A9, as a game different from the discrimination by the discriminating means, a game in which the gaming ball is inserted into the ball entering means can be performed. It has the effect of being able to improve.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅค้จๆใจใใใฎๅฏๅค้จๆใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅฎๆ้็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅไฝใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใฎใปใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅไฝใๅฎ่กใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใ In the game machine A10, a variable member that can be changed into a first state in which the game ball can enter the ball entry means and a second state in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state, and its variable The variable control means has a variable control means capable of executing a variable operation for changing the member to the first state for a predetermined period based on the establishment of the execution condition, and the variable control means is in a state in which the first gaming state is set. The gaming machine A11 is characterized in that it is easier to execute the variable operation than when the second gaming state is set.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผก๏ผ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ถ็ถใใๆ้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ้ๆใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A10, the period during which the first gaming state in which the second condition is more likely to be satisfied than in the second gaming state continues is changed based on the establishment of the second condition. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can be enthusiastically played a game for satisfying the second condition.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผข็พค๏ผ๏ผ่จญๅฎๆกไปถใซใใฃใฆใๅ
ฅ่ณ็ใซใใ็นๅ
ธใไปไธใใใๅฒๅใ็ฐใชใใใ๏ผ
้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ
ธใไปไธๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้้ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใซๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ
<Characteristic B group> (Depending on the setting conditions, the percentage of benefits given depending on the winning ball will differ)
A variable ball-entry means that can be changed between a first state in which a game ball can enter and a second state in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state, and the variable ball-entry based on the establishment of execution conditions. A variable control means that changes the means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period, a specific area through which the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass, and a game ball that enters the specific area. A setting information determining means capable of discriminating setting information when the variable ball entering means is variably controlled by the variable control means in a gaming machine having the privilege granting means capable of granting the privilege based on the above. According to the setting information determined by the setting information discriminating means, the gaming ball that has entered the variable ball-entry means easily passes through the specific area and is more difficult to pass than the first state. A gaming machine B1 having a second state and a switching means capable of switching to.
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตใๅพใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใซใๅงๅๅฃใจใใฆใ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใ่จฑๅฎนใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใ่ฆๅถใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅค้จๆใๅงๅๅฃใซไป่จญใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ่จญใใใใฎๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใๆใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใ้ฃใไธๅฉ็ถๆ ใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใง้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใไธๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ้ๆ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจๅ ฅ็ใใใฆใใพใใฐๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใไธๅฉ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใชใใฟใคใใณใฐใๅณใฃใฆ้ๆใ่กใใใฆใใพใ่ใใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใไธๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๅ ฅ็ใซๅบใฅใๆฝ้ธใฎๅฎ่กใ่กใใ้ฃใใใใใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, the winning or failing of the game is drawn, and the lottery result that is stopped and displayed after a predetermined fluctuation period is won. If so, a privileged game that is advantageous to the player was executed. Further, as a starting port, a variable ball entering means is provided with a variable member attached to the starting port, which can be changed between a first state in which a game ball is allowed to enter and a second state in which a game ball is regulated. There is a gaming machine configured so that an advantageous state that can be easily changed to the first state and a disadvantageous state that is harder to change to the first state than the first gaming state can be set (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-033569). Gazette). In such a game machine, the player is enthusiastically played while expecting that an advantageous state is set for the player by making the ease of entering the game ball into the variable ball entry means different. However, even if a disadvantageous state is set, if the game ball is entered into the variable ball entry means, a lottery will be executed, so the variable ball entry will be performed in the disadvantageous state. There is a possibility that the game is performed at the timing when the means is in the first state, and there is a problem that the player's willingness to play to set the advantageous state is reduced. In the above-mentioned gaming machine, in a state where a disadvantageous state is set, it is difficult to execute a lottery based on the entry of the gaming ball into the variable ball entry means, so that the player's motivation to play can be increased. The purpose is to provide a gaming machine.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๆ็นใซใใใ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใซใคใใฆ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine B1, the first state and the second state can be switched according to the setting information, so that the player is interested in the setting information at the time when the gaming ball enters the variable ball entry means. Can be given. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใฎใใกใไฝใใไธใฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใใใใซๅ่จ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใธใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใ้ๅงใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ The gaming machine B1 has an operation control means for controlling the operation of the switching means, and the switching means means that the gaming ball that has entered the variable ball entry means has a first flow path and the first flow path thereof. The plurality of flow paths can be switched so as to flow down any one of the plurality of flow paths including a different second flow path, and the operation control means is based on the variable control means. The operation control to the switching means is started based on the start of the control, and the gaming ball flowing down the first flow path by the switching means can pass through the specific region. Game machine B2.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใซๅบใฅใใฆๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใใใซใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๆใใใใใใฎๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใจใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใจใใ้ฃๅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใใๅฆใใ้ฉๆญฃใซๅถๅพกใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the operation of the switching means is controlled by the motion control means based on the start of control by the variable control means, and the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means passes through the specific region when it flows down the first flow path by the switching means. It is possible. As a result, the variable control for facilitating the entry of the game ball into the variable entry means and the operation control of the switching means can be linked, so that the game ball entered into the variable entry means is in a specific area. There is an effect that it is possible to properly control whether or not to pass through.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใ้ฃใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ In the gaming machine B2, the gaming ball that has flowed down to the second flow path by the switching means is more difficult to pass through the specific region than the gaming ball that has flowed down to the first flow path. Game machine B3.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใใ ใใงๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใธใฎ้้ๅฒๅใ่จญๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the game machine B3, in addition to the effect of the game machine B2, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be made more difficult to pass through the specific region than the game ball flowing down the first flow path. There is an effect that the passing ratio of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means to the specific area can be set only by controlling the operation of the switching means by the control means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅธธ้ ๅใๆใใๅ่จ้ๅธธ้ ๅใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใใใใซๅฝขๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ้ๅธธ้ ๅใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅ่จ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใชใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ In the gaming machine B2 or B3, the pachinko machine B2 or B3 has a normal region through which a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass, and the normal area is the specific area of the game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means. It is formed so that the game ball that has not passed through the above-mentioned is passed, and the privilege giving means does not give the privilege when the game ball passes through the normal area. Game machine B4.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผข๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้ๅธธ้ ๅใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใ้ๅฐใซๅ ฅ็ใใใจใใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใใพใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตๅ ใซ้ๅธธ้ ๅใ่จญใใใใจใซใใใ้ๆ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใใฎๆฉๆงใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใฎๅค้จใซ่จญใ็กใใจใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๅฐใซ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใฎๅค้จใฎ้ ๅใใใฎไปใฎ็ฎ็ใซๅฉ็จใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B2 or B3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means passes through the normal area, the privilege is not given. Therefore, even if the game ball is excessively entered into the variable ball entry means, there is an effect that it is possible to suppress the excessive privilege being given to the player. Further, by providing a normal area in the variable ball entry means, the player is excessively privileged even if a mechanism for suppressing the game ball from entering the variable ball entry means is not provided outside the variable ball entry means. Since it is possible to suppress the addition of the ball, there is an effect that the area outside the variable ball entry means can be easily used for other purposes.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใใใณๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใซๆฏใๅใๅฏ่ฝใชๆฏๅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใฆใๅ่จๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใๅ่จๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๆใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใงๅ่จ็นๅ ธใฎไปไธๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines B2 to B4, the gaming ball flowing down the first flow path is different from the second flow path and the second flow path and the third flow path. A first pachinko machine, which has a distribution means that can be distributed to a fourth flow path, and the gaming machine can enter a game ball that has been distributed to the third flow path by the distribution means as the specific area. It has at least a specific area and a second specific area different from the first specific area in which a game ball distributed to the fourth flow path by the distribution means can enter, and the privilege granting means. Is a gaming machine characterized in that the content of granting the privilege differs between the case where the game ball enters the first specific area and the case where the game ball enters the second specific area. B5.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆฏใๅใใใใๅ ดๅใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆฏใๅใใใใๅ ดๅใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎๆต่ทฏใ้้ใใใใใใซใใใ่จญๅฎๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซ็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใซใใ็นๅ ธใฎไปไธใฎใใๆใใๅฏๅคใใใใใซใๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใฎๅ ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใใใๅฆใใจใไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใฎๅ ๅฎนใจใใๆฎต้็ใซๆฑบๅฎใใใใใใ็นๅ ธใฎๆ็กใจ็นๅ ธๅ ๅฎนใจใไธๅบฆใซๆฑบๅฎใใๅ ดๅใซๆฏในใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆใๆฅฝใใพใใๆ้ใ้ทใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใใพใใใใฎใใใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตๅ ใฎ้ๆ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆฉ่ฝใ็จใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใๅ ใใฆใ่จญๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅ ฑ็ฅใใๆฉ่ฝใ็จใใใจ่ฏใใใใใซใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใงไฝใใใใฎ็นๅ ธใไปไธใใๆใ็ถๆณใงใใใใจใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใๅใฎๆ็นใง้ๆ่ ใซๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๆๅพ ใๆใกใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใ According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines B2 to B4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball flowing down to the first flow path by the switching means is distributed to the third flow path by the distribution means, it passes through the first specific region, and when it is distributed to the fourth flow path, it passes through. It passes through the second specific flow path. As a result, when a game ball enters the variable ball entry means according to the establishment status of the setting condition, the ease with which the privilege is granted by the privilege granting means is changed, and further, the privilege is granted by the distribution means. The content of the benefits can be different. Therefore, whether or not the privilege is granted and the content of the privilege to be granted are determined in stages, so that the player is compared with the case where the presence or absence of the privilege and the content of the privilege are determined at once. It has the effect of extending the period of entertaining the game. Further, when such a configuration is used, it is preferable to use a function of notifying information for indicating the flow state of the game ball in the variable ball entry means. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to grasp the flow state of the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means, which has the effect of improving the interest of the game. In addition, it is preferable to use a function for notifying information for indicating that the setting condition is satisfied. As a result, the player understands that it is easy to give some privilege by entering the game ball into the variable ball entry means before the game ball is inserted into the variable ball entry means. Therefore, it is possible to make the player play the game with expectation.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใซๅใๆฟใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, there is a gaming state setting means capable of setting at least a first gaming state and a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and the switching means is the gaming state. The gaming machine B6 is characterized in that when the first gaming state is set by the setting means, it is easier to switch to the first state than when the second gaming state is set.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใฎๅใๆฟใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็พๅจ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the ease of switching to the first state can be changed according to the set gaming state, so that the player can enjoy the effect. This has the effect of making the player interested in the currently set game state and improving the interest of the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใจใใงๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใๅ ดๅใซๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the variable control means changes the variable ball entry means with a first variable pattern and a second variable pattern in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than the first variable pattern. It is controllable, and the switching means can be switched to at least the first state when the variable control means variably controls the variable ball entry means in the first variable pattern. The gaming machine B7.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใ้ๆ็ใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฆใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๅพใชใ้ๆ็ใๅคง้ใซ็บ็ใใฆใใพใไบๆ ใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine B7, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines B1 to B5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is possible to make it more difficult for the game ball to enter the variable ball entry means when the second variable pattern is set than when the variable control means is variablely controlled by the first variable pattern. .. Then, the switching means can be switched to the first state when variably controlled by the first variable pattern. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a situation in which a large number of game balls that cannot pass through a specific area are generated, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the player's willingness to play.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จ็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines B1 to B7, the privilege granting means executes a specific game based on the game ball entering the specific area, and the gaming machine executes the privilege granting means. The gaming machine B8 is characterized by having a privilege game executing means capable of executing a privilege game when the result of the specific game is a predetermined result.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผข๏ผใใ๏ผข๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฎ้ ๅใธใจ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใใใใใฎ้ๆใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines B1 to B7, when the result of the specific game executed when the gaming ball passes through the specific area is a predetermined result, the privilege game is performed. Since it is executed, there is an effect that the player can enthusiastically perform a game for passing the game ball to a specific area.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผฃ็พค๏ผ๏ผ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใไธๆนใฎๅคๅๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆไปๆน้ๆใซ้ขใใๆผๅบใฎๆ
ๆงใ่จญๅฎ๏ผ
ๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใใ้ธๆๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๆ้ใซ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใซ้ขใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็นๅฎๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ
ๆงใใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จ้ธๆๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใๆผๅบๆ
ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ
<Characteristic C group> (In a gaming machine capable of executing a plurality of games in a duplicated manner, the mode of production related to the other game is set according to the fluctuation time of one).
A discrimination means that executes discrimination when the discrimination condition is satisfied, a dynamic display means that can dynamically display identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means, and a dynamic display means that dynamically displays the discrimination information. The dynamic display period determining means for determining the dynamic display period of the displayed identification information based on the selection information, and the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means indicate the specific determination result. In a gaming machine having a privilege game execution means capable of executing a privilege game when stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for the purpose, the specific game can be executed during the period in which the identification information is dynamically displayed. The game executing means, the specific effect executing means for executing the specific effect related to the specific game, and the effect mode of the specific effect executed by the specific effect executing means are set based on at least the information corresponding to the selection information. A gaming machine C1 characterized by having an effect mode setting means.
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝ๏ผ้่ค้ๆๅฏ่ฝ๏ผใซๆงๆใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใใใใใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆใงใฏใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใ่ฆใใใจใงใใใใใฎ้ๆใๅใใๆใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏพๅฟใใ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใซใฎใฟๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใฆใใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใซ้ข้ฃใใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใชใใใใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ๆๅ จไฝใๆๆกใ้ฃใๆผๅบๅนๆใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใๆๆกใๆใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใซใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game for executing a privileged game is configured to be playable in duplicate (duplicate game is possible), and a game result is shown for each game to be executed in duplicate. There is a gaming machine that executes the effect display of (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-45518). In such a game, when a plurality of games are executed in duplicate, each game can be grasped in an easy-to-understand manner by looking at each effect display that is executed in duplicate. Since the effect mode of the effect display to be performed is determined only based on the content of the corresponding game, and it is not possible to execute the effect related to a plurality of games to be executed in duplicate, the effect display being executed is performed. There is a problem that it is difficult to grasp the entire game that is being executed in duplicate and the effect of the production is reduced. In the above-mentioned gaming machine, by performing an effect that makes it easy to grasp the contents of a plurality of games that are executed in duplicate, the effect of the effect is enhanced, and a gaming machine that allows the player to play the game enthusiastically is provided. The purpose is.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ้ธๆๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใจใ็นๅฎ้ๆใจใใ้ข้ฃไปใใๆผๅบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใใพใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ้ธๆๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๆฑบๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆงใ ใชๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่ฆใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใใใใใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C1, since the production mode of the specific effect can be determined based on the selection information, the effect in which the dynamic display of the identification information to be executed in duplicate and the specific game are associated with each other is executed. It has the effect of being able to enhance the production effect. In addition, since the production mode of the specific effect can be determined based on the selection information, it is possible to enthusiastically allow the player to play a plurality of games in order to see various production modes. It has the effect of being able to do it.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ The gaming machine C1 has a remaining period determining means capable of determining the remaining period of the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means, and the effect mode setting means is determined by the remaining period determining means. The gaming machine C2, characterized in that the effect mode is set based on the remaining period.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใฟใคใใณใฐใจใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใจใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆงใ ใชๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่ฆใใใใซ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใใใใใซๆงใ ใชใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine C1, the production mode of the specific effect is set based on the remaining period of the identification information. The production mode of the specific effect can be changed accordingly. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can enthusiastically play the game at various timings in order to duplicate the plurality of games in order to see various production modes.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงไธญๆญๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใจใใใฎไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ้ใใใๅ้ๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จไธญๆญๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใจใชใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ In the gaming machine C2, when the interruption condition is satisfied while the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means, the interruption means for interrupting the dynamic display and the interruption means are interrupted. The dynamic display has a restart means for resuming the dynamic display based on the end of the privilege game, and the interruption condition is that the game result of the specific game executed by the specific game execution means is a predetermined game result. A gaming machine C3 characterized in that it is established when the situation is met.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใไธญๆญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กใใใๆผๅบใ ใใงใฏ็กใใๅฎ้ใฎ้ๆใซใใใฆใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใจใ็นๅฎ้ๆใจใซ้ข้ฃๆงใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the dynamic display of the identification information executed by the dynamic display means can be interrupted by the interruption means. Therefore, it is possible to have a relationship between the discrimination by the discrimination means and the specific game not only in the effect to be executed but also in the actual game, so that there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็นๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅ้ๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ็่กจ็คบใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใจใใฆๅ้ใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆ้ใฏใๅ่จๅ้ๆๆฎตใซใใๅ้ใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ The gaming machine C3 has a gaming state setting means capable of setting a first gaming state and a second gaming state in which a game that is more favorable to the player than the first gaming state is executed. The means sets the first game state when a specific period elapses after the second game state is set, and the restart means sets the second game state after the end of the privilege game. When this is done, the suspended dynamic display is restarted as the dynamic display during the second gaming state, and the specific period is the remaining period of the identification information restarted by the restarting means. The game is variable according to the situation, and the effect mode setting means sets the effect mode based on the remaining period when the dynamic display is interrupted by the interruption means. Machine C4.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใ็นๅฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใไธญๆญใใใๅ็่กจ็คบใฎๆฎๆ้ใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใใใฆใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใไธญๆญใใใๅ ดๅใซใใใๅ็่กจ็คบใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅบใฅใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซใใฃใฆใๅพใซๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the length of the specific period in which the second game state in which the game advantageous to the player is executed is set is changed according to the remaining period of the dynamic display interrupted by the interruption means. Then, the effect mode of the specific effect is set based on the length of the remaining period of the dynamic display when the effect is interrupted by the interruption means. Therefore, it is possible to grasp the degree of advantage of the game to be executed later depending on the effect mode of the specific effect, so that there is an effect that the effect can be enhanced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใๆๅฉๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines C1 to C4, the remaining period determining means capable of determining the remaining period of the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means and the remaining period determined by the remaining period determining means are It has an advantageous condition determining means for determining whether or not the advantageous conditions are satisfied, and the effect mode setting means sets the effect mode based on the determination result of the advantageous condition determining means. Amusement machine C5.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๆๅฉๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใซใใฃใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ถๆ ใงใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines C1 to C4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is determined by the advantageous condition determining means whether or not the remaining period satisfies the advantageous condition, and the effect mode of the specific effect is set based on the determination result. There is an effect that it is possible to inform the player of the existence in an easy-to-understand manner.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ In the gaming machine C5, the gaming machine C6 is characterized in that the advantageous condition determining means determines that the advantageous condition is satisfied when the remaining period is longer than the first period.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅ็่กจ็คบไธญใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๆ้ใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ้ใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine C5, when the remaining period of the identification information during the dynamic display is longer than the first period, it is determined that the advantageous condition is satisfied, so that the execution is performed. There is an effect that the player can enthusiastically perform the game in order to execute the specific game based on the specific effect.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใๅๅพใใๅๅพๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅๅพๆๆฎตใซใใๅๅพใใใๅ่จๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใใๆๅฎๆฐใไธ้ใซ่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช่จๆถๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใใใใฎๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅคๅฅใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๅใซไบๅๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ In the gaming machine C4 or C5, an entry means capable of entering a game ball, an acquisition means for acquiring acquisition information when the game ball enters the entry means, and the acquisition obtained by the acquisition means. The discriminating means has a storage means capable of storing information up to a predetermined number, and the discriminating means executes discrimination based on the acquired information stored in the storage means when the discriminating condition is satisfied. It has a pre-determination means capable of pre-determining the acquired information stored in the storage means before the discrimination based on the acquired information is executed by the discriminating means, and the pre-discrimination The means discriminates in advance the dynamic display period of the identification information for showing the result of discrimination by the discriminating means based on at least the acquired information, and the advantageous condition discriminating means has the remaining period as described above. The gaming machine C6 is characterized in that it is determined that the advantageous condition is satisfied when the period is longer than the dynamic display period determined by the pre-determination means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆฐใไธ้ใซ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใใใฎ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใไบๅๅคๅฅใใใใใใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎใปใใไบๅๅคๅฅใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใใใ้ทใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใใใใฃใฆใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๅ็่กจ็คบใฎไธญๆญใฟใคใใณใฐใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C4 or C5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the acquired information determined by the discriminating means is stored in the storage means up to a predetermined number, and the dynamic display period corresponding to the acquired information stored in the storage means is preliminarily determined. Then, when it is determined that the remaining period of the dynamic display during execution is longer than the pre-determined dynamic display period, it is determined that the advantageous condition is satisfied. Therefore, since the game can be performed while predicting the interruption timing of the dynamic display that is advantageous to the player based on the specific effect to be executed, there is an effect that the effect of the effect can be enhanced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใฎใใกใๆฌกใซๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅฏพ่ฑกใซๅ่จๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ In the gaming machine C6, the advantageous condition discriminating means determines the discriminating result of the pre-discriminating means corresponding to the acquired information which is next discriminated by the discriminating means among the acquired information stored in the storage means. A gaming machine C7 for determining whether or not the target satisfies the above-mentioned advantageous conditions.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๆฌกใซๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใๅๅพๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใใใๆฎๆ้ใฎใปใใ้ทใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฉๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅคๅฅใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ้ธๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎๅๅ ๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, since the advantageous condition is satisfied when the remaining period is longer than the dynamic display period corresponding to the acquired information for which the discrimination is executed next by the discrimination means, the moving motion being executed is based on the specific effect to be executed. It is possible to let the player determine whether to interrupt the target display or the next dynamic display to be executed. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can select the game and the motivation to participate in the game can be increased.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆ้ใจใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใไบใๅฎใใใใๅฐใชใใจใ๏ผๅไปฅไธใฎ็นๅฎๅๆฐๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆ้ใ็ฎๅบๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้็ฎๅบๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๆ้็ฎๅบๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅๆฐใไธ้ใซๅ็ฎใใใใจใงๅ่จ็นๅฎๆ้ใ็ฎๅบใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๆ้็ฎๅบๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฎๅบใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆ้ใ็คบใใใใฎๆ้ๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ๆ ๆง่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines C1 to C7, the gaming state setting means displays the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means in a state where the first gaming state is set as the specific period. The first gaming state is set when a predetermined period until the stop display is displayed at least two times or more, and the period calculation means capable of calculating the specific period is provided. The period calculation means calculates the specific period by adding up the dynamic display period in which the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means up to the specific number of times, and the period calculation means. The gaming machine C8 is characterized by having a period mode display means capable of displaying the period mode for indicating the specific period calculated in accordance with the above.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฃ๏ผใใ๏ผฃ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใๆ้ๆ ๆง่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใ่กจ็คบใใใๆ้ๆ ๆงใ่ฆใใใจใง็นๅฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๆๆกใใชใใใ็นๅฎๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซใใใ้ๆ็ถๆณใๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆงใ ใชๆผๅบใๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C1 to C7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is possible to grasp the game situation in the second gaming state based on the effect mode of the specific effect while grasping the length of the specific period by looking at the period mode displayed by the period mode display means. Therefore, it is possible to make the player pay attention to various effects to be executed, and there is an effect that the effect of the effects can be enhanced.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผค็พค๏ผ๏ผๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆไฝๆๆฎตใธใฎๆไฝใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใ๏ผ
้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๆๅฎๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใๆ้ใๅ่จๆๅฎๆ้ใ็ต้ใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกใไธใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ตไบใใใ็ตไบๆๆฎตใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๆไฝๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ
<Characteristic D group> (The end condition of the winning game is different depending on the operation to the operating means)
A variable ball-entry means that can be changed between a first state in which a game ball can enter and a second state in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state, and the variable when the first condition is satisfied. The specific game executed by the specific game execution means in a gaming machine having a specific game execution means capable of executing a specific game that changes the ball entry means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period of time. The first termination condition, which is satisfied when a predetermined number of gaming balls enter the variable ball entry means, and the period during which the variable ball entry means is changed to the first state have elapsed the predetermined period. Of the plurality of termination conditions including the second termination condition that is satisfied in the case, the termination means that terminates when one termination condition is satisfied, the first operation, and the second operation that is different from the first operation. The first operation is more likely to be satisfied when the first operation is executed by the operation means than when the second operation is executed. A gaming machine D1 characterized by being a thing.
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตใๅพใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใขใฟใใซใผ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎๆกไปถใ่คๆฐ่จญๅฎใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใงใฏใไธ่ฌ็ใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใฎ็ต้ๆ้ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซใขใฟใใซใผใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใฎๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใจใใ่จญๅฎใใใไฝใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, the winning or failing of the game is drawn, and the lottery result that is stopped and displayed after a predetermined fluctuation period is won. If there is, a special game that allows the attacker (specific winning opening) to enter the game ball is executed, and a game machine configured to set a plurality of conditions for ending the special game. (For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-45518). In such a gaming machine, generally, the time end condition for ending the award game based on the elapsed time from the execution of the award game and the number of game balls entered into the attacker during the award game are used. A winning end condition for terminating the award game and a winning end condition are set, and control for terminating the award game is executed when any of the end conditions is satisfied.
ใใใใชใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใฏๆฏๅๅๆงใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใใ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใๅบๆฌ็ใซใฏไฝใใไธๆนใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใฟใๆ็ซใๆใใชใใใคใพใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซใขใฟใใซใผใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใๆใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใๅใซๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใใชใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซใขใฟใใซใผใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณใใ้ฃใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๅ ฅ่ณ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใๅใซๆ้็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใใชใใ However, since the same game is performed each time during the privilege game, even if a plurality of end conditions are set, basically only one of the end conditions is likely to be satisfied. In other words, in a gaming machine that is configured to make it easier for the attacker to win a game ball during the award game, the winning end condition is likely to be satisfied before the time end condition is satisfied, and the attacker is notified during the award game. In a gaming machine configured so that it is difficult to win a prize, the time end condition is likely to be satisfied before the prize end condition is satisfied.
ใใฎใใใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่คๆฐ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใจใใฆใใๆ็ซใๅพใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆฎใฉ็นๅฎใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใซใชใฃใฆใใพใใจใ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใ่จญๅฎใใๅฉ็นใๅณใกใใฉใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใฎใใๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใง็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใๅฅใ้ฃใใชใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ่คๆฐใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใฎใใกใๆ็ซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็นๅฎใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใซๅใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใง็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซใใใ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ่กใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ In this way, even if a plurality of end conditions for the privilege game are set, if the end conditions that can be satisfied become almost specific end conditions, the advantage of setting a plurality of end conditions, that is, which end condition There is a problem that it becomes difficult to achieve the effect that the player can be interested in the game during the privilege game by making it difficult to understand whether the privilege game ends based on the establishment. In the above-mentioned gaming machine, the player enthusiastically plays the game during the privilege game by suppressing the bias of the satisfied end condition to a specific end condition among the plurality of end conditions for terminating the privilege game. The purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can be used.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆไฝๆๆฎตใๅฎ่กใใๆไฝๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D1, the ending condition for ending the specific game being executed can be made different according to the operation content executed by the operating means, so that the player can enthusiastically play the game. It has the effect of being able to.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝๆใใฏๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆไฝใๅฎ่กใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ธๆใใใใใใฎ้ธๆๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ธๆๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ The gaming machine D1 is characterized by having a selection effect executing means capable of executing a selection effect for causing the player to select whether to cause the operation means to execute the first operation or the second operation. The gaming machine D2.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ้ธๆๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ธๆๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ธๆใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the game machine D2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D1, the end condition can be selected based on the selection effect executed by the selection effect execution means, so that it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game. It has the effect of being able to do it.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ธๆๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใจใงใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใ็ฐใชใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ The gaming machine D2 has an effect mode setting means capable of setting an effect mode of the selected effect executed by the selected effect executing means, and the effect mode setting means satisfies the case where the first end condition is satisfied and the case where the first end condition is satisfied. The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the effect mode is set differently when the privilege given after the end of the specific game is different from the case where the second end condition is satisfied.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบๅพใซไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ธๆๆผๅบใซ้ๆ่ ใๆณจ็ฎใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, since the effect mode of the selection effect can be changed according to the privilege given after the end of the specific game, the player pays attention to the selection effect to be executed. Therefore, there is an effect that the effect of production can be enhanced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใๅ่จๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ In the gaming machine D3, the discrimination means for executing the discrimination when the second condition different from the first condition is satisfied and the identification information for showing the result of the discrimination by the discrimination means are dynamically displayed for a predetermined period. When the dynamic display means capable of the above and the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means are stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result, the privilege game can be executed. The special game execution means and the period determination means capable of determining the period until the privilege game execution means is executed based on the determination result of the determination means, and the effect mode setting means is the specific game. D4 is a gaming machine D4 for setting an effect mode of the selection effect based on the timing at which is executed and the determination result of the period determination means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ธๆๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใปใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใใฎใใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใๅๅ ๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, since the effect mode of the selection effect is set based on the execution timing of the specific game and the timing at which the privilege game is executed, any of the specific games being executed is set based on the selected effect to be executed. If the end condition is satisfied, the game can be played while predicting whether the period from the end of the specific game to the execution of the privilege game can be shortened. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's willingness to participate in the game can be increased.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใซใๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใจใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๆๅฎใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใ้ทใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใฎใใกใไธใฎ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใ่จญๅฎใใ็จฎๅฅ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ้ๅงใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใงใใๅ ดๅใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ็จฎๅฅใงใใๅ ดๅใจใงใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ The gaming machine D4 has a second variable ball-entry means that can be changed into a third state in which the game ball can enter and a fourth state in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than the third state. As the privilege game, the privilege game executing means changes the second variable ball-entry means into the third state and the fourth state for a predetermined period in a predetermined variable pattern, and the privilege game executing means causes the privilege game execution means. The types of the privileged games to be executed include the first privileged type and the second privileged type in which the second variable ball-entry means is in the fourth state during the privileged game longer than the first privileged type. It has a type setting means for setting one privilege type among a plurality of privilege types including at least, and the effect mode setting means is executed at the end timing of the specific game based on the start timing of the specific game. The gaming machine D5 is characterized in that the production mode is different depending on whether the type of the privilege game that can be played is the first privilege type or the second privilege type.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใๅ ดๅใซใฏใใใฎ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ธๆๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ถๆณใง็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใๅๅ ๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the privilege game can be executed at the end timing of the specific game, the effect mode of the selection effect is set according to the type of the privilege game, so that the effect is being executed based on the selected effect to be executed. It is possible to play the game while predicting which end condition is satisfied for the specific game so that the specific game can be ended in a situation advantageous to the player. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's willingness to participate in the game can be increased.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆณใงใใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆณใงใใใใๅคๅฅใใ็ถๆณๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆณใงใใๅ ดๅใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆณใงใใๅ ดๅใจใงๆผๅบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ In the game machine D5, the end timing of the specific game is the first situation in which the dynamic display of the identification information is executed by the dynamic display means, or the privilege game is executed by the privilege game execution means. It has a situation determining means for determining whether or not it is the second situation, and the effect mode setting means changes the effect mode depending on whether it is the first situation or the second situation. A gaming machine D6 characterized by being present.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใใฟใคใใณใฐใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบไธญใงใใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใงใใใใใซใใฃใฆ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ธๆๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใปใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ถๆณใง็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใๅๅ ๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D5, the timing at which the specific game can be ended depends on whether the identification information is being dynamically displayed or the privilege game is being executed. Since the modes can be different, it is possible to end the specific game in a situation that is advantageous to the player by satisfying any of the end conditions for the specific game being executed based on the selected effect to be executed. It is possible to play a game while predicting whether it can be done. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's willingness to participate in the game can be increased.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ถๆณๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆณใงใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅคๅฅใใๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๆผๅบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใๆๅฎๆ้ไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ใๅ่จๆๅฎๆ้ๆชๆบใงใใๅ ดๅใจใฏ็ฐใชใๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ The gaming machine D6 has a remaining period determining means for determining the remaining period of the dynamic display at the end timing of the specific game when the situation determining means determines that the first situation is present. The aspect setting means is characterized in that when the remaining period is equal to or longer than a predetermined period by the remaining period determining means, an effect mode different from that when the remaining period is less than the predetermined period is set. Pachinko machine D7.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใใฟใคใใณใฐใซใใใฆๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฟใใฆ้ธๆๆผๅบใฎๆผๅบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใฆ่จญๅฎใใใใใใๅฎ่กใใใ้ธๆๆผๅบใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆไฝใใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใปใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใ็ญใใใใใจใใงใใใฎใใไบๆธฌใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใๅๅ ๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine D6, the production mode of the selection effect is different depending on the length of the remaining period of the identification information dynamically displayed at the timing when the specific game can be ended. Therefore, based on the selection effect to be executed, which end condition is satisfied for the specific game being executed is the period from the end of the specific game to the execution of the privilege game. It is possible to play the game while predicting whether it can be shortened. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's willingness to participate in the game can be increased.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใใ๏ผค๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใ้ๅงใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใไธญๆญๆๆฎตใจใใใฎไธญๆญๆๆฎตใซใใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅ ดๅใซๅ้ใใใๅ้ๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ In any of the game machines D4 to D7, the specific game execution means capable of executing the specific game when the execution condition is satisfied, and the specific game in a state where the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means. It has an interrupting means for interrupting the dynamic display when the game is started, and a resuming means for resuming the dynamic display interrupted by the interrupting means when the specific game ends. The gaming machine D8 characterized by this.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใใ๏ผค๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใ้ใฏใๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใ็ตไบใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใฎไธญๆญๆ้ใฎ้ทใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๆฌฒ็ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines D4 to D7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, since the dynamic display can be interrupted while the specific game is being executed, the length of the interruption period of the dynamic display can be changed by changing the end condition for ending the specific game. .. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can enthusiastically play the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใๆใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใ The game machine D8 has a specific area through which the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass, and the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game even when the game ball passes through the specific area. A gaming machine D9 characterized by being possible.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D9, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine D8, the privilege game can be executed even when the gaming ball entered into the variable ball entering means passes through a specific area. , It is possible to provide the enjoyment of selecting whether to perform a game for satisfying the second end condition or a game for satisfying the first end condition for a specific game, and improve the interest of the game. It has the effect of being able to.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผค๏ผใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใๅฐใชใใจใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใ็นๅฎๅๆฐๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผใ In the gaming machine D8 or D9, a gaming state setting means capable of setting at least a first gaming state and a second gaming state in which a game more favorable to the player than the first gaming state is executed as the gaming state. The game state setting means has the first game when the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means is stopped and displayed a specific number of times while the second game state is set. A gaming machine D10 characterized in that it sets a state.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผค๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผค๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใๅณใกใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ตไบใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใซๅ็่กจ็คบใไธญๆญใใใใใจใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็ถ็ถๆ้ใ้ทใใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅนใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฎ้ๆใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ่กใใใ้ธๆใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine D10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D8 or D9, the following effects are exhibited. That is, since the second game state in which the game advantageous to the player is executed ends based on the number of times the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means, the dynamic display is interrupted during the second game state. Is effective when extending the duration of the second gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of selecting whether to perform a game for satisfying the second end condition or a game for satisfying the first end condition for the specific game. , It has the effect of improving the interest of the game.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผฅ็พค๏ผ๏ผๅฝใใ้ๆใฎ็ใๅ ดๆใใ่กจ็คบ๏ผ
้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใใใจใ็คบใ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ
<Characteristic E group> (Navigation display of the target location of the winning game)
Variable entry means that can be changed between the first state in which the game ball can enter and the second state in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state, and the determination is executed when the determination condition is satisfied. The discrimination result of the discrimination means is specified by the discrimination means, the dynamic display means for dynamically displaying the identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means, and the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means. A privileged game executing means capable of executing a privileged game in which the variable ball-entry means is changed from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period when the specific identification information indicating that the determination result of The gaming machine E1 is characterized in that the gaming machine having the above and ..
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตใๅพใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใจใใฆ้ๅธธใงใฏ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ้ๆพใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใพใใๅงๅๅฃใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพใใใๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใจใใ็ฐใชใใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆใงใฏใๅงๅๅฃใ็ใ้ๆใ่กใๅ ดๅใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ่กใๅ ดๅใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใไฝ็ฝฎใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ฃฝใใฎๆฅใชใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, the winning or failing of the game is drawn, and the lottery result that is stopped and displayed after a predetermined fluctuation period is won. In that case, as a privileged game that is advantageous to the player, a game that opens the ball-entry means, which is normally difficult for the game ball to enter, has been executed. Further, there is a gaming machine in which the arrangement position of the starting port and the arrangement position of the ball entry means opened during the privilege game are different (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-45518). In such a game, the position at which the game ball is launched to the player is changed depending on whether the game is aimed at the starting port or the privilege game is performed, so that the player gets tired of it. It was possible to provide a game that does not come.
ใใใใชใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅงๅๅฃใ็ใ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใฆใใพใใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆใใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใ่ใใใฃใใ However, when the privilege game is executed, if the game aiming at the starting port is continuously executed, the ball cannot be entered into the ball entry means during the privilege game, and the player loses. There was a risk that a situation would occur.
ใพใใ่ฟๅนดใฎ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใใซใ้ใใใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใซ่คๆฐใฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ถๆ ใใๅ ฅ็ใๆใ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใๅฏ้ใใฆ้ ่จญใใใใฎใใใใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใงใฏใใฉใฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฐ่ฏใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใ็่งฃใ้ฃใใไธ้ฉๅใช้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใพใ้ๆ่ ใๆใใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ Further, in recent gaming machines, in order to improve the interest of the game, a plurality of devices (a state in which the ball is difficult to enter to a state in which the ball is easy to enter can be changed according to the content of the game) within a limited game area. Devices) are densely arranged. In such a gaming machine, it is difficult for the player to understand to which device the gaming ball should be fired, and there is a problem that an inappropriate game is played and the player loses. rice field. An object of the above-mentioned gaming machine is to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฉใใจ็ใฃใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฐ่ฏใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the game machine E1, a display image showing the variable ball entry means is displayed on the display means by the display control means, so that when the privilege game is executed, the game should be aimed at where to launch the game ball. It is possible to notify a person in an easy-to-understand manner. Therefore, there is an effect that an easy-to-understand game can be provided to the player.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใซใๅ่จ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In the gaming machine E1, the display control means uses the display image as the display means at least during the period from when the specific identification information is stopped and displayed until the variable ball entry means is changed to the first state. A gaming machine E2 characterized in that it is to be displayed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใพใงใซ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่ฆใฆใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E1, the display image is displayed before the variable ball entry means is changed to the first state, so that the gaming ball is launched after seeing the displayed image. In some cases, the game ball can be entered into the variable ball entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to provide a game that is easier for the player to understand.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใใไธใฎ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใ้ธๆๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช่กจ็คบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆๆๆฎตใซใใ้ธๆใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆ็ฐใชใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In the game machine E1 or E2, as the type of the privilege game executed by the privilege game execution means, one privilege game type can be selected from a plurality of privilege game types by the privilege game type selection means and the display control means. The display mode setting means capable of setting the display mode of the display image to be displayed on the display means, and the display mode setting means differs depending on the privilege game type selected by the privilege game type selection means. A gaming machine E3 characterized in that the mode can be set.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅคงๅฝใใ็จฎๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅใใๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines E1 or E2, the display mode of the displayed image can be changed based on the jackpot type, so that the privileged game can be executed in an easy-to-understand manner and the privileged game can be executed. The content of the game can be suggested to the player. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅ้ธๆๆๆฎตใซใใ้ธๆใใใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆไพกๅคใฎ็ฐใชใๅ่จ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In the game machine E3, the privilege game execution means can execute the privilege game having a different value according to the privilege game type selected by the privilege game type selection means. ..
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใซๅฟใใฆไพกๅคใฎ็ฐใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซ้ๆ่ ใๆณจ่ฆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine E3, privileged games having different values are executed according to the privileged game type, so that the player is made to pay attention to the display mode of the display image displayed on the display means. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the effect of production can be enhanced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๅ ฅ็ๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใใๅ่จๅ ฅ็ๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅ ฅ็ใๆค็ฅใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In any of the game machines E1 to E4, the variable ball entry means has a ball entry detection means capable of detecting that a game ball has entered the variable ball entry means, and the display mode setting means is the display means by the display control means. The gaming machine E5 is characterized in that the display mode of the display image displayed in is variably set based on the detection of the ball entering by the ball entry detecting means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅ ฅ็ๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎ้ฒ่กๅ ทๅใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใ According to the game machine E5, in addition to the effect of any of the game machines E1 to E4, when the game ball enters the variable ball entry means by the ball entry detection means, the display mode of the displayed image is changed. Therefore, it is possible to inform the player of the progress of the privileged game in an easy-to-understand manner.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆไฝๆๆฎตใซๅฏพใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆไฝๅ ๅฎนใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆไฝๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆไฝๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅค่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines E1 to E5, the display mode setting means includes an operation means that can be operated by the player and an operation determination means that can determine the operation content executed for the operation means. The gaming machine E6 is characterized in that the display mode is variably set based on the determination result of the operation determination means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใใ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ้ๆ่ ใๆไฝๆๆฎตใๆไฝใใใใจใงใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines E1 to E5, the display mode of the displayed image can be changed by the player operating the operating means. Therefore, there is an effect that the player's willingness to play can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆไฝๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๆกๅคงใใพใใฏ็ธฎๅฐใใใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In the game machine E6, the display mode setting means can set a display mode in which the display image is enlarged or reduced based on the determination result of the operation determination means. ..
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใธใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๆกๅคงใพใใฏ็ธฎๅฐใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎ่กจ็คบใๅฟ ่ฆใจใใชใ้ๆ่ ใฏใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๅฐใใ่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใใใใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซๅฝขๆใใใ่กจ็คบ้ ๅใๅฅใฎๆผๅบ่กจ็คบใซ็จใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฅฝ้ฉใช่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E6, the displayed image can be enlarged or reduced based on the operation of the operating means. As a result, the player who does not need to display the display image when the privilege game is executed can display the display image in a small size, so that the display area formed in the display means is used for another effect display. Is possible. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can execute a suitable display.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆ ๆง่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆไฝๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฝ็ฝฎใใ็ฌฌ๏ผไฝ็ฝฎใธใจๅ่ปขใใใๅ่ปข่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใ In the gaming machine E6 or E7, the display mode setting means can set a rotation display mode in which the display image is rotated from the first position to the second position based on the discrimination result of the operation discriminating means. A gaming machine E8 characterized by being present.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฅ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฅ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆไฝๆๆฎตใธใฎๆไฝใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๅ่ปขใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆงๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ่ฆ่ชใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine E8, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E6 or E7, the display image can be rotated based on the operation on the operating means, so that the player can visually recognize the detailed configuration of the variable ball entering means. It has the effect of being able to.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผฆ็พค๏ผ๏ผๆ็ญ็ตไบใฟใคใใณใฐใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆๅใๆฟใใ๏ผ
ๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎใใกใไฝใใใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ
่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใจใๆๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐๅฏ่ฝใชๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๆดๆฐใใใๅ่จๆๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใใๅคๅฅใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็ตไบๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใงๅ่จ็ตไบๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใใจๅคๅฅใใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅๆฟๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใๅๆฟๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใ
<Characteristic F group> (Switch the time reduction end timing according to the conditions)
By the discrimination means that executes the discrimination when the discrimination condition is satisfied, the dynamic display means that can dynamically display the identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means for a predetermined period, and the dynamic display means. When the dynamically displayed identification information is stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result, the privilege game execution means capable of executing the privilege game, the first game state, and the first A game state setting means capable of setting any of a plurality of game states including at least a second game state different from the game state, an update means capable of updating predetermined information, and an update means thereof. It has an end determination means capable of determining whether or not the updated predetermined information satisfies the end condition, and the end condition is set by the end determination means in a state where the first gaming state is set. The gaming machine capable of setting the second gaming state when it is determined that the conditions are satisfied has a switching means capable of switching the execution timing of the end condition determining means based on the establishment of the switching condition. The gaming machine F1 characterized by.
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตใๅพใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใซใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใ็นๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใๆใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใพใง่จญๅฎใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใ้ๆ่ ใฎ้ๆๆๆฌฒใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใซใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใ่จญๅฎใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ้ๆ่ ใซใใ้ทใๆ้ๆไพใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใใใชใใใไธ่ฟฐใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฅๆฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใๆๅฎใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฎๅๆญข่กจ็คบใฟใคใใณใฐ๏ผใซใใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็ใๅขๅคงใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅไธใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใๅฆ็้ใๆธใใใใจใงใๅฆ็่ฒ ่ทใฎ่ปฝๆธใๅณใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, the winning or failing of the game is drawn, and the lottery result that is stopped and displayed after a predetermined fluctuation period is won. If so, a privileged game that is advantageous to the player was executed. Further, a plurality of gaming states can be set, and when a specific gaming state is set, an advantageous state in which a gaming ball can easily enter the starting port is set until the number of lottery reaches a specific number of times. (For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-033569). In such a gaming machine, the player can be made to play the game while expecting that the first gaming state is set, and the player's motivation to play can be enhanced. Further, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the lottery result is stopped and displayed for the measurement (subtraction) process of the number of lottery times in the advantageous state and the end process of the advantageous state executed based on the number of lottery times reaching a specific number of times. It was configured to be executed at the timing to be executed, and to provide the player with the set advantageous state for a longer period of time. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the lottery result is stopped and displayed: the measurement (subtraction) process of the number of lottery times in the advantageous state and the end process of the advantageous state executed based on the number of lottery times reaching a specific number of times. Since it is configured to be executed when the execution is performed, there is a problem that the processing to be executed at a predetermined timing (stop display timing of the lottery result) increases. It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of reducing the processing load by reducing the amount of processing executed at the same timing in the above-mentioned gaming machine.
ใพใใ่ฟๅนดใซใใใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝ๏ผ้่ค้ๆๅฏ่ฝ๏ผใซๆงๆใใไธๆนใฎ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใไปๆนใฎ้ๆใซใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใใใใซๆงๆใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆใงใฏใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็ฎๆใ้ๆใๅน็่ฏใ่กใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใใใซใไธๆนใฎ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใซๅฟใใฆใไปๆนใฎ้ๆใไธๆ็ใซไธญๆญใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้่คใใฆๅฎ่กใใใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ้่คใใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅใใ้ฃใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ Further, in recent game machines such as pachinko machines, games for executing privileged games are configured to be playable in duplicate (duplicate games are possible), and lottery in the other game is performed according to the game result of one game. There is a gaming machine configured to interrupt the subtraction of the fluctuation period for showing the result (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-12907). In such a game, since a plurality of games can be executed in duplicate, a game aiming at executing a privilege game can be efficiently performed. Further, since the other game can be temporarily interrupted according to the game result of one game, the privileged game is executed in duplicate by a plurality of games to be executed in duplicate, and the player is notified. On the other hand, it was possible to prevent the execution of a privilege game that was difficult to understand.
ใใใใชใใใ้่ค้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใซใไธ่ฟฐใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชๆงๆใ็จใใๅ ดๅใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใจใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใ็นๅฎๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฎ่กใใใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๅฆ็ใจใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใฟใคใใณใฐใงๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใใไพใใฐใไธๆนใฎ้ๆใซใใฃใฆ็นๅ ธ้ๆใไปไธใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆไปๆนใฎ้ๆใซใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใไปไธใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใซใใฃใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใไธญๆญใใใฆใใๅคๅๆ้ใฎๆธ็ฎใๅ้ใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใๅณใกใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไปฅๅคใงๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใซใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใฎ่จๆธฌ๏ผๆธ็ฎ๏ผๅฆ็ใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใๅฅฝ้ฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใชใใจใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๆๅฉ็ถๆ ไธญใฎ้ๆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅฅฝ้ฉใซๅฎ่กใใใใใจใซใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ However, when the above-mentioned advantageous state can be set for the gaming machine capable of executing the duplicate game, the lottery count measurement (subtraction) processing in the advantageous state and the lottery count have reached a specific number of times. Since the termination process of the advantageous state executed based on is executed at the timing when the lottery result is stopped and displayed, for example, the lottery result in the other game is based on the privilege game being given by one game. If the subtraction of the variable time to indicate is interrupted and the advantageous state is set by the granted privilege game, the subtraction of the suspended variable time is restarted and the lottery result is stopped and displayed. If this is done, there is a problem that the lottery count measurement (subtraction) process is executed. That is, since the lottery count measurement (subtraction) process in the advantageous state is executed based on the fact that the lottery result executed in the non-advantageous state is stopped and displayed, the game in the advantageous state is performed for the player. There was a problem that it could not be executed satisfactorily. It is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of the game by causing the player to appropriately perform the game in the advantageous state.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฐใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใๅๆฟๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใง็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine F1, since the execution timing of the end condition determining means can be switched based on the establishment of the switching condition, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to know at what timing the first gaming state ends. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๆๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๆดๆฐใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใ In the gaming machine F1, the updating means can update the first information based on at least the number of times the discrimination is executed by the discriminating means as the predetermined information, and the switching condition is updated by the updating means. The gaming machine F2, wherein the first information is established when the end condition is satisfied.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅๅๆฐใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใๅๆฐๅใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๅฆใใใใญใใญใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine F1, when the number of times of discrimination of the discriminating means satisfies the end condition, the switching condition can be satisfied. It is possible to have the player who has executed the determination of the determination means play the game while being excited about whether or not the first gaming state ends. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใ In the gaming machine F2, the second discrimination means for executing the second discrimination when the second discrimination condition is satisfied and the second identification information for showing the result of the second discrimination by the second discrimination means are moved for a predetermined period. The second dynamic display means capable of displaying the target and the second identification information dynamically displayed by the second dynamic display means are the second specific identification for showing the specific second determination result. It has a second privilege game execution means capable of executing the second privilege game when the information is stopped and displayed, and the switching condition is such that the result of the second determination by the second determination means is the second determination. A gaming machine F3 characterized in that it can be established when it is a result.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใใใใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆบใใใพใงๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine F2, the switching condition can be satisfied based on the second discrimination executed by the second discriminating means different from the discriminating means. When the determination of the determination means is executed until the condition is satisfied, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand whether or not the switching condition is satisfied. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใ็นๅฎๆ้้ ใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จๅคๅฅใจใใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใซๅฏพๅฟใใใๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines F1 to F3, the switching means delays the execution timing of the end condition determination means by a specific period, and the determination means is the first determination executed during the specific period. A gaming machine F4 characterized in that it executes a determination corresponding to a gaming state.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใ้ ใใใฆใใ็นๅฎๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ไธญใฎๅคๅฅใจใใฆๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines F1 to F3, the first game determines the discrimination means executed during the specific period in which the execution timing of the end condition determining means is delayed by the switching means. It can be executed as a determination during the state, and has the effect of improving the interest of the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใซใใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใ็คบใใใใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฏใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ตไบๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใๅใๆฟใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใ In any of the game machines F1 to F4, the game state display means has a game state display means capable of displaying a display mode for indicating the game state set by the game state setting means on the display means, and the game state display means As a display mode for indicating that the first gaming state is set, a first display mode and a second display mode different from the first display mode can be displayed, and the second display mode can be displayed. The gaming machine F5 is characterized in that the aspect is displayed when the execution timing of the end condition determining means is switched by the switching means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฆ๏ผใใ๏ผฆ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใ็คบใ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใจใใฆใๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใ็ตไบๆกไปถๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅฎ่กใฟใคใใณใฐใๅใๆฟใใๅ ดๅใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใซๆงๆใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซ็พๅจใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines F1 to F5, the execution timing of the end condition determining means is switched by the switching means as a display mode indicating the state in which the first gaming state is set. Since the second display mode displayed in the case can be displayed, there is an effect that the current gaming state can be notified to the player in an easy-to-understand manner.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผง็พค๏ผ๏ผๅฝใใ้ๆใฎๅฏพ่ฑก่ฃ
็ฝฎใใ่กจ็คบใใ้ๆใฎ้ฒ่กใซๅใใใฆๅฏๅคใใใ๏ผ
้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ้ๆ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ
ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใ
<Characteristic G group> (The navigation display of the target device of the winning game is changed according to the progress of the game)
When the first variable ball-entry means that can be changed to the first state in which the game ball can enter and the second state in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state and the first execution condition are satisfied. In a gaming machine having the first privilege game execution means capable of executing the first privilege game that changes the first variable ball entry means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period, the game ball The second variable ball-entry means that can be changed into a third state in which a ball can be entered, a fourth state in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than the third state, and the first privilege game execution means. When the game result of the first privilege game is a predetermined game result, the second privilege game capable of executing the second privilege game in which the second variable ball-entry means is changed from the fourth state to the third state for a predetermined period is possible. When the privilege game execution means and the first privilege game are executed, the display means is displayed with the first display image showing the first variable ball entry means, and when the second privilege game is executed, the second privilege game is executed. The gaming machine G1 is characterized by having a display control means for displaying a second display image showing the second variable ball entry means on the display means.
่ฟๅนดใใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใๆๅฎใฎๅคๅๆ้ใ็ตใๅพใซๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใจใใฆ้ๅธธใงใฏ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ้ๆพใใใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใพใใๅงๅๅฃใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆพใใใๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใฎ้ ็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใจใใ็ฐใชใใใ้ๆๆฉใใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใใฎใใใช้ๆใงใฏใๅงๅๅฃใ็ใ้ๆใ่กใๅ ดๅใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ่กใๅ ดๅใจใงใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใไฝ็ฝฎใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใซใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ้ฃฝใใฎๆฅใชใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใ In recent years, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, the winning or failing of the game is drawn, and the lottery result that is stopped and displayed after a predetermined fluctuation period is won. In that case, as a privileged game that is advantageous to the player, a game that opens the ball-entry means, which is normally difficult for the game ball to enter, has been executed. Further, there is a gaming machine in which the arrangement position of the starting port and the arrangement position of the ball entry means opened during the privilege game are different (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-45518). In such a game, the position at which the game ball is launched to the player is changed depending on whether the game is aimed at the starting port or the privilege game is performed, so that the player gets tired of it. It was possible to provide a game that does not come.
ใใใใชใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใๅงๅๅฃใ็ใ้ๆใ็ถ็ถใใฆๅฎ่กใใฆใใพใใจใ็นๅ ธ้ๆไธญใซๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใ้ๆ่ ใๆใใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใ่ใใใฃใใ However, when the privilege game is executed, if the game aiming at the starting port is continuously executed, the ball cannot be entered into the ball entry means during the privilege game, and the player loses. There was a risk that a situation would occur.
ใพใใ่ฟๅนดใฎ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใใซใ้ใใใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใซ่คๆฐใฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ้ๆๅ ๅฎนใซๅฟใใฆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ถๆ ใใๅ ฅ็ใๆใ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผใๅฏ้ใใฆ้ ่จญใใใใฎใใใใใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใงใฏใใฉใฎ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซๅใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฐ่ฏใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใ็่งฃใ้ฃใใไธ้ฉๅใช้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใพใ้ๆ่ ใๆใใใไบๆ ใ็บ็ใใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ Further, in recent gaming machines, in order to improve the interest of the game, a plurality of devices (a state in which the ball is difficult to enter to a state in which the ball is easy to enter can be changed according to the content of the game) within a limited game area. Devices) are densely arranged. In such a gaming machine, it is difficult for the player to understand to which device the gaming ball should be fired, and there is a problem that an inappropriate game is played and the player loses. rice field. An object of the above-mentioned gaming machine is to provide a player with an easy-to-understand game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฐใ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใฉใใจ็ใฃใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใใฐ่ฏใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine G1, a display image showing the variable ball entry means corresponding to the privileged game executed by the display control means is displayed on the display means, so that when the privileged game is executed, the game ball is aimed at. It is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner whether or not to fire. Therefore, there is an effect that an easy-to-understand game can be provided to the player.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใฆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใพใงใฎๆ้ใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใ In the gaming machine G1, the display control means displays the first display image in the period from when the first execution condition is satisfied until the first variable ball entry means is changed to the first state. A gaming machine G2 characterized in that it is displayed by a display means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใใพใงใซ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใ่ฆใฆใใ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซใใๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine G1, the display image is displayed before the first variable ball entry means is changed to the first state, so that the gaming ball is displayed after seeing the displayed image. When fired, the game ball can be entered into the first variable entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to provide a game that is easier for the player to understand.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎๅฐใชใใจใไธ้จใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใ In the gaming machine G2, the display control means causes the display means to display at least a part of the second display image when the first privilege game is executed by the first privilege game execution means. A gaming machine G3 characterized by being present.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใๆฌกใซๅฎ่กใใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎๅฐใชใใจใไธ้จใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใ็ตไบใใๅพใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใไบๅใซๆๆกใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine G2, during the execution of the first privilege game, the second display image showing the second variable ball entry means corresponding to the second privilege game that can be executed next. At least part of it is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to grasp the game method after the first privilege game is completed in advance, and it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎๅฐใชใใจใไธ้จใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใ In the gaming machine G2 or G3, the display control means causes the display means to display at least a part of the first display image when the second privilege game is executed by the second privilege game execution means. A gaming machine G4 characterized by being a thing.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผง๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กไธญใซใๆขใซๅฎ่กๆธใฟใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใ็คบใ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใฎๅฐใชใใจใไธ้จใ่กจ็คบใใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๅปใซๅฎ่กใใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใ้ๆ่ ใ่ฆ่ฆ็ใซ่ช่ญใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine G2 or G3, a first display image showing a first variable ball entry means corresponding to the first privileged game that has already been executed during the execution of the second privileged game. At least part of is displayed. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can visually recognize the content of the privileged game executed in the past, and the player can be provided with an easy-to-understand game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใใ๏ผง๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๅใซใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ่กจ็คบ็ปๅใจๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ปๅใจใ้ ใซ่กจ็คบใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใ In any of the game machines G1 to G4, the display control means has the first display image and the first display image and the display before the first privilege game is executed based on the establishment of the first execution condition. A gaming machine G5 characterized in that the second image is displayed in order.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผง๏ผใใ๏ผง๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใไปๅพๅฎ่กใใๅพใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๆตใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธ้ฃใฎ้ๆๆนๆณใไบใๆๆกใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines G1 to G4, when the first execution condition is satisfied, it is possible to notify the player of the flow of a plurality of privileged games that can be executed in the future. Therefore, it is possible to make the player grasp a series of game methods in advance. Therefore, there is an effect that an easy-to-understand game can be provided to the player.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผจ็พค๏ผ๏ผๆๅฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใไฟ็ๆฐใซใชใๆใ้ๆใจใชใ้ฃใ้ๆใจใๅฎ่ก๏ผ
ๅๅพๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ
ๅ ฑใๅๅพใใๆ
ๅ ฑๅๅพๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅๅพๆๆฎตใซใใๅๅพใใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใใๅฝ่ฉฒๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใๆๅฎๆฐใไธ้ใซ่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช่จๆถๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅ่จๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใใ้ๆ่
ใซๆๅฉใจใชใๆๅฉ้ๆใๅฎ่กใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใ
<Characteristic H group> (Performs games that are likely to have a pending number of advantageous games that can be executed and games that are difficult to be executed)
An information acquisition means that acquires information based on the establishment of acquisition conditions, and a storage means that can store the information acquired by the information acquisition means up to a predetermined number until the determination condition for the information is satisfied. When the discrimination condition is satisfied, the discrimination means for executing the discrimination based on the information stored in the storage means and the identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means are dynamically displayed on the display means. A specific game execution means capable of executing a specific game when the dynamic display means and the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means are stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result. In a game machine having The gaming machine H1 characterized in that it is easy to execute an advantageous advantageous game.
ๅพๆฅใใใใใใณใณๆฉใชใฉใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆฉใๆๆกใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใพใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใๆๅฎๆฐใไธ้ใซไฟ็่จๆถใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใใใฎใใใฃใใใจใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใฎๆฐใซ้ขใใใๅไธใฎๆๅฉๅบฆๅใใฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใจใชใใใใใจใใไธๅ ทๅใใใฃใใใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a start port provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is drawn to win or lose the game, and if the lottery result is a win, the player is notified. A gaming machine in which an advantageous privileged game is executed has been proposed (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-217766). In addition, when a game ball enters the starting port, the lottery right for executing the winning / losing lottery of the game can be held and stored up to a predetermined number. By the way, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, since the gaming with the same degree of advantage is executed regardless of the number of lottery rights stored on hold, there is a problem that the gaming tends to be monotonous. Therefore, it is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine having an improved interest in gaming.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฐใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใซๅฟใใฆๆๅฉ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใซๅฏพใใฆใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine H1, the ease of executing the advantageous game can be made different depending on the number of information stored in the storage means. Therefore, since the player can be interested in the number of information stored in the storage means, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅ่จๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใใใๅ่จๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใจใใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใ In the gaming machine H1, the gaming machine includes a first game in which the number of information stored in the storage means easily satisfies the predetermined condition, and a second game in which the predetermined condition is more difficult to satisfy than the first game. The gaming machine H2, which is characterized by being capable of executing.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใใใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๆๅฎๆกไปถใๆบใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine H1, the number of information stored in the storage means in the first game can more easily satisfy a predetermined condition than in the second game. Therefore, it is possible to make the player play the game while expecting the first game to be executed, and there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆๅฎๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅ่จๆๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใ็นๅฎๆฐใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใใใๆธๅฐใใๆใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใ In the gaming machine H2, the predetermined condition can be satisfied when the number of the information stored in the storage means is a specific number smaller than the predetermined number, and the first game is the storage. The gaming machine H3 is characterized in that when the number of the information stored in the means is larger than the specific number, the number of the information can be easily reduced as compared with the second game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๆธๅฐใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใซใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅคใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine H3, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine H2, when the first game is executed when the number of information is larger than the specific number, the number of information is reduced as compared with the execution of the second game. Since it can be facilitated, it is possible to facilitate the number of information to be a specific number. Therefore, there is an effect that the player who is playing the game in a state where the number of information is larger than the specific number can be made to play the game while expecting the first game to be executed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅ่จ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใใใๅขๅ ใใๆใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใ In the gaming machine H2 or H3, the first game makes it easier to increase the number of the information than the second game when the number of the information stored in the storage means is smaller than the specific number. A gaming machine H4 characterized by being a thing.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผจ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใซใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใใใๅฐใชใ็ถๆ ใง้ๆใ่กใฃใฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine H2 or H3, when the first game is executed when the number of information is less than a specific number, the number of information is larger than that when the second game is executed. Since it can be easily increased, the number of information can be easily increased to a specific number. Therefore, there is an effect that the player who is playing the game in a state where the number of information is less than the specific number can be made to play the game while expecting the first game to be executed.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใใ๏ผจ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใไบใๅฎใใใใฆใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใซๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใฏใๅ่จๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆใใใๅ่จๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใ้ฃใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines H2 to H4, when the first condition is satisfied while the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means, a predetermined dynamic display period of the identification information is established. The first game has a forcible stop means for forcibly stopping the dynamic display of the identification information by the time the above has elapsed, and the first game can forcibly stop the dynamic display of the identification information by the forcible stop means. The second game is characterized in that it is more difficult for the forced stop means to forcibly stop the dynamic display of the identification information than in the first game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใใ๏ผจ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใฎใๅพ ใคใใจ็กใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใ็ตไบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๆฌกใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๅน็ใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine H5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines H2 to H4, the dynamic display of the identification information being executed can be forcibly stopped by the forced stopping means. As a result, it is possible to end the dynamic display of the identification information without waiting for the identification information being executed to be dynamically displayed for a predetermined period. Therefore, there is an effect that the next discrimination by the discrimination means can be easily executed, the game efficiency can be improved, and the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆกไปถใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅคๅฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใ The gaming machine H5 has a second discrimination means capable of executing a second discrimination different from the discrimination when a second discrimination condition different from the discrimination condition is satisfied, and the first condition is at least the first. 2. The gaming machine H6, which can be established when the result of the second determination by the determination means is a specific second determination result.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผจ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใๆฌๆฐใช้ๆๆงใๆไพใใใใจใง้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine H4, the first condition can be easily satisfied when the result of the second discrimination by the second discriminating means is a specific second discriminating result. Therefore, the interest of the game is improved by providing a novel game property of executing the second discrimination by the second discrimination means in order to forcibly stop the dynamic display of the identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means. It has the effect of being able to.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผฉ็พค๏ผ๏ผๆ็ญๆ้ไธญใซๆ็ญๅๆฐใๆดๆฐใใใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจใๆดๆฐใใใชใๅคๅ่กจ็คบใจใ่จญใใ๏ผ
ๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎไธญใใไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ
่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใงๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ
ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐๅฏ่ฝใชๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใๅถ้ใใๅถ้ๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ
<Characteristic I group> (A variable display in which the number of time reductions is updated during the time reduction period and a variable display in which the number of time reductions is not updated are provided)
A discrimination means that executes discrimination when the discrimination condition is satisfied, a dynamic display means that can dynamically display identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means, and a dynamic display means that dynamically displays the discrimination information. A specific game execution means capable of executing a specific game when the displayed identification information is stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result, a first game state, and the first game state. Is executed in a state in which the second gaming state is set in a gaming machine having a gaming state setting means capable of setting one gaming state from a plurality of gaming states including different second gaming states. A gaming machine characterized by having an updating means capable of updating the first information based on the dynamic display of the identification information and a limiting means for limiting the updating of the first information by the updating means. I1.
ๅพๆฅใใใใใใณใณๆฉใชใฉใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅพใซๆฝ้ธใ่กใใๆใใชใๆ็ญ้ๆใๆๅฎๆ้ๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆฉใๆๆกใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใจใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๆฝ้ธๅๆฐใไบใๅฎใใใใๅๆฐใซๅฐ้ใใใจๆ็ญ้ๆใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๆ็ญ้ๆใฎๆฎๆ้ใๅฎนๆใซไบๆธฌใใใฆใใพใใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, when a game ball enters a starting port provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is drawn to win or lose the game, and if the lottery result is successful, the player is notified. An advantageous privilege game was being executed. Further, there has been proposed a gaming machine in which a time-saving game is executed for a predetermined period so that a lottery is easily performed after the privileged game is executed (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-217766). By the way, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when the number of lottery executed during the time-saving game reaches a predetermined number of times, the time-saving game ends, so that the player can easily predict the remaining period of the time-saving game. There was a problem that the motivation to play was reduced. Therefore, it is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine having an improved interest in gaming.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใฆใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅถ้ๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใๅถ้ใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I1, even if the dynamic display of the identification information is executed while the second gaming state is set, the update of the first information is restricted by the limiting means when the first condition is satisfied. can do. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใ็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In the gaming machine I1, the gaming state setting means sets the first gaming state when the end condition based on the first information is satisfied while the second gaming state is set. Characteristic gaming machine I2.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅถ้ๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใใๅถ้ใใใใจใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็ตไบๆกไปถใใฉใฎใฟใคใใณใฐใงๆ็ซใใใฎใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I2, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine I1, it is possible to make it difficult to end the second gaming state by restricting the update of the first information by the limiting means. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand when the end condition of the second game state is satisfied, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใปใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In the gaming machine I2, the discriminating means is performed by the player when the discriminating means is executed in the state where the second gaming state is set, rather than when the discriminating is executed in the state where the first gaming state is set. The gaming machine I3, characterized in that it executes a determination that is advantageous to the pachinko machine I3.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใชใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๆ้ไธญใซๅฎ่กใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๅๆฐใๅคใใชใใใใซๆๅพ ใใชใใ้ๆ่ ใซ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I3, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine I2, the second gaming state becomes a gaming state that is more favorable to the player than the first gaming state, so that during the period when the second gaming state is set. It is possible to have the player play the game while expecting that the number of dynamic impressions to be executed increases, and there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๅๆฐใๆดๆฐๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In the gaming machine I3, the updating means can update the dynamic display number of times of the identification information executed in a state where the second gaming state is set as the first information. Game machine I4 to play.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๅๆฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใจใใฆๆดๆฐใใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅฎ่กใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๅๆฐใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใใจใซใชใใใใฃใฆใๆ็ซใใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใซใ้ขใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใชใๅ ดๅใ่จญใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅคๆงใฎใใ้ๆใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine I3, the number of times the identification information is dynamically displayed is updated as the first information by the updating means, so that the second gaming state is set. The second gaming state ends based on the number of times the identification information is dynamically displayed. Therefore, it is possible to provide a case where the first information is not updated even though the dynamic display of the identification information is executed according to the conditions that are satisfied, so that the player can be provided with a surprising game. It has the effect of being able to do it.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใใ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็นๆฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใไบใๅฎใใใใฆใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ็ต้ใใใพใงใซๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines I2 to I4, when a special condition is satisfied while the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means, a predetermined dynamic display period of the identification information is set. It has a forced stop means for forcibly stopping the dynamic display of the identification information by the time elapses, and the first condition can be satisfied when the dynamic display of the identification information is forcibly stopped by the forced stop means. The gaming machine I5 characterized by being.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใใ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎใใใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใซใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅถ้ๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๆดๆฐๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆดๆฐใๅถ้ใใใใใใใซใใใๆญฃๅธธใซๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใชใใฃใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใซใใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆญฃๅธธใซๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใชใใพใพ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฟซใชๆใใใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines I2 to I4, when the dynamic display of the identification information is forcibly stopped by the forced stopping means, the first condition is satisfied and updated by the limiting means. The update of the first information by means is restricted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first information from being updated due to the dynamic display of the identification information that could not be dynamically displayed normally. Therefore, the identification information is set in the second game state. There is an effect that it is possible to prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable due to the end of the second game state without being able to display the information normally.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซ้ขใใใใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆไปฅๅคใงใใใใจใ็คบใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใงๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In the gaming machine I5, the forced stop means is forced to stop with identification information indicating that the discrimination result of the discrimination means is other than the specific discrimination result, regardless of the discrimination result of the discrimination means corresponding to the identification information. A game machine I6 characterized in that it is to be made to.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใ็กใใใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆญฃๅธธใซๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใชใใพใพ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใฆใใพใ้ๆ่ ใซไธๅฟซใชๆใใใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใๅบๆฅใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine I5, when the identification information is forcibly stopped, the specific game is not executed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable when the second game state ends without being able to normally dynamically display the identification information in the state where the second game state is set. It has the effect of being able to.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆกไปถใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅคๅฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๆฎๆกไปถใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใฏ็ฐใชใๆๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ The gaming machine I6 has a second discriminating means capable of executing a second discriminating different from the discriminating when a second discriminating condition different from the discriminating condition is satisfied, and the specific game executing means is the first discriminating means. The specific game is executed even when the result of the second discrimination by the 2 discriminating means is a specific second discriminating result, and the special condition is at least the result of the second discriminating by the second discriminating means. I7 is a gaming machine I7, which can be established when is a predetermined second determination result different from the specific second determination result.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๆฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅผทๅถๅๆญขๆๆฎตใซใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใใใใซใใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใใใๅ ใซๆๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใจใชใฃใใจใใฆใใ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅผทๅถๅๆญขใใใใจๅ ฑใซใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆ ๅ ฑใๆดๆฐใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I7, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine I6, a special condition is satisfied when the second discrimination result of the second discriminating means capable of executing the specific game is a predetermined second discriminating result, and the machine is forcibly stopped. The dynamic display of the identification information is forcibly stopped and displayed by the means. As a result, when the second determination by the second determination means is executed in order to execute the specific game, even if the result of the predetermined second determination is obtained before the result of the specific second determination, the specific identification This has the effect of forcibly stopping the dynamic display of information and suppressing the update of the first information.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใฎ็จฎๅฅใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใจใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใฎไธญใใไธใฎ็นๅฎ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใใ้ๆ็จฎๅฅๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็จฎๅฅๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใชใฃใใปใใใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใชใฃใๅ ดๅใใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ๆ็จฎๅฅใๆฑบๅฎใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In the game machine I7, as the type of the specific game executed by the specific game execution means, the first specific game type and the second specific game capable of executing a specific game that is more advantageous to the player than the first specific game type. It has a game type determining means for determining one specific game type from a plurality of specific game types including a game type, and the game type determining means is combined with the specific second determination result by the second determining means. The gaming machine I8 is characterized in that it is easier to determine the second specific game type than when the specific determination result is obtained by the determination means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใชใๆใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅถ้ๆๆฎตใซใใๅถ้ๅนๆใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I8, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine I7, the second discriminating means is more likely to give a discriminant result more favorable to the player than the discriminating means, so that the player positively executes the second discriminating. Can be made to. Therefore, there is an effect that the limiting effect by the limiting means can be further enhanced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใ In the gaming machine I7 or I8, the second discriminating means is easier to execute the second discriminating when the second gaming state is set than when the first gaming state is set. A gaming machine I9 characterized by being present.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฉ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผฉ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใๅ ดๅใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใๆใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใซใใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็ฉๆฅต็ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅถ้ๆๆฎตใซใใๅถ้ๅนๆใใใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine I9, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine I7 or I8, the second determination by the second determining means is performed when the second gaming state is set than when the first gaming state is set. Is easy to execute, so that the player can positively execute the second determination in the state where the second gaming state is set. Therefore, there is an effect that the limiting effect by the limiting means can be further enhanced.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผช็พค๏ผ๏ผๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใ้ไธญใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎๅคๅ่กจ็คบใฎๅ
ๅฎนใซๅบใฅใใฆๅๆญขๅถๅพกๅ
ๅฎนใๅใๆฟใใ๏ผ
ๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ
ๆงใๆฑบๅฎใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ
ๆงๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ
ใงๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๆบใใใฆใใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆ
ๆงใใ็นๅฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ
ๆงใซๅใๆฟใใใใใฎ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใ
<Characteristic J group> (When the condition for stopping and displaying the variable display during execution is satisfied, the stop control content is switched based on the content of the variable display during execution)
A discrimination means that executes discrimination when the discrimination condition is satisfied, a dynamic display means that can dynamically display identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means, and a dynamic display means that dynamically displays the discrimination information. The dynamic display in a gaming machine having a specific game execution means capable of executing a specific game when the displayed identification information is stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result. When the switching condition is satisfied with the dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the identification information dynamically displayed by the means and the state in which the identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means. In addition, a specific control means capable of executing specific control for switching the dynamic display mode to the specific dynamic display mode according to a condition satisfied by the dynamic display of the identification information by the dynamic display means. The gaming machine J1 characterized by having the above.
ๅพๆฅใใใใใใณใณๆฉใชใฉใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใซใ่คๆฐใฎ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆ๏ผใๅๆใซๅคๅใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆๆฉใๆๆกใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใพใใไธ่ฟฐใใๆงๆใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใไธๆนใฎๆฝ้ธใงๅฝใใๅฝ้ธใใๅ ดๅใซใไปๆนใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซ็ ดๆฃใใใใฎใใใฃใใใใฎๅ ดๅใไปๆนใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใฎๅ ๅฎนใซ้ขใใใไปๆนใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅผทๅถ็ใซ็ ดๆฃใใใฆใใพใใใใๅ ดๅใซใใฃใฆใฏ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไธๅฉใจใชใๅ ดๅใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซไธไฟกๆใไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใใชใใไธ่ฟฐใใๅพๆฅใฎ่ชฒ้กใฏใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใๅๆใซ๏ผไธฆ่กใใฆ๏ผๅฎ่กใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผๆ่ฌใๅๆๅคๅๆฉ๏ผใซใใใ่ชฒ้กใ่จ่ผใใใใฎใงใใใใๆฌ็นๅพด็พคใฎๆ่กๆๆณใซใใฃใฆ่งฃๆฑบใใใ่ชฒ้กใฏใๅๆๅคๅๆฉใซ้ใใใใใฎใงใฏ็กใใๅๆๅคๅๆฉไปฅๅคใฎ้ๆๆฉ๏ผไพใใฐใๅ ฅ่ณ้ ใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฅๅณๆใฎๆฝ้ธ๏ผๅคๅ๏ผใจใๅฎ่กใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผใซ้ฉ็จใใฆใๅฟ่ซ่ฏใใ Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, when a game ball enters a starting port provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is drawn to win or lose the game, and if the lottery result is successful, the player is notified. An advantageous privilege game was being executed. Further, a gaming machine capable of changing a plurality of special symbols (first special symbol and second special symbol) at the same time has been proposed (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-12907). In addition, in some gaming machines having the above-described configuration, when one lottery is won, the other lottery result is forcibly discarded. In this case, the other lottery result is forcibly discarded regardless of the content of the other lottery result, which may be disadvantageous to the player in some cases and give the player a sense of distrust. There was a problem. Therefore, it is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine having an improved interest in gaming. In addition, the above-mentioned conventional problem is a problem in a gaming machine (so-called simultaneous fluctuation machine) that simultaneously (parallel) executes a lottery (variation) of the first special symbol and a lottery (variation) of the second special symbol. Although it is described, the problems solved by the technical idea of this feature group are not limited to the simultaneous variable machines, and the game machines other than the simultaneous variable machines (for example, the lottery of the first special symbol according to the order of winning). Of course, it may be applied to a gaming machine that executes (variation) and lottery (variation) of the second special symbol).
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฐใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใงๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๆบใใใฆใใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็นๅฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใธใจๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใๅฎ่กไธญใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ็นๅฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใธใจๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใๅใๆฟใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซไธไฟกๆใไธใใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine J1, when the switching condition is satisfied while the identification information is dynamically displayed, the dynamic display mode is specified according to the condition satisfied by the dynamic display of the identification information being executed. It is possible to switch to the target display mode. As a result, the dynamic display mode can be switched to the specific dynamic display mode corresponding to the dynamic display of the identification information during execution. Therefore, when the dynamic display mode is switched, it is possible to suppress giving the player a sense of distrust, which has the effect of improving the interest of the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใๅ ดๅใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๆบใใใฆใใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆ่คๆฐใฎๅ่จ็นๅฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใฎใใกไฝใใใฎ็นๅฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใซๅใๆฟใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใ In the gaming machine J1, when the specific control means is executed, the specific control means has a plurality of specific dynamic display modes according to conditions satisfied by the dynamic display of the identification information by the dynamic display means. A gaming machine J2 characterized in that it switches to any of the specific dynamic display modes.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใๅ ดๅใซใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๆบใใใฆใใๆกไปถใซๅฟใใฆ็นๅฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑๅ็่กจ็คบใซๅฏพๅฟใใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๆฑบๅฎใใใใจใใงใใใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใ้ใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใ้ฃใ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใพใใใจใๆๅถใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine J2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine J1, when the specific control is executed, the specific dynamic display mode can be changed according to the conditions satisfied by the dynamic display of the identification information. .. As a result, the specific control corresponding to the dynamic display of the identification information can be determined, so that when the specific control is executed for the dynamic display of the identification information, a game that is difficult for the player to understand is executed. Can be suppressed. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆกไปถใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จๅคๅฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซๆ็ซใๅพใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใ The gaming machine J1 or J2 has a second discrimination means that executes a second discrimination different from the discrimination when a second discrimination condition different from the discrimination condition is satisfied, and the switching condition is the second discrimination. The gaming machine J3 is characterized in that it can be established when the result of the second determination by the means is a predetermined second determination result.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผช๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใๆๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใชใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใฎๅถๅพกๅ ๅฎนใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใจใฎไธกๆนใซ้ข้ฃไปใใใใฎใจใชใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine J3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine J1 or J2, when the result of the second discrimination by the second discriminating means is a predetermined second discriminating result, the switching condition is satisfied and the specific control is executed. It will be. Therefore, the control content of the specific control is related to both the discriminant result by the discriminating means and the second discriminating result by the second discriminating means, and there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใๅ่จๆๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใ In the gaming machine J3, the specific game executing means also performs the specific game even when the result of the second determination by the second determination means is a specific second determination result different from the predetermined second determination result. A gaming machine J4 characterized by being feasible.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฐใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใซๅบใฅใใฆใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅใจ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใจใฎไธกๆนใๆๆฌฒ็ใซ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ็นๅฎๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใ้ ปๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine J4, since the specific game can be executed even based on the second discrimination by the second discriminating means, both the discriminating means and the second discriminating the second discriminating means are performed by the player. Can be motivated. Therefore, there is an effect that the frequency with which the specific control is executed can be increased.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใใ๏ผช๏ผใฎไฝใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆ ๆงๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๅฐใชใใจใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ้ทใใปใใ็ญใๅ ดๅใใใๆ็ซใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines J1 to J4, the dynamic display mode determining means at least determines the dynamic display period of the identification information, and the switching condition is the case where the longer the dynamic display period is, the shorter the dynamic display period is. The gaming machine J5, which is characterized by being easier to establish than.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใใ๏ผช๏ผใฎไฝใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใ้ทใใปใใๅๆฟๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine J5, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines J1 to J4, the longer the dynamic display period, the easier it is for the switching condition to be satisfied, so that the dynamic display is performed dynamically by the dynamic display means. There is an effect that the player can be interested in the length of the dynamic display period of the identification information, and the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใใ๏ผช๏ผใฎไฝใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆกไปถใฏใๅ่จๆฎๆ้ๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จๆฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฟใใฆๆ็ซใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆ๏ผช๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines J1 to J5, the remaining period determination means capable of determining the residual dynamic display period of the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means is provided, and the switching condition is the remaining period. The game J6 is characterized in that the ease of establishment is different depending on the length of the residual dynamic display period determined by the determination means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผช๏ผใใ๏ผช๏ผใฎไฝใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซๅฟใใฆๅๆฟๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใฎใๆใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine J6, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines J1 to J5, the ease with which the switching condition is satisfied can be made different depending on the length of the residual dynamic display period. On the other hand, there is an effect that the length of the residual dynamic display period of the identification information can also be interested.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผซ็พค๏ผ๏ผๅ
่ชญใฟ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๅๆฐใใไฟ็ๆฐใจๅๆใใใใซๅขๆธใใใ๏ผ
ๅๅพๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๆ
ๅ ฑใๅๅพใใๆ
ๅ ฑๅๅพๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅๅพๆๆฎตใซใใๅๅพใใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใใๅฐใชใใจใๅฝ่ฉฒๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅฏพใใๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใใพใงใๆๅฎๆฐใไธ้ใซ่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใช่จๆถๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใใฆๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใ็นๅฎใฎๅ่จๅคๅฅ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใๅ ดๅใซ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใๅ่จๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใพใงใซใๅฝ่ฉฒๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅบใฅใไบๅๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅฎๆฐใฎ็นๅฎๅณๆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็นๅฎๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใ่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใๅ่จๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใซ้ขใใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅค่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ
<Characteristic K group> (Increase / decrease the number of specific symbols displayed based on the look-ahead result without synchronizing with the number of reservations)
An information acquisition means that acquires information based on the establishment of acquisition conditions, and a storage means that can store the information acquired by the information acquisition means up to a predetermined number until at least the determination conditions for the information are satisfied. , When the discrimination condition is satisfied, the discrimination means for executing the discrimination based on the information stored in the storage means and the identification information for showing the discrimination result of the discrimination means are dynamically displayed on the display means. A specific game in which a specific game can be executed when the dynamic display means to be caused and the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means are stopped and displayed with the specific identification information for indicating the specific determination result. In a gaming machine having an execution means, a pre-determination means for executing a pre-determination based on the information and a pre-discrimination means thereof before the determination based on the information stored in the storage means is executed. The specific symbol display means for displaying a predetermined number of specific symbols on the display means based on the result of the prior determination by the above, and the display number of the specific symbols displayed by the specific symbol display means are combined with the number of the information. The gaming machine K1 is characterized by having a variable number of symbols display means capable of variable display regardless of the number of symbols.
ๅพๆฅใใใใใใณใณๆฉใชใฉใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆฉใๆๆกใใใฆใใใใพใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใๆๅฎๆฐใไธ้ใซไฟ็่จๆถใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใจใชใใใใซๆงๆใใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใฎๅๆฐใๅณๆใง่กจ็คบใใใใฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆ ๆงใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใไบๅใซๅคๅฅใใไบๅๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคใใใใใฎใๆๆกใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใจใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅณๆใ็จใใฆไบๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบๅใใใใจใใงใใใใฎใงใใฃใใใไฟ็่จๆถใใใฆใใๆฝ้ธๆจฉๅฉใฎๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใฏใ่กจ็คบใใใๅณๆใฎๆฐใๅฐใชใใชใใๆผๅบๅนๆใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใ้ๆใๅ่ชฟใจใชใใใใใจใใไธๅ ทๅใใใฃใใใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, when a game ball enters a starting port provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is drawn to win or lose the game, and if the lottery result is successful, the player is notified. A gaming machine has been proposed in which an advantageous privilege game is executed. In addition, when a game ball enters the starting port, the lottery right for executing the winning / failing lottery of the game can be held and stored up to a predetermined number, and the lottery is held and stored. It has been proposed that the number of rights is displayed as a symbol and the display mode of the symbol is changed based on the pre-determination result of pre-determining the lottery result corresponding to the stored lottery right (for example, special feature). Open 2013-223613 (Ab. 2013). By the way, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the result of the pre-determination can be suggested to the player by using the displayed symbol, but if the number of lottery rights stored on hold is small, it is displayed. There was a problem that the number of symbols to be played was reduced, the effect of the production was reduced, and the game tended to be monotonous. Therefore, it is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine having an improved interest in gaming.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใไบๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใซ้ขใใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใๅฐใชใๅ ดๅใงใใฃใฆใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใไบๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็คบๅใใๆผๅบใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine K1, the number of display of the specific symbol displayed based on the result of the pre-determination by the pre-determination means can be changed regardless of the number of information stored in the storage means. Therefore, even when the number of information stored in the storage means is small, the display number of the specific symbol can be variably displayed, and the player is interested in the effect of suggesting the result of the pre-determination. It has the effect of being able to have it.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใชๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใไธ้ใซๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ The gaming machine K1 is characterized in that the specific symbol display means can display the specific symbol up to the number of the information that can be stored in the storage means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎไธ้่กจ็คบๆฐใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถๅฏ่ฝใชๆ ๅ ฑใฎไธ้ๆฐใจใใฆใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฎๅณๆใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็คบใใฆใใใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ According to the gaming machine K2, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine K1, the upper limit display number of the specific symbol is set as the upper limit of the information that can be stored in the storage means, so that the specific symbol is stored in the storage means for the player. It can be thought that it indicates the number of information that is being stored.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผซ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ๏ผไปฅไธใงใใๅ ดๅใซใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๆฐใจใใฆ๏ผไปฅไธใฎ็ฏๅฒใงๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ In either the gaming machine K1 or K2, when the number of the information stored in the storage means is 1 or more, the symbol number variable means is said to have a range of 1 or more as the number of the specific symbols. A gaming machine K3 characterized in that the number of display of a specific symbol is variable.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผซ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซๆ ๅ ฑใ่จๆถใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ็นๅฎๅณๆใ็ถ็ถใใฆ่กจ็คบใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆ็นๅฎๅณๆใ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๆ ๅ ฑใฎๆฐใ็คบใใฆใใใจๆใใใใใจใใงใใใ According to the gaming machine K3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine K1 or K2, the specific symbol can be continuously displayed while the information is stored in the storage means, so that the specific symbol can be displayed to the player. Can be thought to indicate the number of pieces of information stored in the storage means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใใ๏ผซ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซใใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใจใใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎใใกใไธใฎ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใช้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆ็ถๆ ่จญๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ็ถๆ ใง็ตไบๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใ้ใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ In any of the gaming machines K1 to K3, one gaming state is set among a plurality of gaming states including a first gaming state and a second gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the first gaming state. The game state setting means has a possible game state setting means, and the game state setting means can set the first game state when the end condition is satisfied at least in a state where the second game state is set. The gaming machine K4 is characterized in that the specific symbol display means can display the specific symbol on the display means while the second gaming state is set.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใใ๏ผซ๏ผใฎไฝใใใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ้ใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ่จญๅฎใใใฆใใใใจใซใชใใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅคใใๆฏใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็ตไบใใใๅฆใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine K4, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines K1 to K3, a second gaming state advantageous to the player is set while the specific symbol is displayed on the display means. Therefore, it is possible to notify the player whether or not the second gaming state ends each time the display number of the specific symbol changes. Therefore, there is an effect that the effect of production can be enhanced.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซ่กจ็คบใใใฆใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ๏ผไปฅไธๅฏๅคใใใใใจใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ In the gaming machine K4, the gaming machine K5 is characterized in that the symbol number changing means can change the display number of the specific symbol displayed on the display means by two or more.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใไธๅบฆใซๅคงใใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅคๆงใฎใใๆผๅบใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine K5, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine K4, the number of displayed specific symbols can be greatly changed at one time, so that it is possible to provide the player with an unexpected effect, and the effect can be produced. It has the effect of being able to increase.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใจใใฆใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใซๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใใใใใซๅฏๅคใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ In the gaming machine K5, the symbol number variable means includes the information corresponding to the specific determination result in the information stored in the storage means as the result of the advance determination by the advance determination means. The gaming machine K6 is characterized in that it is easier to change so as to increase the number of displayed specific symbols than when the information corresponding to the specific determination result is not included. ..
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใใจไบๅๅคๅฅใใใใปใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅขๅ ใใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎๅฏๅค็ถๆณใซๅฏพใใฆ้ๆ่ ใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine K6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine K5, it is possible to easily increase the number of displayed specific symbols if it is preliminarily determined that the information corresponding to the specific determination result is included. It has the effect of making the player interested in the variable situation of a specific symbol and improving the interest of the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จไบๅๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใจใใฆใๅ่จ่จๆถๆๆฎตใซ่จๆถใใใฆใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใซๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅ ดๅใฎใปใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๅ่จๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใชใๅ ดๅใใใใไธๅบฆใซๅขๅ ใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅคใใชใๆใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ In the gaming machine K6, the symbol number variable means includes the information corresponding to the specific determination result in the information stored in the storage means as the result of the advance determination by the advance determination means. The gaming machine K7 is characterized in that the number of displayed specific symbols to be increased at one time is likely to be larger in the case where the specific symbol is displayed than in the case where the information corresponding to the specific determination result is not included. ..
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใไธๅบฆใซๅขๅ ใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅคใใปใฉใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฅ็ตๆใซๅฏพๅฟใใๆ ๅ ฑใๅซใพใใฆใใๅฏ่ฝๆงใ้ซใใชใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใใฉใฎใใใซๅขๅ ใใใฎใ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine K7, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine K6, the larger the number of displayed specific symbols that increase at one time, the higher the possibility that the information corresponding to the specific discrimination result is included. This has the effect of making the person interested in how the number of displayed specific symbols increases, and improving the interest of the game.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใ็นๅฎๆฐใพใงๅขๅ ใใใๅใซใๅ่จ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใๆบๅๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใ The gaming machine K7 is characterized in that the symbol number variable means can execute a preparatory variable display for reducing the display number of the specific symbol before increasing the display number of the specific symbol to the specific number. Game machine K8 to play.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผซ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆบๅๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใซใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๆธๅฐใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ็พ็ถใฎ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใซ้ขใใใใ็นๅฎๆฐใฎๅขๅ ๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใๅฎ่กใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใๅณๆๆฐๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใซใใ็นๅฎๅณๆใฎ่กจ็คบๆฐใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบใใใๆผๅบใฎ่ช็ฑๅบฆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine K8, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine K7, the display number of the specific symbol can be reduced by the preparatory variable display, so that the specific number can be increased and varied regardless of the current display number of the specific symbol. Can be executed. Therefore, there is an effect that the degree of freedom of the effect of variably displaying the display number of the specific symbol by the symbol number variable means can be increased.
๏ผ็นๅพด๏ผฌ็พค๏ผ๏ผไธๆตๅดใฎ้ปใใฅใผๅ
ฅ่ณ็ใๅฏๅคใใใใใจใงใไธๆตๅดใฎๅงๅๅฃใธใฎๅ
ฅ็็ใๅฏๅคใใใ๏ผ
็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใๆใใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅฏพๅฟใใ็นๅฎ้ๆใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅฎ้ๆๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆ็ใๆตไธๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใงใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใๅ
ฅ็ๅฐ้ฃใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใๆๅฎใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใงๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใงใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใซๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆกไปถใๆ็ซใๅพใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใๅพใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใๅพใไฝ็ฝฎใซ่จญใใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใ
<Characteristic L group> (By changing the electric chew winning rate on the upstream side, the ball entry rate to the starting port on the downstream side can be changed)
A first discrimination means capable of executing the first discrimination when the first discrimination condition is satisfied, and a second discrimination different from the first discrimination condition when the second discrimination condition different from the first discrimination condition is satisfied. When the feasible second discriminating means and the result of the first discriminating by the first discriminating means are specific first discriminating results, or when the result of the second discriminating by the second discriminating means is a specific second discriminating means. 2 In a gaming machine having a specific game execution means capable of executing a corresponding specific game when it is a determination result, a first flow path through which a game ball can flow down and a game flowing down the first flow path. A first ball entry means in which the ball can enter and the first determination condition can be satisfied when the game ball enters, and a first state in which the game ball can enter the first ball entry means. And a variable means that can be changed to a second state that is more difficult to enter than the first state, and a variable control means that can variably control the variable means with a predetermined variable pattern when an execution condition is satisfied. It has a second ball-entry means in which a game ball can enter and the second determination condition can be satisfied when the game ball enters, and the second ball-entry means has the first flow path. The gaming machine L1 is characterized in that, among the gaming balls flowing down the ball, the gaming ball that could not enter the first ball entering means is provided at a position where the gaming ball can enter.
ๅพๆฅใใใใใใณใณๆฉใชใฉใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ค้ขไธใซ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใจใ้ๆใฎๅฝๅฆใๆฝ้ธใใใใใฎๆฝ้ธ็ตๆใๅฝใใใงใใฃใๅ ดๅใซใฏใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใจใชใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใๅฎ่กใใใฆใใใใใใซใ็นๅ ธ้ๆใฎๅฎ่กๅพใซๆฝ้ธใ่กใใๆใใชใๆ็ญ้ๆใๆๅฎๆ้ๅฎ่กใใใ้ๆๆฉใๆๆกใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใใพใใ่คๆฐใฎๅงๅๅฃใ่จญใใใใฎใใกไธใฎๅงๅๅฃใซๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใๆใใใใใใฎๅฏๅค้จๆใ่จญใใใใจใงใๆ็ญ้ๆไธญใซๆฝ้ธใๅฎ่กใใๆใใใใใฎใใใใใจใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใงใฏใๅฏๅค้จๆใ่จญใใใใๅงๅๅฃใซๅใใฆ้ๆ็ใ็บๅฐใใ้ใซใๅงๅๅฃใซๅ ฅ็ใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใฏ็ก้งใจใชใใ้ๆๆๆฌฒใไฝไธใใฆใใพใใจใใๅ้กใใใฃใใใใใงใไธ่จใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, when a game ball enters a starting port provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is drawn to win or lose the game, and if the lottery result is successful, the player is notified. An advantageous privilege game was being executed. Further, there has been proposed a gaming machine in which a time-saving game is executed for a predetermined period so that a lottery is easily performed after the privileged game is executed (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-217766). Further, there is a case in which a plurality of starting ports are provided, and one of the starting ports is provided with a variable member for facilitating the entry of a game ball during the time-saving game, thereby facilitating the execution of the lottery during the time-saving game. By the way, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when a gaming ball is launched toward a starting port provided with a variable member, the gaming ball that does not enter the starting opening is wasted and the motivation for playing is reduced. was there. Therefore, it is an object of the above-mentioned gaming machine to provide a gaming machine having an improved interest in gaming.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฐใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๅฏๅคใใใๆ้ใฎ้ทใใซใใฃใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็ถๆ ใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็ถๆ ใจใๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใใซใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใ้ๆ็ใๆตไธใใๅ ดๅใซใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆไฝใใฎๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใไบๆธฌใใใๆฅฝใใฟใๆไพใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine L1, it is easy to execute the first determination based on the gaming ball flowing down the first flow path depending on the length of the period during which the variable means is changed to the first state by the variable control means. It is possible to switch between a state in which the second determination can be easily executed. As a result, when the game ball flows down the first flow path, it is possible to provide the player with the enjoyment of predicting which determination will be executed, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. effective.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฎๅ่จๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใจใใฆใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใชใๆ้ใ้ทใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใฎไธญใใไธใฎๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใๆฑบๅฎใใๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใ In the gaming machine L1, as the variable pattern of the variable means that is variably controlled by the variable control means, a first variable pattern and a period in which the variable means is in the second state is longer than the first variable pattern. The gaming machine L2 is characterized by having a variable pattern determining means for determining one variable pattern from a plurality of variable patterns including at least two variable patterns.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใซใใๆฑบๅฎใใใๅฏๅคใใฟใผใณใซๅฟใใฆๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฎๅฏๅค็ถๆณใซๅฟใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใซๅบใฅใใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็ถๆ ใจใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใๆใ็ถๆ ใจใๅใๆฟใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆใๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใฎๅฏๅค็ถๆณใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine L2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine L1, the variable means is variably controlled by the variable control means according to the variable pattern determined by the variable pattern determining means, so that the variable means is variably controlled according to the variable situation of the variable means. It is possible to switch between a state in which the first determination is easy to be executed and a state in which the second determination is easy to be executed based on the game ball flowing down the first flow path. Therefore, since the player can be interested in the variable situation of the variable means, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅคๅฎๆกไปถใๆ็ซใใๅ ดๅใซๆๅฎใฎๅคๅฎใๅฎ่กใใๅคๅฎๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฎใฎ็ตๆใ็นๅฎใฎๅคๅฎ็ตๆใงใใๅ ดๅใซใๅ่จๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใ The gaming machine L2 has a determination means for executing a predetermined determination when the determination condition is satisfied, and the variable control means is the variable when the result of the determination by the determination means is a specific determination result. A gaming machine L3 characterized in that the means is variably controlled.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฎๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅฏๅคๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใใใใ้ๆ่ ใซๅฏพใใฆๅคๅฎๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฎๅ ๅฎนใซ่ๅณใๆใใใใใจใใงใใใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine L3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine L2, the variable means is variably controlled based on the determination result of the determination means, so that the player can be interested in the determination content of the determination means. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅคๅฎๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅคๅฎใฎ็ตๆใ็คบใใใใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๅ็่กจ็คบๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใซใใๅ็่กจ็คบใใใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใจใใฆใ็ฐใชใ้ทใใฎ่คๆฐใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎไธญใใไธใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆฑบๅฎๅฏ่ฝใชๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ๆฑบๅฎๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅคๅฎๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฎ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใๆฑบๅฎใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใ In the gaming machine L3, a dynamic display means capable of dynamically displaying identification information for indicating the result of the determination by the determination means, and a dynamic display period of the identification information dynamically displayed by the dynamic display means. The dynamic display period determining means is capable of determining one dynamic display period from a plurality of dynamic display periods having different lengths, and the dynamic display period determining means is of the determination means. The gaming machine L4, characterized in that the dynamic display period is determined based on the determination result.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๅคๅฎๆๆฎตใฎๅคๅฎ็ตๆใๅๆญข่กจ็คบใใใใพใงใฎๅ็่กจ็คบๆ้ใฎ้ทใใ็ฐใชใใใใใจใใงใใใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใๅฎ่กใใใใใจใฎ็กใๆ้ใ้ๆ่ ใซไปไธใใใใจใใงใใใใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine L4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine L3, the length of the dynamic display period until the determination result of the determination means is stopped and displayed can be made different, so that the variable control by the variable control means can be performed. It is possible to give the player a period that is not executed. Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใใ๏ผฌ๏ผใฎไฝใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใ The gaming machine L5 is characterized in that, in any of the gaming machines L1 to L4, the second discriminating means executes discrimination more advantageous to the player than the first discriminating means.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใใ๏ผฌ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใฎใปใใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใชๅคๅฅใๅฎ่กใใใใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจ้ๆ็ใๅฐ้ใใใใจใๆๅพ ใใใชใใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆๅใซ่ๅณใๆใใใชใใ้ๆใ่กใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine L5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines L1 to L4, the second discriminating means is more advantageous to the player than the first discriminating means, so that the second discriminating means is used for the game. There is an effect that the game can be played while being interested in the behavior of the game ball flowing down the first flow path while expecting the ball to arrive.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใชๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใซใใๆค็ฅ็ตๆใซๅบใฅใใฆๆๅฎใฎๆผๅบใๅฎ่กๅฏ่ฝใชๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใฏใๅฐใชใใจใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆตๅ ฅใใ้ๆ็ใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใๆค็ฅๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผๆค็ฅๆๆฎตใจใใใๆงๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๆผๅบๅฎ่กๆๆฎตใซใใๅฎ่กใใใๅ่จๆผๅบใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ็ใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใธใจๅฐ้ใใๆๅพ ๅบฆใ้ๆ่ ใซ็คบใใใใฎใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใ The gaming machine L5 has a detecting means capable of detecting a gaming ball flowing down the first flow path and an effect executing means capable of executing a predetermined effect based on a detection result by the detecting means. The means did not enter the first ball-entry means among the first detection means capable of detecting the game ball flowing into the first flow path and the game ball flowing down the first flow path. It is composed of a second detecting means capable of detecting a game ball, and in the effect executed by the effect executing means, a ball flowing down the first flow path becomes the second ball entering means. The gaming machine L6 is characterized in that it is for showing the player the degree of expectation to be reached.
้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใซใใใฐใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผฌ๏ผใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฎๆตไธ็ถๆณใ้ๆ่ ใซๅใใๆใๅ ฑ็ฅใใใใจใใงใใใใใๆผๅบๅนๆใ้ซใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ According to the gaming machine L6, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine L5, the flow status of the gaming ball flowing down the first flow path can be notified to the player in an easy-to-understand manner, so that the effect of the effect can be enhanced. There is.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅ้ๆๆฉใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผบ๏ผใไธญใงใใใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉใฎๅบๆฌๆงๆใจใใฆใฏๆไฝใใณใใซใๅใใใใฎๆไฝใใณใใซใฎๆไฝใซๅฟใใฆ็ใๆๅฎใฎ้ๆ้ ๅใธ็บๅฐใใ็ใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใฎๆๅฎใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใไฝๅๅฃใซๅ ฅ่ณ๏ผๅใฏไฝๅๅฃใ้้๏ผใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆใ่กจ็คบ่ฃ ็ฝฎใซใใใฆๅ็่กจ็คบใใใฆใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใๆๅฎๆ้ๅพใซ็ขบๅฎๅๆญขใใใใใฎใๆใใใใใใพใใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใฎ็บ็ๆใซใฏใ้ๆ้ ๅๅ ใฎๆๅฎใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ ่จญใใใๅฏๅคๅ ฅ่ณ่ฃ ็ฝฎ๏ผ็นๅฎๅ ฅ่ณๅฃ๏ผใๆๅฎใฎๆ ๆงใง้ๆพใใใฆ็ใๅ ฅ่ณๅฏ่ฝใจใใใใฎๅ ฅ่ณๅๆฐใซๅฟใใๆไพกไพกๅค๏ผๆฏๅ็ใฎใฟใชใใใ็ฃๆฐใซใผใใธๆธใ่พผใพใใใใผใฟ็ญใๅซใ๏ผใไปไธใใใใใฎใๆใใใใใ In any of the above-mentioned gaming machines, the gaming machine Z1 is characterized in that the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and the ball is launched into a predetermined game area according to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in a predetermined position in the game area. As a prerequisite for winning a prize (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display device may be fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable a ball to be won, and is valuable according to the number of winnings. Some are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written on a magnetic card).
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅ้ๆๆฉใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏในใญใใใใทใณใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผบ๏ผใไธญใงใใในใญใใใใทใณใฎๅบๆฌๆงๆใจใใฆใฏใใ่คๆฐใฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใใใชใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑๅใๅ็่กจ็คบใใๅพใซ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใๅใใๅงๅ็จๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐๆไฝใฌใใผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใ้ๅงใใใๅๆญข็จๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผในใใใใใฟใณ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใใใจใซใใใ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใใใใฎๅๆญขๆใฎ็ขบๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ ๅ ฑใงใใใใจใๅฟ ่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆใ้ๆ่ ใซๆๅฉใช็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ใ็บ็ใใใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ ็บ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅใใ้ๆๆฉใใจใชใใใใฎๅ ดๅใ้ๆๅชไฝใฏใณใคใณใใกใใซ็ญใไปฃ่กจไพใจใใฆๆใใใใใ In any of the above-mentioned gaming machines, the gaming machine Z2 is characterized in that the gaming machine is a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of a slot machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming the identification information is provided for operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to this, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and at the time of the stop. A gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, provided that the definite identification information of the above is the specific identification information. In this case, coins, medals, and the like are typical examples of the game medium.
ไธ่ฟฐใใๅ้ๆๆฉใฎใใใใใซใใใฆใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใใใณใณ้ๆๆฉใจในใญใใใใทใณใจใ่ๅใใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉ๏ผบ๏ผใไธญใงใใ่ๅใใใ้ๆๆฉใฎๅบๆฌๆงๆใจใใฆใฏใใ่คๆฐใฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใใใชใ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑๅใๅ็่กจ็คบใใๅพใซ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใ็ขบๅฎ่กจ็คบใใๅฏๅค่กจ็คบๆๆฎตใๅใใๅงๅ็จๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐๆไฝใฌใใผ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅคๅใ้ๅงใใใๅๆญข็จๆไฝๆๆฎต๏ผไพใใฐในใใใใใฟใณ๏ผใฎๆไฝใซ่ตทๅ ใใฆใๆใใฏใๆๅฎๆ้็ต้ใใใใจใซใใใ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใๅๆญขใใใใใฎๅๆญขๆใฎ็ขบๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใ็นๅฎ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใงใใใใจใๅฟ
่ฆๆกไปถใจใใฆใ้ๆ่
ใซๆๅฉใช็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใ็บ็ใใใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ
็บ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅใใ้ๆๅชไฝใจใใฆ็ใไฝฟ็จใใใจๅ
ฑใซใๅ่จ่ญๅฅๆ
ๅ ฑใฎๅ็่กจ็คบใฎ้ๅงใซ้ใใฆใฏๆๅฎๆฐใฎ็ใๅฟ
่ฆใจใใ็นๅฅ้ๆ็ถๆ
ใฎ็บ็ใซ้ใใฆใฏๅคใใฎ็ใๆใๅบใใใใใใซๆงๆใใใฆใใ้ๆๆฉใใจใชใใ
๏ผใใฎไป๏ผ
ใใใณใณๆฉ็ญใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใฏใๅฝใใ้ๆไธญใซ็นๅฎใฎๅ
ฅ็ๅฃใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใใใจใงใใใใซๅฝใใ้ๆ็ญใฎ็นๅ
ธไปไธใๅฎ่กใใใใใใซใใใใฎใๆๆกใใใฆใใ๏ผไพใใฐใ็น่จฑๆ็ฎ๏ผ๏ผ็น้๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผโ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ๏ผๅทๅ
ฌๅ ฑ๏ผใ
ใใฎใใใช้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃๅไธใๆฑใใใใฆใใใ
ๆฌๆ่ก็ๆๆณใฏใไธ่จไพ็คบใใๅ้ก็น็ญใ่งฃๆฑบใใใใใซใชใใใใใฎใงใใใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใจใใงใใ้ๆๆฉใๆไพใใใใจใ็ฎ็ใจใใใ
๏ผๆๆฎต๏ผ
ใใฎ็ฎ็ใ้ๆใใใใใซๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ
ธใไปไธๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้้ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใซๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใฎใใกใไฝใใไธใฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใใใใซๅ่จ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใธใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใ้ๅงใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๅพใใใฎใงใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใ้ฃใใใฎใงใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅธธ้ ๅใๆใใๅ่จ้ๅธธ้ ๅใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใใใใซๅฝขๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ้ๅธธ้ ๅใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅ่จ็นๅ
ธใไปไธใใชใใใฎใงใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฏใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใใใณๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใซๆฏใๅใๅฏ่ฝใชๆฏๅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใฆใๅ่จๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใๅ่จๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๆใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใงๅ่จ็นๅ
ธใฎไปไธๅ
ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใฎใงใใใ
๏ผๅนๆ๏ผ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใซๅฏๅคๅฏ่ฝใชๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใจใๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ
ธใไปไธๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใใใฎ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จ่จญๅฎๆ
ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใใใ้้ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ
ใจใใซๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใ
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใๅณใกใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใๅไฝๅถๅพกใใๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใๅซใ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใฎใใกใไฝใใไธใฎๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใใใใซๅ่จ่คๆฐใฎๆต่ทฏใๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅไฝๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅถๅพกใฎ้ๅงใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใธใฎๅไฝๅถๅพกใ้ๅงใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๅพใใใฎใงใใใ
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใๅณใกใๅ่จๅๆฟๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใธใจๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใ้ฃใใใฎใงใใใ
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใพใใฏ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใๅณใกใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ๅฏ่ฝใช้ๅธธ้ ๅใๆใใๅ่จ้ๅธธ้ ๅใฏใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ
ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ
ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใฎใใกใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใใชใใฃใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใใใใซๅฝขๆใใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ้ๅธธ้ ๅใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใใๅ ดๅใซใฏๅ่จ็นๅ
ธใไปไธใใชใใใฎใงใใใ
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
ๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฐใๆ่ก็ๆๆณ๏ผใใ๏ผใฎใใใใใซ่จ่ผใฎ้ๆๆฉใฎๅฅใใๅนๆใซๅ ใใๆฌกใฎๅนๆใๅฅใใใใฎใงใใใๅณใกใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใๆตไธใใ้ๆ็ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใใใณๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใจใใซๆฏใๅใๅฏ่ฝใชๆฏๅๆๆฎตใๆใใๅ่จ้ๆๆฉใฏใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใฆใๅ่จๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใช็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใๅ่จๆฏๅๆๆฎตใซใใฃใฆๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผๆต่ทฏใซๆฏใๅใใใใ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ๅฏ่ฝใชๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใฏ็ฐใชใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใใๅฐใชใใจใๆใใใใฎใงใใใๅ่จ็นๅ
ธไปไธๆๆฎตใฏใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ
ฅ็ใใๅ ดๅใจใงๅ่จ็นๅ
ธใฎไปไธๅ
ๅฎนใ็ฐใชใใใใใฎใงใใใ
ใใฃใฆใ้ๆใฎ่่ถฃใๅไธใใใใใจใใงใใใจใใๅนๆใใใใ
In any of the above-mentioned gaming machines, the gaming machine Z3 is characterized in that the gaming machine is a fusion of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the fused gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming and displaying the identification information is provided, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The variation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. A special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player is provided on the condition that the definite identification information at the time of stopping is the specific identification information, the ball is used as the game medium, and the identification information is described. A game machine that requires a predetermined number of balls to start the dynamic display of the game, and is configured to pay out a large number of balls when a special game state occurs. "
<Others>
It has been proposed that gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided so that benefits such as winning games can be further granted by entering a game ball into a specific entrance or a specific area during a winning game. (For example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-010741).
In such gaming machines, it is required to improve the interest of gaming.
The technical idea is to solve the above-exemplified problems and the like, and aims to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of the game.
<Means>
In order to achieve this purpose, the gaming machine of the technical idea 1 can be changed into a first state in which the gaming ball can enter and a second state in which the gaming ball is more difficult to enter than the first state. The ball entry means, the variable control means for changing the variable ball entry means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period based on the establishment of the execution condition, and the game ball entering the variable ball entry means. The variable ball-entry means is variably controlled by the variable control means, which has a specific area through which the ball can pass and a privilege-giving means capable of granting a privilege based on the ball entering the specific area. According to the setting information discriminating means capable of discriminating the setting information of the case and the setting information discriminated by the setting information discriminating means, the gaming ball entering the variable ball entering means easily passes through the specific area. It has a switching means capable of switching between a third state and a fourth state that is more difficult to pass than the third state.
The gaming machine of the technical idea 2 has an operation control means for controlling the operation of the switching means in the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, and the switching means is a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball-entry means. , A plurality of flow paths including a first flow path and a second flow path different from the first flow path, and the plurality of flow paths can be switched so as to flow down any one of the flow paths. The motion control means starts the motion control to the switching means based on the start of control by the variable control means, and the gaming ball flowing down the first flow path by the switching means is said to be said. It can pass through a specific area.
The gaming machine of the technical idea 3 is the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2. In the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, the gaming ball that has flowed down to the second flow path by the switching means is more than the gaming ball that has flowed down to the first flow path. It is difficult to pass through a specific area.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 4 has a normal region through which the gaming ball that has entered the variable entry means can pass in the gaming machine according to the technical idea 2 or 3, and the normal region is the variable entry. Among the game balls that have entered the ball means, the game balls that have not passed through the specific area are formed so as to pass through, and the privilege granting means is when the game ball passes through the normal area. Does not grant the above-mentioned privilege.
In the gaming machine according to any one of the technical ideas 2 to 4, the gaming machine of the technical idea 5 uses the gaming ball flowing down the first flow path as a third flow path different from the second flow path. The gaming machine has a distribution means that can be distributed to the second flow path and the fourth flow path different from the third flow path, and the gaming machine has the third flow path as the specific region by the distribution means. A second specific area different from the first specific area where the game balls distributed to the flow path can enter and the first specific area where the game balls distributed to the fourth flow path by the distribution means can enter. It has at least a specific area, and the privilege granting means has the above-mentioned privilege depending on whether the game ball enters the first specific area or the second specific area. The content of the grant is different.
<Effect>
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 1, a variable ball-entry means that can be changed into a first state in which a game ball can enter and a second state in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than the first state. , The variable control means that changes the variable ball entry means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period based on the establishment of the execution condition, and the identification that the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass through. Setting information when the variable ball entry means is variably controlled by the variable control means, which includes a region and a privilege granting means capable of granting a privilege based on the ball entering the specific region. A third state in which a gaming ball that has entered the variable ball-entry means easily passes through the specific area according to the setting information discriminating means that can discriminate between the two. It has a fourth state, which is more difficult to pass than the third state, and a switching means capable of switching to.
Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 2, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 1. That is, the switching means has an operation control means for controlling the operation of the switching means, and the switching means has a second flow path in which the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means is different from the first flow path and the first flow path thereof. The plurality of flow paths can be switched so as to flow down any one of the plurality of flow paths including the flow path, and the operation control means starts control by the variable control means. The operation control to the switching means is started based on the above, and the game ball flowing down the first flow path by the switching means can pass through the specific region.
Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 3, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 2. That is, the game ball that has flowed down to the second flow path by the switching means is less likely to pass through the specific region than the game ball that has flowed down to the first flow path.
Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 4, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 2 or 3. That is, it has a normal region through which a game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass, and the normal region does not pass through the specific region of the game balls that have entered the variable ball entry means. It is formed so that the game ball passes through, and the privilege granting means does not grant the privilege when the game ball passes through the normal area.
Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 5, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine described in any one of Technical Thoughts 2 to 4. That is, the gaming ball that has flowed down the first flow path is distributed into a third flow path different from the second flow path and a fourth flow path different from the second flow path and the third flow path. The gaming machine has a possible distribution means, and the game machine has, as the specific area, a first specific area in which a game ball distributed to the third flow path by the distribution means can enter, and the distribution means. It has at least a second specific area different from the first specific area in which the pachinko ball distributed to the fourth flow path can be entered, and the privilege granting means is provided in the first specific area. The content of the privilege is different between the case where the game ball enters and the case where the game ball enters the second specific area.
Therefore, there is an effect that the interest of the game can be improved.
๏ผ๏ผ ใใใณใณๆฉ๏ผ้ๆๆฉ๏ผ 10 Pachinko machine (game machine)
Claims (1)
ๅฎ่กๆกไปถใฎๆ็ซใซๅบใฅใใฆๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใๅ่จ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใธใจๆๅฎๆ้ๅฏๅคใใใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใจใ
ๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใ้้ใๅพใ็นๅฎ้ ๅใจใ
ใใฎ็นๅฎ้ ๅใซ้ๆ็ใๅ ฅ็ใใใใจใซๅบใฅใใฆ็นๅ ธใไปไธๅฏ่ฝใช็นๅ ธไปไธๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใ้ๆๆฉใซใใใฆใ
ๅ่จๅฏๅคๅถๅพกๆๆฎตใซใใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใๅฏๅคๅถๅพกใใใๅ ดๅใฎ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใๅคๅฅๅฏ่ฝใช่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใจใ
ใใฎ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑๅคๅฅๆๆฎตใซใใๅคๅฅใใใๅ่จ่จญๅฎๆ ๅ ฑใซๅฟใใฆใๅ่จๅฏๅคๅ ฅ็ๆๆฎตใซๅ ฅ็ใใ้ๆ็ใๅ่จ็นๅฎ้ ๅใ้้ใๆใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใใใ้้ใ้ฃใ็ฌฌ๏ผ็ถๆ ใจใใซๅใๆฟใๅฏ่ฝใชๅๆฟๆๆฎตใจใใๆใใใใฎใงใใใใจใ็นๅพดใจใใ้ๆๆฉใ A variable ball entry means that can be changed into a first state in which a game ball can enter and a second state in which a game ball is more difficult to enter than in the first state.
A variable control means that changes the variable ball entry means from the second state to the first state for a predetermined period based on the establishment of the execution condition, and
A specific area through which the game ball that has entered the variable ball entry means can pass, and
In a gaming machine having a privilege granting means capable of granting a privilege based on a gaming ball entering the specific area.
A setting information discriminating means capable of discriminating setting information when the variable ball entering means is variably controlled by the variable control means, and
According to the setting information determined by the setting information discriminating means, a third state in which the game ball entering the variable ball entering means easily passes through the specific area and a third state in which it is more difficult to pass than the third state. A gaming machine characterized by having a switching means capable of switching between four states and.
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018132312A JP2020006076A (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2018-07-12 | Game machine |
| JP2023078964A JP7468749B2 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2023-05-12 | Gaming Machines |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018132312A JP2020006076A (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2018-07-12 | Game machine |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023078964A Division JP7468749B2 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2023-05-12 | Gaming Machines |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| JP2020006076A JP2020006076A (en) | 2020-01-16 |
| JP2020006076A5 true JP2020006076A5 (en) | 2021-08-19 |
Family
ID=69149773
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018132312A Withdrawn JP2020006076A (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2018-07-12 | Game machine |
| JP2023078964A Active JP7468749B2 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2023-05-12 | Gaming Machines |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023078964A Active JP7468749B2 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2023-05-12 | Gaming Machines |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (2) | JP2020006076A (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020006077A (en) * | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-16 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๆด็ฉ็ฃ | Game machine |
| JP2020006075A (en) * | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-16 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๆด็ฉ็ฃ | Game machine |
Family Cites Families (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009153576A (en) | 2007-12-25 | 2009-07-16 | Okumura Yu-Ki Co Ltd | Pachinko game machine |
| JP5858002B2 (en) * | 2013-06-25 | 2016-02-10 | ใฟใคใจใผใจใฌใใฏๆ ชๅผไผ็คพ | Game machine |
| JP2015139455A (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2015-08-03 | ใฟใคใจใผใจใฌใใฏๆ ชๅผไผ็คพ | Game machine |
| JP6490904B2 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2019-03-27 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๅ ฑ | Game machine |
| JP6027642B2 (en) * | 2015-03-31 | 2016-11-16 | ไบฌๆฅฝ็ฃๆฅญ๏ผๆ ชๅผไผ็คพ | Game machine |
| JP2019216784A (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2019-12-26 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๆด็ฉ็ฃ | Game machine |
| JP2020000694A (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2020-01-09 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๆด็ฉ็ฃ | Game machine |
| JP2020006077A (en) * | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-16 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๆด็ฉ็ฃ | Game machine |
| JP2020006075A (en) * | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-16 | ๆ ชๅผไผ็คพไธๆด็ฉ็ฃ | Game machine |
-
2018
- 2018-07-12 JP JP2018132312A patent/JP2020006076A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2023
- 2023-05-12 JP JP2023078964A patent/JP7468749B2/en active Active
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7139706B2 (en) | game machine | |
| JP7371797B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP2020006083A5 (en) | ||
| JP2023057167A (en) | game machine | |
| JP2023091003A (en) | game machine | |
| JP2023091004A (en) | game machine | |
| JP2022088681A (en) | Game machine | |
| JP7476998B2 (en) | Gaming Machines | |
| JP7371798B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7416191B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP2020006076A5 (en) | ||
| JP2020006075A5 (en) | ||
| JP2020006077A5 (en) | ||
| JP2022036189A (en) | Game machine | |
| JP2020006079A5 (en) | ||
| JP2020006084A5 (en) | ||
| JP7416190B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7392816B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7371800B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7371799B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7392817B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7371801B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7416193B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP7416192B2 (en) | gaming machine | |
| JP2020006081A5 (en) |